File HISTORY added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..7cf5b71)
	1		PDCurses 3.4 - 2008/09/08
	2		=========================
	3
	4		Nothing much new this time, but I've been sitting on some bug fixes for
	5		almost a year, so it's overdue. Apart from bugs, the main changes are in
	6		the documentation.
	7
	8		New features:
	9
	10		- setsyx() is now a function rather than a macro.
	11
	12		Bug fixes and such:
	13
	14		- In x11, the xc_atrtab table size was under-calculated by half,
	15		resulting in crashes at (oddly) certain line counts. (It should've
	16		crashed a lot more.) Reported by Mark Hessling.
	17
	18		- Test for moved cursor was omitting the window origin offset. Reported
	19		by Carey Evans.
	20
	21		- Is DOS and OS/2, the value for max items in key_table was still wrong.
	22		Reported by C.E.
	23
	24		- Changed isendwin() so it won't crash after delscreen().
	25
	26		- Ensure zero-termination in PDC_mbstowcs() and PDC_wcstombs().
	27
	28		- Disable QuickEdit Mode when enabling mouse input for the Win32
	29		console; reported by "Zalapkrakna".
	30
	31		- Fix for building under Innotek C (I hope). Report by Elbert Pol, fix
	32		courtesy of Paul Smedley.
	33
	34		- Unified exports list with no duplicates -- pdcurses.def is now built
	35		from components at compile time.
	36
	37		- Don't install curspriv.h, and don't include it with binary
	38		distributions.
	39
	40		- Building DLLs with LCC is no longer supported, due to the primitive
	41		nature of its make.exe.
	42
	43		- Export the terminfo stub functions from the DLLs, too.
	44
	45		- Added support for Apple's ".dylib" in configure. Suggested by Marc
	46		Vaillant (who says it's needed with OS 10.5.)
	47
	48		- In sdl1/Makefile.mng, ensure that CC is set.
	49
	50		- In the gcc makefiles, "$?" didn't really have the desired effect --
	51		_all_ the dependencies showed up on the command line, including
	52		curses.h, and pdcurses.a twice. And apparently, this can mess up some
	53		old version (?) of MinGW. So, revert to spelling out "tuidemo.o
	54		tui.o". Reported by "Howard L."
	55
	56		- Extensive documentation revision and reorganizing. More to do here.
	57		For example, I moved the build instructions from INSTALL (which never
	58		really described installation) to the platform-specific READMEs.
	59
	60		- New indentation standard: four spaces, no tabs.
	61
	62		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	63
	64		PDCurses 3.3 - 2007/07/11
	65		=========================
	66
	67		This release adds an SDL backend, refines the demos, and is faster in
	68		some cases.
	69
	70		New features:
	71
	72		- SDL port. See INSTALL, doc/sdl.txt and sdl1/* for details.
	73
	74		- Double-buffering -- minimize screen writes by checking, in doupdate()
	75		and wnoutrefresh(), whether the changes to curscr are really changes.
	76		In most cases, this makes no difference (writes were already limited
	77		to areas marked as changed), but it can greatly reduce the overhead
	78		from touchwin(). It also helps if you have small, separated updates on
	79		the same line.
	80
	81		- The PDC_RGB colors can now be used, or not, with any platform (as long
	82		as the same options are used when compiling both the library and
	83		apps). This may help if you have apps that are hardwired to assume
	84		certain definitions.
	85
	86		- Restored the use_default_colors() stuff from the ncurses versions of
	87		the rain and worm demos, to make them "transparent" (this is useful
	88		now, with the SDL port); added transparency to newdemo.
	89
	90		- Added setlocale() to tuidemo, to make it easier to browse files with
	91		non-ASCII characters.
	92
	93		- Sped up firework demo by replacing unneeded clear() and init_pair()
	94		calls.
	95
	96		- Allow exit from ptest demo by typing 'q'.
	97
	98		- New functions for implementors: PDC_pair_content() and PDC_init_pair()
	99		(the old pdc_atrtab stuff was arguably the last remnant of code in the
	100		pdcurses directory that was based on platform details).
	101
	102		Bug fixes and such:
	103
	104		- Implicit wrefresh() needs to be called from wgetch() when the window's
	105		cursor position is changed, even if there are no other changes.
	106
	107		- Set SP->audible on a per-platform basis, as was documented in
	108		IMPLEMNT, but not actually being done.
	109
	110		- Minor tweaks for efficiency and readability, notably with wscrl().
	111
	112		- tuidemo didn't work correctly on monochrome screens when A_COLOR was
	113		defined -- the color pair numbers appeared as the corresponding
	114		character; also, the input box was (I now realize) broken with ncurses
	115		since our 2.7, and broke more subtly with PDCurses' new implicit
	116		refresh handling; also, the path to the default file for the Browse
	117		function was a bit off.
	118
	119		- Assume in the demos that curs_set() is always available -- there's no
	120		good test for this, and the existing tests were bogus.
	121
	122		- Made the command-line parameter for ptest work. (If given an argument,
	123		it delays that number of milliseconds between changes, instead of
	124		waiting for a key, and automatically loops five times.)
	125
	126		- Building the Win32 DLL with MinGW or Cygwin wouldn't work from outside
	127		the platform directory.
	128
	129		- Building the X11 port with Cygwin required manually editing the
	130		Makefile after configuring; no longer. Reported by Warren W. Gay.
	131
	132		- Minor tightening of configure and makefiles.
	133
	134		- Bogus references to "ACS_BLCORNER" in the border man page. Reported by
	135		"Walrii".
	136
	137		- slk_wlabel() was not documented.
	138
	139		- Spelling cleanup.
	140
	141		- Changed RCSIDs to not end with a semicolon -- avoids warnings when
	142		compiling with the -pedantic option.
	143
	144		- Merged latin-1.txt into x11.txt.
	145
	146		- Updated config.guess and config.sub to more recent versions.
	147
	148		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	149
	150		PDCurses 3.2 - 2007/06/06
	151		=========================
	152
	153		This release mainly covers changes to the build process, along with a
	154		few structural changes.
	155
	156		New features:
	157
	158		- The panel library has been folded into the main library. What this
	159		means is that you no longer need to specify "-lpanel" or equivalent
	160		when linking programs that use panel functionality with PDCurses;
	161		however, panel.lib/.a is still provided (as a copy of pdcurses.lib/.a)
	162		so that you can, optionally, build your projects with no changes. It
	163		also means that panel functionality is available with the DLL or
	164		shared library. Note that panel.h remains separate from curses.h.
	165
	166		- Setting the PDCURSES_SRCDIR environment variable is no longer required
	167		before building, unless you want to build in a location other than the
	168		platform directory. (See INSTALL.)
	169
	170		- MinGW and Cygwin makefiles support building DLLs, via the "DLL=Y"
	171		option. Partly due to Timofei Shatrov.
	172
	173		- Support for the Digital Mars compiler.
	174
	175		- Watcom makefiles now use the "loaddll" feature.
	176
	177		Bug fixes and such:
	178
	179		- Eliminated the platform defines (DOS, WIN32, OS2, XCURSES) from
	180		curses.h, except for X11-specific SCREEN elements and functions.
	181		Dynamically-linked X11 apps built against an old version will have
	182		their red and blue swapped until rebuilt. (You can define PDC_RGB to
	183		build the library with the old color scheme, but it would also have to
	184		be defined when building any new app.) Any app that depends on
	185		PDCurses to determine the platform it's building on will have to make
	186		other arrangements.
	187
	188		- Documentation cleanup -- added more details; removed some content that
	189		didn't apply to PDCurses; moved the doc-building tool to the doc
	190		directory; changed *.man to *.txt.
	191
	192		- The EMX makefile now accepts "DLL=Y", builds pdcurses.dll instead of
	193		curses.dll, builds either the static library or the DLL (not both at
	194		once), and links all the demos with the DLL when building it.
	195
	196		- In Win32, read the registry only when needed: when init_color() or
	197		color_content() is called, instead of at startup.
	198
	199		- A few additional consts in declarations.
	200
	201		- The Win32 compilers that build DLLs now use common .def files.
	202
	203		- panel.h functions sorted by name, as with other .h files; curses.h is
	204		no longer included by repeated inclusions of panel.h or term.h.
	205
	206		- Simplified Borland makefiles.
	207
	208		- Makefile.aix.in depended on a file, xcurses.exp, that was never there.
	209		This problem was fixed as part of the change to common .def files;
	210		however, I still haven't been able to test building on AIX.
	211
	212		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	213
	214		PDCurses 3.1 - 2007/05/03
	215		=========================
	216
	217		Primarily clipboard-related fixes, and special UTF-8 support.
	218
	219		New features:
	220
	221		- "Force UTF-8" mode, a compile-time option to force the use of UTF-8
	222		for multibyte strings, instead of the system locale. (Mainly for
	223		Windows, where UTF-8 doesn't work well in the console.) See INSTALL.
	224
	225		- Multibyte string support in PDC_*clipboard() functions, and in Win32's
	226		PDC_set_title().
	227
	228		- Added the global string "ttytype", per other curses implementations,
	229		for compatibility with old BSD curses.
	230
	231		- Real functions for the "quasi-standard aliases" -- crmode(),
	232		nocrmode(), draino(), resetterm(), fixterm() and saveterm().
	233		(Corresponding macros removed.)
	234
	235		Bug fixes and such:
	236
	237		- In Win32, under NT-family OSes, the scrollback buffer would be
	238		restored by endwin(), but would not be turned off again when resuming
	239		curses after an endwin(). The result was an odd, partly-scrolled-up
	240		display. Now, the buffer is toggled by PDC_reset_prog_mode() and
	241		PDC_reset_shell_mode(), so it's properly turned off when returning
	242		from an endwin().
	243
	244		- In 3.0, selection in X11 didn't work. (Well, the selecting worked, but
	245		the pasting elsewhere didn't.) This was due to the attempted fix
	246		"don't return selection start as a press event," so that's been
	247		reverted for now.
	248
	249		- PDC_setclipboard() was locking up in X11. Reported by Mark Hessling.
	250
	251		- Missing underscore in the declaration of XC_say() prevented
	252		compilation with PDCDEBUG defined. Reported by M.H.
	253
	254		- Off-by-one error in copywin() -- the maximum coordinates for the
	255		destination window should be inclusive. Reported by Tiago Dionizio.
	256
	257		- Start in echo mode, per X/Open. Reported by T.D.
	258
	259		- Strip leading and trailing spaces from slk labels, per a literal
	260		reading of X/Open. Suggested by Alexey Miheev (about ncurses, but it
	261		also applies here).
	262
	263		- The #endif for __PDCURSES__ needs to come _after_ the closing of the
	264		extern "C". This has been broken since June 2005. Fortunately (?), it
	265		only shows up if the file is included multiple times, and then only in
	266		C++. Reported on the DOSBox forums.
	267
	268		- Use CF_OEMTEXT instead of CF_TEXT in the narrow versions of the
	269		clipboard functions in Win32, to match the console.
	270
	271		- Changed the format of the string returned from longname().
	272
	273		- In the clipboard test in the testcurs demo, use a single mvprintw() to
	274		display the return from PDC_getclipboard(), instead of a loop of
	275		addch(), which was incompatible with multibyte strings.
	276
	277		- Moved has_key() into the keyname module, and documented it.
	278
	279		- Moved RIPPEDOFFLINE to curspriv.h.
	280
	281		- Typos in IMPLEMNT.
	282
	283		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	284
	285		PDCurses 3.0 - 2007/04/01
	286		=========================
	287
	288		The focuses for this release are X/Open conformance, i18n, better color
	289		support, cleaner code, and more consistency across platforms.
	290
	291		This is only a brief summary of the changes. For more details, consult
	292		the CVS log.
	293
	294		New features:
	295
	296		- An almost complete implementation of X/Open curses, including the
	297		wide-character and attr_t functions (but excluding terminfo). The
	298		wide-character functions work only in Win32 and X11, for now, and
	299		require building the library with the appropriate options (see
	300		INSTALL). Note that this is a simplistic implementation, with exactly
	301		one wchar_t per cchar_t; the only characters it handles properly are
	302		those that are one column wide.
	303
	304		- Support for X Input Methods in the X11 port (see INSTALL). When built
	305		this way, the internal compose key support is disabled in favor of
	306		XIM's, which is a lot more complete, although you lose the box cursor.
	307
	308		- Multibyte character support in the non-wide string handling functions,
	309		per X/Open. This only works when the library is built with wide-
	310		character support enabled.
	311
	312		- Mouse support for DOS and OS/2. The DOS version includes untested
	313		support for scroll wheels, via the "CuteMouse" driver.
	314
	315		- An ncurses-compatible mouse interface, which can work in parallel with
	316		the traditional PDCurses mouse interface. See the man page (or
	317		mouse.c) for details.
	318
	319		- DOS and OS/2 can now return modifiers as keys, as in Win32 and X11.
	320
	321		- COLORS, which had been fixed at 8, is now either 8 or 16, depending on
	322		the terminal -- usually 16. When it's 8, blinking mode is enabled
	323		(controlled as before by the A_BLINK attribute); when it's 16, bright
	324		background colors are used instead. On platforms where it can be
	325		changed, the mode is toggled by the new function PDC_set_blink().
	326		PDCurses tries to set PDC_set_blink(FALSE) at startup. (In Win32, it's
	327		always set to FALSE; in DOS, with other than an EGA or VGA card, it
	328		can't be.) Also, COLORS is now set to 0 until start_color() is called.
	329
	330		- Corresponding to the change in COLORS, COLOR_PAIRS is now 256.
	331
	332		- Working init_color() and color_content(). The OS/2 version of
	333		init_color() works only in a full-screen session; the Win32 version
	334		works only in windowed mode, and only in NT-family OSes; the DOS
	335		version works only with VGA adapters (real or simulated). The Win32
	336		version is based mostly on James Brown's setconsoleinfo.c
	337		(www.catch22.net).
	338
	339		- use_default_colors(), assume_default_colors(), and curses_version(),
	340		after ncurses.
	341
	342		- Added global int TABSIZE, after ncurses and Solaris curses; removed
	343		window-specific _tabsize.
	344
	345		- Logical extension to the wide-character slk_ funcs: slk_wlabel(), for
	346		retrieving the label as a wide-character string.
	347
	348		- A non-macro implementation of ncurses' wresize().
	349
	350		- Working putwin(), getwin(), scr_dump() and scr_restore().
	351
	352		- A working acs_map[]. Characters from the ACS are now stored in window
	353		structures as a regular character plus the A_ALTCHARSET attribute, and
	354		rendered to the ACS only when displayed. (This allows, for example,
	355		the correct display on one platform of windows saved from another.)
	356
	357		- In X11, allow selection and paste of UTF8_STRING.
	358
	359		- The testcurs demo now includes a color chart and init_color() test, a
	360		wide character input test, a display of wide ACS characters with
	361		sample Unicode text, a specific test of flash(), more info in the
	362		resize test, and attempts to change the width as well as the height.
	363
	364		- Command-line option for MSVC to build DLLs (see INSTALL). Also, the
	365		naming distinction for DLLs ("curses" vs. "pdcurses") is abandoned,
	366		and either the static lib or DLL is built, not both at once (except
	367		for X11).
	368
	369		- For backwards compatibility, a special module just for deprecated
	370		functions -- currently PDC_check_bios_key(), PDC_get_bios_key(),
	371		PDC_get_ctrl_break() and PDC_set_ctrl_break(). These shouldn't be used
	372		in applications, but currently are... in fact, all the "private"
	373		functions (in curspriv.h) are subject to change and should be avoided.
	374
	375		- A new document, IMPLEMNT, describing PDCurses' internal functions for
	376		those wishing to port it to new platforms.
	377
	378		- Mark Hessling has released the X11 port to the public domain.
	379		(However, x11/ScrollBox* retain their separate copyright and MIT-like
	380		license.)
	381
	382		Bug fixes and such:
	383
	384		- Most of the macros have been removed (along with the NOMACROS ifdef).
	385		The only remaining ones are those which have to be macros to work, and
	386		those that are required by X/Open to be macros. There were numerous
	387		problems with the macros, and no apparent reason to keep them, except
	388		tradition -- although it was PCcurses 1.x that first omitted them.
	389
	390		- Clean separation of platform-specific code from the rest. Outside of
	391		the platform directories, there remain only a few ifdefs in curses.h
	392		and curspriv.h.
	393
	394		- General reorganization and simplification.
	395
	396		- Documentation revisions.
	397
	398		- When expanding control characters in addch() or insch(), retain the
	399		attributes from the chtype.
	400
	401		- Preserve the A_ALTCHARSET attribute in addch() and insch().
	402
	403		- Per X/Open, beep() should always return OK.
	404
	405		- On platforms with a controlling terminal (i.e., not X11), curs_set(1)
	406		now sets the cursor to the shape it had at the time of initscr(),
	407		rather than always making it small. (Exception for DOS: If the video
	408		mode has been changed by PDC_resize_screen(), curs_set(1) reverts to
	409		line 6/7.) The shape is taken from SP->orig_cursor (the meaning of
	410		which is platform-specific).
	411
	412		- Stop updating the cursor position when the cursor is invisible (this
	413		gives a huge performance boost in Win 9x); update the cursor position
	414		from curs_set() if changing from invisible to visible.
	415
	416		- Some tweaking of the behavior of def_prog_mode(), def_shell_mode(),
	417		savetty(), reset_prog_mode(), reset_shell_mode() and resetty()...
	418		still not quite right.
	419
	420		- flash() was not implemented for Win32 or X. A portable implementation
	421		is now used for all platforms. Note that it's much slower than the
	422		old (DOS and OS/2) version, but this is only apparent on an extremely
	423		slow machine, such as an XT.
	424
	425		- In getstr(), backspacing on high-bit characters caused a double
	426		backspace.
	427
	428		- hline() and vline() used an incorrect (off by one) interpretation of
	429		_maxx and _maxy. If values of n greater than the max were specified,
	430		these functions could access unallocated memory.
	431
	432		- innstr() is supposed to return the number of characters read, not just
	433		OK or ERR. Reported by Mike Aubury.
	434
	435		- A proper implementation of insch() -- the PDC_chadd()-based version
	436		wasn't handling the control characters correctly.
	437
	438		- Return ASCII and control key names from keyname() (problem revealed by
	439		ncurses' movewindow test); also, per X/Open, return "UNKNOWN KEY" when
	440		appropriate, rather than "NO KEY NAME".
	441
	442		- Turn off the cursor from leaveok(TRUE), even in X11; leaveok(FALSE)
	443		now calls curs_set(1), regardless of the previous state of the cursor.
	444
	445		- In the slk area, BUTTON_CLICKED events now translate to function keys,
	446		along with the previously recognized BUTTON_PRESSED events. Of course,
	447		it should really be checking the events specified by map_button(),
	448		which still doesn't work.
	449
	450		- napms(0) now returns immediately.
	451
	452		- A unified napms() implementation for DOS -- no longer throttles the
	453		CPU when built with any compiler.
	454
	455		- Allow backspace editing of the nocbreak() buffer.
	456
	457		- pair_content(0, ...) is valid.
	458
	459		- There was no check to ensure that the pnoutrefresh() window fit within
	460		the screen. It now returns an ERR if it doesn't.
	461
	462		- In X11, resize_term() must be called with parameters (0, 0), and only
	463		when SP->resized is set, else it returns ERR.
	464
	465		- Copy _bkgd in resize_window(). Patch found on Frederic L. W. Meunier's
	466		web site.
	467
	468		- slk_clear() now removes the buttons completely, as in ncurses.
	469
	470		- Use the current foreground color for the line attributes (underline,
	471		left, right), unless PDC_set_line_color() is explicitly called. After
	472		setting the line color, you can reset it to this mode via
	473		"PDC_set_line_color(-1)".
	474
	475		- Removed non-macro implementations of COLOR_PAIR() and PAIR_NUMBER().
	476
	477		- Dispensed with PDC_chadd() and PDC_chins() -- waddch() and winsch()
	478		are now (again) the core functions.
	479
	480		- Dropped or made static many obsolete, unused, and/or broken functions,
	481		including PDC_chg_attrs(), PDC_cursor_on() and _off(),
	482		PDC_fix_cursor(), PDC_get_attribute(), PDC_get_cur_col() and _row(),
	483		PDC_set_80x25(), PDC_set_cursor_mode(), PDC_set_rows(),
	484		PDC_wunderline(), PDC_wleftline(), PDC_wrightline(),
	485		XCursesModifierPress() and XCurses_refresh_scrollbar().
	486
	487		- Obsolete/unused defines: _BCHAR, _GOCHAR, _STOPCHAR, _PRINTCHAR
	488		_ENDLINE, _FULLWIN and _SCROLLWIN.
	489
	490		- Obsolete/unused elements of the WINDOW struct: _pmax*, _lastp*,
	491		_lasts*.
	492
	493		- Obsolete/unused elements of the SCREEN struct: orgcbr, visible_cursor,
	494		sizeable, shell, blank, cursor, orig_emulation, font, orig_font,
	495		tahead, adapter, scrnmode, kbdinfo, direct_video, video_page,
	496		video_seg, video_ofs, bogus_adapter. (Some of these persist outside
	497		the SCREEN struct, in the platform directories.) Added mouse_wait and
	498		key_code.
	499
	500		- Removed all the EMALLOC stuff. Straight malloc calls were used
	501		elsewhere; it was undocumented outside of comments in curspriv.h; and
	502		there are better ways to use a substitute malloc().
	503
	504		- Single mouse clicks are now reportable on all platforms (not just
	505		double-clicks). And in general, mouse event reporting is more
	506		consistent across platforms.
	507
	508		- The mouse cursor no longer appears in full-screen mode in Win32 unless
	509		a nonzero mouse event mask is used.
	510
	511		- ALT-keypad input now works in Win32.
	512
	513		- In Win32, SetConsoleMode(ENABLE_WINDOW_INPUT) is not useful, and
	514		appears to be the source of a four-year-old bug report (hanging in
	515		THE) by Phil Smith.
	516
	517		- Removed the PDC_THREAD_BUILD stuff, which has never worked. For the
	518		record: PDCurses is not thread-safe. Neither is ncurses; and the
	519		X/Open curses spec explicitly makes it a non-requirement.
	520
	521		- With the internal compose key system in the X11 port, modifier keys
	522		were breaking out of the compose state, making it impossible to type
	523		accented capitals, etc. Also, Multi_key is now the default compose
	524		key, instead of leaving it undefined by default; and a few more combos
	525		are supported.
	526
	527		- In X11, the first reported mouse event after startup always read as a
	528		double-click at position 0, 0. (This bug was introduced in 2.8.)
	529
	530		- In X11, don't return selection start as a press event. (Shift-click on
	531		button 1 is still returned.)
	532
	533		- In X11, properly handle pasting of high-bit chars. (It was doing an
	534		unwanted sign extension.)
	535
	536		- In X11, BUTTON_MOVED was never returned, although PDC_MOUSE_MOVED was
	537		set.
	538
	539		- The fix in 2.8 for the scroll wheel in X11 wasn't very good -- it did
	540		report the events as scroll wheel events, but it doubled them. Here's
	541		a proper fix.
	542
	543		- Changed mouse handling in X11: Simpler translation table, with
	544		XCursesPasteSelection() called from XCursesButton() instead of the
	545		translation table; require shift with button 1 or 2 for select or
	546		paste when mouse events are being reported (as with ncurses), allowing
	547		passthrough of simple button 2 events. This fixes the previously
	548		unreliable button 2 behavior.
	549
	550		- Modifier keys are now returned on key up in X11, as in Win32. And in
	551		general, modifier key reporting is more consistent across platforms.
	552
	553		- Modifiers are not returned as keys when a mouse click has occurred
	554		since the key press.
	555
	556		- In BIOS mode (in DOS), count successive identical output bytes, and
	557		make only one BIOS call for all of them. This dramatically improves
	558		performance.
	559
	560		- The cursor position was not always updated correctly in BIOS mode.
	561
	562		- In testcurs, the way the ACS test was written, it would really only
	563		work with a) PDCurses (with any compiler), or b) gcc (with any
	564		curses). Here's a more portable implementation.
	565
	566		- Better reporting of mouse events in testcurs.
	567
	568		- Blank out buffer and num before the scanw() test in testcurs, in case
	569		the user just hits enter or etc.; clear the screen after resizing.
	570
	571		- Allow tuidemo to use the last line.
	572
	573		- Separate left/right modifier keys are now reported properly in Win32.
	574		(Everything was being reported as _R.)
	575
	576		- Attempts to redirect input in Win32 now cause program exit and an
	577		error message, instead of hanging.
	578
	579		- Dropped support for the Microway NDP compiler.
	580
	581		- Some modules renamed, rearranged.
	582
	583		- Fixes for errors and warnings when building with Visual C++ 2005.
	584
	585		- In MSVC, the panel library didn't work with the DLL.
	586
	587		- Complete export lists for DLLs.
	588
	589		- Simplified makefiles; moved common elements to .mif files; better
	590		optimization; strip demos when possible.
	591
	592		- Changed makefile targets of "pdcurses.a/lib" and "panel.a/lib" to
	593		$(LIBCURSES) and $(LIBPANEL). Suggestion of Doug Kaufman.
	594
	595		- Changed "install" target in the makefile to a double-colon rule, to
	596		get around a conflict with INSTALL on non-case-sensitive filesystems,
	597		such as Mac OS X's HFS+. Reported by Douglas Godfrey et al.
	598
	599		- Make PDCurses.man dependent on manext. Suggestion of Tiziano Mueller.
	600
	601		- Set up configure.ac so autoheader works; removed some obsolescent
	602		macros. Partly the suggestion of T.M.
	603
	604		- The X11 port now builds in the x11 directory (including the demos), as
	605		with other ports.
	606
	607		- The X11 port should now build on more 64-bit systems. Partly due to
	608		M.H.
	609
	610		- The default window title and icons for the X11 port are now "PDCurses"
	611		instead of "XCurses".
	612
	613		- Internal functions and variables made static where possible.
	614
	615		- Adopted a somewhat more consistent naming style: Internal functions
	616		with external linkage, and only those, have the prefix "PDC_";
	617		external variables that aren't part of the API use "pdc_"; static
	618		functions use "_"; and "XC_" and "xc_" prefixes are used for functions
	619		and variables, respectively, that are shared between both processes in
	620		the X11 port. Also eliminated camel casing, where possible.
	621
	622		- Changed the encoding for non-ASCII characters in comments and
	623		documentation from Latin-1 to UTF-8.
	624
	625		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	626
	627		PDCurses 2.8 - 2006/04/01
	628		=========================
	629
	630		As with the previous version, you should assume that apps linked against
	631		older dynamic versions of the library won't work with this one until
	632		recompiled.
	633
	634		New features:
	635
	636		- Simpler, faster.
	637
	638		- Declarations for all supported, standard functions, per the X/Open
	639		Curses 4.2 spec, with the notable exception of getch() and ungetch().
	640		You can disable the use of the macro versions by defining NOMACROS
	641		before including curses.h (see xmas.c for an example). NOMACROS yields
	642		smaller but theoretically slower executables.
	643
	644		- New functions: vwprintw(), vwscanw(), vw_printw() and vw_scanw(). This
	645		completes the list of X/Open 4.2 functions, except for those concerned
	646		with attr_t and wide characters. Some (especially the terminfo/termcap
	647		functions) aren't yet fully fleshed out, though.
	648
	649		- Non-macro implementations for COLOR_PAIR(), PAIR_NUMBER(), getbkgd(),
	650		mvgetnstr(), mvwgetnstr(), mvhline(), mvvline(), mvwhline(), and
	651		mvwvline(). (The macros are still available, too.)
	652
	653		- newterm() works now, in a limited way -- the parameters are ignored,
	654		and only the first invocation will work (i.e., only one SCREEN can be
	655		used).
	656
	657		- start_color() works now -- which is to say, if you _don't_ call it,
	658		you'll only get monochrome output. Also, without calling it, the
	659		terminal's default colors will be used, where supported (currently
	660		only in Win32). This is equivalent to the PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS behavior
	661		introduced in 2.7, except that _only_ the default colors will be used.
	662		(PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS is still available, if you want to combine the
	663		use of specific colors and the default colors.)
	664
	665		- New logic for termname() and longname(): termname() always returns
	666		"pdcurses"; longname() returns "PDCurses for [platform] [adapter]
	667		[COLOR/MONO]-YxX" (adapter is only defined for DOS and OS/2). This is
	668		the first time these functions return _anything_ in Win32.
	669
	670		- New installation method for XCurses: the header files are placed in a
	671		subdirectory "xcurses" within the include directory, rather than being
	672		renamed. (But the renamed xcurses.h and xpanel.h are also installed,
	673		for backwards compatibility.) curspriv.h and term.h are now available,
	674		and existing curses-based code need no longer be edited to use
	675		XCurses' curses.h. And with no more need for explicit XCursesExit()
	676		calls (see below), your code need not be changed at all to move from
	677		another curses implementation to XCurses. It can be as simple as "gcc
	678		-I/usr/local/include/xcurses -lXCurses -oprogname progname.c".
	679
	680		- Combined readme.* into this HISTORY file, and incorporated the old 1.x
	681		(PCcurses) history.
	682
	683		- New functionality for the testcurs demo: ACS character display; menu
	684		support for PgUp, PgDn, Home and End; centered menu; and it can now
	685		be resized in X.
	686
	687		- Added modified versions of the rain and worm demos from ncurses.
	688
	689		Bug fixes and such:
	690
	691		- Big cleanup of dead and redundant code, including unneeded defines,
	692		ifdefs, and structure elements.
	693
	694		- flushinp() was not implemented for Win32.
	695
	696		- resetty() was not restoring LINES and COLS.
	697
	698		- nonl() made '\n' print a line feed without carriage return. This was
	699		incorrect.
	700
	701		- Removed bogus implementation of intrflush().
	702
	703		- The line-breakout optimization system, disabled by default in 2.7, is
	704		removed in 2.8. It simply didn't work, and never has. (The typeahead()
	705		function remains, for compatibility, but does nothing.)
	706
	707		- The declarations for the printw() and scanw() function families were
	708		erroneously ifdef'd.
	709
	710		- Safer printw() calls on platforms that support vsnprintf().
	711
	712		- Use the native vsscanf() in DJGPP, MinGW and Cygwin.
	713
	714		- ACS_BLOCK now works in X.
	715
	716		- Explicit calls to XCursesExit() are no longer needed.
	717
	718		- XCURSES is now defined automatically if not DOS, OS2 or WIN32.
	719
	720		- The default icon for XCurses wasn't working (had to remove the focus
	721		hint code to fix this). Also, the default title is now "XCurses"
	722		instead of "main".
	723
	724		- Incorrect dimensions (undercounting by two in each direction) were
	725		shown while resizing in X.
	726
	727		- Scroll wheel events were not always correctly reported in X.
	728
	729		- 32 bits are enough for the "long" chtype, but 64 bits were used on a
	730		64-bit system, wasting memory. Now conditioned on _LP64. This could be
	731		faster, too.
	732
	733		- The short, 16-bit chtype now works with XCurses.
	734
	735		- Corrected return value for is_linetouched(), is_wintouched(),
	736		can_change_color() and isendwin() (bool instead of int).
	737
	738		- timeout(), wtimeout(), idcok() and immedok() return void.
	739
	740		- pair_content() takes a short.
	741
	742		- Replaced incorrect usages of attr_t with chtype. attr_t is still
	743		typedef'd, for backwards compatibility. (It's supposed to be used for
	744		the WA_*-style functions, which PDCurses doesn't yet support.)
	745
	746		- Added const where required by the spec, and in other appropriate
	747		places.
	748
	749		- Removed PDC_usleep(). napms() is now the core delay routine.
	750
	751		- Fixed poll() support in napms().
	752
	753		- Various changes to the internal PDC_* functions -- don't depend on
	754		these, and don't use them unless you absolutely have to.
	755
	756		- Some routines accessed window structures in their variable
	757		declarations, _before_ checking for a NULL window pointer.
	758
	759		- Dropped support for the undocumented PDC_FULL_DISPLAY, wtitle(), and
	760		PDC_print().
	761
	762		- Cleaned up remaining warnings.
	763
	764		- Reduced unnecessary #include directives -- speeds up compilation.
	765
	766		- Fix for demos build in Borland/DOS -- the makefile in 2.7 didn't
	767		specify the memory model. Reported by Erwin Waterlander.
	768
	769		- Simplified the makefiles; e.g., some now build each demo in a single
	770		step, and Watcom no longer uses demos.lnk. Also, the demo exes are now
	771		stripped when possible; maximum compression used for archives built
	772		by the makefiles; xcurses-config removed as part of "make distclean";
	773		and I tweaked optimization for some platforms.
	774
	775		- Reverted to /usr/local/ as default installation directory for XCurses.
	776
	777		- Upgraded to autoconf 2.59... instantly doubling the size of the
	778		configure script. Ah well. Otherwise, simplified the build system.
	779
	780		- Dropped support for pre-ANSI compilers. (It hasn't worked since at
	781		least version 2.4, anyway.)
	782
	783		- Revised and, I hope, clarified the boilerplate and other comments.
	784
	785		- Simplified logging and RCS ids; added RCS ids where missing.
	786
	787		- Consistent formatting for all code, approximately equivalent to
	788		"indent -kr -i8 -bl -bli0", with adjustments for 80 columns.
	789
	790		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	791
	792		PDCurses 2.7 - 2005/12/30
	793		=========================
	794
	795		INTRODUCTION:
	796
	797		Hello all. As of a few weeks ago, I'm the new maintainer for PDCurses.
	798		Here's a brief summary of changes in this release. (More details are
	799		available in the CVS log and trackers on SourceForge.)
	800
	801		NEW FEATURES:
	802
	803		- Functions: delscreen(), getattrs(), has_key(), slk_color(),
	804		wcolor_set(), wtimeout().
	805
	806		- Macros: color_set(), mvhline(), mvvline(), mvwgetnstr(), mvwhline(),
	807		mvwvline(), timeout(), wresize().
	808
	809		- Stub implementations of terminfo functions (including a term.h).
	810
	811		- More stubs for compatibility: filter(), getwin(), putwin(),
	812		noqiflush(), qiflush(), scr_dump(), scr_init(), scr_restore(),
	813		scr_set(), use_env(), vidattr(), vidputs().
	814
	815		- The terminal's default colors are used as curses' default colors when
	816		the environment variable "PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS" is set to any value
	817		(Win32 only at the moment).
	818
	819		- Simplified build system.
	820
	821		- Replaced PDC_STATIC_BUILD with its opposite, PDC_DLL_BUILD (see .mak
	822		files for more info).
	823
	824		- Minimal implementation of color_content() -- no longer a stub.
	825
	826		- Added the remaining ACS defines (ACS_S3, ACS_BBSS, etc.) for
	827		DOS/OS2/Win; "enhanced" versions of existing ACS characters used.
	828
	829		- Support for scroll wheels.
	830
	831		- Support for Pacific C.
	832
	833		BUGS FIXED:
	834
	835		- Builds correctly (including demos) on all tested platforms (see
	836		below); nearly all compiler warnings have been cleaned up; the ptest
	837		demo is built on all platforms; "clean" targets are improved.
	838
	839		- The ability to build ncurses_tests has been restored (see demos dir).
	840
	841		- Line-breakout optimization now defaults to off (equivalent to
	842		"typeahead(-1)"), so output is not interrupted by keystrokes (it's
	843		supposed to resume on the next refresh(), which wasn't working).
	844
	845		- Implicit wrefresh() in wgetch() was not being invoked in nodelay mode.
	846
	847		- subpad() was erroneously offsetting from the origin coordinates of the
	848		parent pad (which are always -1,-1).
	849
	850		- In wborder(), whline(), and wvline(), the current (wattrset) attribute
	851		was being used, but not the current background (wbkgd).
	852
	853		- Allow Russian 'r' character ASCII 0xe0 to be returned.
	854
	855		- termattrs() now also returns A_UNDERLINE, A_REVERSE.
	856
	857		- In Win32, with large scrollback buffers set, there was an unwanted
	858		"scrollup" effect on startup.
	859
	860		- Revamped keyboard handling for Win32.
	861
	862		- New screen resize method for Win32.
	863
	864		- napms(), delay_output(), etc. now work with Cygwin.
	865
	866		- curs_set(0) wasn't working in Win32 in full-screen (ALT-ENTER) mode --
	867		the cursor stayed on.
	868
	869		- The A_REVERSE attribute was broken in XCurses.
	870
	871		- On 64-bit systems, XCurses was ignoring every other keystroke.
	872
	873		- Added focus hints for XCurses.
	874
	875		- Demos (except for tuidemo) once again have their proper titles in
	876		XCurses (using Xinitscr() instead of the obsolete XCursesProgramName).
	877
	878		- The 16-bit chtype is a working option again (by removing #define
	879		CHTYPE_LONG from curses.h), except in XCurses. It's not recommended;
	880		but if your needs are limited, it still works.
	881
	882		- Reset screen size in resetty() under DOS, as in Win32 and OS/2.
	883
	884		- Changes for cursor size under DOS.
	885
	886		- Automatic setting of BIOS mode for CGA under DOS now works.
	887
	888		- The cursor is now always updated in PDC_gotoxy(); this fixes the
	889		problem of missing characters in BIOS mode.
	890
	891		- Macros nocbreak(), cbreak(), nocrmode(), crmode(), nodelay(),
	892		nl() and nonl() now return OK.
	893
	894		- ERR and OK are now defined as -1 and 0, respectively, for
	895		compatibility with other curses implementations -- note that this
	896		change is not binary compatible; you'll have to rebuild programs that
	897		use shared/dynamic libraries.
	898
	899		- Added "const" to prototypes where appropriate.
	900
	901		- Miscellaneous code cleanup.
	902
	903		ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS:
	904
	905		Walter Briscoe
	906		Jean-Pierre Demailly
	907		Ruslan Fedyarov
	908		Warren Gay
	909		Florian Grosse-Coosmann
	910		Vladimir Kokovic
	911		Matt Maloy
	912		K.H. Man
	913		Michael Ryazanov
	914		Ron Thibodeau
	915		Alexandr Zamaraev
	916
	917		and of course, MARK HESSLING, for his over 13 years of service as the
	918		maintainer of PDCurses. Plus, thanks to all who've reported bugs or
	919		requested features. Apologies to anyone I've forgotten.
	920
	921		I've tested this version on Turbo C++ 3.0 and Borland C++ 3.1 for DOS;
	922		DJGPP 2.X; Open Watcom 1.3 for DOS (16 and 32-bit), Windows and OS/2;
	923		EMX 0.9d and the "newgcc" version of EMX; Borland C++ 5.5 for Windows;
	924		recent versions of MinGW, Cygwin, LCC-Win32 and Microsoft Visual C++;
	925		and gcc under several flavors of Linux, Mac OS X, *BSD and Solaris.
	926
	927		-- William McBrine
	928
	929		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	930
	931		PDCurses 2.6 - 2003/01/08
	932		=========================
	933
	934		INTRODUCTION:
	935
	936		This release of PDCurses includes the following changes:
	937
	938		BUGS FIXED:
	939
	940		- Allow accented characters on Win32 platform when run on non-English
	941		keyboards.
	942
	943		- Allow "special" characters like Ctrl-S, Ctrl-Q under OS/2 to be returned.
	944
	945		- Some bugs with halfdelay() fixed by William McBrine.
	946
	947		- pechochar() should now work correctly.
	948
	949		- redrawwin() macro in curses.h was incorrect - fixed by Alberto Ornaghi
	950
	951		- Don't include "special" characters like KEY_SHIFT_L to be returned in
	952		getnstr() family. Bug 542913
	953
	954		- Entering TAB in wgetnstr() no longer exceeds requested buffer size.
	955		Bug 489233
	956
	957		- Fixed bug 550066, scrollok() and pads.
	958		Also beep() called when buffer exceeded. Bug 562041.
	959
	960		- Reverse video of X11 selection reinstated. Pablo Garcia Abio??
	961
	962		- Right Alt modifier now works like left Alt modifier under Win32
	963
	964		- Add support for all libXaw replacement libraries with Scrollbar bug.
	965		Note that for this to work, you still have to change the libXaw
	966		replacement libraries to fix the bug :-(
	967
	968		- Don't trap signals in XCurses if calling application has ignored them.
	969		Change by Frank Heckenbach.
	970
	971		- Bug reports from Warren W. Gay:
	972		- Fix termattrs() to return A_REVERSE and A_BLINK on all platforms.
	973		- Fix definition of getsyx() and setsyx() to be consistent with
	974		ncurses. Bug 624424.
	975		- Fix definition of echo() and noecho(). Bug 625001.
	976		- Fix definition of keypad() and leaveok(). Bug 632653.
	977		- Missing panel_hidden() prototype. Bug 649320.
	978
	979		- Fixed bug with calling def_prog_mode(), resize_term(),
	980		reset_prog_mode(); the resize details were being lost.
	981
	982		NEW FEATURES:
	983
	984		- Clipboard support now available on DOS platform, but handled
	985		internally to the currently running process.
	986
	987		- New X11 resource: textCursor, allows the text cursor to be specified
	988		as a vertical bar, or the standard horizontal bar. Thanks to Frank
	989		Heckenbach for the suggestion.
	990
	991		NEW COMPILER SUPPORT:
	992
	993		- lcc-win32 now works correctly
	994
	995		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	996
	997		PDCurses 2.5 - 2001/11/26
	998		=========================
	999
	1000		INTRODUCTION:
	1001
	1002		This release of PDCurses includes the following changes:
	1003
	1004		- Set BASE address for Win32 DLL
	1005
	1006		- Add KEY_SUP and KEY_SDOWN.
	1007
	1008		- Add PDC_set_line_color()
	1009
	1010		- Add blink support as bold background
	1011
	1012		- Add bold colors
	1013
	1014		- Add getbkgd() macro
	1015
	1016		- Add new PDC functions for adding underline, overline, leftline and
	1017		rightline
	1018
	1019		- Add support for shifted keypad keys.
	1020
	1021		- Allow more keypad keys to work under Win32
	1022
	1023		- Change Win32 and OS/2 DLL name to curses.dll
	1024
	1025		- Change example resources to allow overriding from the command line
	1026
	1027		- Changes for building cleanly on OS/2
	1028
	1029		- Changes to handle building XCurses under AIX
	1030
	1031		- Check if prefresh() and pnoutrefresh() parameters are valid.
	1032
	1033		- Ensure build/install works from any directory
	1034
	1035		- Handle platforms where X11 headers do not typedef XPointer.
	1036
	1037		- Mention that Flexos is likely out-of-date.
	1038
	1039		- Pass delaytenths to XCurses_rawgetch()
	1040
	1041		- Remove boldFont
	1042
	1043		- Updates for cursor blinking and italic.
	1044
	1045		BUGS FIXED:
	1046
	1047		- Fix bug with getting Win32 clipboard contents. Added new
	1048		PDC_freeclipboard() function.
	1049
	1050		- Fix bug with halfdelay()
	1051
	1052		- Fix bug with mouse interrupting programs that are not trapping mouse
	1053		events under Win32.
	1054
	1055		- Fix return value from curs_set()
	1056
	1057		- Reverse the left and right pointing bars in ALT_CHARSET
	1058
	1059		NEW COMPILER SUPPORT:
	1060
	1061		- Add QNX-RTP port
	1062
	1063		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1064
	1065		PDCurses 2.4 - 2000/01/17
	1066		=========================
	1067
	1068		INTRODUCTION:
	1069
	1070		This release of PDCurses includes the following changes:
	1071
	1072		- full support of X11 selection handling
	1073
	1074		- removed the need for the cursos2.h file
	1075
	1076		- enabled the "shifted" key on the numeric keypad
	1077
	1078		- added native clipboard support for X11, Win32 and OS/2
	1079
	1080		- added extra functions for obtaining internal PDCurses status
	1081
	1082		- added clipboard and key modifier tests in testcurs.c
	1083
	1084		- fixes for panel library
	1085
	1086		- key modifiers pressed by themselves are now returned as keys:
	1087		KEY_SHIFT_L KEY_SHIFT_R KEY_CONTROL_L KEY_CONTROL_R KEY_ALT_L KEY_ALT_R
	1088		This works on Win32 and X11 ports only
	1089
	1090		- Added X11 shared library support
	1091
	1092		- Added extra slk formats supported by ncurses
	1093
	1094		- Fixed bug with resizing the terminal when slk were on.
	1095
	1096		- Changed behavior of slk_attrset(), slk_attron() slk_attroff()
	1097		functions to work more like ncurses.
	1098
	1099		BUGS FIXED:
	1100
	1101		- some minor bug and portability fixes were included in this release
	1102
	1103		NEW FUNCTIONS:
	1104
	1105		- PDC_getclipboard() and PDC_setclipboard() for accessing the native
	1106		clipboard (X11, Win32 and OS/2)
	1107
	1108		- PDC_set_title() for setting the title of the window (X11 and Win32
	1109		only)
	1110
	1111		- PDC_get_input_fd() for getting the file handle of the PDCurses input
	1112
	1113		- PDC_get_key_modifiers() for getting the keyboard modifier settings at
	1114		the time of the last (w)getch()
	1115
	1116		- Xinitscr() (only for X11 port) which allows standard X11 switches to
	1117		be passed to the application
	1118
	1119		NEW COMPILER SUPPORT:
	1120
	1121		- MingW32 GNU compiler under Win95/NT
	1122
	1123		- Cygnus Win32 GNU compiler under Win95/NT
	1124
	1125		- Borland C++ for OS/2 1.0+
	1126
	1127		- lcc-win32 compiler under Win95/NT
	1128
	1129		ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: (for this release)
	1130
	1131		Georg Fuchs for various changes.
	1132		Juan David Palomar for pointing out getnstr() was not implemented.
	1133		William McBrine for fix to allow black/black as valid color pair.
	1134		Peter Preus for pointing out the missing bccos2.mak file.
	1135		Laura Michaels for a couple of bug fixes and changes required to
	1136		support Mingw32 compiler.
	1137		Frank Heckenbach for PDC_get_input_fd() and some portability fixes and
	1138		the fixes for panel library.
	1139		Matthias Burian for the lcc-win32 compiler support.
	1140
	1141		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1142
	1143		PDCurses 2.3 - 1998/07/09
	1144		=========================
	1145
	1146		INTRODUCTION:
	1147
	1148		This release of PDCurses includes the following changes:
	1149
	1150		- added more System V R4 functions
	1151
	1152		- added Win32 port
	1153
	1154		- the X11 port is now fully functional
	1155
	1156		- the MS Visual C++ Win32 port now includes a DLL
	1157
	1158		- both the X11 and Win32 ports support the mouse
	1159
	1160		- the slk..() functions are now functional
	1161
	1162		- support for scrollbars under X11 are experimental at this stage
	1163
	1164		- long chtype extended to non-Unix ports
	1165
	1166		The name of the statically built library is pdcurses.lib (or
	1167		pdcurses.a). The name of the DLL import library (where applicable) is
	1168		curses.lib.
	1169
	1170		BUGS FIXED:
	1171
	1172		- some minor bugs were corrected in this release
	1173
	1174		NEW FUNCTIONS:
	1175
	1176		- slk..() functions
	1177
	1178		NEW COMPILER SUPPORT:
	1179
	1180		- MS Visual C++ under Win95/NT
	1181
	1182		- Watcom C++ under OS/2, Win32 and DOS
	1183
	1184		- two EMX ports have been provided:
	1185		- OS/2 only using OS/2 APIs
	1186		- OS/2 and DOS using EMX video support routines
	1187
	1188		EXTRA OPTIONS:
	1189
	1190		PDCurses recognizes two environment variables which determines the
	1191		initialization and finalization behavior. These environment variables
	1192		do not apply to the X11 port.
	1193
	1194		PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN
	1195		If this environment variable is set, PDCurses will not clear the screen
	1196		to the default white on black on startup. This allows you to overlay
	1197		a window over the top of the existing screen background.
	1198
	1199		PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN
	1200		If this environment variable is set, PDCurses will take a copy of the
	1201		contents of the screen at the time that PDCurses is started; initscr(),
	1202		and when endwin() is called, the screen will be restored.
	1203
	1204
	1205		ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: (for this release)
	1206
	1207		Chris Szurgot for original Win32 port.
	1208		Gurusamy Sarathy for some updates to the Win32 port.
	1209		Kim Huron for the slk..() functions.
	1210		Florian Grosse Coosmann for some bug fixes.
	1211		Esa Peuha for reducing compiler warnings.
	1212		Augustin Martin Domingo for patches to X11 port to enable accented
	1213		characters.
	1214
	1215		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1216
	1217		PDCurses 2.2 - 1995/02/12
	1218		=========================
	1219
	1220		INTRODUCTION:
	1221
	1222		This release of PDCurses has includes a number of major changes:
	1223
	1224		- The portable library functions are now grouped together into single
	1225		files with the same arrangement as System V R4 curses.
	1226
	1227		- A panels library has been included. This panels library was written by
	1228		Warren Tucker.
	1229
	1230		- Quite a few more functions have been supplied by Wade Schauer and
	1231		incorporated into release 2.2. Wade also supplied the support for the
	1232		Microway NDP C/C++ 32 bit DOS compiler.
	1233
	1234		- The curses datatype has been changed from an unsigned int to a long.
	1235		This allows more attributes to be stored as well as increasing the
	1236		number of color-pairs from 32 to 64.
	1237
	1238		- Xwindows port (experimental at the moment).
	1239
	1240		BUGS FIXED:
	1241
	1242		- mvwin() checked the wrong coordinates
	1243
	1244		- removed DESQview shadow memory buffer checking bug in curses.h in
	1245		#define for wstandout()
	1246
	1247		- lots of others I can't remember
	1248
	1249		NEW FUNCTIONS:
	1250
	1251		- Too many to mention. See intro.man for a complete list of the
	1252		functions PDCurses now supports.
	1253
	1254		COMPILER SUPPORT:
	1255
	1256		- DJGPP 1.12 is now supported. The run-time error that caused programs
	1257		to crash has been removed.
	1258
	1259		- emx 0.9a is supported. A program compiled for OS/2 should also work
	1260		under DOS if you use the VID=EMX switch when compiling. See the
	1261		makefile for details.
	1262
	1263		- The Microway NDP C/C++ DOS compiler is now supported. Thanks to Wade
	1264		Schauer for this port.
	1265
	1266		- The Watcom C++ 10.0 DOS compiler is now supported. Thanks to Pieter
	1267		Kunst for this port.
	1268
	1269		- The library now has many functions grouped together to reduce the size
	1270		of the library and to improve the speed of compilation.
	1271
	1272		- The "names" of a couple of the compilers in the makefile has changed;
	1273		CSET2 is now ICC and GO32 is now GCC.
	1274
	1275		EXTRA OPTIONS:
	1276
	1277		One difference between the behavior of PDCurses and Unix curses is the
	1278		attributes that are displayed when a character is cleared. Under Unix
	1279		curses, no attributes are displayed, so the result is always black.
	1280		Under PDCurses, these functions clear with the current attributes in
	1281		effect at the time. With the introduction of the bkgd functions, by
	1282		default, PDCurses clears using the value set by (w)bkgd(). To have
	1283		PDCurses behave the same way as it did before release 2.2, compile with
	1284		-DPDCURSES_WCLR
	1285
	1286		ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: (for this release)
	1287
	1288		Pieter Kunst, David Nugent, Warren Tucker, Darin Haugen, Stefan Strack,
	1289		Wade Schauer and others who either alerted me to bugs or supplied
	1290		fixes.
	1291
	1292		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1293
	1294		PDCurses 2.1 - 1993/06/20
	1295		=========================
	1296
	1297		INTRODUCTION:
	1298
	1299		The current code contains bug fixes for the DOS and OS/2 releases and
	1300		also includes an alpha release for Unix. The Unix release uses another
	1301		public domain package (mytinfo) to handle the low-level screen writes.
	1302		mytinfo was posted to comp.sources.unix (or misc) in December 1992 or
	1303		January 1993. Unless you are a glutton for punishment I would recommend
	1304		you avoid the Unix port at this stage.
	1305
	1306		The other major addition to PDCurses is the support for DJGPP (the DOS
	1307		port of GNU C++). Thanks to David Nugent <davidn@csource.oz.au>.
	1308
	1309		Other additions are copywin() function, function debugging support and
	1310		getting the small and medium memory models to work. The testcurs.c demo
	1311		program has also been changed significantly and a new demo program,
	1312		tuidemo, has been added.
	1313
	1314		Some people have suggested including information on where to get dmake
	1315		from. oak.oakland.edu in /pub/msdos/c
	1316
	1317		OTHER NOTES:
	1318
	1319		Under DOS, by default, screen writes to a CGA monitor are done via the
	1320		video BIOS rather than by direct video memory writes. This is due to
	1321		the CGA "snow" problem. If you have a CGA monitor and do not suffer
	1322		from snow, you can compile private\_queryad.c with CGA_DIRECT defined.
	1323		This will then use cause PDCurses to write directly to the CGA video
	1324		memory.
	1325
	1326		Function debugging: Firstly to get function debugging, you have to
	1327		compile the library with OPT=N in the makefile. This also turns on
	1328		compiler debugging. You can control when you want PDCurses to write to
	1329		the debug file (called trace in the current directory) by using the
	1330		functions traceon() and traceoff() in your program.
	1331
	1332		Microsoft C 6.00 Users note:
	1333		----------------------------
	1334
	1335		With the addition of several new functions, using dmake to compile
	1336		PDCurses now causes the compiler to run "out of heap space in pass 2".
	1337		Using the 6.00AX version (DOS-Extended) to compile PDCurses fixes this
	1338		problem; hence the -EM switch.
	1339
	1340		Functional changes
	1341		------------------
	1342
	1343		Added OS/2 DLL support.
	1344
	1345		A few curses functions have been fixed to exhibit their correct
	1346		behavior and make them more functionally portable with System V
	1347		curses. The functions that have changed are overlay(), overwrite() and
	1348		typeahead.
	1349
	1350		overlay() and overwrite()
	1351
	1352		Both of theses functions in PDCurses 2.0 allowed for one window to be
	1353		effectively placed on top of another, and the characters in the first
	1354		window were overlaid or overwritten starting at 0,0 in both windows.
	1355		This behavior of these functions was not correct. These functions only
	1356		operate on windows that physically overlap with respect to the
	1357		displayed screen. To achieve the same functionality as before, use the
	1358		new function copywin(). See the manual page for further details.
	1359
	1360		typeahead()
	1361
	1362		This function in PDCurses 2.0 effectively checked to see if there were
	1363		any characters remaining in the keyboard buffer. This is not the
	1364		behavior exhibited by System V curses. This function is intended
	1365		purely to set a flag so that curses can check while updating the
	1366		physical screen if any keyboard input is pending. To achieve the same
	1367		effect with typeahead() under PDCurses 2.1 the following code should be
	1368		used.
	1369
	1370		In place of...
	1371
	1372		while(!typeahead(stdin))
	1373		{
	1374		/* do something until any key is pressed... */
	1375		}
	1376
	1377		use...
	1378
	1379		/* getch() to return ERR if no key pending */
	1380		nodelay(stdscr,TRUE);
	1381		while(getch() == (ERR))
	1382		{
	1383		/* do something until any key is pressed... */
	1384		}
	1385
	1386
	1387		ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: (in no particular order)
	1388
	1389		Jason Shumate, Pieter Kunst, David Nugent, Andreas Otte, Pasi
	1390		Hamalainen, James McLennan, Duane Paulson, Ib Hojme
	1391
	1392		Apologies to anyone I may have left out.
	1393
	1394		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1395
	1396		PDCurses 2.0 - 1992/11/23
	1397		=========================
	1398
	1399		INTRODUCTION:
	1400
	1401		Well, here it finally is; PDCurses v2.0.
	1402
	1403		PDCurses v2.0 is an almost total rewrite of PCcurses 1.4 done by John
	1404		'Frotz' Fa'atuai, the previous maintainer. It adds support for OS/2 as
	1405		well as DOS.
	1406
	1407		This version has been tested with Microsoft C v6.0, QuickC v2.0 and
	1408		Borland C++ 2.0 under DOS and Microsoft C v6.0 and TopSpeed c v3.02
	1409		under OS/2 2.0. Also the library has been compiled successfully with
	1410		emx 0.8e, C Set/2 and Watcom 9. Most testing was done with the large
	1411		memory model, where applicable. The large memory model is probably the
	1412		best model to use.
	1413
	1414		The amount of testing has not been as extensive as I would have liked,
	1415		but demands on releasing a product have outweighed the product's
	1416		quality. Nothing new with that !! Hopefully with wider circulation,
	1417		more bugs will be fixed more quickly.
	1418
	1419		I have included just 1 makefile which is suitable for dmake 3.8 for
	1420		both DOS and OS/2. The makefile does not rely on customization of the
	1421		dmake.ini file.
	1422
	1423		If you discover bugs, and especially if you have fixes, please let me
	1424		know ASAP.
	1425
	1426		The source to the library is distributed as a zip file made with zip
	1427		1.9. You will need Info-ZIP unzip 5.0 to unzip. Follow the directions
	1428		below to compile the library.
	1429
	1430		DIRECTIONS:
	1431
	1432		1. Create a new directory in which to unzip pdcurs20.zip. This will
	1433		create a curses directory and a number of subdirectories containing
	1434		source code for the library and utilities and the documentation.
	1435
	1436		2. Make changes to the makefile where necessary:
	1437		Change the MODEL or model macro to the appropriate value (if it
	1438		applies to your compiler). Use model for Borland compilers.
	1439
	1440		Change any paths in the defined macros to be suitable for your
	1441		compiler.
	1442
	1443		3. Invoke DMAKE [-e environment_options] [target]
	1444
	1445		where environment_options are:
	1446
	1447		OS (host operating system)
	1448		COMP (compiler)
	1449		OPT (optimized version or debug version) - optional. default Y
	1450		TOS (target operating system) - optional. default OS
	1451
	1452		see the makefile for valid combinations
	1453
	1454		targets: all, demos, lcursesd.lib, manual...
	1455
	1456		NB. dmake is case sensitive with targets, so those environments that
	1457		use an upper case model value (eg MSC) MUST specify the library
	1458		target as for eg. Lcursesd.lib
	1459
	1460		The makefile is by default set up for Borland C++. The use of -e
	1461		environment_options override these defaults. If you prefer, you can
	1462		just change the defaults in the makefile and invoke it without the
	1463		-e switch.
	1464
	1465		OTHER NOTES:
	1466
	1467		The documentation for the library is built into each source file, a
	1468		couple of specific doc files and the header files. A program is
	1469		supplied (manext) to build the manual. This program gets compiled when
	1470		you build the documentation.
	1471
	1472		To generate the library response file correctly, I had to write a quick
	1473		and dirty program (buildlrf) to achieve this. Originally the makefiles
	1474		just had statements like: "echo -+$(OBJ)\$* & >> $(LRF)" which appended
	1475		a suitable line to the response file. Unfortunately under some
	1476		combinations of makefiles and command processors (eg. nmake and 4DOS)
	1477		the & would get treated as stderr and the echo command would fail.
	1478
	1479		The original source for PDCurses that I received from the previous
	1480		maintainer contained support for the FLEXOS operating system. Not
	1481		having access to it, I could not test the changes I made so its support
	1482		has fallen by the wayside. If you really need to have PDCurses running
	1483		under FLEXOS, contact me and I will see what can be arranged.
	1484
	1485		Under DOS, by default, screen writes to a CGA monitor are done via the
	1486		video BIOS rather than by direct video memory writes. This is due to
	1487		the CGA "snow" problem. If you have a CGA monitor and do not suffer
	1488		from snow, you can compile private\_queryad.c with CGA_DIRECT defined.
	1489		This will then use cause PDCurses to write directly to the CGA video
	1490		memory.
	1491
	1492		Added System V color support.
	1493
	1494		COMPILER-SPECIFIC NOTES:
	1495
	1496		Microsoft C
	1497		-----------
	1498
	1499		It is possible with MSC 6.0 to build the OS/2 libraries and demo
	1500		programs from within DOS. This is the only case where it is possible to
	1501		specify the value of TOS on the command line to be OS2 and the value of
	1502		OS be DOS.
	1503
	1504		C Set/2
	1505		-------
	1506
	1507		I have only tested the library using the migration libraries. I doubt
	1508		that the demo programs will work without them.
	1509
	1510		emx
	1511		---
	1512
	1513		Testing has been done with 0.8e of emx together with the 16_to_32
	1514		libraries. The emx\lib directory should include the vio32.lib and
	1515		kbd32.lib libraries from the 16_to_32 package.
	1516
	1517		BUGS and UNFINISHED BUSINESS:
	1518
	1519		- PDC_set_ctrl_break() function does not work under OS/2.
	1520
	1521		- win_print() and PDC_print() do not work under OS/2.
	1522
	1523		- The file todo.man in the doc directory also lists those functions of
	1524		System V 3.2 curses not yet implemented. Any volunteers?
	1525
	1526		ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS:
	1527
	1528		John 'Frotz' Fa'atuai, the previous maintainer for providing an
	1529		excellent base for further development.
	1530		John Burnell <johnb@kea.am.dsir.govt.nz>, for the OS/2 port.
	1531		John Steele, Jason (finally NOT a John) Shumate....
	1532		for various fixes and suggestions.
	1533		Eberhardt Mattes (author of emx) for allowing code based on his
	1534		C library to be included with PDCurses.
	1535		Several others for their support, moral and actual.
	1536
	1537		-- Mark Hessling
	1538
	1539		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1540
	1541		PDCurses 2.0Beta - 1991/12/21
	1542		=============================
	1543
	1544		Changed back from short to int. (int is the correct size for the default
	1545		platform. Short might be too short on some platforms. This is more
	1546		portable. I, also, made this mistake.)
	1547
	1548		Many functions are now macros. If you want the real thing, #undef the
	1549		macro. (X/Open requirement.)
	1550
	1551		Merged many sources into current release.
	1552
	1553		Added many X/Open routines (not quite all yet).
	1554
	1555		Added internal documentation to all routines.
	1556
	1557		Added a HISTORY file to the environment.
	1558
	1559		Added a CONTRIB file to the environment.
	1560
	1561		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1562
	1563		PDCurses 1.5Beta - 1990/07/14
	1564		=============================
	1565
	1566		Added many levels of compiler support. Added mixed prototypes for all
	1567		"internal" routines. Removed all assembly language. Added EGA/VGA
	1568		support. Converted all #ifdef to #if in all modules except CURSES.H and
	1569		CURSPRIV.H. Always include ASSERT.H. Added support for an external
	1570		malloc(), calloc() and free(). Added support for FAST_VIDEO
	1571		(direct-memory writes). Added various memory model support (for
	1572		FAST_VIDEO). Added much of the December 1988 X/Open Curses
	1573		specification.
	1574
	1575		-- John 'Frotz' Fa'atuai
	1576
	1577		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1578
	1579		PCcurses 1.4 - 1990/01/14
	1580		=========================
	1581
	1582		In PCcurses v.1.4, both portability improvements and bugfixes have
	1583		been made. The files have been changed to allow lint-free compilation
	1584		with Microsoft C v.5.1, and with Turbo C v.2.0. The source should still
	1585		compile without problems on older compilers, although this has not been
	1586		verified.
	1587
	1588		The makefiles have been changed to suit both the public release and
	1589		the author, who maintains a special kind of libraries for himself. In
	1590		the case of Microsoft C, changes were done in the makefile to lower the
	1591		warning level to 2 (was 3). This was to avoid ANSI warnings which are
	1592		abundant because PCcurses does not attempt to follow strict ANSI C
	1593		standard.
	1594
	1595		BUG FIXES FROM V.1.3 TO V.1.4:
	1596
	1597		!!!IMPORTANT CHANGE!!!
	1598
	1599		The definitions for OK and ERR in curses.h were exchanged. This was
	1600		done to be more consistent with UNIX versions. Also, it permits
	1601		functions like newwin() and subwin() to return 0 (=NULL) when they fail
	1602		due to memory shortage. This incompatibility with UNIX curses was
	1603		pointed out by Fred C. Smith. If you have tested success/failure by
	1604		comparisons to anything other than ERR and OK, your applications will
	1605		need to be be changed on that point. Sorry... but presumably most of you
	1606		used the symbolic constants?
	1607
	1608		(END OF IMPORTANT CHANGE)
	1609
	1610		Fred also pointed out a bug in the file update.c. The bug caused the
	1611		first character printed after 'unauthorized' screen changes (like during
	1612		a shell escape, for example) to be placed at the wrong screen position.
	1613		This happened even if the normal precautions (clear / touch / refresh)
	1614		were taken. The problem has now been fixed.
	1615
	1616		PCcurses is currently also being used on a 68000 system with
	1617		hard-coded ESCape sequences for ANSI terminals. However, ints used by
	1618		the 68000 C compiler are 32 bits. Therefore ints have been turned into
	1619		shorts wherever possible in the code (otherwise all window structures
	1620		occupy twice as much space as required on the 68000). This does not
	1621		affect PC versions since normally both ints and shorts are 16 bits for
	1622		PC C compilers.
	1623
	1624		At some places in the source code there are references made to the
	1625		68000 version. There are also a makefile, a curses68.c file, and a
	1626		curses68.cmd file. These are for making, low-level I/O, and linking
	1627		commands when building the 68000 version. These files are probably
	1628		useful to no-one but the author, since it is very specific for its
	1629		special hardware environment. Still in an effort to keep all
	1630		curses-related sources in one place they are included. Note however that
	1631		PCcurses will not officially support a non-PC environment.
	1632
	1633		The file cursesio.c, which was included in the package at revision
	1634		level 1.2, and which was to be an alternative to the cursesio.asm file,
	1635		has been verified to behave incorrectly in the function _curseskeytst().
	1636		The problem was that the value of 'cflag' does not contain the proper
	1637		data for the test that is attempted. Furthermore, neither Turbo C or
	1638		Microsoft C allows any way to return the data that is needed, and
	1639		consequently you should not use cursesio.c. The best solution is to
	1640		simply use the ASM version. In v.1.2 and v.1.3, the user could edit the
	1641		makefile to select which version he wanted to use. The makefiles in
	1642		v.1.4 have removed this possibility forcing the use of the ASM file, and
	1643		cursesio.c has been dropped from the distribution.
	1644
	1645		A bug in the wgetstr() function caused PCcurses to echo characters
	1646		when reading a keyboard string, even if the echo had been turned off.
	1647		Thanks to Per Foreby at Lund University, Sweden, for this. Per also
	1648		reported bugs concerning the handling of characters with bit 8 set.
	1649		Their ASCII code were considered as lower than 32, so they were erased
	1650		etc. like control characters, i.e. erasing two character positions. The
	1651		control character test was changed to cope with this.
	1652
	1653		The overlay() and overwrite() functions were changed so that the
	1654		overlaying window is positioned at its 'own' coordinates inside the
	1655		underlying window (it used to be at the underlying window's [0,0]
	1656		position). There is some controversy about this - the documentation for
	1657		different curses versions say different things. I think the choice made
	1658		is the most reasonable.
	1659
	1660		The border() and wborder() functions were changed to actually draw a
	1661		border, since this seems to be the correct behavior of these functions.
	1662		They used to just set the border characters to be used by box(). These
	1663		functions are not present in standard BSD UNIX curses.
	1664
	1665		The subwin() function previously did not allow the subwindow to be as
	1666		big as the original window in which it was created. This has now been
	1667		fixed. There was also the problem that the default size (set by
	1668		specifying numlines or numcols (or both) as 0 made the resulting actual
	1669		size 1 line/column too small.
	1670
	1671		There were a few spelling errors in function names, both in the
	1672		function declarations and in curses.h. This was reported by Carlos
	1673		Amaral at INESC in Portugal. Thanks! There was also an unnecessary (but
	1674		harmless) parameter in a function call at one place.
	1675
	1676		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1677
	1678		PCcurses 1.3 - 1988/10/05
	1679		=========================
	1680
	1681		The file 'border.c' is now included. It allows you to explicitly
	1682		specify what characters should be used as box borders when the box()
	1683		functions are called. If the new border characters are non-0, they
	1684		override the border characters specified in the box() call. In my
	1685		understanding, this functionality is required for AT&T UNIX sV.3
	1686		compatibility. Thanks for this goes to Tony L. Hansen
	1687		(hansen@pegasus.UUCP) for posting an article about it on Usenet
	1688		(newsgroup comp.unix.questions; his posting was not related at all to
	1689		PCcurses).
	1690
	1691		The only other difference between v.1.2 and v.1.3 is that the latter
	1692		has been changed to avoid warning diagnostics if the source files are
	1693		compiled with warning switches on (for Microsoft this means '-W3', for
	1694		Turbo C it means '-w -w-pro'). Of these, the Turbo C warning check is
	1695		clearly to be used rather than Microsoft, even if neither of them comes
	1696		even close to a real UNIX 'lint'. Some of the warnings in fact indicated
	1697		real bugs, mostly functions that did not return correct return values or
	1698		types.
	1699
	1700		The makefiles for both MSC and TRC have been modified to produce
	1701		warning messages as part of normal compilation.
	1702
	1703		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1704
	1705		PCcurses 1.2 - 1988/10/02
	1706		=========================
	1707
	1708		The changes from v.1.1 to v.1.2 are minor. The biggest change is that
	1709		there was a bug related to limiting the cursor movement if the
	1710		application tried to move it outside the screen (something that should
	1711		not be done anyway). Such erroneous application behavior is now handled
	1712		appropriately.
	1713
	1714		All modules have been changed to have a revision string in them, which
	1715		makes it easier to determine what version is linked into a program (or
	1716		what library version you have).
	1717
	1718		There is now a 'cursesio.c' file. That file does the same as
	1719		'cursesio.asm' (i.e. it provides the interface to the lower-level system
	1720		I/O routines). It is written in C and thus it is (possibly) more
	1721		portable than the assembler version (but still not so portable since it
	1722		uses 8086 INT XX calls directly). When one creates new curses libraries,
	1723		one chooses whether to use the assembler or the C version of cursesio.
	1724		The choice is made by commenting out the appropriate dependencies for
	1725		cursesio.obj, near the end of the makefiles.
	1726
	1727		There is now a 'setmode.c' file. That file contains functions that
	1728		save and restore terminal modes. They do it into other variables than do
	1729		savetty() and resetty(), so one should probably use either
	1730		savetty()/resetty() or the new functions only - and not mix the both
	1731		ways unless one really knows what one does.
	1732
	1733		Diff lists vs v.1.0 are no longer included in the distribution. The
	1734		make utility still is. PCcurses v.1.2 still compiles with Microsoft C
	1735		v.4.0, and with Borland Turbo C v.1.0. There is as far as I know no
	1736		reason to believe that it does not compile under Microsoft C v.3.0 and
	1737		5.x, or Turbo C v.1.5, but this has not been tested.
	1738
	1739		There are two makefiles included, one for Microsoft C, one for Turbo
	1740		C. They are both copies of my personal makefiles, and as such they
	1741		reflect the directory structure on my own computer. This will have to be
	1742		changed before you run make. Check $(INCDIR) and $(LIBDIR) in
	1743		particular, and make the choice of ASM or C cursesio version as
	1744		mentioned above (the distribution version uses the C version of
	1745		cursesio).
	1746
	1747		The manual file (curses.man) has been changed at appropriate places.
	1748
	1749		I would like to thank the following persons for their help:
	1750
	1751		Brandon S. Allbery (alberry@ncoast.UUCP)
	1752		for running comp.binaries.ibm.pc (at that time)
	1753		and comp.source.misc.
	1754
	1755		Steve Balogh (Steve@cit5.cit.oz.AU)
	1756		for writing a set of manual pages and posting
	1757		them to the net.
	1758
	1759		Torbjorn Lindh
	1760		for finding bugs and suggesting raw
	1761		character output routines.
	1762
	1763		Nathan Glasser (nathan@eddie.mit.edu)
	1764		for finding and reporting bugs.
	1765
	1766		Ingvar Olafsson (...enea!hafro!ingvar)
	1767		for finding and reporting bugs.
	1768
	1769		Eric Rosco (...enea!ipmoea!ericr)
	1770		for finding and reporting bugs.
	1771
	1772		Steve Creps (creps@silver.bacs.indiana.edu)
	1773		for doing a lot of work - among others
	1774		posting bug fixes to the net, and writing
	1775		the new cursesio.c module.
	1776
	1777		N. Dean Pentcheff (dean@violet.berkeley.edu)
	1778		for finding bugs and rewriting cursesio.asm
	1779		for Turbo 'C' 1.5.
	1780
	1781		Finally, Jeff Dean (parcvax,hplabs}!cdp!jeff)
	1782		(jeff@ads.arpa)
	1783		has had a shareware version of curses deliverable since
	1784		about half a year before I released PCcurses 1.0 on Use-
	1785		Net. He is very concerned about confusion between the two
	1786		packages, and therefore any references on the network
	1787		should make clear whether they reference Dean's PCcurses
	1788		or Larsson's PCcurses.
	1789
	1790		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1791
	1792		PCcurses 1.1 - 1988/03/06
	1793		=========================
	1794
	1795		The changes from v.1.0 to v.1.1 are minor. There are a few bug fixes,
	1796		and new (non-portable) functions for verbatim IBM character font display
	1797		have been added (in charadd.c and charins.c). The manual file
	1798		(curses.man) has been changed at appropriate places.
	1799
	1800		In the file v10tov11.dif there are listings of the differences between
	1801		version 1.0 and 1.1. The diff listings are in UNIX diff(1) format.
	1802
	1803		Version 1.1 compiles with Turbo C v.1.0, as well as Microsoft C v.3.0
	1804		and v.4.0. On the release disk there is a make.exe utility which is very
	1805		similar to UNIX make (If the package was mailed to you, the make utility
	1806		will be in uuencoded format - in make.uu - and must be uudecoded first).
	1807		It is much more powerful than Microsoft's different MAKEs; the latter
	1808		ones will NOT generate libraries properly if used with the PCcurses
	1809		makefiles.
	1810
	1811		There are three makefiles:
	1812
	1813		makefile generic MSC 3.0 makefile
	1814		makefile.ms MSC 4.0 makefile
	1815		makefile.tc Turbo C 1.0 makefile
	1816
	1817		To make a library with for example Turbo C, make directories to hold
	1818		.H and .LIB files (these directories are the 'standard places'), edit
	1819		makefile.tc for this, and type
	1820
	1821		make -f makefile.tc all
	1822
	1823		and libraries for all memory models will be created in the .LIB
	1824		directory, while the include files will end up in the .H directory. Also
	1825		read what is said about installation below!
	1826
	1827		------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1828
	1829		PCcurses 1.0 - 1987/08/24
	1830		=========================
	1831
	1832		This is the release notes for the PCcurses v.1.0 cursor/window control
	1833		package. PCcurses offers the functionality of UNIX curses, plus some
	1834		extras. Normally it should be possible to port curses-based programs
	1835		from UNIX curses to PCcurses on the IBM PC without changes. PCcurses is
	1836		a port/ rewrite of Pavel Curtis' public domain 'ncurses' package. All
	1837		the code has been re-written - it is not just an edit of ncurses (or
	1838		UNIX curses). I mention this to clarify any copyright violation claims.
	1839		The data structures and ideas are very similar to ncurses. As for UNIX
	1840		curses, I have not even seen any sources for it.
	1841
	1842		For an introduction to the use of 'curses' and its derivatives, you
	1843		should read 'Screen Updating and Cursor Movement Optimization: A Library
	1844		Package' by Kenneth C. R. C. Arnold, which describes the original
	1845		Berkeley UNIX version of curses. It is available as part of the UNIX
	1846		manuals. The other source of information is 'The Ncurses Reference
	1847		Manual' by Pavel Curtis. The latter is part of Curtis' ncurses package.
	1848
	1849		The only other documentation provided is a 'man' page which describes
	1850		all the included functions in a very terse way. In the sources, each
	1851		function is preceded by a rather thorough description of what the
	1852		function does. I didn't have time to write a nice manual/tutorial -
	1853		sorry.
	1854
	1855		PCcurses is released as a number of source files, a man page, and a
	1856		make file. A uuencoded copy of a 'make' utility, and a manpage for the
	1857		'make' is also provided to make it easier to put together PCcurses
	1858		libraries. Even if you are not interested in PCcurses, it may be
	1859		worthwhile to grab the make.
	1860
	1861		The makefile assumes the presence of the Microsoft C compiler (3.0 or
	1862		4.0), Microsoft MASM and LIB, plus some MS-DOS utilities. The reason for
	1863		supplying MAKE.EXE is that the Microsoft 'MAKE:s' are much inferior to a
	1864		real UNIX make. The supplied make is a port of a public domain make,
	1865		published on Usenet. It is almost completely compatible with UNIX make.
	1866		When generating the curses libraries, the makefile will direct make to
	1867		do some directory creating and file copying, and then re-invoke itself
	1868		with new targets. The workings of the makefile are not absolutely
	1869		crystal clear at first sight... just start it and see what it does.
	1870
	1871		For portability, the curses libraries depend on one assembler file for
	1872		access to the BIOS routines. There is no support for the EGA, but both
	1873		CGA, MGA, and the HGA can be used. The libraries are originally for
	1874		Microsoft C, but all C modules should be portable right away. In the
	1875		assembler file, segment names probably need to be changed, and possibly
	1876		the parameter passing scheme. I think Turbo C will work right away - as
	1877		far as I understand, all its conventions are compatible with Microsoft
	1878		C.
	1879
	1880		There are some parts left out between ncurses and PCcurses. One is the
	1881		support for multiple terminals - not very interesting on a PC anyway.
	1882		Because we KNOW what terminal we have, there is no need for a termcap or
	1883		terminfo library. PCcurses also has some things that neither curses nor
	1884		ncurses have. Compared to the original UNIX curses, PCcurses has lots of
	1885		extras.
	1886
	1887		The BIOS routines are used directly, which gives fast screen updates.
	1888		PCcurses does not do direct writes to screen RAM - in my opinion it is
	1889		a bit ugly to rely that much on hardware compatibility. Anyone could fix
	1890		that, of course...
	1891
	1892		One of the more serious problems with PCcurses is the way in which
	1893		normal, cbreak, and raw input modes are done. All those details are in
	1894		the 'charget' module - I do raw I/O via the BIOS, and perform any
	1895		buffering myself. If an application program uses PCcurses, it should do
	1896		ALL its I/O via PCcurses calls, otherwise the mix of normal and
	1897		PCcurses I/O may mess up the display. I think my code is reasonable...
	1898		comments are welcome, provided you express them nicely...
	1899
	1900		To install, copy all files to a work directory, edit 'makefile' to
	1901		define the standard include and library file directory names of your
	1902		choice (these directories must exist already, and their path names must
	1903		be relative to the root directory, not to the current one). You must
	1904		also run uudecode on make.uu, to generate MAKE.EXE. You can do that on
	1905		your PC, if you have uudecode there, otherwise you can do it under UNIX
	1906		and do a binary transfer to the PC. When you have MAKE.EXE in your work
	1907		directory (or in your /bin directory), type make.
	1908
	1909		Make will now create 4 sub-directories (one for each memory model),
	1910		copy some assembler include files into them, copy two include files to
	1911		your include directory, CHDIR to each sub-directory and re-invoke itself
	1912		with other make targets to compile and assemble all the source files
	1913		into the appropriate directories. Then the library manager is run to
	1914		create the library files in your desired library directory. Presto!
	1915
	1916		If you only want to generate a library for one memory model, type
	1917		'make small', 'make large', etc. The name of the memory model must be in
	1918		lower case, like in the makefile.
	1919
	1920		I think the package is fairly well debugged - but then again, that's
	1921		what I always think. It was completed in May-87, and no problems found
	1922		yet. Now it's your turn... Comments, suggestions and bug reports and
	1923		fixes (no flames please) to
	1924
	1925		-- Bjorn Larsson

File IMPLEMNT added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..0445f8b)
	1		PDCurses Implementor's Guide
	2		============================
	3
	4		Version 1.3 - 200?/??/?? - notes about official ports
	5		Version 1.2 - 2007/07/11 - added PDC_init_pair(), PDC_pair_content(),
	6		version history; removed pdc_atrtab
	7		Version 1.1 - 2007/06/06 - minor cosmetic change
	8		Version 1.0 - 2007/04/01 - initial revision
	9
	10		This document is for those wishing to port PDCurses to a new platform,
	11		or just wanting to better understand how it works. Nothing here should
	12		be needed for application programming; for that, refer to PDCurses.txt,
	13		as built in doc/, or distributed as a file separate from this source
	14		package. This document assumes that you've read the user-level
	15		documentation and are very familiar with application-level curses
	16		programming.
	17
	18		If you want to submit your port for possible inclusion into the main
	19		PDCurses distribution, please follow these guidelines:
	20
	21		- Don't modify anything in the pdcurses directory or in other port
	22		directories. Don't modify curses.h or curspriv.h unless absolutely
	23		necessary. (And prefer modifying curspriv.h over curses.h.)
	24
	25		- Use the same indentation style, naming and scope conventions as the
	26		existing code.
	27
	28		- Release all your code to the public domain -- no copyright. Code
	29		under GPL, BSD, etc. will not be accepted.
	30
	31
	32		DATA STRUCTURES
	33		---------------
	34
	35		A port of PDCurses must provide acs_map[], a 128-element array of
	36		chtypes, with values laid out based on the Alternate Character Set of
	37		the VT100 (see curses.h). PDC_transform_line() must use this table; when
	38		it encounters a chtype with the A_ALTCHARSET flag set, and an A_CHARTEXT
	39		value in the range 0-127, it must render it using the A_CHARTEXT portion
	40		of the corresponding value from this table, instead of the original
	41		value. Also, values may be read from this table by apps, and passed
	42		through functions such as waddch(), which does no special processing on
	43		control characters (0-31 and 127) when the A_ALTCHARSET flag is set.
	44		Thus, any control characters used in acs_map[] should also have the
	45		A_ALTCHARSET flag set. Implementations should provide suitable values
	46		for all the ACS_ macros defined in curses.h; other values in the table
	47		should be filled with their own indices (e.g., acs_map['E'] == 'E'). The
	48		table can be either hardwired, or filled by PDC_scr_open(). Existing
	49		ports define it in pdcdisp.c, but this is not required.
	50
	51
	52		FUNCTIONS
	53		---------
	54
	55		A port of PDCurses must implement the following functions, with extern
	56		scope. These functions are traditionally divided into several modules,
	57		as indicated below; this division is not required (only the functions
	58		are), but may make it easier to follow for someone familiar with the
	59		existing ports.
	60
	61		Any other functions you create as part of your implementation should
	62		have static scope, if possible. If they can't be static, they should be
	63		named with the "PDC_" prefix. This minimizes the risk of collision with
	64		an application's choices.
	65
	66		Current PDCurses style also uses a single leading underscore with the
	67		name of any static function; and modified BSD/Allman-style indentation,
	68		approximately equivalent to "indent -kr -i8 -bl -bli0", with adjustments
	69		to keep every line under 80 columns. This isn't essential, but a
	70		consistent style helps readability.
	71
	72
	73		pdcdisp.c:
	74		----------
	75
	76		void PDC_gotoyx(int y, int x);
	77
	78		Move the physical cursor (as opposed to the logical cursor affected by
	79		wmove()) to the given location. This is called mainly from doupdate().
	80		In general, this function need not compare the old location with the new
	81		one, and should just move the cursor unconditionally.
	82
	83		void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp);
	84
	85		The core output routine. It takes len chtype entities from srcp (a
	86		pointer into curscr) and renders them to the physical screen at line
	87		lineno, column x. It must also translate characters 0-127 via acs_map[],
	88		if they're flagged with A_ALTCHARSET in the attribute portion of the
	89		chtype.
	90
	91
	92		pdcgetsc.c:
	93		-----------
	94
	95		int PDC_get_columns(void);
	96
	97		Returns the size of the screen in columns. It's used in resize_term() to
	98		set the new value of COLS. (Some existing implementations also call it
	99		internally from PDC_scr_open(), but this is not required.)
	100
	101		int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void);
	102
	103		Returns the size/shape of the cursor. The format of the result is
	104		unspecified, except that it must be returned as an int. This function is
	105		called from initscr(), and the result is stored in SP->orig_cursor,
	106		which is used by PDC_curs_set() to determine the size/shape of the
	107		cursor in normal visibility mode (curs_set(1)).
	108
	109		int PDC_get_rows(void);
	110
	111		Returns the size of the screen in rows. It's used in resize_term() to
	112		set the new value of LINES. (Some existing implementations also call it
	113		internally from PDC_scr_open(), but this is not required.)
	114
	115
	116		pdckbd.c:
	117		---------
	118
	119		bool PDC_check_key(void);
	120
	121		Keyboard/mouse event check, called from wgetch(). Returns TRUE if
	122		there's an event ready to process. This function must be non-blocking.
	123
	124		void PDC_flushinp(void);
	125
	126		This is the core of flushinp(). It discards any pending key or mouse
	127		events, removing them from any internal queue and from the OS queue, if
	128		applicable.
	129
	130		int PDC_get_key(void);
	131
	132		Get the next available key, or mouse event (indicated by a return of
	133		KEY_MOUSE), and remove it from the OS' input queue, if applicable. This
	134		function is called from wgetch(). This function may be blocking, and
	135		traditionally is; but it need not be. If a valid key or mouse event
	136		cannot be returned, for any reason, this function returns -1. Valid keys
	137		are those that fall within the appropriate character set, or are in the
	138		list of special keys found in curses.h (KEY_MIN through KEY_MAX). When
	139		returning a special key code, this routine must also set SP->key_code to
	140		TRUE; otherwise it must set it to FALSE. If SP->return_key_modifiers is
	141		TRUE, this function may return modifier keys (shift, control, alt),
	142		pressed alone, as special key codes; if SP->return_key_modifiers is
	143		FALSE, it must not. If modifier keys are returned, it should only happen
	144		if no other keys were pressed in the meantime; i.e., the return should
	145		happen on key up. But if this is not possible, it may return the
	146		modifier keys on key down (if and only if SP->return_key_modifiers is
	147		TRUE).
	148
	149		int PDC_modifiers_set(void);
	150
	151		Called from PDC_return_key_modifiers(). If your platform needs to do
	152		anything in response to a change in SP->return_key_modifiers, do it
	153		here. Returns OK or ERR, which is passed on by the caller.
	154
	155		int PDC_mouse_set(void);
	156
	157		Called by mouse_set(), mouse_on(), and mouse_off() -- all the functions
	158		that modify SP->_trap_mbe. If your platform needs to do anything in
	159		response to a change in SP->_trap_mbe (for example, turning the mouse
	160		cursor on or off), do it here. Returns OK or ERR, which is passed on by
	161		the caller.
	162
	163		void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on);
	164
	165		Set keyboard input to "binary" mode. If you need to do something to keep
	166		the OS from processing ^C, etc. on your platform, do it here. TRUE turns
	167		the mode on; FALSE reverts it. This function is called from raw() and
	168		noraw().
	169
	170
	171		pdcscrn.c:
	172		----------
	173
	174		bool PDC_can_change_color(void);
	175
	176		Returns TRUE if init_color() and color_content() give meaningful
	177		results, FALSE otherwise. Called from can_change_color().
	178
	179		int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue);
	180
	181		The core of color_content(). This does all the work of that function,
	182		except checking for values out of range and null pointers.
	183
	184		int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue);
	185
	186		The core of init_color(). This does all the work of that function,
	187		except checking for values out of range.
	188
	189		void PDC_init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg);
	190
	191		The core of init_pair(). This does all the work of that function, except
	192		checking for values out of range. The values passed to this function
	193		should be returned by a call to PDC_pair_content() with the same pair
	194		number. PDC_transform_line() should use the specified colors when
	195		rendering a chtype with the given pair number.
	196
	197		int PDC_pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg);
	198
	199		The core of pair_content(). This does all the work of that function,
	200		except checking for values out of range and null pointers.
	201
	202		void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void);
	203
	204		The non-portable functionality of reset_prog_mode() is handled here --
	205		whatever's not done in _restore_mode(). In current ports: In OS/2, this
	206		sets the keyboard to binary mode; in Win32, it enables or disables the
	207		mouse pointer to match the saved mode; in others it does nothing.
	208
	209		void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void);
	210
	211		The same thing, for reset_shell_mode(). In OS/2 and Win32, it restores
	212		the default console mode; in others it does nothing.
	213
	214		int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols);
	215
	216		This does the main work of resize_term(). It may respond to non-zero
	217		parameters, by setting the screen to the specified size; to zero
	218		parameters, by setting the screen to a size chosen by the user at
	219		runtime, in an unspecified way (e.g., by dragging the edges of the
	220		window); or both. It may also do nothing, if there's no appropriate
	221		action for the platform.
	222
	223		void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i);
	224
	225		Called from _restore_mode() in kernel.c, this function does the actual
	226		mode changing, if applicable. Currently used only in DOS and OS/2.
	227
	228		void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i);
	229
	230		Called from _save_mode() in kernel.c, this function saves the actual
	231		screen mode, if applicable. Currently used only in DOS and OS/2.
	232
	233		void PDC_scr_close(void);
	234
	235		The platform-specific part of endwin(). It may restore the image of the
	236		original screen saved by PDC_scr_open(), if the PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN
	237		environment variable is set; either way, if using an existing terminal,
	238		this function should restore it to the mode it had at startup, and move
	239		the cursor to the lower left corner. (The X11 port does nothing.)
	240
	241		void PDC_scr_free(void);
	242
	243		Frees the memory for SP allocated by PDC_scr_open(). Called by
	244		delscreen().
	245
	246		int PDC_scr_open(int argc, char **argv);
	247
	248		The platform-specific part of initscr(). It's actually called from
	249		Xinitscr(); the arguments, if present, correspond to those used with
	250		main(), and may be used to set the title of the terminal window, or for
	251		other, platform-specific purposes. (The arguments are currently used
	252		only in X11.) PDC_scr_open() must allocate memory for SP, and must
	253		initialize acs_map[] (unless it's preset) and several members of SP,
	254		including lines, cols, mouse_wait, orig_attr (and if orig_attr is TRUE,
	255		orig_fore and orig_back), mono, _restore and _preserve. (Although SP is
	256		used the same way in all ports, it's allocated here in order to allow
	257		the X11 port to map it to a block of shared memory.) If using an
	258		existing terminal, and the environment variable PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN is
	259		set, this function may also store the existing screen image for later
	260		restoration by PDC_scr_close().
	261
	262
	263		pdcsetsc.c:
	264		-----------
	265
	266		int PDC_curs_set(int visibility);
	267
	268		Called from curs_set(). Changes the appearance of the cursor -- 0 turns
	269		it off, 1 is normal (the terminal's default, if applicable, as
	270		determined by SP->orig_cursor), and 2 is high visibility. The exact
	271		appearance of these modes is not specified.
	272
	273
	274		pdcutil.c:
	275		----------
	276
	277		void PDC_beep(void);
	278
	279		Emits a short audible beep. If this is not possible on your platform,
	280		you must set SP->audible to FALSE during initialization (i.e., from
	281		PDC_scr_open() -- not here); otherwise, set it to TRUE. This function is
	282		called from beep().
	283
	284		void PDC_napms(int ms);
	285
	286		This is the core delay routine, called by napms(). It pauses for about
	287		(the X/Open spec says "at least") ms milliseconds, then returns. High
	288		degrees of accuracy and precision are not expected (though desirable, if
	289		you can achieve them). More important is that this function gives back
	290		the process' time slice to the OS, so that PDCurses idles at low CPU
	291		usage.
	292
	293		const char *PDC_sysname(void);
	294
	295		Returns a short string describing the platform, such as "DOS" or "X11".
	296		This is used by longname(). It must be no more than 100 characters; it
	297		should be much, much shorter (existing platforms use no more than 5).
	298
	299		--------------------------------------------------------------------------
	300
	301		The following functions are implemented in the platform directories, but
	302		are accessed directly by apps. Refer to the user documentation for their
	303		descriptions:
	304
	305
	306		pdcclip.c:
	307		----------
	308
	309		int PDC_clearclipboard(void);
	310		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents);
	311		int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length);
	312		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length);
	313
	314
	315		pdckbd.c:
	316		---------
	317
	318		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void);
	319
	320
	321		pdcsetsc.c:
	322		-----------
	323
	324		int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon);
	325		void PDC_set_title(const char *title);

File Makefile.in added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..dc40abf)
	1		# Makefile for PDCurses library for X11
	2
	3		SHELL = @SHELL@
	4
	5		@SET_MAKE@
	6
	7		srcdir =@srcdir@
	8		prefix =@prefix@
	9		exec_prefix =$(DESTDIR)@exec_prefix@
	10		libdir =$(exec_prefix)/lib
	11		bindir =$(exec_prefix)/bin
	12		includedir =$(exec_prefix)/include
	13		pdcursesdir =./x11
	14
	15		INSTALL =$(srcdir)/install-sh
	16		RANLIB =@RANLIB@
	17		SHLPRE = @SHLPRE@
	18		SHLPST = @SHLPST@
	19		SHLFILE = XCurses
	20
	21		include $(srcdir)/version.mif
	22
	23		PDC_DIR=PDCurses-$(VERDOT)
	24
	25		ZIPFILE = pdcurs$(VER).zip
	26		TARBALL = $(PDC_DIR).tar.gz
	27
	28		all \
	29		clean \
	30		distclean \
	31		mostlyclean \
	32		realclean ::
	33		cd x11; $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@
	34		cd doc; $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@
	35
	36		install ::
	37		$(INSTALL) -d -m 755 $(libdir)
	38		$(INSTALL) -d -m 755 $(bindir)
	39		$(INSTALL) -d -m 755 $(includedir)
	40		$(INSTALL) -d -m 755 $(includedir)/xcurses
	41		$(INSTALL) -c -m 644 $(srcdir)/curses.h $(includedir)/xcurses.h
	42		$(INSTALL) -c -m 644 $(srcdir)/curses.h $(includedir)/xcurses/curses.h
	43		sed -e 's/#include <curses.h>/#include <xcurses.h>/' \
	44		< $(srcdir)/panel.h > ./xpanel.h
	45		$(INSTALL) -m 644 ./xpanel.h $(includedir)/xpanel.h
	46		$(INSTALL) -c -m 644 $(srcdir)/panel.h $(includedir)/xcurses/panel.h
	47		$(INSTALL) -c -m 644 $(srcdir)/term.h $(includedir)/xcurses/term.h
	48		$(INSTALL) -c -m 644 $(pdcursesdir)/libXCurses.a $(libdir)/libXCurses.a
	49		-$(RANLIB) $(libdir)/libXCurses.a
	50		-$(INSTALL) -c -m 755 $(pdcursesdir)/$(SHLPRE)$(SHLFILE)$(SHLPST) \
	51		$(libdir)/$(SHLPRE)$(SHLFILE)$(SHLPST)
	52		ln -f -s $(libdir)/$(SHLPRE)$(SHLFILE)$(SHLPST) \
	53		$(libdir)/$(SHLPRE)Xpanel$(SHLPST)
	54		ln -f -s $(libdir)/libXCurses.a $(libdir)/libXpanel.a
	55		-$(RANLIB) $(libdir)/libXpanel.a
	56		$(INSTALL) -c -m 755 x11/xcurses-config $(bindir)/xcurses-config
	57
	58		clean ::
	59		rm -f config.log config.cache config.status
	60
	61		distclean ::
	62		rm -f config.log config.cache config.status
	63		rm -f config.h Makefile x11/xcurses-config
	64
	65		manual:
	66		cd doc; $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@
	67
	68		$(ZIPFILE):
	69		zip -9y $(ZIPFILE) README HISTORY IMPLEMNT *.spec *.mif *.def \
	70		Makefile.in config.h.in configure configure.ac config.guess \
	71		config.sub x11/xcurses-config.in install-sh aclocal.m4 curses.h \
	72		curspriv.h panel.h term.h pdcurses/README \
	73		pdcurses/*.c demos/README demos/*.c demos/*.h dos/README dos/*.c \
	74		dos/*.h dos/*.mak dos/*.lrf os2/README os2/*.c os2/*.h os2/*.mak \
	75		os2/*.lrf sdl1/README sdl1/*.c sdl1/*.h sdl1/Make* \
	76		win32/README win32/*.c win32/*.h win32/*.mak \
	77		win32/*.ico win32/*.rc x11/README x11/*.c x11/*.h x11/Makefile.* \
	78		x11/*.xbm doc/*.txt doc/manext.c doc/Makefile
	79
	80		zip: $(ZIPFILE)
	81
	82		../$(TARBALL):
	83		(cd ..; tar cvf - $(PDC_DIR)/README $(PDC_DIR)/HISTORY \
	84		$(PDC_DIR)/IMPLEMNT $(PDC_DIR)/*.spec $(PDC_DIR)/*.mif \
	85		$(PDC_DIR)/*.def $(PDC_DIR)/Makefile.in $(PDC_DIR)/aclocal.m4 \
	86		$(PDC_DIR)/config.h.in $(PDC_DIR)/configure \
	87		$(PDC_DIR)/config.guess $(PDC_DIR)/x11/xcurses-config.in \
	88		$(PDC_DIR)/config.sub $(PDC_DIR)/configure.ac \
	89		$(PDC_DIR)/install-sh $(PDC_DIR)/curses.h $(PDC_DIR)/curspriv.h \
	90		$(PDC_DIR)/panel.h $(PDC_DIR)/term.h \
	91		$(PDC_DIR)/pdcurses/README $(PDC_DIR)/pdcurses/*.c \
	92		$(PDC_DIR)/demos/README $(PDC_DIR)/demos/*.c $(PDC_DIR)/demos/*.h \
	93		$(PDC_DIR)/doc/*.txt $(PDC_DIR)/dos/README $(PDC_DIR)/dos/*.c \
	94		$(PDC_DIR)/dos/*.h $(PDC_DIR)/dos/*.mak $(PDC_DIR)/dos/*.lrf \
	95		$(PDC_DIR)/os2/README $(PDC_DIR)/os2/*.c $(PDC_DIR)/os2/*.h \
	96		$(PDC_DIR)/os2/*.mak $(PDC_DIR)/os2/*.lrf \
	97		$(PDC_DIR)/sdl1/README $(PDC_DIR)/sdl1/*.c $(PDC_DIR)/sdl1/*.h \
	98		$(PDC_DIR)/sdl1/Make* $(PDC_DIR)/win32/README $(PDC_DIR)/win32/*.c \
	99		$(PDC_DIR)/win32/*.h $(PDC_DIR)/win32/*.mak \
	100		$(PDC_DIR)/win32/*.ico $(PDC_DIR)/win32/*.rc $(PDC_DIR)/x11/README \
	101		$(PDC_DIR)/x11/*.c $(PDC_DIR)/x11/*.xbm $(PDC_DIR)/x11/*.h \
	102		$(PDC_DIR)/x11/Makefile.* $(PDC_DIR)/doc/manext.c \
	103		$(PDC_DIR)/doc/Makefile | gzip -9 > $(TARBALL))
	104
	105		dist: ../$(TARBALL)
	106
	107		rpm: ../$(TARBALL)
	108		rpmbuild -ba $(srcdir)/PDCurses.spec

File PDCurses.spec added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..814e313)
	1		# $Id: PDCurses.spec,v 1.18 2008/07/21 12:25:20 wmcbrine Exp $
	2
	3		%define ver 34
	4		%define verdot 3.4
	5		%define base /usr
	6
	7		Summary: Public Domain Curses for X11
	8		Name: PDCurses
	9		Version: %verdot
	10		Release: 1
	11		Copyright: Public Domain
	12		Group: Development/Libraries
	13		Source: %{name}-%{version}.tar.gz
	14		URL: http://pdcurses.sourceforge.net
	15		BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-root
	16		Prefix: %base
	17
	18		%description
	19		PDCurses for X11 is an implementation of the curses library that lets
	20		you build text-mode curses programs as native X11 applications. For more
	21		information, visit http://pdcurses.sourceforge.net/
	22
	23		%prep
	24		%setup -q
	25
	26		%build
	27		./configure --prefix=%{base}
	28		make
	29
	30		%install
	31		make DESTDIR=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT install
	32
	33		%clean
	34		rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
	35		rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{name}-%{version}
	36
	37		%post -p /sbin/ldconfig
	38
	39		%postun -p /sbin/ldconfig
	40
	41		%files
	42		%defattr(-,root,root)
	43		%doc README HISTORY
	44		%{base}/bin/xcurses-config
	45		%{base}/lib/libXCurses.a
	46		%{base}/lib/libXpanel.a
	47		%{base}/lib/libXCurses.so
	48		%{base}/include/xcurses.h
	49		%{base}/include/xpanel.h
	50		%{base}/include/xcurses/curses.h
	51		%{base}/include/xcurses/panel.h
	52		%{base}/include/xcurses/term.h

File README added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..dc476a9)
	1		Welcome to PDCurses!
	2		====================
	3
	4		Public Domain Curses, aka PDCurses, is an implementation of X/Open
	5		curses for multiple platforms. The latest version can be found at:
	6
	7		http://pdcurses.sourceforge.net/
	8
	9		For changes, see the HISTORY file.
	10
	11
	12		Legal Stuff
	13		-----------
	14
	15		The core package is in the public domain, but small portions of PDCurses
	16		are subject to copyright under various licenses. Each directory
	17		contains a README file, with a section titled "Distribution Status"
	18		which describes the status of the files in that directory.
	19
	20		If you use PDCurses in an application, an acknowledgement would be
	21		appreciated, but is not mandatory. If you make corrections or
	22		enhancements to PDCurses, please forward them to the current maintainer
	23		for the benefit of other users.
	24
	25		This software is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY whatsoever.
	26
	27
	28		Ports
	29		-----
	30
	31		PDCurses has been ported to DOS, OS/2, Win32, X11 and SDL. A directory
	32		containing the port-specific source files exists for each of these
	33		platforms. Build instructions are in the README file for each platform.
	34
	35
	36		Distribution Status
	37		-------------------
	38
	39		All files in this directory except configure, config.guess and
	40		config.sub are released to the Public Domain. config.guess and
	41		config.sub are under the GPL; configure is under a free license
	42		described within it.
	43
	44
	45		Maintainer
	46		----------
	47
	48		William McBrine <wmcbrine@users.sf.net>

File aclocal.m4 added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..ad7c3f3)
	1		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	2		dnl This file offers the following macros...
	3		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	4		dnl MH_IPC
	5		dnl MH_CHECK_X_INC
	6		dnl MH_CHECK_X_LIB
	7		dnl MH_CHECK_X_HEADERS
	8		dnl MH_CHECK_X_KEYDEFS
	9		dnl MH_CHECK_X_TYPEDEF
	10		dnl MH_CHECK_LIB
	11		dnl MH_SHARED_LIBRARY
	12		dnl MH_HOWTO_DYN_LINK
	13		dnl MH_CHECK_CC_O
	14		dnl MH_SHLPST
	15		dnl MH_CHECK_MAX_SIGNALS
	16
	17		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	18		dnl Determine if the system has System V IPC. ie sys/ipc.h and sys/shm.h
	19		dnl headers.
	20		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	21		AC_DEFUN([MH_IPC],
	22		[
	23		AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/ipc.h)
	24		if test $ac_cv_header_sys_ipc_h = no; then
	25		AC_MSG_ERROR(Cannot find required header file sys/ipc.h; PDCurses cannot be configured)
	26		fi
	27		])dnl
	28
	29		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	30		dnl Set up the correct X header file location
	31		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	32		AC_DEFUN([MH_CHECK_X_INC],
	33		[
	34		mh_x11_dir=""
	35		mh_x11_xaw_dir=""
	36
	37		mh_inc_dirs="$ac_x_header_dirs"
	38
	39		dnl Provide for user supplying directory
	40
	41		if test "x$x_includes" != xNONE ; then
	42		mh_inc_dirs="$x_includes $mh_inc_dirs"
	43		fi
	44
	45		dnl Try to determine the directory containing X headers
	46		dnl We will append X11 to all the paths above as an extra check
	47
	48		for ac_dir in $mh_inc_dirs ; do
	49		if test -r $ac_dir/Intrinsic.h; then
	50		mh_x11_dir=$ac_dir
	51		break
	52		fi
	53		if test -r $ac_dir/X11/Intrinsic.h; then
	54		mh_x11_dir="$ac_dir/X11"
	55		break
	56		fi
	57		done
	58
	59		dnl Try to determine the directory containing Xaw headers
	60		dnl We will append X11 to all the paths above as an extra check
	61
	62		if test "$with_xaw3d" = yes; then
	63		mh_xaw_dir="Xaw3d"
	64		else
	65		if test "$with_nextaw" = yes; then
	66		mh_xaw_dir="neXtaw"
	67		else
	68		mh_xaw_dir="Xaw"
	69		fi
	70		fi
	71		for ac_dir in $mh_inc_dirs ; do
	72		if test -r $ac_dir/$mh_xaw_dir/Box.h; then
	73		mh_x11_xaw_dir=$ac_dir
	74		break
	75		fi
	76		if test -r $ac_dir/X11/$mh_xaw_dir/Box.h; then
	77		mh_x11_xaw_dir="$ac_dir/X11"
	78		break
	79		fi
	80		done
	81
	82		if test "x$mh_x11_dir" != "x" ; then
	83		mh_x11_dir_no_x11=`echo $mh_x11_dir | sed 's/\/X11$//'`
	84
	85		if test "$mh_x11_dir_no_x11" != "$mh_x11_dir" ; then
	86		MH_XINC_DIR="-I$mh_x11_dir -I$mh_x11_dir_no_x11"
	87		else
	88		MH_XINC_DIR="-I$mh_x11_dir"
	89		fi
	90		else
	91		AC_MSG_ERROR(Cannot find required header file Intrinsic.h; PDCurses cannot be configured)
	92		fi
	93
	94		if test "x$mh_x11_xaw_dir" != "x"; then
	95		if test "$mh_x11_xaw_dir" != "$mh_x11_dir" ; then
	96		MH_XINC_DIR="-I$mh_x11_xaw_dir $MH_XINC_DIR"
	97		fi
	98		else
	99		AC_MSG_ERROR(Cannot find required Xaw header file Box.h; PDCurses cannot be configured)
	100		fi
	101
	102		AC_SUBST(MH_XINC_DIR)
	103
	104		])dnl
	105
	106		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	107		dnl Set up the correct X library file location
	108		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	109		AC_DEFUN([MH_CHECK_X_LIB],
	110		[
	111		dnl Some systems require extra libraries...
	112
	113		mh_solaris_flag=no
	114		mh_hpux9_flag=no
	115		AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM])
	116		case "$target" in
	117		*solaris*)
	118		mh_solaris_flag=yes
	119		;;
	120		*pc-sco*)
	121		extra_x_libs="Xext"
	122		;;
	123		sparc*sunos*)
	124		extra_x_libs="Xext"
	125		if test "$ac_cv_prog_CC" = "gcc" ; then
	126		extra_ld_flags="-Wl,-Bstatic"
	127		extra_ld_flags2="-Wl,-Bdynamic"
	128		else
	129		extra_ld_flags="-Bstatic"
	130		extra_ld_flags2="-Bdynamic"
	131		fi
	132		;;
	133		*hpux9*)
	134		mh_hpux9_flag=yes
	135		;;
	136		esac
	137
	138		if test "$with_xaw3d" = yes; then
	139		MH_X11_LIBS="Xaw3d Xmu Xt X11"
	140		else
	141		if test "$with_nextaw" = yes; then
	142		MH_X11_LIBS="neXtaw Xmu Xt X11"
	143		else
	144		MH_X11_LIBS="Xaw Xmu Xt X11"
	145		fi
	146		fi
	147		MH_X11R6_LIBS="SM ICE Xext"
	148		mh_x11r6=no
	149
	150		mh_lib_dirs="$x_libraries `echo "$ac_x_includes $ac_x_header_dirs" | sed s/include/lib/g`"
	151
	152		dnl try to find libSM.[a,sl,so,dylib]. If we find it we are using X11R6
	153		for ac_dir in $mh_lib_dirs ; do
	154		for mh_xsm in libSM.a libSM.so libSM.sl libSM.dylib; do
	155		if test -r $ac_dir/$mh_xsm; then
	156		mh_x11r6=yes
	157		break 2
	158		fi
	159		done
	160		done
	161
	162		if test "$mh_x11r6" = yes ; then
	163		mh_libs="$MH_X11_LIBS $MH_X11R6_LIBS"
	164		else
	165		mh_libs="$MH_X11_LIBS $extra_x_libs"
	166		fi
	167
	168
	169		dnl Ensure that all required X libraries are found
	170
	171		mh_prev_dir=""
	172		mh_where_found=""
	173		mh_where_found_dirs=""
	174		mh_solaris_path=""
	175		for mh_lib in $mh_libs; do
	176		mh_lib_found=no
	177		for ac_dir in $mh_lib_dirs ; do
	178		for mh_ext in a so sl dll.a dylib; do
	179		if test -r $ac_dir/lib$mh_lib.$mh_ext; then
	180		if test "x$mh_prev_dir" != "x$ac_dir" ; then
	181		if test "x$mh_prev_dir" = "x" ; then
	182		mh_where_found="$mh_where_found found in $ac_dir"
	183		else
	184		mh_where_found="$mh_where_found and in $ac_dir"
	185		fi
	186		mh_prev_dir=$ac_dir
	187		mh_where_found_dirs="$mh_where_found_dirs $ac_dir"
	188		MH_XLIBS="$MH_XLIBS -L$ac_dir"
	189		mh_solaris_path="${mh_solaris_path}:$ac_dir"
	190		fi
	191		MH_XLIBS="$MH_XLIBS -l$mh_lib"
	192		mh_lib_found=yes
	193		break 2
	194		fi
	195		done
	196		done
	197		if test "$mh_lib_found" = no; then
	198		AC_MSG_ERROR(Cannot find required X library; lib$mh_lib. PDCurses cannot be configured)
	199		fi
	200		done
	201
	202		mh_solaris_path=`echo $mh_solaris_path | sed 's/^://'`
	203		if test "$mh_solaris_flag" = yes ; then
	204		MH_XLIBS="-R$mh_solaris_path $extra_ld_flags $MH_XLIBS $extra_libs $extra_ld_flags2"
	205		else
	206		MH_XLIBS="$extra_ld_flags $MH_XLIBS $extra_libs $extra_ld_flags2"
	207		fi
	208		if test "$mh_hpux9_flag" = yes ; then
	209		grep -q XtSetLanguageProc $mh_x11_dir/Intrinsic.h
	210		if test $? -eq 0 ; then
	211		mh_found_xtshellstrings=no
	212		for mh_acdir in $mh_where_found_dirs ; do
	213		for mh_xaw in `ls $mh_acdir/libXaw.*` ; do
	214		nm $mh_xaw | grep XtShellStrings | grep -qv extern
	215		if test $? -eq 0 ; then
	216		mh_found_xtshellstrings=yes
	217		fi
	218		done
	219		done
	220		if test "$mh_found_xtshellstrings" = no ; then
	221		AC_MSG_WARN(The X11 development environment has not been installed correctly.)
	222		AC_MSG_WARN(The header file; Intrinsic.h, is for X11R5 while the Athena Widget)
	223		AC_MSG_WARN(Set library; libXaw is for X11R4. This is a common problem with)
	224		AC_MSG_WARN(HP-UX 9.x.)
	225		AC_MSG_ERROR(X11 installation incomplete; cannot continue)
	226		fi
	227		fi
	228		fi
	229
	230		AC_SUBST(MH_XLIBS)
	231
	232		])dnl
	233
	234		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	235		dnl Determine if the supplied X headers exist.
	236		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	237		AC_DEFUN([MH_CHECK_X_HEADERS],
	238		[
	239		save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
	240		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $MH_XINC_DIR"
	241		for mh_header in $1; do
	242		AC_CHECK_HEADERS($mh_header)
	243		done
	244		CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
	245		])dnl
	246
	247		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	248		dnl Determine if various key definitions exist in keysym.h
	249		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	250		AC_DEFUN([MH_CHECK_X_KEYDEFS],
	251		[
	252		save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
	253		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $MH_XINC_DIR"
	254		for mh_keydef in $1; do
	255		AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $mh_keydef in keysym.h)
	256		mh_upper_name="HAVE_`echo $mh_keydef | tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'`"
	257		AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <keysym.h>],
	258		[int i = $mh_keydef;],
	259		mh_have_key=yes; AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($mh_upper_name,1), mh_have_key=no )
	260		AC_MSG_RESULT($mh_have_key)
	261		done
	262		CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
	263		])dnl
	264
	265		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	266		dnl Determine if supplied types have been typedefed
	267		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	268		AC_DEFUN([MH_CHECK_X_TYPEDEF],
	269		[
	270		save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
	271		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SYS_DEFS $MH_XINC_DIR"
	272		for td in $1 ; do
	273		AC_MSG_CHECKING(if $td is typedefed:)
	274		AC_TRY_COMPILE(
	275		[#include "X11/Xlib.h"],
	276		[$td fred],
	277		[mh_td=yes],
	278		[mh_td=no]
	279		)
	280		if test "$mh_td" = yes ; then
	281		TD_upper=`echo $td | tr a-z A-Z`
	282		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(${TD_upper}_TYPEDEFED, 1)
	283		fi
	284		AC_MSG_RESULT($mh_td)
	285		done
	286		CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
	287		])dnl
	288
	289		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	290		dnl Check for presence of various libraries
	291		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	292		AC_DEFUN([MH_CHECK_LIB],
	293		[
	294		MH_EXTRA_LIBS=''
	295		for mh_lib in $1; do
	296		if test "$on_qnx" = yes; then
	297		AC_MSG_CHECKING(for library -l${mh_lib})
	298		if test -r /usr/lib/${mh_lib}3r.lib; then
	299		AC_MSG_RESULT(found)
	300		MH_EXTRA_LIBS="${MH_EXTRA_LIBS} -l${mh_lib}"
	301		else
	302		AC_MSG_RESULT(not found)
	303		fi
	304		else
	305		AC_CHECK_LIB($mh_lib,main,mh_lib_found=yes,mh_lib_found=no)
	306		if test "$mh_lib_found" = yes; then
	307		MH_EXTRA_LIBS="${MH_EXTRA_LIBS} -l${mh_lib}"
	308		fi
	309		fi
	310		done
	311		])dnl
	312
	313		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	314		dnl Work out how to create a dynamically loaded module
	315		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	316		AC_DEFUN([MH_HOWTO_DYN_LINK],
	317		[
	318		mh_compile='${CC-cc} -c $DYN_COMP conftest.$ac_ext 1>&AC_FD_CC'
	319		cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
	320		dnl [#]line __oline__ "[$]0"
	321		[#]line __oline__ "configure"
	322		int foo()
	323		{
	324		return(0);
	325		}
	326		EOF
	327		if AC_TRY_EVAL(mh_compile) && test -s conftest.o; then
	328		mh_dyn_link='ld -shared -o conftest.rxlib conftest.o -lc 1>&AC_FD_CC'
	329		# mh_dyn_link='${CC} -Wl,-shared -o conftest.rxlib conftest.o -lc 1>&AC_FD_CC'
	330		if AC_TRY_EVAL(mh_dyn_link) && test -s conftest.rxlib; then
	331		LD_RXLIB1="ld -shared"
	332		# LD_RXLIB1="${CC} -Wl,-shared"
	333		SHLPRE="lib"
	334		SHLPST=".so"
	335		else
	336		mh_dyn_link='ld -G -o conftest.rxlib conftest.o 1>&AC_FD_CC'
	337		# mh_dyn_link='${CC} -Wl,-G -o conftest.rxlib conftest.o 1>&AC_FD_CC'
	338		if AC_TRY_EVAL(mh_dyn_link) && test -s conftest.rxlib; then
	339		LD_RXLIB1="ld -G"
	340		# LD_RXLIB1="${CC} -Wl,-G"
	341		SHLPRE="lib"
	342		SHLPST=".so"
	343		else
	344		LD_RXLIB1=""
	345		SHLPRE=""
	346		SHLPST=""
	347		fi
	348		fi
	349		fi
	350		rm -f conftest*
	351		])dnl
	352
	353		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	354		dnl Determine how to build shared libraries etc..
	355		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	356		AC_DEFUN([MH_SHARED_LIBRARY],
	357		[
	358		AC_REQUIRE([MH_SHLPST])
	359		dnl
	360		dnl If compiler is gcc, then flags should be the same for all platforms
	361		dnl (just guessing on this)
	362		dnl
	363		AIX_DYN="no"
	364		BEOS_DYN="no"
	365		SHLFILE="$1"
	366		SHLFILES="$*"
	367		RXPACKEXPORTS=""
	368		SHLPRE="lib"
	369		LD_RXLIB1=""
	370
	371		AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM])
	372		case "$target" in
	373		*hp-hpux*)
	374		SYS_DEFS="-D_HPUX_SOURCE"
	375		LD_RXLIB1="ld -b -q -n"
	376		;;
	377		*ibm-aix*)
	378		SYS_DEFS="-D_ALL_SOURCE -DAIX"
	379		AIX_DYN="yes"
	380		DYN_COMP="-DDYNAMIC"
	381		LD_RXLIB1="ld -bnoentry -bM:SRE"
	382		RXPACKEXPORTS="-bE:$SHLFILE.exp"
	383		RXPACKEXP="$SHLFILE.exp"
	384		;;
	385		*dec-osf*)
	386		if test "$ac_cv_prog_CC" = "gcc"; then
	387		SYS_DEFS="-D_POSIX_SOURCE -D_XOPEN_SOURCE"
	388		else
	389		SYS_DEFS="-D_POSIX_SOURCE -D_XOPEN_SOURCE -Olimit 800"
	390		fi
	391		LD_RXLIB1="ld -shared"
	392		;;
	393		*sequent-dynix*|*esix*|*dgux*)
	394		LD_RXLIB1="ld -G"
	395		;;
	396		*solaris*)
	397		if test "$ac_cv_prog_CC" = "gcc"; then
	398		LD_RXLIB1="gcc -shared"
	399		else
	400		LD_RXLIB1="ld -G"
	401		fi
	402		;;
	403		sparc*sunos*)
	404		SYS_DEFS="-DSUNOS -DSUNOS_STRTOD_BUG"
	405		LD_RXLIB1="ld"
	406		;;
	407		*linux*|*atheos*|*nto-qnx*)
	408		LD_RXLIB1="${CC} -shared"
	409		;;
	410		*freebsd*)
	411		LD_RXLIB1="ld -Bdynamic -Bshareable"
	412		;;
	413		*pc-sco*)
	414		LD_RXLIB1="ld -dy -G"
	415		;;
	416		*beos*)
	417		LD_RXLIB1="${CC} -Wl,-shared -nostart -Xlinker -soname=\$(@)"
	418		BEOS_DYN="yes"
	419		;;
	420		*qnx*)
	421		SHLPRE=""
	422		DYN_COMP="-Q" # force no check for dynamic loading
	423		SHLFILE=""
	424		;;
	425		*cygwin)
	426		SHLPRE=""
	427		DYN_COMP="-DDYNAMIC"
	428		LD_RXLIB1="dllwrap --def \$(srcdir)/../win32/pdcurses.def --target i386-cygwin32 --dllname \$(@)"
	429		# cygwininstall target MUST install the shared library itself because
	430		# it puts it into $(bindir) not $(libdir) as all other platforms
	431		;;
	432		*darwin*)
	433		DYN_COMP="-fno-common"
	434		LD_RXLIB1="${CC} -flat_namespace -undefined suppress -dynamiclib -install_name=\$(@)"
	435		;;
	436		*)
	437		;;
	438		esac
	439
	440		dnl determine what switches our compiler uses for building objects
	441		dnl suitable for inclusion in shared libraries
	442		dnl Only call this if DYN_COMP is not set. If we have set DYN_COMP
	443		dnl above, then we know how to compile AND link for dynamic libraries
	444
	445		if test "$DYN_COMP" = ""; then
	446		AC_MSG_CHECKING(compiler flags for a dynamic object)
	447
	448		cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
	449		dnl [#]line __oline__ "[$]0"
	450		[#]line __oline__ "configure"
	451		int a=0
	452		EOF
	453
	454		DYN_COMP=""
	455		mh_cv_stop=no
	456		save_cflags="$CFLAGS"
	457		mh_cv_flags="-fPIC -KPIC +Z"
	458		for a in $mh_cv_flags; do
	459		CFLAGS="-c $a"
	460
	461		mh_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext > conftest.tmp 2>&1'
	462		if AC_TRY_EVAL(mh_compile); then
	463		DYN_COMP=""
	464		else
	465		slash="\\"
	466		mh_dyncomp="`egrep -c $slash$a conftest.tmp`"
	467		if test "$mh_dyncomp" = "0"; then
	468		DYN_COMP="$a -DDYNAMIC"
	469		AC_MSG_RESULT($a)
	470		break
	471		else
	472		DYN_COMP=""
	473		fi
	474		fi
	475		done
	476		if test "$DYN_COMP" = ""; then
	477		AC_MSG_RESULT(none of $mh_cv_flags supported)
	478		fi
	479		if test "$LD_RXLIB1" = ""; then
	480		MH_HOWTO_DYN_LINK()
	481		fi
	482		CFLAGS=$save_cflags
	483		rm -f conftest.*
	484		fi
	485
	486
	487		SHL_TARGETS=""
	488
	489		if test "$AIX_DYN" = "yes"; then
	490		aix_exports="config.exports.aix"
	491		echo "" > $aix_exports
	492		fi
	493
	494		if test "$ac_cv_header_dl_h" = "yes" -o "$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = "yes" -o "$AIX_DYN" = "yes" -o "$BEOS_DYN" = "yes" -o "$DLFCNINCDIR" != "" -o "$DLFCNLIBDIR" != ""; then
	495		EXPS="1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9"
	496		for a in $SHLFILES
	497		do
	498		SHL_TARGETS="${SHL_TARGETS} ${SHLPRE}${a}${SHLPST}"
	499		this=`echo $EXPS | cut -d, -f1`
	500		EXPS=`echo $EXPS | cut -d, -f2-`
	501		if test "$AIX_DYN" = "yes"; then
	502		echo "RXPACKEXP$this=$a.exp" >> $aix_exports
	503		echo "RXPACKEXPORTS$this=-bE:$a.exp" >> $aix_exports
	504		fi
	505		done
	506		fi
	507
	508		AC_SUBST(DYN_COMP)
	509		AC_SUBST(LIBS)
	510		AC_SUBST(LD_RXLIB1)
	511		AC_SUBST(SHLPRE)
	512		AC_SUBST(SHLPST)
	513		AC_SUBST(SHL_TARGETS)
	514		AC_SUBST(O2SAVE)
	515		AC_SUBST(CC2O)
	516		AC_SUBST(SAVE2O)
	517		AC_SUBST(RXPACKEXPORTS)
	518		])dnl
	519
	520		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	521		dnl Check if C compiler supports -c -o file.ooo
	522		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	523		AC_DEFUN([MH_CHECK_CC_O],
	524		[
	525		AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether $CC understand -c and -o together)
	526		set dummy $CC; ac_cc="`echo [$]2 |
	527		changequote(, )dnl
	528		sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' -e 's/^[0-9]/_/'`"
	529		changequote([, ])dnl
	530		AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o,
	531		[echo 'foo(){}' > conftest.c
	532		# We do the test twice because some compilers refuse to overwrite an
	533		# existing .o file with -o, though they will create one.
	534		eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=no
	535		ac_try='${CC-cc} -c conftest.c -o conftest.ooo 1>&AC_FD_CC'
	536		if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_try) && test -f conftest.ooo && AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_try);
	537		then
	538		ac_try='${CC-cc} -c conftest.c -o conftest.ooo 1>&AC_FD_CC'
	539		if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_try) && test -f conftest.ooo && AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_try);
	540		then
	541		eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=yes
	542		fi
	543		fi
	544		rm -f conftest*
	545		])dnl
	546		if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_cc_'${ac_cc}_c_o`\" = yes"; then
	547		O2SAVE=""
	548		SAVE2O=""
	549		CC2O="-o $"'@'
	550		AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
	551		else
	552		O2SAVE="-mv \`basename "$'@'" .sho\`.o \`basename "$'@'" .sho\`.o.save;"
	553		SAVE2O="-mv \`basename "$'@'" .sho\`.o "$'@'"; mv \`basename "$'@'" .sho\`.o.save \`basename "$'@'" .sho\`.o"
	554		CC2O=""
	555		AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
	556		fi
	557		])
	558
	559		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	560		dnl Determines the file extension for shared libraries
	561		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	562		AC_DEFUN([MH_SHLPST],
	563		[
	564		AC_MSG_CHECKING(shared library extension)
	565		SHLPST=".so"
	566		AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM])
	567		case "$target" in
	568		*hp-hpux*)
	569		SHLPST=".sl"
	570		;;
	571		*ibm-aix*)
	572		SHLPST=".a"
	573		;;
	574		*qnx*)
	575		SHLPST=""
	576		;;
	577		*cygwin*)
	578		SHLPST=".dll"
	579		;;
	580		*darwin*)
	581		SHLPST=".dylib"
	582		;;
	583		esac
	584		AC_SUBST(SHLPST)
	585		AC_MSG_RESULT($SHLPST)
	586		])
	587
	588		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	589		dnl Determine the system limit for number of signals
	590		dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
	591		AC_DEFUN([MH_CHECK_MAX_SIGNALS],
	592		[
	593		save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
	594		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $SYS_DEFS"
	595		AC_MSG_CHECKING(for maximum signal specifier:)
	596		AC_CACHE_VAL(mh_cv_max_signals,
	597		mh_found="no"
	598		for mh_sigs in $1; do
	599		AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <signal.h>],
	600		[return $mh_sigs;],
	601		mh_found="yes"; mh_cv_max_signals="$mh_sigs" )
	602		if test "$mh_found" = "yes"; then
	603		break;
	604		fi
	605		done)
	606		CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
	607		if test "$mh_found" = "no"; then
	608		AC_MSG_ERROR(Cannot find a system limit for number of signals. PDCurses cannot be configured on this machine.)
	609		else
	610		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PDC_MAX_SIGNALS,$mh_cv_max_signals)
	611		AC_MSG_RESULT($mh_cv_max_signals)
	612		fi
	613		])dnl

File config.guess added (mode: 100755) (index 0000000..396482d)
	1		#! /bin/sh
	2		# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
	3		# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
	4		# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
	5		# Inc.
	6
	7		timestamp='2006-07-02'
	8
	9		# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
	10		# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
	11		# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
	12		# (at your option) any later version.
	13		#
	14		# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
	15		# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
	16		# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
	17		# General Public License for more details.
	18		#
	19		# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
	20		# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
	21		# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
	22		# 02110-1301, USA.
	23		#
	24		# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
	25		# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
	26		# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
	27		# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
	28
	29
	30		# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>.
	31		# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
	32		# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
	33		#
	34		# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
	35		# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
	36		# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
	37		#
	38		# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
	39		# don't specify an explicit build system type.
	40
	41		me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
	42
	43		usage="\
	44		Usage: $0 [OPTION]
	45
	46		Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
	47
	48		Operation modes:
	49		-h, --help print this help, then exit
	50		-t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
	51		-v, --version print version number, then exit
	52
	53		Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
	54
	55		version="\
	56		GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
	57
	58		Originally written by Per Bothner.
	59		Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
	60		Free Software Foundation, Inc.
	61
	62		This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
	63		warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
	64
	65		help="
	66		Try \`$me --help' for more information."
	67
	68		# Parse command line
	69		while test $# -gt 0 ; do
	70		case $1 in
	71		--time-stamp | --time* | -t )
	72		echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
	73		--version | -v )
	74		echo "$version" ; exit ;;
	75		--help | --h* | -h )
	76		echo "$usage"; exit ;;
	77		-- ) # Stop option processing
	78		shift; break ;;
	79		- ) # Use stdin as input.
	80		break ;;
	81		-* )
	82		echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
	83		exit 1 ;;
	84		* )
	85		break ;;
	86		esac
	87		done
	88
	89		if test $# != 0; then
	90		echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
	91		exit 1
	92		fi
	93
	94		trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
	95
	96		# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
	97		# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
	98		# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
	99		# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
	100
	101		# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
	102		# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
	103
	104		# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
	105
	106		set_cc_for_build='
	107		trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
	108		trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
	109		: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
	110		{ tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
	111		{ test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
	112		{ tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
	113		{ echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
	114		dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
	115		tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
	116		case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
	117		,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
	118		for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
	119		if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
	120		CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
	121		fi ;
	122		done ;
	123		if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
	124		CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
	125		fi
	126		;;
	127		,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
	128		,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
	129		esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
	130
	131		# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
	132		# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
	133		if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
	134		PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
	135		fi
	136
	137		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
	138		UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
	139		UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
	140		UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
	141
	142		# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
	143
	144		case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
	145		*:NetBSD:*:*)
	146		# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
	147		# more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
	148		# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
	149		# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
	150		# object file format. This provides both forward
	151		# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
	152		# object file format.
	153		#
	154		# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
	155		# portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
	156		sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
	157		UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
	158		/usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
	159		case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
	160		armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
	161		arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
	162		sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
	163		sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
	164		*) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
	165		esac
	166		# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
	167		# to ELF recently, or will in the future.
	168		case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
	169		arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
	170		eval $set_cc_for_build
	171		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
	172		| grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
	173		then
	174		# Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
	175		# Return netbsd for either. FIX?
	176		os=netbsd
	177		else
	178		os=netbsdelf
	179		fi
	180		;;
	181		*)
	182		os=netbsd
	183		;;
	184		esac
	185		# The OS release
	186		# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
	187		# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
	188		# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
	189		# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
	190		case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
	191		Debian*)
	192		release='-gnu'
	193		;;
	194		*)
	195		release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
	196		;;
	197		esac
	198		# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
	199		# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
	200		# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
	201		echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
	202		exit ;;
	203		*:OpenBSD:*:*)
	204		UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
	205		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
	206		exit ;;
	207		*:ekkoBSD:*:*)
	208		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
	209		exit ;;
	210		*:SolidBSD:*:*)
	211		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
	212		exit ;;
	213		macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
	214		echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
	215		exit ;;
	216		*:MirBSD:*:*)
	217		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
	218		exit ;;
	219		alpha:OSF1:*:*)
	220		case $UNAME_RELEASE in
	221		*4.0)
	222		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
	223		;;
	224		*5.*)
	225		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
	226		;;
	227		esac
	228		# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
	229		# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that
	230		# covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU
	231		# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
	232		ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
	233		case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
	234		"EV4 (21064)")
	235		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
	236		"EV4.5 (21064)")
	237		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
	238		"LCA4 (21066/21068)")
	239		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
	240		"EV5 (21164)")
	241		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
	242		"EV5.6 (21164A)")
	243		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
	244		"EV5.6 (21164PC)")
	245		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
	246		"EV5.7 (21164PC)")
	247		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
	248		"EV6 (21264)")
	249		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
	250		"EV6.7 (21264A)")
	251		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
	252		"EV6.8CB (21264C)")
	253		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
	254		"EV6.8AL (21264B)")
	255		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
	256		"EV6.8CX (21264D)")
	257		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
	258		"EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
	259		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
	260		"EV7 (21364)")
	261		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
	262		"EV7.9 (21364A)")
	263		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
	264		esac
	265		# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
	266		# A Vn.n version is a released version.
	267		# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
	268		# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
	269		# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
	270		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
	271		exit ;;
	272		Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
	273		# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
	274		# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
	275		# of the specific Alpha model?
	276		echo alpha-pc-interix
	277		exit ;;
	278		21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
	279		echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
	280		exit ;;
	281		Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
	282		echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
	283		exit ;;
	284		*:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
	285		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
	286		exit ;;
	287		*:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
	288		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
	289		exit ;;
	290		*:OS/390:*:*)
	291		echo i370-ibm-openedition
	292		exit ;;
	293		*:z/VM:*:*)
	294		echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
	295		exit ;;
	296		*:OS400:*:*)
	297		echo powerpc-ibm-os400
	298		exit ;;
	299		arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
	300		echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
	301		exit ;;
	302		arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
	303		echo arm-unknown-riscos
	304		exit ;;
	305		SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
	306		echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
	307		exit ;;
	308		Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
	309		# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
	310		if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
	311		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
	312		else
	313		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
	314		fi
	315		exit ;;
	316		NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
	317		echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
	318		exit ;;
	319		DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
	320		echo sparc-icl-nx6
	321		exit ;;
	322		DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
	323		case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
	324		sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
	325		esac ;;
	326		sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
	327		echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
	328		exit ;;
	329		sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
	330		echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
	331		exit ;;
	332		i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
	333		echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
	334		exit ;;
	335		sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
	336		# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
	337		# SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
	338		# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
	339		echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
	340		exit ;;
	341		sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
	342		case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
	343		Series*|S4*)
	344		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
	345		;;
	346		esac
	347		# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
	348		echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
	349		exit ;;
	350		sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
	351		echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
	352		exit ;;
	353		sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
	354		UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
	355		test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
	356		case "`/bin/arch`" in
	357		sun3)
	358		echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
	359		;;
	360		sun4)
	361		echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
	362		;;
	363		esac
	364		exit ;;
	365		aushp:SunOS:*:*)
	366		echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
	367		exit ;;
	368		# The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
	369		# can be virtually everything (everything which is not
	370		# "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
	371		# > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
	372		# to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
	373		# the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
	374		# MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
	375		# be no problem.
	376		atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
	377		echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
	378		exit ;;
	379		atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
	380		echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
	381		exit ;;
	382		*falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
	383		echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
	384		exit ;;
	385		milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
	386		echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
	387		exit ;;
	388		hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
	389		echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
	390		exit ;;
	391		*:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
	392		echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
	393		exit ;;
	394		m68k:machten:*:*)
	395		echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
	396		exit ;;
	397		powerpc:machten:*:*)
	398		echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
	399		exit ;;
	400		RISC*:Mach:*:*)
	401		echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
	402		exit ;;
	403		RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
	404		echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
	405		exit ;;
	406		VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
	407		echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
	408		exit ;;
	409		2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
	410		echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
	411		exit ;;
	412		mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
	413		eval $set_cc_for_build
	414		sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
	415		#ifdef __cplusplus
	416		#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
	417		int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
	418		#else
	419		int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
	420		#endif
	421		#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
	422		#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
	423		printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
	424		#endif
	425		#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
	426		printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
	427		#endif
	428		#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
	429		printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
	430		#endif
	431		#endif
	432		exit (-1);
	433		}
	434		EOF
	435		$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
	436		dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
	437		SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
	438		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
	439		echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
	440		exit ;;
	441		Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
	442		echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
	443		exit ;;
	444		Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
	445		echo powerpc-harris-powermax
	446		exit ;;
	447		Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
	448		echo powerpc-harris-powermax
	449		exit ;;
	450		Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
	451		echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
	452		exit ;;
	453		m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
	454		echo m88k-harris-cxux7
	455		exit ;;
	456		m88k:*:4*:R4*)
	457		echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
	458		exit ;;
	459		m88k:*:3*:R3*)
	460		echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
	461		exit ;;
	462		AViiON:dgux:*:*)
	463		# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
	464		UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
	465		if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
	466		then
	467		if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
	468		[ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
	469		then
	470		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
	471		else
	472		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
	473		fi
	474		else
	475		echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
	476		fi
	477		exit ;;
	478		M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
	479		echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
	480		exit ;;
	481		M88*:*:R3*:*)
	482		# Delta 88k system running SVR3
	483		echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
	484		exit ;;
	485		XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
	486		echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
	487		exit ;;
	488		Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
	489		echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
	490		exit ;;
	491		*:IRIX*:*:*)
	492		echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
	493		exit ;;
	494		????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
	495		echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
	496		exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
	497		i*86:AIX:*:*)
	498		echo i386-ibm-aix
	499		exit ;;
	500		ia64:AIX:*:*)
	501		if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
	502		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
	503		else
	504		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
	505		fi
	506		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
	507		exit ;;
	508		*:AIX:2:3)
	509		if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
	510		eval $set_cc_for_build
	511		sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
	512		#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
	513
	514		main()
	515		{
	516		if (!__power_pc())
	517		exit(1);
	518		puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
	519		exit(0);
	520		}
	521		EOF
	522		if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
	523		then
	524		echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
	525		else
	526		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
	527		fi
	528		elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
	529		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
	530		else
	531		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
	532		fi
	533		exit ;;
	534		*:AIX:*:[45])
	535		IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
	536		if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
	537		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
	538		else
	539		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
	540		fi
	541		if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
	542		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
	543		else
	544		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
	545		fi
	546		echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
	547		exit ;;
	548		*:AIX:*:*)
	549		echo rs6000-ibm-aix
	550		exit ;;
	551		ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
	552		echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
	553		exit ;;
	554		ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
	555		echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
	556		exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
	557		*:BOSX:*:*)
	558		echo rs6000-bull-bosx
	559		exit ;;
	560		DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
	561		echo m68k-bull-sysv3
	562		exit ;;
	563		9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
	564		echo m68k-hp-bsd
	565		exit ;;
	566		hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
	567		echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
	568		exit ;;
	569		9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
	570		HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
	571		case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
	572		9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
	573		9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
	574		9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
	575		if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
	576		sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
	577		sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
	578		case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
	579		523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
	580		528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
	581		532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
	582		case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
	583		32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
	584		64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
	585		'') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
	586		esac ;;
	587		esac
	588		fi
	589		if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
	590		eval $set_cc_for_build
	591		sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
	592
	593		#define _HPUX_SOURCE
	594		#include <stdlib.h>
	595		#include <unistd.h>
	596
	597		int main ()
	598		{
	599		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
	600		long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
	601		#endif
	602		long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
	603
	604		switch (cpu)
	605		{
	606		case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
	607		case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
	608		case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
	609		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
	610		switch (bits)
	611		{
	612		case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
	613		case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
	614		default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
	615		} break;
	616		#else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
	617		puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
	618		#endif
	619		default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
	620		}
	621		exit (0);
	622		}
	623		EOF
	624		(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
	625		test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
	626		fi ;;
	627		esac
	628		if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
	629		then
	630		eval $set_cc_for_build
	631
	632		# hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
	633		# 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
	634		# generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
	635		#
	636		# $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
	637		# => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
	638		# $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
	639		# => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
	640
	641		if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
	642		grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
	643		then
	644		HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
	645		else
	646		HP_ARCH="hppa64"
	647		fi
	648		fi
	649		echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
	650		exit ;;
	651		ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
	652		HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
	653		echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
	654		exit ;;
	655		3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
	656		eval $set_cc_for_build
	657		sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
	658		#include <unistd.h>
	659		int
	660		main ()
	661		{
	662		long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
	663		/* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
	664		true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
	665		results, however. */
	666		if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
	667		{
	668		switch (cpu)
	669		{
	670		case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
	671		case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
	672		case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
	673		default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
	674		}
	675		}
	676		else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
	677		puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
	678		else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
	679		exit (0);
	680		}
	681		EOF
	682		$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
	683		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
	684		echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
	685		exit ;;
	686		9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
	687		echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
	688		exit ;;
	689		9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
	690		echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
	691		exit ;;
	692		*9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
	693		echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
	694		exit ;;
	695		hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
	696		echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
	697		exit ;;
	698		hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
	699		echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
	700		exit ;;
	701		i*86:OSF1:*:*)
	702		if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
	703		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
	704		else
	705		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
	706		fi
	707		exit ;;
	708		parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
	709		echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
	710		exit ;;
	711		C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
	712		echo c1-convex-bsd
	713		exit ;;
	714		C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
	715		if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
	716		then echo c32-convex-bsd
	717		else echo c2-convex-bsd
	718		fi
	719		exit ;;
	720		C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
	721		echo c34-convex-bsd
	722		exit ;;
	723		C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
	724		echo c38-convex-bsd
	725		exit ;;
	726		C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
	727		echo c4-convex-bsd
	728		exit ;;
	729		CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
	730		echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
	731		exit ;;
	732		CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
	733		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
	734		| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
	735		-e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
	736		-e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
	737		exit ;;
	738		CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
	739		echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
	740		exit ;;
	741		CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
	742		echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
	743		exit ;;
	744		CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
	745		echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
	746		exit ;;
	747		*:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
	748		echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
	749		exit ;;
	750		F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
	751		FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
	752		FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
	753		FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
	754		echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
	755		exit ;;
	756		5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
	757		FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
	758		FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
	759		echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
	760		exit ;;
	761		i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
	762		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
	763		exit ;;
	764		sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
	765		echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
	766		exit ;;
	767		*:BSD/OS:*:*)
	768		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
	769		exit ;;
	770		*:FreeBSD:*:*)
	771		case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
	772		pc98)
	773		echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
	774		amd64)
	775		echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
	776		*)
	777		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
	778		esac
	779		exit ;;
	780		i*:CYGWIN*:*)
	781		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
	782		exit ;;
	783		i*:MINGW*:*)
	784		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
	785		exit ;;
	786		i*:windows32*:*)
	787		# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
	788		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
	789		exit ;;
	790		i*:PW*:*)
	791		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
	792		exit ;;
	793		x86:Interix*:[3456]*)
	794		echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
	795		exit ;;
	796		EM64T:Interix*:[3456]*)
	797		echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
	798		exit ;;
	799		[345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
	800		echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
	801		exit ;;
	802		i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
	803		# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
	804		# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
	805		# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
	806		echo i586-pc-interix
	807		exit ;;
	808		i*:UWIN*:*)
	809		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
	810		exit ;;
	811		amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
	812		echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
	813		exit ;;
	814		p*:CYGWIN*:*)
	815		echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
	816		exit ;;
	817		prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
	818		echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
	819		exit ;;
	820		*:GNU:*:*)
	821		# the GNU system
	822		echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
	823		exit ;;
	824		*:GNU/*:*:*)
	825		# other systems with GNU libc and userland
	826		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
	827		exit ;;
	828		i*86:Minix:*:*)
	829		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
	830		exit ;;
	831		arm*:Linux:*:*)
	832		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
	833		exit ;;
	834		avr32*:Linux:*:*)
	835		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
	836		exit ;;
	837		cris:Linux:*:*)
	838		echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
	839		exit ;;
	840		crisv32:Linux:*:*)
	841		echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
	842		exit ;;
	843		frv:Linux:*:*)
	844		echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
	845		exit ;;
	846		ia64:Linux:*:*)
	847		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
	848		exit ;;
	849		m32r*:Linux:*:*)
	850		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
	851		exit ;;
	852		m68*:Linux:*:*)
	853		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
	854		exit ;;
	855		mips:Linux:*:*)
	856		eval $set_cc_for_build
	857		sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
	858		#undef CPU
	859		#undef mips
	860		#undef mipsel
	861		#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
	862		CPU=mipsel
	863		#else
	864		#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
	865		CPU=mips
	866		#else
	867		CPU=
	868		#endif
	869		#endif
	870		EOF
	871		eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
	872		/^CPU/{
	873		s: ::g
	874		p
	875		}'`"
	876		test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
	877		;;
	878		mips64:Linux:*:*)
	879		eval $set_cc_for_build
	880		sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
	881		#undef CPU
	882		#undef mips64
	883		#undef mips64el
	884		#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
	885		CPU=mips64el
	886		#else
	887		#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
	888		CPU=mips64
	889		#else
	890		CPU=
	891		#endif
	892		#endif
	893		EOF
	894		eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
	895		/^CPU/{
	896		s: ::g
	897		p
	898		}'`"
	899		test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
	900		;;
	901		or32:Linux:*:*)
	902		echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
	903		exit ;;
	904		ppc:Linux:*:*)
	905		echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
	906		exit ;;
	907		ppc64:Linux:*:*)
	908		echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
	909		exit ;;
	910		alpha:Linux:*:*)
	911		case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
	912		EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
	913		EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
	914		PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
	915		PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
	916		EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
	917		EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
	918		EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
	919		esac
	920		objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
	921		if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
	922		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
	923		exit ;;
	924		parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
	925		# Look for CPU level
	926		case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
	927		PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
	928		PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
	929		*) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
	930		esac
	931		exit ;;
	932		parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
	933		echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
	934		exit ;;
	935		s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
	936		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
	937		exit ;;
	938		sh64*:Linux:*:*)
	939		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
	940		exit ;;
	941		sh*:Linux:*:*)
	942		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
	943		exit ;;
	944		sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
	945		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
	946		exit ;;
	947		vax:Linux:*:*)
	948		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
	949		exit ;;
	950		x86_64:Linux:*:*)
	951		echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
	952		exit ;;
	953		i*86:Linux:*:*)
	954		# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
	955		# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
	956		# problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
	957		# Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
	958		ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
	959		| sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
	960		s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
	961		s/.*supported targets: *//
	962		s/ .*//
	963		p'`
	964		case "$ld_supported_targets" in
	965		elf32-i386)
	966		TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
	967		;;
	968		a.out-i386-linux)
	969		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
	970		exit ;;
	971		coff-i386)
	972		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
	973		exit ;;
	974		"")
	975		# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
	976		# one that does not give us useful --help.
	977		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
	978		exit ;;
	979		esac
	980		# Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
	981		eval $set_cc_for_build
	982		sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
	983		#include <features.h>
	984		#ifdef __ELF__
	985		# ifdef __GLIBC__
	986		# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
	987		LIBC=gnu
	988		# else
	989		LIBC=gnulibc1
	990		# endif
	991		# else
	992		LIBC=gnulibc1
	993		# endif
	994		#else
	995		#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
	996		LIBC=gnu
	997		#else
	998		LIBC=gnuaout
	999		#endif
	1000		#endif
	1001		#ifdef __dietlibc__
	1002		LIBC=dietlibc
	1003		#endif
	1004		EOF
	1005		eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
	1006		/^LIBC/{
	1007		s: ::g
	1008		p
	1009		}'`"
	1010		test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
	1011		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
	1012		exit
	1013		}
	1014		test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
	1015		;;
	1016		i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
	1017		# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
	1018		# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
	1019		# sysname and nodename.
	1020		echo i386-sequent-sysv4
	1021		exit ;;
	1022		i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
	1023		# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
	1024		# number series starting with 2...
	1025		# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
	1026		# I just have to hope. -- rms.
	1027		# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
	1028		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
	1029		exit ;;
	1030		i*86:OS/2:*:*)
	1031		# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
	1032		# is probably installed.
	1033		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
	1034		exit ;;
	1035		i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
	1036		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
	1037		exit ;;
	1038		i*86:atheos:*:*)
	1039		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
	1040		exit ;;
	1041		i*86:syllable:*:*)
	1042		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
	1043		exit ;;
	1044		i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
	1045		echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1046		exit ;;
	1047		i*86:*DOS:*:*)
	1048		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
	1049		exit ;;
	1050		i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
	1051		UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
	1052		if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
	1053		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
	1054		else
	1055		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
	1056		fi
	1057		exit ;;
	1058		i*86:*:5:[678]*)
	1059		# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
	1060		case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
	1061		*486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
	1062		*Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
	1063		*Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
	1064		esac
	1065		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
	1066		exit ;;
	1067		i*86:*:3.2:*)
	1068		if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
	1069		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
	1070		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
	1071		elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
	1072		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
	1073		(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
	1074		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
	1075		&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
	1076		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
	1077		&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
	1078		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
	1079		&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
	1080		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
	1081		else
	1082		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
	1083		fi
	1084		exit ;;
	1085		pc:*:*:*)
	1086		# Left here for compatibility:
	1087		# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
	1088		# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
	1089		echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
	1090		exit ;;
	1091		Intel:Mach:3*:*)
	1092		echo i386-pc-mach3
	1093		exit ;;
	1094		paragon:*:*:*)
	1095		echo i860-intel-osf1
	1096		exit ;;
	1097		i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
	1098		if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
	1099		echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
	1100		else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
	1101		echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4
	1102		fi
	1103		exit ;;
	1104		mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
	1105		# "miniframe"
	1106		echo m68010-convergent-sysv
	1107		exit ;;
	1108		mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
	1109		echo m68k-convergent-sysv
	1110		exit ;;
	1111		M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
	1112		echo m68k-diab-dnix
	1113		exit ;;
	1114		M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
	1115		test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
	1116		3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
	1117		OS_REL=''
	1118		test -r /etc/.relid \
	1119		&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
	1120		/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
	1121		&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
	1122		/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
	1123		&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
	1124		3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
	1125		/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
	1126		&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
	1127		m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
	1128		echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1129		exit ;;
	1130		mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
	1131		echo m68k-atari-sysv4
	1132		exit ;;
	1133		TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
	1134		echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1135		exit ;;
	1136		rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
	1137		echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1138		exit ;;
	1139		PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
	1140		echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1141		exit ;;
	1142		SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
	1143		echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1144		exit ;;
	1145		RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
	1146		echo mips-sni-sysv4
	1147		exit ;;
	1148		RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
	1149		echo mips-sni-sysv4
	1150		exit ;;
	1151		*:SINIX-*:*:*)
	1152		if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
	1153		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
	1154		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
	1155		else
	1156		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
	1157		fi
	1158		exit ;;
	1159		PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
	1160		# says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
	1161		echo i586-unisys-sysv4
	1162		exit ;;
	1163		*:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
	1164		# From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
	1165		# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
	1166		echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
	1167		exit ;;
	1168		*:*:*:FTX*)
	1169		# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
	1170		echo i860-stratus-sysv4
	1171		exit ;;
	1172		i*86:VOS:*:*)
	1173		# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
	1174		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
	1175		exit ;;
	1176		*:VOS:*:*)
	1177		# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
	1178		echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
	1179		exit ;;
	1180		mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
	1181		echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1182		exit ;;
	1183		news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
	1184		echo mips-sony-newsos6
	1185		exit ;;
	1186		R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
	1187		if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
	1188		echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1189		else
	1190		echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1191		fi
	1192		exit ;;
	1193		BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
	1194		echo powerpc-be-beos
	1195		exit ;;
	1196		BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
	1197		echo powerpc-apple-beos
	1198		exit ;;
	1199		BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
	1200		echo i586-pc-beos
	1201		exit ;;
	1202		SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
	1203		echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1204		exit ;;
	1205		SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
	1206		echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1207		exit ;;
	1208		SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
	1209		echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1210		exit ;;
	1211		Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
	1212		echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1213		exit ;;
	1214		*:Rhapsody:*:*)
	1215		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1216		exit ;;
	1217		*:Darwin:*:*)
	1218		UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
	1219		case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
	1220		unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
	1221		esac
	1222		echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1223		exit ;;
	1224		*:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
	1225		UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
	1226		if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
	1227		UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
	1228		UNAME_MACHINE=pc
	1229		fi
	1230		echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1231		exit ;;
	1232		*:QNX:*:4*)
	1233		echo i386-pc-qnx
	1234		exit ;;
	1235		NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
	1236		echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1237		exit ;;
	1238		NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
	1239		echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1240		exit ;;
	1241		*:NonStop-UX:*:*)
	1242		echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
	1243		exit ;;
	1244		BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
	1245		echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
	1246		exit ;;
	1247		DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
	1248		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1249		exit ;;
	1250		*:Plan9:*:*)
	1251		# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
	1252		# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
	1253		# operating systems.
	1254		if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
	1255		UNAME_MACHINE=i386
	1256		else
	1257		UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
	1258		fi
	1259		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
	1260		exit ;;
	1261		*:TOPS-10:*:*)
	1262		echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
	1263		exit ;;
	1264		*:TENEX:*:*)
	1265		echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
	1266		exit ;;
	1267		KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
	1268		echo pdp10-dec-tops20
	1269		exit ;;
	1270		XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
	1271		echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
	1272		exit ;;
	1273		*:TOPS-20:*:*)
	1274		echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
	1275		exit ;;
	1276		*:ITS:*:*)
	1277		echo pdp10-unknown-its
	1278		exit ;;
	1279		SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
	1280		echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1281		exit ;;
	1282		*:DragonFly:*:*)
	1283		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
	1284		exit ;;
	1285		*:*VMS:*:*)
	1286		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
	1287		case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
	1288		A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
	1289		I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
	1290		V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
	1291		esac ;;
	1292		*:XENIX:*:SysV)
	1293		echo i386-pc-xenix
	1294		exit ;;
	1295		i*86:skyos:*:*)
	1296		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
	1297		exit ;;
	1298		i*86:rdos:*:*)
	1299		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
	1300		exit ;;
	1301		esac
	1302
	1303		#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
	1304		#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
	1305
	1306		eval $set_cc_for_build
	1307		cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
	1308		#ifdef _SEQUENT_
	1309		# include <sys/types.h>
	1310		# include <sys/utsname.h>
	1311		#endif
	1312		main ()
	1313		{
	1314		#if defined (sony)
	1315		#if defined (MIPSEB)
	1316		/* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
	1317		I don't know.... */
	1318		printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
	1319		#else
	1320		#include <sys/param.h>
	1321		printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
	1322		#ifdef NEWSOS4
	1323		"4"
	1324		#else
	1325		""
	1326		#endif
	1327		); exit (0);
	1328		#endif
	1329		#endif
	1330
	1331		#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
	1332		printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0);
	1333		#endif
	1334
	1335		#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
	1336		printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
	1337		#endif
	1338
	1339		#if defined (NeXT)
	1340		#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
	1341		#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
	1342		#endif
	1343		int version;
	1344		version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
	1345		if (version < 4)
	1346		printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
	1347		else
	1348		printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
	1349		exit (0);
	1350		#endif
	1351
	1352		#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
	1353		#if defined (UMAXV)
	1354		printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
	1355		#else
	1356		#if defined (CMU)
	1357		printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
	1358		#else
	1359		printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
	1360		#endif
	1361		#endif
	1362		#endif
	1363
	1364		#if defined (__386BSD__)
	1365		printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
	1366		#endif
	1367
	1368		#if defined (sequent)
	1369		#if defined (i386)
	1370		printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
	1371		#endif
	1372		#if defined (ns32000)
	1373		printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
	1374		#endif
	1375		#endif
	1376
	1377		#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
	1378		struct utsname un;
	1379
	1380		uname(&un);
	1381
	1382		if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
	1383		printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
	1384		}
	1385		if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
	1386		printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
	1387		}
	1388		printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
	1389
	1390		#endif
	1391
	1392		#if defined (vax)
	1393		# if !defined (ultrix)
	1394		# include <sys/param.h>
	1395		# if defined (BSD)
	1396		# if BSD == 43
	1397		printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
	1398		# else
	1399		# if BSD == 199006
	1400		printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
	1401		# else
	1402		printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
	1403		# endif
	1404		# endif
	1405		# else
	1406		printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
	1407		# endif
	1408		# else
	1409		printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
	1410		# endif
	1411		#endif
	1412
	1413		#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
	1414		printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
	1415		#endif
	1416
	1417		exit (1);
	1418		}
	1419		EOF
	1420
	1421		$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
	1422		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
	1423
	1424		# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
	1425
	1426		test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; }
	1427
	1428		# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
	1429
	1430		if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
	1431		then
	1432		case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
	1433		c1*)
	1434		echo c1-convex-bsd
	1435		exit ;;
	1436		c2*)
	1437		if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
	1438		then echo c32-convex-bsd
	1439		else echo c2-convex-bsd
	1440		fi
	1441		exit ;;
	1442		c34*)
	1443		echo c34-convex-bsd
	1444		exit ;;
	1445		c38*)
	1446		echo c38-convex-bsd
	1447		exit ;;
	1448		c4*)
	1449		echo c4-convex-bsd
	1450		exit ;;
	1451		esac
	1452		fi
	1453
	1454		cat >&2 <<EOF
	1455		$0: unable to guess system type
	1456
	1457		This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
	1458		the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
	1459		download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
	1460
	1461		http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.guess
	1462		and
	1463		http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.sub
	1464
	1465		If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
	1466		send the following data and any information you think might be
	1467		pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
	1468		information to handle your system.
	1469
	1470		config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
	1471
	1472		uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
	1473		uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
	1474		uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
	1475		uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
	1476
	1477		/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
	1478		/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
	1479
	1480		hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
	1481		/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
	1482		/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
	1483		/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
	1484		/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
	1485		/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
	1486
	1487		UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
	1488		UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
	1489		UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
	1490		UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
	1491		EOF
	1492
	1493		exit 1
	1494
	1495		# Local variables:
	1496		# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
	1497		# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
	1498		# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
	1499		# time-stamp-end: "'"
	1500		# End:

File config.h.in added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..28e9e48)
	1		/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
	2
	3		/* Define if you have the <DECkeySym.h> header file */
	4		#undef HAVE_DECKEYSYM_H
	5
	6		/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
	7		#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
	8
	9		/* Define to 1 if you have the <dl.h> header file. */
	10		#undef HAVE_DL_H
	11
	12		/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
	13		#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
	14
	15		/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
	16		#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
	17
	18		/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
	19		#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
	20
	21		/* Define to 1 if you have the `poll' function. */
	22		#undef HAVE_POLL
	23
	24		/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
	25		#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
	26
	27		/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
	28		#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
	29
	30		/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
	31		#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
	32
	33		/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
	34		#undef HAVE_STRING_H
	35
	36		/* Define if you have the <Sunkeysym.h> header file */
	37		#undef HAVE_SUNKEYSYM_H
	38
	39		/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
	40		#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
	41
	42		/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
	43		#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
	44
	45		/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
	46		#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
	47
	48		/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
	49		#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
	50
	51		/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
	52		#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
	53
	54		/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */
	55		#undef HAVE_USLEEP
	56
	57		/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */
	58		#undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
	59
	60		/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsscanf' function. */
	61		#undef HAVE_VSSCANF
	62
	63		/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
	64		#undef HAVE_XK_KP_BEGIN
	65
	66		/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
	67		#undef HAVE_XK_KP_DELETE
	68
	69		/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
	70		#undef HAVE_XK_KP_DOWN
	71
	72		/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
	73		#undef HAVE_XK_KP_END
	74
	75		/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
	76		#undef HAVE_XK_KP_HOME
	77
	78		/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
	79		#undef HAVE_XK_KP_INSERT
	80
	81		/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
	82		#undef HAVE_XK_KP_LEFT
	83
	84		/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
	85		#undef HAVE_XK_KP_NEXT
	86
	87		/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
	88		#undef HAVE_XK_KP_PRIOR
	89
	90		/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
	91		#undef HAVE_XK_KP_RIGHT
	92
	93		/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
	94		#undef HAVE_XK_KP_UP
	95
	96		/* Define if you have the <xpm.h> header file */
	97		#undef HAVE_XPM_H
	98
	99		/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
	100		#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
	101
	102		/* Define to the full name of this package. */
	103		#undef PACKAGE_NAME
	104
	105		/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
	106		#undef PACKAGE_STRING
	107
	108		/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
	109		#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
	110
	111		/* Define to the version of this package. */
	112		#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
	113
	114		/* Define as the system defined limit for number of signals */
	115		#undef PDC_MAX_SIGNALS
	116
	117		/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
	118		#undef RETSIGTYPE
	119
	120		/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
	121		#undef STDC_HEADERS
	122
	123		/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
	124		#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
	125
	126		/* Define if you want to use neXtaw library */
	127		#undef USE_NEXTAW
	128
	129		/* Define if you want to use Xaw3d library */
	130		#undef USE_XAW3D
	131
	132		/* Define XPointer is typedefed in X11/Xlib.h */
	133		#undef XPOINTER_TYPEDEFED

File config.sub added (mode: 100755) (index 0000000..fab0aa3)
	1		#! /bin/sh
	2		# Configuration validation subroutine script.
	3		# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
	4		# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
	5		# Inc.
	6
	7		timestamp='2006-09-20'
	8
	9		# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
	10		# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
	11		# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
	12		#
	13		# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
	14		# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
	15		# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
	16		# (at your option) any later version.
	17		#
	18		# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
	19		# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
	20		# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
	21		# GNU General Public License for more details.
	22		#
	23		# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
	24		# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
	25		# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
	26		# 02110-1301, USA.
	27		#
	28		# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
	29		# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
	30		# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
	31		# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
	32
	33
	34		# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
	35		# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
	36		#
	37		# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
	38		# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
	39		# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
	40		# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
	41
	42		# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
	43		# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
	44		# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
	45		# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
	46		# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
	47		# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
	48		# configuration.
	49
	50		# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
	51		# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
	52		# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
	53		# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
	54		# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
	55		# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
	56
	57		me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
	58
	59		usage="\
	60		Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
	61		$0 [OPTION] ALIAS
	62
	63		Canonicalize a configuration name.
	64
	65		Operation modes:
	66		-h, --help print this help, then exit
	67		-t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
	68		-v, --version print version number, then exit
	69
	70		Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
	71
	72		version="\
	73		GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
	74
	75		Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
	76		Free Software Foundation, Inc.
	77
	78		This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
	79		warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
	80
	81		help="
	82		Try \`$me --help' for more information."
	83
	84		# Parse command line
	85		while test $# -gt 0 ; do
	86		case $1 in
	87		--time-stamp | --time* | -t )
	88		echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
	89		--version | -v )
	90		echo "$version" ; exit ;;
	91		--help | --h* | -h )
	92		echo "$usage"; exit ;;
	93		-- ) # Stop option processing
	94		shift; break ;;
	95		- ) # Use stdin as input.
	96		break ;;
	97		-* )
	98		echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
	99		exit 1 ;;
	100
	101		*local*)
	102		# First pass through any local machine types.
	103		echo $1
	104		exit ;;
	105
	106		* )
	107		break ;;
	108		esac
	109		done
	110
	111		case $# in
	112		0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
	113		exit 1;;
	114		1) ;;
	115		*) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
	116		exit 1;;
	117		esac
	118
	119		# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
	120		# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
	121		maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
	122		case $maybe_os in
	123		nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
	124		uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
	125		storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
	126		os=-$maybe_os
	127		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
	128		;;
	129		*)
	130		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
	131		if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
	132		then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
	133		else os=; fi
	134		;;
	135		esac
	136
	137		### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
	138		### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also
	139		### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
	140		### can provide default operating systems below.
	141		case $os in
	142		-sun*os*)
	143		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
	144		;;
	145		-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
	146		-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
	147		-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
	148		-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
	149		-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
	150		-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
	151		-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
	152		os=
	153		basic_machine=$1
	154		;;
	155		-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
	156		os=
	157		basic_machine=$1
	158		;;
	159		-scout)
	160		;;
	161		-wrs)
	162		os=-vxworks
	163		basic_machine=$1
	164		;;
	165		-chorusos*)
	166		os=-chorusos
	167		basic_machine=$1
	168		;;
	169		-chorusrdb)
	170		os=-chorusrdb
	171		basic_machine=$1
	172		;;
	173		-hiux*)
	174		os=-hiuxwe2
	175		;;
	176		-sco6)
	177		os=-sco5v6
	178		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
	179		;;
	180		-sco5)
	181		os=-sco3.2v5
	182		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
	183		;;
	184		-sco4)
	185		os=-sco3.2v4
	186		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
	187		;;
	188		-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
	189		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
	190		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
	191		;;
	192		-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
	193		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
	194		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
	195		;;
	196		-sco5v6*)
	197		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
	198		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
	199		;;
	200		-sco*)
	201		os=-sco3.2v2
	202		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
	203		;;
	204		-udk*)
	205		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
	206		;;
	207		-isc)
	208		os=-isc2.2
	209		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
	210		;;
	211		-clix*)
	212		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
	213		;;
	214		-isc*)
	215		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
	216		;;
	217		-lynx*)
	218		os=-lynxos
	219		;;
	220		-ptx*)
	221		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
	222		;;
	223		-windowsnt*)
	224		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
	225		;;
	226		-psos*)
	227		os=-psos
	228		;;
	229		-mint | -mint[0-9]*)
	230		basic_machine=m68k-atari
	231		os=-mint
	232		;;
	233		esac
	234
	235		# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
	236		case $basic_machine in
	237		# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
	238		# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
	239		1750a | 580 \
	240		| a29k \
	241		| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
	242		| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
	243		| am33_2.0 \
	244		| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
	245		| bfin \
	246		| c4x | clipper \
	247		| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
	248		| fr30 | frv \
	249		| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
	250		| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
	251		| ip2k | iq2000 \
	252		| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
	253		| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore \
	254		| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
	255		| mips16 \
	256		| mips64 | mips64el \
	257		| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
	258		| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
	259		| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
	260		| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
	261		| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
	262		| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
	263		| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
	264		| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
	265		| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
	266		| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
	267		| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
	268		| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
	269		| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
	270		| mn10200 | mn10300 \
	271		| mt \
	272		| msp430 \
	273		| nios | nios2 \
	274		| ns16k | ns32k \
	275		| or32 \
	276		| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
	277		| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
	278		| pyramid \
	279		| score \
	280		| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
	281		| sh64 | sh64le \
	282		| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
	283		| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
	284		| spu | strongarm \
	285		| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
	286		| v850 | v850e \
	287		| we32k \
	288		| x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
	289		| z8k)
	290		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
	291		;;
	292		m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
	293		# Motorola 68HC11/12.
	294		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
	295		os=-none
	296		;;
	297		m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
	298		;;
	299		ms1)
	300		basic_machine=mt-unknown
	301		;;
	302
	303		# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
	304		# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
	305		# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
	306		i*86 | x86_64)
	307		basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
	308		;;
	309		# Object if more than one company name word.
	310		*-*-*)
	311		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
	312		exit 1
	313		;;
	314		# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
	315		580-* \
	316		| a29k-* \
	317		| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
	318		| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
	319		| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
	320		| arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
	321		| avr-* | avr32-* \
	322		| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
	323		| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
	324		| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
	325		| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
	326		| elxsi-* \
	327		| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
	328		| h8300-* | h8500-* \
	329		| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
	330		| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
	331		| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
	332		| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
	333		| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
	334		| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \
	335		| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
	336		| mips16-* \
	337		| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
	338		| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
	339		| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
	340		| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
	341		| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
	342		| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
	343		| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
	344		| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
	345		| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
	346		| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
	347		| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
	348		| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
	349		| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
	350		| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
	351		| mmix-* \
	352		| mt-* \
	353		| msp430-* \
	354		| nios-* | nios2-* \
	355		| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
	356		| orion-* \
	357		| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
	358		| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
	359		| pyramid-* \
	360		| romp-* | rs6000-* \
	361		| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
	362		| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
	363		| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
	364		| sparclite-* \
	365		| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
	366		| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
	367		| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
	368		| tron-* \
	369		| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
	370		| we32k-* \
	371		| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
	372		| xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \
	373		| ymp-* \
	374		| z8k-*)
	375		;;
	376		# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
	377		# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
	378		386bsd)
	379		basic_machine=i386-unknown
	380		os=-bsd
	381		;;
	382		3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
	383		basic_machine=m68000-att
	384		;;
	385		3b*)
	386		basic_machine=we32k-att
	387		;;
	388		a29khif)
	389		basic_machine=a29k-amd
	390		os=-udi
	391		;;
	392		abacus)
	393		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
	394		;;
	395		adobe68k)
	396		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
	397		os=-scout
	398		;;
	399		alliant | fx80)
	400		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
	401		;;
	402		altos | altos3068)
	403		basic_machine=m68k-altos
	404		;;
	405		am29k)
	406		basic_machine=a29k-none
	407		os=-bsd
	408		;;
	409		amd64)
	410		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
	411		;;
	412		amd64-*)
	413		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
	414		;;
	415		amdahl)
	416		basic_machine=580-amdahl
	417		os=-sysv
	418		;;
	419		amiga | amiga-*)
	420		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
	421		;;
	422		amigaos | amigados)
	423		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
	424		os=-amigaos
	425		;;
	426		amigaunix | amix)
	427		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
	428		os=-sysv4
	429		;;
	430		apollo68)
	431		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
	432		os=-sysv
	433		;;
	434		apollo68bsd)
	435		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
	436		os=-bsd
	437		;;
	438		aux)
	439		basic_machine=m68k-apple
	440		os=-aux
	441		;;
	442		balance)
	443		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
	444		os=-dynix
	445		;;
	446		c90)
	447		basic_machine=c90-cray
	448		os=-unicos
	449		;;
	450		convex-c1)
	451		basic_machine=c1-convex
	452		os=-bsd
	453		;;
	454		convex-c2)
	455		basic_machine=c2-convex
	456		os=-bsd
	457		;;
	458		convex-c32)
	459		basic_machine=c32-convex
	460		os=-bsd
	461		;;
	462		convex-c34)
	463		basic_machine=c34-convex
	464		os=-bsd
	465		;;
	466		convex-c38)
	467		basic_machine=c38-convex
	468		os=-bsd
	469		;;
	470		cray | j90)
	471		basic_machine=j90-cray
	472		os=-unicos
	473		;;
	474		craynv)
	475		basic_machine=craynv-cray
	476		os=-unicosmp
	477		;;
	478		cr16c)
	479		basic_machine=cr16c-unknown
	480		os=-elf
	481		;;
	482		crds | unos)
	483		basic_machine=m68k-crds
	484		;;
	485		crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
	486		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
	487		;;
	488		cris | cris-* | etrax*)
	489		basic_machine=cris-axis
	490		;;
	491		crx)
	492		basic_machine=crx-unknown
	493		os=-elf
	494		;;
	495		da30 | da30-*)
	496		basic_machine=m68k-da30
	497		;;
	498		decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
	499		basic_machine=mips-dec
	500		;;
	501		decsystem10* | dec10*)
	502		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
	503		os=-tops10
	504		;;
	505		decsystem20* | dec20*)
	506		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
	507		os=-tops20
	508		;;
	509		delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
	510		| 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
	511		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
	512		;;
	513		delta88)
	514		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
	515		os=-sysv3
	516		;;
	517		djgpp)
	518		basic_machine=i586-pc
	519		os=-msdosdjgpp
	520		;;
	521		dpx20 | dpx20-*)
	522		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
	523		os=-bosx
	524		;;
	525		dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
	526		basic_machine=m68k-bull
	527		os=-sysv3
	528		;;
	529		ebmon29k)
	530		basic_machine=a29k-amd
	531		os=-ebmon
	532		;;
	533		elxsi)
	534		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
	535		os=-bsd
	536		;;
	537		encore | umax | mmax)
	538		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
	539		;;
	540		es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
	541		basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
	542		os=-ose
	543		;;
	544		fx2800)
	545		basic_machine=i860-alliant
	546		;;
	547		genix)
	548		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
	549		;;
	550		gmicro)
	551		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
	552		os=-sysv
	553		;;
	554		go32)
	555		basic_machine=i386-pc
	556		os=-go32
	557		;;
	558		h3050r* | hiux*)
	559		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
	560		os=-hiuxwe2
	561		;;
	562		h8300hms)
	563		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
	564		os=-hms
	565		;;
	566		h8300xray)
	567		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
	568		os=-xray
	569		;;
	570		h8500hms)
	571		basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
	572		os=-hms
	573		;;
	574		harris)
	575		basic_machine=m88k-harris
	576		os=-sysv3
	577		;;
	578		hp300-*)
	579		basic_machine=m68k-hp
	580		;;
	581		hp300bsd)
	582		basic_machine=m68k-hp
	583		os=-bsd
	584		;;
	585		hp300hpux)
	586		basic_machine=m68k-hp
	587		os=-hpux
	588		;;
	589		hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
	590		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
	591		;;
	592		hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
	593		basic_machine=m68000-hp
	594		;;
	595		hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
	596		basic_machine=m68k-hp
	597		;;
	598		hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
	599		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
	600		;;
	601		hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
	602		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
	603		;;
	604		hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
	605		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
	606		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
	607		;;
	608		hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
	609		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
	610		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
	611		;;
	612		hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
	613		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
	614		;;
	615		hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
	616		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
	617		;;
	618		hppa-next)
	619		os=-nextstep3
	620		;;
	621		hppaosf)
	622		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
	623		os=-osf
	624		;;
	625		hppro)
	626		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
	627		os=-proelf
	628		;;
	629		i370-ibm* | ibm*)
	630		basic_machine=i370-ibm
	631		;;
	632		# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
	633		i*86v32)
	634		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
	635		os=-sysv32
	636		;;
	637		i*86v4*)
	638		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
	639		os=-sysv4
	640		;;
	641		i*86v)
	642		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
	643		os=-sysv
	644		;;
	645		i*86sol2)
	646		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
	647		os=-solaris2
	648		;;
	649		i386mach)
	650		basic_machine=i386-mach
	651		os=-mach
	652		;;
	653		i386-vsta | vsta)
	654		basic_machine=i386-unknown
	655		os=-vsta
	656		;;
	657		iris | iris4d)
	658		basic_machine=mips-sgi
	659		case $os in
	660		-irix*)
	661		;;
	662		*)
	663		os=-irix4
	664		;;
	665		esac
	666		;;
	667		isi68 | isi)
	668		basic_machine=m68k-isi
	669		os=-sysv
	670		;;
	671		m88k-omron*)
	672		basic_machine=m88k-omron
	673		;;
	674		magnum | m3230)
	675		basic_machine=mips-mips
	676		os=-sysv
	677		;;
	678		merlin)
	679		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
	680		os=-sysv
	681		;;
	682		mingw32)
	683		basic_machine=i386-pc
	684		os=-mingw32
	685		;;
	686		miniframe)
	687		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
	688		;;
	689		*mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
	690		basic_machine=m68k-atari
	691		os=-mint
	692		;;
	693		mips3*-*)
	694		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
	695		;;
	696		mips3*)
	697		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
	698		;;
	699		monitor)
	700		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
	701		os=-coff
	702		;;
	703		morphos)
	704		basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
	705		os=-morphos
	706		;;
	707		msdos)
	708		basic_machine=i386-pc
	709		os=-msdos
	710		;;
	711		ms1-*)
	712		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
	713		;;
	714		mvs)
	715		basic_machine=i370-ibm
	716		os=-mvs
	717		;;
	718		ncr3000)
	719		basic_machine=i486-ncr
	720		os=-sysv4
	721		;;
	722		netbsd386)
	723		basic_machine=i386-unknown
	724		os=-netbsd
	725		;;
	726		netwinder)
	727		basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
	728		os=-linux
	729		;;
	730		news | news700 | news800 | news900)
	731		basic_machine=m68k-sony
	732		os=-newsos
	733		;;
	734		news1000)
	735		basic_machine=m68030-sony
	736		os=-newsos
	737		;;
	738		news-3600 | risc-news)
	739		basic_machine=mips-sony
	740		os=-newsos
	741		;;
	742		necv70)
	743		basic_machine=v70-nec
	744		os=-sysv
	745		;;
	746		next | m*-next )
	747		basic_machine=m68k-next
	748		case $os in
	749		-nextstep* )
	750		;;
	751		-ns2*)
	752		os=-nextstep2
	753		;;
	754		*)
	755		os=-nextstep3
	756		;;
	757		esac
	758		;;
	759		nh3000)
	760		basic_machine=m68k-harris
	761		os=-cxux
	762		;;
	763		nh[45]000)
	764		basic_machine=m88k-harris
	765		os=-cxux
	766		;;
	767		nindy960)
	768		basic_machine=i960-intel
	769		os=-nindy
	770		;;
	771		mon960)
	772		basic_machine=i960-intel
	773		os=-mon960
	774		;;
	775		nonstopux)
	776		basic_machine=mips-compaq
	777		os=-nonstopux
	778		;;
	779		np1)
	780		basic_machine=np1-gould
	781		;;
	782		nsr-tandem)
	783		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
	784		;;
	785		op50n-* | op60c-*)
	786		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
	787		os=-proelf
	788		;;
	789		openrisc | openrisc-*)
	790		basic_machine=or32-unknown
	791		;;
	792		os400)
	793		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
	794		os=-os400
	795		;;
	796		OSE68000 | ose68000)
	797		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
	798		os=-ose
	799		;;
	800		os68k)
	801		basic_machine=m68k-none
	802		os=-os68k
	803		;;
	804		pa-hitachi)
	805		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
	806		os=-hiuxwe2
	807		;;
	808		paragon)
	809		basic_machine=i860-intel
	810		os=-osf
	811		;;
	812		pbd)
	813		basic_machine=sparc-tti
	814		;;
	815		pbb)
	816		basic_machine=m68k-tti
	817		;;
	818		pc532 | pc532-*)
	819		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
	820		;;
	821		pc98)
	822		basic_machine=i386-pc
	823		;;
	824		pc98-*)
	825		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
	826		;;
	827		pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
	828		basic_machine=i586-pc
	829		;;
	830		pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
	831		basic_machine=i686-pc
	832		;;
	833		pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
	834		basic_machine=i686-pc
	835		;;
	836		pentium4)
	837		basic_machine=i786-pc
	838		;;
	839		pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
	840		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
	841		;;
	842		pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
	843		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
	844		;;
	845		pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
	846		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
	847		;;
	848		pentium4-*)
	849		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
	850		;;
	851		pn)
	852		basic_machine=pn-gould
	853		;;
	854		power) basic_machine=power-ibm
	855		;;
	856		ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
	857		;;
	858		ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
	859		;;
	860		ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
	861		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
	862		;;
	863		ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
	864		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
	865		;;
	866		ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
	867		;;
	868		ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
	869		;;
	870		ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
	871		basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
	872		;;
	873		ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
	874		basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
	875		;;
	876		ps2)
	877		basic_machine=i386-ibm
	878		;;
	879		pw32)
	880		basic_machine=i586-unknown
	881		os=-pw32
	882		;;
	883		rdos)
	884		basic_machine=i386-pc
	885		os=-rdos
	886		;;
	887		rom68k)
	888		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
	889		os=-coff
	890		;;
	891		rm[46]00)
	892		basic_machine=mips-siemens
	893		;;
	894		rtpc | rtpc-*)
	895		basic_machine=romp-ibm
	896		;;
	897		s390 | s390-*)
	898		basic_machine=s390-ibm
	899		;;
	900		s390x | s390x-*)
	901		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
	902		;;
	903		sa29200)
	904		basic_machine=a29k-amd
	905		os=-udi
	906		;;
	907		sb1)
	908		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
	909		;;
	910		sb1el)
	911		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
	912		;;
	913		sde)
	914		basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
	915		os=-elf
	916		;;
	917		sei)
	918		basic_machine=mips-sei
	919		os=-seiux
	920		;;
	921		sequent)
	922		basic_machine=i386-sequent
	923		;;
	924		sh)
	925		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
	926		os=-hms
	927		;;
	928		sh64)
	929		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
	930		;;
	931		sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
	932		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
	933		os=-vxworks
	934		;;
	935		sps7)
	936		basic_machine=m68k-bull
	937		os=-sysv2
	938		;;
	939		spur)
	940		basic_machine=spur-unknown
	941		;;
	942		st2000)
	943		basic_machine=m68k-tandem
	944		;;
	945		stratus)
	946		basic_machine=i860-stratus
	947		os=-sysv4
	948		;;
	949		sun2)
	950		basic_machine=m68000-sun
	951		;;
	952		sun2os3)
	953		basic_machine=m68000-sun
	954		os=-sunos3
	955		;;
	956		sun2os4)
	957		basic_machine=m68000-sun
	958		os=-sunos4
	959		;;
	960		sun3os3)
	961		basic_machine=m68k-sun
	962		os=-sunos3
	963		;;
	964		sun3os4)
	965		basic_machine=m68k-sun
	966		os=-sunos4
	967		;;
	968		sun4os3)
	969		basic_machine=sparc-sun
	970		os=-sunos3
	971		;;
	972		sun4os4)
	973		basic_machine=sparc-sun
	974		os=-sunos4
	975		;;
	976		sun4sol2)
	977		basic_machine=sparc-sun
	978		os=-solaris2
	979		;;
	980		sun3 | sun3-*)
	981		basic_machine=m68k-sun
	982		;;
	983		sun4)
	984		basic_machine=sparc-sun
	985		;;
	986		sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
	987		basic_machine=i386-sun
	988		;;
	989		sv1)
	990		basic_machine=sv1-cray
	991		os=-unicos
	992		;;
	993		symmetry)
	994		basic_machine=i386-sequent
	995		os=-dynix
	996		;;
	997		t3e)
	998		basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
	999		os=-unicos
	1000		;;
	1001		t90)
	1002		basic_machine=t90-cray
	1003		os=-unicos
	1004		;;
	1005		tic54x | c54x*)
	1006		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
	1007		os=-coff
	1008		;;
	1009		tic55x | c55x*)
	1010		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
	1011		os=-coff
	1012		;;
	1013		tic6x | c6x*)
	1014		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
	1015		os=-coff
	1016		;;
	1017		tx39)
	1018		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
	1019		;;
	1020		tx39el)
	1021		basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
	1022		;;
	1023		toad1)
	1024		basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
	1025		os=-tops20
	1026		;;
	1027		tower | tower-32)
	1028		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
	1029		;;
	1030		tpf)
	1031		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
	1032		os=-tpf
	1033		;;
	1034		udi29k)
	1035		basic_machine=a29k-amd
	1036		os=-udi
	1037		;;
	1038		ultra3)
	1039		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
	1040		os=-sym1
	1041		;;
	1042		v810 | necv810)
	1043		basic_machine=v810-nec
	1044		os=-none
	1045		;;
	1046		vaxv)
	1047		basic_machine=vax-dec
	1048		os=-sysv
	1049		;;
	1050		vms)
	1051		basic_machine=vax-dec
	1052		os=-vms
	1053		;;
	1054		vpp*|vx|vx-*)
	1055		basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
	1056		;;
	1057		vxworks960)
	1058		basic_machine=i960-wrs
	1059		os=-vxworks
	1060		;;
	1061		vxworks68)
	1062		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
	1063		os=-vxworks
	1064		;;
	1065		vxworks29k)
	1066		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
	1067		os=-vxworks
	1068		;;
	1069		w65*)
	1070		basic_machine=w65-wdc
	1071		os=-none
	1072		;;
	1073		w89k-*)
	1074		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
	1075		os=-proelf
	1076		;;
	1077		xbox)
	1078		basic_machine=i686-pc
	1079		os=-mingw32
	1080		;;
	1081		xps | xps100)
	1082		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
	1083		;;
	1084		ymp)
	1085		basic_machine=ymp-cray
	1086		os=-unicos
	1087		;;
	1088		z8k-*-coff)
	1089		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
	1090		os=-sim
	1091		;;
	1092		none)
	1093		basic_machine=none-none
	1094		os=-none
	1095		;;
	1096
	1097		# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
	1098		# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
	1099		w89k)
	1100		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
	1101		;;
	1102		op50n)
	1103		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
	1104		;;
	1105		op60c)
	1106		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
	1107		;;
	1108		romp)
	1109		basic_machine=romp-ibm
	1110		;;
	1111		mmix)
	1112		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
	1113		;;
	1114		rs6000)
	1115		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
	1116		;;
	1117		vax)
	1118		basic_machine=vax-dec
	1119		;;
	1120		pdp10)
	1121		# there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
	1122		basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
	1123		;;
	1124		pdp11)
	1125		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
	1126		;;
	1127		we32k)
	1128		basic_machine=we32k-att
	1129		;;
	1130		sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
	1131		basic_machine=sh-unknown
	1132		;;
	1133		sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
	1134		basic_machine=sparc-sun
	1135		;;
	1136		cydra)
	1137		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
	1138		;;
	1139		orion)
	1140		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
	1141		;;
	1142		orion105)
	1143		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
	1144		;;
	1145		mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
	1146		basic_machine=m68k-apple
	1147		;;
	1148		pmac | pmac-mpw)
	1149		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
	1150		;;
	1151		*-unknown)
	1152		# Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
	1153		;;
	1154		*)
	1155		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
	1156		exit 1
	1157		;;
	1158		esac
	1159
	1160		# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
	1161		case $basic_machine in
	1162		*-digital*)
	1163		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
	1164		;;
	1165		*-commodore*)
	1166		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
	1167		;;
	1168		*)
	1169		;;
	1170		esac
	1171
	1172		# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
	1173
	1174		if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
	1175		then
	1176		case $os in
	1177		# First match some system type aliases
	1178		# that might get confused with valid system types.
	1179		# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
	1180		-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
	1181		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
	1182		;;
	1183		-solaris)
	1184		os=-solaris2
	1185		;;
	1186		-svr4*)
	1187		os=-sysv4
	1188		;;
	1189		-unixware*)
	1190		os=-sysv4.2uw
	1191		;;
	1192		-gnu/linux*)
	1193		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
	1194		;;
	1195		# First accept the basic system types.
	1196		# The portable systems comes first.
	1197		# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
	1198		# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
	1199		-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
	1200		| -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
	1201		| -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
	1202		| -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
	1203		| -aos* \
	1204		| -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
	1205		| -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
	1206		| -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
	1207		| -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
	1208		| -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
	1209		| -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
	1210		| -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
	1211		| -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
	1212		| -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
	1213		| -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
	1214		| -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
	1215		| -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
	1216		| -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
	1217		| -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
	1218		| -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
	1219		| -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
	1220		| -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
	1221		| -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
	1222		| -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers*)
	1223		# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
	1224		;;
	1225		-qnx*)
	1226		case $basic_machine in
	1227		x86-* | i*86-*)
	1228		;;
	1229		*)
	1230		os=-nto$os
	1231		;;
	1232		esac
	1233		;;
	1234		-nto-qnx*)
	1235		;;
	1236		-nto*)
	1237		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
	1238		;;
	1239		-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
	1240		| -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
	1241		| -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
	1242		;;
	1243		-mac*)
	1244		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
	1245		;;
	1246		-linux-dietlibc)
	1247		os=-linux-dietlibc
	1248		;;
	1249		-linux*)
	1250		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
	1251		;;
	1252		-sunos5*)
	1253		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
	1254		;;
	1255		-sunos6*)
	1256		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
	1257		;;
	1258		-opened*)
	1259		os=-openedition
	1260		;;
	1261		-os400*)
	1262		os=-os400
	1263		;;
	1264		-wince*)
	1265		os=-wince
	1266		;;
	1267		-osfrose*)
	1268		os=-osfrose
	1269		;;
	1270		-osf*)
	1271		os=-osf
	1272		;;
	1273		-utek*)
	1274		os=-bsd
	1275		;;
	1276		-dynix*)
	1277		os=-bsd
	1278		;;
	1279		-acis*)
	1280		os=-aos
	1281		;;
	1282		-atheos*)
	1283		os=-atheos
	1284		;;
	1285		-syllable*)
	1286		os=-syllable
	1287		;;
	1288		-386bsd)
	1289		os=-bsd
	1290		;;
	1291		-ctix* | -uts*)
	1292		os=-sysv
	1293		;;
	1294		-nova*)
	1295		os=-rtmk-nova
	1296		;;
	1297		-ns2 )
	1298		os=-nextstep2
	1299		;;
	1300		-nsk*)
	1301		os=-nsk
	1302		;;
	1303		# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
	1304		-sinix5.*)
	1305		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
	1306		;;
	1307		-sinix*)
	1308		os=-sysv4
	1309		;;
	1310		-tpf*)
	1311		os=-tpf
	1312		;;
	1313		-triton*)
	1314		os=-sysv3
	1315		;;
	1316		-oss*)
	1317		os=-sysv3
	1318		;;
	1319		-svr4)
	1320		os=-sysv4
	1321		;;
	1322		-svr3)
	1323		os=-sysv3
	1324		;;
	1325		-sysvr4)
	1326		os=-sysv4
	1327		;;
	1328		# This must come after -sysvr4.
	1329		-sysv*)
	1330		;;
	1331		-ose*)
	1332		os=-ose
	1333		;;
	1334		-es1800*)
	1335		os=-ose
	1336		;;
	1337		-xenix)
	1338		os=-xenix
	1339		;;
	1340		-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
	1341		os=-mint
	1342		;;
	1343		-aros*)
	1344		os=-aros
	1345		;;
	1346		-kaos*)
	1347		os=-kaos
	1348		;;
	1349		-zvmoe)
	1350		os=-zvmoe
	1351		;;
	1352		-none)
	1353		;;
	1354		*)
	1355		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
	1356		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
	1357		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
	1358		exit 1
	1359		;;
	1360		esac
	1361		else
	1362
	1363		# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
	1364		# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
	1365		# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
	1366
	1367		# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
	1368		# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
	1369		# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above
	1370		# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
	1371		# system, and we'll never get to this point.
	1372
	1373		case $basic_machine in
	1374		score-*)
	1375		os=-elf
	1376		;;
	1377		spu-*)
	1378		os=-elf
	1379		;;
	1380		*-acorn)
	1381		os=-riscix1.2
	1382		;;
	1383		arm*-rebel)
	1384		os=-linux
	1385		;;
	1386		arm*-semi)
	1387		os=-aout
	1388		;;
	1389		c4x-* | tic4x-*)
	1390		os=-coff
	1391		;;
	1392		# This must come before the *-dec entry.
	1393		pdp10-*)
	1394		os=-tops20
	1395		;;
	1396		pdp11-*)
	1397		os=-none
	1398		;;
	1399		*-dec | vax-*)
	1400		os=-ultrix4.2
	1401		;;
	1402		m68*-apollo)
	1403		os=-domain
	1404		;;
	1405		i386-sun)
	1406		os=-sunos4.0.2
	1407		;;
	1408		m68000-sun)
	1409		os=-sunos3
	1410		# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
	1411		# default.
	1412		# os=-sunos4
	1413		;;
	1414		m68*-cisco)
	1415		os=-aout
	1416		;;
	1417		mips*-cisco)
	1418		os=-elf
	1419		;;
	1420		mips*-*)
	1421		os=-elf
	1422		;;
	1423		or32-*)
	1424		os=-coff
	1425		;;
	1426		*-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
	1427		os=-sysv3
	1428		;;
	1429		sparc-* | *-sun)
	1430		os=-sunos4.1.1
	1431		;;
	1432		*-be)
	1433		os=-beos
	1434		;;
	1435		*-haiku)
	1436		os=-haiku
	1437		;;
	1438		*-ibm)
	1439		os=-aix
	1440		;;
	1441		*-knuth)
	1442		os=-mmixware
	1443		;;
	1444		*-wec)
	1445		os=-proelf
	1446		;;
	1447		*-winbond)
	1448		os=-proelf
	1449		;;
	1450		*-oki)
	1451		os=-proelf
	1452		;;
	1453		*-hp)
	1454		os=-hpux
	1455		;;
	1456		*-hitachi)
	1457		os=-hiux
	1458		;;
	1459		i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
	1460		os=-sysv
	1461		;;
	1462		*-cbm)
	1463		os=-amigaos
	1464		;;
	1465		*-dg)
	1466		os=-dgux
	1467		;;
	1468		*-dolphin)
	1469		os=-sysv3
	1470		;;
	1471		m68k-ccur)
	1472		os=-rtu
	1473		;;
	1474		m88k-omron*)
	1475		os=-luna
	1476		;;
	1477		*-next )
	1478		os=-nextstep
	1479		;;
	1480		*-sequent)
	1481		os=-ptx
	1482		;;
	1483		*-crds)
	1484		os=-unos
	1485		;;
	1486		*-ns)
	1487		os=-genix
	1488		;;
	1489		i370-*)
	1490		os=-mvs
	1491		;;
	1492		*-next)
	1493		os=-nextstep3
	1494		;;
	1495		*-gould)
	1496		os=-sysv
	1497		;;
	1498		*-highlevel)
	1499		os=-bsd
	1500		;;
	1501		*-encore)
	1502		os=-bsd
	1503		;;
	1504		*-sgi)
	1505		os=-irix
	1506		;;
	1507		*-siemens)
	1508		os=-sysv4
	1509		;;
	1510		*-masscomp)
	1511		os=-rtu
	1512		;;
	1513		f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
	1514		os=-uxpv
	1515		;;
	1516		*-rom68k)
	1517		os=-coff
	1518		;;
	1519		*-*bug)
	1520		os=-coff
	1521		;;
	1522		*-apple)
	1523		os=-macos
	1524		;;
	1525		*-atari*)
	1526		os=-mint
	1527		;;
	1528		*)
	1529		os=-none
	1530		;;
	1531		esac
	1532		fi
	1533
	1534		# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
	1535		# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
	1536		vendor=unknown
	1537		case $basic_machine in
	1538		*-unknown)
	1539		case $os in
	1540		-riscix*)
	1541		vendor=acorn
	1542		;;
	1543		-sunos*)
	1544		vendor=sun
	1545		;;
	1546		-aix*)
	1547		vendor=ibm
	1548		;;
	1549		-beos*)
	1550		vendor=be
	1551		;;
	1552		-hpux*)
	1553		vendor=hp
	1554		;;
	1555		-mpeix*)
	1556		vendor=hp
	1557		;;
	1558		-hiux*)
	1559		vendor=hitachi
	1560		;;
	1561		-unos*)
	1562		vendor=crds
	1563		;;
	1564		-dgux*)
	1565		vendor=dg
	1566		;;
	1567		-luna*)
	1568		vendor=omron
	1569		;;
	1570		-genix*)
	1571		vendor=ns
	1572		;;
	1573		-mvs* | -opened*)
	1574		vendor=ibm
	1575		;;
	1576		-os400*)
	1577		vendor=ibm
	1578		;;
	1579		-ptx*)
	1580		vendor=sequent
	1581		;;
	1582		-tpf*)
	1583		vendor=ibm
	1584		;;
	1585		-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
	1586		vendor=wrs
	1587		;;
	1588		-aux*)
	1589		vendor=apple
	1590		;;
	1591		-hms*)
	1592		vendor=hitachi
	1593		;;
	1594		-mpw* | -macos*)
	1595		vendor=apple
	1596		;;
	1597		-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
	1598		vendor=atari
	1599		;;
	1600		-vos*)
	1601		vendor=stratus
	1602		;;
	1603		esac
	1604		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
	1605		;;
	1606		esac
	1607
	1608		echo $basic_machine$os
	1609		exit
	1610
	1611		# Local variables:
	1612		# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
	1613		# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
	1614		# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
	1615		# time-stamp-end: "'"
	1616		# End:

The diff for file configure is too big (6738 changes) and cannot be shown.

File configure.ac added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..cf87496)
	1		dnl $Id: configure.ac,v 1.35 2008/07/21 12:19:21 wmcbrine Exp $
	2		dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
	3
	4		AC_INIT([PDCurses], [3.4], [wmcbrine@users.sf.net], [PDCurses])
	5		AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([curspriv.h])
	6
	7		AC_SUBST(prefix)
	8
	9		AC_PROG_CC
	10
	11		AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
	12		dnl Checks for system first
	13		AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM([])
	14
	15		mymakefile="Makefile"
	16		on_qnx=no
	17		case "$target" in
	18		*hp-hpux*)
	19		SYS_DEFS="-D_HPUX_SOURCE"
	20		;;
	21		*ibm-aix*)
	22		SYS_DEFS="-D_ALL_SOURCE"
	23		mymakefile="Makefile.aix"
	24		;;
	25		*dec-osf*)
	26		SYS_DEFS="-D_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED"
	27		;;
	28		*pc-sco*)
	29		SYS_DEFS="-UM_XENIX -b elf"
	30		;;
	31		*qnx*)
	32		on_qnx=yes
	33		SYS_DEFS="-Q"
	34		;;
	35		*)
	36		;;
	37		esac
	38		AC_SUBST(SYS_DEFS)
	39
	40		MH_CHECK_MAX_SIGNALS(NSIG __sys_nsig)
	41
	42		dnl Check for other programs.
	43		AC_PROG_RANLIB
	44		AC_PROG_INSTALL
	45		AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
	46
	47		dnl ensure that the system has System V IPC support
	48		MH_IPC
	49
	50		if test $ac_cv_header_stdc != yes; then
	51		AC_MSG_ERROR([Need ANSI C headers])
	52		fi
	53
	54		dnl Checks for libraries.
	55
	56		AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h \
	57		sys/time.h \
	58		sys/select.h \
	59		dlfcn.h \
	60		dl.h
	61		)
	62
	63		dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
	64		AC_HEADER_TIME
	65		MH_CHECK_LIB(socket nls)
	66		AC_SUBST(MH_EXTRA_LIBS)
	67		MH_CHECK_CC_O
	68
	69		dnl Checks for library functions.
	70		AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
	71		AC_CHECK_FUNCS(vsscanf usleep poll vsnprintf)
	72
	73		dnl Check for X includes and X libraries
	74		AC_PATH_X
	75		MH_CHECK_X_INC
	76		MH_CHECK_X_LIB
	77		MH_CHECK_X_HEADERS(DECkeysym.h Sunkeysym.h xpm.h)
	78		MH_CHECK_X_KEYDEFS(XK_KP_Delete XK_KP_Insert XK_KP_End XK_KP_Down XK_KP_Next \
	79		XK_KP_Left XK_KP_Right XK_KP_Home XK_KP_Up XK_KP_Prior XK_KP_Begin)
	80		MH_CHECK_X_TYPEDEF(XPointer)
	81		dnl
	82		dnl extra for xpm library
	83		if test $ac_cv_header_xpm_h = yes; then
	84		MH_XLIBS="$MH_XLIBS -lXpm"
	85		fi
	86		dnl ---------- allow --enable-debug to compile in debug mode ---------
	87		AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
	88		[ --enable-debug turn on debugging],
	89		[with_debug=$enableval],
	90		[with_debug=no],
	91		)
	92		cflags_g="`echo $CFLAGS | grep -c '\-g'`"
	93		cflags_O="`echo $CFLAGS | grep -c '\-O'`"
	94
	95		if test "$with_debug" = yes; then
	96		if test "$cflags_g" = "0"; then
	97		CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -g"
	98		fi
	99		if test "$cflags_O" != "0"; then
	100		CFLAGS="`echo ${CFLAGS} | sed -e s/-O.//`"
	101		fi
	102		CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -DPDCDEBUG"
	103		else
	104		if test "$cflags_O" = "0"; then
	105		CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -O"
	106		fi
	107		if test "$cflags_g" != "0"; then
	108		CFLAGS="`echo ${CFLAGS} | sed -e s/-g//`"
	109		fi
	110		fi
	111		if test "$ac_cv_prog_CC" = "gcc"; then
	112		if test "$with_debug" = yes; then
	113		CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -Wall"
	114		else
	115		CFLAGS="-O2 -Wall -fomit-frame-pointer"
	116		fi
	117		fi
	118		if test "$on_qnx" = yes; then
	119		if test "$with_debug" = yes; then
	120		CFLAGS="-g"
	121		else
	122		CFLAGS="-Otax"
	123		fi
	124		fi
	125
	126		dnl --------------- check for wide character support -----------------
	127		dnl allow --enable-widec to include wide character support
	128		AC_ARG_ENABLE(widec,
	129		[ --enable-widec include support for wide characters],
	130		[with_widec=$enableval],
	131		[with_widec=no],
	132		)
	133		if test "$with_widec" = yes; then
	134		SYS_DEFS="$SYS_DEFS -DPDC_WIDE"
	135		fi
	136
	137		dnl -------------------- check for XIM support -----------------------
	138		dnl allow --enable-xim to include XIM support
	139		AC_ARG_ENABLE(xim,
	140		[ --enable-xim include support for XIM],
	141		[with_xim=$enableval],
	142		[with_xim=no],
	143		)
	144		if test "$with_xim" = yes; then
	145		SYS_DEFS="$SYS_DEFS -DPDC_XIM"
	146		fi
	147
	148		dnl ------------------------ force UTF-8? ----------------------------
	149		dnl allow --enable-force-utf8 to override locale settings
	150		AC_ARG_ENABLE(force-utf8,
	151		[ --enable-force-utf8 override locale settings; use UTF-8],
	152		[force_utf8=$enableval],
	153		[force_utf8=no],
	154		)
	155		if test "$force_utf8" = yes; then
	156		SYS_DEFS="$SYS_DEFS -DPDC_FORCE_UTF8"
	157		fi
	158
	159		dnl ----------------- check for Purify support -----------------------
	160		dnl allow --enable-purify to enable linking with Purify
	161		AC_ARG_ENABLE(purify,
	162		[ --enable-purify link with Purify (TM)],
	163		[with_purify=$enableval],
	164		[with_purify=no],
	165		)
	166		if test "$with_purify" = yes; then
	167		PURIFY="purify"
	168		else
	169		PURIFY=""
	170		fi
	171		AC_SUBST(PURIFY)
	172
	173		dnl --------------------- check for Xaw3d library --------------------
	174		dnl allow --with-xaw3d to link with PDCurses
	175		AC_ARG_WITH(xaw3d,
	176		[ --with-xaw3d link with Xaw3d],
	177		[with_xaw3d=$withval],
	178		[with_xaw3d=no],
	179		)
	180		if test "$with_xaw3d" = yes; then
	181		AC_DEFINE([USE_XAW3D], [1],
	182		[Define if you want to use Xaw3d library]
	183		)
	184		fi
	185
	186		dnl --------------------- check for neXtaw library -------------------
	187		dnl allow --with-nextaw to link with PDCurses
	188		AC_ARG_WITH(nextaw,
	189		[ --with-nextaw link with neXtaw],
	190		[with_nextaw=$withval],
	191		[with_nextaw=no],
	192		)
	193		if test "$with_nextaw" = yes; then
	194		AC_DEFINE([USE_NEXTAW], [1],
	195		[Define if you want to use neXtaw library]
	196		)
	197		fi
	198
	199		dnl -------------- check how to make shared libraries ----------------
	200		dnl Force the ability of shared library usage
	201		MH_SHARED_LIBRARY(XCurses)
	202
	203		AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile x11/$mymakefile x11/xcurses-config])
	204		AC_OUTPUT
	205
	206		case "$target" in
	207		*ibm-aix*)
	208		mv x11/Makefile.aix x11/Makefile
	209		AC_MSG_RESULT(renaming x11/Makefile.aix to x11/Makefile)
	210		;;
	211		*)
	212		;;
	213		esac
	214
	215		AC_DEFINE([PDC_MAX_SIGNALS], [],
	216		[Define as the system defined limit for number of signals]
	217		)
	218
	219		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DECKEYSYM_H], [],
	220		[Define if you have the <DECkeySym.h> header file]
	221		)
	222
	223		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SUNKEYSYM_H], [],
	224		[Define if you have the <Sunkeysym.h> header file]
	225		)
	226
	227		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XPM_H], [],
	228		[Define if you have the <xpm.h> header file]
	229		)
	230
	231		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XK_KP_DELETE], [],
	232		[Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h>]
	233		)
	234
	235		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XK_KP_INSERT], [],
	236		[Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h>]
	237		)
	238
	239		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XK_KP_END], [],
	240		[Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h>]
	241		)
	242
	243		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XK_KP_DOWN], [],
	244		[Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h>]
	245		)
	246
	247		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XK_KP_NEXT], [],
	248		[Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h>]
	249		)
	250
	251		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XK_KP_LEFT], [],
	252		[Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h>]
	253		)
	254
	255		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XK_KP_RIGHT], [],
	256		[Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h>]
	257		)
	258
	259		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XK_KP_HOME], [],
	260		[Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h>]
	261		)
	262
	263		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XK_KP_UP], [],
	264		[Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h>]
	265		)
	266
	267		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XK_KP_PRIOR], [],
	268		[Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h>]
	269		)
	270
	271		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XK_KP_BEGIN], [],
	272		[Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h>]
	273		)
	274
	275		AC_DEFINE([USE_XAW3D], [],
	276		[Define if you want to use Xaw3d library]
	277		)
	278
	279		AC_DEFINE([USE_NEXTAW], [],
	280		[Define if you want to use neXtaw library]
	281		)
	282
	283		AC_DEFINE([XPOINTER_TYPEDEFED], [],
	284		[Define XPointer is typedefed in X11/Xlib.h]
	285		)

File curses.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..6f3ce19)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		/* $Id: curses.h,v 1.295 2008/07/15 17:13:25 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	4
	5		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*
	6		* PDCurses *
	7		*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
	8
	9		#ifndef __PDCURSES__
	10		#define __PDCURSES__ 1
	11
	12		/*man-start**************************************************************
	13
	14		PDCurses definitions list: (Only define those needed)
	15
	16		XCURSES True if compiling for X11.
	17		PDC_RGB True if you want to use RGB color definitions
	18		(Red = 1, Green = 2, Blue = 4) instead of BGR.
	19		PDC_WIDE True if building wide-character support.
	20		PDC_DLL_BUILD True if building a Win32 DLL.
	21		NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION Use the ncurses mouse API instead
	22		of PDCurses' traditional mouse API.
	23
	24		PDCurses portable platform definitions list:
	25
	26		PDC_BUILD Defines API build version.
	27		PDCURSES Enables access to PDCurses-only routines.
	28		XOPEN Always true.
	29		SYSVcurses True if you are compiling for SYSV portability.
	30		BSDcurses True if you are compiling for BSD portability.
	31
	32		**man-end****************************************************************/
	33
	34		#define PDC_BUILD 3401
	35		#define PDCURSES 1 /* PDCurses-only routines */
	36		#define XOPEN 1 /* X/Open Curses routines */
	37		#define SYSVcurses 1 /* System V Curses routines */
	38		#define BSDcurses 1 /* BSD Curses routines */
	39		#define CHTYPE_LONG 1 /* size of chtype; long */
	40
	41		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
	42
	43		#include <stdarg.h>
	44		#include <stddef.h>
	45		#include <stdio.h> /* Required by X/Open usage below */
	46
	47		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	48		# include <wchar.h>
	49		#endif
	50
	51		#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
	52		extern "C"
	53		{
	54		# define bool _bool
	55		#endif
	56
	57		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
	58		*
	59		* PDCurses Manifest Constants
	60		*
	61		*/
	62
	63		#ifndef FALSE
	64		# define FALSE 0
	65		#endif
	66		#ifndef TRUE
	67		# define TRUE 1
	68		#endif
	69		#ifndef NULL
	70		# define NULL (void *)0
	71		#endif
	72		#ifndef ERR
	73		# define ERR (-1)
	74		#endif
	75		#ifndef OK
	76		# define OK 0
	77		#endif
	78
	79		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
	80		*
	81		* PDCurses Type Declarations
	82		*
	83		*/
	84
	85		typedef unsigned char bool; /* PDCurses Boolean type */
	86
	87		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	88		# if _LP64
	89		typedef unsigned int chtype;
	90		# else
	91		typedef unsigned long chtype; /* 16-bit attr + 16-bit char */
	92		# endif
	93		#else
	94		typedef unsigned short chtype; /* 8-bit attr + 8-bit char */
	95		#endif
	96
	97		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	98		typedef chtype cchar_t;
	99		#endif
	100
	101		typedef chtype attr_t;
	102
	103		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
	104		*
	105		* PDCurses Mouse Interface -- SYSVR4, with extensions
	106		*
	107		*/
	108
	109		typedef struct
	110		{
	111		int x; /* absolute column, 0 based, measured in characters */
	112		int y; /* absolute row, 0 based, measured in characters */
	113		short button[3]; /* state of each button */
	114		int changes; /* flags indicating what has changed with the mouse */
	115		} MOUSE_STATUS;
	116
	117		#define BUTTON_RELEASED 0x0000
	118		#define BUTTON_PRESSED 0x0001
	119		#define BUTTON_CLICKED 0x0002
	120		#define BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x0003
	121		#define BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x0004
	122		#define BUTTON_MOVED 0x0005 /* PDCurses */
	123		#define WHEEL_SCROLLED 0x0006 /* PDCurses */
	124		#define BUTTON_ACTION_MASK 0x0007 /* PDCurses */
	125
	126		#define PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT 0x0008 /* PDCurses */
	127		#define PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL 0x0010 /* PDCurses */
	128		#define PDC_BUTTON_ALT 0x0020 /* PDCurses */
	129		#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK 0x0038 /* PDCurses */
	130
	131		#define MOUSE_X_POS (Mouse_status.x)
	132		#define MOUSE_Y_POS (Mouse_status.y)
	133
	134		/*
	135		* Bits associated with the .changes field:
	136		* 3 2 1 0
	137		* 210987654321098765432109876543210
	138		* 1 <- button 1 has changed
	139		* 10 <- button 2 has changed
	140		* 100 <- button 3 has changed
	141		* 1000 <- mouse has moved
	142		* 10000 <- mouse position report
	143		* 100000 <- mouse wheel up
	144		* 1000000 <- mouse wheel down
	145		*/
	146
	147		#define PDC_MOUSE_MOVED 0x0008
	148		#define PDC_MOUSE_POSITION 0x0010
	149		#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP 0x0020
	150		#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN 0x0040
	151
	152		#define A_BUTTON_CHANGED (Mouse_status.changes & 7)
	153		#define MOUSE_MOVED (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED)
	154		#define MOUSE_POS_REPORT (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_POSITION)
	155		#define BUTTON_CHANGED(x) (Mouse_status.changes & (1 << ((x) - 1)))
	156		#define BUTTON_STATUS(x) (Mouse_status.button[(x) - 1])
	157		#define MOUSE_WHEEL_UP (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP)
	158		#define MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN)
	159
	160		/* mouse bit-masks */
	161
	162		#define BUTTON1_RELEASED 0x00000001L
	163		#define BUTTON1_PRESSED 0x00000002L
	164		#define BUTTON1_CLICKED 0x00000004L
	165		#define BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00000008L
	166		#define BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00000010L
	167		#define BUTTON1_MOVED 0x00000010L /* PDCurses */
	168
	169		#define BUTTON2_RELEASED 0x00000020L
	170		#define BUTTON2_PRESSED 0x00000040L
	171		#define BUTTON2_CLICKED 0x00000080L
	172		#define BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00000100L
	173		#define BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00000200L
	174		#define BUTTON2_MOVED 0x00000200L /* PDCurses */
	175
	176		#define BUTTON3_RELEASED 0x00000400L
	177		#define BUTTON3_PRESSED 0x00000800L
	178		#define BUTTON3_CLICKED 0x00001000L
	179		#define BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00002000L
	180		#define BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00004000L
	181		#define BUTTON3_MOVED 0x00004000L /* PDCurses */
	182
	183		/* For the ncurses-compatible functions only, BUTTON4_PRESSED and
	184		BUTTON5_PRESSED are returned for mouse scroll wheel up and down;
	185		otherwise PDCurses doesn't support buttons 4 and 5 */
	186
	187		#define BUTTON4_RELEASED 0x00008000L
	188		#define BUTTON4_PRESSED 0x00010000L
	189		#define BUTTON4_CLICKED 0x00020000L
	190		#define BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00040000L
	191		#define BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00080000L
	192
	193		#define BUTTON5_RELEASED 0x00100000L
	194		#define BUTTON5_PRESSED 0x00200000L
	195		#define BUTTON5_CLICKED 0x00400000L
	196		#define BUTTON5_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00800000L
	197		#define BUTTON5_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x01000000L
	198
	199		#define MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL 0x02000000L /* PDCurses */
	200		#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT 0x04000000L /* PDCurses */
	201		#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL 0x08000000L /* PDCurses */
	202		#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT 0x10000000L /* PDCurses */
	203
	204		#define ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS 0x1fffffffL
	205		#define REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION 0x20000000L
	206
	207		/* ncurses mouse interface */
	208
	209		typedef unsigned long mmask_t;
	210
	211		typedef struct
	212		{
	213		short id; /* unused, always 0 */
	214		int x, y, z; /* x, y same as MOUSE_STATUS; z unused */
	215		mmask_t bstate; /* equivalent to changes + button[], but
	216		in the same format as used for mousemask() */
	217		} MEVENT;
	218
	219		#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
	220		# define BUTTON_SHIFT BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT
	221		# define BUTTON_CONTROL BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL
	222		# define BUTTON_CTRL BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL
	223		# define BUTTON_ALT BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT
	224		#else
	225		# define BUTTON_SHIFT PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT
	226		# define BUTTON_CONTROL PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL
	227		# define BUTTON_ALT PDC_BUTTON_ALT
	228		#endif
	229
	230		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
	231		*
	232		* PDCurses Structure Definitions
	233		*
	234		*/
	235
	236		typedef struct _win /* definition of a window */
	237		{
	238		int _cury; /* current pseudo-cursor */
	239		int _curx;
	240		int _maxy; /* max window coordinates */
	241		int _maxx;
	242		int _begy; /* origin on screen */
	243		int _begx;
	244		int _flags; /* window properties */
	245		chtype _attrs; /* standard attributes and colors */
	246		chtype _bkgd; /* background, normally blank */
	247		bool _clear; /* causes clear at next refresh */
	248		bool _leaveit; /* leaves cursor where it is */
	249		bool _scroll; /* allows window scrolling */
	250		bool _nodelay; /* input character wait flag */
	251		bool _immed; /* immediate update flag */
	252		bool _sync; /* synchronise window ancestors */
	253		bool _use_keypad; /* flags keypad key mode active */
	254		chtype **_y; /* pointer to line pointer array */
	255		int *_firstch; /* first changed character in line */
	256		int *_lastch; /* last changed character in line */
	257		int _tmarg; /* top of scrolling region */
	258		int _bmarg; /* bottom of scrolling region */
	259		int _delayms; /* milliseconds of delay for getch() */
	260		int _parx, _pary; /* coords relative to parent (0,0) */
	261		struct _win *_parent; /* subwin's pointer to parent win */
	262		} WINDOW;
	263
	264		/* Avoid using the SCREEN struct directly -- use the corresponding
	265		functions if possible. This struct may eventually be made private. */
	266
	267		typedef struct
	268		{
	269		bool alive; /* if initscr() called, and not endwin() */
	270		bool autocr; /* if cr -> lf */
	271		bool cbreak; /* if terminal unbuffered */
	272		bool echo; /* if terminal echo */
	273		bool raw_inp; /* raw input mode (v. cooked input) */
	274		bool raw_out; /* raw output mode (7 v. 8 bits) */
	275		bool audible; /* FALSE if the bell is visual */
	276		bool mono; /* TRUE if current screen is mono */
	277		bool resized; /* TRUE if TERM has been resized */
	278		bool orig_attr; /* TRUE if we have the original colors */
	279		short orig_fore; /* original screen foreground color */
	280		short orig_back; /* original screen foreground color */
	281		int cursrow; /* position of physical cursor */
	282		int curscol; /* position of physical cursor */
	283		int visibility; /* visibility of cursor */
	284		int orig_cursor; /* original cursor size */
	285		int lines; /* new value for LINES */
	286		int cols; /* new value for COLS */
	287		unsigned long _trap_mbe; /* trap these mouse button events */
	288		unsigned long _map_mbe_to_key; /* map mouse buttons to slk */
	289		int mouse_wait; /* time to wait (in ms) for a
	290		button release after a press, in
	291		order to count it as a click */
	292		int slklines; /* lines in use by slk_init() */
	293		WINDOW *slk_winptr; /* window for slk */
	294		int linesrippedoff; /* lines ripped off via ripoffline() */
	295		int linesrippedoffontop; /* lines ripped off on
	296		top via ripoffline() */
	297		int delaytenths; /* 1/10ths second to wait block
	298		getch() for */
	299		bool _preserve; /* TRUE if screen background
	300		to be preserved */
	301		int _restore; /* specifies if screen background
	302		to be restored, and how */
	303		bool save_key_modifiers; /* TRUE if each key modifiers saved
	304		with each key press */
	305		bool return_key_modifiers; /* TRUE if modifier keys are
	306		returned as "real" keys */
	307		bool key_code; /* TRUE if last key is a special key;
	308		used internally by get_wch() */
	309		#ifdef XCURSES
	310		int XcurscrSize; /* size of Xcurscr shared memory block */
	311		bool sb_on;
	312		int sb_viewport_y;
	313		int sb_viewport_x;
	314		int sb_total_y;
	315		int sb_total_x;
	316		int sb_cur_y;
	317		int sb_cur_x;
	318		#endif
	319		short line_color; /* color of line attributes - default -1 */
	320		} SCREEN;
	321
	322		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
	323		*
	324		* PDCurses External Variables
	325		*
	326		*/
	327
	328		#ifdef PDC_DLL_BUILD
	329		# ifdef CURSES_LIBRARY
	330		# define PDCEX __declspec(dllexport) extern
	331		# else
	332		# define PDCEX __declspec(dllimport)
	333		# endif
	334		#else
	335		# define PDCEX extern
	336		#endif
	337
	338		PDCEX int LINES; /* terminal height */
	339		PDCEX int COLS; /* terminal width */
	340		PDCEX WINDOW *stdscr; /* the default screen window */
	341		PDCEX WINDOW *curscr; /* the current screen image */
	342		PDCEX SCREEN *SP; /* curses variables */
	343		PDCEX MOUSE_STATUS Mouse_status;
	344		PDCEX int COLORS;
	345		PDCEX int COLOR_PAIRS;
	346		PDCEX int TABSIZE;
	347		PDCEX chtype acs_map[]; /* alternate character set map */
	348		PDCEX char ttytype[]; /* terminal name/description */
	349
	350		/*man-start**************************************************************
	351
	352		PDCurses Text Attributes
	353		========================
	354
	355		Originally, PDCurses used a short (16 bits) for its chtype. To include
	356		color, a number of things had to be sacrificed from the strict Unix and
	357		System V support. The main problem was fitting all character attributes
	358		and color into an unsigned char (all 8 bits!).
	359
	360		Today, PDCurses by default uses a long (32 bits) for its chtype, as in
	361		System V. The short chtype is still available, by undefining CHTYPE_LONG
	362		and rebuilding the library.
	363
	364		The following is the structure of a win->_attrs chtype:
	365
	366		short form:
	367
	368		-------------------------------------------------
	369		|15|14|13|12|11|10| 9| 8| 7| 6| 5| 4| 3| 2| 1| 0|
	370		-------------------------------------------------
	371		color number | attrs | character eg 'a'
	372
	373		The available non-color attributes are bold, reverse and blink. Others
	374		have no effect. The high order char is an index into an array of
	375		physical colors (defined in color.c) -- 32 foreground/background color
	376		pairs (5 bits) plus 3 bits for other attributes.
	377
	378		long form:
	379
	380		----------------------------------------------------------------------------
	381		|31|30|29|28|27|26|25|24|23|22|21|20|19|18|17|16|15|14|13|12|..| 3| 2| 1| 0|
	382		----------------------------------------------------------------------------
	383		color number | modifiers | character eg 'a'
	384
	385		The available non-color attributes are bold, underline, invisible,
	386		right-line, left-line, protect, reverse and blink. 256 color pairs (8
	387		bits), 8 bits for other attributes, and 16 bits for character data.
	388
	389		**man-end****************************************************************/
	390
	391		/*** Video attribute macros ***/
	392
	393		#define A_NORMAL (chtype)0
	394
	395		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	396		# define A_ALTCHARSET (chtype)0x00010000
	397		# define A_RIGHTLINE (chtype)0x00020000
	398		# define A_LEFTLINE (chtype)0x00040000
	399		# define A_INVIS (chtype)0x00080000
	400		# define A_UNDERLINE (chtype)0x00100000
	401		# define A_REVERSE (chtype)0x00200000
	402		# define A_BLINK (chtype)0x00400000
	403		# define A_BOLD (chtype)0x00800000
	404
	405		# define A_ATTRIBUTES (chtype)0xffff0000
	406		# define A_CHARTEXT (chtype)0x0000ffff
	407		# define A_COLOR (chtype)0xff000000
	408
	409		# define A_ITALIC A_INVIS
	410		# define A_PROTECT (A_UNDERLINE | A_LEFTLINE | A_RIGHTLINE)
	411
	412		# define PDC_ATTR_SHIFT 19
	413		# define PDC_COLOR_SHIFT 24
	414		#else
	415		# define A_BOLD (chtype)0x0100 /* X/Open */
	416		# define A_REVERSE (chtype)0x0200 /* X/Open */
	417		# define A_BLINK (chtype)0x0400 /* X/Open */
	418
	419		# define A_ATTRIBUTES (chtype)0xff00 /* X/Open */
	420		# define A_CHARTEXT (chtype)0x00ff /* X/Open */
	421		# define A_COLOR (chtype)0xf800 /* System V */
	422
	423		# define A_ALTCHARSET A_NORMAL /* X/Open */
	424		# define A_PROTECT A_NORMAL /* X/Open */
	425		# define A_UNDERLINE A_NORMAL /* X/Open */
	426
	427		# define A_LEFTLINE A_NORMAL
	428		# define A_RIGHTLINE A_NORMAL
	429		# define A_ITALIC A_NORMAL
	430		# define A_INVIS A_NORMAL
	431
	432		# define PDC_ATTR_SHIFT 8
	433		# define PDC_COLOR_SHIFT 11
	434		#endif
	435
	436		#define A_STANDOUT (A_REVERSE | A_BOLD) /* X/Open */
	437		#define A_DIM A_NORMAL
	438
	439		#define CHR_MSK A_CHARTEXT /* Obsolete */
	440		#define ATR_MSK A_ATTRIBUTES /* Obsolete */
	441		#define ATR_NRM A_NORMAL /* Obsolete */
	442
	443		/* For use with attr_t -- X/Open says, "these shall be distinct", so
	444		this is a non-conforming implementation. */
	445
	446		#define WA_ALTCHARSET A_ALTCHARSET
	447		#define WA_BLINK A_BLINK
	448		#define WA_BOLD A_BOLD
	449		#define WA_DIM A_DIM
	450		#define WA_INVIS A_INVIS
	451		#define WA_LEFT A_LEFTLINE
	452		#define WA_PROTECT A_PROTECT
	453		#define WA_REVERSE A_REVERSE
	454		#define WA_RIGHT A_RIGHTLINE
	455		#define WA_STANDOUT A_STANDOUT
	456		#define WA_UNDERLINE A_UNDERLINE
	457
	458		#define WA_HORIZONTAL A_NORMAL
	459		#define WA_LOW A_NORMAL
	460		#define WA_TOP A_NORMAL
	461		#define WA_VERTICAL A_NORMAL
	462
	463		/*** Alternate character set macros ***/
	464
	465		/* 'w' = 32-bit chtype; acs_map[] index | A_ALTCHARSET
	466		'n' = 16-bit chtype; it gets the fallback set because no bit is
	467		available for A_ALTCHARSET */
	468
	469		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	470		# define ACS_PICK(w, n) ((chtype)w | A_ALTCHARSET)
	471		#else
	472		# define ACS_PICK(w, n) ((chtype)n)
	473		#endif
	474
	475		/* VT100-compatible symbols -- box chars */
	476
	477		#define ACS_ULCORNER ACS_PICK('l', '+')
	478		#define ACS_LLCORNER ACS_PICK('m', '+')
	479		#define ACS_URCORNER ACS_PICK('k', '+')
	480		#define ACS_LRCORNER ACS_PICK('j', '+')
	481		#define ACS_RTEE ACS_PICK('u', '+')
	482		#define ACS_LTEE ACS_PICK('t', '+')
	483		#define ACS_BTEE ACS_PICK('v', '+')
	484		#define ACS_TTEE ACS_PICK('w', '+')
	485		#define ACS_HLINE ACS_PICK('q', '-')
	486		#define ACS_VLINE ACS_PICK('x', '|')
	487		#define ACS_PLUS ACS_PICK('n', '+')
	488
	489		/* VT100-compatible symbols -- other */
	490
	491		#define ACS_S1 ACS_PICK('o', '-')
	492		#define ACS_S9 ACS_PICK('s', '_')
	493		#define ACS_DIAMOND ACS_PICK('`', '+')
	494		#define ACS_CKBOARD ACS_PICK('a', ':')
	495		#define ACS_DEGREE ACS_PICK('f', '\'')
	496		#define ACS_PLMINUS ACS_PICK('g', '#')
	497		#define ACS_BULLET ACS_PICK('~', 'o')
	498
	499		/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols -- these are defined in SysV curses, but
	500		are not well-supported by most terminals. Stick to VT100 characters
	501		for optimum portability. */
	502
	503		#define ACS_LARROW ACS_PICK(',', '<')
	504		#define ACS_RARROW ACS_PICK('+', '>')
	505		#define ACS_DARROW ACS_PICK('.', 'v')
	506		#define ACS_UARROW ACS_PICK('-', '^')
	507		#define ACS_BOARD ACS_PICK('h', '#')
	508		#define ACS_LANTERN ACS_PICK('i', '*')
	509		#define ACS_BLOCK ACS_PICK('0', '#')
	510
	511		/* That goes double for these -- undocumented SysV symbols. Don't use
	512		them. */
	513
	514		#define ACS_S3 ACS_PICK('p', '-')
	515		#define ACS_S7 ACS_PICK('r', '-')
	516		#define ACS_LEQUAL ACS_PICK('y', '<')
	517		#define ACS_GEQUAL ACS_PICK('z', '>')
	518		#define ACS_PI ACS_PICK('{', 'n')
	519		#define ACS_NEQUAL ACS_PICK('|', '+')
	520		#define ACS_STERLING ACS_PICK('}', 'L')
	521
	522		/* Box char aliases */
	523
	524		#define ACS_BSSB ACS_ULCORNER
	525		#define ACS_SSBB ACS_LLCORNER
	526		#define ACS_BBSS ACS_URCORNER
	527		#define ACS_SBBS ACS_LRCORNER
	528		#define ACS_SBSS ACS_RTEE
	529		#define ACS_SSSB ACS_LTEE
	530		#define ACS_SSBS ACS_BTEE
	531		#define ACS_BSSS ACS_TTEE
	532		#define ACS_BSBS ACS_HLINE
	533		#define ACS_SBSB ACS_VLINE
	534		#define ACS_SSSS ACS_PLUS
	535
	536		/* cchar_t aliases */
	537
	538		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	539		# define WACS_ULCORNER (&(acs_map['l']))
	540		# define WACS_LLCORNER (&(acs_map['m']))
	541		# define WACS_URCORNER (&(acs_map['k']))
	542		# define WACS_LRCORNER (&(acs_map['j']))
	543		# define WACS_RTEE (&(acs_map['u']))
	544		# define WACS_LTEE (&(acs_map['t']))
	545		# define WACS_BTEE (&(acs_map['v']))
	546		# define WACS_TTEE (&(acs_map['w']))
	547		# define WACS_HLINE (&(acs_map['q']))
	548		# define WACS_VLINE (&(acs_map['x']))
	549		# define WACS_PLUS (&(acs_map['n']))
	550
	551		# define WACS_S1 (&(acs_map['o']))
	552		# define WACS_S9 (&(acs_map['s']))
	553		# define WACS_DIAMOND (&(acs_map['`']))
	554		# define WACS_CKBOARD (&(acs_map['a']))
	555		# define WACS_DEGREE (&(acs_map['f']))
	556		# define WACS_PLMINUS (&(acs_map['g']))
	557		# define WACS_BULLET (&(acs_map['~']))
	558
	559		# define WACS_LARROW (&(acs_map[',']))
	560		# define WACS_RARROW (&(acs_map['+']))
	561		# define WACS_DARROW (&(acs_map['.']))
	562		# define WACS_UARROW (&(acs_map['-']))
	563		# define WACS_BOARD (&(acs_map['h']))
	564		# define WACS_LANTERN (&(acs_map['i']))
	565		# define WACS_BLOCK (&(acs_map['0']))
	566
	567		# define WACS_S3 (&(acs_map['p']))
	568		# define WACS_S7 (&(acs_map['r']))
	569		# define WACS_LEQUAL (&(acs_map['y']))
	570		# define WACS_GEQUAL (&(acs_map['z']))
	571		# define WACS_PI (&(acs_map['{']))
	572		# define WACS_NEQUAL (&(acs_map['|']))
	573		# define WACS_STERLING (&(acs_map['}']))
	574
	575		# define WACS_BSSB WACS_ULCORNER
	576		# define WACS_SSBB WACS_LLCORNER
	577		# define WACS_BBSS WACS_URCORNER
	578		# define WACS_SBBS WACS_LRCORNER
	579		# define WACS_SBSS WACS_RTEE
	580		# define WACS_SSSB WACS_LTEE
	581		# define WACS_SSBS WACS_BTEE
	582		# define WACS_BSSS WACS_TTEE
	583		# define WACS_BSBS WACS_HLINE
	584		# define WACS_SBSB WACS_VLINE
	585		# define WACS_SSSS WACS_PLUS
	586		#endif
	587
	588		/*** Color macros ***/
	589
	590		#define COLOR_BLACK 0
	591
	592		#ifdef PDC_RGB /* RGB */
	593		# define COLOR_RED 1
	594		# define COLOR_GREEN 2
	595		# define COLOR_BLUE 4
	596		#else /* BGR */
	597		# define COLOR_BLUE 1
	598		# define COLOR_GREEN 2
	599		# define COLOR_RED 4
	600		#endif
	601
	602		#define COLOR_CYAN (COLOR_BLUE | COLOR_GREEN)
	603		#define COLOR_MAGENTA (COLOR_RED | COLOR_BLUE)
	604		#define COLOR_YELLOW (COLOR_RED | COLOR_GREEN)
	605
	606		#define COLOR_WHITE 7
	607
	608		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
	609		*
	610		* Function and Keypad Key Definitions.
	611		* Many are just for compatibility.
	612		*
	613		*/
	614
	615		#define KEY_CODE_YES 0x100 /* If get_wch() gives a key code */
	616
	617		#define KEY_BREAK 0x101 /* Not on PC KBD */
	618		#define KEY_DOWN 0x102 /* Down arrow key */
	619		#define KEY_UP 0x103 /* Up arrow key */
	620		#define KEY_LEFT 0x104 /* Left arrow key */
	621		#define KEY_RIGHT 0x105 /* Right arrow key */
	622		#define KEY_HOME 0x106 /* home key */
	623		#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0x107 /* not on pc */
	624		#define KEY_F0 0x108 /* function keys; 64 reserved */
	625
	626		#define KEY_DL 0x148 /* delete line */
	627		#define KEY_IL 0x149 /* insert line */
	628		#define KEY_DC 0x14a /* delete character */
	629		#define KEY_IC 0x14b /* insert char or enter ins mode */
	630		#define KEY_EIC 0x14c /* exit insert char mode */
	631		#define KEY_CLEAR 0x14d /* clear screen */
	632		#define KEY_EOS 0x14e /* clear to end of screen */
	633		#define KEY_EOL 0x14f /* clear to end of line */
	634		#define KEY_SF 0x150 /* scroll 1 line forward */
	635		#define KEY_SR 0x151 /* scroll 1 line back (reverse) */
	636		#define KEY_NPAGE 0x152 /* next page */
	637		#define KEY_PPAGE 0x153 /* previous page */
	638		#define KEY_STAB 0x154 /* set tab */
	639		#define KEY_CTAB 0x155 /* clear tab */
	640		#define KEY_CATAB 0x156 /* clear all tabs */
	641		#define KEY_ENTER 0x157 /* enter or send (unreliable) */
	642		#define KEY_SRESET 0x158 /* soft/reset (partial/unreliable) */
	643		#define KEY_RESET 0x159 /* reset/hard reset (unreliable) */
	644		#define KEY_PRINT 0x15a /* print/copy */
	645		#define KEY_LL 0x15b /* home down/bottom (lower left) */
	646		#define KEY_ABORT 0x15c /* abort/terminate key (any) */
	647		#define KEY_SHELP 0x15d /* short help */
	648		#define KEY_LHELP 0x15e /* long help */
	649		#define KEY_BTAB 0x15f /* Back tab key */
	650		#define KEY_BEG 0x160 /* beg(inning) key */
	651		#define KEY_CANCEL 0x161 /* cancel key */
	652		#define KEY_CLOSE 0x162 /* close key */
	653		#define KEY_COMMAND 0x163 /* cmd (command) key */
	654		#define KEY_COPY 0x164 /* copy key */
	655		#define KEY_CREATE 0x165 /* create key */
	656		#define KEY_END 0x166 /* end key */
	657		#define KEY_EXIT 0x167 /* exit key */
	658		#define KEY_FIND 0x168 /* find key */
	659		#define KEY_HELP 0x169 /* help key */
	660		#define KEY_MARK 0x16a /* mark key */
	661		#define KEY_MESSAGE 0x16b /* message key */
	662		#define KEY_MOVE 0x16c /* move key */
	663		#define KEY_NEXT 0x16d /* next object key */
	664		#define KEY_OPEN 0x16e /* open key */
	665		#define KEY_OPTIONS 0x16f /* options key */
	666		#define KEY_PREVIOUS 0x170 /* previous object key */
	667		#define KEY_REDO 0x171 /* redo key */
	668		#define KEY_REFERENCE 0x172 /* ref(erence) key */
	669		#define KEY_REFRESH 0x173 /* refresh key */
	670		#define KEY_REPLACE 0x174 /* replace key */
	671		#define KEY_RESTART 0x175 /* restart key */
	672		#define KEY_RESUME 0x176 /* resume key */
	673		#define KEY_SAVE 0x177 /* save key */
	674		#define KEY_SBEG 0x178 /* shifted beginning key */
	675		#define KEY_SCANCEL 0x179 /* shifted cancel key */
	676		#define KEY_SCOMMAND 0x17a /* shifted command key */
	677		#define KEY_SCOPY 0x17b /* shifted copy key */
	678		#define KEY_SCREATE 0x17c /* shifted create key */
	679		#define KEY_SDC 0x17d /* shifted delete char key */
	680		#define KEY_SDL 0x17e /* shifted delete line key */
	681		#define KEY_SELECT 0x17f /* select key */
	682		#define KEY_SEND 0x180 /* shifted end key */
	683		#define KEY_SEOL 0x181 /* shifted clear line key */
	684		#define KEY_SEXIT 0x182 /* shifted exit key */
	685		#define KEY_SFIND 0x183 /* shifted find key */
	686		#define KEY_SHOME 0x184 /* shifted home key */
	687		#define KEY_SIC 0x185 /* shifted input key */
	688
	689		#define KEY_SLEFT 0x187 /* shifted left arrow key */
	690		#define KEY_SMESSAGE 0x188 /* shifted message key */
	691		#define KEY_SMOVE 0x189 /* shifted move key */
	692		#define KEY_SNEXT 0x18a /* shifted next key */
	693		#define KEY_SOPTIONS 0x18b /* shifted options key */
	694		#define KEY_SPREVIOUS 0x18c /* shifted prev key */
	695		#define KEY_SPRINT 0x18d /* shifted print key */
	696		#define KEY_SREDO 0x18e /* shifted redo key */
	697		#define KEY_SREPLACE 0x18f /* shifted replace key */
	698		#define KEY_SRIGHT 0x190 /* shifted right arrow */
	699		#define KEY_SRSUME 0x191 /* shifted resume key */
	700		#define KEY_SSAVE 0x192 /* shifted save key */
	701		#define KEY_SSUSPEND 0x193 /* shifted suspend key */
	702		#define KEY_SUNDO 0x194 /* shifted undo key */
	703		#define KEY_SUSPEND 0x195 /* suspend key */
	704		#define KEY_UNDO 0x196 /* undo key */
	705
	706		/* PDCurses-specific key definitions -- PC only */
	707
	708		#define ALT_0 0x197
	709		#define ALT_1 0x198
	710		#define ALT_2 0x199
	711		#define ALT_3 0x19a
	712		#define ALT_4 0x19b
	713		#define ALT_5 0x19c
	714		#define ALT_6 0x19d
	715		#define ALT_7 0x19e
	716		#define ALT_8 0x19f
	717		#define ALT_9 0x1a0
	718		#define ALT_A 0x1a1
	719		#define ALT_B 0x1a2
	720		#define ALT_C 0x1a3
	721		#define ALT_D 0x1a4
	722		#define ALT_E 0x1a5
	723		#define ALT_F 0x1a6
	724		#define ALT_G 0x1a7
	725		#define ALT_H 0x1a8
	726		#define ALT_I 0x1a9
	727		#define ALT_J 0x1aa
	728		#define ALT_K 0x1ab
	729		#define ALT_L 0x1ac
	730		#define ALT_M 0x1ad
	731		#define ALT_N 0x1ae
	732		#define ALT_O 0x1af
	733		#define ALT_P 0x1b0
	734		#define ALT_Q 0x1b1
	735		#define ALT_R 0x1b2
	736		#define ALT_S 0x1b3
	737		#define ALT_T 0x1b4
	738		#define ALT_U 0x1b5
	739		#define ALT_V 0x1b6
	740		#define ALT_W 0x1b7
	741		#define ALT_X 0x1b8
	742		#define ALT_Y 0x1b9
	743		#define ALT_Z 0x1ba
	744
	745		#define CTL_LEFT 0x1bb /* Control-Left-Arrow */
	746		#define CTL_RIGHT 0x1bc
	747		#define CTL_PGUP 0x1bd
	748		#define CTL_PGDN 0x1be
	749		#define CTL_HOME 0x1bf
	750		#define CTL_END 0x1c0
	751
	752		#define KEY_A1 0x1c1 /* upper left on Virtual keypad */
	753		#define KEY_A2 0x1c2 /* upper middle on Virt. keypad */
	754		#define KEY_A3 0x1c3 /* upper right on Vir. keypad */
	755		#define KEY_B1 0x1c4 /* middle left on Virt. keypad */
	756		#define KEY_B2 0x1c5 /* center on Virt. keypad */
	757		#define KEY_B3 0x1c6 /* middle right on Vir. keypad */
	758		#define KEY_C1 0x1c7 /* lower left on Virt. keypad */
	759		#define KEY_C2 0x1c8 /* lower middle on Virt. keypad */
	760		#define KEY_C3 0x1c9 /* lower right on Vir. keypad */
	761
	762		#define PADSLASH 0x1ca /* slash on keypad */
	763		#define PADENTER 0x1cb /* enter on keypad */
	764		#define CTL_PADENTER 0x1cc /* ctl-enter on keypad */
	765		#define ALT_PADENTER 0x1cd /* alt-enter on keypad */
	766		#define PADSTOP 0x1ce /* stop on keypad */
	767		#define PADSTAR 0x1cf /* star on keypad */
	768		#define PADMINUS 0x1d0 /* minus on keypad */
	769		#define PADPLUS 0x1d1 /* plus on keypad */
	770		#define CTL_PADSTOP 0x1d2 /* ctl-stop on keypad */
	771		#define CTL_PADCENTER 0x1d3 /* ctl-enter on keypad */
	772		#define CTL_PADPLUS 0x1d4 /* ctl-plus on keypad */
	773		#define CTL_PADMINUS 0x1d5 /* ctl-minus on keypad */
	774		#define CTL_PADSLASH 0x1d6 /* ctl-slash on keypad */
	775		#define CTL_PADSTAR 0x1d7 /* ctl-star on keypad */
	776		#define ALT_PADPLUS 0x1d8 /* alt-plus on keypad */
	777		#define ALT_PADMINUS 0x1d9 /* alt-minus on keypad */
	778		#define ALT_PADSLASH 0x1da /* alt-slash on keypad */
	779		#define ALT_PADSTAR 0x1db /* alt-star on keypad */
	780		#define ALT_PADSTOP 0x1dc /* alt-stop on keypad */
	781		#define CTL_INS 0x1dd /* ctl-insert */
	782		#define ALT_DEL 0x1de /* alt-delete */
	783		#define ALT_INS 0x1df /* alt-insert */
	784		#define CTL_UP 0x1e0 /* ctl-up arrow */
	785		#define CTL_DOWN 0x1e1 /* ctl-down arrow */
	786		#define CTL_TAB 0x1e2 /* ctl-tab */
	787		#define ALT_TAB 0x1e3
	788		#define ALT_MINUS 0x1e4
	789		#define ALT_EQUAL 0x1e5
	790		#define ALT_HOME 0x1e6
	791		#define ALT_PGUP 0x1e7
	792		#define ALT_PGDN 0x1e8
	793		#define ALT_END 0x1e9
	794		#define ALT_UP 0x1ea /* alt-up arrow */
	795		#define ALT_DOWN 0x1eb /* alt-down arrow */
	796		#define ALT_RIGHT 0x1ec /* alt-right arrow */
	797		#define ALT_LEFT 0x1ed /* alt-left arrow */
	798		#define ALT_ENTER 0x1ee /* alt-enter */
	799		#define ALT_ESC 0x1ef /* alt-escape */
	800		#define ALT_BQUOTE 0x1f0 /* alt-back quote */
	801		#define ALT_LBRACKET 0x1f1 /* alt-left bracket */
	802		#define ALT_RBRACKET 0x1f2 /* alt-right bracket */
	803		#define ALT_SEMICOLON 0x1f3 /* alt-semi-colon */
	804		#define ALT_FQUOTE 0x1f4 /* alt-forward quote */
	805		#define ALT_COMMA 0x1f5 /* alt-comma */
	806		#define ALT_STOP 0x1f6 /* alt-stop */
	807		#define ALT_FSLASH 0x1f7 /* alt-forward slash */
	808		#define ALT_BKSP 0x1f8 /* alt-backspace */
	809		#define CTL_BKSP 0x1f9 /* ctl-backspace */
	810		#define PAD0 0x1fa /* keypad 0 */
	811
	812		#define CTL_PAD0 0x1fb /* ctl-keypad 0 */
	813		#define CTL_PAD1 0x1fc
	814		#define CTL_PAD2 0x1fd
	815		#define CTL_PAD3 0x1fe
	816		#define CTL_PAD4 0x1ff
	817		#define CTL_PAD5 0x200
	818		#define CTL_PAD6 0x201
	819		#define CTL_PAD7 0x202
	820		#define CTL_PAD8 0x203
	821		#define CTL_PAD9 0x204
	822
	823		#define ALT_PAD0 0x205 /* alt-keypad 0 */
	824		#define ALT_PAD1 0x206
	825		#define ALT_PAD2 0x207
	826		#define ALT_PAD3 0x208
	827		#define ALT_PAD4 0x209
	828		#define ALT_PAD5 0x20a
	829		#define ALT_PAD6 0x20b
	830		#define ALT_PAD7 0x20c
	831		#define ALT_PAD8 0x20d
	832		#define ALT_PAD9 0x20e
	833
	834		#define CTL_DEL 0x20f /* clt-delete */
	835		#define ALT_BSLASH 0x210 /* alt-back slash */
	836		#define CTL_ENTER 0x211 /* ctl-enter */
	837
	838		#define SHF_PADENTER 0x212 /* shift-enter on keypad */
	839		#define SHF_PADSLASH 0x213 /* shift-slash on keypad */
	840		#define SHF_PADSTAR 0x214 /* shift-star on keypad */
	841		#define SHF_PADPLUS 0x215 /* shift-plus on keypad */
	842		#define SHF_PADMINUS 0x216 /* shift-minus on keypad */
	843		#define SHF_UP 0x217 /* shift-up on keypad */
	844		#define SHF_DOWN 0x218 /* shift-down on keypad */
	845		#define SHF_IC 0x219 /* shift-insert on keypad */
	846		#define SHF_DC 0x21a /* shift-delete on keypad */
	847
	848		#define KEY_MOUSE 0x21b /* "mouse" key */
	849		#define KEY_SHIFT_L 0x21c /* Left-shift */
	850		#define KEY_SHIFT_R 0x21d /* Right-shift */
	851		#define KEY_CONTROL_L 0x21e /* Left-control */
	852		#define KEY_CONTROL_R 0x21f /* Right-control */
	853		#define KEY_ALT_L 0x220 /* Left-alt */
	854		#define KEY_ALT_R 0x221 /* Right-alt */
	855		#define KEY_RESIZE 0x222 /* Window resize */
	856		#define KEY_SUP 0x223 /* Shifted up arrow */
	857		#define KEY_SDOWN 0x224 /* Shifted down arrow */
	858
	859		#define KEY_MIN KEY_BREAK /* Minimum curses key value */
	860		#define KEY_MAX KEY_SDOWN /* Maximum curses key */
	861
	862		#define KEY_F(n) (KEY_F0 + (n))
	863
	864		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
	865		*
	866		* PDCurses Function Declarations
	867		*
	868		*/
	869
	870		/* Standard */
	871
	872		int addch(const chtype);
	873		int addchnstr(const chtype *, int);
	874		int addchstr(const chtype *);
	875		int addnstr(const char *, int);
	876		int addstr(const char *);
	877		int attroff(chtype);
	878		int attron(chtype);
	879		int attrset(chtype);
	880		int attr_get(attr_t *, short *, void *);
	881		int attr_off(attr_t, void *);
	882		int attr_on(attr_t, void *);
	883		int attr_set(attr_t, short, void *);
	884		int baudrate(void);
	885		int beep(void);
	886		int bkgd(chtype);
	887		void bkgdset(chtype);
	888		int border(chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype);
	889		int box(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype);
	890		bool can_change_color(void);
	891		int cbreak(void);
	892		int chgat(int, attr_t, short, const void *);
	893		int clearok(WINDOW *, bool);
	894		int clear(void);
	895		int clrtobot(void);
	896		int clrtoeol(void);
	897		int color_content(short, short *, short *, short *);
	898		int color_set(short, void *);
	899		int copywin(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int, int);
	900		int curs_set(int);
	901		int def_prog_mode(void);
	902		int def_shell_mode(void);
	903		int delay_output(int);
	904		int delch(void);
	905		int deleteln(void);
	906		void delscreen(SCREEN *);
	907		int delwin(WINDOW *);
	908		WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
	909		int doupdate(void);
	910		WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *);
	911		int echochar(const chtype);
	912		int echo(void);
	913		int endwin(void);
	914		char erasechar(void);
	915		int erase(void);
	916		void filter(void);
	917		int flash(void);
	918		int flushinp(void);
	919		chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *);
	920		int getnstr(char *, int);
	921		int getstr(char *);
	922		WINDOW *getwin(FILE *);
	923		int halfdelay(int);
	924		bool has_colors(void);
	925		bool has_ic(void);
	926		bool has_il(void);
	927		int hline(chtype, int);
	928		void idcok(WINDOW *, bool);
	929		int idlok(WINDOW *, bool);
	930		void immedok(WINDOW *, bool);
	931		int inchnstr(chtype *, int);
	932		int inchstr(chtype *);
	933		chtype inch(void);
	934		int init_color(short, short, short, short);
	935		int init_pair(short, short, short);
	936		WINDOW *initscr(void);
	937		int innstr(char *, int);
	938		int insch(chtype);
	939		int insdelln(int);
	940		int insertln(void);
	941		int insnstr(const char *, int);
	942		int insstr(const char *);
	943		int instr(char *);
	944		int intrflush(WINDOW *, bool);
	945		bool isendwin(void);
	946		bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *, int);
	947		bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *);
	948		char *keyname(int);
	949		int keypad(WINDOW *, bool);
	950		char killchar(void);
	951		int leaveok(WINDOW *, bool);
	952		char *longname(void);
	953		int meta(WINDOW *, bool);
	954		int move(int, int);
	955		int mvaddch(int, int, const chtype);
	956		int mvaddchnstr(int, int, const chtype *, int);
	957		int mvaddchstr(int, int, const chtype *);
	958		int mvaddnstr(int, int, const char *, int);
	959		int mvaddstr(int, int, const char *);
	960		int mvchgat(int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
	961		int mvcur(int, int, int, int);
	962		int mvdelch(int, int);
	963		int mvderwin(WINDOW *, int, int);
	964		int mvgetch(int, int);
	965		int mvgetnstr(int, int, char *, int);
	966		int mvgetstr(int, int, char *);
	967		int mvhline(int, int, chtype, int);
	968		chtype mvinch(int, int);
	969		int mvinchnstr(int, int, chtype *, int);
	970		int mvinchstr(int, int, chtype *);
	971		int mvinnstr(int, int, char *, int);
	972		int mvinsch(int, int, chtype);
	973		int mvinsnstr(int, int, const char *, int);
	974		int mvinsstr(int, int, const char *);
	975		int mvinstr(int, int, char *);
	976		int mvprintw(int, int, const char *, ...);
	977		int mvscanw(int, int, const char *, ...);
	978		int mvvline(int, int, chtype, int);
	979		int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *, int);
	980		int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *);
	981		int mvwaddch(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype);
	982		int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);
	983		int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);
	984		int mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
	985		int mvwdelch(WINDOW *, int, int);
	986		int mvwgetch(WINDOW *, int, int);
	987		int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);
	988		int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *);
	989		int mvwhline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int);
	990		int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *, int);
	991		int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *);
	992		chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *, int, int);
	993		int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);
	994		int mvwinsch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);
	995		int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);
	996		int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);
	997		int mvwinstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *);
	998		int mvwin(WINDOW *, int, int);
	999		int mvwprintw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...);
	1000		int mvwscanw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...);
	1001		int mvwvline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int);
	1002		int napms(int);
	1003		WINDOW *newpad(int, int);
	1004		SCREEN *newterm(const char *, FILE *, FILE *);
	1005		WINDOW *newwin(int, int, int, int);
	1006		int nl(void);
	1007		int nocbreak(void);
	1008		int nodelay(WINDOW *, bool);
	1009		int noecho(void);
	1010		int nonl(void);
	1011		void noqiflush(void);
	1012		int noraw(void);
	1013		int notimeout(WINDOW *, bool);
	1014		int overlay(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *);
	1015		int overwrite(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *);
	1016		int pair_content(short, short *, short *);
	1017		int pechochar(WINDOW *, chtype);
	1018		int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int);
	1019		int prefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int);
	1020		int printw(const char *, ...);
	1021		int putwin(WINDOW *, FILE *);
	1022		void qiflush(void);
	1023		int raw(void);
	1024		int redrawwin(WINDOW *);
	1025		int refresh(void);
	1026		int reset_prog_mode(void);
	1027		int reset_shell_mode(void);
	1028		int resetty(void);
	1029		int ripoffline(int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int));
	1030		int savetty(void);
	1031		int scanw(const char *, ...);
	1032		int scr_dump(const char *);
	1033		int scr_init(const char *);
	1034		int scr_restore(const char *);
	1035		int scr_set(const char *);
	1036		int scrl(int);
	1037		int scroll(WINDOW *);
	1038		int scrollok(WINDOW *, bool);
	1039		SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *);
	1040		int setscrreg(int, int);
	1041		int slk_attroff(const chtype);
	1042		int slk_attr_off(const attr_t, void *);
	1043		int slk_attron(const chtype);
	1044		int slk_attr_on(const attr_t, void *);
	1045		int slk_attrset(const chtype);
	1046		int slk_attr_set(const attr_t, short, void *);
	1047		int slk_clear(void);
	1048		int slk_color(short);
	1049		int slk_init(int);
	1050		char *slk_label(int);
	1051		int slk_noutrefresh(void);
	1052		int slk_refresh(void);
	1053		int slk_restore(void);
	1054		int slk_set(int, const char *, int);
	1055		int slk_touch(void);
	1056		int standend(void);
	1057		int standout(void);
	1058		int start_color(void);
	1059		WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
	1060		WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
	1061		int syncok(WINDOW *, bool);
	1062		chtype termattrs(void);
	1063		attr_t term_attrs(void);
	1064		char *termname(void);
	1065		void timeout(int);
	1066		int touchline(WINDOW *, int, int);
	1067		int touchwin(WINDOW *);
	1068		int typeahead(int);
	1069		int untouchwin(WINDOW *);
	1070		void use_env(bool);
	1071		int vidattr(chtype);
	1072		int vid_attr(attr_t, short, void *);
	1073		int vidputs(chtype, int (*)(int));
	1074		int vid_puts(attr_t, short, void *, int (*)(int));
	1075		int vline(chtype, int);
	1076		int vw_printw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
	1077		int vwprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
	1078		int vw_scanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
	1079		int vwscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
	1080		int waddchnstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *, int);
	1081		int waddchstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *);
	1082		int waddch(WINDOW *, const chtype);
	1083		int waddnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int);
	1084		int waddstr(WINDOW *, const char *);
	1085		int wattroff(WINDOW *, chtype);
	1086		int wattron(WINDOW *, chtype);
	1087		int wattrset(WINDOW *, chtype);
	1088		int wattr_get(WINDOW *, attr_t *, short *, void *);
	1089		int wattr_off(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);
	1090		int wattr_on(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);
	1091		int wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t, short, void *);
	1092		void wbkgdset(WINDOW *, chtype);
	1093		int wbkgd(WINDOW *, chtype);
	1094		int wborder(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype,
	1095		chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype);
	1096		int wchgat(WINDOW *, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
	1097		int wclear(WINDOW *);
	1098		int wclrtobot(WINDOW *);
	1099		int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *);
	1100		int wcolor_set(WINDOW *, short, void *);
	1101		void wcursyncup(WINDOW *);
	1102		int wdelch(WINDOW *);
	1103		int wdeleteln(WINDOW *);
	1104		int wechochar(WINDOW *, const chtype);
	1105		int werase(WINDOW *);
	1106		int wgetch(WINDOW *);
	1107		int wgetnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int);
	1108		int wgetstr(WINDOW *, char *);
	1109		int whline(WINDOW *, chtype, int);
	1110		int winchnstr(WINDOW *, chtype *, int);
	1111		int winchstr(WINDOW *, chtype *);
	1112		chtype winch(WINDOW *);
	1113		int winnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int);
	1114		int winsch(WINDOW *, chtype);
	1115		int winsdelln(WINDOW *, int);
	1116		int winsertln(WINDOW *);
	1117		int winsnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int);
	1118		int winsstr(WINDOW *, const char *);
	1119		int winstr(WINDOW *, char *);
	1120		int wmove(WINDOW *, int, int);
	1121		int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *);
	1122		int wprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...);
	1123		int wredrawln(WINDOW *, int, int);
	1124		int wrefresh(WINDOW *);
	1125		int wscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...);
	1126		int wscrl(WINDOW *, int);
	1127		int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *, int, int);
	1128		int wstandend(WINDOW *);
	1129		int wstandout(WINDOW *);
	1130		void wsyncdown(WINDOW *);
	1131		void wsyncup(WINDOW *);
	1132		void wtimeout(WINDOW *, int);
	1133		int wtouchln(WINDOW *, int, int, int);
	1134		int wvline(WINDOW *, chtype, int);
	1135
	1136		/* Wide-character functions */
	1137
	1138		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	1139		int addnwstr(const wchar_t *, int);
	1140		int addwstr(const wchar_t *);
	1141		int add_wch(const cchar_t *);
	1142		int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *, int);
	1143		int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *);
	1144		int border_set(const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
	1145		const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
	1146		const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);
	1147		int box_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);
	1148		int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *);
	1149		int erasewchar(wchar_t *);
	1150		int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *);
	1151		int getcchar(const cchar_t *, wchar_t *, attr_t *, short *, void *);
	1152		int getn_wstr(wint_t *, int);
	1153		int get_wch(wint_t *);
	1154		int get_wstr(wint_t *);
	1155		int hline_set(const cchar_t *, int);
	1156		int innwstr(wchar_t *, int);
	1157		int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *, int);
	1158		int ins_wch(const cchar_t *);
	1159		int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *);
	1160		int inwstr(wchar_t *);
	1161		int in_wch(cchar_t *);
	1162		int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *, int);
	1163		int in_wchstr(cchar_t *);
	1164		char *key_name(wchar_t);
	1165		int killwchar(wchar_t *);
	1166		int mvaddnwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
	1167		int mvaddwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *);
	1168		int mvadd_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *);
	1169		int mvadd_wchnstr(int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
	1170		int mvadd_wchstr(int, int, const cchar_t *);
	1171		int mvgetn_wstr(int, int, wint_t *, int);
	1172		int mvget_wch(int, int, wint_t *);
	1173		int mvget_wstr(int, int, wint_t *);
	1174		int mvhline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
	1175		int mvinnwstr(int, int, wchar_t *, int);
	1176		int mvins_nwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
	1177		int mvins_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *);
	1178		int mvins_wstr(int, int, const wchar_t *);
	1179		int mvinwstr(int, int, wchar_t *);
	1180		int mvin_wch(int, int, cchar_t *);
	1181		int mvin_wchnstr(int, int, cchar_t *, int);
	1182		int mvin_wchstr(int, int, cchar_t *);
	1183		int mvvline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
	1184		int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
	1185		int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);
	1186		int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);
	1187		int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
	1188		int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);
	1189		int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *, int);
	1190		int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);
	1191		int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);
	1192		int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
	1193		int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *, int);
	1194		int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
	1195		int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);
	1196		int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);
	1197		int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);
	1198		int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *, int);
	1199		int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);
	1200		int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *);
	1201		int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
	1202		int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t*);
	1203		int setcchar(cchar_t*, const wchar_t*, const attr_t, short, const void*);
	1204		int slk_wset(int, const wchar_t *, int);
	1205		int unget_wch(const wchar_t);
	1206		int vline_set(const cchar_t *, int);
	1207		int waddnwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int);
	1208		int waddwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *);
	1209		int wadd_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
	1210		int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);
	1211		int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
	1212		int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
	1213		void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
	1214		int wborder_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
	1215		const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
	1216		const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);
	1217		int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
	1218		int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *, cchar_t *);
	1219		int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *, int);
	1220		int wget_wch(WINDOW *, wint_t *);
	1221		int wget_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *);
	1222		int whline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);
	1223		int winnwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *, int);
	1224		int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int);
	1225		int wins_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
	1226		int wins_wstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *);
	1227		int winwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *);
	1228		int win_wch(WINDOW *, cchar_t *);
	1229		int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *, cchar_t *, int);
	1230		int win_wchstr(WINDOW *, cchar_t *);
	1231		wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *);
	1232		int wvline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);
	1233		#endif
	1234
	1235		/* Quasi-standard */
	1236
	1237		chtype getattrs(WINDOW *);
	1238		int getbegx(WINDOW *);
	1239		int getbegy(WINDOW *);
	1240		int getmaxx(WINDOW *);
	1241		int getmaxy(WINDOW *);
	1242		int getparx(WINDOW *);
	1243		int getpary(WINDOW *);
	1244		int getcurx(WINDOW *);
	1245		int getcury(WINDOW *);
	1246		void traceoff(void);
	1247		void traceon(void);
	1248		char *unctrl(chtype);
	1249
	1250		int crmode(void);
	1251		int nocrmode(void);
	1252		int draino(int);
	1253		int resetterm(void);
	1254		int fixterm(void);
	1255		int saveterm(void);
	1256		int setsyx(int, int);
	1257
	1258		int mouse_set(unsigned long);
	1259		int mouse_on(unsigned long);
	1260		int mouse_off(unsigned long);
	1261		int request_mouse_pos(void);
	1262		int map_button(unsigned long);
	1263		void wmouse_position(WINDOW *, int *, int *);
	1264		unsigned long getmouse(void);
	1265		unsigned long getbmap(void);
	1266
	1267		/* ncurses */
	1268
	1269		int assume_default_colors(int, int);
	1270		const char *curses_version(void);
	1271		bool has_key(int);
	1272		int use_default_colors(void);
	1273		int wresize(WINDOW *, int, int);
	1274
	1275		int mouseinterval(int);
	1276		mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t, mmask_t *);
	1277		bool mouse_trafo(int *, int *, bool);
	1278		int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *);
	1279		int ungetmouse(MEVENT *);
	1280		bool wenclose(const WINDOW *, int, int);
	1281		bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *, int *, int *, bool);
	1282
	1283		/* PDCurses */
	1284
	1285		int addrawch(chtype);
	1286		int insrawch(chtype);
	1287		bool is_termresized(void);
	1288		int mvaddrawch(int, int, chtype);
	1289		int mvdeleteln(int, int);
	1290		int mvinsertln(int, int);
	1291		int mvinsrawch(int, int, chtype);
	1292		int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);
	1293		int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *, int, int);
	1294		int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *, int, int);
	1295		int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);
	1296		int raw_output(bool);
	1297		int resize_term(int, int);
	1298		WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *, int, int);
	1299		int waddrawch(WINDOW *, chtype);
	1300		int winsrawch(WINDOW *, chtype);
	1301		char wordchar(void);
	1302
	1303		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	1304		wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int);
	1305		#endif
	1306
	1307		void PDC_debug(const char *, ...);
	1308		int PDC_ungetch(int);
	1309		int PDC_set_blink(bool);
	1310		int PDC_set_line_color(short);
	1311		void PDC_set_title(const char *);
	1312
	1313		int PDC_clearclipboard(void);
	1314		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *);
	1315		int PDC_getclipboard(char **, long *);
	1316		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *, long);
	1317
	1318		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void);
	1319		unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void);
	1320		int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool);
	1321		int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool);
	1322
	1323		#ifdef XCURSES
	1324		WINDOW *Xinitscr(int, char **);
	1325		void XCursesExit(void);
	1326		int sb_init(void);
	1327		int sb_set_horz(int, int, int);
	1328		int sb_set_vert(int, int, int);
	1329		int sb_get_horz(int *, int *, int *);
	1330		int sb_get_vert(int *, int *, int *);
	1331		int sb_refresh(void);
	1332		#endif
	1333
	1334		/*** Functions defined as macros ***/
	1335
	1336		/* getch() and ungetch() conflict with some DOS libraries */
	1337
	1338		#define getch() wgetch(stdscr)
	1339		#define ungetch(ch) PDC_ungetch(ch)
	1340
	1341		#define COLOR_PAIR(n) (((chtype)(n) << PDC_COLOR_SHIFT) & A_COLOR)
	1342		#define PAIR_NUMBER(n) (((n) & A_COLOR) >> PDC_COLOR_SHIFT)
	1343
	1344		/* These will _only_ work as macros */
	1345
	1346		#define getbegyx(w, y, x) (y = getbegy(w), x = getbegx(w))
	1347		#define getmaxyx(w, y, x) (y = getmaxy(w), x = getmaxx(w))
	1348		#define getparyx(w, y, x) (y = getpary(w), x = getparx(w))
	1349		#define getyx(w, y, x) (y = getcury(w), x = getcurx(w))
	1350
	1351		#define getsyx(y, x) { if (curscr->_leaveit) (y)=(x)=-1; \
	1352		else getyx(curscr,(y),(x)); }
	1353
	1354		#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
	1355		# define getmouse(x) nc_getmouse(x)
	1356		#endif
	1357
	1358		/* return codes from PDC_getclipboard() and PDC_setclipboard() calls */
	1359
	1360		#define PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS 0
	1361		#define PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR 1
	1362		#define PDC_CLIP_EMPTY 2
	1363		#define PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR 3
	1364
	1365		/* PDCurses key modifier masks */
	1366
	1367		#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT 1
	1368		#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL 2
	1369		#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT 4
	1370		#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK 8
	1371
	1372		#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
	1373		# undef bool
	1374		}
	1375		#endif
	1376
	1377		#endif /* __PDCURSES__ */

File curspriv.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..8b34f01)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		/* $Id: curspriv.h,v 1.158 2008/07/13 16:08:16 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	4
	5		/* Private definitions and declarations for use within PDCurses.
	6		These should generally not be referenced by applications. */
	7
	8		#ifndef __CURSES_INTERNALS__
	9		#define __CURSES_INTERNALS__ 1
	10
	11		#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
	12		# include <config.h>
	13		#endif
	14
	15		#define CURSES_LIBRARY
	16		#include <curses.h>
	17
	18		#if defined(__TURBOC__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__DJGPP__) || \
	19		defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || \
	20		defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__PACIFIC__)
	21		# ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
	22		# define HAVE_VSSCANF /* have vsscanf() */
	23		# endif
	24		#endif
	25
	26		#if defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || \
	27		defined(__LCC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
	28		# ifndef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
	29		# define HAVE_VSNPRINTF /* have vsnprintf() */
	30		# endif
	31		#endif
	32
	33		#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE)
	34		# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1 /* kill nonsense warnings */
	35		#endif
	36
	37		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
	38
	39		typedef struct /* structure for ripped off lines */
	40		{
	41		int line;
	42		int (*init)(WINDOW *, int);
	43		} RIPPEDOFFLINE;
	44
	45		/* Window properties */
	46
	47		#define _SUBWIN 0x01 /* window is a subwindow */
	48		#define _PAD 0x10 /* X/Open Pad. */
	49		#define _SUBPAD 0x20 /* X/Open subpad. */
	50
	51		/* Miscellaneous */
	52
	53		#define _NO_CHANGE -1 /* flags line edge unchanged */
	54
	55		#define _ECHAR 0x08 /* Erase char (^H) */
	56		#define _DWCHAR 0x17 /* Delete Word char (^W) */
	57		#define _DLCHAR 0x15 /* Delete Line char (^U) */
	58
	59		extern WINDOW *pdc_lastscr;
	60		extern bool pdc_trace_on; /* tracing flag */
	61		extern bool pdc_color_started;
	62		extern unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers;
	63		extern MOUSE_STATUS pdc_mouse_status;
	64
	65		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
	66
	67		/* Platform implementation functions */
	68
	69		void PDC_beep(void);
	70		bool PDC_can_change_color(void);
	71		int PDC_color_content(short, short *, short *, short *);
	72		bool PDC_check_key(void);
	73		int PDC_curs_set(int);
	74		void PDC_flushinp(void);
	75		int PDC_get_columns(void);
	76		int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void);
	77		int PDC_get_key(void);
	78		int PDC_get_rows(void);
	79		void PDC_gotoyx(int, int);
	80		int PDC_init_color(short, short, short, short);
	81		void PDC_init_pair(short, short, short);
	82		int PDC_modifiers_set(void);
	83		int PDC_mouse_set(void);
	84		void PDC_napms(int);
	85		int PDC_pair_content(short, short *, short *);
	86		void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void);
	87		void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void);
	88		int PDC_resize_screen(int, int);
	89		void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int);
	90		void PDC_save_screen_mode(int);
	91		void PDC_scr_close(void);
	92		void PDC_scr_free(void);
	93		int PDC_scr_open(int, char **);
	94		void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool);
	95		void PDC_transform_line(int, int, int, const chtype *);
	96		const char *PDC_sysname(void);
	97
	98		/* Internal cross-module functions */
	99
	100		void PDC_init_atrtab(void);
	101		WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *);
	102		WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int, int, int, int);
	103		int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int, int);
	104		void PDC_slk_free(void);
	105		void PDC_slk_initialize(void);
	106		void PDC_sync(WINDOW *);
	107
	108		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	109		int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t);
	110		size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t);
	111		size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *, const wchar_t *, size_t);
	112		#endif
	113
	114		#ifdef PDCDEBUG
	115		# define PDC_LOG(x) if (pdc_trace_on) PDC_debug x
	116		# define RCSID(x) static const char *rcsid = x;
	117		#else
	118		# define PDC_LOG(x)
	119		# define RCSID(x)
	120		#endif
	121
	122		/* Internal macros for attributes */
	123
	124		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	125		# define PDC_COLOR_PAIRS 256
	126		#else
	127		# define PDC_COLOR_PAIRS 32
	128		#endif
	129
	130		#ifndef max
	131		# define max(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
	132		#endif
	133		#ifndef min
	134		# define min(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
	135		#endif
	136
	137		#define DIVROUND(num, divisor) ((num) + ((divisor) >> 1)) / (divisor)
	138
	139		#define PDC_CLICK_PERIOD 150 /* time to wait for a click, if
	140		not set by mouseinterval() */
	141
	142		#endif /* __CURSES_INTERNALS__*/

File demos/README added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..8f4b5c6)
	1		PDCurses Demos
	2		==============
	3
	4		This directory contains demonstration programs to show and test the
	5		capabilities of curses libraries. Some of them predate PDCurses,
	6		PCcurses or even pcurses/ncurses. Although some PDCurses-specific code
	7		has been added, all programs remain portable to other implementations
	8		(at a minimum, to ncurses).
	9
	10
	11		Building
	12		--------
	13
	14		The demos are built by the platform-specific makefiles, in the platform
	15		directories. Alternatively, you can build them manually, individually,
	16		and link with any curses library; e.g., "cc -lcurses -orain rain.c".
	17		There are no dependencies besides curses and the standard C library, and
	18		no configuration is needed.
	19
	20
	21		Distribution Status
	22		-------------------
	23
	24		Public Domain, except for rain.c and worm.c, which are under the ncurses
	25		license (MIT-like).

File demos/firework.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..8d7921f)
	1		/* $Id: firework.c,v 1.25 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	2
	3		#include <stdio.h>
	4		#include <signal.h>
	5		#include <curses.h>
	6		#include <ctype.h>
	7		#include <stdlib.h>
	8		#include <sys/types.h>
	9		#include <time.h>
	10
	11		#define DELAYSIZE 200
	12
	13		void myrefresh(void);
	14		void get_color(void);
	15		void explode(int, int);
	16
	17		short color_table[] =
	18		{
	19		COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_CYAN,
	20		COLOR_RED, COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_WHITE
	21		};
	22
	23		int main(int argc, char **argv)
	24		{
	25		int i, start, end, row, diff, flag, direction, seed;
	26
	27		#ifdef XCURSES
	28		Xinitscr(argc, argv);
	29		#else
	30		initscr();
	31		#endif
	32		nodelay(stdscr, TRUE);
	33		noecho();
	34
	35		if (has_colors())
	36		start_color();
	37
	38		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
	39		init_pair(i, color_table[i], COLOR_BLACK);
	40
	41		seed = time((time_t *)0);
	42		srand(seed);
	43		flag = 0;
	44
	45		while (getch() == ERR) /* loop until a key is hit */
	46		{
	47		do {
	48		start = rand() % (COLS - 3);
	49		end = rand() % (COLS - 3);
	50		start = (start < 2) ? 2 : start;
	51		end = (end < 2) ? 2 : end;
	52		direction = (start > end) ? -1 : 1;
	53		diff = abs(start - end);
	54
	55		} while (diff < 2 || diff >= LINES - 2);
	56
	57		attrset(A_NORMAL);
	58
	59		for (row = 0; row < diff; row++)
	60		{
	61		mvaddstr(LINES - row, row * direction + start,
	62		(direction < 0) ? "\\" : "/");
	63
	64		if (flag++)
	65		{
	66		myrefresh();
	67		erase();
	68		flag = 0;
	69		}
	70		}
	71
	72		if (flag++)
	73		{
	74		myrefresh();
	75		flag = 0;
	76		}
	77
	78		explode(LINES - row, diff * direction + start);
	79		erase();
	80		myrefresh();
	81		}
	82
	83		endwin();
	84
	85		return 0;
	86		}
	87
	88		void explode(int row, int col)
	89		{
	90		erase();
	91		mvaddstr(row, col, "-");
	92		myrefresh();
	93
	94		--col;
	95
	96		get_color();
	97		mvaddstr(row - 1, col, " - ");
	98		mvaddstr(row, col, "-+-");
	99		mvaddstr(row + 1, col, " - ");
	100		myrefresh();
	101
	102		--col;
	103
	104		get_color();
	105		mvaddstr(row - 2, col, " --- ");
	106		mvaddstr(row - 1, col, "-+++-");
	107		mvaddstr(row, col, "-+#+-");
	108		mvaddstr(row + 1, col, "-+++-");
	109		mvaddstr(row + 2, col, " --- ");
	110		myrefresh();
	111
	112		get_color();
	113		mvaddstr(row - 2, col, " +++ ");
	114		mvaddstr(row - 1, col, "++#++");
	115		mvaddstr(row, col, "+# #+");
	116		mvaddstr(row + 1, col, "++#++");
	117		mvaddstr(row + 2, col, " +++ ");
	118		myrefresh();
	119
	120		get_color();
	121		mvaddstr(row - 2, col, " # ");
	122		mvaddstr(row - 1, col, "## ##");
	123		mvaddstr(row, col, "# #");
	124		mvaddstr(row + 1, col, "## ##");
	125		mvaddstr(row + 2, col, " # ");
	126		myrefresh();
	127
	128		get_color();
	129		mvaddstr(row - 2, col, " # # ");
	130		mvaddstr(row - 1, col, "# #");
	131		mvaddstr(row, col, " ");
	132		mvaddstr(row + 1, col, "# #");
	133		mvaddstr(row + 2, col, " # # ");
	134		myrefresh();
	135		}
	136
	137		void myrefresh(void)
	138		{
	139		napms(DELAYSIZE);
	140		move(LINES - 1, COLS - 1);
	141		refresh();
	142		}
	143
	144		void get_color(void)
	145		{
	146		chtype bold = (rand() % 2) ? A_BOLD : A_NORMAL;
	147		attrset(COLOR_PAIR(rand() % 8) | bold);
	148		}

File demos/newdemo.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..3eae98d)
	1		/*
	2		* newdemo.c - A demo program using PDCurses. The program
	3		* illustrates the use of colors for text output.
	4		*
	5		* Hacks by jbuhler@cs.washington.edu on 12/29/96
	6		*
	7		* $Id: newdemo.c,v 1.39 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $
	8		*/
	9
	10		#include <stdio.h>
	11		#include <signal.h>
	12		#include <string.h>
	13		#include <curses.h>
	14		#include <stdlib.h>
	15		#include <time.h>
	16
	17		int WaitForUser(void);
	18		int SubWinTest(WINDOW *);
	19		int BouncingBalls(WINDOW *);
	20		void trap(int);
	21
	22		/* An ASCII map of Australia */
	23
	24		char *AusMap[17] =
	25		{
	26		" A ",
	27		" AA AA ",
	28		" N.T. AAAAA AAAA ",
	29		" AAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAA ",
	30		" AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA Qld.",
	31		" AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA ",
	32		" AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA ",
	33		" AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA ",
	34		" AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA N.S.W.",
	35		"W.A. AAAAAAAAA AAAAAA Vic.",
	36		" AAA S.A. AA",
	37		" A Tas.",
	38		""
	39		};
	40
	41		/* Funny messages for the scroller */
	42
	43		char *messages[] =
	44		{
	45		"Hello from the Land Down Under",
	46		"The Land of crocs, and a big Red Rock",
	47		"Where the sunflower runs along the highways",
	48		"The dusty red roads lead one to loneliness",
	49		"Blue sky in the morning and",
	50		"Freezing nights and twinkling stars",
	51		NULL
	52		};
	53
	54		int WaitForUser(void)
	55		{
	56		chtype ch;
	57
	58		nodelay(stdscr, TRUE);
	59		halfdelay(50);
	60
	61		ch = getch();
	62
	63		nodelay(stdscr, FALSE);
	64		nocbreak(); /* Reset the halfdelay() value */
	65		cbreak();
	66
	67		return (ch == '\033') ? ch : 0;
	68		}
	69
	70		int SubWinTest(WINDOW *win)
	71		{
	72		WINDOW *swin1, *swin2, *swin3;
	73		int w, h, sw, sh, bx, by;
	74
	75		wattrset(win, 0);
	76		getmaxyx(win, h, w);
	77		getbegyx(win, by, bx);
	78
	79		sw = w / 3;
	80		sh = h / 3;
	81
	82		if ((swin1 = derwin(win, sh, sw, 3, 5)) == NULL)
	83		return 1;
	84		if ((swin2 = subwin(win, sh, sw, by + 4, bx + 8)) == NULL)
	85		return 1;
	86		if ((swin3 = subwin(win, sh, sw, by + 5, bx + 11)) == NULL)
	87		return 1;
	88
	89		init_pair(8, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLUE);
	90		wbkgd(swin1, COLOR_PAIR(8));
	91		werase(swin1);
	92		mvwaddstr(swin1, 0, 3, "Sub-window 1");
	93		wrefresh(swin1);
	94
	95		init_pair(9, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_MAGENTA);
	96		wbkgd(swin2, COLOR_PAIR(9));
	97		werase(swin2);
	98		mvwaddstr(swin2, 0, 3, "Sub-window 2");
	99		wrefresh(swin2);
	100
	101		init_pair(10, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_GREEN);
	102		wbkgd(swin3, COLOR_PAIR(10));
	103		werase(swin3);
	104		mvwaddstr(swin3, 0, 3, "Sub-window 3");
	105		wrefresh(swin3);
	106
	107		delwin(swin1);
	108		delwin(swin2);
	109		delwin(swin3);
	110		WaitForUser();
	111
	112		return 0;
	113		}
	114
	115		int BouncingBalls(WINDOW *win)
	116		{
	117		chtype c1, c2, c3, ball1, ball2, ball3;
	118		int w, h, x1, y1, xd1, yd1, x2, y2, xd2, yd2, x3, y3, xd3, yd3, c;
	119
	120		curs_set(0);
	121
	122		wbkgd(win, COLOR_PAIR(1));
	123		wrefresh(win);
	124		wattrset(win, 0);
	125
	126		init_pair(11, COLOR_RED, COLOR_GREEN);
	127		init_pair(12, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_RED);
	128		init_pair(13, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_WHITE);
	129
	130		ball1 = 'O' | COLOR_PAIR(11);
	131		ball2 = '*' | COLOR_PAIR(12);
	132		ball3 = '@' | COLOR_PAIR(13);
	133
	134		getmaxyx(win, h, w);
	135
	136		x1 = 2 + rand() % (w - 4);
	137		y1 = 2 + rand() % (h - 4);
	138		x2 = 2 + rand() % (w - 4);
	139		y2 = 2 + rand() % (h - 4);
	140		x3 = 2 + rand() % (w - 4);
	141		y3 = 2 + rand() % (h - 4);
	142
	143		xd1 = 1;
	144		yd1 = 1;
	145		xd2 = 1;
	146		yd2 = -1;
	147		xd3 = -1;
	148		yd3 = 1;
	149
	150		nodelay(stdscr, TRUE);
	151
	152		while ((c = getch()) == ERR)
	153		{
	154		x1 += xd1;
	155		if (x1 <= 1 || x1 >= w - 2)
	156		xd1 *= -1;
	157
	158		y1 += yd1;
	159		if (y1 <= 1 || y1 >= h - 2)
	160		yd1 *= -1;
	161
	162		x2 += xd2;
	163		if (x2 <= 1 || x2 >= w - 2)
	164		xd2 *= -1;
	165
	166		y2 += yd2;
	167		if (y2 <= 1 || y2 >= h - 2)
	168		yd2 *= -1;
	169
	170		x3 += xd3;
	171		if (x3 <= 1 || x3 >= w - 2)
	172		xd3 *= -1;
	173
	174		y3 += yd3;
	175		if (y3 <= 1 || y3 >= h - 2)
	176		yd3 *= -1;
	177
	178		c1 = mvwinch(win, y1, x1);
	179		c2 = mvwinch(win, y2, x2);
	180		c3 = mvwinch(win, y3, x3);
	181
	182		mvwaddch(win, y1, x1, ball1);
	183		mvwaddch(win, y2, x2, ball2);
	184		mvwaddch(win, y3, x3, ball3);
	185
	186		wmove(win, 0, 0);
	187		wrefresh(win);
	188
	189		mvwaddch(win, y1, x1, c1);
	190		mvwaddch(win, y2, x2, c2);
	191		mvwaddch(win, y3, x3, c3);
	192
	193		napms(150);
	194		}
	195
	196		nodelay(stdscr, FALSE);
	197		ungetch(c);
	198		return 0;
	199		}
	200
	201		/* Trap interrupt */
	202
	203		void trap(int sig)
	204		{
	205		if (sig == SIGINT)
	206		{
	207		endwin();
	208
	209		exit(0);
	210		}
	211		}
	212
	213		int main(int argc, char **argv)
	214		{
	215		WINDOW *win;
	216		chtype save[80], ch;
	217		int width, height, w, x, y, i, j, seed;
	218
	219		#ifdef XCURSES
	220		Xinitscr(argc, argv);
	221		#else
	222		initscr();
	223		#endif
	224		seed = time((time_t *)0);
	225		srand(seed);
	226
	227		start_color();
	228		# if defined(NCURSES_VERSION) || (defined(PDC_BUILD) && PDC_BUILD > 3000)
	229		use_default_colors();
	230		# endif
	231		cbreak();
	232		noecho();
	233
	234		curs_set(0);
	235
	236		#if !defined(__TURBOC__) && !defined(OS2)
	237		signal(SIGINT, trap);
	238		#endif
	239		noecho();
	240
	241		/* refresh stdscr so that reading from it will not cause it to
	242		overwrite the other windows that are being created */
	243
	244		refresh();
	245
	246		/* Create a drawing window */
	247
	248		width = 48;
	249		height = 15;
	250
	251		win = newwin(height, width, (LINES - height) / 2, (COLS - width) / 2);
	252
	253		if (win == NULL)
	254		{
	255		endwin();
	256
	257		return 1;
	258		}
	259
	260		for (;;)
	261		{
	262		init_pair(1, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLUE);
	263		wbkgd(win, COLOR_PAIR(1));
	264		werase(win);
	265
	266		init_pair(2, COLOR_RED, COLOR_RED);
	267		wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(2));
	268		box(win, ' ', ' ');
	269		wrefresh(win);
	270
	271		wattrset(win, 0);
	272
	273		/* Do random output of a character */
	274
	275		ch = 'a';
	276
	277		nodelay(stdscr, TRUE);
	278
	279		for (i = 0; i < 5000; ++i)
	280		{
	281		x = rand() % (width - 2) + 1;
	282		y = rand() % (height - 2) + 1;
	283
	284		mvwaddch(win, y, x, ch);
	285		wrefresh(win);
	286
	287		if (getch() != ERR)
	288		break;
	289
	290		if (i == 2000)
	291		{
	292		ch = 'b';
	293		init_pair(3, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_YELLOW);
	294		wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(3));
	295		}
	296		}
	297
	298		nodelay(stdscr, FALSE);
	299
	300		SubWinTest(win);
	301
	302		/* Erase and draw green window */
	303
	304		init_pair(4, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_GREEN);
	305		wbkgd(win, COLOR_PAIR(4));
	306		wattrset(win, A_BOLD);
	307		werase(win);
	308		wrefresh(win);
	309
	310		/* Draw RED bounding box */
	311
	312		wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(2));
	313		box(win, ' ', ' ');
	314		wrefresh(win);
	315
	316		/* Display Australia map */
	317
	318		wattrset(win, A_BOLD);
	319		i = 0;
	320
	321		while (*AusMap[i])
	322		{
	323		mvwaddstr(win, i + 1, 8, AusMap[i]);
	324		wrefresh(win);
	325		napms(100);
	326		++i;
	327		}
	328
	329		init_pair(5, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_WHITE);
	330		wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(5) | A_BLINK);
	331		mvwaddstr(win, height - 2, 3,
	332		" PDCurses 3.4 - DOS, OS/2, Win32, X11, SDL");
	333		wrefresh(win);
	334
	335		/* Draw running messages */
	336
	337		init_pair(6, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_WHITE);
	338		wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(6));
	339		w = width - 2;
	340		nodelay(win, TRUE);
	341
	342		/* jbuhler's re-hacked scrolling messages */
	343
	344		for (j = 0; messages[j] != NULL; j++)
	345		{
	346		char *message = messages[j];
	347		int msg_len = strlen(message);
	348		int scroll_len = w + 2 * msg_len;
	349		char *scrollbuf = malloc(scroll_len);
	350		char *visbuf = scrollbuf + msg_len;
	351		int stop = 0;
	352		int i;
	353
	354		for (i = w + msg_len; i > 0; i--)
	355		{
	356		memset(visbuf, ' ', w);
	357		strncpy(scrollbuf + i, message, msg_len);
	358		mvwaddnstr(win, height / 2, 1, visbuf, w);
	359		wrefresh(win);
	360
	361		if (wgetch(win) != ERR)
	362		{
	363		flushinp();
	364		stop = 1;
	365		break;
	366		}
	367
	368		napms(100);
	369		}
	370
	371		free(scrollbuf);
	372
	373		if (stop)
	374		break;
	375		}
	376
	377		j = 0;
	378
	379		/* Draw running 'A's across in RED */
	380
	381		init_pair(7, COLOR_RED, COLOR_GREEN);
	382		wattron(win, COLOR_PAIR(7));
	383
	384		for (i = 2; i < width - 4; ++i)
	385		{
	386		ch = mvwinch(win, 5, i);
	387		save[j++] = ch;
	388		ch = ch & 0x7f;
	389		mvwaddch(win, 5, i, ch);
	390		}
	391
	392		wrefresh(win);
	393
	394		/* Put a message up; wait for a key */
	395
	396		i = height - 2;
	397		wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(5));
	398		mvwaddstr(win, i, 3,
	399		" Type a key to continue or ESC to quit ");
	400		wrefresh(win);
	401
	402		if (WaitForUser() == '\033')
	403		break;
	404
	405		/* Restore the old line */
	406
	407		wattrset(win, 0);
	408
	409		for (i = 2, j = 0; i < width - 4; ++i)
	410		mvwaddch(win, 5, i, save[j++]);
	411
	412		wrefresh(win);
	413
	414		BouncingBalls(win);
	415
	416		/* BouncingBalls() leaves a keystroke in the queue */
	417
	418		if (WaitForUser() == '\033')
	419		break;
	420		}
	421
	422		endwin();
	423
	424		return 0;
	425		}

File demos/ptest.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..1134f6f)
	1		/* $Id: ptest.c,v 1.24 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	2
	3		#include <curses.h>
	4		#include <panel.h>
	5		#include <stdlib.h>
	6
	7		PANEL *p1, *p2, *p3, *p4, *p5;
	8		WINDOW *w4, *w5;
	9
	10		long nap_msec = 1;
	11
	12		char *mod[] =
	13		{
	14		"test ", "TEST ", "(**) ", "*()* ", "<--> ", "LAST "
	15		};
	16
	17		void pflush(void)
	18		{
	19		update_panels();
	20		doupdate();
	21		}
	22
	23		void backfill(void)
	24		{
	25		int y, x;
	26
	27		erase();
	28
	29		for (y = 0; y < LINES - 1; y++)
	30		for (x = 0; x < COLS; x++)
	31		printw("%d", (y + x) % 10);
	32		}
	33
	34		void wait_a_while(long msec)
	35		{
	36		int c;
	37
	38		if (msec != 1)
	39		timeout(msec);
	40
	41		c = getch();
	42
	43		if (c == 'q')
	44		{
	45		endwin();
	46		exit(1);
	47		}
	48		}
	49
	50		void saywhat(const char *text)
	51		{
	52		mvprintw(LINES - 1, 0, "%-20.20s", text);
	53		}
	54
	55		/* mkpanel - alloc a win and panel and associate them */
	56
	57		PANEL *mkpanel(int rows, int cols, int tly, int tlx)
	58		{
	59		WINDOW *win = newwin(rows, cols, tly, tlx);
	60		PANEL *pan = (PANEL *)0;
	61
	62		if (win)
	63		{
	64		pan = new_panel(win);
	65
	66		if (!pan)
	67		delwin(win);
	68		}
	69
	70		return pan;
	71		}
	72
	73		void rmpanel(PANEL *pan)
	74		{
	75		WINDOW *win = pan->win;
	76
	77		del_panel(pan);
	78		delwin(win);
	79		}
	80
	81		void fill_panel(PANEL *pan)
	82		{
	83		WINDOW *win = pan->win;
	84		char num = *((char *)pan->user + 1);
	85		int y, x, maxy, maxx;
	86
	87		box(win, 0, 0);
	88		mvwprintw(win, 1, 1, "-pan%c-", num);
	89		getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
	90
	91		for (y = 2; y < maxy - 1; y++)
	92		for (x = 1; x < maxx - 1; x++)
	93		mvwaddch(win, y, x, num);
	94		}
	95
	96		int main(int argc, char **argv)
	97		{
	98		int itmp, y;
	99
	100		if (argc > 1 && atol(argv[1]))
	101		nap_msec = atol(argv[1]);
	102
	103		#ifdef XCURSES
	104		Xinitscr(argc, argv);
	105		#else
	106		initscr();
	107		#endif
	108		backfill();
	109
	110		for (y = 0; y < 5; y++)
	111		{
	112		p1 = mkpanel(10, 10, 0, 0);
	113		set_panel_userptr(p1, "p1");
	114
	115		p2 = mkpanel(14, 14, 5, 5);
	116		set_panel_userptr(p2, "p2");
	117
	118		p3 = mkpanel(6, 8, 12, 12);
	119		set_panel_userptr(p3, "p3");
	120
	121		p4 = mkpanel(10, 10, 10, 30);
	122		w4 = panel_window(p4);
	123		set_panel_userptr(p4, "p4");
	124
	125		p5 = mkpanel(10, 10, 13, 37);
	126		w5 = panel_window(p5);
	127		set_panel_userptr(p5, "p5");
	128
	129		fill_panel(p1);
	130		fill_panel(p2);
	131		fill_panel(p3);
	132		fill_panel(p4);
	133		fill_panel(p5);
	134		hide_panel(p4);
	135		hide_panel(p5);
	136		pflush();
	137		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	138
	139		saywhat("h3 s1 s2 s4 s5;");
	140		move_panel(p1, 0, 0);
	141		hide_panel(p3);
	142		show_panel(p1);
	143		show_panel(p2);
	144		show_panel(p4);
	145		show_panel(p5);
	146		pflush();
	147		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	148
	149		saywhat("s1;");
	150		show_panel(p1);
	151		pflush();
	152		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	153
	154		saywhat("s2;");
	155		show_panel(p2);
	156		pflush();
	157		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	158
	159		saywhat("m2;");
	160		move_panel(p2, 10, 10);
	161		pflush();
	162		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	163
	164		saywhat("s3;");
	165		show_panel(p3);
	166		pflush();
	167		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	168
	169		saywhat("m3;");
	170		move_panel(p3, 5, 5);
	171		pflush();
	172		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	173
	174		saywhat("b3;");
	175		bottom_panel(p3);
	176		pflush();
	177		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	178
	179		saywhat("s4;");
	180		show_panel(p4);
	181		pflush();
	182		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	183
	184		saywhat("s5;");
	185		show_panel(p5);
	186		pflush();
	187		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	188
	189		saywhat("t3;");
	190		top_panel(p3);
	191		pflush();
	192		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	193
	194		saywhat("t1;");
	195		top_panel(p1);
	196		pflush();
	197		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	198
	199		saywhat("t2;");
	200		top_panel(p2);
	201		pflush();
	202		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	203
	204		saywhat("t3;");
	205		top_panel(p3);
	206		pflush();
	207		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	208
	209		saywhat("t4;");
	210		top_panel(p4);
	211		pflush();
	212		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	213
	214		for (itmp = 0; itmp < 6; itmp++)
	215		{
	216		saywhat("m4;");
	217		mvwaddstr(w4, 3, 1, mod[itmp]);
	218		move_panel(p4, 4, itmp * 10);
	219		mvwaddstr(w5, 4, 1, mod[itmp]);
	220		pflush();
	221		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	222
	223		saywhat("m5;");
	224		mvwaddstr(w4, 4, 1, mod[itmp]);
	225		move_panel(p5, 7, itmp * 10 + 6);
	226		mvwaddstr(w5, 3, 1, mod[itmp]);
	227		pflush();
	228		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	229		}
	230
	231		saywhat("m4;");
	232		move_panel(p4, 4, itmp * 10);
	233		pflush();
	234		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	235
	236		saywhat("t5;");
	237		top_panel(p5);
	238		pflush();
	239		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	240
	241		saywhat("t2;");
	242		top_panel(p2);
	243		pflush();
	244		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	245
	246		saywhat("t1;");
	247		top_panel(p1);
	248		pflush();
	249		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	250
	251		saywhat("d2;");
	252		rmpanel(p2);
	253		pflush();
	254		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	255
	256		saywhat("h3;");
	257		hide_panel(p3);
	258		pflush();
	259		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	260
	261		saywhat("d1;");
	262		rmpanel(p1);
	263		pflush();
	264		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	265
	266		saywhat("d4; ");
	267		rmpanel(p4);
	268		pflush();
	269		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	270
	271		saywhat("d5; ");
	272		rmpanel(p5);
	273		pflush();
	274		wait_a_while(nap_msec);
	275
	276		if (nap_msec == 1)
	277		break;
	278
	279		nap_msec = 100L;
	280		}
	281
	282		endwin();
	283
	284		return 0;
	285		} /* end of main */

File demos/rain.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..51d05a9)
	1		/****************************************************************************
	2		* Copyright (c) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
	3		* *
	4		* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
	5		* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
	6		* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
	7		* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
	8		* distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
	9		* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
	10		* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
	11		* *
	12		* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
	13		* in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
	14		* *
	15		* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
	16		* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
	17		* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
	18		* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
	19		* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
	20		* OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
	21		* THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
	22		* *
	23		* Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
	24		* holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
	25		* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
	26		* authorization. *
	27		****************************************************************************/
	28
	29		/* $Id: rain.c,v 1.11 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	30
	31		#include <curses.h>
	32		#include <stdlib.h>
	33		#include <time.h>
	34
	35		/* rain 11/3/1980 EPS/CITHEP */
	36
	37		static int next_j(int j)
	38		{
	39		if (j == 0)
	40		j = 4;
	41		else
	42		--j;
	43
	44		if (has_colors())
	45		{
	46		int z = rand() % 3;
	47		chtype color = COLOR_PAIR(z);
	48
	49		if (z)
	50		color |= A_BOLD;
	51
	52		attrset(color);
	53		}
	54
	55		return j;
	56		}
	57
	58		int main(int argc, char *argv[])
	59		{
	60		int x, y, j, r, c, seed;
	61		static int xpos[5], ypos[5];
	62
	63		#ifdef XCURSES
	64		Xinitscr(argc, argv);
	65		#else
	66		initscr();
	67		#endif
	68		seed = time((time_t *)0);
	69		srand(seed);
	70
	71		if (has_colors())
	72		{
	73		int bg = COLOR_BLACK;
	74
	75		start_color();
	76
	77		#if defined(NCURSES_VERSION) || (defined(PDC_BUILD) && PDC_BUILD > 3000)
	78		if (use_default_colors() == OK)
	79		bg = -1;
	80		#endif
	81		init_pair(1, COLOR_BLUE, bg);
	82		init_pair(2, COLOR_CYAN, bg);
	83		}
	84
	85		nl();
	86		noecho();
	87		curs_set(0);
	88		timeout(0);
	89		keypad(stdscr, TRUE);
	90
	91		r = LINES - 4;
	92		c = COLS - 4;
	93
	94		for (j = 5; --j >= 0;)
	95		{
	96		xpos[j] = rand() % c + 2;
	97		ypos[j] = rand() % r + 2;
	98		}
	99
	100		for (j = 0;;)
	101		{
	102		x = rand() % c + 2;
	103		y = rand() % r + 2;
	104
	105		mvaddch(y, x, '.');
	106
	107		mvaddch(ypos[j], xpos[j], 'o');
	108
	109		j = next_j(j);
	110		mvaddch(ypos[j], xpos[j], 'O');
	111
	112		j = next_j(j);
	113		mvaddch(ypos[j] - 1, xpos[j], '-');
	114		mvaddstr(ypos[j], xpos[j] - 1, "|.|");
	115		mvaddch(ypos[j] + 1, xpos[j], '-');
	116
	117		j = next_j(j);
	118		mvaddch(ypos[j] - 2, xpos[j], '-');
	119		mvaddstr(ypos[j] - 1, xpos[j] - 1, "/ \\");
	120		mvaddstr(ypos[j], xpos[j] - 2, "| O |");
	121		mvaddstr(ypos[j] + 1, xpos[j] - 1, "\\ /");
	122		mvaddch(ypos[j] + 2, xpos[j], '-');
	123
	124		j = next_j(j);
	125		mvaddch(ypos[j] - 2, xpos[j], ' ');
	126		mvaddstr(ypos[j] - 1, xpos[j] - 1, " ");
	127		mvaddstr(ypos[j], xpos[j] - 2, " ");
	128		mvaddstr(ypos[j] + 1, xpos[j] - 1, " ");
	129		mvaddch(ypos[j] + 2, xpos[j], ' ');
	130
	131		xpos[j] = x;
	132		ypos[j] = y;
	133
	134		switch (getch())
	135		{
	136		case 'q':
	137		case 'Q':
	138		curs_set(1);
	139		endwin();
	140		return EXIT_SUCCESS;
	141		case 's':
	142		nodelay(stdscr, FALSE);
	143		break;
	144		case ' ':
	145		nodelay(stdscr, TRUE);
	146		#ifdef KEY_RESIZE
	147		break;
	148		case KEY_RESIZE:
	149		# ifdef PDCURSES
	150		resize_term(0, 0);
	151		erase();
	152		# endif
	153		r = LINES - 4;
	154		c = COLS - 4;
	155		#endif
	156		}
	157		napms(50);
	158		}
	159		}

File demos/testcurs.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..5b330f5)
	1		/*
	2		* This is a test program for PDCurses. Originally by
	3		* John Burnell <johnb@kea.am.dsir.govt.nz>
	4		*
	5		* wrs(5/28/93) -- modified to be consistent (perform identically)
	6		* with either PDCurses or under Unix System V, R4
	7		*
	8		* $Id: testcurs.c,v 1.85 2008/07/14 12:35:23 wmcbrine Exp $
	9		*/
	10
	11		#ifndef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
	12		# define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1
	13		#endif
	14
	15		#include <stdio.h>
	16		#include <ctype.h>
	17		#include <string.h>
	18		#include <curses.h>
	19
	20		#ifdef WACS_S1
	21		# define HAVE_WIDE 1
	22		#else
	23		# define HAVE_WIDE 0
	24		#endif
	25
	26		#include <locale.h>
	27
	28		#if HAVE_WIDE
	29		# include <wchar.h>
	30		#endif
	31
	32		#if defined(PDCURSES) && !defined(XCURSES)
	33		# define HAVE_RESIZE 1
	34		#else
	35		# define HAVE_RESIZE 0
	36		#endif
	37
	38		#ifdef A_COLOR
	39		# define HAVE_COLOR 1
	40		#else
	41		# define HAVE_COLOR 0
	42		#endif
	43
	44		/* Set to non-zero if you want to test the PDCurses clipboard */
	45
	46		#define HAVE_CLIPBOARD 0
	47
	48		void inputTest(WINDOW *);
	49		void scrollTest(WINDOW *);
	50		void introTest(WINDOW *);
	51		int initTest(WINDOW **, int, char **);
	52		void outputTest(WINDOW *);
	53		void padTest(WINDOW *);
	54		void acsTest(WINDOW *);
	55
	56		#if HAVE_COLOR
	57		void colorTest(WINDOW *);
	58		#endif
	59
	60		#if HAVE_RESIZE
	61		void resizeTest(WINDOW *);
	62		#endif
	63
	64		#if HAVE_CLIPBOARD
	65		void clipboardTest(WINDOW *);
	66		#endif
	67
	68		#if HAVE_WIDE
	69		void wideTest(WINDOW *);
	70		#endif
	71
	72		void display_menu(int, int);
	73
	74		struct commands
	75		{
	76		const char *text;
	77		void (*function)(WINDOW *);
	78		};
	79
	80		typedef struct commands COMMAND;
	81
	82		#define MAX_OPTIONS (6 + HAVE_COLOR + HAVE_RESIZE + HAVE_CLIPBOARD + HAVE_WIDE)
	83
	84		COMMAND command[MAX_OPTIONS] =
	85		{
	86		{"Intro Test", introTest},
	87		{"Pad Test", padTest},
	88		#if HAVE_RESIZE
	89		{"Resize Test", resizeTest},
	90		#endif
	91		{"Scroll Test", scrollTest},
	92		{"Input Test", inputTest},
	93		{"Output Test", outputTest},
	94		{"ACS Test", acsTest},
	95		#if HAVE_COLOR
	96		{"Color Test", colorTest},
	97		#endif
	98		#if HAVE_CLIPBOARD
	99		{"Clipboard Test", clipboardTest},
	100		#endif
	101		#if HAVE_WIDE
	102		{"Wide Input", wideTest}
	103		#endif
	104		};
	105
	106		int width, height;
	107
	108		int main(int argc, char *argv[])
	109		{
	110		WINDOW *win;
	111		int key, old_option = -1, new_option = 0;
	112		bool quit = FALSE;
	113
	114		setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
	115
	116		if (initTest(&win, argc, argv))
	117		return 1;
	118
	119		#ifdef A_COLOR
	120		if (has_colors())
	121		{
	122		init_pair(1, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLUE);
	123		wbkgd(win, COLOR_PAIR(1));
	124		}
	125		else
	126		#endif
	127		wbkgd(win, A_REVERSE);
	128
	129		erase();
	130		display_menu(old_option, new_option);
	131
	132		while (1)
	133		{
	134		noecho();
	135		keypad(stdscr, TRUE);
	136		raw();
	137
	138		key = getch();
	139
	140		switch(key)
	141		{
	142		case 10:
	143		case 13:
	144		case KEY_ENTER:
	145		old_option = -1;
	146		erase();
	147		refresh();
	148		(*command[new_option].function)(win);
	149		erase();
	150		display_menu(old_option, new_option);
	151		break;
	152
	153		case KEY_PPAGE:
	154		case KEY_HOME:
	155		old_option = new_option;
	156		new_option = 0;
	157		display_menu(old_option, new_option);
	158		break;
	159
	160		case KEY_NPAGE:
	161		case KEY_END:
	162		old_option = new_option;
	163		new_option = MAX_OPTIONS - 1;
	164		display_menu(old_option, new_option);
	165		break;
	166
	167		case KEY_UP:
	168		old_option = new_option;
	169		new_option = (new_option == 0) ?
	170		new_option : new_option - 1;
	171		display_menu(old_option, new_option);
	172		break;
	173
	174		case KEY_DOWN:
	175		old_option = new_option;
	176		new_option = (new_option == MAX_OPTIONS - 1) ?
	177		new_option : new_option + 1;
	178		display_menu(old_option, new_option);
	179		break;
	180		#ifdef KEY_RESIZE
	181		case KEY_RESIZE:
	182		# ifdef PDCURSES
	183		resize_term(0, 0);
	184		# endif
	185		old_option = -1;
	186		erase();
	187		display_menu(old_option, new_option);
	188		break;
	189		#endif
	190		case 'Q':
	191		case 'q':
	192		quit = TRUE;
	193		}
	194
	195		if (quit == TRUE)
	196		break;
	197		}
	198
	199		delwin(win);
	200		endwin();
	201
	202		return 0;
	203		}
	204
	205		void Continue(WINDOW *win)
	206		{
	207		mvwaddstr(win, 10, 1, " Press any key to continue");
	208		wrefresh(win);
	209		raw();
	210		wgetch(win);
	211		}
	212
	213		void Continue2(void)
	214		{
	215		move(LINES - 1, 1);
	216		clrtoeol();
	217		mvaddstr(LINES - 2, 1, " Press any key to continue");
	218		refresh();
	219		raw();
	220		getch();
	221		}
	222
	223		int initTest(WINDOW **win, int argc, char *argv[])
	224		{
	225		#ifdef XCURSES
	226		Xinitscr(argc, argv);
	227		#else
	228		initscr();
	229		#endif
	230		#ifdef A_COLOR
	231		if (has_colors())
	232		start_color();
	233		#endif
	234		/* Create a drawing window */
	235
	236		width = 60;
	237		height = 13;
	238
	239		*win = newwin(height, width, (LINES - height) / 2, (COLS - width) / 2);
	240
	241		if (*win == NULL)
	242		{
	243		endwin();
	244		return 1;
	245		}
	246
	247		return 0;
	248		}
	249
	250		void introTest(WINDOW *win)
	251		{
	252		werase(win);
	253		wmove(win, height / 2 - 5, width / 2);
	254		wvline(win, ACS_VLINE, 10);
	255		wmove(win, height / 2, width / 2 - 10);
	256		whline(win, ACS_HLINE, 20);
	257		Continue(win);
	258
	259		beep();
	260		werase(win);
	261
	262		box(win, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
	263		wrefresh(win);
	264
	265		cbreak();
	266		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1,
	267		"You should have a rectangle in the middle of the screen");
	268		mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "You should have heard a beep");
	269		Continue(win);
	270
	271		flash();
	272		mvwaddstr(win, 3, 1, "You should have seen a flash");
	273		Continue(win);
	274		}
	275
	276		void scrollTest(WINDOW *win)
	277		{
	278		int i, OldY;
	279		#ifndef PDCURSES
	280		int OldX;
	281		#endif
	282		werase(win);
	283		mvwaddstr(win, height - 2, 1, "The window will now scroll slowly");
	284		box(win, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
	285		wrefresh(win);
	286		scrollok(win, TRUE);
	287		napms(500);
	288
	289		for (i = 1; i <= height; i++)
	290		{
	291		napms(150);
	292		scroll(win);
	293		wrefresh(win);
	294		};
	295
	296		#ifdef PDCURSES
	297		OldY = getmaxy(win);
	298		#else
	299		getmaxyx(win, OldY, OldX);
	300		#endif
	301		mvwaddstr(win, 6, 1, "The top of the window will scroll");
	302		wmove(win, 1, 1);
	303		wsetscrreg(win, 0, 4);
	304		box(win, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
	305		wrefresh(win);
	306
	307		for (i = 1; i <= 5; i++)
	308		{
	309		napms(500);
	310		scroll(win);
	311		wrefresh(win);
	312		}
	313
	314		mvwaddstr(win, 3, 1, "The bottom of the window will scroll");
	315		wmove(win, 8, 1);
	316		wsetscrreg(win, 5, --OldY);
	317		box(win, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
	318		wrefresh(win);
	319
	320		for (i = 5; i <= OldY; i++)
	321		{
	322		napms(300);
	323		wscrl(win, -1);
	324		wrefresh(win);
	325		}
	326
	327		wsetscrreg(win, 0, OldY);
	328		}
	329
	330		void inputTest(WINDOW *win)
	331		{
	332		int w, h, bx, by, sw, sh, i, c, num = 0;
	333		char buffer[80];
	334		WINDOW *subWin;
	335		static const char spinner[4] = "/-\\|";
	336		int spinner_count = 0;
	337
	338		wclear(win);
	339
	340		getmaxyx(win, h, w);
	341		getbegyx(win, by, bx);
	342
	343		sw = w / 3;
	344		sh = h / 3;
	345
	346		if ((subWin = subwin(win, sh, sw, by + h - sh - 2, bx + w - sw - 2))
	347		== NULL)
	348		return;
	349
	350		#ifdef A_COLOR
	351		if (has_colors())
	352		{
	353		init_pair(2, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_RED);
	354		wbkgd(subWin, COLOR_PAIR(2) | A_BOLD);
	355		}
	356		else
	357		#endif
	358		wbkgd(subWin, A_BOLD);
	359
	360		box(subWin, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
	361		wrefresh(win);
	362
	363		nocbreak();
	364
	365		wclear (win);
	366		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1,
	367		"Press keys (or mouse buttons) to show their names");
	368		mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "Press spacebar to finish");
	369		wrefresh(win);
	370
	371		keypad(win, TRUE);
	372		raw();
	373		noecho();
	374
	375		wtimeout(win, 200);
	376
	377		#ifdef PDCURSES
	378		mouse_set(ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS);
	379		PDC_save_key_modifiers(TRUE);
	380		PDC_return_key_modifiers(TRUE);
	381		#endif
	382		curs_set(0); /* turn cursor off */
	383
	384		while (1)
	385		{
	386		while (1)
	387		{
	388		c = wgetch(win);
	389
	390		if (c == ERR)
	391		{
	392		spinner_count++;
	393		if (spinner_count == 4)
	394		spinner_count = 0;
	395		mvwaddch(win, 3, 3, spinner[spinner_count]);
	396		wrefresh(win);
	397		}
	398		else
	399		break;
	400		}
	401		#ifdef PDCURSES
	402		wmove(win, 4, 18);
	403		wclrtoeol(win);
	404		#endif
	405		mvwaddstr(win, 3, 5, "Key Pressed: ");
	406		wclrtoeol(win);
	407
	408		if (c >= KEY_MIN)
	409		wprintw(win, "%s", keyname(c));
	410		else if (isprint(c))
	411		wprintw(win, "%c", c);
	412		else
	413		wprintw(win, "%s", unctrl(c));
	414		#ifdef PDCURSES
	415		if (c == KEY_MOUSE)
	416		{
	417		int button = 0;
	418		request_mouse_pos();
	419
	420		if (BUTTON_CHANGED(1))
	421		button = 1;
	422		else if (BUTTON_CHANGED(2))
	423		button = 2;
	424		else if (BUTTON_CHANGED(3))
	425		button = 3;
	426
	427		if (button && (BUTTON_STATUS(button) &
	428		BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK))
	429		{
	430		waddstr(win, " Modifier(s):");
	431
	432		if (BUTTON_STATUS(button) & BUTTON_SHIFT)
	433		waddstr(win, " SHIFT");
	434
	435		if (BUTTON_STATUS(button) & BUTTON_CONTROL)
	436		waddstr(win, " CONTROL");
	437
	438		if (BUTTON_STATUS(button) & BUTTON_ALT)
	439		waddstr(win, " ALT");
	440		}
	441
	442		wmove(win, 4, 18);
	443		wclrtoeol(win);
	444		wprintw(win, "Button %d: ", button);
	445
	446		if (MOUSE_MOVED)
	447		waddstr(win, "moved: ");
	448		else if (MOUSE_WHEEL_UP)
	449		waddstr(win, "wheel up: ");
	450		else if (MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN)
	451		waddstr(win, "wheel dn: ");
	452		else if ((BUTTON_STATUS(button) &
	453		BUTTON_ACTION_MASK) == BUTTON_PRESSED)
	454		waddstr(win, "pressed: ");
	455		else if ((BUTTON_STATUS(button) &
	456		BUTTON_ACTION_MASK) == BUTTON_CLICKED)
	457		waddstr(win, "clicked: ");
	458		else if ((BUTTON_STATUS(button) &
	459		BUTTON_ACTION_MASK) == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
	460		waddstr(win, "double: ");
	461		else
	462		waddstr(win, "released: ");
	463
	464		wprintw(win, "Position: Y: %d X: %d", MOUSE_Y_POS, MOUSE_X_POS);
	465		}
	466		else if (PDC_get_key_modifiers())
	467		{
	468		waddstr(win, " Modifier(s):");
	469		if (PDC_get_key_modifiers() & PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT)
	470		waddstr(win, " SHIFT");
	471
	472		if (PDC_get_key_modifiers() & PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL)
	473		waddstr(win, " CONTROL");
	474
	475		if (PDC_get_key_modifiers() & PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT)
	476		waddstr(win, " ALT");
	477
	478		if (PDC_get_key_modifiers() & PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK)
	479		waddstr(win, " NUMLOCK");
	480		}
	481		#endif
	482		wrefresh(win);
	483
	484		if (c == ' ')
	485		break;
	486		}
	487
	488		wtimeout(win, -1); /* turn off timeout() */
	489		curs_set(1); /* turn cursor back on */
	490
	491		#ifdef PDCURSES
	492		mouse_set(0L);
	493		PDC_save_key_modifiers(FALSE);
	494		PDC_return_key_modifiers(FALSE);
	495		#endif
	496		wclear(win);
	497		mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "Press some keys for 5 seconds");
	498		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "Pressing ^C should do nothing");
	499		wrefresh(win);
	500
	501		werase(subWin);
	502		box(subWin, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
	503
	504		for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
	505		{
	506		mvwprintw(subWin, 1, 1, "Time = %d", i);
	507		wrefresh(subWin);
	508		napms(1000);
	509		flushinp();
	510		}
	511
	512		delwin(subWin);
	513		werase(win);
	514		flash();
	515		wrefresh(win);
	516		napms(500);
	517		flushinp();
	518
	519		mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "Press a key, followed by ENTER");
	520		wmove(win, 9, 10);
	521		wrefresh(win);
	522		echo();
	523
	524		keypad(win, TRUE);
	525		raw();
	526		wgetnstr(win, buffer, 3);
	527		flushinp();
	528
	529		wmove(win, 9, 10);
	530		wdelch(win);
	531		mvwaddstr(win, 4, 1, "The character should now have been deleted");
	532		Continue(win);
	533
	534		refresh();
	535		wclear(win);
	536		echo();
	537		buffer[0] = '\0';
	538		mvwaddstr(win, 3, 2, "The window should have moved");
	539		mvwaddstr(win, 4, 2,
	540		"This text should have appeared without you pressing a key");
	541		mvwaddstr(win, 6, 2, "Enter a number then a string seperated by space");
	542		mvwin(win, 2, 1);
	543		wrefresh(win);
	544		mvwscanw(win, 7, 6, "%d %s", &num, buffer);
	545		mvwprintw(win, 8, 6, "String: %s Number: %d", buffer, num);
	546		Continue(win);
	547
	548		refresh();
	549		wclear(win);
	550		echo();
	551		mvwaddstr(win, 3, 2, "Enter a 5 character string: ");
	552		wgetnstr(win, buffer, 5);
	553		mvwprintw(win, 4, 2, "String: %s", buffer);
	554		Continue(win);
	555		}
	556
	557		void outputTest(WINDOW *win)
	558		{
	559		WINDOW *win1;
	560		char Buffer[80];
	561		chtype ch;
	562		int by, bx;
	563
	564		nl();
	565		wclear(win);
	566		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "You should now have a screen in the upper "
	567		"left corner, and this text should have wrapped");
	568		waddstr(win,"\nThis text should be down\n");
	569		waddstr(win, "and broken into two here ^");
	570		Continue(win);
	571
	572		wclear(win);
	573		wattron(win, A_BOLD);
	574		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "A new window will appear with this text in it");
	575		mvwaddstr(win, 8, 1, "Press any key to continue");
	576		wrefresh(win);
	577		wgetch(win);
	578
	579		getbegyx(win, by, bx);
	580
	581		if (LINES < 24 || COLS < 75)
	582		{
	583		mvwaddstr(win, 5, 1, "Some tests have been skipped as they require a");
	584		mvwaddstr(win, 6, 1, "display of at least 24 LINES by 75 COLUMNS");
	585		Continue(win);
	586		}
	587		else
	588		{
	589		win1 = newwin(10, 50, 14, 25);
	590
	591		if (win1 == NULL)
	592		{
	593		endwin();
	594		return;
	595		}
	596
	597		#ifdef A_COLOR
	598		if (has_colors())
	599		{
	600		init_pair(3, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_WHITE);
	601		wbkgd(win1, COLOR_PAIR(3));
	602		}
	603		else
	604		#endif
	605		wbkgd(win1, A_NORMAL);
	606
	607		wclear(win1);
	608		mvwaddstr(win1, 5, 1, "This text should appear; using overlay option");
	609		copywin(win, win1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 9, 49, TRUE);
	610		box(win1, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE);
	611		wmove(win1, 8, 26);
	612		wrefresh(win1);
	613		wgetch(win1);
	614
	615		wclear(win1);
	616
	617		wattron(win1, A_BLINK);
	618		mvwaddstr(win1, 4, 1,
	619		"This blinking text should appear in only the second window");
	620		wattroff(win1, A_BLINK);
	621
	622		mvwin(win1, by, bx);
	623		overlay(win, win1);
	624		mvwin(win1, 14, 25);
	625		wmove(win1, 8, 26);
	626		wrefresh(win1);
	627		wgetch(win1);
	628
	629		delwin(win1);
	630		}
	631
	632		clear();
	633		wclear(win);
	634		wrefresh(win);
	635		mvwaddstr(win, 6, 2, "This line shouldn't appear");
	636		mvwaddstr(win, 4, 2, "Only half of the next line is visible");
	637		mvwaddstr(win, 5, 2, "Only half of the next line is visible");
	638		wmove(win, 6, 1);
	639		wclrtobot(win);
	640		wmove(win, 5, 20);
	641		wclrtoeol(win);
	642		mvwaddstr(win, 8, 2, "This line also shouldn't appear");
	643		wmove(win, 8, 1);
	644		winsdelln(win, -1);
	645		Continue(win);
	646
	647		wmove(win, 5, 9);
	648		ch = winch(win);
	649
	650		wclear(win);
	651		wmove(win, 6, 2);
	652		waddstr(win, "The next char should be l: ");
	653		winsch(win, ch);
	654		Continue(win);
	655
	656		mvwinsstr(win, 6, 2, "A1B2C3D4E5");
	657		Continue(win);
	658
	659		wmove(win, 5, 1);
	660		winsdelln(win, 1);
	661		mvwaddstr(win, 5, 2, "The lines below should have moved down");
	662		Continue(win);
	663
	664		wclear(win);
	665		wmove(win, 2, 2);
	666		wprintw(win, "This is a formatted string in a window: %d %s\n",
	667		42, "is it");
	668		mvwaddstr(win, 10, 1, "Enter a string: ");
	669		wrefresh(win);
	670		echo();
	671		wscanw(win, "%s", Buffer);
	672
	673		printw("This is a formatted string in stdscr: %d %s\n", 42, "is it");
	674		mvaddstr(10, 1, "Enter a string: ");
	675		scanw("%s", Buffer);
	676
	677		wclear(win);
	678		curs_set(2);
	679		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "The cursor should be in high-visibility mode");
	680		Continue(win);
	681
	682		wclear(win);
	683		curs_set(0);
	684		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "The cursor should have disappeared");
	685		Continue(win);
	686
	687		wclear(win);
	688		curs_set(1);
	689		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "The cursor should be normal");
	690		Continue(win);
	691
	692		#ifdef A_COLOR
	693		if (has_colors())
	694		{
	695		wclear(win);
	696		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "Colors should change after you press a key");
	697		Continue(win);
	698
	699		init_pair(1, COLOR_RED, COLOR_WHITE);
	700		wrefresh(win);
	701		}
	702		#endif
	703		werase(win);
	704		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "Information About Your Terminal");
	705		mvwaddstr(win, 3, 1, termname());
	706		mvwaddstr(win, 4, 1, longname());
	707
	708		if (termattrs() & A_BLINK)
	709		mvwaddstr(win, 5, 1, "This terminal claims to support blinking.");
	710		else
	711		mvwaddstr(win, 5, 1, "This terminal does NOT support blinking.");
	712
	713		mvwaddnstr(win, 7, 5, "Have a nice day!ok", 16);
	714		wrefresh(win);
	715
	716		mvwinnstr(win, 7, 5, Buffer, 18);
	717		mvaddstr(LINES - 2, 10, Buffer);
	718		refresh();
	719		Continue(win);
	720		}
	721
	722		#if HAVE_RESIZE
	723		void resizeTest(WINDOW *dummy)
	724		{
	725		WINDOW *win1;
	726		int nwidth = 135, nheight = 52;
	727		int owidth = COLS, oheight = LINES;
	728
	729		savetty();
	730
	731		resize_term(nheight, nwidth);
	732
	733		clear();
	734		refresh();
	735
	736		win1 = newwin(10, 50, 14, 25);
	737
	738		if (win1 == NULL)
	739		{
	740		endwin();
	741		return;
	742		}
	743
	744		#ifdef A_COLOR
	745		if (has_colors())
	746		{
	747		init_pair(3, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_WHITE);
	748		wattrset(win1, COLOR_PAIR(3));
	749		}
	750
	751		wclear(win1);
	752		#endif
	753		mvwaddstr(win1, 0, 0, "The screen may now be resized");
	754		mvwprintw(win1, 1, 4, "Given size: %d by %d", nwidth, nheight);
	755		mvwprintw(win1, 2, 4, "Actual size: %d by %d", COLS, LINES);
	756		Continue(win1);
	757
	758		wclear(win1);
	759		resetty();
	760
	761		mvwaddstr(win1, 0, 0, "The screen should now be reset");
	762		mvwprintw(win1, 1, 6, "Old size: %d by %d", owidth, oheight);
	763		mvwprintw(win1, 2, 6, "Size now: %d by %d", COLS, LINES);
	764		Continue(win1);
	765
	766		delwin(win1);
	767
	768		clear();
	769		refresh();
	770		}
	771		#endif /* HAVE_RESIZE */
	772
	773		void padTest(WINDOW *dummy)
	774		{
	775		WINDOW *pad, *spad;
	776
	777		pad = newpad(50, 100);
	778		wattron(pad, A_REVERSE);
	779		mvwaddstr(pad, 5, 2, "This is a new pad");
	780		wattrset(pad, 0);
	781		mvwaddstr(pad, 8, 0,
	782		"The end of this line should be truncated here:except now");
	783		mvwaddstr(pad, 11, 1, "This line should not appear.It will now");
	784		wmove(pad, 10, 1);
	785		wclrtoeol(pad);
	786		mvwaddstr(pad, 10, 1, " Press any key to continue");
	787		prefresh(pad, 0, 0, 0, 0, 10, 45);
	788		keypad(pad, TRUE);
	789		raw();
	790		wgetch(pad);
	791
	792		spad = subpad(pad, 12, 25, 7, 52);
	793		mvwaddstr(spad, 2, 2, "This is a new subpad");
	794		box(spad, 0, 0);
	795		prefresh(pad, 0, 0, 0, 0, 15, 75);
	796		keypad(pad, TRUE);
	797		raw();
	798		wgetch(pad);
	799
	800		mvwaddstr(pad, 35, 2, "This is displayed at line 35 in the pad");
	801		mvwaddstr(pad, 40, 1, " Press any key to continue");
	802		prefresh(pad, 30, 0, 0, 0, 10, 45);
	803		keypad(pad, TRUE);
	804		raw();
	805		wgetch(pad);
	806
	807		delwin(pad);
	808		}
	809
	810		#if HAVE_CLIPBOARD
	811		void clipboardTest(WINDOW *win)
	812		{
	813		static const char *text =
	814		"This string placed in clipboard by PDCurses test program, testcurs.";
	815		char *ptr = NULL;
	816		long i, length = 0;
	817
	818		mvaddstr(1, 1,
	819		"This test will display the contents of the system clipboard");
	820
	821		Continue2();
	822
	823		scrollok(stdscr, TRUE);
	824		i = PDC_getclipboard(&ptr, &length);
	825
	826		switch(i)
	827		{
	828		case PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR:
	829		mvaddstr(3, 1, "There was an error accessing the clipboard");
	830		refresh();
	831		break;
	832
	833		case PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR:
	834		mvaddstr(3, 1,
	835		"Unable to allocate memory for clipboard contents");
	836		break;
	837
	838		case PDC_CLIP_EMPTY:
	839		mvaddstr(3, 1, "There was no text in the clipboard");
	840		break;
	841
	842		default:
	843		wsetscrreg(stdscr, 0, LINES - 1);
	844		clear();
	845		mvaddstr(1, 1, "Clipboard contents...");
	846		mvprintw(2, 1, "%s\n", ptr);
	847		}
	848
	849		Continue2();
	850
	851		clear();
	852		mvaddstr(1, 1,
	853		"This test will place the following string in the system clipboard:");
	854		mvaddstr(2, 1, text);
	855
	856		i = PDC_setclipboard(text, strlen(text));
	857
	858		switch(i)
	859		{
	860		case PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR:
	861		mvaddstr(3, 1, "There was an error accessing the clipboard");
	862		break;
	863
	864		case PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR:
	865		mvaddstr(3, 1, "Unable to allocate memory for clipboard contents");
	866		break;
	867
	868		default:
	869		mvaddstr(3, 1, "The string was placed in the clipboard successfully");
	870		}
	871
	872		Continue2();
	873		}
	874		#endif /* HAVE_CLIPBOARD */
	875
	876		void acsTest(WINDOW *win)
	877		{
	878		#ifdef ACS_S3
	879		# define ACSNUM 32
	880		#else
	881		# define ACSNUM 25
	882		#endif
	883		static const char *acs_names[] =
	884		{
	885		"ACS_ULCORNER", "ACS_URCORNER", "ACS_LLCORNER", "ACS_LRCORNER",
	886		"ACS_LTEE", "ACS_RTEE", "ACS_TTEE", "ACS_BTEE", "ACS_HLINE",
	887		"ACS_VLINE", "ACS_PLUS",
	888
	889		"ACS_S1", "ACS_S9", "ACS_DIAMOND", "ACS_CKBOARD", "ACS_DEGREE",
	890		"ACS_PLMINUS", "ACS_BULLET",
	891
	892		"ACS_LARROW", "ACS_RARROW", "ACS_UARROW", "ACS_DARROW",
	893		"ACS_BOARD", "ACS_LANTERN", "ACS_BLOCK"
	894		#ifdef ACS_S3
	895		, "ACS_S3", "ACS_S7", "ACS_LEQUAL", "ACS_GEQUAL",
	896		"ACS_PI", "ACS_NEQUAL", "ACS_STERLING"
	897		#endif
	898		};
	899
	900		chtype acs_values[ACSNUM];
	901
	902		#if HAVE_WIDE
	903		cchar_t *wacs_values[] =
	904		{
	905		WACS_ULCORNER, WACS_URCORNER, WACS_LLCORNER, WACS_LRCORNER,
	906		WACS_LTEE, WACS_RTEE, WACS_TTEE, WACS_BTEE, WACS_HLINE,
	907		WACS_VLINE, WACS_PLUS,
	908
	909		WACS_S1, WACS_S9, WACS_DIAMOND, WACS_CKBOARD, WACS_DEGREE,
	910		WACS_PLMINUS, WACS_BULLET,
	911
	912		WACS_LARROW, WACS_RARROW, WACS_UARROW, WACS_DARROW, WACS_BOARD,
	913		WACS_LANTERN, WACS_BLOCK
	914		# ifdef WACS_S3
	915		, WACS_S3, WACS_S7, WACS_LEQUAL, WACS_GEQUAL, WACS_PI,
	916		WACS_NEQUAL, WACS_STERLING
	917		# endif
	918		};
	919
	920		static const wchar_t russian[] = {0x0420, 0x0443, 0x0441, 0x0441,
	921		0x043a, 0x0438, 0x0439, L' ', 0x044f, 0x0437, 0x044b, 0x043a, 0};
	922
	923		static const wchar_t greek[] = {0x0395, 0x03bb, 0x03bb, 0x03b7,
	924		0x03bd, 0x03b9, 0x03ba, 0x03ac, 0};
	925
	926		static const wchar_t georgian[] = {0x10e5, 0x10d0, 0x10e0, 0x10d7,
	927		0x10e3, 0x10da, 0x10d8, L' ', 0x10d4, 0x10dc, 0x10d0, 0};
	928		#endif
	929
	930		int i, tmarg = (LINES - 22) / 2;
	931
	932		attrset(A_BOLD);
	933		mvaddstr(tmarg, (COLS - 23) / 2, "Alternate Character Set");
	934		attrset(A_NORMAL);
	935
	936		tmarg += 3;
	937
	938		#define A(b,c) acs_values[b] = ACS_##c
	939
	940		A(0,ULCORNER); A(1,URCORNER); A(2,LLCORNER); A(3,LRCORNER);
	941		A(4,LTEE); A(5,RTEE); A(6,TTEE); A(7,BTEE);
	942		A(8,HLINE); A(9,VLINE); A(10,PLUS); A(11,S1);
	943		A(12,S9); A(13,DIAMOND); A(14,CKBOARD); A(15,DEGREE);
	944
	945		A(16,PLMINUS); A(17,BULLET); A(18,LARROW); A(19,RARROW);
	946		A(20,UARROW); A(21,DARROW); A(22,BOARD); A(23,LANTERN);
	947		A(24,BLOCK);
	948		#ifdef ACS_S3
	949		A(25,S3); A(26,S7); A(27,LEQUAL); A(28,GEQUAL);
	950		A(29,PI); A(30,NEQUAL); A(31,STERLING);
	951		#endif
	952
	953		#undef A
	954
	955		for (i = 0; i < ACSNUM; i++)
	956		{
	957		move((i % 8) * 2 + tmarg, (i / 8) * (COLS / 4) + (COLS / 8 - 7));
	958		addch(acs_values[i]);
	959		printw(" %s", acs_names[i]);
	960		}
	961
	962		mvaddstr(tmarg + 18, 3, "Press any key to continue");
	963		getch();
	964
	965		#if HAVE_WIDE
	966		clear();
	967
	968		attrset(A_BOLD);
	969		mvaddstr(tmarg - 3, (COLS - 28) / 2, "Wide Alternate Character Set");
	970		attrset(A_NORMAL);
	971
	972		for (i = 0; i < ACSNUM; i++)
	973		{
	974		move((i % 8) * 2 + tmarg, (i / 8) * (COLS / 4) + (COLS / 8 - 7));
	975		add_wch(wacs_values[i]);
	976		printw(" W%s", acs_names[i]);
	977		}
	978
	979		/* Spanish, Russian, Greek, Georgian */
	980
	981		mvaddwstr(tmarg + 16, COLS / 8 - 5, L"Espa\xf1ol");
	982		mvaddwstr(tmarg + 16, 3 * (COLS / 8) - 5, russian);
	983		mvaddwstr(tmarg + 16, 5 * (COLS / 8) - 5, greek);
	984		mvaddwstr(tmarg + 16, 7 * (COLS / 8) - 5, georgian);
	985
	986		mvaddstr(tmarg + 18, 3, "Press any key to continue");
	987		getch();
	988		#endif
	989		}
	990
	991		#if HAVE_COLOR
	992		void colorTest(WINDOW *win)
	993		{
	994		static const short colors[] =
	995		{
	996		COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_RED, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_BLUE,
	997		COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_WHITE
	998		};
	999
	1000		static const char *colornames[] =
	1001		{
	1002		"COLOR_BLACK", "COLOR_RED", "COLOR_GREEN", "COLOR_BLUE",
	1003		"COLOR_CYAN", "COLOR_MAGENTA", "COLOR_YELLOW", "COLOR_WHITE"
	1004		};
	1005
	1006		chtype fill = ACS_BLOCK;
	1007
	1008		int i, j, tmarg, col1, col2, col3;
	1009
	1010		if (!has_colors())
	1011		return;
	1012
	1013		tmarg = (LINES - 19) / 2;
	1014		col1 = (COLS - 60) / 2;
	1015		col2 = col1 + 20;
	1016		col3 = col2 + 20;
	1017
	1018		attrset(A_BOLD);
	1019		mvaddstr(tmarg, (COLS - 22) / 2, "Color Attribute Macros");
	1020		attrset(A_NORMAL);
	1021
	1022		mvaddstr(tmarg + 3, col2 + 4, "A_NORMAL");
	1023		mvaddstr(tmarg + 3, col3 + 5, "A_BOLD");
	1024
	1025		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
	1026		{
	1027		init_pair(i + 4, colors[i], COLOR_BLACK);
	1028
	1029		mvaddstr(tmarg + i + 5, col1, colornames[i]);
	1030
	1031		for (j = 0; j < 16; j++)
	1032		{
	1033		mvaddch(tmarg + i + 5, col2 + j, fill | COLOR_PAIR(i + 4));
	1034		mvaddch(tmarg + i + 5, col3 + j, fill | COLOR_PAIR(i + 4) | A_BOLD);
	1035		}
	1036		}
	1037
	1038		mvprintw(tmarg + 15, col1, "COLORS = %d", COLORS);
	1039		mvprintw(tmarg + 16, col1, "COLOR_PAIRS = %d", COLOR_PAIRS);
	1040
	1041		mvaddstr(tmarg + 19, 3, "Press any key to continue");
	1042		getch();
	1043
	1044		if (can_change_color())
	1045		{
	1046		struct
	1047		{
	1048		short red, green, blue;
	1049		} orgcolors[16];
	1050
	1051		int MAXCOL = (COLORS >= 16) ? 16 : 8;
	1052
	1053		if (MAXCOL < 8)
	1054		return;
	1055
	1056		for (i = 0; i < MAXCOL; i++)
	1057		color_content(i, &(orgcolors[i].red),
	1058		&(orgcolors[i].green),
	1059		&(orgcolors[i].blue));
	1060
	1061		attrset(A_BOLD);
	1062		mvaddstr(tmarg, (COLS - 22) / 2, " init_color() Example ");
	1063		attrset(A_NORMAL);
	1064
	1065		refresh();
	1066
	1067		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
	1068		{
	1069		init_color(colors[i], i * 125, 0, i * 125);
	1070
	1071		if (MAXCOL == 16)
	1072		init_color(colors[i] + 8, 0, i * 125, 0);
	1073		}
	1074
	1075		mvaddstr(tmarg + 19, 3, "Press any key to continue");
	1076		getch();
	1077
	1078		for (i = 0; i < MAXCOL; i++)
	1079		init_color(i, orgcolors[i].red,
	1080		orgcolors[i].green,
	1081		orgcolors[i].blue);
	1082		}
	1083		}
	1084		#endif
	1085
	1086		#if HAVE_WIDE
	1087		void wideTest(WINDOW *win)
	1088		{
	1089		wchar_t tmp[513];
	1090		size_t i;
	1091
	1092		attrset(A_BOLD);
	1093		mvaddstr(1, (COLS - 25) / 2, "Wide Character Input Test");
	1094		attrset(A_NORMAL);
	1095
	1096		mvaddstr(4, 1, "Enter a string: ");
	1097
	1098		echo();
	1099
	1100		get_wstr((wint_t *)tmp);
	1101		addstr("\n\n String:\n\n ");
	1102		addwstr(tmp);
	1103		addstr("\n\n\n Hex:\n\n ");
	1104
	1105		for (i = 0; i < wcslen(tmp); i++)
	1106		{
	1107		printw("%04x ", tmp[i]);
	1108		addnwstr(tmp + i, 1);
	1109		addstr(" ");
	1110		}
	1111
	1112		noecho();
	1113
	1114		Continue2();
	1115		}
	1116		#endif
	1117
	1118		void display_menu(int old_option, int new_option)
	1119		{
	1120		int lmarg = (COLS - 14) / 2,
	1121		tmarg = (LINES - (MAX_OPTIONS + 2)) / 2;
	1122
	1123		if (old_option == -1)
	1124		{
	1125		int i;
	1126
	1127		attrset(A_BOLD);
	1128		mvaddstr(tmarg - 3, lmarg - 5, "PDCurses Test Program");
	1129		attrset(A_NORMAL);
	1130
	1131		for (i = 0; i < MAX_OPTIONS; i++)
	1132		mvaddstr(tmarg + i, lmarg, command[i].text);
	1133		}
	1134		else
	1135		mvaddstr(tmarg + old_option, lmarg, command[old_option].text);
	1136
	1137		attrset(A_REVERSE);
	1138		mvaddstr(tmarg + new_option, lmarg, command[new_option].text);
	1139		attrset(A_NORMAL);
	1140
	1141		mvaddstr(tmarg + MAX_OPTIONS + 2, lmarg - 23,
	1142		"Use Up and Down Arrows to select - Enter to run - Q to quit");
	1143		refresh();
	1144		}

File demos/tui.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..e57a1b0)
	1		/********************************* tui.c ************************************/
	2		/*
	3		* 'textual user interface'
	4		*
	5		* $Id: tui.c,v 1.34 2008/07/14 12:35:23 wmcbrine Exp $
	6		*
	7		* Author : P.J. Kunst <kunst@prl.philips.nl>
	8		* Date : 25-02-93
	9		*/
	10
	11		#include <ctype.h>
	12		#include <curses.h>
	13		#include <stdio.h>
	14		#include <stdlib.h>
	15		#include <string.h>
	16		#include <time.h>
	17		#include "tui.h"
	18
	19		void statusmsg(char *);
	20		int waitforkey(void);
	21		void rmerror(void);
	22
	23		#if defined(__unix) && !defined(__DJGPP__)
	24		#include <unistd.h>
	25		#endif
	26
	27		#ifdef A_COLOR
	28		# define TITLECOLOR 1 /* color pair indices */
	29		# define MAINMENUCOLOR (2 | A_BOLD)
	30		# define MAINMENUREVCOLOR (3 | A_BOLD | A_REVERSE)
	31		# define SUBMENUCOLOR (4 | A_BOLD)
	32		# define SUBMENUREVCOLOR (5 | A_BOLD | A_REVERSE)
	33		# define BODYCOLOR 6
	34		# define STATUSCOLOR (7 | A_BOLD)
	35		# define INPUTBOXCOLOR 8
	36		# define EDITBOXCOLOR (9 | A_BOLD | A_REVERSE)
	37		#else
	38		# define TITLECOLOR 0 /* color pair indices */
	39		# define MAINMENUCOLOR (A_BOLD)
	40		# define MAINMENUREVCOLOR (A_BOLD | A_REVERSE)
	41		# define SUBMENUCOLOR (A_BOLD)
	42		# define SUBMENUREVCOLOR (A_BOLD | A_REVERSE)
	43		# define BODYCOLOR 0
	44		# define STATUSCOLOR (A_BOLD)
	45		# define INPUTBOXCOLOR 0
	46		# define EDITBOXCOLOR (A_BOLD | A_REVERSE)
	47		#endif
	48
	49
	50		#define th 1 /* title window height */
	51		#define mh 1 /* main menu height */
	52		#define sh 2 /* status window height */
	53		#define bh (LINES - th - mh - sh) /* body window height */
	54		#define bw COLS /* body window width */
	55
	56
	57		/******************************* STATIC ************************************/
	58
	59		static WINDOW *wtitl, *wmain, *wbody, *wstat; /* title, menu, body, status win*/
	60		static int nexty, nextx;
	61		static int key = ERR, ch = ERR;
	62		static bool quit = FALSE;
	63		static bool incurses = FALSE;
	64
	65		#ifndef PDCURSES
	66		static char wordchar(void)
	67		{
	68		return 0x17; /* ^W */
	69		}
	70		#endif
	71
	72		static char *padstr(char *s, int length)
	73		{
	74		static char buf[MAXSTRLEN];
	75		char fmt[10];
	76
	77		sprintf(fmt, (int)strlen(s) > length ? "%%.%ds" : "%%-%ds", length);
	78		sprintf(buf, fmt, s);
	79
	80		return buf;
	81		}
	82
	83		static char *prepad(char *s, int length)
	84		{
	85		int i;
	86		char *p = s;
	87
	88		if (length > 0)
	89		{
	90		memmove((void *)(s + length), (const void *)s, strlen(s) + 1);
	91
	92		for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
	93		*p++ = ' ';
	94		}
	95
	96		return s;
	97		}
	98
	99		static void rmline(WINDOW *win, int nr) /* keeps box lines intact */
	100		{
	101		mvwaddstr(win, nr, 1, padstr(" ", bw - 2));
	102		wrefresh(win);
	103		}
	104
	105		static void initcolor(void)
	106		{
	107		#ifdef A_COLOR
	108		if (has_colors())
	109		start_color();
	110
	111		/* foreground, background */
	112
	113		init_pair(TITLECOLOR & ~A_ATTR, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_CYAN);
	114		init_pair(MAINMENUCOLOR & ~A_ATTR, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_CYAN);
	115		init_pair(MAINMENUREVCOLOR & ~A_ATTR, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
	116		init_pair(SUBMENUCOLOR & ~A_ATTR, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_CYAN);
	117		init_pair(SUBMENUREVCOLOR & ~A_ATTR, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
	118		init_pair(BODYCOLOR & ~A_ATTR, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLUE);
	119		init_pair(STATUSCOLOR & ~A_ATTR, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_CYAN);
	120		init_pair(INPUTBOXCOLOR & ~A_ATTR, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_CYAN);
	121		init_pair(EDITBOXCOLOR & ~A_ATTR, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
	122		#endif
	123		}
	124
	125		static void setcolor(WINDOW *win, chtype color)
	126		{
	127		chtype attr = color & A_ATTR; /* extract Bold, Reverse, Blink bits */
	128
	129		#ifdef A_COLOR
	130		attr &= ~A_REVERSE; /* ignore reverse, use colors instead! */
	131		wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(color & A_CHARTEXT) | attr);
	132		#else
	133		attr &= ~A_BOLD; /* ignore bold, gives messy display on HP-UX */
	134		wattrset(win, attr);
	135		#endif
	136		}
	137
	138		static void colorbox(WINDOW *win, chtype color, int hasbox)
	139		{
	140		int maxy;
	141		#ifndef PDCURSES
	142		int maxx;
	143		#endif
	144		chtype attr = color & A_ATTR; /* extract Bold, Reverse, Blink bits */
	145
	146		setcolor(win, color);
	147
	148		#ifdef A_COLOR
	149		if (has_colors())
	150		wbkgd(win, COLOR_PAIR(color & A_CHARTEXT) | (attr & ~A_REVERSE));
	151		else
	152		#endif
	153		wbkgd(win, attr);
	154
	155		werase(win);
	156
	157		#ifdef PDCURSES
	158		maxy = getmaxy(win);
	159		#else
	160		getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
	161		#endif
	162		if (hasbox && (maxy > 2))
	163		box(win, 0, 0);
	164
	165		touchwin(win);
	166		wrefresh(win);
	167		}
	168
	169		static void idle(void)
	170		{
	171		char buf[MAXSTRLEN];
	172		time_t t;
	173		struct tm *tp;
	174
	175		if (time (&t) == -1)
	176		return; /* time not available */
	177
	178		tp = localtime(&t);
	179		sprintf(buf, " %.2d-%.2d-%.4d %.2d:%.2d:%.2d",
	180		tp->tm_mday, tp->tm_mon + 1, tp->tm_year + 1900,
	181		tp->tm_hour, tp->tm_min, tp->tm_sec);
	182
	183		mvwaddstr(wtitl, 0, bw - strlen(buf) - 2, buf);
	184		wrefresh(wtitl);
	185		}
	186
	187		static void menudim(menu *mp, int *lines, int *columns)
	188		{
	189		int n, l, mmax = 0;
	190
	191		for (n=0; mp->func; n++, mp++)
	192		if ((l = strlen(mp->name)) > mmax) mmax = l;
	193
	194		*lines = n;
	195		*columns = mmax + 2;
	196		}
	197
	198		static void setmenupos(int y, int x)
	199		{
	200		nexty = y;
	201		nextx = x;
	202		}
	203
	204		static void getmenupos(int *y, int *x)
	205		{
	206		*y = nexty;
	207		*x = nextx;
	208		}
	209
	210		static int hotkey(const char *s)
	211		{
	212		int c0 = *s; /* if no upper case found, return first char */
	213
	214		for (; *s; s++)
	215		if (isupper((unsigned char)*s))
	216		break;
	217
	218		return *s ? *s : c0;
	219		}
	220
	221		static void repaintmenu(WINDOW *wmenu, menu *mp)
	222		{
	223		int i;
	224		menu *p = mp;
	225
	226		for (i = 0; p->func; i++, p++)
	227		mvwaddstr(wmenu, i + 1, 2, p->name);
	228
	229		touchwin(wmenu);
	230		wrefresh(wmenu);
	231		}
	232
	233		static void repaintmainmenu(int width, menu *mp)
	234		{
	235		int i;
	236		menu *p = mp;
	237
	238		for (i = 0; p->func; i++, p++)
	239		mvwaddstr(wmain, 0, i * width, prepad(padstr(p->name, width - 1), 1));
	240
	241		touchwin(wmain);
	242		wrefresh(wmain);
	243		}
	244
	245		static void mainhelp(void)
	246		{
	247		#ifdef ALT_X
	248		statusmsg("Use arrow keys and Enter to select (Alt-X to quit)");
	249		#else
	250		statusmsg("Use arrow keys and Enter to select");
	251		#endif
	252		}
	253
	254		static void mainmenu(menu *mp)
	255		{
	256		int nitems, barlen, old = -1, cur = 0, c, cur0;
	257
	258		menudim(mp, &nitems, &barlen);
	259		repaintmainmenu(barlen, mp);
	260
	261		while (!quit)
	262		{
	263		if (cur != old)
	264		{
	265		if (old != -1)
	266		{
	267		mvwaddstr(wmain, 0, old * barlen,
	268		prepad(padstr(mp[old].name, barlen - 1), 1));
	269
	270		statusmsg(mp[cur].desc);
	271		}
	272		else
	273		mainhelp();
	274
	275		setcolor(wmain, MAINMENUREVCOLOR);
	276
	277		mvwaddstr(wmain, 0, cur * barlen,
	278		prepad(padstr(mp[cur].name, barlen - 1), 1));
	279
	280		setcolor(wmain, MAINMENUCOLOR);
	281		old = cur;
	282		wrefresh(wmain);
	283		}
	284
	285		switch (c = (key != ERR ? key : waitforkey()))
	286		{
	287		case KEY_DOWN:
	288		case '\n': /* menu item selected */
	289		touchwin(wbody);
	290		wrefresh(wbody);
	291		rmerror();
	292		setmenupos(th + mh, cur * barlen);
	293		curs_set(1);
	294		(mp[cur].func)(); /* perform function */
	295		curs_set(0);
	296
	297		switch (key)
	298		{
	299		case KEY_LEFT:
	300		cur = (cur + nitems - 1) % nitems;
	301		key = '\n';
	302		break;
	303
	304		case KEY_RIGHT:
	305		cur = (cur + 1) % nitems;
	306		key = '\n';
	307		break;
	308
	309		default:
	310		key = ERR;
	311		}
	312
	313		repaintmainmenu(barlen, mp);
	314		old = -1;
	315		break;
	316
	317		case KEY_LEFT:
	318		cur = (cur + nitems - 1) % nitems;
	319		break;
	320
	321		case KEY_RIGHT:
	322		cur = (cur + 1) % nitems;
	323		break;
	324
	325		case KEY_ESC:
	326		mainhelp();
	327		break;
	328
	329		default:
	330		cur0 = cur;
	331
	332		do
	333		{
	334		cur = (cur + 1) % nitems;
	335
	336		} while ((cur != cur0) && (hotkey(mp[cur].name) != toupper(c)));
	337
	338		if (hotkey(mp[cur].name) == toupper(c))
	339		key = '\n';
	340		}
	341
	342		}
	343
	344		rmerror();
	345		touchwin(wbody);
	346		wrefresh(wbody);
	347		}
	348
	349		static void cleanup(void) /* cleanup curses settings */
	350		{
	351		if (incurses)
	352		{
	353		delwin(wtitl);
	354		delwin(wmain);
	355		delwin(wbody);
	356		delwin(wstat);
	357		curs_set(1);
	358		endwin();
	359		incurses = FALSE;
	360		}
	361		}
	362
	363
	364		/******************************* EXTERNAL **********************************/
	365
	366		void clsbody(void)
	367		{
	368		werase(wbody);
	369		wmove(wbody, 0, 0);
	370		}
	371
	372		int bodylen(void)
	373		{
	374		#ifdef PDCURSES
	375		return getmaxy(wbody);
	376		#else
	377		int maxy, maxx;
	378
	379		getmaxyx(wbody, maxy, maxx);
	380		return maxy;
	381		#endif
	382		}
	383
	384		WINDOW *bodywin(void)
	385		{
	386		return wbody;
	387		}
	388
	389		void rmerror(void)
	390		{
	391		rmline(wstat, 0);
	392		}
	393
	394		void rmstatus(void)
	395		{
	396		rmline(wstat, 1);
	397		}
	398
	399		void titlemsg(char *msg)
	400		{
	401		mvwaddstr(wtitl, 0, 2, padstr(msg, bw - 3));
	402		wrefresh(wtitl);
	403		}
	404
	405		void bodymsg(char *msg)
	406		{
	407		waddstr(wbody, msg);
	408		wrefresh(wbody);
	409		}
	410
	411		void errormsg(char *msg)
	412		{
	413		beep();
	414		mvwaddstr(wstat, 0, 2, padstr(msg, bw - 3));
	415		wrefresh(wstat);
	416		}
	417
	418		void statusmsg(char *msg)
	419		{
	420		mvwaddstr(wstat, 1, 2, padstr(msg, bw - 3));
	421		wrefresh(wstat);
	422		}
	423
	424		bool keypressed(void)
	425		{
	426		ch = wgetch(wbody);
	427
	428		return ch != ERR;
	429		}
	430
	431		int getkey(void)
	432		{
	433		int c = ch;
	434
	435		ch = ERR;
	436		#ifdef ALT_X
	437		quit = (c == ALT_X); /* PC only ! */
	438		#endif
	439		return c;
	440		}
	441
	442		int waitforkey(void)
	443		{
	444		do idle(); while (!keypressed());
	445		return getkey();
	446		}
	447
	448		void DoExit(void) /* terminate program */
	449		{
	450		quit = TRUE;
	451		}
	452
	453		void domenu(menu *mp)
	454		{
	455		int y, x, nitems, barlen, mheight, mw, old = -1, cur = 0, cur0;
	456		bool stop = FALSE;
	457		WINDOW *wmenu;
	458
	459		curs_set(0);
	460		getmenupos(&y, &x);
	461		menudim(mp, &nitems, &barlen);
	462		mheight = nitems + 2;
	463		mw = barlen + 2;
	464		wmenu = newwin(mheight, mw, y, x);
	465		colorbox(wmenu, SUBMENUCOLOR, 1);
	466		repaintmenu(wmenu, mp);
	467
	468		key = ERR;
	469
	470		while (!stop && !quit)
	471		{
	472		if (cur != old)
	473		{
	474		if (old != -1)
	475		mvwaddstr(wmenu, old + 1, 1,
	476		prepad(padstr(mp[old].name, barlen - 1), 1));
	477
	478		setcolor(wmenu, SUBMENUREVCOLOR);
	479		mvwaddstr(wmenu, cur + 1, 1,
	480		prepad(padstr(mp[cur].name, barlen - 1), 1));
	481
	482		setcolor(wmenu, SUBMENUCOLOR);
	483		statusmsg(mp[cur].desc);
	484
	485		old = cur;
	486		wrefresh(wmenu);
	487		}
	488
	489		switch (key = ((key != ERR) ? key : waitforkey()))
	490		{
	491		case '\n': /* menu item selected */
	492		touchwin(wbody);
	493		wrefresh(wbody);
	494		setmenupos(y + 1, x + 1);
	495		rmerror();
	496
	497		key = ERR;
	498		curs_set(1);
	499		(mp[cur].func)(); /* perform function */
	500		curs_set(0);
	501
	502		repaintmenu(wmenu, mp);
	503
	504		old = -1;
	505		break;
	506
	507		case KEY_UP:
	508		cur = (cur + nitems - 1) % nitems;
	509		key = ERR;
	510		break;
	511
	512		case KEY_DOWN:
	513		cur = (cur + 1) % nitems;
	514		key = ERR;
	515		break;
	516
	517		case KEY_ESC:
	518		case KEY_LEFT:
	519		case KEY_RIGHT:
	520		if (key == KEY_ESC)
	521		key = ERR; /* return to prev submenu */
	522
	523		stop = TRUE;
	524		break;
	525
	526		default:
	527		cur0 = cur;
	528
	529		do
	530		{
	531		cur = (cur + 1) % nitems;
	532
	533		} while ((cur != cur0) &&
	534		(hotkey(mp[cur].name) != toupper((int)key)));
	535
	536		key = (hotkey(mp[cur].name) == toupper((int)key)) ? '\n' : ERR;
	537		}
	538
	539		}
	540
	541		rmerror();
	542		delwin(wmenu);
	543		touchwin(wbody);
	544		wrefresh(wbody);
	545		}
	546
	547		void startmenu(menu *mp, char *mtitle)
	548		{
	549		initscr();
	550		incurses = TRUE;
	551		initcolor();
	552
	553		wtitl = subwin(stdscr, th, bw, 0, 0);
	554		wmain = subwin(stdscr, mh, bw, th, 0);
	555		wbody = subwin(stdscr, bh, bw, th + mh, 0);
	556		wstat = subwin(stdscr, sh, bw, th + mh + bh, 0);
	557
	558		colorbox(wtitl, TITLECOLOR, 0);
	559		colorbox(wmain, MAINMENUCOLOR, 0);
	560		colorbox(wbody, BODYCOLOR, 0);
	561		colorbox(wstat, STATUSCOLOR, 0);
	562
	563		if (mtitle)
	564		titlemsg(mtitle);
	565
	566		cbreak(); /* direct input (no newline required)... */
	567		noecho(); /* ... without echoing */
	568		curs_set(0); /* hide cursor (if possible) */
	569		nodelay(wbody, TRUE); /* don't wait for input... */
	570		halfdelay(10); /* ...well, no more than a second, anyway */
	571		keypad(wbody, TRUE); /* enable cursor keys */
	572		scrollok(wbody, TRUE); /* enable scrolling in main window */
	573
	574		leaveok(stdscr, TRUE);
	575		leaveok(wtitl, TRUE);
	576		leaveok(wmain, TRUE);
	577		leaveok(wstat, TRUE);
	578
	579		mainmenu(mp);
	580
	581		cleanup();
	582		}
	583
	584		static void repainteditbox(WINDOW *win, int x, char *buf)
	585		{
	586		#ifndef PDCURSES
	587		int maxy;
	588		#endif
	589		int maxx;
	590
	591		#ifdef PDCURSES
	592		maxx = getmaxx(win);
	593		#else
	594		getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
	595		#endif
	596		werase(win);
	597		mvwprintw(win, 0, 0, "%s", padstr(buf, maxx));
	598		wmove(win, 0, x);
	599		wrefresh(win);
	600		}
	601
	602		/*
	603
	604		weditstr() - edit string
	605
	606		Description:
	607		The initial value of 'str' with a maximum length of 'field' - 1,
	608		which is supplied by the calling routine, is editted. The user's
	609		erase (^H), kill (^U) and delete word (^W) chars are interpreted.
	610		The PC insert or Tab keys toggle between insert and edit mode.
	611		Escape aborts the edit session, leaving 'str' unchanged.
	612		Enter, Up or Down Arrow are used to accept the changes to 'str'.
	613		NOTE: editstr(), mveditstr(), and mvweditstr() are macros.
	614
	615		Return Value:
	616		Returns the input terminating character on success (Escape,
	617		Enter, Up or Down Arrow) and ERR on error.
	618
	619		Errors:
	620		It is an error to call this function with a NULL window pointer.
	621		The length of the initial 'str' must not exceed 'field' - 1.
	622
	623		*/
	624
	625		int weditstr(WINDOW *win, char *buf, int field)
	626		{
	627		char org[MAXSTRLEN], *tp, *bp = buf;
	628		bool defdisp = TRUE, stop = FALSE, insert = FALSE;
	629		int cury, curx, begy, begx, oldattr;
	630		WINDOW *wedit;
	631		int c = 0;
	632
	633		if ((field >= MAXSTRLEN) || (buf == NULL) ||
	634		((int)strlen(buf) > field - 1))
	635		return ERR;
	636
	637		strcpy(org, buf); /* save original */
	638
	639		wrefresh(win);
	640		getyx(win, cury, curx);
	641		getbegyx(win, begy, begx);
	642
	643		wedit = subwin(win, 1, field, begy + cury, begx + curx);
	644		oldattr = wedit->_attrs;
	645		colorbox(wedit, EDITBOXCOLOR, 0);
	646
	647		keypad(wedit, TRUE);
	648		curs_set(1);
	649
	650		while (!stop)
	651		{
	652		idle();
	653		repainteditbox(wedit, bp - buf, buf);
	654
	655		switch (c = wgetch(wedit))
	656		{
	657		case ERR:
	658		break;
	659
	660		case KEY_ESC:
	661		strcpy(buf, org); /* restore original */
	662		stop = TRUE;
	663		break;
	664
	665		case '\n':
	666		case KEY_UP:
	667		case KEY_DOWN:
	668		stop = TRUE;
	669		break;
	670
	671		case KEY_LEFT:
	672		if (bp > buf)
	673		bp--;
	674		break;
	675
	676		case KEY_RIGHT:
	677		defdisp = FALSE;
	678		if (bp - buf < (int)strlen(buf))
	679		bp++;
	680		break;
	681
	682		case '\t': /* TAB -- because insert
	683		is broken on HPUX */
	684		case KEY_IC: /* enter insert mode */
	685		case KEY_EIC: /* exit insert mode */
	686		defdisp = FALSE;
	687		insert = !insert;
	688
	689		curs_set(insert ? 2 : 1);
	690		break;
	691
	692		default:
	693		if (c == erasechar()) /* backspace, ^H */
	694		{
	695		if (bp > buf)
	696		{
	697		memmove((void *)(bp - 1), (const void *)bp, strlen(bp) + 1);
	698		bp--;
	699		}
	700		}
	701		else if (c == killchar()) /* ^U */
	702		{
	703		bp = buf;
	704		*bp = '\0';
	705		}
	706		else if (c == wordchar()) /* ^W */
	707		{
	708		tp = bp;
	709
	710		while ((bp > buf) && (*(bp - 1) == ' '))
	711		bp--;
	712		while ((bp > buf) && (*(bp - 1) != ' '))
	713		bp--;
	714
	715		memmove((void *)bp, (const void *)tp, strlen(tp) + 1);
	716		}
	717		else if (isprint(c))
	718		{
	719		if (defdisp)
	720		{
	721		bp = buf;
	722		*bp = '\0';
	723		defdisp = FALSE;
	724		}
	725
	726		if (insert)
	727		{
	728		if ((int)strlen(buf) < field - 1)
	729		{
	730		memmove((void *)(bp + 1), (const void *)bp,
	731		strlen(bp) + 1);
	732
	733		*bp++ = c;
	734		}
	735		}
	736		else if (bp - buf < field - 1)
	737		{
	738		/* append new string terminator */
	739
	740		if (!*bp)
	741		bp[1] = '\0';
	742
	743		*bp++ = c;
	744		}
	745		}
	746		}
	747		}
	748
	749		curs_set(0);
	750
	751		wattrset(wedit, oldattr);
	752		repainteditbox(wedit, bp - buf, buf);
	753		delwin(wedit);
	754
	755		return c;
	756		}
	757
	758		WINDOW *winputbox(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols)
	759		{
	760		WINDOW *winp;
	761		int cury, curx, begy, begx;
	762
	763		getyx(win, cury, curx);
	764		getbegyx(win, begy, begx);
	765
	766		winp = newwin(nlines, ncols, begy + cury, begx + curx);
	767		colorbox(winp, INPUTBOXCOLOR, 1);
	768
	769		return winp;
	770		}
	771
	772		int getstrings(char *desc[], char *buf[], int field)
	773		{
	774		WINDOW *winput;
	775		int oldy, oldx, maxy, maxx, nlines, ncols, i, n, l, mmax = 0;
	776		int c = 0;
	777		bool stop = FALSE;
	778
	779		for (n = 0; desc[n]; n++)
	780		if ((l = strlen(desc[n])) > mmax)
	781		mmax = l;
	782
	783		nlines = n + 2; ncols = mmax + field + 4;
	784		getyx(wbody, oldy, oldx);
	785		getmaxyx(wbody, maxy, maxx);
	786
	787		winput = mvwinputbox(wbody, (maxy - nlines) / 2, (maxx - ncols) / 2,
	788		nlines, ncols);
	789
	790		for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
	791		mvwprintw(winput, i + 1, 2, "%s", desc[i]);
	792
	793		i = 0;
	794
	795		while (!stop)
	796		{
	797		switch (c = mvweditstr(winput, i+1, mmax+3, buf[i], field))
	798		{
	799		case KEY_ESC:
	800		stop = TRUE;
	801		break;
	802
	803		case KEY_UP:
	804		i = (i + n - 1) % n;
	805		break;
	806
	807		case '\n':
	808		case '\t':
	809		case KEY_DOWN:
	810		if (++i == n)
	811		stop = TRUE; /* all passed? */
	812		}
	813		}
	814
	815		delwin(winput);
	816		touchwin(wbody);
	817		wmove(wbody, oldy, oldx);
	818		wrefresh(wbody);
	819
	820		return c;
	821		}

File demos/tui.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..b99ca6b)
	1		/*
	2		* 'textual user interface'
	3		*
	4		* $Id: tui.h,v 1.11 2008/07/14 12:35:23 wmcbrine Exp $
	5		*
	6		* Author : P.J. Kunst <kunst@prl.philips.nl>
	7		* Date : 25-02-93
	8		*/
	9
	10		#ifndef _TUI_H_
	11		#define _TUI_H_
	12
	13		#include <curses.h>
	14
	15		#ifdef A_COLOR
	16		#define A_ATTR (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR) /* A_BLINK, A_REVERSE, A_BOLD */
	17		#else
	18		#define A_ATTR (A_ATTRIBUTES) /* standard UNIX attributes */
	19		#endif
	20
	21		#define MAXSTRLEN 256
	22		#define KEY_ESC 0x1b /* Escape */
	23
	24		typedef void (*FUNC)(void);
	25
	26		typedef struct
	27		{
	28		char *name; /* item label */
	29		FUNC func; /* (pointer to) function */
	30		char *desc; /* function description */
	31		} menu;
	32
	33		/* ANSI C function prototypes: */
	34
	35		void clsbody(void);
	36		int bodylen(void);
	37		WINDOW *bodywin(void);
	38
	39		void rmerror(void);
	40		void rmstatus(void);
	41
	42		void titlemsg(char *msg);
	43		void bodymsg(char *msg);
	44		void errormsg(char *msg);
	45		void statusmsg(char *msg);
	46
	47		bool keypressed(void);
	48		int getkey(void);
	49		int waitforkey(void);
	50
	51		void DoExit(void);
	52		void startmenu(menu *mp, char *title);
	53		void domenu(menu *mp);
	54
	55		int weditstr(WINDOW *win, char *buf, int field);
	56		WINDOW *winputbox(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols);
	57		int getstrings(char *desc[], char *buf[], int field);
	58
	59		#define editstr(s,f) (weditstr(stdscr,s,f))
	60		#define mveditstr(y,x,s,f) (move(y,x)==ERR?ERR:editstr(s,f))
	61		#define mvweditstr(w,y,x,s,f) (wmove(w,y,x)==ERR?ERR:weditstr(w,s,f))
	62
	63		#define inputbox(l,c) (winputbox(stdscr,l,c))
	64		#define mvinputbox(y,x,l,c) (move(y,x)==ERR?w:inputbox(l,c))
	65		#define mvwinputbox(w,y,x,l,c) (wmove(w,y,x)==ERR?w:winputbox(w,l,c))
	66
	67		#endif

File demos/tuidemo.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..a22d2a4)
	1		/*
	2		* $Id: tuidemo.c,v 1.22 2008/07/14 12:35:23 wmcbrine Exp $
	3		*
	4		* Author : P.J. Kunst <kunst@prl.philips.nl>
	5		* Date : 25-02-93
	6		*
	7		* Purpose: This program demonstrates the use of the 'curses' library
	8		* for the creation of (simple) menu-operated programs.
	9		* In the PDCurses version, use is made of colors for the
	10		* highlighting of subwindows (title bar, status bar etc).
	11		*
	12		* Acknowledgement: some ideas were borrowed from Mark Hessling's
	13		* version of the 'testcurs' program.
	14		*/
	15
	16		#include <stdio.h>
	17		#include <stdlib.h>
	18		#include <string.h>
	19		#include <locale.h>
	20		#include "tui.h"
	21
	22		/* change this if source at other location */
	23
	24		#ifdef XCURSES
	25		# define FNAME "../demos/tui.c"
	26		#else
	27		# define FNAME "..\\demos\\tui.c"
	28		#endif
	29
	30		/**************************** strings entry box ***************************/
	31
	32		void address(void)
	33		{
	34		char *fieldname[6] =
	35		{
	36		"Name", "Street", "City", "State", "Country", (char *)0
	37		};
	38
	39		char *fieldbuf[5];
	40		WINDOW *wbody = bodywin();
	41		int i, field = 50;
	42
	43		for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
	44		fieldbuf[i] = calloc(1, field + 1);
	45
	46		if (getstrings(fieldname, fieldbuf, field) != KEY_ESC)
	47		{
	48		for (i = 0; fieldname[i]; i++)
	49		wprintw(wbody, "%10s : %s\n",
	50		fieldname[i], fieldbuf[i]);
	51
	52		wrefresh(wbody);
	53		}
	54
	55		for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
	56		free(fieldbuf[i]);
	57		}
	58
	59		/**************************** string entry box ****************************/
	60
	61		char *getfname(char *desc, char *fname, int field)
	62		{
	63		char *fieldname[2];
	64		char *fieldbuf[1];
	65
	66		fieldname[0] = desc;
	67		fieldname[1] = 0;
	68		fieldbuf[0] = fname;
	69
	70		return (getstrings(fieldname, fieldbuf, field) == KEY_ESC) ? NULL : fname;
	71		}
	72
	73		/**************************** a very simple file browser ******************/
	74
	75		void showfile(char *fname)
	76		{
	77		int i, bh = bodylen();
	78		FILE *fp;
	79		char buf[MAXSTRLEN];
	80		bool ateof = FALSE;
	81
	82		statusmsg("FileBrowser: Hit key to continue, Q to quit");
	83
	84		if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) != NULL) /* file available? */
	85		{
	86		while (!ateof)
	87		{
	88		clsbody();
	89
	90		for (i = 0; i < bh - 1 && !ateof; i++)
	91		{
	92		buf[0] = '\0';
	93		fgets(buf, MAXSTRLEN, fp);
	94
	95		if (strlen(buf))
	96		bodymsg(buf);
	97		else
	98		ateof = TRUE;
	99		}
	100
	101		switch (waitforkey())
	102		{
	103		case 'Q':
	104		case 'q':
	105		case 0x1b:
	106		ateof = TRUE;
	107		}
	108		}
	109
	110		fclose(fp);
	111		}
	112		else
	113		{
	114		sprintf(buf, "ERROR: file '%s' not found", fname);
	115		errormsg(buf);
	116		}
	117		}
	118
	119		/***************************** forward declarations ***********************/
	120
	121		void sub0(void), sub1(void), sub2(void), sub3(void);
	122		void func1(void), func2(void);
	123		void subfunc1(void), subfunc2(void);
	124		void subsub(void);
	125
	126		/***************************** menus initialization ***********************/
	127
	128		menu MainMenu[] =
	129		{
	130		{ "Asub", sub0, "Go inside first submenu" },
	131		{ "Bsub", sub1, "Go inside second submenu" },
	132		{ "Csub", sub2, "Go inside third submenu" },
	133		{ "Dsub", sub3, "Go inside fourth submenu" },
	134		{ "", (FUNC)0, "" } /* always add this as the last item! */
	135		};
	136
	137		menu SubMenu0[] =
	138		{
	139		{ "Exit", DoExit, "Terminate program" },
	140		{ "", (FUNC)0, "" }
	141		};
	142
	143		menu SubMenu1[] =
	144		{
	145		{ "OneBeep", func1, "Sound one beep" },
	146		{ "TwoBeeps", func2, "Sound two beeps" },
	147		{ "", (FUNC)0, "" }
	148		};
	149
	150		menu SubMenu2[] =
	151		{
	152		{ "Browse", subfunc1, "Source file lister" },
	153		{ "Input", subfunc2, "Interactive file lister" },
	154		{ "Address", address, "Get address data" },
	155		{ "", (FUNC)0, "" }
	156		};
	157
	158		menu SubMenu3[] =
	159		{
	160		{ "SubSub", subsub, "Go inside sub-submenu" },
	161		{ "", (FUNC)0, "" }
	162		};
	163
	164		/***************************** main menu functions ************************/
	165
	166		void sub0(void)
	167		{
	168		domenu(SubMenu0);
	169		}
	170
	171		void sub1(void)
	172		{
	173		domenu(SubMenu1);
	174		}
	175
	176		void sub2(void)
	177		{
	178		domenu(SubMenu2);
	179		}
	180
	181		void sub3(void)
	182		{
	183		domenu(SubMenu3);
	184		}
	185
	186		/***************************** submenu1 functions *************************/
	187
	188		void func1(void)
	189		{
	190		beep();
	191		bodymsg("One beep! ");
	192		}
	193
	194		void func2(void)
	195		{
	196		beep();
	197		bodymsg("Two beeps! ");
	198		beep();
	199		}
	200
	201		/***************************** submenu2 functions *************************/
	202
	203		void subfunc1(void)
	204		{
	205		showfile(FNAME);
	206		}
	207
	208		void subfunc2(void)
	209		{
	210		char fname[MAXSTRLEN];
	211
	212		strcpy(fname, FNAME);
	213		if (getfname ("File to browse:", fname, 50))
	214		showfile(fname);
	215		}
	216
	217		/***************************** submenu3 functions *************************/
	218
	219		void subsub(void)
	220		{
	221		domenu(SubMenu2);
	222		}
	223
	224		/***************************** start main menu ***************************/
	225
	226		int main(int argc, char **argv)
	227		{
	228		setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
	229
	230		startmenu(MainMenu, "TUI - 'textual user interface' demonstration program");
	231
	232		return 0;
	233		}

File demos/worm.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..5a823f9)
	1		/****************************************************************************
	2		* Copyright (c) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
	3		* *
	4		* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
	5		* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
	6		* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including *
	7		* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, *
	8		* distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell *
	9		* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is *
	10		* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: *
	11		* *
	12		* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included *
	13		* in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. *
	14		* *
	15		* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS *
	16		* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF *
	17		* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. *
	18		* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, *
	19		* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR *
	20		* OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR *
	21		* THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. *
	22		* *
	23		* Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright *
	24		* holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the *
	25		* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
	26		* authorization. *
	27		****************************************************************************/
	28
	29		/*
	30
	31		@@@ @@@ @@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@
	32		@@@ @@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@@
	33		@@@ @@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@@
	34		@@@ @@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
	35		@@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
	36		@@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
	37		@@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
	38		@@@@ @@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
	39		@@ @@ @@@@@@@@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@
	40
	41		Eric P. Scott
	42		Caltech High Energy Physics
	43		October, 1980
	44
	45		Color by Eric S. Raymond
	46		July, 1995
	47
	48		Options:
	49		-f fill screen with copies of 'WORM' at start.
	50		-l <n> set worm length
	51		-n <n> set number of worms
	52		-t make worms leave droppings
	53
	54		$Id: worm.c,v 1.16 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $
	55		*/
	56
	57		#include <curses.h>
	58		#include <stdlib.h>
	59		#include <time.h>
	60
	61		#define FLAVORS 7
	62
	63		static chtype flavor[FLAVORS] =
	64		{
	65		'O', '*', '#', '$', '%', '0', '@'
	66		};
	67
	68		static const short xinc[] =
	69		{
	70		1, 1, 1, 0, -1, -1, -1, 0
	71		},
	72		yinc[] =
	73		{
	74		-1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, -1, -1
	75		};
	76
	77		static struct worm
	78		{
	79		int orientation, head;
	80		short *xpos, *ypos;
	81		} worm[40];
	82
	83		static const char *field;
	84		static int length = 16, number = 3;
	85		static chtype trail = ' ';
	86
	87		static const struct options
	88		{
	89		int nopts;
	90		int opts[3];
	91		} normal[8] =
	92		{
	93		{ 3, { 7, 0, 1 } }, { 3, { 0, 1, 2 } }, { 3, { 1, 2, 3 } },
	94		{ 3, { 2, 3, 4 } }, { 3, { 3, 4, 5 } }, { 3, { 4, 5, 6 } },
	95		{ 3, { 5, 6, 7 } }, { 3, { 6, 7, 0 } }
	96		},
	97		upper[8] =
	98		{
	99		{ 1, { 1, 0, 0 } }, { 2, { 1, 2, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
	100		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 2, { 4, 5, 0 } },
	101		{ 1, { 5, 0, 0 } }, { 2, { 1, 5, 0 } }
	102		},
	103		left[8] =
	104		{
	105		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
	106		{ 2, { 2, 3, 0 } }, { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } }, { 2, { 3, 7, 0 } },
	107		{ 1, { 7, 0, 0 } }, { 2, { 7, 0, 0 } }
	108		},
	109		right[8] =
	110		{
	111		{ 1, { 7, 0, 0 } }, { 2, { 3, 7, 0 } }, { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } },
	112		{ 2, { 3, 4, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
	113		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 2, { 6, 7, 0 } }
	114		},
	115		lower[8] =
	116		{
	117		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 2, { 0, 1, 0 } }, { 1, { 1, 0, 0 } },
	118		{ 2, { 1, 5, 0 } }, { 1, { 5, 0, 0 } }, { 2, { 5, 6, 0 } },
	119		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }
	120		},
	121		upleft[8] =
	122		{
	123		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
	124		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } },
	125		{ 2, { 1, 3, 0 } }, { 1, { 1, 0, 0 } }
	126		},
	127		upright[8] =
	128		{
	129		{ 2, { 3, 5, 0 } }, { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
	130		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
	131		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 1, { 5, 0, 0 } }
	132		},
	133		lowleft[8] =
	134		{
	135		{ 3, { 7, 0, 1 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
	136		{ 1, { 1, 0, 0 } }, { 2, { 1, 7, 0 } }, { 1, { 7, 0, 0 } },
	137		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }
	138		},
	139		lowright[8] =
	140		{
	141		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 1, { 7, 0, 0 } }, { 2, { 5, 7, 0 } },
	142		{ 1, { 5, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } },
	143		{ 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }
	144		};
	145
	146		static void cleanup(void)
	147		{
	148		standend();
	149		refresh();
	150		curs_set(1);
	151		endwin();
	152		}
	153
	154		int main(int argc, char *argv[])
	155		{
	156		const struct options *op;
	157		struct worm *w;
	158		short **ref, *ip;
	159		int x, y, n, h, last, bottom, seed;
	160
	161		for (x = 1; x < argc; x++)
	162		{
	163		char *p = argv[x];
	164
	165		if (*p == '-')
	166		p++;
	167
	168		switch (*p)
	169		{
	170		case 'f':
	171		field = "WORM";
	172		break;
	173		case 'l':
	174		if (++x == argc)
	175		goto usage;
	176
	177		if ((length = atoi(argv[x])) < 2 || length > 1024)
	178		{
	179		fprintf(stderr, "%s: Invalid length\n", *argv);
	180		return EXIT_FAILURE;
	181		}
	182
	183		break;
	184		case 'n':
	185		if (++x == argc)
	186		goto usage;
	187
	188		if ((number = atoi(argv[x])) < 1 || number > 40)
	189		{
	190		fprintf(stderr, "%s: Invalid number of worms\n", *argv);
	191		return EXIT_FAILURE;
	192		}
	193
	194		break;
	195		case 't':
	196		trail = '.';
	197		break;
	198		default:
	199		usage:
	200		fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-field] [-length #] "
	201		"[-number #] [-trail]\n", *argv);
	202		return EXIT_FAILURE;
	203		}
	204		}
	205
	206		#ifdef XCURSES
	207		Xinitscr(argc, argv);
	208		#else
	209		initscr();
	210		#endif
	211		seed = time((time_t *)0);
	212		srand(seed);
	213
	214		noecho();
	215		cbreak();
	216		nonl();
	217		keypad(stdscr, TRUE);
	218
	219		curs_set(0);
	220
	221		bottom = LINES - 1;
	222		last = COLS - 1;
	223
	224		#ifdef A_COLOR
	225		if (has_colors())
	226		{
	227		int bg = COLOR_BLACK;
	228		start_color();
	229
	230		# if defined(NCURSES_VERSION) || (defined(PDC_BUILD) && PDC_BUILD > 3000)
	231		if (use_default_colors() == OK)
	232		bg = -1;
	233		# endif
	234
	235		# define SET_COLOR(num, fg) \
	236		init_pair(num + 1, fg, bg); \
	237		flavor[num] |= COLOR_PAIR(num + 1) | A_BOLD
	238
	239		SET_COLOR(0, COLOR_GREEN);
	240		SET_COLOR(1, COLOR_RED);
	241		SET_COLOR(2, COLOR_CYAN);
	242		SET_COLOR(3, COLOR_WHITE);
	243		SET_COLOR(4, COLOR_MAGENTA);
	244		SET_COLOR(5, COLOR_BLUE);
	245		SET_COLOR(6, COLOR_YELLOW);
	246		}
	247		#endif
	248
	249		ref = malloc(sizeof(short *) * LINES);
	250
	251		for (y = 0; y < LINES; y++)
	252		{
	253		ref[y] = malloc(sizeof(short) * COLS);
	254
	255		for (x = 0; x < COLS; x++)
	256		ref[y][x] = 0;
	257		}
	258
	259		#ifdef BADCORNER
	260		/* if addressing the lower right corner doesn't work in your curses */
	261
	262		ref[bottom][last] = 1;
	263		#endif
	264
	265		for (n = number, w = &worm[0]; --n >= 0; w++)
	266		{
	267		w->orientation = w->head = 0;
	268
	269		if ((ip = malloc(sizeof(short) * (length + 1))) == NULL)
	270		{
	271		fprintf(stderr, "%s: out of memory\n", *argv);
	272		return EXIT_FAILURE;
	273		}
	274
	275		w->xpos = ip;
	276
	277		for (x = length; --x >= 0;)
	278		*ip++ = -1;
	279
	280		if ((ip = malloc(sizeof(short) * (length + 1))) == NULL)
	281		{
	282		fprintf(stderr, "%s: out of memory\n", *argv);
	283		return EXIT_FAILURE;
	284		}
	285
	286		w->ypos = ip;
	287
	288		for (y = length; --y >= 0;)
	289		*ip++ = -1;
	290		}
	291
	292		if (field)
	293		{
	294		const char *p = field;
	295
	296		for (y = bottom; --y >= 0;)
	297		for (x = COLS; --x >= 0;)
	298		{
	299		addch((chtype) (*p++));
	300
	301		if (!*p)
	302		p = field;
	303		}
	304		}
	305
	306		napms(12);
	307		refresh();
	308		nodelay(stdscr, TRUE);
	309
	310		for (;;)
	311		{
	312		int ch;
	313
	314		if ((ch = getch()) > 0)
	315		{
	316		#ifdef KEY_RESIZE
	317		if (ch == KEY_RESIZE)
	318		{
	319		# ifdef PDCURSES
	320		resize_term(0, 0);
	321		erase();
	322		# endif
	323		if (last != COLS - 1)
	324		{
	325		for (y = 0; y <= bottom; y++)
	326		{
	327		ref[y] = realloc(ref[y], sizeof(short) * COLS);
	328
	329		for (x = last + 1; x < COLS; x++)
	330		ref[y][x] = 0;
	331		}
	332
	333		last = COLS - 1;
	334		}
	335
	336		if (bottom != LINES - 1)
	337		{
	338		for (y = LINES; y <= bottom; y++)
	339		free(ref[y]);
	340
	341		ref = realloc(ref, sizeof(short *) * LINES);
	342
	343		for (y = bottom + 1; y < LINES; y++)
	344		{
	345		ref[y] = malloc(sizeof(short) * COLS);
	346
	347		for (x = 0; x < COLS; x++)
	348		ref[y][x] = 0;
	349		}
	350
	351		bottom = LINES - 1;
	352		}
	353		}
	354
	355		#endif /* KEY_RESIZE */
	356
	357		/* Make it simple to put this into single-step mode,
	358		or resume normal operation - T. Dickey */
	359
	360		if (ch == 'q')
	361		{
	362		cleanup();
	363		return EXIT_SUCCESS;
	364		}
	365		else if (ch == 's')
	366		nodelay(stdscr, FALSE);
	367		else if (ch == ' ')
	368		nodelay(stdscr, TRUE);
	369		}
	370
	371		for (n = 0, w = &worm[0]; n < number; n++, w++)
	372		{
	373		if ((x = w->xpos[h = w->head]) < 0)
	374		{
	375		move(y = w->ypos[h] = bottom, x = w->xpos[h] = 0);
	376		addch(flavor[n % FLAVORS]);
	377		ref[y][x]++;
	378		}
	379		else
	380		y = w->ypos[h];
	381
	382		if (x > last)
	383		x = last;
	384
	385		if (y > bottom)
	386		y = bottom;
	387
	388		if (++h == length)
	389		h = 0;
	390
	391		if (w->xpos[w->head = h] >= 0)
	392		{
	393		int x1 = w->xpos[h];
	394		int y1 = w->ypos[h];
	395
	396		if (y1 < LINES && x1 < COLS && --ref[y1][x1] == 0)
	397		{
	398		move(y1, x1);
	399		addch(trail);
	400		}
	401		}
	402
	403		op = &(x == 0 ? (y == 0 ? upleft :
	404		(y == bottom ? lowleft : left)) :
	405		(x == last ? (y == 0 ? upright :
	406		(y == bottom ? lowright : right)) :
	407		(y == 0 ? upper :
	408		(y == bottom ? lower : normal))))
	409		[w->orientation];
	410
	411		switch (op->nopts)
	412		{
	413		case 0:
	414		cleanup();
	415		return EXIT_SUCCESS;
	416		case 1:
	417		w->orientation = op->opts[0];
	418		break;
	419		default:
	420		w->orientation = op->opts[rand() % op->nopts];
	421		}
	422
	423		move(y += yinc[w->orientation], x += xinc[w->orientation]);
	424
	425		if (y < 0)
	426		y = 0;
	427
	428		addch(flavor[n % FLAVORS]);
	429		ref[w->ypos[h] = y][w->xpos[h] = x]++;
	430		}
	431		napms(12);
	432		refresh();
	433		}
	434		}

File demos/xmas.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..706858a)
	1		/******************************************************************************/
	2		/* asciixmas */
	3		/* December 1989 Larry Bartz Indianapolis, IN */
	4		/* */
	5		/* */
	6		/* I'm dreaming of an ascii character-based monochrome Christmas, */
	7		/* Just like the one's I used to know! */
	8		/* Via a full duplex communications channel, */
	9		/* At 9600 bits per second, */
	10		/* Even though it's kinda slow. */
	11		/* */
	12		/* I'm dreaming of an ascii character-based monochrome Christmas, */
	13		/* With ev'ry C program I write! */
	14		/* May your screen be merry and bright! */
	15		/* And may all your Christmases be amber or green, */
	16		/* (for reduced eyestrain and improved visibility)! */
	17		/* */
	18		/* */
	19		/* */
	20		/* IMPLEMENTATION */
	21		/* */
	22		/* Feel free to modify the defined string FROMWHO to reflect you, your */
	23		/* organization, your site, whatever. */
	24		/* */
	25		/* This looks a lot better if you can turn off your cursor before execution. */
	26		/* The cursor is distracting but it doesn't really ruin the show. */
	27		/* */
	28		/* At our site, we invoke this for our users just after login and the */
	29		/* determination of terminal type. */
	30		/* */
	31		/* */
	32		/* PORTABILITY */
	33		/* */
	34		/* I wrote this using only the very simplest curses functions so that it */
	35		/* might be the most portable. I was personally able to test on five */
	36		/* different cpu/UNIX combinations. */
	37		/* */
	38		/* */
	39		/* COMPILE */
	40		/* */
	41		/* usually this: */
	42		/* */
	43		/* cc -O xmas.c -lcurses -o xmas -s */
	44		/* */
	45		/******************************************************************************/
	46
	47		/* $Id: xmas.c,v 1.29 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	48
	49		#include <curses.h>
	50		#include <signal.h>
	51
	52		void lil(WINDOW *);
	53		void midtop(WINDOW *);
	54		void bigtop(WINDOW *);
	55		void bigface(WINDOW *, chtype);
	56		void legs1(WINDOW *);
	57		void legs2(WINDOW *);
	58		void legs3(WINDOW *);
	59		void legs4(WINDOW *);
	60		void initdeer(void);
	61		void boxit(void);
	62		void seas(void);
	63		void greet(void);
	64		void fromwho(void);
	65		void del_msg(void);
	66		void tree(void);
	67		void balls(void);
	68		void star(void);
	69		void strng1(void);
	70		void strng2(void);
	71		void strng3(void);
	72		void strng4(void);
	73		void strng5(void);
	74		void blinkit(void);
	75		void reindeer(void);
	76
	77		#define FROMWHO "From Larry Bartz, Mark Hessling and William McBrine"
	78
	79		int y_pos, x_pos;
	80
	81		WINDOW *treescrn, *treescrn2, *treescrn3, *treescrn4, *treescrn5,
	82		*treescrn6, *treescrn7, *treescrn8, *dotdeer0, *stardeer0,
	83		*lildeer0, *lildeer1, *lildeer2, *lildeer3, *middeer0,
	84		*middeer1, *middeer2, *middeer3, *bigdeer0, *bigdeer1,
	85		*bigdeer2, *bigdeer3, *bigdeer4, *lookdeer0, *lookdeer1,
	86		*lookdeer2, *lookdeer3, *lookdeer4, *w_holiday, *w_del_msg;
	87
	88		int main(int argc, char **argv)
	89		{
	90		int loopy;
	91
	92		#ifdef XCURSES
	93		Xinitscr(argc, argv);
	94		#else
	95		initscr();
	96		#endif
	97		nodelay(stdscr, TRUE);
	98		noecho();
	99		nonl();
	100		refresh();
	101
	102		#ifdef A_COLOR
	103		if (has_colors())
	104		start_color();
	105		#endif
	106		curs_set(0);
	107
	108		treescrn = newwin(16, 27, 3, 53);
	109		treescrn2 = newwin(16, 27, 3, 53);
	110		treescrn3 = newwin(16, 27, 3, 53);
	111		treescrn4 = newwin(16, 27, 3, 53);
	112		treescrn5 = newwin(16, 27, 3, 53);
	113		treescrn6 = newwin(16, 27, 3, 53);
	114		treescrn7 = newwin(16, 27, 3, 53);
	115		treescrn8 = newwin(16, 27, 3, 53);
	116
	117		w_holiday = newwin(1, 26, 3, 27);
	118
	119		w_del_msg = newwin(1, 12, 23, 60);
	120
	121		mvwaddstr(w_holiday, 0, 0, "H A P P Y H O L I D A Y S");
	122
	123		initdeer();
	124
	125		clear();
	126		werase(treescrn);
	127		touchwin(treescrn);
	128		werase(treescrn2);
	129		touchwin(treescrn2);
	130		werase(treescrn8);
	131		touchwin(treescrn8);
	132		refresh();
	133		napms(1000);
	134
	135		boxit();
	136		del_msg();
	137		napms(1000);
	138
	139		seas();
	140		del_msg();
	141		napms(1000);
	142
	143		greet();
	144		del_msg();
	145		napms(1000);
	146
	147		fromwho();
	148		del_msg();
	149		napms(1000);
	150
	151		tree();
	152		napms(1000);
	153
	154		balls();
	155		napms(1000);
	156
	157		star();
	158		napms(1000);
	159
	160		strng1();
	161		strng2();
	162		strng3();
	163		strng4();
	164		strng5();
	165
	166		/* set up the windows for our blinking trees */
	167		/* **************************************** */
	168		/* treescrn3 */
	169
	170		overlay(treescrn, treescrn3);
	171
	172		/* balls */
	173		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 4, 18, ' ');
	174		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 7, 6, ' ');
	175		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 8, 19, ' ');
	176		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 11, 22, ' ');
	177
	178		/* star */
	179		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 0, 12, '*');
	180
	181		/* strng1 */
	182		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 3, 11, ' ');
	183
	184		/* strng2 */
	185		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 5, 13, ' ');
	186		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 6, 10, ' ');
	187
	188		/* strng3 */
	189		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 7, 16, ' ');
	190		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 7, 14, ' ');
	191
	192		/* strng4 */
	193		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 10, 13, ' ');
	194		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 10, 10, ' ');
	195		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 11, 8, ' ');
	196
	197		/* strng5 */
	198		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 11, 18, ' ');
	199		mvwaddch(treescrn3, 12, 13, ' ');
	200
	201		/* treescrn4 */
	202
	203		overlay(treescrn, treescrn4);
	204
	205		/* balls */
	206		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 3, 9, ' ');
	207		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 4, 16, ' ');
	208		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 7, 6, ' ');
	209		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 8, 19, ' ');
	210		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 11, 2, ' ');
	211		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 12, 23, ' ');
	212
	213		/* star */
	214		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 0, 12, '*' | A_STANDOUT);
	215
	216		/* strng1 */
	217		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 3, 13, ' ');
	218
	219		/* strng2 */
	220
	221		/* strng3 */
	222		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 7, 15, ' ');
	223		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 8, 11, ' ');
	224
	225		/* strng4 */
	226		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 9, 16, ' ');
	227		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 10, 12, ' ');
	228		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 11, 8, ' ');
	229
	230		/* strng5 */
	231		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 11, 18, ' ');
	232		mvwaddch(treescrn4, 12, 14, ' ');
	233
	234		/* treescrn5 */
	235
	236		overlay(treescrn, treescrn5);
	237
	238		/* balls */
	239		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 3, 15, ' ');
	240		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 10, 20, ' ');
	241		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 12, 1, ' ');
	242
	243		/* star */
	244		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 0, 12, '*');
	245
	246		/* strng1 */
	247		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 3, 11, ' ');
	248
	249		/* strng2 */
	250		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 5, 12, ' ');
	251
	252		/* strng3 */
	253		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 7, 14, ' ');
	254		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 8, 10, ' ');
	255
	256		/* strng4 */
	257		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 9, 15, ' ');
	258		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 10, 11, ' ');
	259		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 11, 7, ' ');
	260
	261		/* strng5 */
	262		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 11, 17, ' ');
	263		mvwaddch(treescrn5, 12, 13, ' ');
	264
	265		/* treescrn6 */
	266
	267		overlay(treescrn, treescrn6);
	268
	269		/* balls */
	270		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 6, 7, ' ');
	271		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 7, 18, ' ');
	272		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 10, 4, ' ');
	273		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 11, 23, ' ');
	274
	275		/* star */
	276		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 0, 12, '*' | A_STANDOUT);
	277
	278		/* strng1 */
	279
	280		/* strng2 */
	281		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 5, 11, ' ');
	282
	283		/* strng3 */
	284		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 7, 13, ' ');
	285		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 8, 9, ' ');
	286
	287		/* strng4 */
	288		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 9, 14, ' ');
	289		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 10, 10, ' ');
	290		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 11, 6, ' ');
	291
	292		/* strng5 */
	293		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 11, 16, ' ');
	294		mvwaddch(treescrn6, 12, 12, ' ');
	295
	296		/* treescrn7 */
	297
	298		overlay(treescrn, treescrn7);
	299
	300		/* balls */
	301		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 3, 15, ' ');
	302		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 6, 7, ' ');
	303		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 7, 18, ' ');
	304		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 10, 4, ' ');
	305		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 11, 22, ' ');
	306
	307		/* star */
	308		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 0, 12, '*');
	309
	310		/* strng1 */
	311		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 3, 12, ' ');
	312
	313		/* strng2 */
	314		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 5, 13, ' ');
	315		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 6, 9, ' ');
	316
	317		/* strng3 */
	318		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 7, 15, ' ');
	319		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 8, 11, ' ');
	320
	321		/* strng4 */
	322		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 9, 16, ' ');
	323		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 10, 12, ' ');
	324		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 11, 8, ' ');
	325
	326		/* strng5 */
	327		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 11, 18, ' ');
	328		mvwaddch(treescrn7, 12, 14, ' ');
	329
	330		napms(1000);
	331		reindeer();
	332
	333		touchwin(w_holiday);
	334		wrefresh(w_holiday);
	335		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	336
	337		napms(1000);
	338
	339		for (loopy = 0; loopy < 50; loopy++)
	340		blinkit();
	341
	342		clear();
	343		refresh();
	344		endwin();
	345
	346		return 0;
	347		}
	348
	349		void lil(WINDOW *win)
	350		{
	351		mvwaddch(win, 0, 0, (chtype) 'V');
	352		mvwaddch(win, 1, 0, (chtype) '@');
	353		mvwaddch(win, 1, 3, (chtype) '~');
	354		}
	355
	356		void midtop(WINDOW *win)
	357		{
	358		mvwaddstr(win, 0, 2, "yy");
	359		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 2, "0(=)~");
	360		}
	361
	362		void bigtop(WINDOW *win)
	363		{
	364		mvwaddstr(win, 0, 17, "\\/");
	365		mvwaddstr(win, 0, 20, "\\/");
	366		mvwaddch(win, 1, 18, (chtype) '\\');
	367		mvwaddch(win, 1, 20, (chtype) '/');
	368		mvwaddstr(win, 2, 19, "|_");
	369		mvwaddstr(win, 3, 18, "/^0\\");
	370		mvwaddstr(win, 4, 17, "//\\");
	371		mvwaddch(win, 4, 22, (chtype) '\\');
	372		mvwaddstr(win, 5, 7, "^~~~~~~~~// ~~U");
	373		}
	374
	375		void bigface(WINDOW *win, chtype noseattr)
	376		{
	377		mvwaddstr(win, 0, 16, "\\/ \\/");
	378		mvwaddstr(win, 1, 17, "\\Y/ \\Y/");
	379		mvwaddstr(win, 2, 19, "\\=/");
	380		mvwaddstr(win, 3, 17, "^\\o o/^");
	381		mvwaddstr(win, 4, 17, "//( )");
	382		mvwaddstr(win, 5, 7, "^~~~~~~~~// \\");
	383		waddch(win, 'O' | noseattr);
	384		waddstr(win, "/");
	385		}
	386
	387		void legs1(WINDOW *win)
	388		{
	389		mvwaddstr(win, 6, 7, "( \\_____( /");
	390		mvwaddstr(win, 7, 8, "( ) /");
	391		mvwaddstr(win, 8, 9, "\\\\ /");
	392		mvwaddstr(win, 9, 11, "\\>/>");
	393		}
	394
	395		void legs2(WINDOW *win)
	396		{
	397		mvwaddstr(win, 6, 7, "(( )____( /");
	398		mvwaddstr(win, 7, 7, "( / |");
	399		mvwaddstr(win, 8, 8, "\\/ |");
	400		mvwaddstr(win, 9, 9, "|> |>");
	401		}
	402
	403		void legs3(WINDOW *win)
	404		{
	405		mvwaddstr(win, 6, 6, "( ()_____( /");
	406		mvwaddstr(win, 7, 6, "/ / /");
	407		mvwaddstr(win, 8, 5, "|/ \\");
	408		mvwaddstr(win, 9, 5, "/> \\>");
	409		}
	410
	411		void legs4(WINDOW *win)
	412		{
	413		mvwaddstr(win, 6, 6, "( )______( /");
	414		mvwaddstr(win, 7, 5, "(/ \\");
	415		mvwaddstr(win, 8, 0, "v___= ----^");
	416		}
	417
	418		void initdeer(void)
	419		{
	420		chtype noseattr;
	421
	422		#ifdef A_COLOR
	423		if (has_colors())
	424		{
	425		init_pair(31, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLACK);
	426		noseattr = COLOR_PAIR(31);
	427		}
	428		else
	429		#endif
	430		noseattr = A_NORMAL;
	431
	432		/* set up the windows for our various reindeer */
	433
	434		dotdeer0 = newwin(3, 71, 0, 8);
	435		stardeer0 = newwin(4, 56, 0, 8);
	436		lildeer0 = newwin(7, 54, 0, 8);
	437		middeer0 = newwin(15, 42, 0, 8);
	438		bigdeer0 = newwin(10, 23, 0, 0);
	439		lookdeer0 = newwin(10, 25, 0, 0);
	440
	441		/* lildeer1 */
	442		lildeer1 = newwin(2, 4, 0, 0);
	443		lil(lildeer1);
	444		mvwaddstr(lildeer1, 1, 1, "<>");
	445
	446		/* lildeer2 */
	447		lildeer2 = newwin(2, 4, 0, 0);
	448		lil(lildeer2);
	449		mvwaddstr(lildeer2, 1, 1, "||");
	450
	451		/* lildeer3 */
	452		lildeer3 = newwin(2, 4, 0, 0);
	453		lil(lildeer3);
	454		mvwaddstr(lildeer3, 1, 1, "><");
	455
	456		/* middeer1 */
	457		middeer1 = newwin(3, 7, 0, 0);
	458		midtop(middeer1);
	459		mvwaddstr(middeer1, 2, 3, "\\/");
	460
	461		/* middeer2 */
	462		middeer2 = newwin(3, 7, 0, 0);
	463		midtop(middeer2);
	464		mvwaddch(middeer2, 2, 3, (chtype) '|');
	465		mvwaddch(middeer2, 2, 5, (chtype) '|');
	466
	467		/* middeer3 */
	468		middeer3 = newwin(3, 7, 0, 0);
	469		midtop(middeer3);
	470		mvwaddch(middeer3, 2, 2, (chtype) '/');
	471		mvwaddch(middeer3, 2, 6, (chtype) '\\');
	472
	473		/* bigdeer1 */
	474		bigdeer1 = newwin(10, 23, 0, 0);
	475		bigtop(bigdeer1);
	476		legs1(bigdeer1);
	477
	478		/* bigdeer2 */
	479		bigdeer2 = newwin(10, 23, 0, 0);
	480		bigtop(bigdeer2);
	481		legs2(bigdeer2);
	482
	483		/* bigdeer3 */
	484		bigdeer3 = newwin(10, 23, 0, 0);
	485		bigtop(bigdeer3);
	486		legs3(bigdeer3);
	487
	488		/* bigdeer4 */
	489		bigdeer4 = newwin(10, 23, 0, 0);
	490		bigtop(bigdeer4);
	491		legs4(bigdeer4);
	492
	493		/* lookdeer1 */
	494		lookdeer1 = newwin(10, 25, 0, 0);
	495		bigface(lookdeer1, noseattr);
	496		legs1(lookdeer1);
	497
	498		/* lookdeer2 */
	499		lookdeer2 = newwin(10, 25, 0, 0);
	500		bigface(lookdeer2, noseattr);
	501		legs2(lookdeer2);
	502
	503		/* lookdeer3 */
	504		lookdeer3 = newwin(10, 25, 0, 0);
	505		bigface(lookdeer3, noseattr);
	506		legs3(lookdeer3);
	507
	508		/* lookdeer4 */
	509		lookdeer4 = newwin(10, 25, 0, 0);
	510		bigface(lookdeer4, noseattr);
	511		legs4(lookdeer4);
	512		}
	513
	514		void boxit(void)
	515		{
	516		int x;
	517
	518		for (x = 0; x < 20; ++x)
	519		mvaddch(x, 7, '|');
	520
	521		for (x = 0; x < 80; ++x)
	522		{
	523		if (x > 7)
	524		mvaddch(19, x, '_');
	525
	526		mvaddch(22, x, '_');
	527		}
	528		}
	529
	530		void seas(void)
	531		{
	532		mvaddch(4, 1, 'S');
	533		mvaddch(6, 1, 'E');
	534		mvaddch(8, 1, 'A');
	535		mvaddch(10, 1, 'S');
	536		mvaddch(12, 1, 'O');
	537		mvaddch(14, 1, 'N');
	538		mvaddch(16, 1, '`');
	539		mvaddch(18, 1, 'S');
	540		}
	541
	542		void greet(void)
	543		{
	544		mvaddch(3, 5, 'G');
	545		mvaddch(5, 5, 'R');
	546		mvaddch(7, 5, 'E');
	547		mvaddch(9, 5, 'E');
	548		mvaddch(11, 5, 'T');
	549		mvaddch(13, 5, 'I');
	550		mvaddch(15, 5, 'N');
	551		mvaddch(17, 5, 'G');
	552		mvaddch(19, 5, 'S');
	553		}
	554
	555		void fromwho(void)
	556		{
	557		mvaddstr(21, 13, FROMWHO);
	558		}
	559
	560		void del_msg(void)
	561		{
	562		refresh();
	563		}
	564
	565		void tree(void)
	566		{
	567		#ifdef A_COLOR
	568		if (has_colors())
	569		{
	570		init_pair(30, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_BLACK);
	571		wattrset(treescrn, COLOR_PAIR(30));
	572		}
	573		#endif
	574		mvwaddch(treescrn, 1, 11, (chtype) '/');
	575		mvwaddch(treescrn, 2, 11, (chtype) '/');
	576		mvwaddch(treescrn, 3, 10, (chtype) '/');
	577		mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 9, (chtype) '/');
	578		mvwaddch(treescrn, 5, 9, (chtype) '/');
	579		mvwaddch(treescrn, 6, 8, (chtype) '/');
	580		mvwaddch(treescrn, 7, 7, (chtype) '/');
	581		mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 6, (chtype) '/');
	582		mvwaddch(treescrn, 9, 6, (chtype) '/');
	583		mvwaddch(treescrn, 10, 5, (chtype) '/');
	584		mvwaddch(treescrn, 11, 3, (chtype) '/');
	585		mvwaddch(treescrn, 12, 2, (chtype) '/');
	586
	587		mvwaddch(treescrn, 1, 13, (chtype) '\\');
	588		mvwaddch(treescrn, 2, 13, (chtype) '\\');
	589		mvwaddch(treescrn, 3, 14, (chtype) '\\');
	590		mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 15, (chtype) '\\');
	591		mvwaddch(treescrn, 5, 15, (chtype) '\\');
	592		mvwaddch(treescrn, 6, 16, (chtype) '\\');
	593		mvwaddch(treescrn, 7, 17, (chtype) '\\');
	594		mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 18, (chtype) '\\');
	595		mvwaddch(treescrn, 9, 18, (chtype) '\\');
	596		mvwaddch(treescrn, 10, 19, (chtype) '\\');
	597		mvwaddch(treescrn, 11, 21, (chtype) '\\');
	598		mvwaddch(treescrn, 12, 22, (chtype) '\\');
	599
	600		mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 10, (chtype) '_');
	601		mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 14, (chtype) '_');
	602		mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 7, (chtype) '_');
	603		mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 17, (chtype) '_');
	604
	605		mvwaddstr(treescrn, 13, 0,
	606		"//////////// \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\");
	607
	608		#ifdef A_COLOR
	609		if (has_colors())
	610		{
	611		init_pair(20, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLACK);
	612		wattrset(treescrn, COLOR_PAIR(20));
	613		}
	614		#endif
	615		mvwaddstr(treescrn, 14, 11, "| |");
	616		mvwaddstr(treescrn, 15, 11, "|_|");
	617
	618		wrefresh(treescrn);
	619		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	620		}
	621
	622		void balls(void)
	623		{
	624		chtype ball1, ball2, ball3, ball4, ball5, ball6;
	625
	626		overlay(treescrn, treescrn2);
	627
	628		#ifdef A_COLOR
	629		if (has_colors())
	630		{
	631		init_pair(1, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLACK);
	632		init_pair(2, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLACK);
	633		init_pair(3, COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_BLACK);
	634		init_pair(4, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_BLACK);
	635		init_pair(5, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLACK);
	636		init_pair(6, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
	637		ball1 = COLOR_PAIR(1) | '@';
	638		ball2 = COLOR_PAIR(2) | '@';
	639		ball3 = COLOR_PAIR(3) | '@';
	640		ball4 = COLOR_PAIR(4) | '@';
	641		ball5 = COLOR_PAIR(5) | '@';
	642		ball6 = COLOR_PAIR(6) | '@';
	643		}
	644		else
	645		#endif
	646		ball1 = ball2 = ball3 = ball4 = ball5 = ball6 = '@';
	647
	648		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 9, ball1);
	649		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 15, ball2);
	650		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 4, 8, ball3);
	651		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 4, 16, ball4);
	652		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 7, ball5);
	653		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 17, ball6);
	654		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 6, ball1 | A_BOLD);
	655		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 18, ball2 | A_BOLD);
	656		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 5, ball3 | A_BOLD);
	657		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 19, ball4 | A_BOLD);
	658		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 4, ball5 | A_BOLD);
	659		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 20, ball6 | A_BOLD);
	660		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 2, ball1);
	661		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 22, ball2);
	662		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 1, ball3);
	663		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 23, ball4);
	664
	665		wrefresh(treescrn2);
	666		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	667		}
	668
	669		void star(void)
	670		{
	671		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 0, 12, (chtype) '*' | A_STANDOUT);
	672
	673		wrefresh(treescrn2);
	674		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	675		}
	676
	677		void strng1(void)
	678		{
	679		#ifdef A_COLOR
	680		if (has_colors())
	681		{
	682		init_pair(10, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLACK);
	683		wattrset(treescrn2, COLOR_PAIR(10) | A_BOLD);
	684		}
	685		#endif
	686		mvwaddstr(treescrn2, 3, 11, ".:'");
	687
	688		wrefresh(treescrn2);
	689		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	690		}
	691
	692		void strng2(void)
	693		{
	694		#ifdef A_COLOR
	695		if (has_colors())
	696		{
	697		init_pair(11, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLACK);
	698		wattrset(treescrn2, COLOR_PAIR(11) | A_BOLD);
	699		}
	700		#endif
	701		mvwaddstr(treescrn2, 5, 11, ",.:'");
	702		mvwaddstr(treescrn2, 6, 9, ":'");
	703
	704		wrefresh(treescrn2);
	705		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	706		}
	707
	708		void strng3(void)
	709		{
	710		#ifdef A_COLOR
	711		if (has_colors())
	712		{
	713		init_pair(12, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_BLACK);
	714		wattrset(treescrn2, COLOR_PAIR(12) | A_BOLD);
	715		}
	716		#endif
	717		mvwaddstr(treescrn2, 7, 13, ",.:'");
	718		mvwaddstr(treescrn2, 8, 9, ",.:'");
	719
	720		wrefresh(treescrn2);
	721		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	722		}
	723
	724		void strng4(void)
	725		{
	726		#ifdef A_COLOR
	727		if (has_colors())
	728		{
	729		init_pair(13, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
	730		wattrset(treescrn2, COLOR_PAIR(13) | A_BOLD);
	731		}
	732		#endif
	733		mvwaddstr(treescrn2, 9, 14, ",.:'");
	734		mvwaddstr(treescrn2, 10, 10, ",.:'");
	735		mvwaddstr(treescrn2, 11, 6, ",.:'");
	736		mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 5, (chtype) '\'');
	737
	738		wrefresh(treescrn2);
	739		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	740		}
	741
	742		void strng5(void)
	743		{
	744		#ifdef A_COLOR
	745		if (has_colors())
	746		{
	747		init_pair(14, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_BLACK);
	748		wattrset(treescrn2, COLOR_PAIR(14) | A_BOLD);
	749		}
	750		#endif
	751		mvwaddstr(treescrn2, 11, 16, ",.:'");
	752		mvwaddstr(treescrn2, 12, 12, ",.:'");
	753
	754		/* save a fully lit tree */
	755		overlay(treescrn2, treescrn);
	756
	757		wrefresh(treescrn2);
	758		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	759		}
	760
	761		void blinkit(void)
	762		{
	763		static int cycle;
	764
	765		if (cycle > 4)
	766		cycle = 0;
	767
	768		touchwin(treescrn8);
	769
	770		switch (cycle)
	771		{
	772		case 0:
	773		overlay(treescrn3, treescrn8);
	774		break;
	775
	776		case 1:
	777		overlay(treescrn4, treescrn8);
	778		break;
	779
	780		case 2:
	781		overlay(treescrn5, treescrn8);
	782		break;
	783
	784		case 3:
	785		overlay(treescrn6, treescrn8);
	786		break;
	787
	788		case 4:
	789		overlay(treescrn7, treescrn8);
	790		}
	791
	792		wrefresh(treescrn8);
	793		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	794
	795		napms(50);
	796		touchwin(treescrn8);
	797
	798		/*ALL ON************************************************** */
	799
	800		overlay(treescrn, treescrn8);
	801		wrefresh(treescrn8);
	802		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	803
	804		++cycle;
	805		}
	806
	807		#define TSHOW(win, pause) touchwin(win); wrefresh(win); \
	808		wrefresh(w_del_msg); napms(pause)
	809
	810		#define SHOW(win, pause) mvwin(win, y_pos, x_pos); wrefresh(win); \
	811		wrefresh(w_del_msg); napms(pause)
	812
	813		void reindeer(void)
	814		{
	815		int looper;
	816
	817		y_pos = 0;
	818
	819		for (x_pos = 70; x_pos > 62; x_pos--)
	820		{
	821		if (x_pos < 62)
	822		y_pos = 1;
	823
	824		for (looper = 0; looper < 4; looper++)
	825		{
	826		mvwaddch(dotdeer0, y_pos, x_pos, (chtype) '.');
	827		wrefresh(dotdeer0);
	828		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	829		werase(dotdeer0);
	830		wrefresh(dotdeer0);
	831		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	832		}
	833		}
	834
	835		y_pos = 2;
	836
	837		for (; x_pos > 50; x_pos--)
	838		{
	839		for (looper = 0; looper < 4; looper++)
	840		{
	841		if (x_pos < 56)
	842		{
	843		y_pos = 3;
	844
	845		mvwaddch(stardeer0, y_pos, x_pos, (chtype) '*');
	846		wrefresh(stardeer0);
	847		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	848		werase(stardeer0);
	849		wrefresh(stardeer0);
	850		}
	851		else
	852		{
	853		mvwaddch(dotdeer0, y_pos, x_pos, (chtype) '*');
	854		wrefresh(dotdeer0);
	855		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	856		werase(dotdeer0);
	857		wrefresh(dotdeer0);
	858		}
	859		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	860		}
	861		}
	862
	863		x_pos = 58;
	864
	865		for (y_pos = 2; y_pos < 5; y_pos++)
	866		{
	867		TSHOW(lildeer0, 50);
	868
	869		for (looper = 0; looper < 4; looper++)
	870		{
	871		SHOW(lildeer3, 50);
	872		SHOW(lildeer2, 50);
	873		SHOW(lildeer1, 50);
	874		SHOW(lildeer2, 50);
	875		SHOW(lildeer3, 50);
	876
	877		TSHOW(lildeer0, 50);
	878
	879		x_pos -= 2;
	880		}
	881		}
	882
	883		x_pos = 35;
	884
	885		for (y_pos = 5; y_pos < 10; y_pos++)
	886		{
	887		touchwin(middeer0);
	888		wrefresh(middeer0);
	889		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	890
	891		for (looper = 0; looper < 2; looper++)
	892		{
	893		SHOW(middeer3, 50);
	894		SHOW(middeer2, 50);
	895		SHOW(middeer1, 50);
	896		SHOW(middeer2, 50);
	897		SHOW(middeer3, 50);
	898
	899		TSHOW(middeer0, 50);
	900
	901		x_pos -= 3;
	902		}
	903		}
	904
	905		napms(2000);
	906
	907		y_pos = 1;
	908
	909		for (x_pos = 8; x_pos < 16; x_pos++)
	910		{
	911		SHOW(bigdeer4, 30);
	912		SHOW(bigdeer3, 30);
	913		SHOW(bigdeer2, 30);
	914		SHOW(bigdeer1, 30);
	915		SHOW(bigdeer2, 30);
	916		SHOW(bigdeer3, 30);
	917		SHOW(bigdeer4, 30);
	918		SHOW(bigdeer0, 30);
	919		}
	920
	921		--x_pos;
	922
	923		for (looper = 0; looper < 6; looper++)
	924		{
	925		SHOW(lookdeer4, 40);
	926		SHOW(lookdeer3, 40);
	927		SHOW(lookdeer2, 40);
	928		SHOW(lookdeer1, 40);
	929		SHOW(lookdeer2, 40);
	930		SHOW(lookdeer3, 40);
	931		SHOW(lookdeer4, 40);
	932		}
	933
	934		SHOW(lookdeer0, 40);
	935
	936		for (; y_pos < 10; y_pos++)
	937		{
	938		for (looper = 0; looper < 2; looper++)
	939		{
	940		SHOW(bigdeer4, 30);
	941		SHOW(bigdeer3, 30);
	942		SHOW(bigdeer2, 30);
	943		SHOW(bigdeer1, 30);
	944		SHOW(bigdeer2, 30);
	945		SHOW(bigdeer3, 30);
	946		SHOW(bigdeer4, 30);
	947		}
	948
	949		SHOW(bigdeer0, 30);
	950		}
	951
	952		--y_pos;
	953
	954		mvwin(lookdeer3, y_pos, x_pos);
	955		wrefresh(lookdeer3);
	956		wrefresh(w_del_msg);
	957		}

File doc/Makefile added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..8b5f337)
	1		# Makefile for PDCurses manext program.
	2
	3		all: manual
	4
	5		manual: PDCurses.txt
	6
	7		PDCurses.txt: manext
	8		cat intro.txt > PDCurses.txt
	9		echo PDCurses Definitions and Variables >> PDCurses.txt
	10		echo ================================== >> PDCurses.txt
	11		./manext ../curses.h >> PDCurses.txt
	12		echo PDCurses Functions >> PDCurses.txt
	13		echo ================== >> PDCurses.txt
	14		./manext ../pdcurses/*.c >> PDCurses.txt
	15		./manext ../x11/*.c >> PDCurses.txt
	16		cat x11.txt >> PDCurses.txt
	17		echo >> PDCurses.txt
	18		echo >> PDCurses.txt
	19		echo \
	20		-------------------------------------------------------------------------- \
	21		>> PDCurses.txt
	22		echo >> PDCurses.txt
	23		cat sdl.txt >> PDCurses.txt
	24
	25		manext: manext.c
	26
	27		install:
	28		echo Does nothing at the moment
	29
	30		clean:
	31		-rm -rf *.o manext PDCurses.txt
	32
	33		distclean: clean
	34
	35		mostlyclean: clean
	36
	37		realclean: distclean

File doc/intro.txt added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..a13cb7a)
	1		PDCurses User's Guide
	2		=====================
	3
	4		Curses Overview
	5		---------------
	6
	7		The X/Open Curses Interface Definition describes a set of C-Language
	8		functions that provide screen-handling and updating, which are
	9		collectively known as the curses library.
	10
	11		The curses library permits manipulation of data structures called
	12		windows which may be thought of as two-dimensional arrays of
	13		characters representing all or part of a terminal's screen. The
	14		windows are manipulated using a procedural interface described
	15		elsewhere. The curses package maintains a record of what characters
	16		are on the screen. At the most basic level, manipulation is done with
	17		the routines move() and addch() which are used to "move" the curses
	18		around and add characters to the default window, stdscr, which
	19		represents the whole screen.
	20
	21		An application may use these routines to add data to the window in any
	22		convenient order. Once all data have been added, the routine
	23		refresh() is called. The package then determines what changes have
	24		been made which affect the screen. The screen contents are then
	25		changed to reflect those characters now in the window, using a
	26		sequence of operations optimized for the type of terminal in use.
	27
	28		At a higher level routines combining the actions of move() and addch()
	29		are defined, as are routines to add whole strings and to perform
	30		format conversions in the manner of printf().
	31
	32		Interfaces are also defined to erase the entire window and to specify
	33		the attributes of individual characters in the window. Attributes
	34		such as inverse video, underline and blink can be used on a
	35		per-character basis.
	36
	37		New windows can be created by allowing the application to build
	38		several images of the screen and display the appropriate one very
	39		quickly. New windows are created using the routine newwin(). For
	40		each routine that manipulates the default window, stdscr, there is a
	41		corresponding routine prefixed with w to manipulate the contents of a
	42		specified window; for example, move() and wmove(). In fact, move(...)
	43		is functionally equivalent to wmove( stdscr, ...). This is similar to
	44		the interface offered by printf(...) and fprintf(stdout, ...).
	45
	46		Windows do not have to correspond to the entire screen. It is
	47		possible to create smaller windows, and also to indicate that the
	48		window is only partially visible on the screen. Furthermore, large
	49		windows or pads, which are bigger than the actual screen size, may be
	50		created.
	51
	52		Interfaces are also defined to allow input character manipulation and
	53		to disable and enable many input attributes: character echo, single
	54		character input with or without signal processing (cbreak or raw
	55		modes), carriage returns mapping to newlines, screen scrolling, etc.
	56
	57
	58		Data Types and the <curses.h> Header
	59		------------------------------------
	60
	61		The data types supported by curses are described in this section.
	62
	63		As the library supports a procedural interface to the data types, actual
	64		structure contents are not described. All curses data are manipulated
	65		using the routines provided.
	66
	67
	68		THE <curses.h> HEADER
	69
	70		The <curses.h> header defines various constants and declares the data
	71		types that are available to the application.
	72
	73
	74		DATA TYPES
	75
	76		The following data types are declared:
	77
	78		WINDOW * pointer to screen representation
	79		SCREEN * pointer to terminal descriptor
	80		bool boolean data type
	81		chtype representation of a character in a window
	82		cchar_t the wide-character equivalent of chtype
	83		attr_t for WA_-style attributes
	84
	85		The actual WINDOW and SCREEN objects used to store information are
	86		created by the corresponding routines and a pointer to them is provided.
	87		All manipulation is through that pointer.
	88
	89
	90		VARIABLES
	91
	92		The following variables are defined:
	93
	94		LINES number of lines on terminal screen
	95		COLS number of columns on terminal screen
	96		stdscr pointer to the default screen window
	97		curscr pointer to the current screen image
	98		SP pointer to the current SCREEN struct
	99		Mouse_status status of the mouse
	100		COLORS number of colors available
	101		COLOR_PAIRS number of color pairs available
	102		TABSIZE size of one TAB block
	103		acs_map[] alternate character set map
	104		ttytype[] terminal name/description
	105
	106
	107		CONSTANTS
	108
	109		The following constants are defined:
	110
	111		GENERAL
	112
	113		FALSE boolean false value
	114		TRUE boolean true value
	115		NULL zero pointer value
	116		ERR value returned on error condition
	117		OK value returned on successful completion
	118
	119		VIDEO ATTRIBUTES
	120
	121		Normally, attributes are a property of the character.
	122
	123		For chtype:
	124
	125		A_ALTCHARSET use the alternate character set
	126		A_BLINK bright background or blinking
	127		A_BOLD bright foreground or bold
	128		A_DIM half bright -- no effect in PDCurses
	129		A_INVIS invisible
	130		A_ITALIC italic
	131		A_LEFTLINE line along the left edge
	132		A_PROTECT protected (?) -- PDCurses renders this as a
	133		combination of the *LINE attributes
	134		A_REVERSE reverse video
	135		A_RIGHTLINE line along the right edge
	136		A_STANDOUT terminal's best highlighting mode
	137		A_UNDERLINE underline
	138
	139		A_ATTRIBUTES bit-mask to extract attributes
	140		A_CHARTEXT bit-mask to extract a character
	141		A_COLOR bit-mask to extract a color-pair
	142
	143		Not all attributes will work on all terminals. A_RIGHTLINE, A_LEFTLINE
	144		and A_ITALIC are specific to PDCurses. A_INVIS and A_ITALIC are given
	145		the same value in PDCurses.
	146
	147		For attr_t:
	148
	149		WA_ALTCHARSET same as A_ALTCHARSET
	150		WA_BLINK same as A_BLINK
	151		WA_BOLD same as A_BOLD
	152		WA_DIM same as A_DIM
	153		WA_INVIS same as A_INVIS
	154		WA_LEFT same as A_LEFTLINE
	155		WA_PROTECT same as A_PROTECT
	156		WA_REVERSE same as A_REVERSE
	157		WA_RIGHT same as A_RIGHTLINE
	158		WA_STANDOUT same as A_STANDOUT
	159		WA_UNDERLINE same as A_UNDERLINE
	160
	161		Note that while A_LEFTLINE and A_RIGHTLINE are PDCurses-specific,
	162		WA_LEFT and WA_RIGHT are standard. The following are also defined, for
	163		compatibility, but currently have no effect in PDCurses: WA_HORIZONTAL,
	164		WA_LOW, WA_TOP, WA_VERTICAL.
	165
	166		THE ALTERNATE CHARACTER SET
	167
	168		For use in chtypes and with related functions. These are a portable way
	169		to represent graphics characters on different terminals.
	170
	171		VT100-compatible symbols -- box characters:
	172
	173		ACS_ULCORNER upper left box corner
	174		ACS_LLCORNER lower left box corner
	175		ACS_URCORNER upper right box corner
	176		ACS_LRCORNER lower right box corner
	177		ACS_RTEE right "T"
	178		ACS_LTEE left "T"
	179		ACS_BTEE bottom "T"
	180		ACS_TTEE top "T"
	181		ACS_HLINE horizontal line
	182		ACS_VLINE vertical line
	183		ACS_PLUS plus sign, cross, or four-corner piece
	184
	185		VT100-compatible symbols -- other:
	186
	187		ACS_S1 scan line 1
	188		ACS_S9 scan line 9
	189		ACS_DIAMOND diamond
	190		ACS_CKBOARD checkerboard -- 50% grey
	191		ACS_DEGREE degree symbol
	192		ACS_PLMINUS plus/minus sign
	193		ACS_BULLET bullet
	194
	195		Teletype 5410v1 symbols -- these are defined in SysV curses, but
	196		are not well-supported by most terminals. Stick to VT100 characters
	197		for optimum portability:
	198
	199		ACS_LARROW left arrow
	200		ACS_RARROW right arrow
	201		ACS_DARROW down arrow
	202		ACS_UARROW up arrow
	203		ACS_BOARD checkerboard -- lighter (less dense) than
	204		ACS_CKBOARD
	205		ACS_LANTERN lantern symbol
	206		ACS_BLOCK solid block
	207
	208		That goes double for these -- undocumented SysV symbols. Don't use
	209		them:
	210
	211		ACS_S3 scan line 3
	212		ACS_S7 scan line 7
	213		ACS_LEQUAL less than or equal
	214		ACS_GEQUAL greater than or equal
	215		ACS_PI pi
	216		ACS_NEQUAL not equal
	217		ACS_STERLING pounds sterling symbol
	218
	219		Box character aliases:
	220
	221		ACS_BSSB same as ACS_ULCORNER
	222		ACS_SSBB same as ACS_LLCORNER
	223		ACS_BBSS same as ACS_URCORNER
	224		ACS_SBBS same as ACS_LRCORNER
	225		ACS_SBSS same as ACS_RTEE
	226		ACS_SSSB same as ACS_LTEE
	227		ACS_SSBS same as ACS_BTEE
	228		ACS_BSSS same as ACS_TTEE
	229		ACS_BSBS same as ACS_HLINE
	230		ACS_SBSB same as ACS_VLINE
	231		ACS_SSSS same as ACS_PLUS
	232
	233		For cchar_t and wide-character functions, WACS_ equivalents are also
	234		defined.
	235
	236		COLORS
	237
	238		For use with init_pair(), color_set(), etc.:
	239
	240		COLOR_BLACK
	241		COLOR_BLUE
	242		COLOR_GREEN
	243		COLOR_CYAN
	244		COLOR_RED
	245		COLOR_MAGENTA
	246		COLOR_YELLOW
	247		COLOR_WHITE
	248
	249		Use these instead of numeric values. The definition of the colors
	250		depends on the implementation of curses.
	251
	252
	253		INPUT VALUES
	254
	255		The following constants might be returned by getch() if keypad() has
	256		been enabled. Note that not all of these may be supported on a
	257		particular terminal:
	258
	259		KEY_BREAK break key
	260		KEY_DOWN the four arrow keys
	261		KEY_UP
	262		KEY_LEFT
	263		KEY_RIGHT
	264		KEY_HOME home key (upward+left arrow)
	265		KEY_BACKSPACE backspace
	266		KEY_F0 function keys; space for 64 keys is reserved
	267		KEY_F(n) (KEY_F0+(n))
	268		KEY_DL delete line
	269		KEY_IL insert line
	270		KEY_DC delete character
	271		KEY_IC insert character
	272		KEY_EIC exit insert character mode
	273		KEY_CLEAR clear screen
	274		KEY_EOS clear to end of screen
	275		KEY_EOL clear to end of line
	276		KEY_SF scroll 1 line forwards
	277		KEY_SR scroll 1 line backwards (reverse)
	278		KEY_NPAGE next page
	279		KEY_PPAGE previous page
	280		KEY_STAB set tab
	281		KEY_CTAB clear tab
	282		KEY_CATAB clear all tabs
	283		KEY_ENTER enter or send
	284		KEY_SRESET soft (partial) reset
	285		KEY_RESET reset or hard reset
	286		KEY_PRINT print or copy
	287		KEY_LL home down or bottom (lower left)
	288		KEY_A1 upper left of virtual keypad
	289		KEY_A3 upper right of virtual keypad
	290		KEY_B2 center of virtual keypad
	291		KEY_C1 lower left of virtual keypad
	292		KEY_C3 lower right of virtual keypad
	293
	294		KEY_BTAB Back tab key
	295		KEY_BEG Beginning key
	296		KEY_CANCEL Cancel key
	297		KEY_CLOSE Close key
	298		KEY_COMMAND Cmd (command) key
	299		KEY_COPY Copy key
	300		KEY_CREATE Create key
	301		KEY_END End key
	302		KEY_EXIT Exit key
	303		KEY_FIND Find key
	304		KEY_HELP Help key
	305		KEY_MARK Mark key
	306		KEY_MESSAGE Message key
	307		KEY_MOVE Move key
	308		KEY_NEXT Next object key
	309		KEY_OPEN Open key
	310		KEY_OPTIONS Options key
	311		KEY_PREVIOUS Previous object key
	312		KEY_REDO Redo key
	313		KEY_REFERENCE Reference key
	314		KEY_REFRESH Refresh key
	315		KEY_REPLACE Replace key
	316		KEY_RESTART Restart key
	317		KEY_RESUME Resume key
	318		KEY_SAVE Save key
	319		KEY_SBEG Shifted beginning key
	320		KEY_SCANCEL Shifted cancel key
	321		KEY_SCOMMAND Shifted command key
	322		KEY_SCOPY Shifted copy key
	323		KEY_SCREATE Shifted create key
	324		KEY_SDC Shifted delete char key
	325		KEY_SDL Shifted delete line key
	326		KEY_SELECT Select key
	327		KEY_SEND Shifted end key
	328		KEY_SEOL Shifted clear line key
	329		KEY_SEXIT Shifted exit key
	330		KEY_SFIND Shifted find key
	331		KEY_SHELP Shifted help key
	332		KEY_SHOME Shifted home key
	333		KEY_SIC Shifted input key
	334		KEY_SLEFT Shifted left arrow key
	335		KEY_SMESSAGE Shifted message key
	336		KEY_SMOVE Shifted move key
	337		KEY_SNEXT Shifted next key
	338		KEY_SOPTIONS Shifted options key
	339		KEY_SPREVIOUS Shifted prev key
	340		KEY_SPRINT Shifted print key
	341		KEY_SREDO Shifted redo key
	342		KEY_SREPLACE Shifted replace key
	343		KEY_SRIGHT Shifted right arrow
	344		KEY_SRSUME Shifted resume key
	345		KEY_SSAVE Shifted save key
	346		KEY_SSUSPEND Shifted suspend key
	347		KEY_SUNDO Shifted undo key
	348		KEY_SUSPEND Suspend key
	349		KEY_UNDO Undo key
	350
	351		The virtual keypad is arranged like this:
	352
	353		A1 up A3
	354		left B2 right
	355		C1 down C3
	356
	357		This list is incomplete -- see curses.h for the full list, and use the
	358		testcurs demo to see what values are actually returned. The above are
	359		just the keys required by X/Open. In particular, PDCurses defines many
	360		CTL_ and ALT_ combinations; these are not portable.
	361
	362
	363		FUNCTIONS
	364
	365		The following table lists each curses routine and the name of the manual
	366		page on which it is described.
	367
	368		Functions from the X/Open curses standard -- complete, except for
	369		getch() and ungetch(), which are implemented as macros for DOS
	370		compatibility:
	371
	372		Curses Function Manual Page Name
	373
	374		addch addch
	375		addchnstr addchstr
	376		addchstr addchstr
	377		addnstr addstr
	378		addstr addstr
	379		attroff attr
	380		attron attr
	381		attrset attr
	382		attr_get attr
	383		attr_off attr
	384		attr_on attr
	385		attr_set attr
	386		baudrate termattr
	387		beep beep
	388		bkgd bkgd
	389		bkgdset bkgd
	390		border border
	391		box border
	392		can_change_color color
	393		cbreak inopts
	394		chgat attr
	395		clearok outopts
	396		clear clear
	397		clrtobot clear
	398		clrtoeol clear
	399		color_content color
	400		color_set attr
	401		copywin overlay
	402		curs_set kernel
	403		def_prog_mode kernel
	404		def_shell_mode kernel
	405		del_curterm terminfo
	406		delay_output util
	407		delch delch
	408		deleteln deleteln
	409		delscreen initscr
	410		delwin window
	411		derwin window
	412		doupdate refresh
	413		dupwin window
	414		echochar addch
	415		echo inopts
	416		endwin initscr
	417		erasechar termattr
	418		erase clear
	419		filter util
	420		flash beep
	421		flushinp getch
	422		getbkgd bkgd
	423		getnstr getstr
	424		getstr getstr
	425		getwin scr_dump
	426		halfdelay inopts
	427		has_colors color
	428		has_ic termattr
	429		has_il termattr
	430		hline border
	431		idcok outopts
	432		idlok outopts
	433		immedok outopts
	434		inchnstr inchstr
	435		inchstr inchstr
	436		inch inch
	437		init_color color
	438		init_pair color
	439		initscr initscr
	440		innstr instr
	441		insch insch
	442		insdelln deleteln
	443		insertln deleteln
	444		insnstr innstr
	445		insstr innstr
	446		instr instr
	447		intrflush inopts
	448		isendwin initscr
	449		is_linetouched touch
	450		is_wintouched touch
	451		keyname keyname
	452		keypad inopts
	453		killchar termattr
	454		leaveok outopts
	455		longname termattr
	456		meta inopts
	457		move move
	458		mvaddch addch
	459		mvaddchnstr addchstr
	460		mvaddchstr addchstr
	461		mvaddnstr addstr
	462		mvaddstr addstr
	463		mvchgat attr
	464		mvcur terminfo
	465		mvdelch delch
	466		mvderwin window
	467		mvgetch getch
	468		mvgetnstr getstr
	469		mvgetstr getstr
	470		mvhline border
	471		mvinch inch
	472		mvinchnstr inchstr
	473		mvinchstr inchstr
	474		mvinnstr instr
	475		mvinsch insch
	476		mvinsnstr insstr
	477		mvinsstr insstr
	478		mvinstr instr
	479		mvprintw printw
	480		mvscanw scanw
	481		mvvline border
	482		mvwaddchnstr addchstr
	483		mvwaddchstr addchstr
	484		mvwaddch addch
	485		mvwaddnstr addstr
	486		mvwaddstr addstr
	487		mvwchgat attr
	488		mvwdelch delch
	489		mvwgetch getch
	490		mvwgetnstr getstr
	491		mvwgetstr getstr
	492		mvwhline border
	493		mvwinchnstr inchstr
	494		mvwinchstr inchstr
	495		mvwinch inch
	496		mvwinnstr instr
	497		mvwinsch insch
	498		mvwinsnstr insstr
	499		mvwinsstr insstr
	500		mvwinstr instr
	501		mvwin window
	502		mvwprintw printw
	503		mvwscanw scanw
	504		mvwvline border
	505		napms kernel
	506		newpad pad
	507		newterm initscr
	508		newwin window
	509		nl inopts
	510		nocbreak inopts
	511		nodelay inopts
	512		noecho inopts
	513		nonl inopts
	514		noqiflush inopts
	515		noraw inopts
	516		notimeout inopts
	517		overlay overlay
	518		overwrite overlay
	519		pair_content color
	520		pechochar pad
	521		pnoutrefresh pad
	522		prefresh pad
	523		printw printw
	524		putp terminfo
	525		putwin scr_dump
	526		qiflush inopts
	527		raw inopts
	528		redrawwin refresh
	529		refresh refresh
	530		reset_prog_mode kernel
	531		reset_shell_mode kernel
	532		resetty kernel
	533		restartterm terminfo
	534		ripoffline kernel
	535		savetty kernel
	536		scanw scanw
	537		scr_dump scr_dump
	538		scr_init scr_dump
	539		scr_restore scr_dump
	540		scr_set scr_dump
	541		scrl scroll
	542		scroll scroll
	543		scrollok outopts
	544		set_term initscr
	545		setscrreg outopts
	546		setterm terminfo
	547		setupterm terminfo
	548		slk_attroff slk
	549		slk_attr_off slk
	550		slk_attron slk
	551		slk_attr_on slk
	552		slk_attrset slk
	553		slk_attr_set slk
	554		slk_clear slk
	555		slk_color slk
	556		slk_init slk
	557		slk_label slk
	558		slk_noutrefresh slk
	559		slk_refresh slk
	560		slk_restore slk
	561		slk_set slk
	562		slk_touch slk
	563		standend attr
	564		standout attr
	565		start_color color
	566		subpad pad
	567		subwin window
	568		syncok window
	569		termattrs termattrs
	570		term_attrs termattrs
	571		termname termattrs
	572		tgetent termcap
	573		tgetflag termcap
	574		tgetnum termcap
	575		tgetstr termcap
	576		tgoto termcap
	577		tigetflag terminfo
	578		tigetnum terminfo
	579		tigetstr terminfo
	580		timeout inopts
	581		touchline touch
	582		touchwin touch
	583		tparm terminfo
	584		tputs terminfo
	585		typeahead inopts
	586		untouchwin touch
	587		use_env util
	588		vidattr terminfo
	589		vid_attr terminfo
	590		vidputs terminfo
	591		vid_puts terminfo
	592		vline border
	593		vw_printw printw
	594		vwprintw printw
	595		vw_scanw scanw
	596		vwscanw scanw
	597		waddchnstr addchstr
	598		waddchstr addchstr
	599		waddch addch
	600		waddnstr addstr
	601		waddstr addstr
	602		wattroff attr
	603		wattron attr
	604		wattrset attr
	605		wattr_get attr
	606		wattr_off attr
	607		wattr_on attr
	608		wattr_set attr
	609		wbkgdset bkgd
	610		wbkgd bkgd
	611		wborder border
	612		wchgat attr
	613		wclear clear
	614		wclrtobot clear
	615		wclrtoeol clear
	616		wcolor_set attr
	617		wcursyncup window
	618		wdelch delch
	619		wdeleteln deleteln
	620		wechochar addch
	621		werase clear
	622		wgetch getch
	623		wgetnstr getstr
	624		wgetstr getstr
	625		whline border
	626		winchnstr inchstr
	627		winchstr inchstr
	628		winch inch
	629		winnstr instr
	630		winsch insch
	631		winsdelln deleteln
	632		winsertln deleteln
	633		winsnstr insstr
	634		winsstr insstr
	635		winstr instr
	636		wmove move
	637		wnoutrefresh refresh
	638		wprintw printw
	639		wredrawln refresh
	640		wrefresh refresh
	641		wscanw scanw
	642		wscrl scroll
	643		wsetscrreg outopts
	644		wstandend attr
	645		wstandout attr
	646		wsyncdown window
	647		wsyncup window
	648		wtimeout inopts
	649		wtouchln touch
	650		wvline border
	651
	652		Wide-character functions from the X/Open standard -- these are only
	653		available when PDCurses is built with PDC_WIDE defined, and the
	654		prototypes are only available from curses.h when PDC_WIDE is defined
	655		before its inclusion in your app:
	656
	657		addnwstr addstr
	658		addwstr addstr
	659		add_wch addch
	660		add_wchnstr addchstr
	661		add_wchstr addchstr
	662		border_set border
	663		box_set border
	664		echo_wchar addch
	665		erasewchar termattr
	666		getbkgrnd bkgd
	667		getcchar util
	668		getn_wstr getstr
	669		get_wch getch
	670		get_wstr getstr
	671		hline_set border
	672		innwstr instr
	673		ins_nwstr insstr
	674		ins_wch insch
	675		ins_wstr insstr
	676		inwstr instr
	677		in_wch inch
	678		in_wchnstr inchstr
	679		in_wchstr inchstr
	680		key_name keyname
	681		killwchar termattr
	682		mvaddnwstr addstr
	683		mvaddwstr addstr
	684		mvadd_wch addch
	685		mvadd_wchnstr addchstr
	686		mvadd_wchstr addchstr
	687		mvgetn_wstr getstr
	688		mvget_wch getch
	689		mvget_wstr getstr
	690		mvhline_set border
	691		mvinnwstr instr
	692		mvins_nwstr insstr
	693		mvins_wch insch
	694		mvins_wstr insstr
	695		mvinwstr instr
	696		mvwaddnwstr addstr
	697		mvwaddwstr addstr
	698		mvwadd_wch addch
	699		mvwadd_wchnstr addchstr
	700		mvwadd_wchstr addchstr
	701		mvwgetn_wstr getstr
	702		mvwget_wch getch
	703		mvwget_wstr getstr
	704		mvwhline_set border
	705		mvwinnwstr instr
	706		mvwins_nwstr insstr
	707		mvwins_wch insch
	708		mvwins_wstr insstr
	709		mvwin_wch inch
	710		mvwin_wchnstr inchstr
	711		mvwin_wchstr inchstr
	712		mvwinwstr instr
	713		mvwvline_set border
	714		pecho_wchar pad
	715		setcchar util
	716		slk_wset slk
	717		unget_wch getch
	718		vline_set border
	719		waddnwstr addstr
	720		waddwstr addstr
	721		wadd_wch addch
	722		wadd_wchnstr addchstr
	723		wadd_wchstr addchstr
	724		wbkgrnd bkgd
	725		wbkgrndset bkgd
	726		wborder_set border
	727		wecho_wchar addch
	728		wgetbkgrnd bkgd
	729		wgetn_wstr getstr
	730		wget_wch getch
	731		wget_wstr getstr
	732		whline_set border
	733		winnwstr instr
	734		wins_nwstr insstr
	735		wins_wch insch
	736		wins_wstr insstr
	737		winwstr instr
	738		win_wch inch
	739		win_wchnstr inchstr
	740		win_wchstr inchstr
	741		wunctrl util
	742		wvline_set border
	743
	744		Quasi-standard functions, from Sys V or BSD curses:
	745
	746		getattrs attr
	747		getbegx getyx
	748		getbegy getyx
	749		getmaxx getyx
	750		getmaxy getyx
	751		getparx getyx
	752		getparx getyx
	753		traceoff debug
	754		traceon debug
	755		unctrl util
	756
	757		Classic PDCurses mouse functions, based on Sys V:
	758
	759		mouse_set mouse
	760		mouse_on mouse
	761		mouse_off mouse
	762		request_mouse_pos mouse
	763		map_button mouse
	764		wmouse_position mouse
	765		getmouse mouse
	766		getbmap mouse
	767
	768		Functions from ncurses:
	769
	770		assume_default_colors color
	771		curses_version initscr
	772		has_key keyname
	773		use_default_colors color
	774		wresize window
	775
	776		mouseinterval mouse
	777		mousemask mouse
	778		mouse_trafo mouse
	779		nc_getmouse mouse
	780		ungetmouse mouse
	781		wenclose mouse
	782		wmouse_trafo mouse
	783
	784		PDCurses-specific functions -- avoid these in code that's intended to be
	785		portable:
	786
	787		addrawch addch
	788		insrawch insch
	789		is_termresized initscr
	790		mvaddrawch addch
	791		mvdeleteln deleteln
	792		mvinsertln deleteln
	793		mvinsrawch insch
	794		mvwaddrawch addch
	795		mvwdeleteln deleteln
	796		mvwinsertln deleteln
	797		mvwinsrawch insch
	798		raw_output outopts
	799		resize_term initscr
	800		resize_window window
	801		slk_wlabel slk
	802		waddrawch addch
	803		winsrawch insch
	804		wordchar termattr
	805
	806		PDC_debug debug
	807		PDC_ungetch getch
	808		PDC_set_blink pdcsetsc
	809		PDC_set_line_color color
	810		PDC_set_title pdcsetsc
	811
	812		PDC_clearclipboard pdcclip
	813		PDC_freeclipboard pdcclip
	814		PDC_getclipboard pdcclip
	815		PDC_setclipboard pdcclip
	816
	817		PDC_get_input_fd pdckbd
	818		PDC_get_key_modifiers getch
	819		PDC_return_key_modifiers getch
	820		PDC_save_key_modifiers getch
	821
	822		Functions specific to the X11 port of PDCurses:
	823
	824		Xinitscr initscr
	825		XCursesExit -
	826		sb_init sb
	827		sb_set_horz sb
	828		sb_set_vert sb
	829		sb_get_horz sb
	830		sb_get_vert sb
	831		sb_refresh sb
	832
	833		--------------------------------------------------------------------------
	834

File doc/manext.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..4ce7cbf)
	1		/***********************************************************************/
	2		/* MANEXT - Extract manual pages from C source code. */
	3		/***********************************************************************/
	4		/*
	5		* MANEXT - A program to extract manual pages from C source code.
	6		* Copyright (C) 1991-1996 Mark Hessling
	7		*
	8		* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
	9		* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
	10		* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
	11		* the License, or any later version.
	12		*
	13		* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
	14		* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
	15		* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
	16		* General Public License for more details.
	17		*
	18		* If you make modifications to this software that you feel increases
	19		* it usefulness for the rest of the community, please email the
	20		* changes, enhancements, bug fixes as well as any and all ideas to me.
	21		* This software is going to be maintained and enhanced as deemed
	22		* necessary by the community.
	23		*
	24		* Mark Hessling <mark@rexx.org>
	25		*/
	26
	27		#include <stdio.h>
	28		#include <stdlib.h>
	29		#include <string.h>
	30
	31		#define MAX_LINE 255
	32
	33		void display_info()
	34		{
	35		fprintf(stderr, "\nMANEXT 1.03 Copyright (C) 1991-1996 Mark Hessling\n"
	36		"All rights reserved.\n"
	37		"MANEXT is distributed under the terms of the GNU\n"
	38		"General Public License and comes with NO WARRANTY.\n"
	39		"See the file COPYING for details.\n"
	40		"\nUsage: manext sourcefile [...]\n\n");
	41		}
	42
	43		int main(int argc, char **argv)
	44		{
	45		char s[MAX_LINE + 1]; /* input line */
	46		int i;
	47		FILE *fp;
	48
	49		#ifdef __EMX__
	50		_wildcard(&argc, &argv);
	51		#endif
	52		if (strcmp(argv[1], "-h") == 0)
	53		{
	54		display_info();
	55		exit(1);
	56		}
	57
	58		for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
	59		{
	60		if ((fp = fopen(argv[i], "r")) == NULL)
	61		{
	62		fprintf(stderr, "\nCould not open %s\n", argv[i]);
	63		continue;
	64		}
	65
	66		while (!feof(fp))
	67		{
	68		if (fgets(s, (int)sizeof(s), fp) == NULL)
	69		{
	70		if (ferror(fp) != 0)
	71		{
	72		fprintf(stderr, "*** Error reading %s. Exiting.\n",
	73		argv[i]);
	74		exit(1);
	75		}
	76
	77		break;
	78		}
	79
	80		/* check for manual entry marker at beginning of line */
	81
	82		if (strncmp(s, "/*man-start*", 12) != 0)
	83		continue;
	84
	85		/* inner loop */
	86
	87		for (;;)
	88		{
	89		/* read next line of manual entry */
	90
	91		if (fgets(s, (int)sizeof(s), fp) == NULL)
	92		{
	93		if (ferror(fp) != 0)
	94		{
	95		fprintf(stderr, "*** Error reading %s. Exiting.\n",
	96		argv[i]);
	97		exit(1);
	98		}
	99
	100		break;
	101		}
	102
	103		/* check for end of entry marker */
	104
	105		if (strncmp(s, "**man-end", 9) == 0)
	106		break;
	107
	108		printf("%s", s);
	109		}
	110
	111		printf("\n\n-----------------------------------"
	112		"---------------------------------------\n\n");
	113		}
	114
	115		fclose(fp);
	116		}
	117
	118		return 0;
	119		}

File doc/sdl.txt added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..6a54b9b)
	1		SDL Considerations
	2		==================
	3
	4		There are no special requirements to use PDCurses for SDL -- all
	5		PDCurses-compatible code should work fine. (In fact, you can even build
	6		against the Win32 console pdcurses.dll, and then swap in the SDL
	7		pdcurses.dll.) Nothing extra is needed beyond the base SDL library.
	8		However, there are some optional special features, described here.
	9
	10		The principal limitation of this port is that input is currently
	11		restricted to ASCII (i.e., 0-127), plus the special keys like KEY_LEFT.
	12		(You could have Unicode input, but then the input wouldn't match the
	13		output, which is in Code Page 437.) Also, see the note about the
	14		potential for incomplete output under "PDC_update_rects()", below.
	15
	16
	17		Fonts
	18		-----
	19
	20		The font is a simple BMP, 32 characters wide by 8 characters tall,
	21		preferably with a palette. (BMPs without palettes still work, but in
	22		that case, no attributes will be available, nor will the cursor work.)
	23		The first entry in the palette (usually black) is treated as the
	24		background color; the last entry (usually white) is treated as the
	25		foreground. These are changed or made transparent as appropriate; any
	26		other colors in the palette are passed through unchanged. So -- although
	27		a one-bit depth is sufficient for a normal font -- you could redraw some
	28		characters as multi-colored tiles.
	29
	30		The font must be monospaced. The size of each character is derived by
	31		dividing the width of the BMP by 32 and the height by 8. There is no
	32		constraint on the dimensions.
	33
	34		As provided in the default font and expected by acs_map[], the font is
	35		in Code Page 437 form. But you can of course use any layout if you're
	36		not relying on correct values for the ACS_* macros.
	37
	38		The font can be set via the environment variable PDC_FONT. If it's not
	39		set, PDCurses looks for a file named "pdcfont.bmp" in the current
	40		directory at the time of initscr(). If neither is found, it uses the
	41		built-in default font encoded in deffont.h.
	42
	43
	44		Backgrounds
	45		-----------
	46
	47		PDCurses for SDL supports an optional background image BMP. This is used
	48		whenever start_color() has not been called (see the ptest demo for an
	49		example), or when use_default_colors() has been called after
	50		start_color(), and the background color of a pair has been set to -1
	51		(see newdemo, worm, and rain for examples). The usage parallels that of
	52		ncurses in an appropriate terminal (e.g., Gnome Terminal). The image is
	53		tiled to cover the PDCurses window, and can be any size or depth.
	54
	55		As with the font, you can point to a location for the background via the
	56		environment variable PDC_BACKGROUND; "pdcback.bmp" is the fallback.
	57		(There is no default background.)
	58
	59
	60		Icons
	61		-----
	62
	63		The icon (used with SDL_WM_SetIcon() -- not used for the executable
	64		file) can be set via the environment variable PDC_ICON, and falls back
	65		to "pdcicon.bmp", and then to the built-in icon from deficon.h. The
	66		built-in icon is the PDCurses logo, as seen in ../x11/little_icon.xbm.
	67		The SDL docs say that the icon must be 32x32, at least for use with MS
	68		Windows.
	69
	70		If pdc_screen is preinitialized (see below), PDCurses does not attempt
	71		to set the icon.
	72
	73
	74		Screen size
	75		-----------
	76
	77		The default screen size is 80x25 characters (whatever size they may be),
	78		but you can override this via the environment variables PDC_COLS and/or
	79		PDC_LINES. (Some other ports use COLS and LINES; this is not done here
	80		because those values are, or should be, those of the controlling
	81		terminal, and PDCurses for SDL is independent of the terminal.) If
	82		pdc_screen is preinitialized (see below), these are ignored.
	83
	84
	85		Integration with SDL
	86		--------------------
	87
	88		If you want to go further, you can mix PDCurses and SDL functions. (Of
	89		course this is extremely non-portable!) To aid you, there are several
	90		external variables and functions specific to the SDL port; you could
	91		include pdcsdl.h, or just add the declarations you need in your code:
	92
	93		PDCEX SDL_Surface *pdc_screen, *pdc_font, *pdc_icon, *pdc_back;
	94		PDCEX int pdc_sheight, pdc_swidth, pdc_yoffset, pdc_xoffset;
	95
	96		void PDC_update_rects(void);
	97		void PDC_retile(void);
	98
	99		pdc_screen is the main surface, created by SDL_SetVideoMode(), unless
	100		it's preset before initscr(). You can perform normal SDL operations on
	101		this surface, but PDCurses won't respect them when it updates. (For
	102		that, see PDC_retile().) As an alternative, you can preinitialize this
	103		surface before calling initscr(). In that case, you can use pdc_sheight,
	104		pdc_swidth, pdc_yoffset and/or pdc_xoffset (q.v.) to confine PDCurses to
	105		only a specific area of the surface, reserving the rest for other SDL
	106		operations. If you preinitialize pdc_screen, you'll have to close it
	107		yourself; PDCurses will ignore resize events, and won't try to set the
	108		icon. Also note that if you preinitialize pdc_screen, it need not be the
	109		display surface.
	110
	111		pdc_font, pdc_icon, and pdc_back are the SDL_surfaces for the font,
	112		icon, and background, respectively. You can set any or all of them
	113		before initscr(), and thus override any of the other ways to set them.
	114		But note that pdc_icon will be ignored if pdc_screen is preset.
	115
	116		pdc_sheight and pdc_swidth are the dimensions of the area of pdc_screen
	117		to be used by PDCurses. You can preset them before initscr(); if either
	118		is not set, it defaults to the full screen size minus the x or y offset,
	119		as appropriate.
	120
	121		pdc_xoffset and pdc_yoffset are the x and y offset for the area of
	122		pdc_screen to be used by PDCurses. See the sdltest demo for an example.
	123
	124		PDC_retile() makes a copy of pdc_screen, then tiles it with the
	125		background image, if any. The resulting surface is used as the
	126		background for transparent character cells. PDC_retile() is called from
	127		initscr() and resize_term(). However, you can also use it at other
	128		times, to take advantage of the way it copies pdc_screen: Draw some SDL
	129		stuff; call PDC_retile(); do some curses stuff -- it will use whatever
	130		was on pdc_screen as the background. Then you can erase the curses
	131		screen, do some more SDL stuff, and call PDC_retile() again to make a
	132		new background. (If you don't erase the curses screen, it will be
	133		incorporated into the background when you call PDC_retile().) But this
	134		only works if no background image is set.
	135
	136		PDC_update_rects() is how the screen actually gets updated. For
	137		performance reasons, when drawing, PDCurses for SDL maintains a table of
	138		rectangles that need updating, and only updates (by calling this
	139		function) during getch(), napms(), or when the table gets full.
	140		Normally, this is sufficient; but if you're pausing in some way other
	141		than by using napms(), and you're not doing keyboard checks, you may get
	142		an incomplete update. If that happens, you can call PDC_update_rects()
	143		manually.
	144
	145
	146		Interaction with stdio
	147		----------------------
	148
	149		As with X11, it's a bad idea to mix curses and stdio calls. (In fact,
	150		that's true for PDCurses on any platform; but especially these two,
	151		which don't run under terminals.) Depending on how SDL is built, stdout
	152		and stderr may be redirected to files.

File doc/x11.txt added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..db05683)
	1		X11 Considerations
	2		==================
	3
	4		PDCurses for X11 uses the System V IPC shared memory facility, along
	5		with sockets, to share data between the curses program and the child
	6		process created to manage the X stuff.
	7
	8		When compiling your application, you need to include the <curses.h> or
	9		<xcurses.h> that comes with PDCurses. You also need to link your code
	10		with libXCurses. You may need to link with the following libraries under
	11		X11R5:
	12		Xaw Xmu Xt X11
	13
	14		or, under X11R6:
	15		Xaw Xmu Xt X11 SM ICE Xext
	16
	17		You can run "xcurses-config --libs" to show the link parameters for your
	18		system. If using dynamic linking, on some systems, "-lXCurses" suffices.
	19
	20		By calling Xinitscr() rather than initscr(), you can pass your program
	21		name and resource overrides to PDCurses. The program name is used as the
	22		title of the X window, and for defining X resources specific to your
	23		program.
	24
	25
	26		Interaction with stdio
	27		----------------------
	28
	29		Be aware that curses programs that expect to have a normal tty
	30		underneath them will be very disappointed! Output directed to stdout
	31		will go to the xterm that invoked the PDCurses application, or to the
	32		console if not invoked directly from an xterm. Similarly, stdin will
	33		expect its input from the same place as stdout.
	34
	35
	36		X Resources
	37		-----------
	38
	39		PDCurses for X11 recognizes the following resources:
	40
	41		lines
	42		cols
	43		normalFont
	44		italicFont
	45		pointer
	46		pointerForeColor
	47		pointerBackColor
	48		cursorColor
	49		textCursor
	50		colorBlack
	51		colorRed
	52		colorGreen
	53		colorYellow
	54		colorBlue
	55		colorMagenta
	56		colorCyan
	57		colorWhite
	58		colorBoldBlack
	59		colorBoldRed
	60		colorBoldGreen
	61		colorBoldYellow
	62		colorBoldBlue
	63		colorBoldMagenta
	64		colorBoldCyan
	65		colorBoldWhite
	66		bitmap
	67		pixmap
	68		translations
	69		shmmin
	70		borderWidth
	71		borderColor
	72		clickPeriod
	73		doubleClickPeriod
	74		composeKey
	75
	76		lines: Specifies the number of lines the "screen" will have.
	77		Directly equates to LINES.
	78		There is no theoretical maximum.
	79		The minimum value must be 2.
	80		Default: 24
	81
	82		cols: Specifies the number of columns the "screen" will have.
	83		Directly equates to COLS.
	84		There is no theoretical maximum.
	85		The minimum value must be 2.
	86		Default: 80
	87
	88		normalFont: The name of a fixed width font.
	89		Default: 7x13
	90
	91		italicFont: The name of a fixed width font to be used for
	92		characters with A_ITALIC attributes. Must have the
	93		same cell size as normalFont.
	94		Default: 7x13 (obviously not an italic font)
	95
	96		pointer: The name of a valid pointer cursor.
	97		Default: xterm
	98
	99		pointerForeColor: The foreground color of the pointer.
	100		Default: black
	101
	102		pointerBackColor: The background color of the pointer.
	103		Default: white
	104
	105		textCursor: The alignment of the text cursor; horizontal or vertical.
	106		Default: horizontal
	107
	108		colorBlack: The color of the COLOR_BLACK attribute.
	109		Default: Black
	110
	111		colorRed: The color of the COLOR_RED attribute.
	112		Default: red3
	113
	114		colorGreen: The color of the COLOR_GREEN attribute.
	115		Default: green3
	116
	117		colorYellow: The color of the COLOR_YELLOW attribute.
	118		Default: yellow3
	119
	120		colorBlue: The color of the COLOR_BLUE attribute.
	121		Default: blue3
	122
	123		colorMagenta: The color of the COLOR_MAGENTA attribute.
	124		Default: magenta3
	125
	126		colorCyan: The color of the COLOR_CYAN attribute.
	127		Default: cyan3
	128
	129		colorWhite: The color of the COLOR_WHITE attribute.
	130		Default: Grey
	131
	132		colorBoldBlack: COLOR_BLACK combined with A_BOLD.
	133		Default: grey40
	134
	135		colorBoldRed: COLOR_RED combined with A_BOLD.
	136		Default: red1
	137
	138		colorBoldGreen: COLOR_GREEN combined with A_BOLD.
	139		Default: green1
	140
	141		colorBoldYellow: COLOR_YELLOW combined with A_BOLD.
	142		Default: yellow1
	143
	144		colorBoldBlue: COLOR_BLUE combined with A_BOLD.
	145		Default: blue1
	146
	147		colorBoldMagenta: COLOR_MAGENTA combined with A_BOLD.
	148		Default: magenta1
	149
	150		colorBoldCyan: COLOR_CYAN combined with A_BOLD.
	151		Default: cyan1
	152
	153		colorBoldWhite: COLOR_WHITE combined with A_BOLD.
	154		Default: White
	155
	156		bitmap: The name of a valid bitmap file of depth 1 (black and white)
	157		used for the application's icon. The file is an X bitmap.
	158		Default: a 32x32 or 64x64 pixmap depending on the
	159		window manager
	160
	161		pixmap: The name of a valid pixmap file of any depth
	162		supported by the window manager (color) for the
	163		application's icon, The file is an X11 pixmap. This
	164		resource is only available if the libXpm package has
	165		been installed (most systems have this by default).
	166		This resource overrides the "bitmap" resource.
	167		Default: none, uses default bitmap above
	168
	169		translations: Translations enable the user to customize the action
	170		that occurs when a key, combination of keys, or a
	171		button is pressed. The translations are similar to
	172		those used by xterm.
	173		Defaults:
	174		<Key>: XCursesKeyPress()
	175		<KeyUp>: XCursesKeyPress()
	176		<BtnDown>: XCursesButton()
	177		<BtnUp>: XCursesButton()
	178		<BtnMotion>: XCursesButton()
	179
	180		The most useful action for KeyPress translations is
	181		string(). The argument to the string() action can be
	182		either a string or a hex representation of a
	183		character; e.g., string(0x1b) will send the ASCII
	184		escape character to the application; string("[11~")
	185		will send [ 1 1 ~ , as separate keystrokes.
	186
	187		shmmin: On most systems, there are two Unix kernel parameters
	188		that determine the allowable size of a shared memory
	189		segment. These parameters are usually something like
	190		SHMMIN and SHMMAX. To use shared memory, a program
	191		must allocate a segment of shared memory that is
	192		between these two values. Usually these values are
	193		like 1 for SHMMIN and some large number for SHMMAX.
	194		Sometimes the Unix kernel is configured to have a
	195		value of SHMMIN that is bigger than the size of one
	196		of the shared memory segments that libXCurses uses.
	197		On these systems an error message like:
	198
	199		Cannot allocate shared memory for SCREEN: Invalid argument
	200
	201		will result. To overcome this problem, this resource
	202		should be set to the kernel value for SHMMIN. This
	203		ensures that a shared memory segment will always be
	204		bigger than the kernel value for SHMMIN (and
	205		hopefully less than SHMMAX!)
	206
	207		Default: 0
	208
	209		borderColor: The color of the border around the screen.
	210		Default: black
	211
	212		borderWidth: The width in pixels of the border around the screen.
	213		Default: 0
	214
	215		clickPeriod: The period (in milliseconds) between a button
	216		press and a button release that determines if a click
	217		of a button has occurred.
	218		Default: 100
	219
	220		doubleClickPeriod: The period (in milliseconds) between two button
	221		press events that determines if a double click
	222		of a button has occurred.
	223		Default: 200
	224
	225		composeKey: The name of the X key that defines the "compose key",
	226		which is used to enter characters in the Latin-1
	227		character set above 0xA0. (See "Compose Keys for
	228		Latin-1" below.) This is used only when PDCurses is
	229		built without XIM support. While in compose mode, the
	230		text cursor will appear as a hollow rectangle.
	231		Default: Multi_key
	232
	233
	234		Using Resources
	235		---------------
	236
	237		All applications have a top-level class name of "XCurses". If Xinitscr()
	238		is used, it sets an application's top-level widget name. (Otherwise the
	239		name defaults to "PDCurses".)
	240
	241		Examples for app-defaults or .Xdefaults:
	242
	243		!
	244		! resources for XCurses class of programs
	245		!
	246		XCurses*lines: 30
	247		XCurses*cols: 80
	248		XCurses*normalFont: 9x13
	249		XCurses*bitmap: /tmp/xcurses.xbm
	250		XCurses*pointer: top_left_arrow
	251		!
	252		! resources for testcurs - XCurses
	253		!
	254		testcurs.colorRed: orange
	255		testcurs.colorBlack: midnightblue
	256		testcurs.lines: 25
	257		*testcurs.Translations: #override \n \
	258		<Key>F12: string(0x1b) string("[11~") \n
	259		!
	260		! resources for THE - XCurses
	261		!
	262		! resources with the * wildcard can be overridden by a parameter passed
	263		! to initscr()
	264		!
	265		the*normalFont: 9x15
	266		the*lines: 40
	267		the*cols: 86
	268		the*pointer: xterm
	269		the*pointerForeColor: white
	270		the*pointerBackColor: black
	271		!
	272		! resources with the . format can not be overridden by a parameter passed
	273		! to Xinitscr()
	274		!
	275		the.bitmap: /home/mark/the/the64.xbm
	276		the.pixmap: /home/mark/the/the64.xpm
	277
	278		Resources may also be passed as parameters to the Xinitscr() function.
	279		Parameters are strings in the form of switches; e.g., to set the color
	280		"red" to "indianred", and the number of lines to 30, the string passed
	281		to Xinitscr would be: "-colorRed indianred -lines 30"
	282
	283
	284		Compose Keys for Latin-1
	285		------------------------
	286
	287		When built without XIM support, PDCurses for X11 provides its own,
	288		limited compose key system for Latin-1 characters. The available
	289		combinations are listed here. For a given character, any of the
	290		combinations shown in the last column may be used. To generate a
	291		character, press the "compose" key followed by one of the pairs of
	292		keystrokes. Where no key is evident, the spacebar is used. Thus, to
	293		generate the NO-BREAK SPACE, press the "compose" key followed by two
	294		hits of the spacebar.
	295
	296		With a typical modern X server, you can get many more compose key
	297		combinations by using XIM instead. Configure PDCurses with --enable-xim
	298		to use XIM support.
	299
	300		This document is encoded in UTF-8.
	301
	302		+----+-----+---+---------------------------------+---------------------------+
	303		|Hex | Dec |Chr| Description ISO 10646-1:1993(E) | Compose key combinations |
	304		+----+-----+---+---------------------------------+---------------------------+
	305		| A0 | 160 | | NO-BREAK SPACE | |
	306		| A1 | 161 | ¡ | INVERTED EXCLAMATION MARK | ! !! |
	307		| A2 | 162 | ¢ | CENT SIGN | c| |c c/ c$ C$ C| |
	308		| A3 | 163 | £ | POUND SIGN | L- L$ L= l- l$ l= |-|
	309		| A4 | 164 | ¤ | CURRENCY SIGN | xo ox XO g$ |
	310		| A5 | 165 | ¥ | YEN SIGN | =y y= =Y Y= Y- y$ y-|
	311		| A6 | 166 | ¦ | BROKEN BAR | | || vb VB |^ |
	312		| A7 | 167 | § | SECTION SIGN | SO SS s! S! so |
	313		| A8 | 168 | ¨ | DIAERESIS | " "" |
	314		| A9 | 169 | © | COPYRIGHT SIGN | CO co OC |
	315		| AA | 170 | ª | FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR | sa SA a_ A_ |
	316		| AB | 171 | « | LEFT DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTES | << |
	317		| AC | 172 | ¬ | NOT SIGN | -, no NO |
	318		| AD | 173 | ­ | SOFT HYPHEN | - -- |
	319		| AE | 174 | ® | REGISTERED SIGN | RO ro OR |
	320		| AF | 175 | ¯ | MACRON | -^ _^ __ |
	321		| B0 | 176 | ° | DEGREE SIGN | o 0^ 0* de DE ^0 |
	322		| B1 | 177 | ± | PLUS-MINUS SIGN | -+ +- |
	323		| B2 | 178 | ² | SUPERSCRIPT TWO | 2 2^ s2 ^2 |
	324		| B3 | 179 | ³ | SUPERSCRIPT THREE | 3 3^ s3 ^3 |
	325		| B4 | 180 | ´ | ACUTE ACCENT | ' '' |
	326		| B5 | 181 | µ | MICRO SIGN | u /u /U *m *M |
	327		| B6 | 182 | ¶ | PILCROW SIGN | p! P! pg PG |
	328		| B7 | 183 | · | MIDDLE DOT | . .^ .. |
	329		| B8 | 184 | ¸ | CEDILLA | , ,, |
	330		| B9 | 185 | ¹ | SUPERSCRIPT ONE | 1 1^ s1 ^1 |
	331		| BA | 186 | º | MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR | o_ s0 S0 |
	332		| BB | 187 | » | RIGHT DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTES | >> |
	333		| BC | 188 | ¼ | VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER | 14 |
	334		| BD | 189 | ½ | VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF | 12 |
	335		| BE | 190 | ¾ | VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS | 34 |
	336		| BF | 191 | ¿ | INVERTED QUESTION MARK | ? ?? |
	337		| C0 | 192 | À | CAPITAL A WITH GRAVE ACCENT | `A A` |
	338		| C1 | 193 | Á | CAPITAL A WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'A A' |
	339		| C2 | 194 | Â | CAPITAL A WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT| ^A A^ A> |
	340		| C3 | 195 | Ã | CAPITAL A WITH TILDE | ~A A~ A- |
	341		| C4 | 196 | Ä | CAPITAL A WITH DIAERESIS | "A A" |
	342		| C5 | 197 | Å | CAPITAL A WITH RING ABOVE | oA Ao A* OA *A |
	343		| C6 | 198 | Æ | CAPITAL LIGATURE AE | AE |
	344		| C7 | 199 | Ç | CAPITAL C WITH CEDILLA | ,C C, |
	345		| C8 | 200 | È | CAPITAL E WITH GRAVE ACCENT | `E E` |
	346		| C9 | 201 | É | CAPITAL E WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'E E' |
	347		| CA | 202 | Ê | CAPITAL E WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT| ^E E^ E> |
	348		| CB | 203 | Ë | CAPITAL E WITH DIAERESIS | "E E" |
	349		| CC | 204 | Ì | CAPITAL I WITH GRAVE ACCENT | `I I` |
	350		| CD | 205 | Í | CAPITAL I WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'I I' |
	351		| CE | 206 | Î | CAPITAL I WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT| ^I I^ I> |
	352		| CF | 207 | Ï | CAPITAL I WITH DIAERESIS | "I I" |
	353		| D0 | 208 | Ð | CAPITAL ETH | D- |
	354		| D1 | 209 | Ñ | CAPITAL N WITH TILDE | ~N N~ N- |
	355		| D2 | 210 | Ò | CAPITAL O WITH GRAVE ACCENT | `O O` |
	356		| D3 | 211 | Ó | CAPITAL O WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'O O' |
	357		| D4 | 212 | Ô | CAPITAL O WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT| ^O O^ O> |
	358		| D5 | 213 | Õ | CAPITAL O WITH TILDE | ~O O~ O- |
	359		| D6 | 214 | Ö | CAPITAL O WITH DIAERESIS | "O O" |
	360		| D7 | 215 | × | MULTIPLICATION SIGN | x xx XX mu MU |
	361		| D8 | 216 | Ø | CAPITAL O WITH STROKE | /O O/ |
	362		| D9 | 217 | Ù | CAPITAL U WITH GRAVE ACCENT | `U U` |
	363		| DA | 218 | Ú | CAPITAL U WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'U U' |
	364		| DB | 219 | Û | CAPITAL U WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT| ^U U^ U> |
	365		| DC | 220 | Ü | CAPITAL U WITH DIAERESIS | "U U" |
	366		| DD | 221 | Ý | CAPITAL Y WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'Y Y' |
	367		| DE | 222 | Þ | CAPITAL THORN | P TH |P |
	368		| DF | 223 | ß | SMALL SHARP S | ss |
	369		| E0 | 224 | à | SMALL A WITH GRAVE ACCENT | `a a` |
	370		| E1 | 225 | á | SMALL A WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'a a' |
	371		| E2 | 226 | â | SMALL A WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT | ^a a^ a> |
	372		| E3 | 227 | ã | SMALL A WITH TILDE | ~a a~ a- |
	373		| E4 | 228 | ä | SMALL A WITH DIAERESIS | "a a" |
	374		| E5 | 229 | å | SMALL A WITH RING ABOVE | oa ao Oa a* *a |
	375		| E6 | 230 | æ | SMALL LIGATURE AE | ae |
	376		| E7 | 231 | ç | SMALL C WITH CEDILLA | ,c c, |
	377		| E8 | 232 | è | SMALL E WITH GRAVE ACCENT | `e e` |
	378		| E9 | 233 | é | SMALL E WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'e e' |
	379		| EA | 234 | ê | SMALL E WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT | ^e e^ e> |
	380		| EB | 235 | ë | SMALL E WITH DIAERESIS | "e e" |
	381		| EC | 236 | ì | SMALL I WITH GRAVE ACCENT | `i i` |
	382		| ED | 237 | í | SMALL I WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'i i' |
	383		| EE | 238 | î | SMALL I WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT | ^i i^ i> |
	384		| EF | 239 | ï | SMALL I WITH DIAERESIS | "i i" |
	385		| F0 | 240 | ð | SMALL ETH | d- |
	386		| F1 | 241 | ñ | SMALL N WITH TILDE | ~n n~ n- |
	387		| F2 | 242 | ò | SMALL O WITH GRAVE ACCENT | `o o` |
	388		| F3 | 243 | ó | SMALL O WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'o o' |
	389		| F4 | 244 | ô | SMALL O WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT | ^o o^ o> |
	390		| F5 | 245 | õ | SMALL O WITH TILDE | ~o o~ o- |
	391		| F6 | 246 | ö | SMALL O WITH DIAERESIS | "o o" |
	392		| F7 | 247 | ÷ | DIVISION SIGN | -: :- |
	393		| F8 | 248 | ø | SMALL O WITH OBLIQUE BAR | /o o/ |
	394		| F9 | 249 | ù | SMALL U WITH GRAVE ACCENT | `u u` |
	395		| FA | 250 | ú | SMALL U WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'u u' |
	396		| FB | 251 | û | SMALL U WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT | ^u u^ u> |
	397		| FC | 252 | ü | SMALL U WITH DIAERESIS | "u u" |
	398		| FD | 253 | ý | SMALL Y WITH ACUTE ACCENT | 'y y' |
	399		| FE | 254 | þ | SMALL THORN | p th |p |
	400		| FF | 255 | ÿ | SMALL Y WITH DIAERESIS | "y y" |
	401		+----+-----+---+---------------------------------+---------------------------+
	402
	403
	404		Deprecated
	405		----------
	406
	407		XCursesProgramName is no longer used. To set the program name, you must
	408		use Xinitscr(), or PDC_set_title() to set just the window title.
	409
	410		The XCursesExit() function is now called automatically via atexit().
	411		(Multiple calls to it are OK, so you don't need to remove it if you've
	412		already added it for previous versions of PDCurses.)
	413
	414		XCURSES is no longer defined automatically, but need not be defined,
	415		unless you want the X11-specific prototypes. (Normal curses programs
	416		won't need it.)

File dos/README added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..569034b)
	1		PDCurses for DOS
	2		================
	3
	4		This directory contains PDCurses source code files specific to DOS.
	5
	6
	7		Building
	8		--------
	9
	10		. Choose the appropriate makefile for your compiler:
	11
	12		bccdos.mak - Borland C++ 3.0+
	13		gccdos.mak - DJGPP V2
	14		mscdos.mak - Microsoft C
	15		wccdos16.mak - Watcom 10.6+ (16-bit)
	16		wccdos4g.mak - Watcom 10.6+ (32-bit)
	17
	18		. For 16-bit compilers, you can change the memory MODEL in the makefile.
	19		(Large model is the default, and recommended.)
	20
	21		. Optionally, you can build in a different directory than the platform
	22		directory by setting PDCURSES_SRCDIR to point to the directory where
	23		you unpacked PDCurses, and changing to your target directory:
	24
	25		set PDCURSES_SRCDIR=c:\pdcurses
	26
	27		. Build it:
	28
	29		make -f makefile
	30
	31		(For Watcom, use "wmake" instead of "make"; for MSVC, "nmake".) You'll
	32		get the libraries (pdcurses.lib or .a, depending on your compiler; and
	33		panel.lib or .a), the demos (*.exe), and a lot of object files. Note
	34		that the panel library is just a copy of the main library, provided
	35		for convenience; both panel and curses functions are in the main
	36		library.
	37
	38
	39		Distribution Status
	40		-------------------
	41
	42		The files in this directory are released to the Public Domain.
	43
	44
	45		Acknowledgements
	46		----------------
	47
	48		Watcom C port was provided by Pieter Kunst <kunst@prl.philips.nl>
	49		DJGPP 1.x port was provided by David Nugent <davidn@csource.oz.au>

File dos/bccdos.lrf added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..9bd18c6)
	1		+addch.obj +addchstr.obj +addstr.obj +attr.obj +beep.obj +bkgd.obj &
	2		+border.obj +clear.obj +color.obj +delch.obj +deleteln.obj +deprec.obj &
	3		+getch.obj +getstr.obj +getyx.obj +inch.obj +inchstr.obj +initscr.obj &
	4		+inopts.obj +insch.obj +insstr.obj +instr.obj +kernel.obj +keyname.obj &
	5		+mouse.obj +move.obj +outopts.obj +overlay.obj +pad.obj +panel.obj &
	6		+printw.obj +refresh.obj +scanw.obj +scr_dump.obj +scroll.obj +slk.obj &
	7		+termattr.obj +terminfo.obj +touch.obj +util.obj +window.obj +debug.obj &
	8		+pdcclip.obj +pdcdisp.obj +pdcgetsc.obj +pdckbd.obj +pdcscrn.obj &
	9		+pdcsetsc.obj +pdcutil.obj ,lib.map

File dos/bccdos.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..6361a4d)
	1		# Borland MAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - DOS BC++ 3.0+
	2		#
	3		# Usage: make -f [path\]bccdos.mak [DEBUG=] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		# Change the memory MODEL here, if desired
	9		MODEL = l
	10
	11		O = obj
	12
	13		!ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	14		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	15		!endif
	16
	17		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\version.mif
	18		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\libobjs.mif
	19
	20		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\dos
	21
	22		!ifdef DEBUG
	23		CFLAGS = -N -v -y -DPDCDEBUG
	24		!else
	25		CFLAGS = -O
	26		!endif
	27
	28		CPPFLAGS = -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	29
	30		BUILD = $(CC) -1- -K -G -rd -d -w-eff -w-par -c \
	31		-m$(MODEL) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS)
	32
	33		LIBEXE = tlib /C /E
	34
	35		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.lib
	36
	37		all: $(LIBCURSES) $(DEMOS)
	38
	39		clean:
	40		-del *.obj
	41		-del *.lib
	42		-del *.map
	43		-del *.exe
	44
	45		demos: $(DEMOS)
	46
	47		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	48		-del $@
	49		$(LIBEXE) $@ @$(osdir)\bccdos.lrf
	50		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	51
	52		.autodepend
	53
	54		{$(srcdir)\}.c.obj:
	55		$(BUILD) $<
	56
	57		{$(osdir)\}.c.obj:
	58		$(BUILD) $<
	59
	60		{$(demodir)\}.c.obj:
	61		$(BUILD) $<
	62
	63		.c.obj:
	64		$(BUILD) $<
	65
	66		.obj.exe:
	67		$(CC) -m$(MODEL) -e$@ $** $(LIBCURSES)
	68
	69		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.obj tui.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	70		$(CC) -m$(MODEL) -e$@ $**
	71
	72		tui.obj: $(demodir)\tui.c $(demodir)\tui.h $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	73		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\tui.c
	74
	75		tuidemo.obj: $(demodir)\tuidemo.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	76		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\tuidemo.c
	77
	78		PLATFORM1 = Borland C++ 3.1
	79		PLATFORM2 = Borland C/C++ 3.1 for DOS
	80		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)bcc
	81
	82		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\makedist.mif

File dos/gccdos.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..26a4ed3)
	1		# GNU MAKE (3.79.1) Makefile for PDCurses library - DOS DJGPP V2.0+
	2		#
	3		# Usage: make -f [path\]gccdos.mak [DEBUG=Y] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|libs|demos|dist|pdcurses.a|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		O = o
	9
	10		ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	11		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	12		endif
	13
	14		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/version.mif
	15		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/libobjs.mif
	16
	17		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/dos
	18
	19		PDCURSES_DOS_H = $(osdir)/pdcdos.h
	20
	21		CC = gcc
	22
	23		ifeq ($(DEBUG),Y)
	24		CFLAGS = -g -Wall -DPDCDEBUG
	25		LDFLAGS = -g
	26		else
	27		CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall
	28		LDFLAGS =
	29		endif
	30
	31		CFLAGS += -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	32
	33		LINK = gcc
	34
	35		LIBEXE = ar
	36		LIBFLAGS = rcv
	37
	38		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.a
	39
	40		.PHONY: all libs clean demos dist
	41
	42		all: libs demos
	43
	44		libs: $(LIBCURSES)
	45
	46		clean:
	47		-del *.o
	48		-del *.a
	49		-del *.exe
	50
	51		demos: $(DEMOS)
	52		strip *.exe
	53
	54		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	55		$(LIBEXE) $(LIBFLAGS) $@ $?
	56		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.a
	57
	58		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	59		$(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_DOS_H)
	60		$(DEMOS) : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H) $(LIBCURSES)
	61		panel.o : $(PANEL_HEADER)
	62		terminfo.o: $(TERM_HEADER)
	63
	64		$(LIBOBJS) : %.o: $(srcdir)/%.c
	65		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
	66
	67		$(PDCOBJS) : %.o: $(osdir)/%.c
	68		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
	69
	70		firework.exe newdemo.exe rain.exe testcurs.exe worm.exe xmas.exe \
	71		ptest.exe: %.exe: $(demodir)/%.c
	72		$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o$@ $< $(LIBCURSES)
	73
	74		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.o tui.o
	75		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) -o$@ tuidemo.o tui.o $(LIBCURSES)
	76
	77		tui.o: $(demodir)/tui.c $(demodir)/tui.h $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	78		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -I$(demodir) -o$@ $<
	79
	80		tuidemo.o: $(demodir)/tuidemo.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	81		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -I$(demodir) -o$@ $<
	82
	83		PLATFORM1 = DJGPP 2.03
	84		PLATFORM2 = DJGPP 2.03 for DOS
	85		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)djg
	86
	87		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/makedist.mif

File dos/mscdos.lrf added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..b1fdf37)
	1		-+addch.obj &
	2		-+addchstr.obj &
	3		-+addstr.obj &
	4		-+attr.obj &
	5		-+beep.obj &
	6		-+bkgd.obj &
	7		-+border.obj &
	8		-+clear.obj &
	9		-+color.obj &
	10		-+delch.obj &
	11		-+deleteln.obj &
	12		-+deprec.obj &
	13		-+getch.obj &
	14		-+getstr.obj &
	15		-+getyx.obj &
	16		-+inch.obj &
	17		-+inchstr.obj &
	18		-+initscr.obj &
	19		-+inopts.obj &
	20		-+insch.obj &
	21		-+insstr.obj &
	22		-+instr.obj &
	23		-+kernel.obj &
	24		-+keyname.obj &
	25		-+mouse.obj &
	26		-+move.obj &
	27		-+outopts.obj &
	28		-+overlay.obj &
	29		-+pad.obj &
	30		-+panel.obj &
	31		-+printw.obj &
	32		-+refresh.obj &
	33		-+scanw.obj &
	34		-+scr_dump.obj &
	35		-+scroll.obj &
	36		-+slk.obj &
	37		-+termattr.obj &
	38		-+terminfo.obj &
	39		-+touch.obj &
	40		-+util.obj &
	41		-+window.obj &
	42		-+debug.obj &
	43		-+pdcclip.obj &
	44		-+pdcdisp.obj &
	45		-+pdcgetsc.obj &
	46		-+pdckbd.obj &
	47		-+pdcscrn.obj &
	48		-+pdcsetsc.obj &
	49		-+pdcutil.obj &
	50		,lib.map;

File dos/mscdos.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..7aa6c5f)
	1		# NMAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - Microsoft C for DOS
	2		#
	3		# Usage: nmake -f [path\]dosmsc.mak [DEBUG=] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		# Change the memory MODEL here, if desired
	9		MODEL = L # one of L, S, M, T, H, C
	10		SIZE = LARGE # one of LARGE, SMALL, MEDIUM, TINY, HUGE, COMPACT
	11
	12		O = obj
	13
	14		!ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	15		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	16		!endif
	17
	18		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\version.mif
	19		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\libobjs.mif
	20
	21		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\dos
	22
	23		PDCURSES_DOS_H = $(osdir)\pdcdos.h
	24
	25		CC = cl
	26
	27		!ifdef DEBUG
	28		CFLAGS = /Od /Zi /DPDCDEBUG
	29		LDFLAGS = /CO /NOE /SE:160
	30		!else
	31		CFLAGS = /Ox
	32		LDFLAGS = /NOE /SE:160
	33		!endif
	34
	35		CPPFLAGS = -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	36
	37		BUILD = $(CC) /J /nologo /c /D$(SIZE) /A$(MODEL) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS)
	38
	39		LINK = link
	40
	41		CCLIBS =
	42
	43		LIBEXE = lib
	44
	45		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.lib
	46
	47		all: $(LIBCURSES) $(DEMOS)
	48
	49		clean:
	50		-del *.obj
	51		-del *.lib
	52		-del *.exe
	53
	54		demos: $(DEMOS)
	55
	56		DEMOOBJS = $(DEMOS:.exe=.obj) tui.obj
	57
	58		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	59		$(DEMOOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	60		$(DEMOS) : $(LIBCURSES)
	61		panel.obj : $(PANEL_HEADER)
	62		terminfo.obj: $(TERM_HEADER)
	63
	64		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	65		$(LIBEXE) $@ @$(osdir)\mscdos.lrf
	66		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	67
	68		{$(srcdir)\}.c{}.obj:
	69		$(BUILD) $<
	70
	71		{$(osdir)\}.c{}.obj:
	72		$(BUILD) $<
	73
	74		{$(demodir)\}.c{}.obj:
	75		$(BUILD) $<
	76
	77		firework.exe: firework.obj
	78		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	79
	80		newdemo.exe: newdemo.obj
	81		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	82
	83		ptest.exe: ptest.obj
	84		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	85
	86		rain.exe: rain.obj
	87		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	88
	89		testcurs.exe: testcurs.obj
	90		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	91
	92		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.obj tui.obj
	93		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj+tui.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	94
	95		worm.exe: worm.obj
	96		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	97
	98		xmas.exe: xmas.obj
	99		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	100
	101		ptest.obj: $(demodir)\ptest.c $(PANEL_HEADER)
	102		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\ptest.c
	103
	104		tui.obj: $(demodir)\tui.c $(demodir)\tui.h
	105		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\tui.c
	106
	107		tuidemo.obj: $(demodir)\tuidemo.c
	108		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\tuidemo.c
	109
	110		PLATFORM1 = Microsoft C
	111		PLATFORM2 = Microsoft C for DOS
	112		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)msc
	113
	114		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\makedist.mif

File dos/pdcclip.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..74607aa)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcdos.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcclip.c,v 1.33 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#include <stdlib.h>
	8
	9		/*man-start**************************************************************
	10
	11		Name: clipboard
	12
	13		Synopsis:
	14		int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length);
	15		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length);
	16		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents);
	17		int PDC_clearclipboard(void);
	18
	19		Description:
	20		PDC_getclipboard() gets the textual contents of the system's
	21		clipboard. This function returns the contents of the clipboard
	22		in the contents argument. It is the responsibilitiy of the
	23		caller to free the memory returned, via PDC_freeclipboard().
	24		The length of the clipboard contents is returned in the length
	25		argument.
	26
	27		PDC_setclipboard copies the supplied text into the system's
	28		clipboard, emptying the clipboard prior to the copy.
	29
	30		PDC_clearclipboard() clears the internal clipboard.
	31
	32		Return Values:
	33		indicator of success/failure of call.
	34		PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS the call was successful
	35		PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR unable to allocate sufficient memory for
	36		the clipboard contents
	37		PDC_CLIP_EMPTY the clipboard contains no text
	38		PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR no clipboard support
	39
	40		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	41		PDC_getclipboard - - -
	42		PDC_setclipboard - - -
	43		PDC_freeclipboard - - -
	44		PDC_clearclipboard - - -
	45
	46		**man-end****************************************************************/
	47
	48		/* global clipboard contents, should be NULL if none set */
	49
	50		static char *pdc_DOS_clipboard = NULL;
	51
	52		int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length)
	53		{
	54		int len;
	55
	56		PDC_LOG(("PDC_getclipboard() - called\n"));
	57
	58		if (!pdc_DOS_clipboard)
	59		return PDC_CLIP_EMPTY;
	60
	61		len = strlen(pdc_DOS_clipboard);
	62		if ((*contents = malloc(len + 1)) == NULL)
	63		return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
	64
	65		strcpy(*contents, pdc_DOS_clipboard);
	66		*length = len;
	67
	68		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	69		}
	70
	71		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length)
	72		{
	73		PDC_LOG(("PDC_setclipboard() - called\n"));
	74
	75		if (pdc_DOS_clipboard)
	76		{
	77		free(pdc_DOS_clipboard);
	78		pdc_DOS_clipboard = NULL;
	79		}
	80
	81		if (contents)
	82		{
	83		if ((pdc_DOS_clipboard = malloc(length + 1)) == NULL)
	84		return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
	85
	86		strcpy(pdc_DOS_clipboard, contents);
	87		}
	88
	89		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	90		}
	91
	92		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents)
	93		{
	94		PDC_LOG(("PDC_freeclipboard() - called\n"));
	95
	96		/* should we also free empty the system clipboard? probably not */
	97
	98		if (contents)
	99		{
	100
	101		/* NOTE: We free the memory, but we can not set caller's pointer
	102		to NULL, so if caller calls again then will try to access
	103		free'd memory. We 1st overwrite memory with a string so if
	104		caller tries to use free memory they won't get what they
	105		expect & hopefully notice. */
	106
	107		/* memset(contents, 0xFD, strlen(contents)); */
	108
	109		if (strlen(contents) >= strlen("PDCURSES"))
	110		strcpy(contents, "PDCURSES");
	111
	112		free(contents);
	113		}
	114
	115		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	116		}
	117
	118		int PDC_clearclipboard(void)
	119		{
	120		PDC_LOG(("PDC_clearclipboard() - called\n"));
	121
	122		if (pdc_DOS_clipboard)
	123		{
	124		free(pdc_DOS_clipboard);
	125		pdc_DOS_clipboard = NULL;
	126		}
	127
	128		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	129		}

File dos/pdcdisp.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..aae9bfb)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcdos.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcdisp.c,v 1.65 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/* ACS definitions originally by jshumate@wrdis01.robins.af.mil -- these
	8		match code page 437 and compatible pages (CP850, CP852, etc.) */
	9
	10		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	11
	12		# define A(x) ((chtype)x | A_ALTCHARSET)
	13
	14		chtype acs_map[128] =
	15		{
	16		A(0), A(1), A(2), A(3), A(4), A(5), A(6), A(7), A(8), A(9), A(10),
	17		A(11), A(12), A(13), A(14), A(15), A(16), A(17), A(18), A(19),
	18		A(20), A(21), A(22), A(23), A(24), A(25), A(26), A(27), A(28),
	19		A(29), A(30), A(31), ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', '\'', '(',
	20		')', '*',
	21
	22		A(0x1a), A(0x1b), A(0x18), A(0x19),
	23
	24		'/',
	25
	26		0xdb,
	27
	28		'1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=',
	29		'>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
	30		'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W',
	31		'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_',
	32
	33		A(0x04), 0xb1,
	34
	35		'b', 'c', 'd', 'e',
	36
	37		0xf8, 0xf1, 0xb0, A(0x0f), 0xd9, 0xbf, 0xda, 0xc0, 0xc5, 0x2d, 0x2d,
	38		0xc4, 0x2d, 0x5f, 0xc3, 0xb4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xb3, 0xf3, 0xf2, 0xe3,
	39		0xd8, 0x9c, 0xf9,
	40
	41		A(127)
	42		};
	43
	44		# undef A
	45
	46		#endif
	47
	48		#ifdef __PACIFIC__
	49		void movedata(unsigned sseg, unsigned soff, unsigned dseg,
	50		unsigned doff, unsigned n)
	51		{
	52		far char *src = MK_FP(sseg, soff);
	53		far char *dst = MK_FP(dseg, doff);
	54
	55		while (n--)
	56		*dst++ = *src++;
	57		}
	58		#endif
	59
	60		/* position hardware cursor at (y, x) */
	61
	62		void PDC_gotoyx(int row, int col)
	63		{
	64		PDCREGS regs;
	65
	66		PDC_LOG(("PDC_gotoyx() - called: row %d col %d\n", row, col));
	67
	68		regs.h.ah = 0x02;
	69		regs.h.bh = 0;
	70		regs.h.dh = (unsigned char) row;
	71		regs.h.dl = (unsigned char) col;
	72		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	73		}
	74
	75		/* update the given physical line to look like the corresponding line in
	76		curscr */
	77
	78		void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp)
	79		{
	80		int j;
	81
	82		PDC_LOG(("PDC_transform_line() - called: line %d\n", lineno));
	83
	84		if (pdc_direct_video)
	85		{
	86		#if SMALL || MEDIUM
	87		# ifndef __PACIFIC__
	88		struct SREGS segregs;
	89		# endif
	90		int ds;
	91		#endif
	92		/* this should be enough for the maximum width of a screen */
	93
	94		struct {unsigned char text, attr;} temp_line[256];
	95
	96		/* replace the attribute part of the chtype with the actual
	97		color value for each chtype in the line */
	98
	99		for (j = 0; j < len; j++)
	100		{
	101		chtype ch = srcp[j];
	102
	103		temp_line[j].attr = pdc_atrtab[ch >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT];
	104		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	105		if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80))
	106		ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f];
	107		#endif
	108		temp_line[j].text = ch & 0xff;
	109		}
	110
	111		#ifdef __DJGPP__
	112		dosmemput(temp_line, len * 2,
	113		(unsigned long)_FAR_POINTER(pdc_video_seg,
	114		pdc_video_ofs + (lineno * curscr->_maxx + x) * 2));
	115		#else
	116		# if SMALL || MEDIUM
	117		# ifdef __PACIFIC__
	118		ds = FP_SEG((void far *) temp_line);
	119		# else
	120		segread(&segregs);
	121		ds = segregs.ds;
	122		# endif
	123		movedata(ds, (int)temp_line, pdc_video_seg,
	124		pdc_video_ofs + (lineno * curscr->_maxx + x) * 2, len * 2);
	125		# else
	126		memcpy((void *)_FAR_POINTER(pdc_video_seg,
	127		pdc_video_ofs + (lineno * curscr->_maxx + x) * 2),
	128		temp_line, len * 2);
	129		# endif
	130		#endif
	131
	132		}
	133		else
	134		for (j = 0; j < len;)
	135		{
	136		PDCREGS regs;
	137		unsigned short count = 1;
	138		chtype ch = srcp[j];
	139
	140		while ((j + count < len) && (ch == srcp[j + count]))
	141		count++;
	142
	143		PDC_gotoyx(lineno, j + x);
	144
	145		regs.h.ah = 0x09;
	146		regs.W.bx = pdc_atrtab[ch >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT];
	147		regs.W.cx = count;
	148		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	149		if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80))
	150		ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f];
	151		#endif
	152		regs.h.al = (unsigned char) (ch & 0xff);
	153
	154		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	155
	156		j += count;
	157		}
	158		}

File dos/pdcdos.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..436699d)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		/* $Id: pdcdos.h,v 1.30 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	4
	5		#include <curspriv.h>
	6		#include <string.h>
	7
	8		#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(_QC)
	9		# define MSC 1
	10		#endif
	11
	12		#if defined(__PACIFIC__) && !defined(__SMALL__)
	13		# define __SMALL__
	14		#endif
	15
	16		#if defined(__HIGHC__) || MSC
	17		# include <bios.h>
	18		#endif
	19
	20		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
	21		* MEMORY MODEL SUPPORT:
	22		*
	23		* MODELS
	24		* TINY cs,ds,ss all in 1 segment (not enough memory!)
	25		* SMALL cs:1 segment, ds:1 segment
	26		* MEDIUM cs:many segments, ds:1 segment
	27		* COMPACT cs:1 segment, ds:many segments
	28		* LARGE cs:many segments, ds:many segments
	29		* HUGE cs:many segments, ds:segments > 64K
	30		*/
	31
	32		#ifdef __TINY__
	33		# define SMALL 1
	34		#endif
	35		#ifdef __SMALL__
	36		# define SMALL 1
	37		#endif
	38		#ifdef __MEDIUM__
	39		# define MEDIUM 1
	40		#endif
	41		#ifdef __COMPACT__
	42		# define COMPACT 1
	43		#endif
	44		#ifdef __LARGE__
	45		# define LARGE 1
	46		#endif
	47		#ifdef __HUGE__
	48		# define HUGE 1
	49		#endif
	50
	51		#include <dos.h>
	52
	53		extern unsigned char *pdc_atrtab;
	54		extern int pdc_adapter;
	55		extern int pdc_scrnmode;
	56		extern int pdc_font;
	57		extern bool pdc_direct_video;
	58		extern bool pdc_bogus_adapter;
	59		extern unsigned pdc_video_seg;
	60		extern unsigned pdc_video_ofs;
	61
	62		#ifdef __DJGPP__ /* Note: works only in plain DOS... */
	63		# if DJGPP == 2
	64		# define _FAR_POINTER(s,o) ((((int)(s)) << 4) + ((int)(o)))
	65		# else
	66		# define _FAR_POINTER(s,o) (0xe0000000 + (((int)(s)) << 4) + ((int)(o)))
	67		# endif
	68		# define _FP_SEGMENT(p) (unsigned short)((((long)p) >> 4) & 0xffff)
	69		#else
	70		# ifdef __TURBOC__
	71		# define _FAR_POINTER(s,o) MK_FP(s,o)
	72		# else
	73		# if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__FLAT__)
	74		# define _FAR_POINTER(s,o) ((((int)(s)) << 4) + ((int)(o)))
	75		# else
	76		# define _FAR_POINTER(s,o) (((long)s << 16) | (long)o)
	77		# endif
	78		# endif
	79		# define _FP_SEGMENT(p) (unsigned short)(((long)p) >> 4)
	80		#endif
	81		#define _FP_OFFSET(p) ((unsigned short)p & 0x000f)
	82
	83		#ifdef __DJGPP__
	84		# include <sys/movedata.h>
	85		unsigned char getdosmembyte(int offs);
	86		unsigned short getdosmemword(int offs);
	87		unsigned long getdosmemdword(int offs);
	88		void setdosmembyte(int offs, unsigned char b);
	89		void setdosmemword(int offs, unsigned short w);
	90		#else
	91		# if SMALL || MEDIUM || MSC
	92		# define PDC_FAR far
	93		# else
	94		# define PDC_FAR
	95		# endif
	96		# define getdosmembyte(offs) \
	97		(*((unsigned char PDC_FAR *) _FAR_POINTER(0,offs)))
	98		# define getdosmemword(offs) \
	99		(*((unsigned short PDC_FAR *) _FAR_POINTER(0,offs)))
	100		# define getdosmemdword(offs) \
	101		(*((unsigned long PDC_FAR *) _FAR_POINTER(0,offs)))
	102		# define setdosmembyte(offs,x) \
	103		(*((unsigned char PDC_FAR *) _FAR_POINTER(0,offs)) = (x))
	104		# define setdosmemword(offs,x) \
	105		(*((unsigned short PDC_FAR *) _FAR_POINTER(0,offs)) = (x))
	106		#endif
	107
	108		#if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__386__)
	109
	110		typedef union
	111		{
	112		struct
	113		{
	114		unsigned long edi, esi, ebp, res, ebx, edx, ecx, eax;
	115		} d;
	116
	117		struct
	118		{
	119		unsigned short di, di_hi, si, si_hi, bp, bp_hi, res, res_hi,
	120		bx, bx_hi, dx, dx_hi, cx, cx_hi, ax, ax_hi,
	121		flags, es, ds, fs, gs, ip, cs, sp, ss;
	122		} w;
	123
	124		struct
	125		{
	126		unsigned char edi[4], esi[4], ebp[4], res[4],
	127		bl, bh, ebx_b2, ebx_b3, dl, dh, edx_b2, edx_b3,
	128		cl, ch, ecx_b2, ecx_b3, al, ah, eax_b2, eax_b3;
	129		} h;
	130		} pdc_dpmi_regs;
	131
	132		void PDC_dpmi_int(int, pdc_dpmi_regs *);
	133
	134		#endif
	135
	136		#ifdef __DJGPP__
	137		# include <dpmi.h>
	138		# define PDCREGS __dpmi_regs
	139		# define PDCINT(vector, regs) __dpmi_int(vector, &regs)
	140		#else
	141		# ifdef __WATCOMC__
	142		# ifdef __386__
	143		# define PDCREGS pdc_dpmi_regs
	144		# define PDCINT(vector, regs) PDC_dpmi_int(vector, &regs)
	145		# else
	146		# define PDCREGS union REGPACK
	147		# define PDCINT(vector, regs) intr(vector, &regs)
	148		# endif
	149		# else
	150		# define PDCREGS union REGS
	151		# define PDCINT(vector, regs) int86(vector, &regs, &regs)
	152		# endif
	153		#endif
	154
	155		/* Wide registers in REGS: w or x? */
	156
	157		#ifdef __WATCOMC__
	158		# define W w
	159		#else
	160		# define W x
	161		#endif
	162
	163		/* Monitor (terminal) type information */
	164
	165		enum
	166		{
	167		_NONE, _MDA, _CGA,
	168		_EGACOLOR = 0x04, _EGAMONO,
	169		_VGACOLOR = 0x07, _VGAMONO,
	170		_MCGACOLOR = 0x0a, _MCGAMONO,
	171		_MDS_GENIUS = 0x30
	172		};
	173
	174		/* Text-mode font size information */
	175
	176		enum
	177		{
	178		_FONT8 = 8,
	179		_FONT14 = 14,
	180		_FONT15, /* GENIUS */
	181		_FONT16
	182		};
	183
	184		#ifdef __PACIFIC__
	185		void movedata(unsigned, unsigned, unsigned, unsigned, unsigned);
	186		#endif

File dos/pdcgetsc.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..290db5a)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcdos.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcgetsc.c,v 1.42 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#include <stdlib.h>
	8
	9		/* return width of screen/viewport */
	10
	11		int PDC_get_columns(void)
	12		{
	13		PDCREGS regs;
	14		int cols;
	15		const char *env_cols;
	16
	17		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - called\n"));
	18
	19		/* use the value from COLS environment variable, if set. MH 10-Jun-92 */
	20		/* and use the minimum of COLS and return from int10h MH 18-Jun-92 */
	21
	22		regs.h.ah = 0x0f;
	23		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	24		cols = (int)regs.h.ah;
	25
	26		env_cols = getenv("COLS");
	27
	28		if (env_cols)
	29		cols = min(atoi(env_cols), cols);
	30
	31		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - returned: cols %d\n", cols));
	32
	33		return cols;
	34		}
	35
	36		/* get the cursor size/shape */
	37
	38		int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void)
	39		{
	40		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_cursor_mode() - called\n"));
	41
	42		return getdosmemword(0x460);
	43		}
	44
	45		/* return number of screen rows */
	46
	47		int PDC_get_rows(void)
	48		{
	49		const char *env_rows;
	50		int rows;
	51
	52		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - called\n"));
	53
	54		/* use the value from LINES environment variable, if set. MH 10-Jun-92 */
	55		/* and use the minimum of LINES and *ROWS. MH 18-Jun-92 */
	56
	57		rows = getdosmembyte(0x484) + 1;
	58		env_rows = getenv("LINES");
	59
	60		if (env_rows)
	61		rows = min(atoi(env_rows), rows);
	62
	63		if (rows == 1 && pdc_adapter == _MDS_GENIUS)
	64		rows = 66;
	65		if (rows == 1 && pdc_adapter == _MDA)
	66		rows = 25;
	67
	68		if (rows == 1)
	69		{
	70		rows = 25;
	71		pdc_direct_video = FALSE;
	72		}
	73
	74		switch (pdc_adapter)
	75		{
	76		case _EGACOLOR:
	77		case _EGAMONO:
	78		switch (rows)
	79		{
	80		case 25:
	81		case 43:
	82		break;
	83		default:
	84		rows = 25;
	85		}
	86		break;
	87
	88		case _VGACOLOR:
	89		case _VGAMONO:
	90		break;
	91
	92		default:
	93		rows = 25;
	94		break;
	95		}
	96
	97		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - returned: rows %d\n", rows));
	98
	99		return rows;
	100		}

File dos/pdckbd.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..652cb0c)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		/* MS C doesn't return flags from int86() */
	4		#ifdef MSC
	5		# define USE_KBHIT
	6		#endif
	7
	8		#ifdef USE_KBHIT
	9		# include <conio.h>
	10		#endif
	11
	12		#include "pdcdos.h"
	13
	14		RCSID("$Id: pdckbd.c,v 1.87 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	15
	16		/*man-start**************************************************************
	17
	18		Name: pdckbd
	19
	20		Synopsis:
	21		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void);
	22
	23		Description:
	24		PDC_get_input_fd() returns the file descriptor that PDCurses
	25		reads its input from. It can be used for select().
	26
	27		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	28		PDC_get_input_fd - - -
	29
	30		**man-end****************************************************************/
	31
	32		#ifdef __DJGPP__
	33		# include <fcntl.h>
	34		# include <io.h>
	35		# include <signal.h>
	36		#endif
	37
	38		/************************************************************************
	39		* Table for key code translation of function keys in keypad mode *
	40		* These values are for strict IBM keyboard compatibles only *
	41		************************************************************************/
	42
	43		static short key_table[] =
	44		{
	45		-1, ALT_ESC, -1, 0,
	46		-1, -1, -1, -1,
	47		-1, -1, -1, -1,
	48		-1, -1, ALT_BKSP, KEY_BTAB,
	49		ALT_Q, ALT_W, ALT_E, ALT_R,
	50		ALT_T, ALT_Y, ALT_U, ALT_I,
	51		ALT_O, ALT_P, ALT_LBRACKET, ALT_RBRACKET,
	52		ALT_ENTER, -1, ALT_A, ALT_S,
	53		ALT_D, ALT_F, ALT_G, ALT_H,
	54		ALT_J, ALT_K, ALT_L, ALT_SEMICOLON,
	55		ALT_FQUOTE, ALT_BQUOTE, -1, ALT_BSLASH,
	56		ALT_Z, ALT_X, ALT_C, ALT_V,
	57		ALT_B, ALT_N, ALT_M, ALT_COMMA,
	58		ALT_STOP, ALT_FSLASH, -1, ALT_PADSTAR,
	59		-1, -1, -1, KEY_F(1),
	60		KEY_F(2), KEY_F(3), KEY_F(4), KEY_F(5),
	61		KEY_F(6), KEY_F(7), KEY_F(8), KEY_F(9),
	62		KEY_F(10), -1, -1, KEY_HOME,
	63		KEY_UP, KEY_PPAGE, ALT_PADMINUS, KEY_LEFT,
	64		KEY_B2, KEY_RIGHT, ALT_PADPLUS, KEY_END,
	65		KEY_DOWN, KEY_NPAGE, KEY_IC, KEY_DC,
	66		KEY_F(13), KEY_F(14), KEY_F(15), KEY_F(16),
	67		KEY_F(17), KEY_F(18), KEY_F(19), KEY_F(20),
	68		KEY_F(21), KEY_F(22), KEY_F(25), KEY_F(26),
	69		KEY_F(27), KEY_F(28), KEY_F(29), KEY_F(30),
	70		KEY_F(31), KEY_F(32), KEY_F(33), KEY_F(34),
	71		KEY_F(37), KEY_F(38), KEY_F(39), KEY_F(40),
	72		KEY_F(41), KEY_F(42), KEY_F(43), KEY_F(44),
	73		KEY_F(45), KEY_F(46), -1, CTL_LEFT,
	74		CTL_RIGHT, CTL_END, CTL_PGDN, CTL_HOME,
	75		ALT_1, ALT_2, ALT_3, ALT_4,
	76		ALT_5, ALT_6, ALT_7, ALT_8,
	77		ALT_9, ALT_0, ALT_MINUS, ALT_EQUAL,
	78		CTL_PGUP, KEY_F(11), KEY_F(12), KEY_F(23),
	79		KEY_F(24), KEY_F(35), KEY_F(36), KEY_F(47),
	80		KEY_F(48), CTL_UP, CTL_PADMINUS, CTL_PADCENTER,
	81		CTL_PADPLUS, CTL_DOWN, CTL_INS, CTL_DEL,
	82		CTL_TAB, CTL_PADSLASH, CTL_PADSTAR, ALT_HOME,
	83		ALT_UP, ALT_PGUP, -1, ALT_LEFT,
	84		-1, ALT_RIGHT, -1, ALT_END,
	85		ALT_DOWN, ALT_PGDN, ALT_INS, ALT_DEL,
	86		ALT_PADSLASH, ALT_TAB, ALT_PADENTER, -1
	87		};
	88
	89		unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers = 0L;
	90
	91		static struct {unsigned short pressed, released;} button[3];
	92
	93		static bool mouse_avail = FALSE, mouse_vis = FALSE, mouse_moved = FALSE,
	94		mouse_button = FALSE, key_pressed = FALSE;
	95
	96		static unsigned char mouse_scroll = 0;
	97		static PDCREGS ms_regs, old_ms;
	98		static unsigned short shift_status, old_shift = 0;
	99		static unsigned char keyboard_function = 0xff, shift_function = 0xff,
	100		check_function = 0xff;
	101
	102		static const unsigned short button_map[3] = {0, 2, 1};
	103
	104		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void)
	105		{
	106		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_input_fd() - called\n"));
	107
	108		return (unsigned long)fileno(stdin);
	109		}
	110
	111		void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on)
	112		{
	113		PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_keyboard_binary() - called\n"));
	114
	115		#ifdef __DJGPP__
	116		setmode(fileno(stdin), on ? O_BINARY : O_TEXT);
	117		signal(SIGINT, on ? SIG_IGN : SIG_DFL);
	118		#endif
	119		}
	120
	121		/* check if a key or mouse event is waiting */
	122
	123		bool PDC_check_key(void)
	124		{
	125		PDCREGS regs;
	126
	127		if (shift_function == 0xff)
	128		{
	129		int scan;
	130
	131		/* get shift status for all keyboards */
	132
	133		regs.h.ah = 0x02;
	134		PDCINT(0x16, regs);
	135		scan = regs.h.al;
	136
	137		/* get shift status for enhanced keyboards */
	138
	139		regs.h.ah = 0x12;
	140		PDCINT(0x16, regs);
	141
	142		if (scan == regs.h.al && getdosmembyte(0x496) == 0x10)
	143		{
	144		keyboard_function = 0x10;
	145		check_function = 0x11;
	146		shift_function = 0x12;
	147		}
	148		else
	149		{
	150		keyboard_function = 0;
	151		check_function = 1;
	152		shift_function = 2;
	153		}
	154		}
	155
	156		regs.h.ah = shift_function;
	157		PDCINT(0x16, regs);
	158
	159		shift_status = regs.W.ax;
	160
	161		if (mouse_vis)
	162		{
	163		unsigned short i;
	164
	165		ms_regs.W.ax = 3;
	166		PDCINT(0x33, ms_regs);
	167
	168		mouse_button = FALSE;
	169
	170		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	171		{
	172		regs.W.ax = 6;
	173		regs.W.bx = button_map[i];
	174		PDCINT(0x33, regs);
	175		button[i].released = regs.W.bx;
	176		if (regs.W.bx)
	177		{
	178		ms_regs.W.cx = regs.W.cx;
	179		ms_regs.W.dx = regs.W.dx;
	180		mouse_button = TRUE;
	181		}
	182
	183		regs.W.ax = 5;
	184		regs.W.bx = button_map[i];
	185		PDCINT(0x33, regs);
	186		button[i].pressed = regs.W.bx;
	187		if (regs.W.bx)
	188		{
	189		ms_regs.W.cx = regs.W.cx;
	190		ms_regs.W.dx = regs.W.dx;
	191		mouse_button = TRUE;
	192		}
	193		}
	194
	195		mouse_scroll = ms_regs.h.bh;
	196
	197		mouse_moved = !mouse_button && ms_regs.h.bl &&
	198		ms_regs.h.bl == old_ms.h.bl &&
	199		(((ms_regs.W.cx ^ old_ms.W.cx) >> 3) ||
	200		((ms_regs.W.dx ^ old_ms.W.dx) >> 3));
	201
	202		if (mouse_scroll || mouse_button || mouse_moved)
	203		return TRUE;
	204		}
	205
	206		if (old_shift && !shift_status) /* modifier released */
	207		{
	208		if (!key_pressed && SP->return_key_modifiers)
	209		return TRUE;
	210		}
	211		else if (!old_shift && shift_status) /* modifier pressed */
	212		key_pressed = FALSE;
	213
	214		old_shift = shift_status;
	215
	216		#ifndef USE_KBHIT
	217		regs.h.ah = check_function;
	218		PDCINT(0x16, regs);
	219
	220		return !(regs.W.flags & 64);
	221		#else
	222		return kbhit();
	223		#endif
	224		}
	225
	226		static int _process_mouse_events(void)
	227		{
	228		int i;
	229		short shift_flags = 0;
	230
	231		memset(&pdc_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(pdc_mouse_status));
	232
	233		key_pressed = TRUE;
	234		old_shift = shift_status;
	235		SP->key_code = TRUE;
	236
	237		/* Set shift modifiers */
	238
	239		if (shift_status & 3)
	240		shift_flags |= BUTTON_SHIFT;
	241
	242		if (shift_status & 4)
	243		shift_flags |= BUTTON_CONTROL;
	244
	245		if (shift_status & 8)
	246		shift_flags |= BUTTON_ALT;
	247
	248		/* Scroll wheel support for CuteMouse */
	249
	250		if (mouse_scroll)
	251		{
	252		pdc_mouse_status.changes = mouse_scroll & 0x80 ?
	253		PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP : PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN;
	254
	255		pdc_mouse_status.x = -1;
	256		pdc_mouse_status.y = -1;
	257
	258		return KEY_MOUSE;
	259		}
	260
	261		if (mouse_moved)
	262		{
	263		pdc_mouse_status.changes = PDC_MOUSE_MOVED;
	264
	265		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	266		{
	267		if (ms_regs.h.bl & (1 << button_map[i]))
	268		{
	269		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_MOVED | shift_flags;
	270		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i);
	271		}
	272		}
	273		}
	274		else /* button event */
	275		{
	276		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	277		{
	278		if (button[i].pressed)
	279		{
	280		/* Check for a click -- a PRESS followed
	281		immediately by a release */
	282
	283		if (!button[i].released)
	284		{
	285		if (SP->mouse_wait)
	286		{
	287		PDCREGS regs;
	288
	289		napms(SP->mouse_wait);
	290
	291		regs.W.ax = 6;
	292		regs.W.bx = button_map[i];
	293		PDCINT(0x33, regs);
	294
	295		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = regs.W.bx ?
	296		BUTTON_CLICKED : BUTTON_PRESSED;
	297		}
	298		else
	299		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_PRESSED;
	300		}
	301		else
	302		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_CLICKED;
	303		}
	304
	305		if (button[i].pressed || button[i].released)
	306		{
	307		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] |= shift_flags;
	308		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i);
	309		}
	310		}
	311		}
	312
	313		pdc_mouse_status.x = ms_regs.W.cx >> 3;
	314		pdc_mouse_status.y = ms_regs.W.dx >> 3;
	315
	316		old_ms = ms_regs;
	317
	318		return KEY_MOUSE;
	319		}
	320
	321		/* return the next available key or mouse event */
	322
	323		int PDC_get_key(void)
	324		{
	325		PDCREGS regs;
	326		int key, scan;
	327
	328		pdc_key_modifiers = 0;
	329
	330		if (mouse_vis && (mouse_scroll || mouse_button || mouse_moved))
	331		return _process_mouse_events();
	332
	333		/* Return modifiers as keys? */
	334
	335		if (old_shift && !shift_status)
	336		{
	337		key = -1;
	338
	339		if (old_shift & 1)
	340		key = KEY_SHIFT_R;
	341
	342		if (old_shift & 2)
	343		key = KEY_SHIFT_L;
	344
	345		if (shift_function == 0x12)
	346		{
	347		if (old_shift & 0x400)
	348		key = KEY_CONTROL_R;
	349
	350		if (old_shift & 0x100)
	351		key = KEY_CONTROL_L;
	352
	353		if (old_shift & 0x800)
	354		key = KEY_ALT_R;
	355
	356		if (old_shift & 0x200)
	357		key = KEY_ALT_L;
	358		}
	359		else
	360		{
	361		if (old_shift & 4)
	362		key = KEY_CONTROL_R;
	363
	364		if (old_shift & 8)
	365		key = KEY_ALT_R;
	366		}
	367
	368		key_pressed = FALSE;
	369		old_shift = shift_status;
	370
	371		SP->key_code = TRUE;
	372		return key;
	373		}
	374
	375		regs.h.ah = keyboard_function;
	376		PDCINT(0x16, regs);
	377		key = regs.h.al;
	378		scan = regs.h.ah;
	379
	380		if (SP->save_key_modifiers)
	381		{
	382		if (shift_status & 3)
	383		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT;
	384
	385		if (shift_status & 4)
	386		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL;
	387
	388		if (shift_status & 8)
	389		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT;
	390
	391		if (shift_status & 0x20)
	392		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK;
	393		}
	394
	395		if (scan == 0x1c && key == 0x0a) /* ^Enter */
	396		key = CTL_ENTER;
	397		else if (scan == 0xe0 && key == 0x0d) /* PadEnter */
	398		key = PADENTER;
	399		else if (scan == 0xe0 && key == 0x0a) /* ^PadEnter */
	400		key = CTL_PADENTER;
	401		else if (scan == 0x37 && key == 0x2a) /* Star */
	402		key = PADSTAR;
	403		else if (scan == 0x4a && key == 0x2d) /* Minus */
	404		key = PADMINUS;
	405		else if (scan == 0x4e && key == 0x2b) /* Plus */
	406		key = PADPLUS;
	407		else if (scan == 0xe0 && key == 0x2f) /* Slash */
	408		key = PADSLASH;
	409		else if (key == 0x00 || (key == 0xe0 && scan > 53 && scan != 86))
	410		key = (scan > 0xa7) ? -1 : key_table[scan];
	411
	412		if (shift_status & 3)
	413		{
	414		switch (key)
	415		{
	416		case KEY_HOME: /* Shift Home */
	417		key = KEY_SHOME;
	418		break;
	419		case KEY_UP: /* Shift Up */
	420		key = KEY_SUP;
	421		break;
	422		case KEY_PPAGE: /* Shift PgUp */
	423		key = KEY_SPREVIOUS;
	424		break;
	425		case KEY_LEFT: /* Shift Left */
	426		key = KEY_SLEFT;
	427		break;
	428		case KEY_RIGHT: /* Shift Right */
	429		key = KEY_SRIGHT;
	430		break;
	431		case KEY_END: /* Shift End */
	432		key = KEY_SEND;
	433		break;
	434		case KEY_DOWN: /* Shift Down */
	435		key = KEY_SDOWN;
	436		break;
	437		case KEY_NPAGE: /* Shift PgDn */
	438		key = KEY_SNEXT;
	439		break;
	440		case KEY_IC: /* Shift Ins */
	441		key = KEY_SIC;
	442		break;
	443		case KEY_DC: /* Shift Del */
	444		key = KEY_SDC;
	445		}
	446		}
	447
	448		key_pressed = TRUE;
	449		SP->key_code = ((unsigned)key >= 256);
	450
	451		return key;
	452		}
	453
	454		/* discard any pending keyboard or mouse input -- this is the core
	455		routine for flushinp() */
	456
	457		void PDC_flushinp(void)
	458		{
	459		PDC_LOG(("PDC_flushinp() - called\n"));
	460
	461		/* Force the BIOS keyboard buffer head and tail pointers to be
	462		the same... Real nasty trick... */
	463
	464		setdosmemword(0x41a, getdosmemword(0x41c));
	465		}
	466
	467		int PDC_mouse_set(void)
	468		{
	469		PDCREGS regs;
	470		unsigned long mbe = SP->_trap_mbe;
	471
	472		if (mbe && !mouse_avail)
	473		{
	474		regs.W.ax = 0;
	475		PDCINT(0x33, regs);
	476
	477		mouse_avail = !!(regs.W.ax);
	478		}
	479
	480		if (mbe)
	481		{
	482		if (mouse_avail && !mouse_vis)
	483		{
	484		memset(&old_ms, 0, sizeof(old_ms));
	485
	486		regs.W.ax = 1;
	487		PDCINT(0x33, regs);
	488
	489		mouse_vis = TRUE;
	490		}
	491		}
	492		else
	493		{
	494		if (mouse_avail && mouse_vis)
	495		{
	496		regs.W.ax = 2;
	497		PDCINT(0x33, regs);
	498
	499		mouse_vis = FALSE;
	500		}
	501		}
	502
	503		return (mouse_avail || !mbe) ? OK : ERR;
	504		}
	505
	506		int PDC_modifiers_set(void)
	507		{
	508		key_pressed = FALSE;
	509
	510		return OK;
	511		}

File dos/pdcscrn.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..ddfb095)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcdos.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcscrn.c,v 1.89 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#include <stdlib.h>
	8
	9		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	10		# define PDC_OFFSET 32
	11		#else
	12		# define PDC_OFFSET 8
	13		#endif
	14
	15		/* COLOR_PAIR to attribute encoding table. */
	16
	17		unsigned char *pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL;
	18
	19		int pdc_adapter; /* screen type */
	20		int pdc_scrnmode; /* default screen mode */
	21		int pdc_font; /* default font size */
	22		bool pdc_direct_video; /* allow direct screen memory writes */
	23		bool pdc_bogus_adapter; /* TRUE if adapter has insane values */
	24		unsigned pdc_video_seg; /* video base segment */
	25		unsigned pdc_video_ofs; /* video base offset */
	26
	27		static short curstoreal[16], realtocurs[16] =
	28		{
	29		COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_RED,
	30		COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK + 8,
	31		COLOR_BLUE + 8, COLOR_GREEN + 8, COLOR_CYAN + 8, COLOR_RED + 8,
	32		COLOR_MAGENTA + 8, COLOR_YELLOW + 8, COLOR_WHITE + 8
	33		};
	34
	35		static bool sizeable = FALSE; /* TRUE if adapter is resizeable */
	36
	37		static unsigned short *saved_screen = NULL;
	38		static int saved_lines = 0;
	39		static int saved_cols = 0;
	40
	41		static int saved_scrnmode[3];
	42		static int saved_font[3];
	43
	44		/* Thanks to Jeff Duntemann, K16RA for providing the impetus
	45		(through the Dr. Dobbs Journal, March 1989 issue) for getting
	46		the routines below merged into Bjorn Larsson's PDCurses 1.3...
	47		-- frotz@dri.com 900730 */
	48
	49		/* _get_font() - Get the current font size */
	50
	51		static int _get_font(void)
	52		{
	53		int retval;
	54
	55		retval = getdosmemword(0x485);
	56
	57		/* Assume the MDS Genius is in 66 line mode. */
	58
	59		if ((retval == 0) && (pdc_adapter == _MDS_GENIUS))
	60		retval = _FONT15;
	61
	62		switch (pdc_adapter)
	63		{
	64		case _MDA:
	65		retval = 10; /* POINTS is not certain on MDA/Hercules */
	66		break;
	67
	68		case _EGACOLOR:
	69		case _EGAMONO:
	70		switch (retval)
	71		{
	72		case _FONT8:
	73		case _FONT14:
	74		break;
	75		default:
	76		retval = _FONT14;
	77		}
	78		break;
	79
	80		case _CGA:
	81		retval = _FONT8;
	82		}
	83
	84		return retval;
	85		}
	86
	87		/* _set_font() - Sets the current font size, if the adapter allows such a
	88		change. It is an error to attempt to change the font size on a
	89		"bogus" adapter. The reason for this is that we have a known video
	90		adapter identity problem. e.g. Two adapters report the same identifying
	91		characteristics. */
	92
	93		static void _set_font(int size)
	94		{
	95		PDCREGS regs;
	96
	97		if (pdc_bogus_adapter)
	98		return;
	99
	100		switch (pdc_adapter)
	101		{
	102		case _CGA:
	103		case _MDA:
	104		case _MCGACOLOR:
	105		case _MCGAMONO:
	106		case _MDS_GENIUS:
	107		break;
	108
	109		case _EGACOLOR:
	110		case _EGAMONO:
	111		if (sizeable && (pdc_font != size))
	112		{
	113		switch (size)
	114		{
	115		case _FONT8:
	116		regs.W.ax = 0x1112;
	117		regs.h.bl = 0x00;
	118		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	119		break;
	120		case _FONT14:
	121		regs.W.ax = 0x1111;
	122		regs.h.bl = 0x00;
	123		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	124		}
	125		}
	126		break;
	127
	128		case _VGACOLOR:
	129		case _VGAMONO:
	130		if (sizeable && (pdc_font != size))
	131		{
	132		switch (size)
	133		{
	134		case _FONT8:
	135		regs.W.ax = 0x1112;
	136		regs.h.bl = 0x00;
	137		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	138		break;
	139		case _FONT14:
	140		regs.W.ax = 0x1111;
	141		regs.h.bl = 0x00;
	142		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	143		break;
	144		case _FONT16:
	145		regs.W.ax = 0x1114;
	146		regs.h.bl = 0x00;
	147		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	148		}
	149		}
	150		}
	151
	152		curs_set(SP->visibility);
	153
	154		pdc_font = _get_font();
	155		}
	156
	157		/* _set_80x25() - force a known screen state: 80x25 text mode. Forces the
	158		appropriate 80x25 alpha mode given the display adapter. */
	159
	160		static void _set_80x25(void)
	161		{
	162		PDCREGS regs;
	163
	164		switch (pdc_adapter)
	165		{
	166		case _CGA:
	167		case _EGACOLOR:
	168		case _EGAMONO:
	169		case _VGACOLOR:
	170		case _VGAMONO:
	171		case _MCGACOLOR:
	172		case _MCGAMONO:
	173		regs.h.ah = 0x00;
	174		regs.h.al = 0x03;
	175		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	176		break;
	177		case _MDA:
	178		regs.h.ah = 0x00;
	179		regs.h.al = 0x07;
	180		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	181		}
	182		}
	183
	184		/* _get_scrn_mode() - Return the current BIOS video mode */
	185
	186		static int _get_scrn_mode(void)
	187		{
	188		PDCREGS regs;
	189
	190		regs.h.ah = 0x0f;
	191		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	192
	193		return (int)regs.h.al;
	194		}
	195
	196		/* _set_scrn_mode() - Sets the BIOS Video Mode Number only if it is
	197		different from the current video mode. */
	198
	199		static void _set_scrn_mode(int new_mode)
	200		{
	201		PDCREGS regs;
	202
	203		if (_get_scrn_mode() != new_mode)
	204		{
	205		regs.h.ah = 0;
	206		regs.h.al = (unsigned char) new_mode;
	207		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	208		}
	209
	210		pdc_font = _get_font();
	211		pdc_scrnmode = new_mode;
	212		LINES = PDC_get_rows();
	213		COLS = PDC_get_columns();
	214		}
	215
	216		/* _sanity_check() - A video adapter identification sanity check. This
	217		routine will force sane values for various control flags. */
	218
	219		static int _sanity_check(int adapter)
	220		{
	221		int fontsize = _get_font();
	222		int rows = PDC_get_rows();
	223
	224		PDC_LOG(("_sanity_check() - called: Adapter %d\n", adapter));
	225
	226		switch (adapter)
	227		{
	228		case _EGACOLOR:
	229		case _EGAMONO:
	230		switch (rows)
	231		{
	232		case 25:
	233		case 43:
	234		break;
	235		default:
	236		pdc_bogus_adapter = TRUE;
	237		}
	238
	239		switch (fontsize)
	240		{
	241		case _FONT8:
	242		case _FONT14:
	243		break;
	244		default:
	245		pdc_bogus_adapter = TRUE;
	246		}
	247		break;
	248
	249		case _VGACOLOR:
	250		case _VGAMONO:
	251		break;
	252
	253		case _CGA:
	254		case _MDA:
	255		case _MCGACOLOR:
	256		case _MCGAMONO:
	257		switch (rows)
	258		{
	259		case 25:
	260		break;
	261		default:
	262		pdc_bogus_adapter = TRUE;
	263		}
	264		break;
	265
	266		default:
	267		pdc_bogus_adapter = TRUE;
	268		}
	269
	270		if (pdc_bogus_adapter)
	271		{
	272		sizeable = FALSE;
	273		pdc_direct_video = FALSE;
	274		}
	275
	276		return adapter;
	277		}
	278
	279		/* _query_adapter_type() - Determine PC video adapter type. */
	280
	281		static int _query_adapter_type(void)
	282		{
	283		PDCREGS regs;
	284		int retval = _NONE;
	285
	286		/* thanks to paganini@ax.apc.org for the GO32 fix */
	287
	288		#if !defined(__DJGPP__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__)
	289		struct SREGS segs;
	290		#endif
	291		short video_base = getdosmemword(0x463);
	292
	293		PDC_LOG(("_query_adapter_type() - called\n"));
	294
	295		/* attempt to call VGA Identify Adapter Function */
	296
	297		regs.W.ax = 0x1a00;
	298		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	299
	300		if ((regs.h.al == 0x1a) && (retval == _NONE))
	301		{
	302		/* We know that the PS/2 video BIOS is alive and well. */
	303
	304		switch (regs.h.al)
	305		{
	306		case 0:
	307		retval = _NONE;
	308		break;
	309		case 1:
	310		retval = _MDA;
	311		break;
	312		case 2:
	313		retval = _CGA;
	314		break;
	315		case 4:
	316		retval = _EGACOLOR;
	317		sizeable = TRUE;
	318		break;
	319		case 5:
	320		retval = _EGAMONO;
	321		break;
	322		case 26: /* ...alt. VGA BIOS... */
	323		case 7:
	324		retval = _VGACOLOR;
	325		sizeable = TRUE;
	326		break;
	327		case 8:
	328		retval = _VGAMONO;
	329		break;
	330		case 10:
	331		case 13:
	332		retval = _MCGACOLOR;
	333		break;
	334		case 12:
	335		retval = _MCGAMONO;
	336		break;
	337		default:
	338		retval = _CGA;
	339		}
	340		}
	341		else
	342		{
	343		/* No VGA BIOS, check for an EGA BIOS by selecting an
	344		Alternate Function Service...
	345
	346		bx == 0x0010 --> return EGA information */
	347
	348		regs.h.ah = 0x12;
	349		regs.W.bx = 0x10;
	350		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	351
	352		if ((regs.h.bl != 0x10) && (retval == _NONE))
	353		{
	354		/* An EGA BIOS exists */
	355
	356		regs.h.ah = 0x12;
	357		regs.h.bl = 0x10;
	358		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	359
	360		if (regs.h.bh == 0)
	361		retval = _EGACOLOR;
	362		else
	363		retval = _EGAMONO;
	364		}
	365		else if (retval == _NONE)
	366		{
	367		/* Now we know we only have CGA or MDA */
	368
	369		PDCINT(0x11, regs);
	370
	371		switch (regs.h.al & 0x30)
	372		{
	373		case 0x10:
	374		case 0x20:
	375		retval = _CGA;
	376		break;
	377		case 0x30:
	378		retval = _MDA;
	379		break;
	380		default:
	381		retval = _NONE;
	382		}
	383		}
	384		}
	385
	386		if (video_base == 0x3d4)
	387		{
	388		pdc_video_seg = 0xb800;
	389		switch (retval)
	390		{
	391		case _EGAMONO:
	392		retval = _EGACOLOR;
	393		break;
	394		case _VGAMONO:
	395		retval = _VGACOLOR;
	396		}
	397		}
	398
	399		if (video_base == 0x3b4)
	400		{
	401		pdc_video_seg = 0xb000;
	402		switch (retval)
	403		{
	404		case _EGACOLOR:
	405		retval = _EGAMONO;
	406		break;
	407		case _VGACOLOR:
	408		retval = _VGAMONO;
	409		}
	410		}
	411
	412		if ((retval == _NONE)
	413		#ifndef CGA_DIRECT
	414		|| (retval == _CGA)
	415		#endif
	416		)
	417		pdc_direct_video = FALSE;
	418
	419		if ((unsigned)pdc_video_seg == 0xb000)
	420		SP->mono = TRUE;
	421		else
	422		SP->mono = FALSE;
	423
	424		/* Check for DESQview shadow buffer
	425		thanks to paganini@ax.apc.org for the GO32 fix */
	426
	427		#ifndef __WATCOMC__
	428		regs.h.ah = 0xfe;
	429		regs.h.al = 0;
	430		regs.x.di = pdc_video_ofs;
	431		# ifdef __DJGPP__
	432		regs.x.es = pdc_video_seg;
	433		__dpmi_int(0x10, &regs);
	434		pdc_video_seg = regs.x.es;
	435		# else
	436		segs.es = pdc_video_seg;
	437		int86x(0x10, &regs, &regs, &segs);
	438		pdc_video_seg = segs.es;
	439		# endif
	440		pdc_video_ofs = regs.x.di;
	441		#endif
	442		if (!pdc_adapter)
	443		pdc_adapter = retval;
	444
	445		return _sanity_check(retval);
	446		}
	447
	448		/* close the physical screen -- may restore the screen to its state
	449		before PDC_scr_open(); miscellaneous cleanup */
	450
	451		void PDC_scr_close(void)
	452		{
	453		#if SMALL || MEDIUM
	454		# ifndef __PACIFIC__
	455		struct SREGS segregs;
	456		# endif
	457		int ds;
	458		#endif
	459		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_close() - called\n"));
	460
	461		if (getenv("PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN") && saved_screen)
	462		{
	463		#ifdef __DJGPP__
	464		dosmemput(saved_screen, saved_lines * saved_cols * 2,
	465		(unsigned long)_FAR_POINTER(pdc_video_seg,
	466		pdc_video_ofs));
	467		#else
	468		# if (SMALL || MEDIUM)
	469		# ifdef __PACIFIC__
	470		ds = FP_SEG((void far *)saved_screen);
	471		# else
	472		segread(&segregs);
	473		ds = segregs.ds;
	474		# endif
	475		movedata(ds, (int)saved_screen, pdc_video_seg, pdc_video_ofs,
	476		(saved_lines * saved_cols * 2));
	477		# else
	478		memcpy((void *)_FAR_POINTER(pdc_video_seg, pdc_video_ofs),
	479		(void *)saved_screen, (saved_lines * saved_cols * 2));
	480		# endif
	481		#endif
	482		free(saved_screen);
	483		saved_screen = NULL;
	484		}
	485
	486		reset_shell_mode();
	487
	488		if (SP->visibility != 1)
	489		curs_set(1);
	490
	491		/* Position cursor to the bottom left of the screen. */
	492
	493		PDC_gotoyx(PDC_get_rows() - 2, 0);
	494		}
	495
	496		void PDC_scr_free(void)
	497		{
	498		if (SP)
	499		free(SP);
	500		if (pdc_atrtab)
	501		free(pdc_atrtab);
	502
	503		pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL;
	504		}
	505
	506		/* open the physical screen -- allocate SP, miscellaneous intialization,
	507		and may save the existing screen for later restoration */
	508
	509		int PDC_scr_open(int argc, char **argv)
	510		{
	511		#if SMALL || MEDIUM
	512		# ifndef __PACIFIC__
	513		struct SREGS segregs;
	514		# endif
	515		int ds;
	516		#endif
	517		int i;
	518
	519		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - called\n"));
	520
	521		SP = calloc(1, sizeof(SCREEN));
	522		pdc_atrtab = calloc(PDC_COLOR_PAIRS * PDC_OFFSET, 1);
	523
	524		if (!SP || !pdc_atrtab)
	525		return ERR;
	526
	527		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
	528		curstoreal[realtocurs[i]] = i;
	529
	530		SP->orig_attr = FALSE;
	531
	532		pdc_direct_video = TRUE; /* Assume that we can */
	533		pdc_video_seg = 0xb000; /* Base screen segment addr */
	534		pdc_video_ofs = 0x0; /* Base screen segment ofs */
	535
	536		pdc_adapter = _query_adapter_type();
	537		pdc_scrnmode = _get_scrn_mode();
	538		pdc_font = _get_font();
	539
	540		SP->lines = PDC_get_rows();
	541		SP->cols = PDC_get_columns();
	542
	543		SP->mouse_wait = PDC_CLICK_PERIOD;
	544		SP->audible = TRUE;
	545
	546		/* If the environment variable PDCURSES_BIOS is set, the DOS int10()
	547		BIOS calls are used in place of direct video memory access. */
	548
	549		if (getenv("PDCURSES_BIOS"))
	550		pdc_direct_video = FALSE;
	551
	552		/* This code for preserving the current screen. */
	553
	554		if (getenv("PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN"))
	555		{
	556		saved_lines = SP->lines;
	557		saved_cols = SP->cols;
	558
	559		saved_screen = malloc(saved_lines * saved_cols * 2);
	560
	561		if (!saved_screen)
	562		{
	563		SP->_preserve = FALSE;
	564		return OK;
	565		}
	566		#ifdef __DJGPP__
	567		dosmemget((unsigned long)_FAR_POINTER(pdc_video_seg, pdc_video_ofs),
	568		saved_lines * saved_cols * 2, saved_screen);
	569		#else
	570		# if SMALL || MEDIUM
	571		# ifdef __PACIFIC__
	572		ds = FP_SEG((void far *) saved_screen);
	573		# else
	574		segread(&segregs);
	575		ds = segregs.ds;
	576		# endif
	577		movedata(pdc_video_seg, pdc_video_ofs, ds, (int)saved_screen,
	578		(saved_lines * saved_cols * 2));
	579		# else
	580		memcpy((void *)saved_screen,
	581		(void *)_FAR_POINTER(pdc_video_seg, pdc_video_ofs),
	582		(saved_lines * saved_cols * 2));
	583		# endif
	584		#endif
	585		}
	586
	587		SP->_preserve = (getenv("PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN") != NULL);
	588
	589		return OK;
	590		}
	591
	592		/* the core of resize_term() */
	593
	594		int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols)
	595		{
	596		PDC_LOG(("PDC_resize_screen() - called. Lines: %d Cols: %d\n",
	597		nlines, ncols));
	598
	599		/* Trash the stored value of orig_cursor -- it's only good if the
	600		video mode doesn't change */
	601
	602		SP->orig_cursor = 0x0607;
	603
	604		switch (pdc_adapter)
	605		{
	606		case _EGACOLOR:
	607		if (nlines >= 43)
	608		_set_font(_FONT8);
	609		else
	610		_set_80x25();
	611		break;
	612
	613		case _VGACOLOR:
	614		if (nlines > 28)
	615		_set_font(_FONT8);
	616		else
	617		if (nlines > 25)
	618		_set_font(_FONT14);
	619		else
	620		_set_80x25();
	621		}
	622
	623		PDC_set_blink(COLORS == 8);
	624
	625		return OK;
	626		}
	627
	628		void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void)
	629		{
	630		PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_prog_mode() - called.\n"));
	631		}
	632
	633		void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void)
	634		{
	635		PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_shell_mode() - called.\n"));
	636		}
	637
	638		void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i)
	639		{
	640		if (i >= 0 && i <= 2)
	641		{
	642		pdc_font = _get_font();
	643		_set_font(saved_font[i]);
	644
	645		if (_get_scrn_mode() != saved_scrnmode[i])
	646		_set_scrn_mode(saved_scrnmode[i]);
	647		}
	648		}
	649
	650		void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i)
	651		{
	652		if (i >= 0 && i <= 2)
	653		{
	654		saved_font[i] = pdc_font;
	655		saved_scrnmode[i] = pdc_scrnmode;
	656		}
	657		}
	658
	659		void PDC_init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg)
	660		{
	661		unsigned char att, temp_bg;
	662		chtype i;
	663
	664		fg = curstoreal[fg];
	665		bg = curstoreal[bg];
	666
	667		for (i = 0; i < PDC_OFFSET; i++)
	668		{
	669		att = fg | (bg << 4);
	670
	671		if (i & (A_REVERSE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	672		att = bg | (fg << 4);
	673		if (i & (A_UNDERLINE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	674		att = 1;
	675		if (i & (A_INVIS >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	676		{
	677		temp_bg = att >> 4;
	678		att = temp_bg << 4 | temp_bg;
	679		}
	680		if (i & (A_BOLD >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	681		att |= 8;
	682		if (i & (A_BLINK >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	683		att |= 128;
	684
	685		pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET + i] = att;
	686		}
	687		}
	688
	689		int PDC_pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg)
	690		{
	691		*fg = realtocurs[pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0x0F];
	692		*bg = realtocurs[(pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0xF0) >> 4];
	693
	694		return OK;
	695		}
	696
	697		/* _egapal() - Find the EGA palette value (0-63) for the color (0-15).
	698		On VGA, this is an index into the DAC. */
	699
	700		static short _egapal(short color)
	701		{
	702		PDCREGS regs;
	703
	704		regs.W.ax = 0x1007;
	705		regs.h.bl = curstoreal[color];
	706
	707		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	708
	709		return regs.h.bh;
	710		}
	711
	712		bool PDC_can_change_color(void)
	713		{
	714		return (pdc_adapter == _VGACOLOR);
	715		}
	716
	717		/* These are only valid when pdc_adapter == _VGACOLOR */
	718
	719		int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
	720		{
	721		PDCREGS regs;
	722
	723		/* Read single DAC register */
	724
	725		regs.W.ax = 0x1015;
	726		regs.h.bl = _egapal(color);
	727
	728		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	729
	730		/* Scale and store */
	731
	732		*red = DIVROUND((unsigned)(regs.h.dh) * 1000, 63);
	733		*green = DIVROUND((unsigned)(regs.h.ch) * 1000, 63);
	734		*blue = DIVROUND((unsigned)(regs.h.cl) * 1000, 63);
	735
	736		return OK;
	737		}
	738
	739		int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
	740		{
	741		PDCREGS regs;
	742
	743		/* Scale */
	744
	745		regs.h.dh = DIVROUND((unsigned)red * 63, 1000);
	746		regs.h.ch = DIVROUND((unsigned)green * 63, 1000);
	747		regs.h.cl = DIVROUND((unsigned)blue * 63, 1000);
	748
	749		/* Set single DAC register */
	750
	751		regs.W.ax = 0x1010;
	752		regs.W.bx = _egapal(color);
	753
	754		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	755
	756		return OK;
	757		}

File dos/pdcsetsc.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..2180ef4)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcdos.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcsetsc.c,v 1.39 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: pdcsetsc
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon);
	13		void PDC_set_title(const char *title);
	14
	15		Description:
	16		PDC_set_blink() toggles whether the A_BLINK attribute sets an
	17		actual blink mode (TRUE), or sets the background color to high
	18		intensity (FALSE). The default is platform-dependent (FALSE in
	19		most cases). It returns OK if it could set the state to match
	20		the given parameter, ERR otherwise. Current platforms also
	21		adjust the value of COLORS according to this function -- 16 for
	22		FALSE, and 8 for TRUE.
	23
	24		PDC_set_title() sets the title of the window in which the curses
	25		program is running. This function may not do anything on some
	26		platforms. (Currently it only works in Win32 and X11.)
	27
	28		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	29		PDC_set_blink - - -
	30		PDC_set_title - - -
	31
	32		**man-end****************************************************************/
	33
	34		int PDC_curs_set(int visibility)
	35		{
	36		PDCREGS regs;
	37		int ret_vis, start, end;
	38
	39		PDC_LOG(("PDC_curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
	40
	41		ret_vis = SP->visibility;
	42		SP->visibility = visibility;
	43
	44		switch (visibility)
	45		{
	46		case 0: /* invisible */
	47		start = 32;
	48		end = 0; /* was 32 */
	49		break;
	50		case 2: /* highly visible */
	51		start = 0; /* full-height block */
	52		end = 7;
	53		break;
	54		default: /* normal visibility */
	55		start = (SP->orig_cursor >> 8) & 0xff;
	56		end = SP->orig_cursor & 0xff;
	57		}
	58
	59		/* if scrnmode is not set, some BIOSes hang */
	60
	61		regs.h.ah = 0x01;
	62		regs.h.al = (unsigned char)pdc_scrnmode;
	63		regs.h.ch = (unsigned char)start;
	64		regs.h.cl = (unsigned char)end;
	65		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	66
	67		return ret_vis;
	68		}
	69
	70		void PDC_set_title(const char *title)
	71		{
	72		PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_title() - called: <%s>\n", title));
	73		}
	74
	75		int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon)
	76		{
	77		PDCREGS regs;
	78
	79		switch (pdc_adapter)
	80		{
	81		case _EGACOLOR:
	82		case _EGAMONO:
	83		case _VGACOLOR:
	84		case _VGAMONO:
	85		regs.W.ax = 0x1003;
	86		regs.W.bx = blinkon;
	87
	88		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	89
	90		if (pdc_color_started)
	91		COLORS = blinkon ? 8 : 16;
	92
	93		break;
	94		default:
	95		COLORS = 8;
	96		}
	97
	98		return (COLORS - (blinkon * 8) != 8) ? OK : ERR;
	99		}

File dos/pdcutil.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..b209352)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcdos.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcutil.c,v 1.24 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		void PDC_beep(void)
	8		{
	9		PDCREGS regs;
	10
	11		PDC_LOG(("PDC_beep() - called\n"));
	12
	13		regs.W.ax = 0x0e07; /* Write ^G in TTY fashion */
	14		regs.W.bx = 0;
	15		PDCINT(0x10, regs);
	16		}
	17
	18		void PDC_napms(int ms)
	19		{
	20		PDCREGS regs;
	21		long goal, start, current;
	22
	23		PDC_LOG(("PDC_napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
	24
	25		goal = DIVROUND((long)ms, 50);
	26		if (!goal)
	27		goal++;
	28
	29		start = getdosmemdword(0x46c);
	30
	31		goal += start;
	32
	33		while (goal > (current = getdosmemdword(0x46c)))
	34		{
	35		if (current < start) /* in case of midnight reset */
	36		return;
	37
	38		regs.W.ax = 0x1680;
	39		PDCINT(0x2f, regs);
	40		PDCINT(0x28, regs);
	41		}
	42		}
	43
	44		const char *PDC_sysname(void)
	45		{
	46		return "DOS";
	47		}
	48
	49		#ifdef __DJGPP__
	50
	51		unsigned char getdosmembyte(int offset)
	52		{
	53		unsigned char b;
	54
	55		dosmemget(offset, sizeof(unsigned char), &b);
	56		return b;
	57		}
	58
	59		unsigned short getdosmemword(int offset)
	60		{
	61		unsigned short w;
	62
	63		dosmemget(offset, sizeof(unsigned short), &w);
	64		return w;
	65		}
	66
	67		unsigned long getdosmemdword(int offset)
	68		{
	69		unsigned long dw;
	70
	71		dosmemget(offset, sizeof(unsigned long), &dw);
	72		return dw;
	73		}
	74
	75		void setdosmembyte(int offset, unsigned char b)
	76		{
	77		dosmemput(&b, sizeof(unsigned char), offset);
	78		}
	79
	80		void setdosmemword(int offset, unsigned short w)
	81		{
	82		dosmemput(&w, sizeof(unsigned short), offset);
	83		}
	84
	85		#endif
	86
	87		#if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__386__)
	88
	89		void PDC_dpmi_int(int vector, pdc_dpmi_regs *rmregs)
	90		{
	91		union REGPACK regs = {0};
	92
	93		rmregs->w.ss = 0;
	94		rmregs->w.sp = 0;
	95		rmregs->w.flags = 0;
	96
	97		regs.w.ax = 0x300;
	98		regs.h.bl = vector;
	99		regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(rmregs);
	100		regs.x.es = FP_SEG(rmregs);
	101
	102		intr(0x31, &regs);
	103		}
	104
	105		#endif

File dos/wccdos16.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..a0cbb22)
	1		# Watcom WMAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - DOS (16 bit) Watcom C/C++ 10.6+
	2		#
	3		# Usage: wmake -f [path\]wccdos16.mak [DEBUG=Y] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		# Change the memory MODEL here, if desired
	9		MODEL = l
	10
	11		!ifdef %PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	12		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = $(%PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	13		!else
	14		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	15		!endif
	16
	17		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\version.mif
	18
	19		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\dos
	20
	21		CC = wcc
	22		TARGET = dos
	23
	24		CFLAGS = /bt=$(TARGET) /zq /wx /m$(MODEL) /i=$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	25
	26		!ifeq DEBUG Y
	27		CFLAGS += /d2 /DPDCDEBUG
	28		LDFLAGS = D W A op q sys $(TARGET)
	29		!else
	30		CFLAGS += /oneatx
	31		LDFLAGS = op q sys $(TARGET)
	32		!endif
	33
	34		LIBEXE = wlib /q /n /t
	35
	36		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\watcom.mif
	37
	38		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	39		%write wccdos.lrf $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	40		$(LIBEXE) $@ @wccdos.lrf
	41		-del wccdos.lrf
	42		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	43
	44		PLATFORM1 = Watcom C++ 16-bit DOS
	45		PLATFORM2 = Open Watcom 1.6 for 16-bit DOS
	46		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)16w
	47
	48		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\makedist.mif

File dos/wccdos4g.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..e1ba1cd)
	1		# Watcom WMAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - DOS/4GW Watcom C/C++ 10.6+
	2		#
	3		# Usage: wmake -f [path\]wccdos4g.mak [DEBUG=Y] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		!ifdef %PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	9		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = $(%PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	10		!else
	11		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	12		!endif
	13
	14		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\version.mif
	15
	16		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\dos
	17
	18		CC = wcc386
	19		TARGET = dos4g
	20
	21		CFLAGS = /bt=$(TARGET) /zq /wx /mf /i=$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	22
	23		!ifeq DEBUG Y
	24		CFLAGS += /d2 /DPDCDEBUG
	25		LDFLAGS = D W A op q sys $(TARGET)
	26		!else
	27		CFLAGS += /oneatx
	28		LDFLAGS = op q sys $(TARGET)
	29		!endif
	30
	31		LIBEXE = wlib /q /n /t
	32
	33		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\watcom.mif
	34
	35		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	36		%write wccdos.lrf $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	37		$(LIBEXE) $@ @wccdos.lrf
	38		-del wccdos.lrf
	39		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	40
	41		PLATFORM1 = Watcom C++ 32-bit DOS
	42		PLATFORM2 = Open Watcom 1.6 for 32-bit DOS
	43		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)32w
	44
	45		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\makedist.mif

File exp-base.def added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..222b133)
	1		LINES
	2		COLS
	3		stdscr
	4		curscr
	5		SP
	6		Mouse_status
	7		COLORS
	8		COLOR_PAIRS
	9		TABSIZE
	10		acs_map
	11		ttytype
	12		addch
	13		addchnstr
	14		addchstr
	15		addnstr
	16		addstr
	17		attroff
	18		attron
	19		attrset
	20		attr_get
	21		attr_off
	22		attr_on
	23		attr_set
	24		baudrate
	25		beep
	26		bkgd
	27		bkgdset
	28		border
	29		box
	30		can_change_color
	31		cbreak
	32		chgat
	33		clearok
	34		clear
	35		clrtobot
	36		clrtoeol
	37		color_content
	38		color_set
	39		copywin
	40		curs_set
	41		def_prog_mode
	42		def_shell_mode
	43		delay_output
	44		delch
	45		deleteln
	46		delscreen
	47		delwin
	48		derwin
	49		doupdate
	50		dupwin
	51		echochar
	52		echo
	53		endwin
	54		erasechar
	55		erase
	56		filter
	57		flash
	58		flushinp
	59		getbkgd
	60		getnstr
	61		getstr
	62		getwin
	63		halfdelay
	64		has_colors
	65		has_ic
	66		has_il
	67		hline
	68		idcok
	69		idlok
	70		immedok
	71		inchnstr
	72		inchstr
	73		inch
	74		init_color
	75		init_pair
	76		initscr
	77		innstr
	78		insch
	79		insdelln
	80		insertln
	81		insnstr
	82		insstr
	83		instr
	84		intrflush
	85		isendwin
	86		is_linetouched
	87		is_wintouched
	88		keyname
	89		keypad
	90		killchar
	91		leaveok
	92		longname
	93		meta
	94		move
	95		mvaddch
	96		mvaddchnstr
	97		mvaddchstr
	98		mvaddnstr
	99		mvaddstr
	100		mvchgat
	101		mvcur
	102		mvdelch
	103		mvderwin
	104		mvgetch
	105		mvgetnstr
	106		mvgetstr
	107		mvhline
	108		mvinch
	109		mvinchnstr
	110		mvinchstr
	111		mvinnstr
	112		mvinsch
	113		mvinsnstr
	114		mvinsstr
	115		mvinstr
	116		mvprintw
	117		mvscanw
	118		mvvline
	119		mvwaddchnstr
	120		mvwaddchstr
	121		mvwaddch
	122		mvwaddnstr
	123		mvwaddstr
	124		mvwchgat
	125		mvwdelch
	126		mvwgetch
	127		mvwgetnstr
	128		mvwgetstr
	129		mvwhline
	130		mvwinchnstr
	131		mvwinchstr
	132		mvwinch
	133		mvwinnstr
	134		mvwinsch
	135		mvwinsnstr
	136		mvwinsstr
	137		mvwinstr
	138		mvwin
	139		mvwprintw
	140		mvwscanw
	141		mvwvline
	142		napms
	143		newpad
	144		newterm
	145		newwin
	146		nl
	147		nocbreak
	148		nodelay
	149		noecho
	150		nonl
	151		noqiflush
	152		noraw
	153		notimeout
	154		overlay
	155		overwrite
	156		pair_content
	157		pechochar
	158		pnoutrefresh
	159		prefresh
	160		printw
	161		putwin
	162		qiflush
	163		raw
	164		redrawwin
	165		refresh
	166		reset_prog_mode
	167		reset_shell_mode
	168		resetty
	169		ripoffline
	170		savetty
	171		scanw
	172		scr_dump
	173		scr_init
	174		scrl
	175		scrollok
	176		scroll
	177		scr_restore
	178		scr_set
	179		setscrreg
	180		setsyx
	181		set_term
	182		slk_attroff
	183		slk_attr_off
	184		slk_attron
	185		slk_attr_on
	186		slk_attrset
	187		slk_attr_set
	188		slk_clear
	189		slk_color
	190		slk_init
	191		slk_label
	192		slk_noutrefresh
	193		slk_refresh
	194		slk_restore
	195		slk_set
	196		slk_touch
	197		standend
	198		standout
	199		start_color
	200		subpad
	201		subwin
	202		syncok
	203		termattrs
	204		term_attrs
	205		termname
	206		timeout
	207		touchline
	208		touchwin
	209		typeahead
	210		untouchwin
	211		use_env
	212		vidattr
	213		vid_attr
	214		vidputs
	215		vid_puts
	216		vline
	217		vw_printw
	218		vwprintw
	219		vw_scanw
	220		vwscanw
	221		waddchnstr
	222		waddchstr
	223		waddch
	224		waddnstr
	225		waddstr
	226		wattroff
	227		wattron
	228		wattrset
	229		wattr_get
	230		wattr_off
	231		wattr_on
	232		wattr_set
	233		wbkgdset
	234		wbkgd
	235		wborder
	236		wchgat
	237		wclear
	238		wclrtobot
	239		wclrtoeol
	240		wcolor_set
	241		wcursyncup
	242		wdelch
	243		wdeleteln
	244		wechochar
	245		werase
	246		wgetch
	247		wgetnstr
	248		wgetstr
	249		whline
	250		winchnstr
	251		winchstr
	252		winch
	253		winnstr
	254		winsch
	255		winsdelln
	256		winsertln
	257		winsnstr
	258		winsstr
	259		winstr
	260		wmove
	261		wnoutrefresh
	262		wprintw
	263		wredrawln
	264		wrefresh
	265		wscanw
	266		wscrl
	267		wsetscrreg
	268		wstandend
	269		wstandout
	270		wsyncdown
	271		wsyncup
	272		wtimeout
	273		wtouchln
	274		wvline
	275		getattrs
	276		getbegx
	277		getbegy
	278		getmaxx
	279		getmaxy
	280		getparx
	281		getpary
	282		getcurx
	283		getcury
	284		traceoff
	285		traceon
	286		unctrl
	287		crmode
	288		nocrmode
	289		draino
	290		resetterm
	291		fixterm
	292		saveterm
	293		mouse_set
	294		mouse_on
	295		mouse_off
	296		request_mouse_pos
	297		map_button
	298		wmouse_position
	299		getmouse
	300		getbmap
	301		assume_default_colors
	302		curses_version
	303		has_key
	304		use_default_colors
	305		wresize
	306		mouseinterval
	307		mousemask
	308		mouse_trafo
	309		nc_getmouse
	310		ungetmouse
	311		wenclose
	312		wmouse_trafo
	313		addrawch
	314		insrawch
	315		is_termresized
	316		mvaddrawch
	317		mvdeleteln
	318		mvinsertln
	319		mvinsrawch
	320		mvwaddrawch
	321		mvwdeleteln
	322		mvwinsertln
	323		mvwinsrawch
	324		raw_output
	325		resize_term
	326		resize_window
	327		waddrawch
	328		winsrawch
	329		wordchar
	330		bottom_panel
	331		del_panel
	332		hide_panel
	333		move_panel
	334		new_panel
	335		panel_above
	336		panel_below
	337		panel_hidden
	338		panel_userptr
	339		panel_window
	340		replace_panel
	341		set_panel_userptr
	342		show_panel
	343		top_panel
	344		update_panels
	345		PDC_debug
	346		PDC_ungetch
	347		PDC_set_blink
	348		PDC_set_line_color
	349		PDC_set_title
	350		PDC_clearclipboard
	351		PDC_freeclipboard
	352		PDC_getclipboard
	353		PDC_setclipboard
	354		PDC_get_input_fd
	355		PDC_get_key_modifiers
	356		PDC_save_key_modifiers
	357		PDC_return_key_modifiers
	358		cur_term
	359		del_curterm
	360		putp
	361		restartterm
	362		set_curterm
	363		setterm
	364		setupterm
	365		tgetent
	366		tgetflag
	367		tgetnum
	368		tgetstr
	369		tgoto
	370		tigetflag
	371		tigetnum
	372		tigetstr
	373		tparm
	374		tputs

File exp-wide.def added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..ebf6bc2)
	1		addnwstr
	2		addwstr
	3		add_wch
	4		add_wchnstr
	5		add_wchstr
	6		border_set
	7		box_set
	8		echo_wchar
	9		erasewchar
	10		getbkgrnd
	11		getcchar
	12		getn_wstr
	13		get_wch
	14		get_wstr
	15		hline_set
	16		innwstr
	17		ins_nwstr
	18		ins_wch
	19		ins_wstr
	20		inwstr
	21		in_wch
	22		in_wchnstr
	23		in_wchstr
	24		key_name
	25		killwchar
	26		mvaddnwstr
	27		mvaddwstr
	28		mvadd_wch
	29		mvadd_wchnstr
	30		mvadd_wchstr
	31		mvgetn_wstr
	32		mvget_wch
	33		mvget_wstr
	34		mvhline_set
	35		mvinnwstr
	36		mvins_nwstr
	37		mvins_wch
	38		mvins_wstr
	39		mvinwstr
	40		mvin_wch
	41		mvin_wchnstr
	42		mvin_wchstr
	43		mvvline_set
	44		mvwaddnwstr
	45		mvwaddwstr
	46		mvwadd_wch
	47		mvwadd_wchnstr
	48		mvwadd_wchstr
	49		mvwgetn_wstr
	50		mvwget_wch
	51		mvwget_wstr
	52		mvwhline_set
	53		mvwinnwstr
	54		mvwins_nwstr
	55		mvwins_wch
	56		mvwins_wstr
	57		mvwin_wch
	58		mvwin_wchnstr
	59		mvwin_wchstr
	60		mvwinwstr
	61		mvwvline_set
	62		pecho_wchar
	63		setcchar
	64		slk_wset
	65		unget_wch
	66		vline_set
	67		waddnwstr
	68		waddwstr
	69		wadd_wch
	70		wadd_wchnstr
	71		wadd_wchstr
	72		wbkgrnd
	73		wbkgrndset
	74		wborder_set
	75		wecho_wchar
	76		wgetbkgrnd
	77		wgetn_wstr
	78		wget_wch
	79		wget_wstr
	80		whline_set
	81		winnwstr
	82		wins_nwstr
	83		wins_wch
	84		wins_wstr
	85		winwstr
	86		win_wch
	87		win_wchnstr
	88		win_wchstr
	89		wunctrl
	90		wvline_set

File install-sh added (mode: 100755) (index 0000000..fb9e848)
	1		#! /bin/sh
	2		#
	3		# install - install a program, script, or datafile
	4		# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
	5		#
	6		# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
	7		#
	8		# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
	9		# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
	10		# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
	11		# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
	12		# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
	13		# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
	14		# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
	15		# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
	16		# without express or implied warranty.
	17		#
	18		# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
	19		# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
	20		# when there is no Makefile.
	21		#
	22		# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
	23		# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
	24		# shared with many OS's install programs.
	25
	26
	27		# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
	28
	29		# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
	30		#
	31		# Modified 1 Feb 2000 MHES to cater for mkdir -p
	32		#
	33		doit="${DOITPROG-}"
	34
	35
	36		# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
	37
	38		mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
	39		cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
	40		chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
	41		chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
	42		chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
	43		stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
	44		rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
	45		mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
	46
	47		transformbasename=""
	48		transform_arg=""
	49		instcmd="$mvprog"
	50		chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
	51		chowncmd=""
	52		chgrpcmd=""
	53		stripcmd=""
	54		rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
	55		mvcmd="$mvprog"
	56		mkdircmd="$mkdirprog -p"
	57		src=""
	58		dst=""
	59		dir_arg=""
	60
	61		while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
	62		case $1 in
	63		-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
	64		shift
	65		continue;;
	66
	67		-d) dir_arg=true
	68		shift
	69		continue;;
	70
	71		-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
	72		shift
	73		shift
	74		continue;;
	75
	76		-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
	77		shift
	78		shift
	79		continue;;
	80
	81		-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
	82		shift
	83		shift
	84		continue;;
	85
	86		-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
	87		shift
	88		continue;;
	89
	90		-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
	91		shift
	92		continue;;
	93
	94		-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
	95		shift
	96		continue;;
	97
	98		*) if [ x"$src" = x ]
	99		then
	100		src=$1
	101		else
	102		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
	103		:
	104		dst=$1
	105		fi
	106		shift
	107		continue;;
	108		esac
	109		done
	110
	111		if [ x"$src" = x ]
	112		then
	113		echo "install: no input file specified"
	114		exit 1
	115		else
	116		true
	117		fi
	118
	119		if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
	120		dst=$src
	121		src=""
	122
	123		if [ -d $dst ]; then
	124		instcmd=:
	125		else
	126		instcmd=mkdir
	127		fi
	128		else
	129
	130		# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
	131		# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
	132		# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
	133
	134		if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
	135		then
	136		true
	137		else
	138		echo "install: $src does not exist"
	139		exit 1
	140		fi
	141
	142		if [ x"$dst" = x ]
	143		then
	144		echo "install: no destination specified"
	145		exit 1
	146		else
	147		true
	148		fi
	149
	150		# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
	151		# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
	152
	153		if [ -d $dst ]
	154		then
	155		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
	156		else
	157		true
	158		fi
	159		fi
	160
	161		## this sed command emulates the dirname command
	162		dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
	163
	164		# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
	165		# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
	166
	167		# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
	168		if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
	169		defaultIFS='
	170		'
	171		IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
	172
	173		oIFS="${IFS}"
	174		# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
	175		IFS='%'
	176		set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
	177		IFS="${oIFS}"
	178
	179		pathcomp=''
	180
	181		while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
	182		pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
	183		shift
	184
	185		if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
	186		then
	187		$mkdircmd "${pathcomp}"
	188		else
	189		true
	190		fi
	191
	192		pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
	193		done
	194		fi
	195
	196		if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
	197		then
	198		$doit $instcmd $dst &&
	199
	200		if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
	201		if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
	202		if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
	203		if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
	204		else
	205
	206		# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
	207
	208		if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
	209		then
	210		dstfile=`basename $dst`
	211		else
	212		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
	213		sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
	214		fi
	215
	216		# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
	217
	218		if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
	219		then
	220		dstfile=`basename $dst`
	221		else
	222		true
	223		fi
	224
	225		# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
	226
	227		dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
	228
	229		# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
	230
	231		$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
	232
	233		trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
	234
	235		# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
	236
	237		# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
	238		# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
	239		# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
	240
	241		if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
	242		if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
	243		if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
	244		if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
	245
	246		# Now rename the file to the real destination.
	247
	248		$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
	249		$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
	250
	251		fi &&
	252
	253		exit 0

File libobjs.mif added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..6705323)
	1		# Common elements for most of the DOS, OS/2 and Win32
	2		# makefiles (not Watcom or LCC)
	3
	4		PDCURSES_CURSES_H = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/curses.h
	5		PDCURSES_CURSPRIV_H = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/curspriv.h
	6		PDCURSES_HEADERS = $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H) $(PDCURSES_CURSPRIV_H)
	7		PANEL_HEADER = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/panel.h
	8		TERM_HEADER = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/term.h
	9
	10		srcdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/pdcurses
	11		demodir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/demos
	12
	13		LIBOBJS = addch.$(O) addchstr.$(O) addstr.$(O) attr.$(O) beep.$(O) \
	14		bkgd.$(O) border.$(O) clear.$(O) color.$(O) delch.$(O) deleteln.$(O) \
	15		deprec.$(O) getch.$(O) getstr.$(O) getyx.$(O) inch.$(O) inchstr.$(O) \
	16		initscr.$(O) inopts.$(O) insch.$(O) insstr.$(O) instr.$(O) kernel.$(O) \
	17		keyname.$(O) mouse.$(O) move.$(O) outopts.$(O) overlay.$(O) pad.$(O) \
	18		panel.$(O) printw.$(O) refresh.$(O) scanw.$(O) scr_dump.$(O) scroll.$(O) \
	19		slk.$(O) termattr.$(O) terminfo.$(O) touch.$(O) util.$(O) window.$(O) \
	20		debug.$(O)
	21
	22		PDCOBJS = pdcclip.$(O) pdcdisp.$(O) pdcgetsc.$(O) pdckbd.$(O) pdcscrn.$(O) \
	23		pdcsetsc.$(O) pdcutil.$(O)
	24
	25		DEMOS = testcurs.exe newdemo.exe xmas.exe tuidemo.exe firework.exe \
	26		ptest.exe rain.exe worm.exe

File makedist.mif added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..e7495a5)
	1		# Makefile include: build a binary archive with Info-ZIP
	2		# under DOS, OS/2 or Win32
	3
	4		dist: $(PDCLIBS)
	5		echo PDCurses $(VERDOT) for $(PLATFORM1) > file_id.diz
	6		echo ------------------------------------------ >> file_id.diz
	7		echo Public Domain Curses library for >> file_id.diz
	8		echo $(PLATFORM2). >> file_id.diz
	9		echo Source available in PDCURS$(VER).ZIP >> file_id.diz
	10		echo Public Domain. >> file_id.diz
	11		echo $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\README > flist
	12		echo $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\HISTORY >> flist
	13		echo $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\curses.h >> flist
	14		echo $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\panel.h >> flist
	15		echo $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\term.h >> flist
	16		echo $(LIBCURSES) >> flist
	17		echo file_id.diz >> flist
	18		zip -9jX $(ARCNAME) -@ <flist
	19		del flist
	20		del file_id.diz

File os2/README added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..7fde884)
	1		PDCurses for OS/2
	2		=================
	3
	4		This directory contains PDCurses source code files specific to OS/2.
	5
	6
	7		Building
	8		--------
	9
	10		. Choose the appropriate makefile for your compiler:
	11
	12		bccos2.mak - Borland C++ 2.0
	13		gccos2.mak - EMX 0.9b+
	14		iccos2.mak - C Set/2
	15		wccos2.mak - Watcom 10.6+ (32-bit)
	16
	17		. Optionally, you can build in a different directory than the platform
	18		directory by setting PDCURSES_SRCDIR to point to the directory where
	19		you unpacked PDCurses, and changing to your target directory:
	20
	21		set PDCURSES_SRCDIR=c:\pdcurses
	22
	23		. Build it:
	24
	25		make -f makefilename
	26
	27		(For Watcom, use "wmake" instead of "make"; for MSVC or C Set/2,
	28		"nmake".) You'll get the libraries (pdcurses.lib or .a, depending on
	29		your compiler; and panel.lib or .a), the demos (*.exe), and a lot of
	30		object files. Note that the panel library is just a copy of the main
	31		library, provided for convenience; both panel and curses functions are
	32		in the main library.
	33
	34		You can also use the optional parameter "DLL=Y" with EMX, to build the
	35		library as a DLL:
	36
	37		make -f gccos2.mak DLL=Y
	38
	39
	40		Distribution Status
	41		-------------------
	42
	43		The files in this directory are released to the Public Domain.

File os2/bccos2.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..1c7d77a)
	1		# Borland MAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - OS/2 BC++ 1.0+
	2		#
	3		# Usage: make -f [path\]bccos2.mak [DEBUG=] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		O = obj
	9
	10		!ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	11		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	12		!endif
	13
	14		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\version.mif
	15		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\libobjs.mif
	16
	17		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\os2
	18
	19		CC = bcc
	20
	21		!ifdef DEBUG
	22		CFLAGS = -N -v -y -DPDCDEBUG
	23		!else
	24		CFLAGS = -O
	25		!endif
	26
	27		CPPFLAGS = -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	28
	29		BUILD = $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS)
	30
	31		LINK = tlink
	32
	33		LIBEXE = tlib /C /E
	34
	35		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.lib
	36
	37		all: $(LIBCURSES) $(DEMOS)
	38
	39		clean:
	40		-del *.obj
	41		-del *.lib
	42		-del *.exe
	43
	44		demos: $(DEMOS)
	45
	46		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	47		-del $@
	48		$(LIBEXE) $@ \
	49		+addch.obj +addchstr.obj +addstr.obj +attr.obj +beep.obj +bkgd.obj \
	50		+border.obj +clear.obj +color.obj +delch.obj +deleteln.obj +deprec.obj \
	51		+getch.obj +getstr.obj +getyx.obj +inch.obj +inchstr.obj +initscr.obj \
	52		+inopts.obj +insch.obj +insstr.obj +instr.obj +kernel.obj +keyname.obj \
	53		+mouse.obj +move.obj +outopts.obj +overlay.obj +pad.obj +panel.obj \
	54		+printw.obj +refresh.obj +scanw.obj +scr_dump.obj +scroll.obj +slk.obj \
	55		+termattr.obj +terminfo.obj +touch.obj +util.obj +window.obj +debug.obj \
	56		+pdcclip.obj +pdcdisp.obj +pdcgetsc.obj +pdckbd.obj +pdcscrn.obj \
	57		+pdcsetsc.obj +pdcutil.obj ,lib.map
	58		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	59
	60		.autodepend
	61
	62		{$(srcdir)\}.c.obj:
	63		$(BUILD) $<
	64
	65		{$(osdir)\}.c.obj:
	66		$(BUILD) $<
	67
	68		{$(demodir)\}.c.obj:
	69		$(BUILD) $<
	70
	71		.c.obj:
	72		$(BUILD) $<
	73
	74		.obj.exe:
	75		$(CC) -e$@ $** $(LIBCURSES)
	76
	77		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.obj tui.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	78		$(CC) -e$@ $**
	79
	80		tui.obj: $(demodir)\tui.c $(demodir)\tui.h $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	81		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\tui.c
	82
	83		tuidemo.obj: $(demodir)\tuidemo.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	84		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\tuidemo.c
	85
	86		PLATFORM1 = Borland C++ OS/2 1.0
	87		PLATFORM2 = Borland C/C++ OS/2 1.0
	88		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)bcos2
	89
	90		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\makedist.mif

File os2/gccos2.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..07d4dca)
	1		# GNU MAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - OS/2 emx 0.9c+
	2		#
	3		# Usage: make -f [path\]gccos2.mak [DEBUG=Y] [EMXVIDEO=Y] [DLL=Y] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.a|testcurs.exe...]
	7		#
	8		# The EMXVIDEO option compiles with the emx video library, which
	9		# enables a PDCurses program to run under OS/2 and DOS.
	10
	11		O = o
	12
	13		ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	14		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	15		endif
	16
	17		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/version.mif
	18		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/libobjs.mif
	19
	20		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/os2
	21
	22		PDCURSES_OS2_H = $(osdir)/pdcos2.h
	23
	24		CC = gcc
	25
	26		CFLAGS = -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR) -c -Wall
	27
	28		ifeq ($(EMXVIDEO),Y)
	29		CFLAGS += -DEMXVIDEO
	30		CCLIBS = -lvideo
	31		BINDFLAGS = -acm
	32		else
	33		CCLIBS =
	34		BINDFLAGS =
	35		endif
	36
	37		ifeq ($(DEBUG),Y)
	38		CFLAGS += -g -DPDCDEBUG
	39		LDFLAGS = -g
	40		else
	41		CFLAGS += -O2
	42		LDFLAGS =
	43		endif
	44
	45		BASEDEF = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\exp-base.def
	46
	47		DEFDEPS = $(BASEDEF)
	48
	49		DEFFILE = pdcurses.def
	50
	51		DLLTARGET = pdcurses.dll
	52		DLLFLAGS = -Zdll -Zcrtdll -Zomf
	53
	54		LINK = gcc
	55		EMXBIND = emxbind
	56		EMXOMF = emxomf
	57
	58		LIBEXE = ar
	59		LIBFLAGS = rcv
	60
	61		ifeq ($(DLL),Y)
	62		CFLAGS += -Zdll -Zcrtdll -Zomf
	63		LDFLAGS += -Zlinker /PM:VIO -Zomf -Zcrtdll
	64		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.lib
	65		LIBDEPS = $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) $(DEFFILE)
	66		PDCLIBS = $(DLLTARGET)
	67		EXEPOST =
	68		TUIPOST =
	69		CLEAN = *.dll *.lib $(DEFFILE)
	70		else
	71		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.a
	72		LIBDEPS = $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	73		PDCLIBS = $(LIBCURSES)
	74		EXEPOST = $(EMXBIND) $* $(BINDFLAGS)
	75		TUIPOST = $(EMXBIND) tuidemo $(BINDFLAGS)
	76		CLEAN = *.a testcurs newdemo xmas tuidemo firework ptest rain worm
	77		endif
	78
	79		.PHONY: all libs clean demos dist
	80
	81		all: libs demos
	82
	83		libs: $(PDCLIBS)
	84
	85		clean:
	86		-del *.o
	87		-del *.exe
	88		-del $(CLEAN)
	89
	90		demos: $(DEMOS)
	91
	92		DEMOOBJS = testcurs.o newdemo.o xmas.o tui.o tuidemo.o firework.o \
	93		ptest.o rain.o worm.o
	94
	95		$(DEFFILE) : $(DEFDEPS)
	96		echo LIBRARY PDCURSES > $@
	97		echo DESCRIPTION 'PDCurses 3.4 Dynamic Linking library' >> $@
	98		echo PROTMODE >>$@
	99		echo DATA MULTIPLE READWRITE LOADONCALL >> $@
	100		echo CODE LOADONCALL >> $@
	101		echo EXPORTS >> $@
	102		type $(BASEDEF) >> $@
	103
	104		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBDEPS)
	105		$(LIBEXE) $(LIBFLAGS) $@ $?
	106		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.a
	107
	108		$(DLLTARGET) : $(LIBDEPS)
	109		$(LINK) $(DLLFLAGS) -o $(DLLTARGET) $? $(DEFFILE)
	110		# lxlite $(DLLTARGET)
	111		emximp -o $(LIBCURSES) $(DEFFILE)
	112
	113		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) $(DEMOOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	114		$(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_OS2_H)
	115		$(DEMOS) : $(LIBCURSES)
	116		panel.o ptest.o: $(PANEL_HEADER)
	117		terminfo.o: $(TERM_HEADER)
	118
	119		$(LIBOBJS) : %.o: $(srcdir)/%.c
	120		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o$@ $<
	121
	122		$(PDCOBJS) : %.o: $(osdir)/%.c
	123		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o$@ $<
	124
	125		firework.exe newdemo.exe rain.exe testcurs.exe worm.exe xmas.exe \
	126		ptest.exe: %.exe: %.o
	127		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) -o $* $< $(LIBCURSES) $(CCLIBS)
	128		$(EXEPOST)
	129
	130		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.o tui.o
	131		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) -o tuidemo tuidemo.o tui.o $(LIBCURSES) $(CCLIBS)
	132		$(TUIPOST)
	133
	134		firework.o newdemo.o ptest.o rain.o testcurs.o worm.o xmas.o: %.o: \
	135		$(demodir)/%.c
	136		$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o$@ $<
	137
	138		tui.o: $(demodir)\tui.c $(demodir)\tui.h
	139		$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -I$(demodir) -o $@ $<
	140
	141		tuidemo.o: $(demodir)\tuidemo.c
	142		$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -I$(demodir) -o $@ $<
	143
	144		PLATFORM1 = EMX OS/2
	145		PLATFORM2 = EMX 0.9d for OS/2
	146		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)_emx_os2
	147
	148		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/makedist.mif

File os2/iccos2.lrf added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..b1fdf37)
	1		-+addch.obj &
	2		-+addchstr.obj &
	3		-+addstr.obj &
	4		-+attr.obj &
	5		-+beep.obj &
	6		-+bkgd.obj &
	7		-+border.obj &
	8		-+clear.obj &
	9		-+color.obj &
	10		-+delch.obj &
	11		-+deleteln.obj &
	12		-+deprec.obj &
	13		-+getch.obj &
	14		-+getstr.obj &
	15		-+getyx.obj &
	16		-+inch.obj &
	17		-+inchstr.obj &
	18		-+initscr.obj &
	19		-+inopts.obj &
	20		-+insch.obj &
	21		-+insstr.obj &
	22		-+instr.obj &
	23		-+kernel.obj &
	24		-+keyname.obj &
	25		-+mouse.obj &
	26		-+move.obj &
	27		-+outopts.obj &
	28		-+overlay.obj &
	29		-+pad.obj &
	30		-+panel.obj &
	31		-+printw.obj &
	32		-+refresh.obj &
	33		-+scanw.obj &
	34		-+scr_dump.obj &
	35		-+scroll.obj &
	36		-+slk.obj &
	37		-+termattr.obj &
	38		-+terminfo.obj &
	39		-+touch.obj &
	40		-+util.obj &
	41		-+window.obj &
	42		-+debug.obj &
	43		-+pdcclip.obj &
	44		-+pdcdisp.obj &
	45		-+pdcgetsc.obj &
	46		-+pdckbd.obj &
	47		-+pdcscrn.obj &
	48		-+pdcsetsc.obj &
	49		-+pdcutil.obj &
	50		,lib.map;

File os2/iccos2.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..06a2c1f)
	1		# NMAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - OS/2 C Set/2
	2		#
	3		# Usage: nmake -f [path\]iccos2.mak [DEBUG=] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		O = obj
	9
	10		!ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	11		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	12		!endif
	13
	14		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\version.mif
	15		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\libobjs.mif
	16
	17		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\os2
	18
	19		PDCURSES_OS2_H = $(osdir)\pdcos2.h
	20
	21		CC = icc
	22
	23		!ifdef DEBUG
	24		CFLAGS = /Sm /Ti+ /O- /Q+ /dPDCDEBUG
	25		LDFLAGS = /NOLOGO /NOE /SE:160 /DEBUG /PMTYPE:VIO
	26		!else
	27		CFLAGS = /Sm /Ti- /O+ /Q+
	28		LDFLAGS = /NOLOGO /NOE /EXEPACK /PACKCODE /PACKDATA /PMTYPE:VIO
	29		!endif
	30
	31		CPPFLAGS = -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	32
	33		BUILD = $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS)
	34
	35		LINK = link386
	36
	37		LIBEXE = lib
	38
	39		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.lib
	40
	41		all: $(LIBCURSES) $(DEMOS)
	42
	43		clean:
	44		-del *.obj
	45		-del *.lib
	46		-del *.exe
	47
	48		demos: $(DEMOS)
	49
	50		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	51		$(LIBEXE) $@ @$(osdir)\iccos2.lrf
	52		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	53
	54		addch.obj: $(srcdir)\addch.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	55		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\addch.c
	56
	57		addchstr.obj: $(srcdir)\addchstr.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	58		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\addchstr.c
	59
	60		addstr.obj: $(srcdir)\addstr.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	61		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\addstr.c
	62
	63		attr.obj: $(srcdir)\attr.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	64		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\attr.c
	65
	66		beep.obj: $(srcdir)\beep.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	67		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\beep.c
	68
	69		bkgd.obj: $(srcdir)\bkgd.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	70		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\bkgd.c
	71
	72		border.obj: $(srcdir)\border.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	73		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\border.c
	74
	75		clear.obj: $(srcdir)\clear.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	76		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\clear.c
	77
	78		color.obj: $(srcdir)\color.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	79		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\color.c
	80
	81		delch.obj: $(srcdir)\delch.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	82		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\delch.c
	83
	84		deleteln.obj: $(srcdir)\deleteln.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	85		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\deleteln.c
	86
	87		deprec.obj: $(srcdir)\deprec.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	88		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\deprec.c
	89
	90		getch.obj: $(srcdir)\getch.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	91		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\getch.c
	92
	93		getstr.obj: $(srcdir)\getstr.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	94		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\getstr.c
	95
	96		getyx.obj: $(srcdir)\getyx.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	97		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\getyx.c
	98
	99		inch.obj: $(srcdir)\inch.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	100		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\inch.c
	101
	102		inchstr.obj: $(srcdir)\inchstr.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	103		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\inchstr.c
	104
	105		initscr.obj: $(srcdir)\initscr.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	106		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\initscr.c
	107
	108		inopts.obj: $(srcdir)\inopts.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	109		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\inopts.c
	110
	111		insch.obj: $(srcdir)\insch.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	112		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\insch.c
	113
	114		insstr.obj: $(srcdir)\insstr.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	115		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\insstr.c
	116
	117		instr.obj: $(srcdir)\instr.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	118		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\instr.c
	119
	120		kernel.obj: $(srcdir)\kernel.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	121		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\kernel.c
	122
	123		keyname.obj: $(srcdir)\keyname.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	124		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\keyname.c
	125
	126		mouse.obj: $(srcdir)\mouse.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	127		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\mouse.c
	128
	129		move.obj: $(srcdir)\move.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	130		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\move.c
	131
	132		outopts.obj: $(srcdir)\outopts.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	133		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\outopts.c
	134
	135		overlay.obj: $(srcdir)\overlay.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	136		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\overlay.c
	137
	138		pad.obj: $(srcdir)\pad.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	139		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\pad.c
	140
	141		panel.obj: $(srcdir)\panel.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS) $(PANEL_HEADER)
	142		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\panel.c
	143
	144		printw.obj: $(srcdir)\printw.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	145		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\printw.c
	146
	147		refresh.obj: $(srcdir)\refresh.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	148		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\refresh.c
	149
	150		scanw.obj: $(srcdir)\scanw.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	151		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\scanw.c
	152
	153		scr_dump.obj: $(srcdir)\scr_dump.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	154		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\scr_dump.c
	155
	156		scroll.obj: $(srcdir)\scroll.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	157		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\scroll.c
	158
	159		slk.obj: $(srcdir)\slk.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	160		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\slk.c
	161
	162		termattr.obj: $(srcdir)\termattr.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	163		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\termattr.c
	164
	165		terminfo.obj: $(srcdir)\terminfo.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS) $(TERM_HEADER)
	166		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\terminfo.c
	167
	168		touch.obj: $(srcdir)\touch.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	169		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\touch.c
	170
	171		util.obj: $(srcdir)\util.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	172		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\util.c
	173
	174		window.obj: $(srcdir)\window.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	175		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\window.c
	176
	177		debug.obj: $(srcdir)\debug.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	178		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)\debug.c
	179
	180		pdcclip.obj: $(osdir)\pdcclip.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS) $(PDCURSES_OS2_H)
	181		$(BUILD) $(osdir)\pdcclip.c
	182
	183		pdcdisp.obj: $(osdir)\pdcdisp.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS) $(PDCURSES_OS2_H)
	184		$(BUILD) $(osdir)\pdcdisp.c
	185
	186		pdcgetsc.obj: $(osdir)\pdcgetsc.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS) $(PDCURSES_OS2_H)
	187		$(BUILD) $(osdir)\pdcgetsc.c
	188
	189		pdckbd.obj: $(osdir)\pdckbd.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS) $(PDCURSES_OS2_H)
	190		$(BUILD) $(osdir)\pdckbd.c
	191
	192		pdcscrn.obj: $(osdir)\pdcscrn.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS) $(PDCURSES_OS2_H)
	193		$(BUILD) $(osdir)\pdcscrn.c
	194
	195		pdcsetsc.obj: $(osdir)\pdcsetsc.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS) $(PDCURSES_OS2_H)
	196		$(BUILD) $(osdir)\pdcsetsc.c
	197
	198		pdcutil.obj: $(osdir)\pdcutil.c $(PDCURSES_HEADERS) $(PDCURSES_OS2_H)
	199		$(BUILD) $(osdir)\pdcutil.c
	200
	201		firework.exe: firework.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	202		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	203
	204		newdemo.exe: newdemo.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	205		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	206
	207		ptest.exe: ptest.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	208		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	209
	210		rain.exe: rain.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	211		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	212
	213		testcurs.exe: testcurs.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	214		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	215
	216		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.obj tui.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	217		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj+tui.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	218
	219		worm.exe: worm.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	220		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	221
	222		xmas.exe: xmas.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	223		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj,$*,,$(LIBCURSES);
	224
	225		firework.obj: $(demodir)\firework.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	226		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\firework.c
	227
	228		newdemo.obj: $(demodir)\newdemo.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	229		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\newdemo.c
	230
	231		ptest.obj: $(demodir)\ptest.c $(PANEL_HEADER) $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	232		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\ptest.c
	233
	234		rain.obj: $(demodir)\rain.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	235		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\rain.c
	236
	237		testcurs.obj: $(demodir)\testcurs.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	238		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\testcurs.c
	239
	240		tui.obj: $(demodir)\tui.c $(demodir)\tui.h $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	241		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\tui.c
	242
	243		tuidemo.obj: $(demodir)\tuidemo.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	244		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\tuidemo.c
	245
	246		worm.obj: $(demodir)\worm.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	247		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\worm.c
	248
	249		xmas.obj: $(demodir)\xmas.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	250		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\xmas.c
	251
	252		PLATFORM1 = C Set/2 OS/2
	253		PLATFORM2 = C Set/2 for OS/2
	254		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)_icc_os2
	255
	256		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\makedist.mif

File os2/pdcclip.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..ddc61d9)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcos2.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcclip.c,v 1.33 2008/07/14 04:24:51 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: clipboard
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length);
	13		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length);
	14		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents);
	15		int PDC_clearclipboard(void);
	16
	17		Description:
	18		PDC_getclipboard() gets the textual contents of the system's
	19		clipboard. This function returns the contents of the clipboard
	20		in the contents argument. It is the responsibilitiy of the
	21		caller to free the memory returned, via PDC_freeclipboard().
	22		The length of the clipboard contents is returned in the length
	23		argument.
	24
	25		PDC_setclipboard copies the supplied text into the system's
	26		clipboard, emptying the clipboard prior to the copy.
	27
	28		PDC_clearclipboard() clears the internal clipboard.
	29
	30		Return Values:
	31		indicator of success/failure of call.
	32		PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS the call was successful
	33		PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR unable to allocate sufficient memory for
	34		the clipboard contents
	35		PDC_CLIP_EMPTY the clipboard contains no text
	36		PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR no clipboard support
	37
	38		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	39		PDC_getclipboard - - -
	40		PDC_setclipboard - - -
	41		PDC_freeclipboard - - -
	42		PDC_clearclipboard - - -
	43
	44		**man-end****************************************************************/
	45
	46		int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length)
	47		{
	48		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	49		HMQ hmq;
	50		HAB hab;
	51		PTIB ptib;
	52		PPIB ppib;
	53		ULONG ulRet;
	54		long len;
	55		int rc;
	56		#endif
	57		PDC_LOG(("PDC_getclipboard() - called\n"));
	58
	59		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	60		DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, &ppib);
	61		ppib->pib_ultype = 3;
	62		hab = WinInitialize(0);
	63		hmq = WinCreateMsgQueue(hab, 0);
	64
	65		if (!WinOpenClipbrd(hab))
	66		{
	67		WinDestroyMsgQueue(hmq);
	68		WinTerminate(hab);
	69		return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
	70		}
	71
	72		rc = PDC_CLIP_EMPTY;
	73
	74		ulRet = WinQueryClipbrdData(hab, CF_TEXT);
	75
	76		if (ulRet)
	77		{
	78		len = strlen((char *)ulRet);
	79		*contents = malloc(len + 1);
	80
	81		if (!*contents)
	82		rc = PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
	83		else
	84		{
	85		strcpy((char *)*contents, (char *)ulRet);
	86		*length = len;
	87		rc = PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	88		}
	89		}
	90
	91		WinCloseClipbrd(hab);
	92		WinDestroyMsgQueue(hmq);
	93		WinTerminate(hab);
	94
	95		return rc;
	96		#else
	97		return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
	98		#endif
	99		}
	100
	101		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length)
	102		{
	103		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	104		HAB hab;
	105		PTIB ptib;
	106		PPIB ppib;
	107		ULONG ulRC;
	108		PSZ szTextOut = NULL;
	109		int rc;
	110		#endif
	111		PDC_LOG(("PDC_setclipboard() - called\n"));
	112
	113		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	114		DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, &ppib);
	115		ppib->pib_ultype = 3;
	116		hab = WinInitialize(0);
	117
	118		if (!WinOpenClipbrd(hab))
	119		{
	120		WinTerminate(hab);
	121		return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
	122		}
	123
	124		rc = PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
	125
	126		ulRC = DosAllocSharedMem((PVOID)&szTextOut, NULL, length + 1,
	127		PAG_WRITE | PAG_COMMIT | OBJ_GIVEABLE);
	128
	129		if (ulRC == 0)
	130		{
	131		strcpy(szTextOut, contents);
	132		WinEmptyClipbrd(hab);
	133
	134		if (WinSetClipbrdData(hab, (ULONG)szTextOut, CF_TEXT, CFI_POINTER))
	135		rc = PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	136		else
	137		{
	138		DosFreeMem(szTextOut);
	139		rc = PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
	140		}
	141		}
	142
	143		WinCloseClipbrd(hab);
	144		WinTerminate(hab);
	145
	146		return rc;
	147		#else
	148		return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
	149		#endif
	150		}
	151
	152		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents)
	153		{
	154		PDC_LOG(("PDC_freeclipboard() - called\n"));
	155
	156		if (contents)
	157		free(contents);
	158
	159		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	160		}
	161
	162		int PDC_clearclipboard(void)
	163		{
	164		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	165		HAB hab;
	166		PTIB ptib;
	167		PPIB ppib;
	168		#endif
	169		PDC_LOG(("PDC_clearclipboard() - called\n"));
	170
	171		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	172		DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, &ppib);
	173		ppib->pib_ultype = 3;
	174		hab = WinInitialize(0);
	175
	176		WinEmptyClipbrd(hab);
	177
	178		WinCloseClipbrd(hab);
	179		WinTerminate(hab);
	180
	181		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	182		#else
	183		return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
	184		#endif
	185		}

File os2/pdcdisp.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..3c1b86e)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcos2.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcdisp.c,v 1.49 2008/07/14 04:24:51 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/* ACS definitions originally by jshumate@wrdis01.robins.af.mil -- these
	8		match code page 437 and compatible pages (CP850, CP852, etc.) */
	9
	10		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	11
	12		# define A(x) ((chtype)x | A_ALTCHARSET)
	13
	14		chtype acs_map[128] =
	15		{
	16		A(0), A(1), A(2), A(3), A(4), A(5), A(6), A(7), A(8), A(9),
	17		A(10), A(11), A(12), A(13), A(14), A(15), A(16), A(17), A(18),
	18		A(19), A(20), A(21), A(22), A(23), A(24), A(25), A(26), A(27),
	19		A(28), A(29), A(30), A(31), ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&',
	20		'\'', '(', ')', '*',
	21
	22		A(0x1a), A(0x1b), A(0x18), A(0x19),
	23
	24		'/',
	25
	26		0xdb,
	27
	28		'1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=',
	29		'>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
	30		'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W',
	31		'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_',
	32
	33		A(0x04), 0xb1,
	34
	35		'b', 'c', 'd', 'e',
	36
	37		0xf8, 0xf1, 0xb0, A(0x0f), 0xd9, 0xbf, 0xda, 0xc0, 0xc5, 0x2d,
	38		0x2d, 0xc4, 0x2d, 0x5f, 0xc3, 0xb4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xb3, 0xf3,
	39		0xf2, 0xe3, 0xd8, 0x9c, 0xf9,
	40
	41		A(127)
	42		};
	43
	44		# undef A
	45
	46		#endif
	47
	48		/* position hardware cursor at (y, x) */
	49
	50		void PDC_gotoyx(int row, int col)
	51		{
	52		PDC_LOG(("PDC_gotoyx() - called: row %d col %d\n", row, col));
	53
	54		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	55		v_gotoxy(col, row);
	56		#else
	57		VioSetCurPos(row, col, 0);
	58		#endif
	59		}
	60
	61		/* update the given physical line to look like the corresponding line in
	62		curscr */
	63
	64		void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp)
	65		{
	66		/* this should be enough for the maximum width of a screen. */
	67
	68		struct {unsigned char text, attr;} temp_line[256];
	69		int j;
	70
	71		PDC_LOG(("PDC_transform_line() - called: line %d\n", lineno));
	72
	73		/* replace the attribute part of the chtype with the
	74		actual color value for each chtype in the line */
	75
	76		for (j = 0; j < len; j++)
	77		{
	78		chtype ch = srcp[j];
	79
	80		temp_line[j].attr = pdc_atrtab[ch >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT];
	81
	82		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	83		if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80))
	84		ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f];
	85		#endif
	86		temp_line[j].text = ch & 0xff;
	87		}
	88
	89		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	90		v_putline((char *)temp_line, x, lineno, len);
	91		#else
	92		VioWrtCellStr((PCH)temp_line, (USHORT)(len * sizeof(unsigned short)),
	93		(USHORT)lineno, (USHORT)x, 0);
	94		#endif
	95		}

File os2/pdcgetsc.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..d712dad)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcos2.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcgetsc.c,v 1.39 2008/07/14 04:24:51 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/* return width of screen/viewport */
	8
	9		int PDC_get_columns(void)
	10		{
	11		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	12		int rows = 0;
	13		#else
	14		VIOMODEINFO modeInfo = {0};
	15		#endif
	16		int cols = 0;
	17		const char *env_cols;
	18
	19		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - called\n"));
	20
	21		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	22		v_dimen(&cols, &rows);
	23		#else
	24		modeInfo.cb = sizeof(modeInfo);
	25		VioGetMode(&modeInfo, 0);
	26		cols = modeInfo.col;
	27		#endif
	28		env_cols = getenv("COLS");
	29
	30		if (env_cols)
	31		cols = min(atoi(env_cols), cols);
	32
	33		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - returned: cols %d\n", cols));
	34
	35		return cols;
	36		}
	37
	38		/* get the cursor size/shape */
	39
	40		int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void)
	41		{
	42		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	43		int curstart = 0, curend = 0;
	44		#else
	45		VIOCURSORINFO cursorInfo;
	46		#endif
	47		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_cursor_mode() - called\n"));
	48
	49		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	50		v_getctype(&curstart, &curend);
	51		return (curstart << 8) | curend;
	52		#else
	53		VioGetCurType (&cursorInfo, 0);
	54
	55		return (cursorInfo.yStart << 8) | cursorInfo.cEnd;
	56		#endif
	57		}
	58
	59		/* return number of screen rows */
	60
	61		int PDC_get_rows(void)
	62		{
	63		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	64		int cols = 0;
	65		#else
	66		VIOMODEINFO modeInfo = {0};
	67		#endif
	68		int rows = 0;
	69		const char *env_rows;
	70
	71		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - called\n"));
	72
	73		/* use the value from LINES environment variable, if set. MH 10-Jun-92 */
	74		/* and use the minimum of LINES and *ROWS. MH 18-Jun-92 */
	75
	76		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	77		v_dimen(&cols, &rows);
	78		#else
	79		modeInfo.cb = sizeof(modeInfo);
	80		VioGetMode(&modeInfo, 0);
	81		rows = modeInfo.row;
	82		#endif
	83		env_rows = getenv("LINES");
	84
	85		if (env_rows)
	86		rows = min(atoi(env_rows), rows);
	87
	88		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - returned: rows %d\n", rows));
	89
	90		return rows;
	91		}

File os2/pdckbd.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..42c24cc)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#if defined(__EMX__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__IBMC__) || \
	4		defined(__TURBOC__)
	5		# define HAVE_SIGNAL
	6		# include <signal.h>
	7		#endif
	8
	9		#include "pdcos2.h"
	10
	11		RCSID("$Id: pdckbd.c,v 1.89 2008/07/14 04:24:51 wmcbrine Exp $")
	12
	13		/*man-start**************************************************************
	14
	15		Name: pdckbd
	16
	17		Synopsis:
	18		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void);
	19
	20		Description:
	21		PDC_get_input_fd() returns the file descriptor that PDCurses
	22		reads its input from. It can be used for select().
	23
	24		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	25		PDC_get_input_fd - - -
	26
	27		**man-end****************************************************************/
	28
	29		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	30		# include <termios.h>
	31		static int tahead = -1;
	32		#else
	33		static KBDINFO kbdinfo; /* default keyboard mode */
	34		static HMOU mouse_handle = 0;
	35		static MOUSE_STATUS old_mouse_status;
	36		static USHORT old_shift = 0;
	37		static bool key_pressed = FALSE;
	38		static int mouse_events = 0;
	39		#endif
	40
	41		/************************************************************************
	42		* Table for key code translation of function keys in keypad mode *
	43		* These values are for strict IBM keyboard compatibles only *
	44		************************************************************************/
	45
	46		static short key_table[] =
	47		{
	48		-1, ALT_ESC, -1, 0,
	49		-1, -1, -1, -1,
	50		-1, -1, -1, -1,
	51		-1, -1, ALT_BKSP, KEY_BTAB,
	52		ALT_Q, ALT_W, ALT_E, ALT_R,
	53		ALT_T, ALT_Y, ALT_U, ALT_I,
	54		ALT_O, ALT_P, ALT_LBRACKET, ALT_RBRACKET,
	55		ALT_ENTER, -1, ALT_A, ALT_S,
	56		ALT_D, ALT_F, ALT_G, ALT_H,
	57		ALT_J, ALT_K, ALT_L, ALT_SEMICOLON,
	58		ALT_FQUOTE, ALT_BQUOTE, -1, ALT_BSLASH,
	59		ALT_Z, ALT_X, ALT_C, ALT_V,
	60		ALT_B, ALT_N, ALT_M, ALT_COMMA,
	61		ALT_STOP, ALT_FSLASH, -1, ALT_PADSTAR,
	62		-1, -1, -1, KEY_F(1),
	63		KEY_F(2), KEY_F(3), KEY_F(4), KEY_F(5),
	64		KEY_F(6), KEY_F(7), KEY_F(8), KEY_F(9),
	65		KEY_F(10), -1, -1, KEY_HOME,
	66		KEY_UP, KEY_PPAGE, ALT_PADMINUS, KEY_LEFT,
	67		KEY_B2, KEY_RIGHT, ALT_PADPLUS, KEY_END,
	68		KEY_DOWN, KEY_NPAGE, KEY_IC, KEY_DC,
	69		KEY_F(13), KEY_F(14), KEY_F(15), KEY_F(16),
	70		KEY_F(17), KEY_F(18), KEY_F(19), KEY_F(20),
	71		KEY_F(21), KEY_F(22), KEY_F(25), KEY_F(26),
	72		KEY_F(27), KEY_F(28), KEY_F(29), KEY_F(30),
	73		KEY_F(31), KEY_F(32), KEY_F(33), KEY_F(34),
	74		KEY_F(37), KEY_F(38), KEY_F(39), KEY_F(40),
	75		KEY_F(41), KEY_F(42), KEY_F(43), KEY_F(44),
	76		KEY_F(45), KEY_F(46), -1, CTL_LEFT,
	77		CTL_RIGHT, CTL_END, CTL_PGDN, CTL_HOME,
	78		ALT_1, ALT_2, ALT_3, ALT_4,
	79		ALT_5, ALT_6, ALT_7, ALT_8,
	80		ALT_9, ALT_0, ALT_MINUS, ALT_EQUAL,
	81		CTL_PGUP, KEY_F(11), KEY_F(12), KEY_F(23),
	82		KEY_F(24), KEY_F(35), KEY_F(36), KEY_F(47),
	83		KEY_F(48), CTL_UP, CTL_PADMINUS, CTL_PADCENTER,
	84		CTL_PADPLUS, CTL_DOWN, CTL_INS, CTL_DEL,
	85		CTL_TAB, CTL_PADSLASH, CTL_PADSTAR, ALT_HOME,
	86		ALT_UP, ALT_PGUP, -1, ALT_LEFT,
	87		-1, ALT_RIGHT, -1, ALT_END,
	88		ALT_DOWN, ALT_PGDN, ALT_INS, ALT_DEL,
	89		ALT_PADSLASH, ALT_TAB, ALT_PADENTER, -1
	90		};
	91
	92		unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers = 0L;
	93
	94		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void)
	95		{
	96		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_input_fd() - called\n"));
	97
	98		return (unsigned long)fileno(stdin);
	99		}
	100
	101		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	102
	103		void PDC_get_keyboard_info(void)
	104		{
	105		kbdinfo.cb = sizeof(kbdinfo);
	106		KbdGetStatus(&kbdinfo, 0);
	107		}
	108
	109		void PDC_set_keyboard_default(void)
	110		{
	111		KbdSetStatus(&kbdinfo, 0);
	112		}
	113
	114		#endif /* ifndef EMXVIDEO */
	115
	116		void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on)
	117		{
	118		PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_keyboard_binary() - called\n"));
	119
	120		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	121		if (on)
	122		{
	123		kbdinfo.fsMask &= ~(KEYBOARD_ASCII_MODE);
	124		kbdinfo.fsMask |= KEYBOARD_BINARY_MODE;
	125		}
	126		else
	127		{
	128		kbdinfo.fsMask &= ~(KEYBOARD_BINARY_MODE);
	129		kbdinfo.fsMask |= KEYBOARD_ASCII_MODE;
	130		}
	131
	132		KbdSetStatus(&kbdinfo, 0);
	133		#endif
	134
	135		#ifdef HAVE_SIGNAL
	136		signal(SIGBREAK, on ? SIG_IGN : SIG_DFL);
	137		#endif
	138		}
	139
	140		/* check if a key or mouse event is waiting */
	141
	142		bool PDC_check_key(void)
	143		{
	144		#if !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(EMXVIDEO)
	145		KBDKEYINFO keyInfo = {0};
	146		#endif
	147
	148		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	149		if (tahead == -1) /* Nothing typed yet */
	150		{
	151		tahead = _read_kbd(0, 0, 0);
	152
	153		/* Read additional */
	154
	155		if (tahead == 0)
	156		tahead = _read_kbd(0, 1, 0) << 8;
	157		}
	158
	159		return (tahead != -1);
	160		#else
	161		# ifndef _MSC_VER
	162
	163		KbdGetStatus(&kbdinfo, 0);
	164
	165		if (mouse_handle)
	166		{
	167		MOUQUEINFO queue;
	168
	169		MouGetNumQueEl(&queue, mouse_handle);
	170		mouse_events = queue.cEvents;
	171
	172		if (mouse_events)
	173		return TRUE;
	174		}
	175
	176		if (old_shift && !kbdinfo.fsState) /* modifier released */
	177		{
	178		if (!key_pressed && SP->return_key_modifiers)
	179		return TRUE;
	180		}
	181		else if (!old_shift && kbdinfo.fsState) /* modifier pressed */
	182		key_pressed = FALSE;
	183
	184		old_shift = kbdinfo.fsState;
	185
	186		KbdPeek(&keyInfo, 0); /* peek at keyboard */
	187		return (keyInfo.fbStatus != 0);
	188		# else
	189		return kbhit();
	190		# endif
	191		#endif
	192		}
	193
	194		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	195
	196		static int _process_mouse_events(void)
	197		{
	198		MOUEVENTINFO event;
	199		static const USHORT button_mask[] = {6, 96, 24},
	200		move_mask[] = {2, 32, 8},
	201		press_mask[] = {4, 64, 16};
	202		USHORT count = 1;
	203		short shift_flags = 0;
	204		int i;
	205
	206		MouReadEventQue(&event, &count, mouse_handle);
	207		mouse_events--;
	208
	209		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	210		{
	211		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] =
	212		((event.fs & move_mask[i]) ? BUTTON_MOVED : 0) |
	213		((event.fs & press_mask[i]) ? BUTTON_PRESSED : 0);
	214
	215		/* PRESS events are sometimes mistakenly reported as MOVE
	216		events. A MOVE should always follow a PRESS, so treat a MOVE
	217		immediately after a RELEASE as a PRESS. */
	218
	219		if ((pdc_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_MOVED) &&
	220		(old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_RELEASED))
	221		{
	222		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_PRESSED;
	223		}
	224
	225		if (pdc_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_PRESSED && SP->mouse_wait)
	226		{
	227		/* Check for a click -- a PRESS followed immediately by a
	228		release */
	229
	230		if (!mouse_events)
	231		{
	232		MOUQUEINFO queue;
	233
	234		napms(SP->mouse_wait);
	235
	236		MouGetNumQueEl(&queue, mouse_handle);
	237		mouse_events = queue.cEvents;
	238		}
	239
	240		if (mouse_events)
	241		{
	242		MouReadEventQue(&event, &count, mouse_handle);
	243
	244		if (!(event.fs & button_mask[i]))
	245		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_CLICKED;
	246		}
	247		}
	248		}
	249
	250		pdc_mouse_status.x = event.col;
	251		pdc_mouse_status.y = event.row;
	252
	253		pdc_mouse_status.changes = 0;
	254
	255		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	256		{
	257		if (old_mouse_status.button[i] != pdc_mouse_status.button[i])
	258		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i);
	259
	260		if (pdc_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_MOVED)
	261		{
	262		/* Discard non-moved "moves" */
	263
	264		if (pdc_mouse_status.x == old_mouse_status.x &&
	265		pdc_mouse_status.y == old_mouse_status.y)
	266		return -1;
	267
	268		/* Motion events always flag the button as changed */
	269
	270		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i);
	271		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED;
	272		break;
	273		}
	274		}
	275
	276		old_mouse_status = pdc_mouse_status;
	277
	278		/* Treat click events as release events for comparison purposes */
	279
	280		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	281		{
	282		if (old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_CLICKED)
	283		old_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_RELEASED;
	284		}
	285
	286		/* Check for SHIFT/CONTROL/ALT */
	287
	288		if (kbdinfo.fsState & KBDSTF_ALT)
	289		shift_flags |= BUTTON_ALT;
	290
	291		if (kbdinfo.fsState & KBDSTF_CONTROL)
	292		shift_flags |= BUTTON_CONTROL;
	293
	294		if (kbdinfo.fsState & (KBDSTF_LEFTSHIFT|KBDSTF_RIGHTSHIFT))
	295		shift_flags |= BUTTON_SHIFT;
	296
	297		if (shift_flags)
	298		{
	299		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	300		{
	301		if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & (1 << i))
	302		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] |= shift_flags;
	303		}
	304		}
	305
	306		old_shift = kbdinfo.fsState;
	307		key_pressed = TRUE;
	308
	309		SP->key_code = TRUE;
	310		return KEY_MOUSE;
	311		}
	312
	313		#endif
	314
	315		/* return the next available key or mouse event */
	316
	317		int PDC_get_key(void)
	318		{
	319		int key, scan;
	320		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	321		KBDKEYINFO keyInfo = {0};
	322		#endif
	323
	324		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	325		if (tahead == -1)
	326		{
	327		tahead = _read_kbd(0, 1, 0);
	328
	329		/* Read additional */
	330
	331		if (tahead == 0)
	332		tahead = _read_kbd(0, 1, 0) << 8;
	333		}
	334
	335		key = tahead & 0xff;
	336		scan = tahead >> 8;
	337		pdc_key_modifiers = 0L;
	338
	339		tahead = -1;
	340		#else
	341		pdc_key_modifiers = 0L;
	342
	343		if (mouse_handle && mouse_events)
	344		return _process_mouse_events();
	345
	346		if (old_shift && !kbdinfo.fsState)
	347		{
	348		key = -1;
	349
	350		if (old_shift & KBDSTF_LEFTALT)
	351		{
	352		key = KEY_ALT_L;
	353		}
	354		else if (old_shift & KBDSTF_RIGHTALT)
	355		{
	356		key = KEY_ALT_R;
	357		}
	358		else if (old_shift & KBDSTF_LEFTCONTROL)
	359		{
	360		key = KEY_CONTROL_L;
	361		}
	362		else if (old_shift & KBDSTF_RIGHTCONTROL)
	363		{
	364		key = KEY_CONTROL_R;
	365		}
	366		else if (old_shift & KBDSTF_LEFTSHIFT)
	367		{
	368		key = KEY_SHIFT_L;
	369		}
	370		else if (old_shift & KBDSTF_RIGHTSHIFT)
	371		{
	372		key = KEY_SHIFT_R;
	373		}
	374
	375		key_pressed = FALSE;
	376		old_shift = kbdinfo.fsState;
	377
	378		SP->key_code = TRUE;
	379		return key;
	380		}
	381
	382		KbdCharIn(&keyInfo, IO_WAIT, 0); /* get a character */
	383
	384		key = keyInfo.chChar;
	385		scan = keyInfo.chScan;
	386
	387		if (SP->save_key_modifiers)
	388		{
	389		if (keyInfo.fsState & KBDSTF_ALT)
	390		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT;
	391
	392		if (keyInfo.fsState & KBDSTF_CONTROL)
	393		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL;
	394
	395		if (keyInfo.fsState & KBDSTF_NUMLOCK_ON)
	396		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK;
	397
	398		if (keyInfo.fsState & (KBDSTF_LEFTSHIFT|KBDSTF_RIGHTSHIFT))
	399		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT;
	400		}
	401		#endif
	402		if (scan == 0x1c && key == 0x0a) /* ^Enter */
	403		key = CTL_ENTER;
	404		else if (scan == 0xe0 && key == 0x0d) /* PadEnter */
	405		key = PADENTER;
	406		else if (scan == 0xe0 && key == 0x0a) /* ^PadEnter */
	407		key = CTL_PADENTER;
	408		else if (scan == 0x37 && key == 0x2a) /* Star */
	409		key = PADSTAR;
	410		else if (scan == 0x4a && key == 0x2d) /* Minus */
	411		key = PADMINUS;
	412		else if (scan == 0x4e && key == 0x2b) /* Plus */
	413		key = PADPLUS;
	414		else if (scan == 0xe0 && key == 0x2f) /* Slash */
	415		key = PADSLASH;
	416		else if (key == 0x00 || (key == 0xe0 && scan > 53 && scan != 86))
	417		key = (scan > 0xa7) ? -1 : key_table[scan];
	418
	419		if (keyInfo.fsState & (KBDSTF_LEFTSHIFT|KBDSTF_RIGHTSHIFT))
	420		{
	421		switch (key)
	422		{
	423		case KEY_HOME: /* Shift Home */
	424		key = KEY_SHOME;
	425		break;
	426		case KEY_UP: /* Shift Up */
	427		key = KEY_SUP;
	428		break;
	429		case KEY_PPAGE: /* Shift PgUp */
	430		key = KEY_SPREVIOUS;
	431		break;
	432		case KEY_LEFT: /* Shift Left */
	433		key = KEY_SLEFT;
	434		break;
	435		case KEY_RIGHT: /* Shift Right */
	436		key = KEY_SRIGHT;
	437		break;
	438		case KEY_END: /* Shift End */
	439		key = KEY_SEND;
	440		break;
	441		case KEY_DOWN: /* Shift Down */
	442		key = KEY_SDOWN;
	443		break;
	444		case KEY_NPAGE: /* Shift PgDn */
	445		key = KEY_SNEXT;
	446		break;
	447		case KEY_IC: /* Shift Ins */
	448		key = KEY_SIC;
	449		break;
	450		case KEY_DC: /* Shift Del */
	451		key = KEY_SDC;
	452		}
	453		}
	454
	455		key_pressed = TRUE;
	456		SP->key_code = ((unsigned)key >= 256);
	457
	458		return key;
	459		}
	460
	461		/* discard any pending keyboard or mouse input -- this is the core
	462		routine for flushinp() */
	463
	464		void PDC_flushinp(void)
	465		{
	466		PDC_LOG(("PDC_flushinp() - called\n"));
	467
	468		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	469		tcflush(0, TCIFLUSH);
	470		#else
	471		if (mouse_handle)
	472		MouFlushQue(mouse_handle);
	473
	474		KbdFlushBuffer(0);
	475		#endif
	476		}
	477
	478		int PDC_mouse_set(void)
	479		{
	480		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	481
	482		unsigned long mbe = SP->_trap_mbe;
	483
	484		if (mbe && !mouse_handle)
	485		{
	486		memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(MOUSE_STATUS));
	487		MouOpen(NULL, &mouse_handle);
	488		if (mouse_handle)
	489		MouDrawPtr(mouse_handle);
	490		}
	491		else if (!mbe && mouse_handle)
	492		{
	493		MouClose(mouse_handle);
	494		mouse_handle = 0;
	495		}
	496
	497		if (mbe && mouse_handle)
	498		{
	499		USHORT mask = ((mbe & (BUTTON1_PRESSED | BUTTON1_CLICKED |
	500		BUTTON1_MOVED)) ? 6 : 0) |
	501
	502		((mbe & (BUTTON3_PRESSED | BUTTON3_CLICKED |
	503		BUTTON3_MOVED)) ? 24 : 0) |
	504
	505		((mbe & (BUTTON2_PRESSED | BUTTON2_CLICKED |
	506		BUTTON2_MOVED)) ? 96 : 0);
	507
	508		MouSetEventMask(&mask, mouse_handle);
	509		}
	510		#endif
	511		return OK;
	512		}
	513
	514		int PDC_modifiers_set(void)
	515		{
	516		key_pressed = FALSE;
	517
	518		return OK;
	519		}

File os2/pdcos2.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..1c11d48)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		/* $Id: pdcos2.h,v 1.9 2008/08/14 06:38:35 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	4
	5		#ifdef _MSC_VER
	6		# define USE_OS2_H 1 /* Use the os2.h for the compiler */
	7		# define APIRET USHORT
	8		#endif
	9
	10		#include <stdlib.h>
	11		#include <string.h>
	12
	13		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	14		# include <sys/video.h>
	15		#else
	16		# define INCL_DOS
	17		# define INCL_DOSMISC
	18		# define INCL_WIN
	19		# define INCL_VIO
	20		# define INCL_KBD
	21		# define INCL_MOU
	22		# include <os2.h>
	23		#endif
	24
	25		#include <curspriv.h>
	26
	27		#ifdef __WATCOMC__
	28		# define PDCTHUNK(x) ((ptr_16)(x))
	29		# ifdef __386__
	30		# define SEG16 _Seg16
	31		# else
	32		# define SEG16
	33		# endif
	34
	35		typedef void * SEG16 ptr_16;
	36
	37		#else
	38		# ifdef __EMX__
	39		# ifdef __INNOTEK_LIBC__
	40		# define PDCTHUNK(x) ((PCH)_libc_32to16(x))
	41		# else
	42		# define PDCTHUNK(x) ((PCH)_emx_32to16(x))
	43		# endif
	44		# endif
	45		#endif
	46
	47		extern unsigned char *pdc_atrtab;
	48		extern int pdc_font;
	49
	50		extern void PDC_get_keyboard_info(void);
	51		extern void PDC_set_keyboard_default(void);

File os2/pdcscrn.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..e2d68fa)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcos2.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcscrn.c,v 1.76 2008/07/14 04:24:51 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	8		# define PDC_OFFSET 32
	9		#else
	10		# define PDC_OFFSET 8
	11		#endif
	12
	13		/* COLOR_PAIR to attribute encoding table. */
	14
	15		unsigned char *pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL;
	16
	17		int pdc_font; /* default font size */
	18
	19		static short curstoreal[16], realtocurs[16] =
	20		{
	21		COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_RED,
	22		COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK + 8,
	23		COLOR_BLUE + 8, COLOR_GREEN + 8, COLOR_CYAN + 8, COLOR_RED + 8,
	24		COLOR_MAGENTA + 8, COLOR_YELLOW + 8, COLOR_WHITE + 8
	25		};
	26
	27		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	28		static unsigned char *saved_screen = NULL;
	29		static int saved_lines = 0;
	30		static int saved_cols = 0;
	31		#else
	32		# ifdef PDCTHUNK
	33		# ifdef __EMX__
	34		# define THUNKEDVIO VIOCOLORREG
	35		# else
	36
	37		typedef struct {
	38		USHORT cb;
	39		USHORT type;
	40		USHORT firstcolorreg;
	41		USHORT numcolorregs;
	42		ptr_16 colorregaddr;
	43		} THUNKEDVIO;
	44
	45		# endif
	46		# endif
	47
	48		static PCH saved_screen = NULL;
	49		static USHORT saved_lines = 0;
	50		static USHORT saved_cols = 0;
	51		static VIOMODEINFO scrnmode; /* default screen mode */
	52		static VIOMODEINFO saved_scrnmode[3];
	53		static int saved_font[3];
	54		static bool can_change = FALSE;
	55
	56		static int _get_font(void)
	57		{
	58		VIOMODEINFO modeInfo = {0};
	59
	60		modeInfo.cb = sizeof(modeInfo);
	61
	62		VioGetMode(&modeInfo, 0);
	63		return (modeInfo.vres / modeInfo.row);
	64		}
	65
	66		static void _set_font(int size)
	67		{
	68		VIOMODEINFO modeInfo = {0};
	69
	70		if (pdc_font != size)
	71		{
	72		modeInfo.cb = sizeof(modeInfo);
	73
	74		/* set most parameters of modeInfo */
	75
	76		VioGetMode(&modeInfo, 0);
	77		modeInfo.cb = 8; /* ignore horiz an vert resolution */
	78		modeInfo.row = modeInfo.vres / size;
	79		VioSetMode(&modeInfo, 0);
	80		}
	81
	82		curs_set(SP->visibility);
	83
	84		pdc_font = _get_font();
	85		}
	86
	87		#endif
	88
	89		/* close the physical screen -- may restore the screen to its state
	90		before PDC_scr_open(); miscellaneous cleanup */
	91
	92		void PDC_scr_close(void)
	93		{
	94		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_close() - called\n"));
	95
	96		if (saved_screen && getenv("PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN"))
	97		{
	98		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	99		v_putline(saved_screen, 0, 0, saved_lines * saved_cols);
	100		#else
	101		VioWrtCellStr(saved_screen, saved_lines * saved_cols * 2,
	102		0, 0, (HVIO)NULL);
	103		#endif
	104		free(saved_screen);
	105		saved_screen = NULL;
	106		}
	107
	108		reset_shell_mode();
	109
	110		if (SP->visibility != 1)
	111		curs_set(1);
	112
	113		/* Position cursor to the bottom left of the screen. */
	114
	115		PDC_gotoyx(PDC_get_rows() - 2, 0);
	116		}
	117
	118		void PDC_scr_free(void)
	119		{
	120		if (SP)
	121		free(SP);
	122		if (pdc_atrtab)
	123		free(pdc_atrtab);
	124
	125		pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL;
	126		}
	127
	128		/* open the physical screen -- allocate SP, miscellaneous intialization,
	129		and may save the existing screen for later restoration */
	130
	131		int PDC_scr_open(int argc, char **argv)
	132		{
	133		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	134		int adapter;
	135		#else
	136		USHORT totchars;
	137		#endif
	138		int i;
	139		short r, g, b;
	140
	141		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - called\n"));
	142
	143		SP = calloc(1, sizeof(SCREEN));
	144		pdc_atrtab = calloc(PDC_COLOR_PAIRS * PDC_OFFSET, 1);
	145
	146		if (!SP || !pdc_atrtab)
	147		return ERR;
	148
	149		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
	150		curstoreal[realtocurs[i]] = i;
	151
	152		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	153		v_init();
	154		#endif
	155		SP->orig_attr = FALSE;
	156
	157		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	158		adapter = v_hardware();
	159		SP->mono = (adapter == V_MONOCHROME);
	160
	161		pdc_font = SP->mono ? 14 : (adapter == V_COLOR_8) ? 8 : 12;
	162		#else
	163		VioGetMode(&scrnmode, 0);
	164		PDC_get_keyboard_info();
	165
	166		pdc_font = _get_font();
	167		#endif
	168		SP->lines = PDC_get_rows();
	169		SP->cols = PDC_get_columns();
	170
	171		SP->mouse_wait = PDC_CLICK_PERIOD;
	172		SP->audible = TRUE;
	173
	174		/* This code for preserving the current screen */
	175
	176		if (getenv("PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN"))
	177		{
	178		saved_lines = SP->lines;
	179		saved_cols = SP->cols;
	180
	181		saved_screen = malloc(2 * saved_lines * saved_cols);
	182
	183		if (!saved_screen)
	184		{
	185		SP->_preserve = FALSE;
	186		return OK;
	187		}
	188		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	189		v_getline(saved_screen, 0, 0, saved_lines * saved_cols);
	190		#else
	191		totchars = saved_lines * saved_cols * 2;
	192		VioReadCellStr((PCH)saved_screen, &totchars, 0, 0, (HVIO)NULL);
	193		#endif
	194		}
	195
	196		SP->_preserve = (getenv("PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN") != NULL);
	197
	198		can_change = (PDC_color_content(0, &r, &g, &b) == OK);
	199
	200		return OK;
	201		}
	202
	203		/* the core of resize_term() */
	204
	205		int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols)
	206		{
	207		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	208		VIOMODEINFO modeInfo = {0};
	209		USHORT result;
	210		#endif
	211
	212		PDC_LOG(("PDC_resize_screen() - called. Lines: %d Cols: %d\n",
	213		nlines, ncols));
	214
	215		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	216		return ERR;
	217		#else
	218		modeInfo.cb = sizeof(modeInfo);
	219
	220		/* set most parameters of modeInfo */
	221
	222		VioGetMode(&modeInfo, 0);
	223		modeInfo.fbType = 1;
	224		modeInfo.row = nlines;
	225		modeInfo.col = ncols;
	226		result = VioSetMode(&modeInfo, 0);
	227
	228		LINES = PDC_get_rows();
	229		COLS = PDC_get_columns();
	230
	231		return (result == 0) ? OK : ERR;
	232		#endif
	233		}
	234
	235		void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void)
	236		{
	237		PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_prog_mode() - called.\n"));
	238
	239		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	240		PDC_set_keyboard_binary(TRUE);
	241		#endif
	242		}
	243
	244		void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void)
	245		{
	246		PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_shell_mode() - called.\n"));
	247
	248		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	249		PDC_set_keyboard_default();
	250		#endif
	251		}
	252
	253		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	254
	255		static bool _screen_mode_equals(VIOMODEINFO *oldmode)
	256		{
	257		VIOMODEINFO current = {0};
	258
	259		VioGetMode(&current, 0);
	260
	261		return ((current.cb == oldmode->cb) &&
	262		(current.fbType == oldmode->fbType) &&
	263		(current.color == oldmode->color) &&
	264		(current.col == oldmode->col) &&
	265		(current.row == oldmode->row) &&
	266		(current.hres == oldmode->vres) &&
	267		(current.vres == oldmode->vres));
	268		}
	269
	270		#endif
	271
	272		void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i)
	273		{
	274		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	275		if (i >= 0 && i <= 2)
	276		{
	277		pdc_font = _get_font();
	278		_set_font(saved_font[i]);
	279
	280		if (!_screen_mode_equals(&saved_scrnmode[i]))
	281		if (VioSetMode(&saved_scrnmode[i], 0) != 0)
	282		{
	283		pdc_font = _get_font();
	284		scrnmode = saved_scrnmode[i];
	285		LINES = PDC_get_rows();
	286		COLS = PDC_get_columns();
	287		}
	288		}
	289		#endif
	290		}
	291
	292		void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i)
	293		{
	294		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	295		if (i >= 0 && i <= 2)
	296		{
	297		saved_font[i] = pdc_font;
	298		saved_scrnmode[i] = scrnmode;
	299		}
	300		#endif
	301		}
	302
	303		void PDC_init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg)
	304		{
	305		unsigned char att, temp_bg;
	306		chtype i;
	307
	308		fg = curstoreal[fg];
	309		bg = curstoreal[bg];
	310
	311		for (i = 0; i < PDC_OFFSET; i++)
	312		{
	313		att = fg | (bg << 4);
	314
	315		if (i & (A_REVERSE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	316		att = bg | (fg << 4);
	317		if (i & (A_UNDERLINE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	318		att = 1;
	319		if (i & (A_INVIS >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	320		{
	321		temp_bg = att >> 4;
	322		att = temp_bg << 4 | temp_bg;
	323		}
	324		if (i & (A_BOLD >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	325		att |= 8;
	326		if (i & (A_BLINK >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	327		att |= 128;
	328
	329		pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET + i] = att;
	330		}
	331		}
	332
	333		int PDC_pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg)
	334		{
	335		*fg = realtocurs[pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0x0F];
	336		*bg = realtocurs[(pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0xF0) >> 4];
	337
	338		return OK;
	339		}
	340
	341		bool PDC_can_change_color(void)
	342		{
	343		return can_change;
	344		}
	345
	346		int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
	347		{
	348		#ifdef PDCTHUNK
	349		THUNKEDVIO vcr;
	350		USHORT palbuf[4];
	351		unsigned char pal[3];
	352		int rc;
	353
	354		/* Read single DAC register */
	355
	356		palbuf[0] = 8;
	357		palbuf[1] = 0;
	358		palbuf[2] = curstoreal[color];
	359
	360		rc = VioGetState(&palbuf, 0);
	361		if (rc)
	362		return ERR;
	363
	364		vcr.cb = sizeof(vcr);
	365		vcr.type = 3;
	366		vcr.firstcolorreg = palbuf[3];
	367		vcr.numcolorregs = 1;
	368		vcr.colorregaddr = PDCTHUNK(pal);
	369
	370		rc = VioGetState(&vcr, 0);
	371		if (rc)
	372		return ERR;
	373
	374		/* Scale and store */
	375
	376		*red = DIVROUND((unsigned)(pal[0]) * 1000, 63);
	377		*green = DIVROUND((unsigned)(pal[1]) * 1000, 63);
	378		*blue = DIVROUND((unsigned)(pal[2]) * 1000, 63);
	379
	380		return OK;
	381		#else
	382		return ERR;
	383		#endif
	384		}
	385
	386		int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
	387		{
	388		#ifdef PDCTHUNK
	389		THUNKEDVIO vcr;
	390		USHORT palbuf[4];
	391		unsigned char pal[3];
	392		int rc;
	393
	394		/* Scale */
	395
	396		pal[0] = DIVROUND((unsigned)red * 63, 1000);
	397		pal[1] = DIVROUND((unsigned)green * 63, 1000);
	398		pal[2] = DIVROUND((unsigned)blue * 63, 1000);
	399
	400		/* Set single DAC register */
	401
	402		palbuf[0] = 8;
	403		palbuf[1] = 0;
	404		palbuf[2] = curstoreal[color];
	405
	406		rc = VioGetState(&palbuf, 0);
	407		if (rc)
	408		return ERR;
	409
	410		vcr.cb = sizeof(vcr);
	411		vcr.type = 3;
	412		vcr.firstcolorreg = palbuf[3];
	413		vcr.numcolorregs = 1;
	414		vcr.colorregaddr = PDCTHUNK(pal);
	415
	416		rc = VioSetState(&vcr, 0);
	417
	418		return rc ? ERR : OK;
	419		#else
	420		return ERR;
	421		#endif
	422		}

File os2/pdcsetsc.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..2a770bd)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcos2.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcsetsc.c,v 1.44 2008/07/14 04:24:51 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: pdcsetsc
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon);
	13		void PDC_set_title(const char *title);
	14
	15		Description:
	16		PDC_set_blink() toggles whether the A_BLINK attribute sets an
	17		actual blink mode (TRUE), or sets the background color to high
	18		intensity (FALSE). The default is platform-dependent (FALSE in
	19		most cases). It returns OK if it could set the state to match
	20		the given parameter, ERR otherwise. Current platforms also
	21		adjust the value of COLORS according to this function -- 16 for
	22		FALSE, and 8 for TRUE.
	23
	24		PDC_set_title() sets the title of the window in which the curses
	25		program is running. This function may not do anything on some
	26		platforms. (Currently it only works in Win32 and X11.)
	27
	28		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	29		PDC_set_blink - - -
	30		PDC_set_title - - -
	31
	32		**man-end****************************************************************/
	33
	34		int PDC_curs_set(int visibility)
	35		{
	36		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	37		VIOCURSORINFO pvioCursorInfo;
	38		#endif
	39		int ret_vis, hidden = 0, start = 0, end = 0;
	40
	41		PDC_LOG(("PDC_curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
	42
	43		ret_vis = SP->visibility;
	44		SP->visibility = visibility;
	45
	46		switch(visibility)
	47		{
	48		case 0: /* invisible */
	49		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	50		start = end = 0;
	51		#else
	52		start = pdc_font / 4;
	53		end = pdc_font;
	54		hidden = -1;
	55		#endif
	56		break;
	57
	58		case 2: /* highly visible */
	59		start = 2; /* almost full-height block */
	60		end = pdc_font - 1;
	61		break;
	62
	63		default: /* normal visibility */
	64		start = (SP->orig_cursor >> 8) & 0xff;
	65		end = SP->orig_cursor & 0xff;
	66		}
	67
	68		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	69		if (!visibility)
	70		v_hidecursor();
	71		else
	72		v_ctype(start, end);
	73		#else
	74		pvioCursorInfo.yStart = (USHORT)start;
	75		pvioCursorInfo.cEnd = (USHORT)end;
	76		pvioCursorInfo.cx = (USHORT)1;
	77		pvioCursorInfo.attr = hidden;
	78		VioSetCurType((PVIOCURSORINFO)&pvioCursorInfo, 0);
	79		#endif
	80		return ret_vis;
	81		}
	82
	83		void PDC_set_title(const char *title)
	84		{
	85		PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_title() - called:<%s>\n", title));
	86		}
	87
	88		int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon)
	89		{
	90		#ifndef EMXVIDEO
	91		USHORT statebuf[3], result;
	92
	93		statebuf[0] = 6; /* length */
	94		statebuf[1] = 2; /* blink/intensity */
	95		statebuf[2] = !blinkon;
	96
	97		result = VioSetState(&statebuf, 0);
	98		VioGetState(&statebuf, 0); /* needed? */
	99
	100		if (pdc_color_started)
	101		COLORS = statebuf[2] ? 16 : 8;
	102
	103		return (result == 0) ? OK : ERR;
	104		#else
	105		if (pdc_color_started)
	106		COLORS = 16;
	107
	108		return blinkon ? ERR : OK;
	109		#endif
	110		}

File os2/pdcutil.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..290be35)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcos2.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcutil.c,v 1.14 2008/07/14 04:24:51 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#if defined(OS2) && !defined(__EMX__)
	8		APIRET APIENTRY DosSleep(ULONG ulTime);
	9		#endif
	10
	11		void PDC_beep(void)
	12		{
	13		PDC_LOG(("PDC_beep() - called\n"));
	14
	15		#ifdef EMXVIDEO
	16		putchar('\007');
	17		#else
	18		DosBeep(1380, 100);
	19		#endif
	20		}
	21
	22		void PDC_napms(int ms)
	23		{
	24		PDC_LOG(("PDC_napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
	25
	26		#ifdef __EMX__
	27		_sleep2(ms);
	28		#else
	29		DosSleep(ms);
	30		#endif
	31		}
	32
	33		const char *PDC_sysname(void)
	34		{
	35		return "OS/2";
	36		}

File os2/wccos2.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..d5900d3)
	1		# Watcom WMAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - OS/2 Open Watcom 1.1+
	2		#
	3		# Usage: wmake -f [path\]wccos2.mak [DEBUG=Y] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		!ifdef %PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	9		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = $(%PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	10		!else
	11		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	12		!endif
	13
	14		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\version.mif
	15
	16		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\os2
	17
	18		CC = wcc386
	19		TARGET = os2v2
	20
	21		CFLAGS = /bt=$(TARGET) /wx /s /zq /i=$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	22
	23		!ifeq DEBUG Y
	24		CFLAGS += /d2 /DPDCDEBUG
	25		LDFLAGS = D A op q sys $(TARGET)
	26		!else
	27		CFLAGS += /oneatx
	28		LDFLAGS = op q sys $(TARGET)
	29		!endif
	30
	31		LIBEXE = wlib /q /n /b /c /t
	32
	33		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\watcom.mif
	34
	35		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	36		$(LIBEXE) $@ $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	37		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	38
	39		PLATFORM1 = Watcom C++ OS/2
	40		PLATFORM2 = Open Watcom 1.6 for OS/2
	41		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)_wcc_os2
	42
	43		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\makedist.mif

File panel.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..1d7cace)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		/* $Id: panel.h,v 1.19 2008/07/13 16:08:16 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	4
	5		/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*
	6		* Panels for PDCurses *
	7		*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
	8
	9		#ifndef __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__
	10		#define __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ 1
	11
	12		#include <curses.h>
	13
	14		#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
	15		extern "C"
	16		{
	17		#endif
	18
	19		typedef struct panelobs
	20		{
	21		struct panelobs *above;
	22		struct panel *pan;
	23		} PANELOBS;
	24
	25		typedef struct panel
	26		{
	27		WINDOW *win;
	28		int wstarty;
	29		int wendy;
	30		int wstartx;
	31		int wendx;
	32		struct panel *below;
	33		struct panel *above;
	34		const void *user;
	35		struct panelobs *obscure;
	36		} PANEL;
	37
	38		int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan);
	39		int del_panel(PANEL *pan);
	40		int hide_panel(PANEL *pan);
	41		int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx);
	42		PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win);
	43		PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan);
	44		PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan);
	45		int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan);
	46		const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan);
	47		WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan);
	48		int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win);
	49		int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr);
	50		int show_panel(PANEL *pan);
	51		int top_panel(PANEL *pan);
	52		void update_panels(void);
	53
	54		#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
	55		}
	56		#endif
	57
	58		#endif /* __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ */

File pdcurses/README added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..bef1c4c)
	1		PDCurses Portable Core
	2		======================
	3
	4		This directory contains core PDCurses source code files common to all
	5		platforms.
	6
	7
	8		Building
	9		--------
	10
	11		These modules are built by the platform-specific makefiles, in the
	12		platform directories.
	13
	14
	15		Distribution Status
	16		-------------------
	17
	18		The files in this directory are released to the Public Domain.
	19
	20
	21		Acknowledgements
	22		----------------
	23
	24		The panel library was originally provided by
	25		Warren Tucker <wht@n4hgf.mt-park.ga.us>

File pdcurses/addch.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..586d1a7)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: addch.c,v 1.54 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: addch
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int addch(const chtype ch);
	13		int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
	14		int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch);
	15		int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch);
	16		int echochar(const chtype ch);
	17		int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
	18
	19		int addrawch(chtype ch);
	20		int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
	21		int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
	22		int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
	23
	24		int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch);
	25		int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
	26		int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
	27		int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
	28		int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch);
	29		int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
	30
	31		Description:
	32		addch() adds the chtype ch to the default window (stdscr) at the
	33		current cursor position, and advances the cursor. Note that
	34		chtypes can convey both text (a single character) and
	35		attributes, including a color pair. add_wch() is the wide-
	36		character version of this function, taking a pointer to a
	37		cchar_t instead of a chtype.
	38
	39		waddch() is like addch(), but also lets you specify the window.
	40		(This is in fact the core output routine.) wadd_wch() is the
	41		wide version.
	42
	43		mvaddch() moves the cursor to the specified (y, x) position, and
	44		adds ch to stdscr. mvadd_wch() is the wide version.
	45
	46		mvwaddch() moves the cursor to the specified position and adds
	47		ch to the specified window. mvwadd_wch() is the wide version.
	48
	49		echochar() adds ch to stdscr at the current cursor position and
	50		calls refresh(). echo_wchar() is the wide version.
	51
	52		wechochar() adds ch to the specified window and calls
	53		wrefresh(). wecho_wchar() is the wide version.
	54
	55		addrawch(), waddrawch(), mvaddrawch() and mvwaddrawch() are
	56		PDCurses-specific wrappers for addch() etc. that disable the
	57		translation of control characters.
	58
	59		The following applies to all these functions:
	60
	61		If the cursor moves on to the right margin, an automatic newline
	62		is performed. If scrollok is enabled, and a character is added
	63		to the bottom right corner of the window, the scrolling region
	64		will be scrolled up one line. If scrolling is not allowed, ERR
	65		will be returned.
	66
	67		If ch is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor will be moved
	68		appropriately within the window. If ch is a newline, the
	69		clrtoeol routine is called before the cursor is moved to the
	70		beginning of the next line. If newline mapping is off, the
	71		cursor will be moved to the next line, but the x coordinate will
	72		be unchanged. If ch is a tab the cursor is moved to the next
	73		tab position within the window. If ch is another control
	74		character, it will be drawn in the ^X notation. Calling the
	75		inch() routine after adding a control character returns the
	76		representation of the control character, not the control
	77		character.
	78
	79		Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing them
	80		into the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be copied
	81		from one place to another by using inch() and addch().
	82
	83		Note that in PDCurses, for now, a cchar_t and a chtype are the
	84		same. The text field is 16 bits wide, and is treated as Unicode
	85		(UCS-2) when PDCurses is built with wide-character support
	86		(define PDC_WIDE). So, in functions that take a chtype, like
	87		addch(), both the wide and narrow versions will handle Unicode.
	88		But for portability, you should use the wide functions.
	89
	90		Return Value:
	91		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	92
	93		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	94		addch Y Y Y
	95		waddch Y Y Y
	96		mvaddch Y Y Y
	97		mvwaddch Y Y Y
	98		echochar Y - 3.0
	99		wechochar Y - 3.0
	100		addrawch - - -
	101		waddrawch - - -
	102		mvaddrawch - - -
	103		mvwaddrawch - - -
	104		add_wch Y
	105		wadd_wch Y
	106		mvadd_wch Y
	107		mvwadd_wch Y
	108		echo_wchar Y
	109		wecho_wchar Y
	110
	111		**man-end****************************************************************/
	112
	113		int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch)
	114		{
	115		int x, y;
	116		chtype text, attr;
	117		bool xlat;
	118
	119		PDC_LOG(("waddch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
	120		win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
	121
	122		if (!win)
	123		return ERR;
	124
	125		x = win->_curx;
	126		y = win->_cury;
	127
	128		if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0)
	129		return ERR;
	130
	131		xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET);
	132		text = ch & A_CHARTEXT;
	133		attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
	134
	135		if (xlat && (text < ' ' || text == 0x7f))
	136		{
	137		int x2;
	138
	139		switch (text)
	140		{
	141		case '\t':
	142		for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++)
	143		{
	144		if (waddch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR)
	145		return ERR;
	146
	147		/* if tab to next line, exit the loop */
	148
	149		if (!win->_curx)
	150		break;
	151		}
	152		return OK;
	153
	154		case '\n':
	155		/* if lf -> crlf */
	156
	157		if (!SP->raw_out)
	158		x = 0;
	159
	160		wclrtoeol(win);
	161
	162		if (++y > win->_bmarg)
	163		{
	164		y--;
	165
	166		if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR)
	167		return ERR;
	168		}
	169
	170		break;
	171
	172		case '\b':
	173		/* don't back over left margin */
	174
	175		if (--x < 0)
	176		case '\r':
	177		x = 0;
	178
	179		break;
	180
	181		case 0x7f:
	182		if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR)
	183		return ERR;
	184
	185		return waddch(win, attr | '?');
	186
	187		default:
	188		/* handle control chars */
	189
	190		if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR)
	191		return ERR;
	192
	193		return waddch(win, ch + '@');
	194		}
	195		}
	196		else
	197		{
	198		/* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute,
	199		then use the current attributes for the window. If it has
	200		attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to
	201		the current attributes for the window. If it has a color
	202		component, use the attributes solely from the incoming
	203		character. */
	204
	205		if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
	206		attr |= win->_attrs;
	207
	208		/* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window
	209		background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
	210		attributes are not there and that the background character
	211		will only print if the printing character is blank. */
	212
	213		if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
	214		attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
	215		else
	216		attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
	217
	218		if (text == ' ')
	219		text = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
	220
	221		/* Add the attribute back into the character. */
	222
	223		text |= attr;
	224
	225		/* Only change _firstch/_lastch if the character to be added is
	226		different from the character/attribute that is already in
	227		that position in the window. */
	228
	229		if (win->_y[y][x] != text)
	230		{
	231		if (win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE)
	232		win->_firstch[y] = win->_lastch[y] = x;
	233		else
	234		if (x < win->_firstch[y])
	235		win->_firstch[y] = x;
	236		else
	237		if (x > win->_lastch[y])
	238		win->_lastch[y] = x;
	239
	240		win->_y[y][x] = text;
	241		}
	242
	243		if (++x >= win->_maxx)
	244		{
	245		/* wrap around test */
	246
	247		x = 0;
	248
	249		if (++y > win->_bmarg)
	250		{
	251		y--;
	252
	253		if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR)
	254		{
	255		PDC_sync(win);
	256		return ERR;
	257		}
	258		}
	259		}
	260		}
	261
	262		win->_curx = x;
	263		win->_cury = y;
	264
	265		if (win->_immed)
	266		wrefresh(win);
	267		if (win->_sync)
	268		wsyncup(win);
	269
	270		return OK;
	271		}
	272
	273		int addch(const chtype ch)
	274		{
	275		PDC_LOG(("addch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
	276
	277		return waddch(stdscr, ch);
	278		}
	279
	280		int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch)
	281		{
	282		PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%x\n", y, x, ch));
	283
	284		if (move(y,x) == ERR)
	285		return ERR;
	286
	287		return waddch(stdscr, ch);
	288		}
	289
	290		int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch)
	291		{
	292		PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", win, y, x, ch));
	293
	294		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	295		return ERR;
	296
	297		return waddch(win, ch);
	298		}
	299
	300		int echochar(const chtype ch)
	301		{
	302		PDC_LOG(("echochar() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
	303
	304		return wechochar(stdscr, ch);
	305		}
	306
	307		int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch)
	308		{
	309		PDC_LOG(("wechochar() - called: win=%p ch=%x\n", win, ch));
	310
	311		if (waddch(win, ch) == ERR)
	312		return ERR;
	313
	314		return wrefresh(win);
	315		}
	316
	317		int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
	318		{
	319		PDC_LOG(("waddrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
	320		win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
	321
	322		if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f)
	323		ch |= A_ALTCHARSET;
	324
	325		return waddch(win, ch);
	326		}
	327
	328		int addrawch(chtype ch)
	329		{
	330		PDC_LOG(("addrawch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
	331
	332		return waddrawch(stdscr, ch);
	333		}
	334
	335		int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
	336		{
	337		PDC_LOG(("mvaddrawch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", y, x, ch));
	338
	339		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	340		return ERR;
	341
	342		return waddrawch(stdscr, ch);
	343		}
	344
	345		int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
	346		{
	347		PDC_LOG(("mvwaddrawch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n",
	348		win, y, x, ch));
	349
	350		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	351		return ERR;
	352
	353		return waddrawch(win, ch);
	354		}
	355
	356		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	357		int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
	358		{
	359		PDC_LOG(("wadd_wch() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch));
	360
	361		return wch ? waddch(win, *wch) : ERR;
	362		}
	363
	364		int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch)
	365		{
	366		PDC_LOG(("add_wch() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch));
	367
	368		return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch);
	369		}
	370
	371		int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
	372		{
	373		PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d wch=%x\n", y, x, *wch));
	374
	375		if (move(y,x) == ERR)
	376		return ERR;
	377
	378		return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch);
	379		}
	380
	381		int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
	382		{
	383		PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d wch=%d\n",
	384		win, y, x, *wch));
	385
	386		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	387		return ERR;
	388
	389		return wadd_wch(win, wch);
	390		}
	391
	392		int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch)
	393		{
	394		PDC_LOG(("echo_wchar() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch));
	395
	396		return wecho_wchar(stdscr, wch);
	397		}
	398
	399		int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
	400		{
	401		PDC_LOG(("wecho_wchar() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch));
	402
	403		if (!wch || (wadd_wch(win, wch) == ERR))
	404		return ERR;
	405
	406		return wrefresh(win);
	407		}
	408		#endif

File pdcurses/addchstr.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..0eea85a)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: addchstr.c,v 1.43 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: addchstr
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int addchstr(const chtype *ch);
	13		int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n);
	14		int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch);
	15		int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n);
	16		int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch);
	17		int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n);
	18		int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch);
	19		int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n);
	20
	21		int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch);
	22		int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
	23		int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
	24		int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
	25		int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
	26		int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
	27		int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
	28		int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch,
	29		int n);
	30
	31		Description:
	32		These routines write a chtype or cchar_t string directly into
	33		the window structure, starting at the current or specified
	34		position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at
	35		most n elements, but no more than will fit on the line. If n =
	36		-1 then the whole string is copied, up to the maximum number
	37		that will fit on the line.
	38
	39		The cursor position is not advanced. These routines do not check
	40		for newline or other special characters, nor does any line
	41		wrapping occur.
	42
	43		Return Value:
	44		All functions return OK or ERR.
	45
	46		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	47		addchstr Y - 4.0
	48		waddchstr Y - 4.0
	49		mvaddchstr Y - 4.0
	50		mvwaddchstr Y - 4.0
	51		addchnstr Y - 4.0
	52		waddchnstr Y - 4.0
	53		mvaddchnstr Y - 4.0
	54		mvwaddchnstr Y - 4.0
	55		add_wchstr Y
	56		wadd_wchstr Y
	57		mvadd_wchstr Y
	58		mvwadd_wchstr Y
	59		add_wchnstr Y
	60		wadd_wchnstr Y
	61		mvadd_wchnstr Y
	62		mvwadd_wchnstr Y
	63
	64		**man-end****************************************************************/
	65
	66		#include <string.h>
	67
	68		int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n)
	69		{
	70		int y, x, maxx, minx;
	71		chtype *ptr;
	72
	73		PDC_LOG(("waddchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n));
	74
	75		if (!win || !ch || !n || n < -1)
	76		return ERR;
	77
	78		x = win->_curx;
	79		y = win->_cury;
	80		ptr = &(win->_y[y][x]);
	81
	82		if (n == -1 || n > win->_maxx - x)
	83		n = win->_maxx - x;
	84
	85		minx = win->_firstch[y];
	86		maxx = win->_lastch[y];
	87
	88		for (; n && *ch; n--, x++, ptr++, ch++)
	89		{
	90		if (*ptr != *ch)
	91		{
	92		if (x < minx || minx == _NO_CHANGE)
	93		minx = x;
	94
	95		if (x > maxx)
	96		maxx = x;
	97
	98		PDC_LOG(("y %d x %d minx %d maxx %d *ptr %x *ch"
	99		" %x firstch: %d lastch: %d\n",
	100		y, x, minx, maxx, *ptr, *ch,
	101		win->_firstch[y], win->_lastch[y]));
	102
	103		*ptr = *ch;
	104		}
	105		}
	106
	107		win->_firstch[y] = minx;
	108		win->_lastch[y] = maxx;
	109
	110		return OK;
	111		}
	112
	113		int addchstr(const chtype *ch)
	114		{
	115		PDC_LOG(("addchstr() - called\n"));
	116
	117		return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1);
	118		}
	119
	120		int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n)
	121		{
	122		PDC_LOG(("addchnstr() - called\n"));
	123
	124		return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
	125		}
	126
	127		int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch)
	128		{
	129		PDC_LOG(("waddchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win));
	130
	131		return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1);
	132		}
	133
	134		int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch)
	135		{
	136		PDC_LOG(("mvaddchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
	137
	138		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	139		return ERR;
	140
	141		return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1);
	142		}
	143
	144		int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n)
	145		{
	146		PDC_LOG(("mvaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
	147
	148		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	149		return ERR;
	150
	151		return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
	152		}
	153
	154		int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch)
	155		{
	156		PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchstr() - called:\n"));
	157
	158		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	159		return ERR;
	160
	161		return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1);
	162		}
	163
	164		int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n)
	165		{
	166		PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
	167
	168		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	169		return ERR;
	170
	171		return waddchnstr(win, ch, n);
	172		}
	173
	174		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	175		int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	176		{
	177		PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n));
	178
	179		return waddchnstr(win, wch, n);
	180		}
	181
	182		int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch)
	183		{
	184		PDC_LOG(("add_wchstr() - called\n"));
	185
	186		return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1);
	187		}
	188
	189		int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	190		{
	191		PDC_LOG(("add_wchnstr() - called\n"));
	192
	193		return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
	194		}
	195
	196		int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
	197		{
	198		PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win));
	199
	200		return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1);
	201		}
	202
	203		int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
	204		{
	205		PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
	206
	207		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	208		return ERR;
	209
	210		return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1);
	211		}
	212
	213		int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	214		{
	215		PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
	216
	217		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	218		return ERR;
	219
	220		return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
	221		}
	222
	223		int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
	224		{
	225		PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchstr() - called:\n"));
	226
	227		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	228		return ERR;
	229
	230		return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1);
	231		}
	232
	233		int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	234		{
	235		PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
	236
	237		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	238		return ERR;
	239
	240		return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, n);
	241		}
	242		#endif

File pdcurses/addstr.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..ca19fd0)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: addstr.c,v 1.44 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: addstr
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int addstr(const char *str);
	13		int addnstr(const char *str, int n);
	14		int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
	15		int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
	16		int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
	17		int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
	18		int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
	19		int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
	20
	21		int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
	22		int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	23		int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
	24		int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	25		int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
	26		int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	27		int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
	28		int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	29
	30		Description:
	31		These routines write all the characters of the null-terminated
	32		string str or wide-character string wstr to the given window.
	33		The functionality is similar to calling waddch() once for each
	34		character in the string; except that, when PDCurses is built
	35		with wide-character support enabled, the narrow-character
	36		functions treat the string as a multibyte string in the current
	37		locale, and convert it. The routines with n as the last
	38		argument write at most n characters; if n is negative, then the
	39		entire string will be added.
	40
	41		Return Value:
	42		All functions return OK or ERR.
	43
	44		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	45		addstr Y Y Y
	46		waddstr Y Y Y
	47		mvaddstr Y Y Y
	48		mvwaddstr Y Y Y
	49		addnstr Y - 4.0
	50		waddnstr Y - 4.0
	51		mvaddnstr Y - 4.0
	52		mvwaddnstr Y - 4.0
	53		addwstr Y
	54		waddwstr Y
	55		mvaddwstr Y
	56		mvwaddwstr Y
	57		addnwstr Y
	58		waddnwstr Y
	59		mvaddnwstr Y
	60		mvwaddnwstr Y
	61
	62		**man-end****************************************************************/
	63
	64		int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n)
	65		{
	66		int i = 0;
	67
	68		PDC_LOG(("waddnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
	69
	70		if (!win || !str)
	71		return ERR;
	72
	73		while (str[i] && (i < n || n < 0))
	74		{
	75		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	76		wchar_t wch;
	77		int retval = PDC_mbtowc(&wch, str + i, n >= 0 ? n - i : 6);
	78
	79		if (retval <= 0)
	80		return OK;
	81
	82		i += retval;
	83		#else
	84		chtype wch = (unsigned char)(str[i++]);
	85		#endif
	86		if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR)
	87		return ERR;
	88		}
	89
	90		return OK;
	91		}
	92
	93		int addstr(const char *str)
	94		{
	95		PDC_LOG(("addstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
	96
	97		return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
	98		}
	99
	100		int addnstr(const char *str, int n)
	101		{
	102		PDC_LOG(("addnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
	103
	104		return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n);
	105		}
	106
	107		int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str)
	108		{
	109		PDC_LOG(("waddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
	110
	111		return waddnstr(win, str, -1);
	112		}
	113
	114		int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str)
	115		{
	116		PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str));
	117
	118		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	119		return ERR;
	120
	121		return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
	122		}
	123
	124		int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
	125		{
	126		PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
	127		y, x, str, n));
	128
	129		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	130		return ERR;
	131
	132		return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n);
	133		}
	134
	135		int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str)
	136		{
	137		PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
	138
	139		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	140		return ERR;
	141
	142		return waddnstr(win, str, -1);
	143		}
	144
	145		int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
	146		{
	147		PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
	148		y, x, str, n));
	149
	150		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	151		return ERR;
	152
	153		return waddnstr(win, str, n);
	154		}
	155
	156		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	157		int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	158		{
	159		int i = 0;
	160
	161		PDC_LOG(("waddnwstr() - called\n"));
	162
	163		if (!win || !wstr)
	164		return ERR;
	165
	166		while (wstr[i] && (i < n || n < 0))
	167		{
	168		chtype wch = wstr[i++];
	169
	170		if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR)
	171		return ERR;
	172		}
	173
	174		return OK;
	175		}
	176
	177		int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr)
	178		{
	179		PDC_LOG(("addwstr() - called\n"));
	180
	181		return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
	182		}
	183
	184		int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	185		{
	186		PDC_LOG(("addnwstr() - called\n"));
	187
	188		return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
	189		}
	190
	191		int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr)
	192		{
	193		PDC_LOG(("waddwstr() - called\n"));
	194
	195		return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1);
	196		}
	197
	198		int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
	199		{
	200		PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called\n"));
	201
	202		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	203		return ERR;
	204
	205		return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
	206		}
	207
	208		int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	209		{
	210		PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called\n"));
	211
	212		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	213		return ERR;
	214
	215		return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
	216		}
	217
	218		int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
	219		{
	220		PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called\n"));
	221
	222		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	223		return ERR;
	224
	225		return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1);
	226		}
	227
	228		int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	229		{
	230		PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called\n"));
	231
	232		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	233		return ERR;
	234
	235		return waddnwstr(win, wstr, n);
	236		}
	237		#endif

File pdcurses/attr.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..532384b)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: attr.c,v 1.41 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: attr
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int attroff(chtype attrs);
	13		int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
	14		int attron(chtype attrs);
	15		int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
	16		int attrset(chtype attrs);
	17		int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
	18		int standend(void);
	19		int wstandend(WINDOW *win);
	20		int standout(void);
	21		int wstandout(WINDOW *win);
	22
	23		int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts);
	24		int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts);
	25
	26		int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts);
	27		int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
	28		int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
	29		int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts);
	30		int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair,
	31		void *opts);
	32		int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
	33		int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
	34		int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair,
	35		void *opts);
	36
	37		int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts);
	38		int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
	39		const void *opts);
	40		int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr,
	41		short color, const void *opts);
	42		int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
	43		const void *opts);
	44
	45		chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win);
	46
	47		Description:
	48		These functions manipulate the current attributes and/or colors
	49		of the named window. These attributes can be any combination
	50		of A_STANDOUT, A_REVERSE, A_BOLD, A_DIM, A_BLINK, A_UNDERLINE.
	51
	52		These constants are defined in <curses.h> and can be combined
	53		with the bitwise-OR operator (|).
	54
	55		The current attributes of a window are applied to all chtypes
	56		that are written into the window with waddch(). Attributes are
	57		a property of the chtype, and move with the character through
	58		any scrolling or insert/delete operations.
	59
	60		attrset() sets the current attributes of the given window to
	61		attrs. attroff() turns off the named attributes without
	62		affecting any other attributes; attron() turns them on.
	63		color_set() sets the window color to the value of color_pair.
	64
	65		standout() is the same as attron(A_STANDOUT). standend() is the
	66		same as attrset(A_NORMAL); that is, it turns off all attributes.
	67
	68		Return Value:
	69		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	70
	71		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	72		attroff Y Y Y
	73		wattroff Y Y Y
	74		attron Y Y Y
	75		wattron Y Y Y
	76		attrset Y Y Y
	77		wattrset Y Y Y
	78		standend Y Y Y
	79		wstandend Y Y Y
	80		standout Y Y Y
	81		wstandout Y Y Y
	82		color_set Y
	83		wcolor_set Y
	84		attr_get Y
	85		wattr_get Y
	86		attr_on Y
	87		wattr_on Y
	88		attr_off Y
	89		wattr_off Y
	90		attr_set Y
	91		wattr_set Y
	92		chgat Y
	93		wchgat Y
	94		mvchgat Y
	95		mvwchgat Y
	96		getattrs -
	97
	98		**man-end****************************************************************/
	99
	100		int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
	101		{
	102		PDC_LOG(("wattroff() - called\n"));
	103
	104		if (!win)
	105		return ERR;
	106
	107		win->_attrs &= (~attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES);
	108
	109		return OK;
	110		}
	111
	112		int attroff(chtype attrs)
	113		{
	114		PDC_LOG(("attroff() - called\n"));
	115
	116		return wattroff(stdscr, attrs);
	117		}
	118
	119		int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
	120		{
	121		chtype newcolr, oldcolr, newattr, oldattr;
	122
	123		PDC_LOG(("wattron() - called\n"));
	124
	125		if (!win)
	126		return ERR;
	127
	128		if ((win->_attrs & A_COLOR) && (attrs & A_COLOR))
	129		{
	130		oldcolr = win->_attrs & A_COLOR;
	131		oldattr = win->_attrs ^ oldcolr;
	132		newcolr = attrs & A_COLOR;
	133		newattr = (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr;
	134		newattr |= oldattr;
	135		win->_attrs = newattr | newcolr;
	136		}
	137		else
	138		win->_attrs |= (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES);
	139
	140		return OK;
	141		}
	142
	143		int attron(chtype attrs)
	144		{
	145		PDC_LOG(("attron() - called\n"));
	146
	147		return wattron(stdscr, attrs);
	148		}
	149
	150		int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
	151		{
	152		PDC_LOG(("wattrset() - called\n"));
	153
	154		if (!win)
	155		return ERR;
	156
	157		win->_attrs = attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES;
	158
	159		return OK;
	160		}
	161
	162		int attrset(chtype attrs)
	163		{
	164		PDC_LOG(("attrset() - called\n"));
	165
	166		return wattrset(stdscr, attrs);
	167		}
	168
	169		int standend(void)
	170		{
	171		PDC_LOG(("standend() - called\n"));
	172
	173		return wattrset(stdscr, A_NORMAL);
	174		}
	175
	176		int standout(void)
	177		{
	178		PDC_LOG(("standout() - called\n"));
	179
	180		return wattrset(stdscr, A_STANDOUT);
	181		}
	182
	183		int wstandend(WINDOW *win)
	184		{
	185		PDC_LOG(("wstandend() - called\n"));
	186
	187		return wattrset(win, A_NORMAL);
	188		}
	189
	190		int wstandout(WINDOW *win)
	191		{
	192		PDC_LOG(("wstandout() - called\n"));
	193
	194		return wattrset(win, A_STANDOUT);
	195		}
	196
	197		chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win)
	198		{
	199		return win ? win->_attrs : 0;
	200		}
	201
	202		int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts)
	203		{
	204		PDC_LOG(("wcolor_set() - called\n"));
	205
	206		if (!win)
	207		return ERR;
	208
	209		win->_attrs = (win->_attrs & ~A_COLOR) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
	210
	211		return OK;
	212		}
	213
	214		int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts)
	215		{
	216		PDC_LOG(("color_set() - called\n"));
	217
	218		return wcolor_set(stdscr, color_pair, opts);
	219		}
	220
	221		int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts)
	222		{
	223		PDC_LOG(("wattr_get() - called\n"));
	224
	225		if (!win)
	226		return ERR;
	227
	228		if (attrs)
	229		*attrs = win->_attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR);
	230
	231		if (color_pair)
	232		*color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(win->_attrs);
	233
	234		return OK;
	235		}
	236
	237		int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts)
	238		{
	239		PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n"));
	240
	241		return wattr_get(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts);
	242		}
	243
	244		int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts)
	245		{
	246		PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n"));
	247
	248		return wattroff(win, attrs);
	249		}
	250
	251		int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts)
	252		{
	253		PDC_LOG(("attr_off() - called\n"));
	254
	255		return wattroff(stdscr, attrs);
	256		}
	257
	258		int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts)
	259		{
	260		PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n"));
	261
	262		return wattron(win, attrs);
	263		}
	264
	265		int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts)
	266		{
	267		PDC_LOG(("attr_on() - called\n"));
	268
	269		return wattron(stdscr, attrs);
	270		}
	271
	272		int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
	273		{
	274		PDC_LOG(("wattr_set() - called\n"));
	275
	276		if (!win)
	277		return ERR;
	278
	279		win->_attrs = (attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR)) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
	280
	281		return OK;
	282		}
	283
	284		int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
	285		{
	286		PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n"));
	287
	288		return wattr_set(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts);
	289		}
	290
	291		int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
	292		{
	293		chtype *dest, newattr;
	294		int startpos, endpos;
	295
	296		PDC_LOG(("wchgat() - called\n"));
	297
	298		if (!win)
	299		return ERR;
	300
	301		newattr = (attr & A_ATTRIBUTES) | COLOR_PAIR(color);
	302
	303		startpos = win->_curx;
	304		endpos = ((n < 0) ? win->_maxx : min(startpos + n, win->_maxx)) - 1;
	305		dest = win->_y[win->_cury];
	306
	307		for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++)
	308		dest[n] = (dest[n] & A_CHARTEXT) | newattr;
	309
	310		n = win->_cury;
	311
	312		if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
	313		win->_firstch[n] = startpos;
	314
	315		if (endpos > win->_lastch[n])
	316		win->_lastch[n] = endpos;
	317
	318		PDC_sync(win);
	319
	320		return OK;
	321		}
	322
	323		int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
	324		{
	325		PDC_LOG(("chgat() - called\n"));
	326
	327		return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts);
	328		}
	329
	330		int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
	331		{
	332		PDC_LOG(("mvchgat() - called\n"));
	333
	334		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	335		return ERR;
	336
	337		return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts);
	338		}
	339
	340		int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
	341		const void *opts)
	342		{
	343		PDC_LOG(("mvwchgat() - called\n"));
	344
	345		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	346		return ERR;
	347
	348		return wchgat(win, n, attr, color, opts);
	349		}

File pdcurses/beep.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..9e92f45)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: beep.c,v 1.34 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: beep
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int beep(void);
	13		int flash(void);
	14
	15		Description:
	16		beep() sounds the audible bell on the terminal, if possible;
	17		if not, it calls flash().
	18
	19		flash() "flashes" the screen, by inverting the foreground and
	20		background of every cell, pausing, and then restoring the
	21		original attributes.
	22
	23		Return Value:
	24		These functions return OK.
	25
	26		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	27		beep Y Y Y
	28		flash Y Y Y
	29
	30		**man-end****************************************************************/
	31
	32		int beep(void)
	33		{
	34		PDC_LOG(("beep() - called\n"));
	35
	36		if (SP->audible)
	37		PDC_beep();
	38		else
	39		flash();
	40
	41		return OK;
	42		}
	43
	44		int flash(void)
	45		{
	46		int z, y, x;
	47
	48		PDC_LOG(("flash() - called\n"));
	49
	50		/* Reverse each cell; wait; restore the screen */
	51
	52		for (z = 0; z < 2; z++)
	53		{
	54		for (y = 0; y < LINES; y++)
	55		for (x = 0; x < COLS; x++)
	56		curscr->_y[y][x] ^= A_REVERSE;
	57
	58		wrefresh(curscr);
	59
	60		if (!z)
	61		napms(50);
	62		}
	63
	64		return OK;
	65		}

File pdcurses/bkgd.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..083239e)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: bkgd.c,v 1.39 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: bkgd
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int bkgd(chtype ch);
	13		void bkgdset(chtype ch);
	14		chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win);
	15		int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
	16		void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
	17
	18		int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch);
	19		void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch);
	20		int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch);
	21		int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
	22		void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
	23		int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch);
	24
	25		Description:
	26		bkgdset() and wbkgdset() manipulate the background of a window.
	27		The background is a chtype consisting of any combination of
	28		attributes and a character; it is combined with each chtype
	29		added or inserted to the window by waddch() or winsch(). Only
	30		the attribute part is used to set the background of non-blank
	31		characters, while both character and attributes are used for
	32		blank positions.
	33
	34		bkgd() and wbkgd() not only change the background, but apply it
	35		immediately to every cell in the window.
	36
	37		The attributes that are defined with the attrset()/attron() set
	38		of functions take precedence over the background attributes if
	39		there is a conflict (e.g., different color pairs).
	40
	41		Return Value:
	42		bkgd() and wbkgd() return OK, unless the window is NULL, in
	43		which case they return ERR.
	44
	45		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	46		bkgd Y - 4.0
	47		bkgdset Y - 4.0
	48		getbkgd Y
	49		wbkgd Y - 4.0
	50		wbkgdset Y - 4.0
	51		bkgrnd Y
	52		bkgrndset Y
	53		getbkgrnd Y
	54		wbkgrnd Y
	55		wbkgrndset Y
	56		wgetbkgrnd Y
	57
	58		**man-end****************************************************************/
	59
	60		int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
	61		{
	62		int x, y;
	63		chtype oldcolr, oldch, newcolr, newch, colr, attr;
	64		chtype oldattr = 0, newattr = 0;
	65		chtype *winptr;
	66
	67		PDC_LOG(("wbkgd() - called\n"));
	68
	69		if (!win)
	70		return ERR;
	71
	72		if (win->_bkgd == ch)
	73		return OK;
	74
	75		oldcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR;
	76		if (oldcolr)
	77		oldattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ oldcolr;
	78
	79		oldch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
	80
	81		wbkgdset(win, ch);
	82
	83		newcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR;
	84		if (newcolr)
	85		newattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr;
	86
	87		newch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
	88
	89		/* what follows is what seems to occur in the System V
	90		implementation of this routine */
	91
	92		for (y = 0; y < win->_maxy; y++)
	93		{
	94		for (x = 0; x < win->_maxx; x++)
	95		{
	96		winptr = win->_y[y] + x;
	97
	98		ch = *winptr;
	99
	100		/* determine the colors and attributes of the character read
	101		from the window */
	102
	103		colr = ch & A_COLOR;
	104		attr = ch & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
	105
	106		/* if the color is the same as the old background color,
	107		then make it the new background color, otherwise leave it */
	108
	109		if (colr == oldcolr)
	110		colr = newcolr;
	111
	112		/* remove any attributes (non color) from the character that
	113		were part of the old background, then combine the
	114		remaining ones with the new background */
	115
	116		attr ^= oldattr;
	117		attr |= newattr;
	118
	119		/* change character if it is there because it was the old
	120		background character */
	121
	122		ch &= A_CHARTEXT;
	123		if (ch == oldch)
	124		ch = newch;
	125
	126		ch |= (attr | colr);
	127
	128		*winptr = ch;
	129
	130		}
	131		}
	132
	133		touchwin(win);
	134		PDC_sync(win);
	135		return OK;
	136		}
	137
	138		int bkgd(chtype ch)
	139		{
	140		PDC_LOG(("bkgd() - called\n"));
	141
	142		return wbkgd(stdscr, ch);
	143		}
	144
	145		void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
	146		{
	147		PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n"));
	148
	149		if (win)
	150		{
	151		if (!(ch & A_CHARTEXT))
	152		ch |= ' ';
	153
	154		win->_bkgd = ch;
	155		}
	156		}
	157
	158		void bkgdset(chtype ch)
	159		{
	160		PDC_LOG(("bkgdset() - called\n"));
	161
	162		wbkgdset(stdscr, ch);
	163		}
	164
	165		chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win)
	166		{
	167		PDC_LOG(("getbkgd() - called\n"));
	168
	169		return win ? win->_bkgd : (chtype)ERR;
	170		}
	171
	172		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	173		int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
	174		{
	175		PDC_LOG(("wbkgrnd() - called\n"));
	176
	177		return wch ? wbkgd(win, *wch) : ERR;
	178		}
	179
	180		int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch)
	181		{
	182		PDC_LOG(("bkgrnd() - called\n"));
	183
	184		return wbkgrnd(stdscr, wch);
	185		}
	186
	187		void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
	188		{
	189		PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n"));
	190
	191		if (wch)
	192		wbkgdset(win, *wch);
	193		}
	194
	195		void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch)
	196		{
	197		PDC_LOG(("bkgrndset() - called\n"));
	198
	199		wbkgrndset(stdscr, wch);
	200		}
	201
	202		int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch)
	203		{
	204		PDC_LOG(("wgetbkgrnd() - called\n"));
	205
	206		if (!win || !wch)
	207		return ERR;
	208
	209		*wch = win->_bkgd;
	210
	211		return OK;
	212		}
	213
	214		int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch)
	215		{
	216		PDC_LOG(("getbkgrnd() - called\n"));
	217
	218		return wgetbkgrnd(stdscr, wch);
	219		}
	220		#endif

File pdcurses/border.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..ec86aaf)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: border.c,v 1.53 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: border
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl,
	13		chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
	14		int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts,
	15		chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
	16		int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch);
	17		int hline(chtype ch, int n);
	18		int vline(chtype ch, int n);
	19		int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
	20		int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
	21		int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
	22		int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
	23		int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
	24		int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
	25
	26		int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
	27		const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
	28		const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
	29		const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br);
	30		int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
	31		const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
	32		const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
	33		const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br);
	34		int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch);
	35		int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
	36		int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
	37		int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
	38		int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
	39		int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
	40		int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
	41		int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
	42		int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
	43
	44		Description:
	45		border(), wborder(), and box() draw a border around the edge of
	46		the window. If any argument is zero, an appropriate default is
	47		used:
	48
	49		ls left side of border ACS_VLINE
	50		rs right side of border ACS_VLINE
	51		ts top side of border ACS_HLINE
	52		bs bottom side of border ACS_HLINE
	53		tl top left corner of border ACS_ULCORNER
	54		tr top right corner of border ACS_URCORNER
	55		bl bottom left corner of border ACS_LLCORNER
	56		br bottom right corner of border ACS_LRCORNER
	57
	58		hline() and whline() draw a horizontal line, using ch, starting
	59		from the current cursor position. The cursor position does not
	60		change. The line is at most n characters long, or as many as
	61		will fit in the window.
	62
	63		vline() and wvline() draw a vertical line, using ch, starting
	64		from the current cursor position. The cursor position does not
	65		change. The line is at most n characters long, or as many as
	66		will fit in the window.
	67
	68		Return Value:
	69		These functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	70
	71		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	72		border Y - 4.0
	73		wborder Y - 4.0
	74		box Y Y Y
	75		hline Y - 4.0
	76		vline Y - 4.0
	77		whline Y - 4.0
	78		wvline Y - 4.0
	79		mvhline Y
	80		mvvline Y
	81		mvwhline Y
	82		mvwvline Y
	83		border_set Y
	84		wborder_set Y
	85		box_set Y
	86		hline_set Y
	87		vline_set Y
	88		whline_set Y
	89		wvline_set Y
	90		mvhline_set Y
	91		mvvline_set Y
	92		mvwhline_set Y
	93		mvwvline_set Y
	94
	95		**man-end****************************************************************/
	96
	97		/* _attr_passthru() -- Takes a single chtype 'ch' and checks if the
	98		current attribute of window 'win', as set by wattrset(), and/or the
	99		current background of win, as set by wbkgd(), should by combined with
	100		it. Attributes set explicitly in ch take precedence. */
	101
	102		static chtype _attr_passthru(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
	103		{
	104		chtype attr;
	105
	106		/* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute, then
	107		use the current attributes for the window. If the incoming
	108		character has attributes, but not a color component, OR the
	109		attributes to the current attributes for the window. If the
	110		incoming character has a color component, use only the attributes
	111		from the incoming character. */
	112
	113		attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
	114		if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
	115		attr |= win->_attrs;
	116
	117		/* wrs (4/10/93) -- Apply the same sort of logic for the window
	118		background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
	119		attributes are not there. */
	120
	121		if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
	122		attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
	123		else
	124		attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
	125
	126		ch = (ch & A_CHARTEXT) | attr;
	127
	128		return ch;
	129		}
	130
	131		int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs,
	132		chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br)
	133		{
	134		int i, ymax, xmax;
	135
	136		PDC_LOG(("wborder() - called\n"));
	137
	138		if (!win)
	139		return ERR;
	140
	141		ymax = win->_maxy - 1;
	142		xmax = win->_maxx - 1;
	143
	144		ls = _attr_passthru(win, ls ? ls : ACS_VLINE);
	145		rs = _attr_passthru(win, rs ? rs : ACS_VLINE);
	146		ts = _attr_passthru(win, ts ? ts : ACS_HLINE);
	147		bs = _attr_passthru(win, bs ? bs : ACS_HLINE);
	148		tl = _attr_passthru(win, tl ? tl : ACS_ULCORNER);
	149		tr = _attr_passthru(win, tr ? tr : ACS_URCORNER);
	150		bl = _attr_passthru(win, bl ? bl : ACS_LLCORNER);
	151		br = _attr_passthru(win, br ? br : ACS_LRCORNER);
	152
	153		for (i = 1; i < xmax; i++)
	154		{
	155		win->_y[0][i] = ts;
	156		win->_y[ymax][i] = bs;
	157		}
	158
	159		for (i = 1; i < ymax; i++)
	160		{
	161		win->_y[i][0] = ls;
	162		win->_y[i][xmax] = rs;
	163		}
	164
	165		win->_y[0][0] = tl;
	166		win->_y[0][xmax] = tr;
	167		win->_y[ymax][0] = bl;
	168		win->_y[ymax][xmax] = br;
	169
	170		for (i = 0; i <= ymax; i++)
	171		{
	172		win->_firstch[i] = 0;
	173		win->_lastch[i] = xmax;
	174		}
	175
	176		PDC_sync(win);
	177
	178		return OK;
	179		}
	180
	181		int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl,
	182		chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br)
	183		{
	184		PDC_LOG(("border() - called\n"));
	185
	186		return wborder(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br);
	187		}
	188
	189		int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch)
	190		{
	191		PDC_LOG(("box() - called\n"));
	192
	193		return wborder(win, verch, verch, horch, horch, 0, 0, 0, 0);
	194		}
	195
	196		int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n)
	197		{
	198		chtype *dest;
	199		int startpos, endpos;
	200
	201		PDC_LOG(("whline() - called\n"));
	202
	203		if (!win || n < 1)
	204		return ERR;
	205
	206		startpos = win->_curx;
	207		endpos = min(startpos + n, win->_maxx) - 1;
	208		dest = win->_y[win->_cury];
	209		ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_HLINE);
	210
	211		for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++)
	212		dest[n] = ch;
	213
	214		n = win->_cury;
	215
	216		if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
	217		win->_firstch[n] = startpos;
	218
	219		if (endpos > win->_lastch[n])
	220		win->_lastch[n] = endpos;
	221
	222		PDC_sync(win);
	223
	224		return OK;
	225		}
	226
	227		int hline(chtype ch, int n)
	228		{
	229		PDC_LOG(("hline() - called\n"));
	230
	231		return whline(stdscr, ch, n);
	232		}
	233
	234		int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
	235		{
	236		PDC_LOG(("mvhline() - called\n"));
	237
	238		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	239		return ERR;
	240
	241		return whline(stdscr, ch, n);
	242		}
	243
	244		int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
	245		{
	246		PDC_LOG(("mvwhline() - called\n"));
	247
	248		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	249		return ERR;
	250
	251		return whline(win, ch, n);
	252		}
	253
	254		int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n)
	255		{
	256		int endpos, x;
	257
	258		PDC_LOG(("wvline() - called\n"));
	259
	260		if (!win || n < 1)
	261		return ERR;
	262
	263		endpos = min(win->_cury + n, win->_maxy);
	264		x = win->_curx;
	265
	266		ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_VLINE);
	267
	268		for (n = win->_cury; n < endpos; n++)
	269		{
	270		win->_y[n][x] = ch;
	271
	272		if (x < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
	273		win->_firstch[n] = x;
	274
	275		if (x > win->_lastch[n])
	276		win->_lastch[n] = x;
	277		}
	278
	279		PDC_sync(win);
	280
	281		return OK;
	282		}
	283
	284		int vline(chtype ch, int n)
	285		{
	286		PDC_LOG(("vline() - called\n"));
	287
	288		return wvline(stdscr, ch, n);
	289		}
	290
	291		int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
	292		{
	293		PDC_LOG(("mvvline() - called\n"));
	294
	295		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	296		return ERR;
	297
	298		return wvline(stdscr, ch, n);
	299		}
	300
	301		int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
	302		{
	303		PDC_LOG(("mvwvline() - called\n"));
	304
	305		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	306		return ERR;
	307
	308		return wvline(win, ch, n);
	309		}
	310
	311		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	312		int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
	313		const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl,
	314		const cchar_t *tr, const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br)
	315		{
	316		PDC_LOG(("wborder_set() - called\n"));
	317
	318		return wborder(win, ls ? *ls : 0, rs ? *rs : 0, ts ? *ts : 0,
	319		bs ? *bs : 0, tl ? *tl : 0, tr ? *tr : 0,
	320		bl ? *bl : 0, br ? *br : 0);
	321		}
	322
	323		int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, const cchar_t *ts,
	324		const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
	325		const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br)
	326		{
	327		PDC_LOG(("border_set() - called\n"));
	328
	329		return wborder_set(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br);
	330		}
	331
	332		int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch)
	333		{
	334		PDC_LOG(("box_set() - called\n"));
	335
	336		return wborder_set(win, verch, verch, horch, horch,
	337		(const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL,
	338		(const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL);
	339		}
	340
	341		int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	342		{
	343		PDC_LOG(("whline_set() - called\n"));
	344
	345		return wch ? whline(win, *wch, n) : ERR;
	346		}
	347
	348		int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	349		{
	350		PDC_LOG(("hline_set() - called\n"));
	351
	352		return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
	353		}
	354
	355		int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	356		{
	357		PDC_LOG(("mvhline_set() - called\n"));
	358
	359		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	360		return ERR;
	361
	362		return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
	363		}
	364
	365		int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	366		{
	367		PDC_LOG(("mvwhline_set() - called\n"));
	368
	369		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	370		return ERR;
	371
	372		return whline_set(win, wch, n);
	373		}
	374
	375		int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	376		{
	377		PDC_LOG(("wvline_set() - called\n"));
	378
	379		return wch ? wvline(win, *wch, n) : ERR;
	380		}
	381
	382		int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	383		{
	384		PDC_LOG(("vline_set() - called\n"));
	385
	386		return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
	387		}
	388
	389		int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	390		{
	391		PDC_LOG(("mvvline_set() - called\n"));
	392
	393		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	394		return ERR;
	395
	396		return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
	397		}
	398
	399		int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
	400		{
	401		PDC_LOG(("mvwvline_set() - called\n"));
	402
	403		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	404		return ERR;
	405
	406		return wvline_set(win, wch, n);
	407		}
	408		#endif

File pdcurses/clear.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..eda3385)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: clear.c,v 1.35 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: clear
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int clear(void);
	13		int wclear(WINDOW *win);
	14		int erase(void);
	15		int werase(WINDOW *win);
	16		int clrtobot(void);
	17		int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win);
	18		int clrtoeol(void);
	19		int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win);
	20
	21		Description:
	22		erase() and werase() copy blanks (i.e. the background chtype) to
	23		every cell of the window.
	24
	25		clear() and wclear() are similar to erase() and werase(), but
	26		they also call clearok() to ensure that the the window is
	27		cleared on the next wrefresh().
	28
	29		clrtobot() and wclrtobot() clear the window from the current
	30		cursor position to the end of the window.
	31
	32		clrtoeol() and wclrtoeol() clear the window from the current
	33		cursor position to the end of the current line.
	34
	35		Return Value:
	36		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	37
	38		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	39		clear Y Y Y
	40		wclear Y Y Y
	41		erase Y Y Y
	42		werase Y Y Y
	43		clrtobot Y Y Y
	44		wclrtobot Y Y Y
	45		clrtoeol Y Y Y
	46		wclrtoeol Y Y Y
	47
	48		**man-end****************************************************************/
	49
	50		int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win)
	51		{
	52		int x, y, minx;
	53		chtype blank, *ptr;
	54
	55		PDC_LOG(("wclrtoeol() - called: Row: %d Col: %d\n",
	56		win->_cury, win->_curx));
	57
	58		if (!win)
	59		return ERR;
	60
	61		y = win->_cury;
	62		x = win->_curx;
	63
	64		/* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
	65
	66		blank = win->_bkgd;
	67
	68		for (minx = x, ptr = &win->_y[y][x]; minx < win->_maxx; minx++, ptr++)
	69		*ptr = blank;
	70
	71		if (x < win->_firstch[y] || win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE)
	72		win->_firstch[y] = x;
	73
	74		win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
	75
	76		PDC_sync(win);
	77		return OK;
	78		}
	79
	80		int clrtoeol(void)
	81		{
	82		PDC_LOG(("clrtoeol() - called\n"));
	83
	84		return wclrtoeol(stdscr);
	85		}
	86
	87		int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win)
	88		{
	89		int savey = win->_cury;
	90		int savex = win->_curx;
	91
	92		PDC_LOG(("wclrtobot() - called\n"));
	93
	94		if (!win)
	95		return ERR;
	96
	97		/* should this involve scrolling region somehow ? */
	98
	99		if (win->_cury + 1 < win->_maxy)
	100		{
	101		win->_curx = 0;
	102		win->_cury++;
	103		for (; win->_maxy > win->_cury; win->_cury++)
	104		wclrtoeol(win);
	105		win->_cury = savey;
	106		win->_curx = savex;
	107		}
	108		wclrtoeol(win);
	109
	110		PDC_sync(win);
	111		return OK;
	112		}
	113
	114		int clrtobot(void)
	115		{
	116		PDC_LOG(("clrtobot() - called\n"));
	117
	118		return wclrtobot(stdscr);
	119		}
	120
	121		int werase(WINDOW *win)
	122		{
	123		PDC_LOG(("werase() - called\n"));
	124
	125		if (wmove(win, 0, 0) == ERR)
	126		return ERR;
	127
	128		return wclrtobot(win);
	129		}
	130
	131		int erase(void)
	132		{
	133		PDC_LOG(("erase() - called\n"));
	134
	135		return werase(stdscr);
	136		}
	137
	138		int wclear(WINDOW *win)
	139		{
	140		PDC_LOG(("wclear() - called\n"));
	141
	142		if (!win)
	143		return ERR;
	144
	145		win->_clear = TRUE;
	146		return werase(win);
	147		}
	148
	149		int clear(void)
	150		{
	151		PDC_LOG(("clear() - called\n"));
	152
	153		return wclear(stdscr);
	154		}

File pdcurses/color.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..038f760)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: color.c,v 1.83 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: color
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int start_color(void);
	13		int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg);
	14		int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue);
	15		bool has_colors(void);
	16		bool can_change_color(void);
	17		int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue);
	18		int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg);
	19
	20		int assume_default_colors(int f, int b);
	21		int use_default_colors(void);
	22
	23		int PDC_set_line_color(short color);
	24
	25		Description:
	26		To use these routines, start_color() must be called, usually
	27		immediately after initscr(). Colors are always used in pairs,
	28		referred to as color-pairs. A color-pair consists of a
	29		foreground color and a background color. A color-pair is
	30		initialized via init_pair(). After initialization, COLOR_PAIR(n)
	31		can be used like any other video attribute.
	32
	33		start_color() initializes eight basic colors (black, red, green,
	34		yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, and white), and two global
	35		variables; COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS (respectively defining the
	36		maximum number of colors and color-pairs the terminal is capable
	37		of displaying).
	38
	39		init_pair() changes the definition of a color-pair. It takes
	40		three arguments: the number of the color-pair to be redefined,
	41		and the new values of the foreground and background colors. The
	42		pair number must be between 0 and COLOR_PAIRS - 1, inclusive.
	43		The foreground and background must be between 0 and COLORS - 1,
	44		inclusive. If the color pair was previously initialized, the
	45		screen is refreshed, and all occurrences of that color-pair are
	46		changed to the new definition.
	47
	48		has_colors() indicates if the terminal supports, and can
	49		maniplulate color. It returns TRUE or FALSE.
	50
	51		can_change_color() indicates if the terminal has the capability
	52		to change the definition of its colors.
	53
	54		pair_content() is used to determine what the colors of a given
	55		color-pair consist of.
	56
	57		assume_default_colors() and use_default_colors() emulate the
	58		ncurses extensions of the same names. assume_default_colors(f,
	59		b) is essentially the same as init_pair(0, f, b) (which isn't
	60		allowed); it redefines the default colors. use_default_colors()
	61		allows the use of -1 as a foreground or background color with
	62		init_pair(), and calls assume_default_colors(-1, -1); -1
	63		represents the foreground or background color that the terminal
	64		had at startup. If the environment variable PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS
	65		is set at the time start_color() is called, that's equivalent to
	66		calling use_default_colors().
	67
	68		PDC_set_line_color() is used to set the color, globally, for
	69		the color of the lines drawn for the attributes: A_UNDERLINE,
	70		A_OVERLINE, A_LEFTLINE and A_RIGHTLINE. A value of -1 (the
	71		default) indicates that the current foreground color should be
	72		used.
	73
	74		NOTE: COLOR_PAIR() and PAIR_NUMBER() are implemented as macros.
	75
	76		Return Value:
	77		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error, except for
	78		has_colors() and can_change_colors(), which return TRUE or FALSE.
	79
	80		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	81		start_color Y - 3.2
	82		init_pair Y - 3.2
	83		init_color Y - 3.2
	84		has_colors Y - 3.2
	85		can_change_color Y - 3.2
	86		color_content Y - 3.2
	87		pair_content Y - 3.2
	88		assume_default_colors - - -
	89		use_default_colors - - -
	90		PDC_set_line_color - - -
	91
	92		**man-end****************************************************************/
	93
	94		#include <stdlib.h>
	95		#include <string.h>
	96
	97		int COLORS = 0;
	98		int COLOR_PAIRS = PDC_COLOR_PAIRS;
	99
	100		bool pdc_color_started = FALSE;
	101
	102		/* pair_set[] tracks whether a pair has been set via init_pair() */
	103
	104		static bool pair_set[PDC_COLOR_PAIRS];
	105		static bool default_colors = FALSE;
	106		static short first_col = 0;
	107
	108		int start_color(void)
	109		{
	110		PDC_LOG(("start_color() - called\n"));
	111
	112		if (SP->mono)
	113		return ERR;
	114
	115		pdc_color_started = TRUE;
	116
	117		PDC_set_blink(FALSE); /* Also sets COLORS, to 8 or 16 */
	118
	119		if (!default_colors && SP->orig_attr && getenv("PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS"))
	120		default_colors = TRUE;
	121
	122		PDC_init_atrtab();
	123
	124		memset(pair_set, 0, PDC_COLOR_PAIRS);
	125
	126		return OK;
	127		}
	128
	129		static void _normalize(short *fg, short *bg)
	130		{
	131		if (*fg == -1)
	132		*fg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_fore : COLOR_WHITE;
	133
	134		if (*bg == -1)
	135		*bg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_back : COLOR_BLACK;
	136		}
	137
	138		int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg)
	139		{
	140		PDC_LOG(("init_pair() - called: pair %d fg %d bg %d\n", pair, fg, bg));
	141
	142		if (!pdc_color_started || pair < 1 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS ||
	143		fg < first_col || fg >= COLORS || bg < first_col || bg >= COLORS)
	144		return ERR;
	145
	146		_normalize(&fg, &bg);
	147
	148		/* To allow the PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN option to work, we only reset
	149		curscr if this call to init_pair() alters a color pair created by
	150		the user. */
	151
	152		if (pair_set[pair])
	153		{
	154		short oldfg, oldbg;
	155
	156		PDC_pair_content(pair, &oldfg, &oldbg);
	157
	158		if (oldfg != fg || oldbg != bg)
	159		curscr->_clear = TRUE;
	160		}
	161
	162		PDC_init_pair(pair, fg, bg);
	163
	164		pair_set[pair] = TRUE;
	165
	166		return OK;
	167		}
	168
	169		bool has_colors(void)
	170		{
	171		PDC_LOG(("has_colors() - called\n"));
	172
	173		return !(SP->mono);
	174		}
	175
	176		int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
	177		{
	178		PDC_LOG(("init_color() - called\n"));
	179
	180		if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !PDC_can_change_color() ||
	181		red < 0 || red > 1000 || green < 0 || green > 1000 ||
	182		blue < 0 || blue > 1000)
	183		return ERR;
	184
	185		return PDC_init_color(color, red, green, blue);
	186		}
	187
	188		int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
	189		{
	190		PDC_LOG(("color_content() - called\n"));
	191
	192		if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !red || !green || !blue)
	193		return ERR;
	194
	195		if (PDC_can_change_color())
	196		return PDC_color_content(color, red, green, blue);
	197		else
	198		{
	199		/* Simulated values for platforms that don't support palette
	200		changing */
	201
	202		short maxval = (color & 8) ? 1000 : 680;
	203
	204		*red = (color & COLOR_RED) ? maxval : 0;
	205		*green = (color & COLOR_GREEN) ? maxval : 0;
	206		*blue = (color & COLOR_BLUE) ? maxval : 0;
	207
	208		return OK;
	209		}
	210		}
	211
	212		bool can_change_color(void)
	213		{
	214		PDC_LOG(("can_change_color() - called\n"));
	215
	216		return PDC_can_change_color();
	217		}
	218
	219		int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg)
	220		{
	221		PDC_LOG(("pair_content() - called\n"));
	222
	223		if (pair < 0 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS || !fg || !bg)
	224		return ERR;
	225
	226		return PDC_pair_content(pair, fg, bg);
	227		}
	228
	229		int assume_default_colors(int f, int b)
	230		{
	231		PDC_LOG(("assume_default_colors() - called: f %d b %d\n", f, b));
	232
	233		if (f < -1 || f >= COLORS || b < -1 || b >= COLORS)
	234		return ERR;
	235
	236		if (pdc_color_started)
	237		{
	238		short fg, bg, oldfg, oldbg;
	239
	240		fg = f;
	241		bg = b;
	242
	243		_normalize(&fg, &bg);
	244
	245		PDC_pair_content(0, &oldfg, &oldbg);
	246
	247		if (oldfg != fg || oldbg != bg)
	248		curscr->_clear = TRUE;
	249
	250		PDC_init_pair(0, fg, bg);
	251		}
	252
	253		return OK;
	254		}
	255
	256		int use_default_colors(void)
	257		{
	258		PDC_LOG(("use_default_colors() - called\n"));
	259
	260		default_colors = TRUE;
	261		first_col = -1;
	262
	263		return assume_default_colors(-1, -1);
	264		}
	265
	266		int PDC_set_line_color(short color)
	267		{
	268		PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_line_color() - called: %d\n", color));
	269
	270		if (color < -1 || color >= COLORS)
	271		return ERR;
	272
	273		SP->line_color = color;
	274
	275		return OK;
	276		}
	277
	278		void PDC_init_atrtab(void)
	279		{
	280		int i;
	281		short fg, bg;
	282
	283		if (pdc_color_started && !default_colors)
	284		{
	285		fg = COLOR_WHITE;
	286		bg = COLOR_BLACK;
	287		}
	288		else
	289		fg = bg = -1;
	290
	291		_normalize(&fg, &bg);
	292
	293		for (i = 0; i < PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; i++)
	294		PDC_init_pair(i, fg, bg);
	295		}

File pdcurses/debug.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..95dc7d4)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: debug.c,v 1.7 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: debug
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		void traceon(void);
	13		void traceoff(void);
	14		void PDC_debug(const char *, ...);
	15
	16		Description:
	17		traceon() and traceoff() toggle the recording of debugging
	18		information to the file "trace". Although not standard, similar
	19		functions are in some other curses implementations.
	20
	21		PDC_debug() is the function that writes to the file, based on
	22		whether traceon() has been called. It's used from the PDC_LOG()
	23		macro.
	24
	25		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	26		traceon - - -
	27		traceoff - - -
	28		PDC_debug - - -
	29
	30		**man-end****************************************************************/
	31
	32		#include <string.h>
	33		#include <sys/types.h>
	34		#include <time.h>
	35
	36		bool pdc_trace_on = FALSE;
	37
	38		void PDC_debug(const char *fmt, ...)
	39		{
	40		va_list args;
	41		FILE *dbfp;
	42		char hms[9];
	43		time_t now;
	44
	45		if (!pdc_trace_on)
	46		return;
	47
	48		/* open debug log file append */
	49
	50		dbfp = fopen("trace", "a");
	51		if (!dbfp)
	52		{
	53		fprintf(stderr,
	54		"PDC_debug(): Unable to open debug log file\n");
	55		return;
	56		}
	57
	58		time(&now);
	59		strftime(hms, 9, "%H:%M:%S", localtime(&now));
	60		fprintf(dbfp, "At: %8.8ld - %s ", (long) clock(), hms);
	61
	62		va_start(args, fmt);
	63		vfprintf(dbfp, fmt, args);
	64		va_end(args);
	65
	66		fclose(dbfp);
	67		}
	68
	69		void traceon(void)
	70		{
	71		PDC_LOG(("traceon() - called\n"));
	72
	73		pdc_trace_on = TRUE;
	74		}
	75
	76		void traceoff(void)
	77		{
	78		PDC_LOG(("traceoff() - called\n"));
	79
	80		pdc_trace_on = FALSE;
	81		}

File pdcurses/delch.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..9c2416e)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: delch.c,v 1.33 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: delch
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int delch(void);
	13		int wdelch(WINDOW *win);
	14		int mvdelch(int y, int x);
	15		int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	16
	17		Description:
	18		The character under the cursor in the window is deleted. All
	19		characters to the right on the same line are moved to the left
	20		one position and the last character on the line is filled with
	21		a blank. The cursor position does not change (after moving to
	22		y, x if coordinates are specified).
	23
	24		Return Value:
	25		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	26
	27		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	28		delch Y Y Y
	29		wdelch Y Y Y
	30		mvdelch Y Y Y
	31		mvwdelch Y Y Y
	32
	33		**man-end****************************************************************/
	34
	35		#include <string.h>
	36
	37		int wdelch(WINDOW *win)
	38		{
	39		int y, x, maxx;
	40		chtype *temp1;
	41
	42		PDC_LOG(("wdelch() - called\n"));
	43
	44		if (!win)
	45		return ERR;
	46
	47		y = win->_cury;
	48		x = win->_curx;
	49		maxx = win->_maxx - 1;
	50		temp1 = &win->_y[y][x];
	51
	52		memmove(temp1, temp1 + 1, (maxx - x) * sizeof(chtype));
	53
	54		/* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
	55
	56		win->_y[y][maxx] = win->_bkgd;
	57
	58		win->_lastch[y] = maxx;
	59
	60		if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x))
	61		win->_firstch[y] = x;
	62
	63		PDC_sync(win);
	64
	65		return OK;
	66		}
	67
	68		int delch(void)
	69		{
	70		PDC_LOG(("delch() - called\n"));
	71
	72		return wdelch(stdscr);
	73		}
	74
	75		int mvdelch(int y, int x)
	76		{
	77		PDC_LOG(("mvdelch() - called\n"));
	78
	79		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	80		return ERR;
	81
	82		return wdelch(stdscr);
	83		}
	84
	85		int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
	86		{
	87		PDC_LOG(("mvwdelch() - called\n"));
	88
	89		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	90		return ERR;
	91
	92		return wdelch(win);
	93		}

File pdcurses/deleteln.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..c856e90)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: deleteln.c,v 1.35 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: deleteln
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int deleteln(void);
	13		int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win);
	14		int insdelln(int n);
	15		int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n);
	16		int insertln(void);
	17		int winsertln(WINDOW *win);
	18
	19		int mvdeleteln(int y, int x);
	20		int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	21		int mvinsertln(int y, int x);
	22		int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	23
	24		Description:
	25		With the deleteln() and wdeleteln() functions, the line under
	26		the cursor in the window is deleted. All lines below the
	27		current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the
	28		window is cleared. The cursor position does not change.
	29
	30		With the insertln() and winsertn() functions, a blank line is
	31		inserted above the current line and the bottom line is lost.
	32
	33		mvdeleteln(), mvwdeleteln(), mvinsertln() and mvwinsertln()
	34		allow moving the cursor and inserting/deleting in one call.
	35
	36		Return Value:
	37		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	38
	39		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	40		deleteln Y Y Y
	41		wdeleteln Y Y Y
	42		mvdeleteln - - -
	43		mvwdeleteln - - -
	44		insdelln Y - 4.0
	45		winsdelln Y - 4.0
	46		insertln Y Y Y
	47		winsertln Y Y Y
	48		mvinsertln - - -
	49		mvwinsertln - - -
	50
	51		**man-end****************************************************************/
	52
	53		int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win)
	54		{
	55		chtype blank, *temp, *ptr;
	56		int y;
	57
	58		PDC_LOG(("wdeleteln() - called\n"));
	59
	60		if (!win)
	61		return ERR;
	62
	63		/* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
	64
	65		blank = win->_bkgd;
	66
	67		temp = win->_y[win->_cury];
	68
	69		for (y = win->_cury; y < win->_bmarg; y++)
	70		{
	71		win->_y[y] = win->_y[y + 1];
	72		win->_firstch[y] = 0;
	73		win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
	74		}
	75
	76		for (ptr = temp; (ptr - temp < win->_maxx); ptr++)
	77		*ptr = blank; /* make a blank line */
	78
	79		if (win->_cury <= win->_bmarg)
	80		{
	81		win->_firstch[win->_bmarg] = 0;
	82		win->_lastch[win->_bmarg] = win->_maxx - 1;
	83		win->_y[win->_bmarg] = temp;
	84		}
	85
	86		return OK;
	87		}
	88
	89		int deleteln(void)
	90		{
	91		PDC_LOG(("deleteln() - called\n"));
	92
	93		return wdeleteln(stdscr);
	94		}
	95
	96		int mvdeleteln(int y, int x)
	97		{
	98		PDC_LOG(("mvdeleteln() - called\n"));
	99
	100		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	101		return ERR;
	102
	103		return wdeleteln(stdscr);
	104		}
	105
	106		int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
	107		{
	108		PDC_LOG(("mvwdeleteln() - called\n"));
	109
	110		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	111		return ERR;
	112
	113		return wdeleteln(win);
	114		}
	115
	116		int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n)
	117		{
	118		int i;
	119
	120		PDC_LOG(("winsdelln() - called\n"));
	121
	122		if (!win)
	123		return ERR;
	124
	125		if (n > 0)
	126		{
	127		for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
	128		if (winsertln(win) == ERR)
	129		return ERR;
	130		}
	131		else if (n < 0)
	132		{
	133		n = -n;
	134		for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
	135		if (wdeleteln(win) == ERR)
	136		return ERR;
	137		}
	138
	139		return OK;
	140		}
	141
	142		int insdelln(int n)
	143		{
	144		PDC_LOG(("insdelln() - called\n"));
	145
	146		return winsdelln(stdscr, n);
	147		}
	148
	149		int winsertln(WINDOW *win)
	150		{
	151		chtype blank, *temp, *end;
	152		int y;
	153
	154		PDC_LOG(("winsertln() - called\n"));
	155
	156		if (!win)
	157		return ERR;
	158
	159		/* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
	160
	161		blank = win->_bkgd;
	162
	163		temp = win->_y[win->_maxy - 1];
	164
	165		for (y = win->_maxy - 1; y > win->_cury; y--)
	166		{
	167		win->_y[y] = win->_y[y - 1];
	168		win->_firstch[y] = 0;
	169		win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
	170		}
	171
	172		win->_y[win->_cury] = temp;
	173
	174		for (end = &temp[win->_maxx - 1]; temp <= end; temp++)
	175		*temp = blank;
	176
	177		win->_firstch[win->_cury] = 0;
	178		win->_lastch[win->_cury] = win->_maxx - 1;
	179
	180		return OK;
	181		}
	182
	183		int insertln(void)
	184		{
	185		PDC_LOG(("insertln() - called\n"));
	186
	187		return winsertln(stdscr);
	188		}
	189
	190		int mvinsertln(int y, int x)
	191		{
	192		PDC_LOG(("mvinsertln() - called\n"));
	193
	194		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	195		return ERR;
	196
	197		return winsertln(stdscr);
	198		}
	199
	200		int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
	201		{
	202		PDC_LOG(("mvwinsertln() - called\n"));
	203
	204		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	205		return ERR;
	206
	207		return winsertln(win);
	208		}

File pdcurses/deprec.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..83e6131)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: deprec.c,v 1.6 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/* Deprecated functions. These should not be used, and will eventually
	8		be removed. They're here solely for the benefit of applications that
	9		linked to them in older versions of PDCurses. */
	10
	11		bool PDC_check_bios_key(void)
	12		{
	13		return PDC_check_key();
	14		}
	15
	16		int PDC_get_bios_key(void)
	17		{
	18		return PDC_get_key();
	19		}
	20
	21		bool PDC_get_ctrl_break(void)
	22		{
	23		return !SP->raw_inp;
	24		}
	25
	26		int PDC_set_ctrl_break(bool setting)
	27		{
	28		return setting ? noraw() : raw();
	29		}

File pdcurses/getch.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..87677ba)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: getch.c,v 1.72 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: getch
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int getch(void);
	13		int wgetch(WINDOW *win);
	14		int mvgetch(int y, int x);
	15		int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	16		int ungetch(int ch);
	17		int flushinp(void);
	18
	19		int get_wch(wint_t *wch);
	20		int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch);
	21		int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
	22		int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
	23		int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch);
	24
	25		unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void);
	26		int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool flag);
	27		int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag);
	28
	29		Description:
	30		With the getch(), wgetch(), mvgetch(), and mvwgetch() functions,
	31		a character is read from the terminal associated with the window.
	32		In nodelay mode, if there is no input waiting, the value ERR is
	33		returned. In delay mode, the program will hang until the system
	34		passes text through to the program. Depending on the setting of
	35		cbreak(), this will be after one character or after the first
	36		newline. Unless noecho() has been set, the character will also
	37		be echoed into the designated window.
	38
	39		If keypad() is TRUE, and a function key is pressed, the token for
	40		that function key will be returned instead of the raw characters.
	41		Possible function keys are defined in <curses.h> with integers
	42		beginning with 0401, whose names begin with KEY_.
	43
	44		If nodelay(win, TRUE) has been called on the window and no input
	45		is waiting, the value ERR is returned.
	46
	47		ungetch() places ch back onto the input queue to be returned by
	48		the next call to wgetch().
	49
	50		flushinp() throws away any type-ahead that has been typed by the
	51		user and has not yet been read by the program.
	52
	53		PDC_get_key_modifiers() returns the keyboard modifiers (shift,
	54		control, alt, numlock) effective at the time of the last getch()
	55		call, if PDC_save_key_modifiers(TRUE) has been called before the
	56		getch(). Use the macros PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_* to determine which
	57		modifier(s) were set. PDC_return_key_modifiers() tells getch()
	58		to return modifier keys pressed alone as keystrokes (KEY_ALT_L,
	59		etc.). These may not work on all platforms.
	60
	61		NOTE: getch() and ungetch() are implemented as macros, to avoid
	62		conflict with many DOS compiler's runtime libraries.
	63
	64		Return Value:
	65		These functions return ERR or the value of the character, meta
	66		character or function key token.
	67
	68		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	69		getch Y Y Y
	70		wgetch Y Y Y
	71		mvgetch Y Y Y
	72		mvwgetch Y Y Y
	73		ungetch Y Y Y
	74		flushinp Y Y Y
	75		get_wch Y
	76		wget_wch Y
	77		mvget_wch Y
	78		mvwget_wch Y
	79		unget_wch Y
	80		PDC_get_key_modifiers - - -
	81
	82		**man-end****************************************************************/
	83
	84		#define _INBUFSIZ 512 /* size of terminal input buffer */
	85		#define NUNGETCH 256 /* max # chars to ungetch() */
	86
	87		static int c_pindex = 0; /* putter index */
	88		static int c_gindex = 1; /* getter index */
	89		static int c_ungind = 0; /* ungetch() push index */
	90		static int c_ungch[NUNGETCH]; /* array of ungotten chars */
	91
	92		static int _mouse_key(WINDOW *win)
	93		{
	94		int i, key = KEY_MOUSE;
	95		unsigned long mbe = SP->_trap_mbe;
	96
	97		/* Filter unwanted mouse events */
	98
	99		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	100		{
	101		if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & (1 << i))
	102		{
	103		int shf = i * 5;
	104		short button = pdc_mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK;
	105
	106		if ( (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf)) &&
	107		(button == BUTTON_PRESSED))
	108
	109		|| (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf)) &&
	110		(button == BUTTON_CLICKED))
	111
	112		|| (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf)) &&
	113		(button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED))
	114
	115		|| (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED << shf)) &&
	116		(button == BUTTON_MOVED))
	117
	118		|| (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf)) &&
	119		(button == BUTTON_RELEASED))
	120		)
	121		pdc_mouse_status.changes ^= (1 << i);
	122		}
	123		}
	124
	125		if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED)
	126		{
	127		if (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED|BUTTON2_MOVED|BUTTON3_MOVED)))
	128		pdc_mouse_status.changes ^= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED;
	129		}
	130
	131		if (pdc_mouse_status.changes &
	132		(PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN))
	133		{
	134		if (!(mbe & MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL))
	135		pdc_mouse_status.changes &=
	136		~(PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN);
	137		}
	138
	139		if (!pdc_mouse_status.changes)
	140		return -1;
	141
	142		/* Check for click in slk area */
	143
	144		i = PDC_mouse_in_slk(pdc_mouse_status.y, pdc_mouse_status.x);
	145
	146		if (i)
	147		{
	148		if (pdc_mouse_status.button[0] & (BUTTON_PRESSED|BUTTON_CLICKED))
	149		key = KEY_F(i);
	150		else
	151		key = -1;
	152		}
	153
	154		return key;
	155		}
	156
	157		int wgetch(WINDOW *win)
	158		{
	159		static int buffer[_INBUFSIZ]; /* character buffer */
	160		int key, waitcount;
	161
	162		PDC_LOG(("wgetch() - called\n"));
	163
	164		if (!win)
	165		return ERR;
	166
	167		waitcount = 0;
	168
	169		/* set the number of 1/20th second napms() calls */
	170
	171		if (SP->delaytenths)
	172		waitcount = 2 * SP->delaytenths;
	173		else
	174		if (win->_delayms)
	175		{
	176		/* Can't really do millisecond intervals, so delay in
	177		1/20ths of a second (50ms) */
	178
	179		waitcount = win->_delayms / 50;
	180		if (!waitcount)
	181		waitcount = 1;
	182		}
	183
	184		/* refresh window when wgetch is called if there have been changes
	185		to it and it is not a pad */
	186
	187		if (!(win->_flags & _PAD) && ((!win->_leaveit &&
	188		(win->_begx + win->_curx != SP->curscol ||
	189		win->_begy + win->_cury != SP->cursrow)) || is_wintouched(win)))
	190		wrefresh(win);
	191
	192		/* if ungotten char exists, remove and return it */
	193
	194		if (c_ungind)
	195		return c_ungch[--c_ungind];
	196
	197		/* if normal and data in buffer */
	198
	199		if ((!SP->raw_inp && !SP->cbreak) && (c_gindex < c_pindex))
	200		return buffer[c_gindex++];
	201
	202		/* prepare to buffer data */
	203
	204		c_pindex = 0;
	205		c_gindex = 0;
	206
	207		/* to get here, no keys are buffered. go and get one. */
	208
	209		for (;;) /* loop for any buffering */
	210		{
	211		/* is there a keystroke ready? */
	212
	213		if (!PDC_check_key())
	214		{
	215		/* if not, handle timeout() and halfdelay() */
	216
	217		if (SP->delaytenths || win->_delayms)
	218		{
	219		if (!waitcount)
	220		return ERR;
	221
	222		waitcount--;
	223		}
	224		else
	225		if (win->_nodelay)
	226		return ERR;
	227
	228		napms(50); /* sleep for 1/20th second */
	229		continue; /* then check again */
	230		}
	231
	232		/* if there is, fetch it */
	233
	234		key = PDC_get_key();
	235
	236		if (SP->key_code)
	237		{
	238		/* filter special keys if not in keypad mode */
	239
	240		if (!win->_use_keypad)
	241		key = -1;
	242
	243		/* filter mouse events; translate mouse clicks in the slk
	244		area to function keys */
	245
	246		else if (key == KEY_MOUSE)
	247		key = _mouse_key(win);
	248		}
	249
	250		/* unwanted key? loop back */
	251
	252		if (key == -1)
	253		continue;
	254
	255		/* translate CR */
	256
	257		if (key == '\r' && SP->autocr && !SP->raw_inp)
	258		key = '\n';
	259
	260		/* if echo is enabled */
	261
	262		if (SP->echo && !SP->key_code)
	263		{
	264		waddch(win, key);
	265		wrefresh(win);
	266		}
	267
	268		/* if no buffering */
	269
	270		if (SP->raw_inp || SP->cbreak)
	271		return key;
	272
	273		/* if no overflow, put data in buffer */
	274
	275		if (key == '\b')
	276		{
	277		if (c_pindex > c_gindex)
	278		c_pindex--;
	279		}
	280		else
	281		if (c_pindex < _INBUFSIZ - 2)
	282		buffer[c_pindex++] = key;
	283
	284		/* if we got a line */
	285
	286		if (key == '\n' || key == '\r')
	287		return buffer[c_gindex++];
	288		}
	289		}
	290
	291		int mvgetch(int y, int x)
	292		{
	293		PDC_LOG(("mvgetch() - called\n"));
	294
	295		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	296		return ERR;
	297
	298		return wgetch(stdscr);
	299		}
	300
	301		int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
	302		{
	303		PDC_LOG(("mvwgetch() - called\n"));
	304
	305		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	306		return ERR;
	307
	308		return wgetch(win);
	309		}
	310
	311		int PDC_ungetch(int ch)
	312		{
	313		PDC_LOG(("ungetch() - called\n"));
	314
	315		if (c_ungind >= NUNGETCH) /* pushback stack full */
	316		return ERR;
	317
	318		c_ungch[c_ungind++] = ch;
	319
	320		return OK;
	321		}
	322
	323		int flushinp(void)
	324		{
	325		PDC_LOG(("flushinp() - called\n"));
	326
	327		PDC_flushinp();
	328
	329		c_gindex = 1; /* set indices to kill buffer */
	330		c_pindex = 0;
	331		c_ungind = 0; /* clear c_ungch array */
	332
	333		return OK;
	334		}
	335
	336		unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void)
	337		{
	338		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_key_modifiers() - called\n"));
	339
	340		return pdc_key_modifiers;
	341		}
	342
	343		int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool flag)
	344		{
	345		PDC_LOG(("PDC_save_key_modifiers() - called\n"));
	346
	347		SP->save_key_modifiers = flag;
	348		return OK;
	349		}
	350
	351		int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag)
	352		{
	353		PDC_LOG(("PDC_return_key_modifiers() - called\n"));
	354
	355		SP->return_key_modifiers = flag;
	356		return PDC_modifiers_set();
	357		}
	358
	359		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	360		int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch)
	361		{
	362		int key;
	363
	364		PDC_LOG(("wget_wch() - called\n"));
	365
	366		if (!wch)
	367		return ERR;
	368
	369		key = wgetch(win);
	370
	371		if (key == ERR)
	372		return ERR;
	373
	374		*wch = key;
	375
	376		return SP->key_code ? KEY_CODE_YES : OK;
	377		}
	378
	379		int get_wch(wint_t *wch)
	380		{
	381		PDC_LOG(("get_wch() - called\n"));
	382
	383		return wget_wch(stdscr, wch);
	384		}
	385
	386		int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch)
	387		{
	388		PDC_LOG(("mvget_wch() - called\n"));
	389
	390		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	391		return ERR;
	392
	393		return wget_wch(stdscr, wch);
	394		}
	395
	396		int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch)
	397		{
	398		PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wch() - called\n"));
	399
	400		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	401		return ERR;
	402
	403		return wget_wch(win, wch);
	404		}
	405
	406		int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch)
	407		{
	408		return PDC_ungetch(wch);
	409		}
	410		#endif

File pdcurses/getstr.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..c6386d3)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: getstr.c,v 1.51 2008/07/14 04:24:51 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: getstr
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int getstr(char *str);
	13		int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
	14		int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str);
	15		int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
	16		int getnstr(char *str, int n);
	17		int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
	18		int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
	19		int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
	20
	21		int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr);
	22		int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr);
	23		int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr);
	24		int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int, int, wint_t *wstr);
	25		int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n);
	26		int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n);
	27		int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
	28		int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
	29
	30		Description:
	31		These routines call wgetch() repeatedly to build a string,
	32		interpreting erase and kill characters along the way, until a
	33		newline or carriage return is received. When PDCurses is built
	34		with wide-character support enabled, the narrow-character
	35		functions convert the wgetch()'d values into a multibyte string
	36		in the current locale before returning it. The resulting string
	37		is placed in the area pointed to by *str. The routines with n as
	38		the last argument read at most n characters.
	39
	40		Note that there's no way to know how long the buffer passed to
	41		wgetstr() is, so use wgetnstr() to avoid buffer overflows.
	42
	43		Return Value:
	44		This functions return ERR on failure or any other value on
	45		success.
	46
	47		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	48		getstr Y Y Y
	49		wgetstr Y Y Y
	50		mvgetstr Y Y Y
	51		mvwgetstr Y Y Y
	52		getnstr Y - 4.0
	53		wgetnstr Y - 4.0
	54		mvgetnstr Y - -
	55		mvwgetnstr Y - -
	56		get_wstr Y
	57		wget_wstr Y
	58		mvget_wstr Y
	59		mvwget_wstr Y
	60		getn_wstr Y
	61		wgetn_wstr Y
	62		mvgetn_wstr Y
	63		mvwgetn_wstr Y
	64
	65		**man-end****************************************************************/
	66
	67		#define MAXLINE 255
	68
	69		int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n)
	70		{
	71		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	72		wchar_t wstr[MAXLINE + 1];
	73
	74		if (n < 0 || n > MAXLINE)
	75		n = MAXLINE;
	76
	77		if (wgetn_wstr(win, (wint_t *)wstr, n) == ERR)
	78		return ERR;
	79
	80		return PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n);
	81		#else
	82		int ch, i, num, x, chars;
	83		char *p;
	84		bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay;
	85
	86		PDC_LOG(("wgetnstr() - called\n"));
	87
	88		if (!win || !str)
	89		return ERR;
	90
	91		chars = 0;
	92		p = str;
	93		stop = FALSE;
	94
	95		x = win->_curx;
	96
	97		oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */
	98		oldecho = SP->echo;
	99		oldnodelay = win->_nodelay;
	100
	101		SP->echo = FALSE; /* we do echo ourselves */
	102		cbreak(); /* ensure each key is returned immediately */
	103		win->_nodelay = FALSE; /* don't return -1 */
	104
	105		wrefresh(win);
	106
	107		while (!stop)
	108		{
	109		ch = wgetch(win);
	110
	111		switch (ch)
	112		{
	113
	114		case '\t':
	115		ch = ' ';
	116		num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE;
	117		for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
	118		{
	119		if (chars < n)
	120		{
	121		if (oldecho)
	122		waddch(win, ch);
	123		*p++ = ch;
	124		++chars;
	125		}
	126		else
	127		beep();
	128		}
	129		break;
	130
	131		case _ECHAR: /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */
	132		if (p > str)
	133		{
	134		if (oldecho)
	135		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	136		ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
	137		if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
	138		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	139		chars--;
	140		}
	141		break;
	142
	143		case _DLCHAR: /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */
	144		while (p > str)
	145		{
	146		if (oldecho)
	147		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	148		ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
	149		if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
	150		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	151		}
	152		chars = 0;
	153		break;
	154
	155		case _DWCHAR: /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */
	156
	157		while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) == ' '))
	158		{
	159		if (oldecho)
	160		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	161
	162		--p; /* remove space */
	163		chars--;
	164		}
	165		while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) != ' '))
	166		{
	167		if (oldecho)
	168		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	169
	170		ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
	171		if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
	172		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	173		chars--;
	174		}
	175		break;
	176
	177		case '\n':
	178		case '\r':
	179		stop = TRUE;
	180		if (oldecho)
	181		waddch(win, '\n');
	182		break;
	183
	184		default:
	185		if (chars < n)
	186		{
	187		if (!SP->key_code && ch < 0x100)
	188		{
	189		*p++ = ch;
	190		if (oldecho)
	191		waddch(win, ch);
	192		chars++;
	193		}
	194		}
	195		else
	196		beep();
	197
	198		break;
	199
	200		}
	201
	202		wrefresh(win);
	203		}
	204
	205		*p = '\0';
	206
	207		SP->echo = oldecho; /* restore old settings */
	208		SP->cbreak = oldcbreak;
	209		win->_nodelay = oldnodelay;
	210
	211		return OK;
	212		#endif
	213		}
	214
	215		int getstr(char *str)
	216		{
	217		PDC_LOG(("getstr() - called\n"));
	218
	219		return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE);
	220		}
	221
	222		int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str)
	223		{
	224		PDC_LOG(("wgetstr() - called\n"));
	225
	226		return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE);
	227		}
	228
	229		int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str)
	230		{
	231		PDC_LOG(("mvgetstr() - called\n"));
	232
	233		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	234		return ERR;
	235
	236		return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE);
	237		}
	238
	239		int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str)
	240		{
	241		PDC_LOG(("mvwgetstr() - called\n"));
	242
	243		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	244		return ERR;
	245
	246		return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE);
	247		}
	248
	249		int getnstr(char *str, int n)
	250		{
	251		PDC_LOG(("getnstr() - called\n"));
	252
	253		return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n);
	254		}
	255
	256		int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n)
	257		{
	258		PDC_LOG(("mvgetnstr() - called\n"));
	259
	260		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	261		return ERR;
	262
	263		return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n);
	264		}
	265
	266		int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n)
	267		{
	268		PDC_LOG(("mvwgetnstr() - called\n"));
	269
	270		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	271		return ERR;
	272
	273		return wgetnstr(win, str, n);
	274		}
	275
	276		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	277		int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n)
	278		{
	279		int ch, i, num, x, chars;
	280		wint_t *p;
	281		bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay;
	282
	283		PDC_LOG(("wgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
	284
	285		if (!win || !wstr)
	286		return ERR;
	287
	288		chars = 0;
	289		p = wstr;
	290		stop = FALSE;
	291
	292		x = win->_curx;
	293
	294		oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */
	295		oldecho = SP->echo;
	296		oldnodelay = win->_nodelay;
	297
	298		SP->echo = FALSE; /* we do echo ourselves */
	299		cbreak(); /* ensure each key is returned immediately */
	300		win->_nodelay = FALSE; /* don't return -1 */
	301
	302		wrefresh(win);
	303
	304		while (!stop)
	305		{
	306		ch = wgetch(win);
	307
	308		switch (ch)
	309		{
	310
	311		case '\t':
	312		ch = ' ';
	313		num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE;
	314		for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
	315		{
	316		if (chars < n)
	317		{
	318		if (oldecho)
	319		waddch(win, ch);
	320		*p++ = ch;
	321		++chars;
	322		}
	323		else
	324		beep();
	325		}
	326		break;
	327
	328		case _ECHAR: /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */
	329		if (p > wstr)
	330		{
	331		if (oldecho)
	332		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	333		ch = *--p;
	334		if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
	335		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	336		chars--;
	337		}
	338		break;
	339
	340		case _DLCHAR: /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */
	341		while (p > wstr)
	342		{
	343		if (oldecho)
	344		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	345		ch = *--p;
	346		if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
	347		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	348		}
	349		chars = 0;
	350		break;
	351
	352		case _DWCHAR: /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */
	353
	354		while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) == ' '))
	355		{
	356		if (oldecho)
	357		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	358
	359		--p; /* remove space */
	360		chars--;
	361		}
	362		while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) != ' '))
	363		{
	364		if (oldecho)
	365		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	366
	367		ch = *--p;
	368		if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
	369		waddstr(win, "\b \b");
	370		chars--;
	371		}
	372		break;
	373
	374		case '\n':
	375		case '\r':
	376		stop = TRUE;
	377		if (oldecho)
	378		waddch(win, '\n');
	379		break;
	380
	381		default:
	382		if (chars < n)
	383		{
	384		if (!SP->key_code)
	385		{
	386		*p++ = ch;
	387		if (oldecho)
	388		waddch(win, ch);
	389		chars++;
	390		}
	391		}
	392		else
	393		beep();
	394
	395		break;
	396
	397		}
	398
	399		wrefresh(win);
	400		}
	401
	402		*p = '\0';
	403
	404		SP->echo = oldecho; /* restore old settings */
	405		SP->cbreak = oldcbreak;
	406		win->_nodelay = oldnodelay;
	407
	408		return OK;
	409		}
	410
	411		int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr)
	412		{
	413		PDC_LOG(("get_wstr() - called\n"));
	414
	415		return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE);
	416		}
	417
	418		int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr)
	419		{
	420		PDC_LOG(("wget_wstr() - called\n"));
	421
	422		return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE);
	423		}
	424
	425		int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr)
	426		{
	427		PDC_LOG(("mvget_wstr() - called\n"));
	428
	429		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	430		return ERR;
	431
	432		return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE);
	433		}
	434
	435		int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr)
	436		{
	437		PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wstr() - called\n"));
	438
	439		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	440		return ERR;
	441
	442		return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE);
	443		}
	444
	445		int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n)
	446		{
	447		PDC_LOG(("getn_wstr() - called\n"));
	448
	449		return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
	450		}
	451
	452		int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n)
	453		{
	454		PDC_LOG(("mvgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
	455
	456		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	457		return ERR;
	458
	459		return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
	460		}
	461
	462		int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n)
	463		{
	464		PDC_LOG(("mvwgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
	465
	466		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	467		return ERR;
	468
	469		return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, n);
	470		}
	471		#endif

File pdcurses/getyx.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..fd0564d)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: getyx.c,v 1.29 2008/07/15 17:13:26 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: getyx
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		void getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	13		void getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	14		void getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	15		void getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	16
	17		void getsyx(int y, int x);
	18		int setsyx(int y, int x);
	19
	20		int getbegy(WINDOW *win);
	21		int getbegx(WINDOW *win);
	22		int getcury(WINDOW *win);
	23		int getcurx(WINDOW *win);
	24		int getpary(WINDOW *win);
	25		int getparx(WINDOW *win);
	26		int getmaxy(WINDOW *win);
	27		int getmaxx(WINDOW *win);
	28
	29		Description:
	30		The getyx() macro (defined in curses.h -- the prototypes here
	31		are merely illustrative) puts the current cursor position of the
	32		specified window into y and x. getbegyx() and getmaxyx() return
	33		the starting coordinates and size of the specified window,
	34		respectively. getparyx() returns the starting coordinates of the
	35		parent's window, if the specified window is a subwindow;
	36		otherwise it sets y and x to -1. These are all macros.
	37
	38		getsyx() gets the coordinates of the virtual screen cursor, and
	39		stores them in y and x. If leaveok() is TRUE, it returns -1, -1.
	40		If lines have been removed with ripoffline(), then getsyx()
	41		includes these lines in its count; so, the returned y and x
	42		values should only be used with setsyx().
	43
	44		setsyx() sets the virtual screen cursor to the y, x coordinates.
	45		If y, x are -1, -1, leaveok() is set TRUE.
	46
	47		getsyx() and setsyx() are meant to be used by a library routine
	48		that manipulates curses windows without altering the position of
	49		the cursor. Note that getsyx() is defined only as a macro.
	50
	51		getbegy(), getbegx(), getcurx(), getcury(), getmaxy(),
	52		getmaxx(), getpary(), and getparx() return the appropriate
	53		coordinate or size values, or ERR in the case of a NULL window.
	54
	55		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	56		getyx Y Y Y
	57		getparyx - - 4.0
	58		getbegyx - - 3.0
	59		getmaxyx - - 3.0
	60		getsyx - - 3.0
	61		setsyx - - 3.0
	62		getbegy - - -
	63		getbegx - - -
	64		getcury - - -
	65		getcurx - - -
	66		getpary - - -
	67		getparx - - -
	68		getmaxy - - -
	69		getmaxx - - -
	70
	71		**man-end****************************************************************/
	72
	73		int getbegy(WINDOW *win)
	74		{
	75		PDC_LOG(("getbegy() - called\n"));
	76
	77		return win ? win->_begy : ERR;
	78		}
	79
	80		int getbegx(WINDOW *win)
	81		{
	82		PDC_LOG(("getbegx() - called\n"));
	83
	84		return win ? win->_begx : ERR;
	85		}
	86
	87		int getcury(WINDOW *win)
	88		{
	89		PDC_LOG(("getcury() - called\n"));
	90
	91		return win ? win->_cury : ERR;
	92		}
	93
	94		int getcurx(WINDOW *win)
	95		{
	96		PDC_LOG(("getcurx() - called\n"));
	97
	98		return win ? win->_curx : ERR;
	99		}
	100
	101		int getpary(WINDOW *win)
	102		{
	103		PDC_LOG(("getpary() - called\n"));
	104
	105		return win ? win->_pary : ERR;
	106		}
	107
	108		int getparx(WINDOW *win)
	109		{
	110		PDC_LOG(("getparx() - called\n"));
	111
	112		return win ? win->_parx : ERR;
	113		}
	114
	115		int getmaxy(WINDOW *win)
	116		{
	117		PDC_LOG(("getmaxy() - called\n"));
	118
	119		return win ? win->_maxy : ERR;
	120		}
	121
	122		int getmaxx(WINDOW *win)
	123		{
	124		PDC_LOG(("getmaxx() - called\n"));
	125
	126		return win ? win->_maxx : ERR;
	127		}
	128
	129		int setsyx(int y, int x)
	130		{
	131		PDC_LOG(("setsyx() - called\n"));
	132
	133		if(y == -1 && x == -1)
	134		{
	135		curscr->_leaveit = TRUE;
	136		return OK;
	137		}
	138		else
	139		{
	140		curscr->_leaveit = FALSE;
	141		return wmove(curscr, y, x);
	142		}
	143		}

File pdcurses/inch.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..7347e74)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: inch.c,v 1.33 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: inch
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		chtype inch(void);
	13		chtype winch(WINDOW *win);
	14		chtype mvinch(int y, int x);
	15		chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	16
	17		int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval);
	18		int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval);
	19		int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
	20		int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
	21
	22		Description:
	23		The inch() functions retrieve the character and attribute from
	24		the current or specified window position, in the form of a
	25		chtype. If a NULL window is specified, (chtype)ERR is returned.
	26
	27		The in_wch() functions are the wide-character versions; instead
	28		of returning a chtype, they store a cchar_t at the address
	29		specified by wcval, and return OK or ERR. (No value is stored
	30		when ERR is returned.) Note that in PDCurses, chtype and cchar_t
	31		are the same.
	32
	33		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	34		inch Y Y Y
	35		winch Y Y Y
	36		mvinch Y Y Y
	37		mvwinch Y Y Y
	38		in_wch Y
	39		win_wch Y
	40		mvin_wch Y
	41		mvwin_wch Y
	42
	43		**man-end****************************************************************/
	44
	45		chtype winch(WINDOW *win)
	46		{
	47		PDC_LOG(("winch() - called\n"));
	48
	49		if (!win)
	50		return (chtype)ERR;
	51
	52		return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
	53		}
	54
	55		chtype inch(void)
	56		{
	57		PDC_LOG(("inch() - called\n"));
	58
	59		return winch(stdscr);
	60		}
	61
	62		chtype mvinch(int y, int x)
	63		{
	64		PDC_LOG(("mvinch() - called\n"));
	65
	66		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	67		return (chtype)ERR;
	68
	69		return stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx];
	70		}
	71
	72		chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
	73		{
	74		PDC_LOG(("mvwinch() - called\n"));
	75
	76		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	77		return (chtype)ERR;
	78
	79		return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
	80		}
	81
	82		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	83		int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval)
	84		{
	85		PDC_LOG(("win_wch() - called\n"));
	86
	87		if (!win || !wcval)
	88		return ERR;
	89
	90		*wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
	91
	92		return OK;
	93		}
	94
	95		int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval)
	96		{
	97		PDC_LOG(("in_wch() - called\n"));
	98
	99		return win_wch(stdscr, wcval);
	100		}
	101
	102		int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval)
	103		{
	104		PDC_LOG(("mvin_wch() - called\n"));
	105
	106		if (!wcval || (move(y, x) == ERR))
	107		return ERR;
	108
	109		*wcval = stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx];
	110
	111		return OK;
	112		}
	113
	114		int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval)
	115		{
	116		PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wch() - called\n"));
	117
	118		if (!wcval || (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR))
	119		return ERR;
	120
	121		*wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
	122
	123		return OK;
	124		}
	125		#endif

File pdcurses/inchstr.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..50b8cf5)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: inchstr.c,v 1.34 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: inchstr
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int inchstr(chtype *ch);
	13		int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n);
	14		int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch);
	15		int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n);
	16		int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch);
	17		int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n);
	18		int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch);
	19		int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n);
	20
	21		int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch);
	22		int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n);
	23		int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch);
	24		int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n);
	25		int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch);
	26		int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n);
	27		int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch);
	28		int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n);
	29
	30		Description:
	31		These routines read a chtype or cchar_t string from the window,
	32		starting at the current or specified position, and ending at the
	33		right margin, or after n elements, whichever is less.
	34
	35		Return Value:
	36		All functions return the number of elements read, or ERR on
	37		error.
	38
	39		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	40		inchstr Y - 4.0
	41		winchstr Y - 4.0
	42		mvinchstr Y - 4.0
	43		mvwinchstr Y - 4.0
	44		inchnstr Y - 4.0
	45		winchnstr Y - 4.0
	46		mvinchnstr Y - 4.0
	47		mvwinchnstr Y - 4.0
	48		in_wchstr Y
	49		win_wchstr Y
	50		mvin_wchstr Y
	51		mvwin_wchstr Y
	52		in_wchnstr Y
	53		win_wchnstr Y
	54		mvin_wchnstr Y
	55		mvwin_wchnstr Y
	56
	57		**man-end****************************************************************/
	58
	59		int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n)
	60		{
	61		chtype *src;
	62		int i;
	63
	64		PDC_LOG(("winchnstr() - called\n"));
	65
	66		if (!win || !ch || n < 0)
	67		return ERR;
	68
	69		if ((win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
	70		n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
	71
	72		src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
	73
	74		for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
	75		*ch++ = *src++;
	76
	77		*ch = (chtype)0;
	78
	79		return OK;
	80		}
	81
	82		int inchstr(chtype *ch)
	83		{
	84		PDC_LOG(("inchstr() - called\n"));
	85
	86		return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
	87		}
	88
	89		int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch)
	90		{
	91		PDC_LOG(("winchstr() - called\n"));
	92
	93		return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
	94		}
	95
	96		int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch)
	97		{
	98		PDC_LOG(("mvinchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
	99
	100		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	101		return ERR;
	102
	103		return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
	104		}
	105
	106		int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch)
	107		{
	108		PDC_LOG(("mvwinchstr() - called:\n"));
	109
	110		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	111		return ERR;
	112
	113		return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
	114		}
	115
	116		int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n)
	117		{
	118		PDC_LOG(("inchnstr() - called\n"));
	119
	120		return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
	121		}
	122
	123		int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n)
	124		{
	125		PDC_LOG(("mvinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
	126
	127		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	128		return ERR;
	129
	130		return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
	131		}
	132
	133		int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n)
	134		{
	135		PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
	136
	137		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	138		return ERR;
	139
	140		return winchnstr(win, ch, n);
	141		}
	142
	143		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	144		int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n)
	145		{
	146		PDC_LOG(("win_wchnstr() - called\n"));
	147
	148		return winchnstr(win, wch, n);
	149		}
	150
	151		int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch)
	152		{
	153		PDC_LOG(("in_wchstr() - called\n"));
	154
	155		return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
	156		}
	157
	158		int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch)
	159		{
	160		PDC_LOG(("win_wchstr() - called\n"));
	161
	162		return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
	163		}
	164
	165		int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch)
	166		{
	167		PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
	168
	169		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	170		return ERR;
	171
	172		return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
	173		}
	174
	175		int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch)
	176		{
	177		PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wchstr() - called:\n"));
	178
	179		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	180		return ERR;
	181
	182		return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
	183		}
	184
	185		int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n)
	186		{
	187		PDC_LOG(("in_wchnstr() - called\n"));
	188
	189		return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
	190		}
	191
	192		int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n)
	193		{
	194		PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
	195
	196		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	197		return ERR;
	198
	199		return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
	200		}
	201
	202		int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n)
	203		{
	204		PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
	205
	206		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	207		return ERR;
	208
	209		return win_wchnstr(win, wch, n);
	210		}
	211		#endif

File pdcurses/initscr.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..d80fa0c)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: initscr.c,v 1.114 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: initscr
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		WINDOW *initscr(void);
	13		WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char *argv[]);
	14		int endwin(void);
	15		bool isendwin(void);
	16		SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd);
	17		SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new);
	18		void delscreen(SCREEN *sp);
	19
	20		int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols);
	21		bool is_termresized(void);
	22		const char *curses_version(void);
	23
	24		Description:
	25		initscr() should be the first curses routine called. It will
	26		initialize all curses data structures, and arrange that the
	27		first call to refresh() will clear the screen. In case of
	28		error, initscr() will write a message to standard error and end
	29		the program.
	30
	31		endwin() should be called before exiting or escaping from curses
	32		mode temporarily. It will restore tty modes, move the cursor to
	33		the lower left corner of the screen and reset the terminal into
	34		the proper non-visual mode. To resume curses after a temporary
	35		escape, call refresh() or doupdate().
	36
	37		isendwin() returns TRUE if endwin() has been called without a
	38		subsequent refresh, unless SP is NULL.
	39
	40		In some implementations of curses, newterm() allows the use of
	41		multiple terminals. Here, it's just an alternative interface for
	42		initscr(). It always returns SP, or NULL.
	43
	44		delscreen() frees the memory allocated by newterm() or
	45		initscr(), since it's not freed by endwin(). This function is
	46		usually not needed. In PDCurses, the parameter must be the
	47		value of SP, and delscreen() sets SP to NULL.
	48
	49		set_term() does nothing meaningful in PDCurses, but is included
	50		for compatibility with other curses implementations.
	51
	52		resize_term() is effectively two functions: When called with
	53		nonzero values for nlines and ncols, it attempts to resize the
	54		screen to the given size. When called with (0, 0), it merely
	55		adjusts the internal structures to match the current size after
	56		the screen is resized by the user. On the currently supported
	57		platforms, this functionality is mutually exclusive: X11 allows
	58		user resizing, while DOS, OS/2 and Win32 allow programmatic
	59		resizing. If you want to support user resizing, you should check
	60		for getch() returning KEY_RESIZE, and/or call is_termresized()
	61		at appropriate times; if either condition occurs, call
	62		resize_term(0, 0). Then, with either user or programmatic
	63		resizing, you'll have to resize any windows you've created, as
	64		appropriate; resize_term() only handles stdscr and curscr.
	65
	66		is_termresized() returns TRUE if the curses screen has been
	67		resized by the user, and a call to resize_term() is needed.
	68		Checking for KEY_RESIZE is generally preferable, unless you're
	69		not handling the keyboard.
	70
	71		curses_version() returns a string describing the version of
	72		PDCurses.
	73
	74		Return Value:
	75		All functions return NULL on error, except endwin(), which
	76		returns ERR on error.
	77
	78		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	79		initscr Y Y Y
	80		endwin Y Y Y
	81		isendwin Y - 3.0
	82		newterm Y - Y
	83		set_term Y - Y
	84		delscreen Y - 4.0
	85		resize_term - - -
	86		is_termresized - - -
	87		curses_version - - -
	88
	89		**man-end****************************************************************/
	90
	91		#include <stdlib.h>
	92
	93		char ttytype[128];
	94
	95		const char *_curses_notice = "PDCurses 3.4 - Public Domain 2008";
	96
	97		SCREEN *SP = (SCREEN*)NULL; /* curses variables */
	98		WINDOW *curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the current screen image */
	99		WINDOW *stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the default screen window */
	100		WINDOW *pdc_lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the last screen image */
	101
	102		int LINES = 0; /* current terminal height */
	103		int COLS = 0; /* current terminal width */
	104		int TABSIZE = 8;
	105
	106		MOUSE_STATUS Mouse_status, pdc_mouse_status;
	107
	108		extern RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5];
	109		extern char linesrippedoff;
	110
	111		WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char *argv[])
	112		{
	113		int i;
	114
	115		PDC_LOG(("Xinitscr() - called\n"));
	116
	117		if (SP && SP->alive)
	118		return NULL;
	119
	120		if (PDC_scr_open(argc, argv) == ERR)
	121		{
	122		fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create SP\n");
	123		exit(8);
	124		}
	125
	126		SP->autocr = TRUE; /* cr -> lf by default */
	127		SP->raw_out = FALSE; /* tty I/O modes */
	128		SP->raw_inp = FALSE; /* tty I/O modes */
	129		SP->cbreak = TRUE;
	130		SP->save_key_modifiers = FALSE;
	131		SP->return_key_modifiers = FALSE;
	132		SP->echo = TRUE;
	133		SP->visibility = 1;
	134		SP->resized = FALSE;
	135		SP->_trap_mbe = 0L;
	136		SP->_map_mbe_to_key = 0L;
	137		SP->linesrippedoff = 0;
	138		SP->linesrippedoffontop = 0;
	139		SP->delaytenths = 0;
	140		SP->line_color = -1;
	141
	142		SP->orig_cursor = PDC_get_cursor_mode();
	143
	144		LINES = SP->lines;
	145		COLS = SP->cols;
	146
	147		if (LINES < 2 || COLS < 2)
	148		{
	149		fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): LINES=%d COLS=%d: too small.\n",
	150		LINES, COLS);
	151		exit(4);
	152		}
	153
	154		if ((curscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0)) == (WINDOW *)NULL)
	155		{
	156		fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create curscr.\n");
	157		exit(2);
	158		}
	159
	160		if ((pdc_lastscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0)) == (WINDOW *)NULL)
	161		{
	162		fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create pdc_lastscr.\n");
	163		exit(2);
	164		}
	165
	166		wattrset(pdc_lastscr, (chtype)(-1));
	167		werase(pdc_lastscr);
	168
	169		PDC_slk_initialize();
	170		LINES -= SP->slklines;
	171
	172		/* We have to sort out ripped off lines here, and reduce the height
	173		of stdscr by the number of lines ripped off */
	174
	175		for (i = 0; i < linesrippedoff; i++)
	176		{
	177		if (linesripped[i].line < 0)
	178		(*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS, LINES - 1, 0), COLS);
	179		else
	180		(*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS,
	181		SP->linesrippedoffontop++, 0), COLS);
	182
	183		SP->linesrippedoff++;
	184		LINES--;
	185		}
	186
	187		linesrippedoff = 0;
	188
	189		if (!(stdscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, SP->linesrippedoffontop, 0)))
	190		{
	191		fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create stdscr.\n");
	192		exit(1);
	193		}
	194
	195		wclrtobot(stdscr);
	196
	197		/* If preserving the existing screen, don't allow a screen clear */
	198
	199		if (SP->_preserve)
	200		{
	201		untouchwin(curscr);
	202		untouchwin(stdscr);
	203		stdscr->_clear = FALSE;
	204		curscr->_clear = FALSE;
	205		}
	206		else
	207		curscr->_clear = TRUE;
	208
	209		PDC_init_atrtab(); /* set up default colors */
	210
	211		MOUSE_X_POS = MOUSE_Y_POS = -1;
	212		BUTTON_STATUS(1) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
	213		BUTTON_STATUS(2) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
	214		BUTTON_STATUS(3) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
	215		Mouse_status.changes = 0;
	216
	217		SP->alive = TRUE;
	218
	219		def_shell_mode();
	220
	221		sprintf(ttytype, "pdcurses|PDCurses for %s", PDC_sysname());
	222
	223		return stdscr;
	224		}
	225
	226		WINDOW *initscr(void)
	227		{
	228		PDC_LOG(("initscr() - called\n"));
	229
	230		return Xinitscr(0, NULL);
	231		}
	232
	233		int endwin(void)
	234		{
	235		PDC_LOG(("endwin() - called\n"));
	236
	237		/* Allow temporary exit from curses using endwin() */
	238
	239		def_prog_mode();
	240		PDC_scr_close();
	241
	242		SP->alive = FALSE;
	243
	244		return OK;
	245		}
	246
	247		bool isendwin(void)
	248		{
	249		PDC_LOG(("isendwin() - called\n"));
	250
	251		return SP ? !(SP->alive) : FALSE;
	252		}
	253
	254		SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd)
	255		{
	256		PDC_LOG(("newterm() - called\n"));
	257
	258		return Xinitscr(0, NULL) ? SP : NULL;
	259		}
	260
	261		SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new)
	262		{
	263		PDC_LOG(("set_term() - called\n"));
	264
	265		/* We only support one screen */
	266
	267		return (new == SP) ? SP : NULL;
	268		}
	269
	270		void delscreen(SCREEN *sp)
	271		{
	272		PDC_LOG(("delscreen() - called\n"));
	273
	274		if (sp != SP)
	275		return;
	276
	277		PDC_slk_free(); /* free the soft label keys, if needed */
	278
	279		delwin(stdscr);
	280		delwin(curscr);
	281		delwin(pdc_lastscr);
	282		stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
	283		curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
	284		pdc_lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
	285
	286		SP->alive = FALSE;
	287
	288		PDC_scr_free(); /* free SP and pdc_atrtab */
	289
	290		SP = (SCREEN *)NULL;
	291		}
	292
	293		int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols)
	294		{
	295		PDC_LOG(("resize_term() - called: nlines %d\n", nlines));
	296
	297		if (!stdscr || PDC_resize_screen(nlines, ncols) == ERR)
	298		return ERR;
	299
	300		SP->lines = PDC_get_rows();
	301		LINES = SP->lines - SP->linesrippedoff - SP->slklines;
	302		SP->cols = COLS = PDC_get_columns();
	303
	304		if (wresize(curscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR ||
	305		wresize(stdscr, LINES, COLS) == ERR ||
	306		wresize(pdc_lastscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR)
	307		return ERR;
	308
	309		werase(pdc_lastscr);
	310		curscr->_clear = TRUE;
	311
	312		if (SP->slk_winptr)
	313		{
	314		if (wresize(SP->slk_winptr, SP->slklines, COLS) == ERR)
	315		return ERR;
	316
	317		wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0);
	318		wclrtobot(SP->slk_winptr);
	319		PDC_slk_initialize();
	320		slk_noutrefresh();
	321		}
	322
	323		touchwin(stdscr);
	324		wnoutrefresh(stdscr);
	325
	326		return OK;
	327		}
	328
	329		bool is_termresized(void)
	330		{
	331		PDC_LOG(("is_termresized() - called\n"));
	332
	333		return SP->resized;
	334		}
	335
	336		const char *curses_version(void)
	337		{
	338		return _curses_notice;
	339		}

File pdcurses/inopts.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..6d33fc2)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: inopts.c,v 1.43 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: inopts
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int cbreak(void);
	13		int nocbreak(void);
	14		int echo(void);
	15		int noecho(void);
	16		int halfdelay(int tenths);
	17		int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	18		int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	19		int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	20		int nl(void);
	21		int nonl(void);
	22		int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	23		int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	24		int raw(void);
	25		int noraw(void);
	26		void noqiflush(void);
	27		void qiflush(void);
	28		void timeout(int delay);
	29		void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay);
	30		int typeahead(int fildes);
	31
	32		int crmode(void);
	33		int nocrmode(void);
	34
	35		Description:
	36		cbreak() and nocbreak() toggle cbreak mode. In cbreak mode,
	37		characters typed by the user are made available immediately, and
	38		erase/kill character processing is not performed. In nocbreak
	39		mode, typed characters are buffered until a newline or carriage
	40		return. Interrupt and flow control characters are unaffected by
	41		this mode. PDCurses always starts in cbreak mode.
	42
	43		echo() and noecho() control whether typed characters are echoed
	44		by the input routine. Initially, input characters are echoed.
	45		Subsequent calls to echo() and noecho() do not flush type-ahead.
	46
	47		halfdelay() is similar to cbreak(), but allows for a time limit
	48		to be specified, in tenths of a second. This causes getch() to
	49		block for that period before returning ERR if no key has been
	50		received. tenths must be between 1 and 255.
	51
	52		keypad() controls whether getch() returns function/special keys
	53		as single key codes (e.g., the left arrow key as KEY_LEFT). Per
	54		X/Open, the default for keypad mode is OFF. You'll probably want
	55		it on. With keypad mode off, if a special key is pressed,
	56		getch() does nothing or returns ERR.
	57
	58		nodelay() controls whether wgetch() is a non-blocking call. If
	59		the option is enabled, and no input is ready, wgetch() will
	60		return ERR. If disabled, wgetch() will hang until input is
	61		ready.
	62
	63		nl() enables the translation of a carriage return into a newline
	64		on input. nonl() disables this. Initially, the translation does
	65		occur.
	66
	67		raw() and noraw() toggle raw mode. Raw mode is similar to cbreak
	68		mode, in that characters typed are immediately passed through to
	69		the user program. The difference is that in raw mode, the INTR,
	70		QUIT, SUSP, and STOP characters are passed through without being
	71		interpreted, and without generating a signal.
	72
	73		In PDCurses, the meta() function sets raw mode on or off.
	74
	75		timeout() and wtimeout() set blocking or non-blocking reads for
	76		the specified window. The delay is measured in milliseconds. If
	77		it's negative, a blocking read is used; if zero, then non-
	78		blocking reads are done -- if no input is waiting, ERR is
	79		returned immediately. If the delay is positive, the read blocks
	80		for the delay period; if the period expires, ERR is returned.
	81
	82		intrflush(), notimeout(), noqiflush(), qiflush() and typeahead()
	83		do nothing in PDCurses, but are included for compatibility with
	84		other curses implementations.
	85
	86		crmode() and nocrmode() are archaic equivalents to cbreak() and
	87		nocbreak(), respectively.
	88
	89		Return Value:
	90		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	91
	92		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	93		cbreak Y Y Y
	94		nocbreak Y Y Y
	95		echo Y Y Y
	96		noecho Y Y Y
	97		halfdelay Y - Y
	98		intrflush Y - Y
	99		keypad Y - Y
	100		meta Y - Y
	101		nl Y Y Y
	102		nonl Y Y Y
	103		nodelay Y - Y
	104		notimeout Y - Y
	105		raw Y Y Y
	106		noraw Y Y Y
	107		noqiflush Y - Y
	108		qiflush Y - Y
	109		timeout Y - Y
	110		wtimeout Y - Y
	111		typeahead Y - Y
	112		crmode -
	113		nocrmode -
	114
	115		**man-end****************************************************************/
	116
	117		int cbreak(void)
	118		{
	119		PDC_LOG(("cbreak() - called\n"));
	120
	121		SP->cbreak = TRUE;
	122
	123		return OK;
	124		}
	125
	126		int nocbreak(void)
	127		{
	128		PDC_LOG(("nocbreak() - called\n"));
	129
	130		SP->cbreak = FALSE;
	131		SP->delaytenths = 0;
	132
	133		return OK;
	134		}
	135
	136		int echo(void)
	137		{
	138		PDC_LOG(("echo() - called\n"));
	139
	140		SP->echo = TRUE;
	141
	142		return OK;
	143		}
	144
	145		int noecho(void)
	146		{
	147		PDC_LOG(("noecho() - called\n"));
	148
	149		SP->echo = FALSE;
	150
	151		return OK;
	152		}
	153
	154		int halfdelay(int tenths)
	155		{
	156		PDC_LOG(("halfdelay() - called\n"));
	157
	158		if (tenths < 1 || tenths > 255)
	159		return ERR;
	160
	161		SP->delaytenths = tenths;
	162
	163		return OK;
	164		}
	165
	166		int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
	167		{
	168		PDC_LOG(("intrflush() - called\n"));
	169
	170		return OK;
	171		}
	172
	173		int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
	174		{
	175		PDC_LOG(("keypad() - called\n"));
	176
	177		if (!win)
	178		return ERR;
	179
	180		win->_use_keypad = bf;
	181
	182		return OK;
	183		}
	184
	185		int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
	186		{
	187		PDC_LOG(("meta() - called\n"));
	188
	189		SP->raw_inp = bf;
	190
	191		return OK;
	192		}
	193
	194		int nl(void)
	195		{
	196		PDC_LOG(("nl() - called\n"));
	197
	198		SP->autocr = TRUE;
	199
	200		return OK;
	201		}
	202
	203		int nonl(void)
	204		{
	205		PDC_LOG(("nonl() - called\n"));
	206
	207		SP->autocr = FALSE;
	208
	209		return OK;
	210		}
	211
	212		int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
	213		{
	214		PDC_LOG(("nodelay() - called\n"));
	215
	216		if (!win)
	217		return ERR;
	218
	219		win->_nodelay = flag;
	220
	221		return OK;
	222		}
	223
	224		int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
	225		{
	226		PDC_LOG(("notimeout() - called\n"));
	227
	228		return OK;
	229		}
	230
	231		int raw(void)
	232		{
	233		PDC_LOG(("raw() - called\n"));
	234
	235		PDC_set_keyboard_binary(TRUE);
	236		SP->raw_inp = TRUE;
	237
	238		return OK;
	239		}
	240
	241		int noraw(void)
	242		{
	243		PDC_LOG(("noraw() - called\n"));
	244
	245		PDC_set_keyboard_binary(FALSE);
	246		SP->raw_inp = FALSE;
	247
	248		return OK;
	249		}
	250
	251		void noqiflush(void)
	252		{
	253		PDC_LOG(("noqiflush() - called\n"));
	254		}
	255
	256		void qiflush(void)
	257		{
	258		PDC_LOG(("qiflush() - called\n"));
	259		}
	260
	261		int typeahead(int fildes)
	262		{
	263		PDC_LOG(("typeahead() - called\n"));
	264
	265		return OK;
	266		}
	267
	268		void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay)
	269		{
	270		PDC_LOG(("wtimeout() - called\n"));
	271
	272		if (!win)
	273		return;
	274
	275		if (delay < 0)
	276		{
	277		/* This causes a blocking read on the window, so turn on delay
	278		mode */
	279
	280		win->_nodelay = FALSE;
	281		win->_delayms = 0;
	282		}
	283		else if (!delay)
	284		{
	285		/* This causes a non-blocking read on the window, so turn off
	286		delay mode */
	287
	288		win->_nodelay = TRUE;
	289		win->_delayms = 0;
	290		}
	291		else
	292		{
	293		/* This causes the read on the window to delay for the number of
	294		milliseconds. Also forces the window into non-blocking read
	295		mode */
	296
	297		/*win->_nodelay = TRUE;*/
	298		win->_delayms = delay;
	299		}
	300		}
	301
	302		void timeout(int delay)
	303		{
	304		PDC_LOG(("timeout() - called\n"));
	305
	306		wtimeout(stdscr, delay);
	307		}
	308
	309		int crmode(void)
	310		{
	311		PDC_LOG(("crmode() - called\n"));
	312
	313		return cbreak();
	314		}
	315
	316		int nocrmode(void)
	317		{
	318		PDC_LOG(("nocrmode() - called\n"));
	319
	320		return nocbreak();
	321		}

File pdcurses/insch.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..50527f2)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: insch.c,v 1.44 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: insch
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int insch(chtype ch);
	13		int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
	14		int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
	15		int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
	16
	17		int insrawch(chtype ch);
	18		int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
	19		int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
	20		int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
	21
	22		int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch);
	23		int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
	24		int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
	25		int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
	26
	27		Description:
	28		The insch() functions insert a chtype into the window at the
	29		current or specified cursor position. The cursor is NOT
	30		advanced. A newline is equivalent to clrtoeol(); tabs are
	31		expanded; other control characters are converted as with
	32		unctrl().
	33
	34		The ins_wch() functions are the wide-character
	35		equivalents, taking cchar_t pointers rather than chtypes.
	36
	37		Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing
	38		them into the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be
	39		copied from one place to another using inch() and insch().
	40
	41		insrawch() etc. are PDCurses-specific wrappers for insch() etc.
	42		that disable the translation of control characters.
	43
	44		Return Value:
	45		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	46
	47		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	48		insch Y Y Y
	49		winsch Y Y Y
	50		mvinsch Y Y Y
	51		mvwinsch Y Y Y
	52		insrawch - - -
	53		winsrawch - - -
	54		ins_wch Y
	55		wins_wch Y
	56		mvins_wch Y
	57		mvwins_wch Y
	58
	59		**man-end****************************************************************/
	60
	61		#include <string.h>
	62
	63		int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
	64		{
	65		int x, y;
	66		chtype attr;
	67		bool xlat;
	68
	69		PDC_LOG(("winsch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
	70		win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
	71
	72		if (!win)
	73		return ERR;
	74
	75		x = win->_curx;
	76		y = win->_cury;
	77
	78		if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0)
	79		return ERR;
	80
	81		xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET);
	82		attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
	83		ch &= A_CHARTEXT;
	84
	85		if (xlat && (ch < ' ' || ch == 0x7f))
	86		{
	87		int x2;
	88
	89		switch (ch)
	90		{
	91		case '\t':
	92		for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++)
	93		{
	94		if (winsch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR)
	95		return ERR;
	96		}
	97		return OK;
	98
	99		case '\n':
	100		wclrtoeol(win);
	101		break;
	102
	103		case 0x7f:
	104		if (winsch(win, attr | '?') == ERR)
	105		return ERR;
	106
	107		return winsch(win, attr | '^');
	108
	109		default:
	110		/* handle control chars */
	111
	112		if (winsch(win, attr | (ch + '@')) == ERR)
	113		return ERR;
	114
	115		return winsch(win, attr | '^');
	116		}
	117		}
	118		else
	119		{
	120		int maxx;
	121		chtype *temp;
	122
	123		/* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute,
	124		then use the current attributes for the window. If it has
	125		attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to
	126		the current attributes for the window. If it has a color
	127		component, use the attributes solely from the incoming
	128		character. */
	129
	130		if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
	131		attr |= win->_attrs;
	132
	133		/* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window
	134		background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
	135		attributes are not there and that the background character
	136		will only print if the printing character is blank. */
	137
	138		if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
	139		attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
	140		else
	141		attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
	142
	143		if (ch == ' ')
	144		ch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
	145
	146		/* Add the attribute back into the character. */
	147
	148		ch |= attr;
	149
	150		maxx = win->_maxx;
	151		temp = &win->_y[y][x];
	152
	153		memmove(temp + 1, temp, (maxx - x - 1) * sizeof(chtype));
	154
	155		win->_lastch[y] = maxx - 1;
	156
	157		if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x))
	158		win->_firstch[y] = x;
	159
	160		*temp = ch;
	161		}
	162
	163		PDC_sync(win);
	164
	165		return OK;
	166		}
	167
	168		int insch(chtype ch)
	169		{
	170		PDC_LOG(("insch() - called\n"));
	171
	172		return winsch(stdscr, ch);
	173		}
	174
	175		int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
	176		{
	177		PDC_LOG(("mvinsch() - called\n"));
	178
	179		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	180		return ERR;
	181
	182		return winsch(stdscr, ch);
	183		}
	184
	185		int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
	186		{
	187		PDC_LOG(("mvwinsch() - called\n"));
	188
	189		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	190		return ERR;
	191
	192		return winsch(win, ch);
	193		}
	194
	195		int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
	196		{
	197		PDC_LOG(("winsrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x "
	198		"(char=%c attr=0x%x)\n", win, ch,
	199		ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
	200
	201		if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f)
	202		ch |= A_ALTCHARSET;
	203
	204		return winsch(win, ch);
	205		}
	206
	207		int insrawch(chtype ch)
	208		{
	209		PDC_LOG(("insrawch() - called\n"));
	210
	211		return winsrawch(stdscr, ch);
	212		}
	213
	214		int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
	215		{
	216		PDC_LOG(("mvinsrawch() - called\n"));
	217
	218		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	219		return ERR;
	220
	221		return winsrawch(stdscr, ch);
	222		}
	223
	224		int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
	225		{
	226		PDC_LOG(("mvwinsrawch() - called\n"));
	227
	228		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	229		return ERR;
	230
	231		return winsrawch(win, ch);
	232		}
	233
	234		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	235		int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
	236		{
	237		PDC_LOG(("wins_wch() - called\n"));
	238
	239		return wch ? winsch(win, *wch) : ERR;
	240		}
	241
	242		int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch)
	243		{
	244		PDC_LOG(("ins_wch() - called\n"));
	245
	246		return wins_wch(stdscr, wch);
	247		}
	248
	249		int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
	250		{
	251		PDC_LOG(("mvins_wch() - called\n"));
	252
	253		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	254		return ERR;
	255
	256		return wins_wch(stdscr, wch);
	257		}
	258
	259		int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
	260		{
	261		PDC_LOG(("mvwins_wch() - called\n"));
	262
	263		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	264		return ERR;
	265
	266		return wins_wch(win, wch);
	267		}
	268		#endif

File pdcurses/insstr.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..38fa389)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: insstr.c,v 1.46 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: insstr
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int insstr(const char *str);
	13		int insnstr(const char *str, int n);
	14		int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
	15		int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
	16		int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
	17		int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
	18		int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
	19		int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
	20
	21		int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
	22		int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	23		int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
	24		int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	25		int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
	26		int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	27		int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
	28		int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	29
	30		Description:
	31		The insstr() functions insert a character string into a window
	32		at the current cursor position, by repeatedly calling winsch().
	33		When PDCurses is built with wide-character support enabled, the
	34		narrow-character functions treat the string as a multibyte
	35		string in the current locale, and convert it first. All
	36		characters to the right of the cursor are moved to the right,
	37		with the possibility of the rightmost characters on the line
	38		being lost. The cursor position does not change (after moving
	39		to y, x, if specified). The routines with n as the last
	40		argument insert at most n characters; if n is negative, then the
	41		entire string is inserted.
	42
	43		Return Value:
	44		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	45
	46		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	47		insstr Y - 4.0
	48		winsstr Y - 4.0
	49		mvinsstr Y - 4.0
	50		mvwinsstr Y - 4.0
	51		insnstr Y - 4.0
	52		winsnstr Y - 4.0
	53		mvinsnstr Y - 4.0
	54		mvwinsnstr Y - 4.0
	55		ins_wstr Y
	56		wins_wstr Y
	57		mvins_wstr Y
	58		mvwins_wstr Y
	59		ins_nwstr Y
	60		wins_nwstr Y
	61		mvins_nwstr Y
	62		mvwins_nwstr Y
	63
	64		**man-end****************************************************************/
	65
	66		#include <string.h>
	67
	68		int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n)
	69		{
	70		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	71		wchar_t wstr[513], *p;
	72		int i;
	73		#endif
	74		int len;
	75
	76		PDC_LOG(("winsnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
	77
	78		if (!win || !str)
	79		return ERR;
	80
	81		len = strlen(str);
	82
	83		if (n < 0 || n < len)
	84		n = len;
	85
	86		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	87		if (n > 512)
	88		n = 512;
	89
	90		p = wstr;
	91		i = 0;
	92
	93		while (str[i] && i < n)
	94		{
	95		int retval = PDC_mbtowc(p, str + i, n - i);
	96
	97		if (retval <= 0)
	98		break;
	99		p++;
	100		i += retval;
	101		}
	102
	103		while (p > wstr)
	104		if (winsch(win, *--p) == ERR)
	105		#else
	106		while (n)
	107		if (winsch(win, (unsigned char)(str[--n])) == ERR)
	108		#endif
	109		return ERR;
	110
	111		return OK;
	112		}
	113
	114		int insstr(const char *str)
	115		{
	116		PDC_LOG(("insstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
	117
	118		return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
	119		}
	120
	121		int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str)
	122		{
	123		PDC_LOG(("winsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
	124
	125		return winsnstr(win, str, -1);
	126		}
	127
	128		int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str)
	129		{
	130		PDC_LOG(("mvinsstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str));
	131
	132		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	133		return ERR;
	134
	135		return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
	136		}
	137
	138		int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str)
	139		{
	140		PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
	141
	142		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	143		return ERR;
	144
	145		return winsnstr(win, str, -1);
	146		}
	147
	148		int insnstr(const char *str, int n)
	149		{
	150		PDC_LOG(("insnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
	151
	152		return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n);
	153		}
	154
	155		int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
	156		{
	157		PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
	158		y, x, str, n));
	159
	160		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	161		return ERR;
	162
	163		return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n);
	164		}
	165
	166		int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
	167		{
	168		PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
	169		y, x, str, n));
	170
	171		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	172		return ERR;
	173
	174		return winsnstr(win, str, n);
	175		}
	176
	177		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	178		int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	179		{
	180		const wchar_t *p;
	181		int len;
	182
	183		PDC_LOG(("wins_nwstr() - called\n"));
	184
	185		if (!win || !wstr)
	186		return ERR;
	187
	188		for (len = 0, p = wstr; *p; p++)
	189		len++;
	190
	191		if (n < 0 || n < len)
	192		n = len;
	193
	194		while (n)
	195		if (winsch(win, wstr[--n]) == ERR)
	196		return ERR;
	197
	198		return OK;
	199		}
	200
	201		int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr)
	202		{
	203		PDC_LOG(("ins_wstr() - called\n"));
	204
	205		return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
	206		}
	207
	208		int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr)
	209		{
	210		PDC_LOG(("wins_wstr() - called\n"));
	211
	212		return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1);
	213		}
	214
	215		int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
	216		{
	217		PDC_LOG(("mvins_wstr() - called\n"));
	218
	219		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	220		return ERR;
	221
	222		return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
	223		}
	224
	225		int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
	226		{
	227		PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called\n"));
	228
	229		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	230		return ERR;
	231
	232		return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1);
	233		}
	234
	235		int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	236		{
	237		PDC_LOG(("ins_nwstr() - called\n"));
	238
	239		return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
	240		}
	241
	242		int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	243		{
	244		PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called\n"));
	245
	246		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	247		return ERR;
	248
	249		return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
	250		}
	251
	252		int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	253		{
	254		PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called\n"));
	255
	256		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	257		return ERR;
	258
	259		return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, n);
	260		}
	261		#endif

File pdcurses/instr.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..bbf369c)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: instr.c,v 1.44 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: instr
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int instr(char *str);
	13		int innstr(char *str, int n);
	14		int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
	15		int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
	16		int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str);
	17		int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
	18		int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
	19		int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
	20
	21		int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr);
	22		int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	23		int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr);
	24		int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	25		int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
	26		int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	27		int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
	28		int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
	29
	30		Description:
	31		These functions take characters (or wide characters) from the
	32		current or specified position in the window, and return them as
	33		a string in str (or wstr). Attributes are ignored. The functions
	34		with n as the last argument return a string at most n characters
	35		long.
	36
	37		Return Value:
	38		Upon successful completion, innstr(), mvinnstr(), mvwinnstr()
	39		and winnstr() return the number of characters actually read into
	40		the string; instr(), mvinstr(), mvwinstr() and winstr() return
	41		OK. Otherwise, all these functions return ERR.
	42
	43		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	44		instr Y - 4.0
	45		winstr Y - 4.0
	46		mvinstr Y - 4.0
	47		mvwinstr Y - 4.0
	48		innstr Y - 4.0
	49		winnstr Y - 4.0
	50		mvinnstr Y - 4.0
	51		mvwinnstr Y - 4.0
	52		inwstr Y
	53		winwstr Y
	54		mvinwstr Y
	55		mvwinwstr Y
	56		innwstr Y
	57		winnwstr Y
	58		mvinnwstr Y
	59		mvwinnwstr Y
	60
	61		**man-end****************************************************************/
	62
	63		int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n)
	64		{
	65		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	66		wchar_t wstr[513];
	67
	68		if (n < 0 || n > 512)
	69		n = 512;
	70
	71		if (winnwstr(win, wstr, n) == ERR)
	72		return ERR;
	73
	74		return PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n);
	75		#else
	76		chtype *src;
	77		int i;
	78
	79		PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
	80
	81		if (!win || !str)
	82		return ERR;
	83
	84		if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
	85		n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
	86
	87		src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
	88
	89		for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
	90		str[i] = src[i] & A_CHARTEXT;
	91
	92		str[i] = '\0';
	93
	94		return i;
	95		#endif
	96		}
	97
	98		int instr(char *str)
	99		{
	100		PDC_LOG(("instr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
	101
	102		return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
	103		}
	104
	105		int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str)
	106		{
	107		PDC_LOG(("winstr() - called: \n"));
	108
	109		return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
	110		}
	111
	112		int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str)
	113		{
	114		PDC_LOG(("mvinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x));
	115
	116		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	117		return ERR;
	118
	119		return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
	120		}
	121
	122		int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str)
	123		{
	124		PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x));
	125
	126		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	127		return ERR;
	128
	129		return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
	130		}
	131
	132		int innstr(char *str, int n)
	133		{
	134		PDC_LOG(("innstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
	135
	136		return winnstr(stdscr, str, n);
	137		}
	138
	139		int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n)
	140		{
	141		PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
	142
	143		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	144		return ERR;
	145
	146		return winnstr(stdscr, str, n);
	147		}
	148
	149		int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n)
	150		{
	151		PDC_LOG(("mvwinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
	152
	153		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	154		return ERR;
	155
	156		return winnstr(win, str, n);
	157		}
	158
	159		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	160		int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	161		{
	162		chtype *src;
	163		int i;
	164
	165		PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
	166
	167		if (!win || !wstr)
	168		return ERR;
	169
	170		if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
	171		n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
	172
	173		src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
	174
	175		for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
	176		wstr[i] = src[i] & A_CHARTEXT;
	177
	178		wstr[i] = L'\0';
	179
	180		return i;
	181		}
	182
	183		int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr)
	184		{
	185		PDC_LOG(("inwstr() - called\n"));
	186
	187		return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
	188		}
	189
	190		int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr)
	191		{
	192		PDC_LOG(("winwstr() - called\n"));
	193
	194		return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
	195		}
	196
	197		int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr)
	198		{
	199		PDC_LOG(("mvinwstr() - called\n"));
	200
	201		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	202		return ERR;
	203
	204		return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
	205		}
	206
	207		int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr)
	208		{
	209		PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called\n"));
	210
	211		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	212		return ERR;
	213
	214		return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
	215		}
	216
	217		int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	218		{
	219		PDC_LOG(("innwstr() - called\n"));
	220
	221		return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
	222		}
	223
	224		int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	225		{
	226		PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called\n"));
	227
	228		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	229		return ERR;
	230
	231		return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
	232		}
	233
	234		int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
	235		{
	236		PDC_LOG(("mvwinnwstr() - called\n"));
	237
	238		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	239		return ERR;
	240
	241		return winnwstr(win, wstr, n);
	242		}
	243		#endif

File pdcurses/kernel.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..7e41ccf)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: kernel.c,v 1.78 2008/07/15 17:13:26 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: kernel
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int def_prog_mode(void);
	13		int def_shell_mode(void);
	14		int reset_prog_mode(void);
	15		int reset_shell_mode(void);
	16		int resetty(void);
	17		int savetty(void);
	18		int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int));
	19		int curs_set(int visibility);
	20		int napms(int ms);
	21
	22		int draino(int ms);
	23		int resetterm(void);
	24		int fixterm(void);
	25		int saveterm(void);
	26
	27		Description:
	28		def_prog_mode() and def_shell_mode() save the current terminal
	29		modes as the "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses)
	30		state for use by the reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode()
	31		functions. This is done automatically by initscr().
	32
	33		reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode() restore the terminal to
	34		"program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) state. These
	35		are done automatically by endwin() and doupdate() after an
	36		endwin(), so they would normally not be called before these
	37		functions.
	38
	39		savetty() and resetty() save and restore the state of the
	40		terminal modes. savetty() saves the current state in a buffer,
	41		and resetty() restores the state to what it was at the last call
	42		to savetty().
	43
	44		curs_set() alters the appearance of the cursor. A visibility of
	45		0 makes it disappear; 1 makes it appear "normal" (usually an
	46		underline) and 2 makes it "highly visible" (usually a block).
	47
	48		ripoffline() reduces the size of stdscr by one line. If the
	49		"line" parameter is positive, the line is removed from the top
	50		of the screen; if negative, from the bottom. Up to 5 lines can
	51		be ripped off stdscr by calling ripoffline() repeatedly. The
	52		function argument, init, is called from within initscr() or
	53		newterm(), so ripoffline() must be called before either of these
	54		functions. The init function receives a pointer to a one-line
	55		WINDOW, and the width of the window. Calling ripoffline() with a
	56		NULL init function pointer is an error.
	57
	58		napms() suspends the program for the specified number of
	59		milliseconds. draino() is an archaic equivalent.
	60
	61		resetterm(), fixterm() and saveterm() are archaic equivalents
	62		for reset_shell_mode(), reset_prog_mode() and def_prog_mode(),
	63		respectively.
	64
	65		Return Value:
	66		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error, except
	67		curs_set(), which returns the previous visibility.
	68
	69		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	70		def_prog_mode Y Y Y
	71		def_shell_mode Y Y Y
	72		reset_prog_mode Y Y Y
	73		reset_shell_mode Y Y Y
	74		resetty Y Y Y
	75		savetty Y Y Y
	76		ripoffline Y - 3.0
	77		curs_set Y - 3.0
	78		napms Y Y Y
	79		draino -
	80		resetterm -
	81		fixterm -
	82		saveterm -
	83
	84		**man-end****************************************************************/
	85
	86		#include <string.h>
	87
	88		RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5];
	89		char linesrippedoff = 0;
	90
	91		static struct cttyset
	92		{
	93		bool been_set;
	94		SCREEN saved;
	95		} ctty[3];
	96
	97		enum { PDC_SH_TTY, PDC_PR_TTY, PDC_SAVE_TTY };
	98
	99		static void _save_mode(int i)
	100		{
	101		ctty[i].been_set = TRUE;
	102
	103		memcpy(&(ctty[i].saved), SP, sizeof(SCREEN));
	104
	105		PDC_save_screen_mode(i);
	106		}
	107
	108		static int _restore_mode(int i)
	109		{
	110		if (ctty[i].been_set == TRUE)
	111		{
	112		memcpy(SP, &(ctty[i].saved), sizeof(SCREEN));
	113
	114		if (ctty[i].saved.raw_out)
	115		raw();
	116
	117		PDC_restore_screen_mode(i);
	118
	119		if ((LINES != ctty[i].saved.lines) ||
	120		(COLS != ctty[i].saved.cols))
	121		resize_term(ctty[i].saved.lines, ctty[i].saved.cols);
	122
	123		PDC_curs_set(ctty[i].saved.visibility);
	124
	125		PDC_gotoyx(ctty[i].saved.cursrow, ctty[i].saved.curscol);
	126		}
	127
	128		return ctty[i].been_set ? OK : ERR;
	129		}
	130
	131		int def_prog_mode(void)
	132		{
	133		PDC_LOG(("def_prog_mode() - called\n"));
	134
	135		_save_mode(PDC_PR_TTY);
	136
	137		return OK;
	138		}
	139
	140		int def_shell_mode(void)
	141		{
	142		PDC_LOG(("def_shell_mode() - called\n"));
	143
	144		_save_mode(PDC_SH_TTY);
	145
	146		return OK;
	147		}
	148
	149		int reset_prog_mode(void)
	150		{
	151		PDC_LOG(("reset_prog_mode() - called\n"));
	152
	153		_restore_mode(PDC_PR_TTY);
	154		PDC_reset_prog_mode();
	155
	156		return OK;
	157		}
	158
	159		int reset_shell_mode(void)
	160		{
	161		PDC_LOG(("reset_shell_mode() - called\n"));
	162
	163		_restore_mode(PDC_SH_TTY);
	164		PDC_reset_shell_mode();
	165
	166		return OK;
	167		}
	168
	169		int resetty(void)
	170		{
	171		PDC_LOG(("resetty() - called\n"));
	172
	173		return _restore_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY);
	174		}
	175
	176		int savetty(void)
	177		{
	178		PDC_LOG(("savetty() - called\n"));
	179
	180		_save_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY);
	181
	182		return OK;
	183		}
	184
	185		int curs_set(int visibility)
	186		{
	187		int ret_vis;
	188
	189		PDC_LOG(("curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
	190
	191		if ((visibility < 0) || (visibility > 2))
	192		return ERR;
	193
	194		ret_vis = PDC_curs_set(visibility);
	195
	196		/* If the cursor is changing from invisible to visible, update
	197		its position */
	198
	199		if (visibility && !ret_vis)
	200		PDC_gotoyx(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol);
	201
	202		return ret_vis;
	203		}
	204
	205		int napms(int ms)
	206		{
	207		PDC_LOG(("napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
	208
	209		if (ms)
	210		PDC_napms(ms);
	211
	212		return OK;
	213		}
	214
	215		int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int))
	216		{
	217		PDC_LOG(("ripoffline() - called: line=%d\n", line));
	218
	219		if (linesrippedoff < 5 && line && init)
	220		{
	221		linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff].line = line;
	222		linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff++].init = init;
	223
	224		return OK;
	225		}
	226
	227		return ERR;
	228		}
	229
	230		int draino(int ms)
	231		{
	232		PDC_LOG(("draino() - called\n"));
	233
	234		return napms(ms);
	235		}
	236
	237		int resetterm(void)
	238		{
	239		PDC_LOG(("resetterm() - called\n"));
	240
	241		return reset_shell_mode();
	242		}
	243
	244		int fixterm(void)
	245		{
	246		PDC_LOG(("fixterm() - called\n"));
	247
	248		return reset_prog_mode();
	249		}
	250
	251		int saveterm(void)
	252		{
	253		PDC_LOG(("saveterm() - called\n"));
	254
	255		return def_prog_mode();
	256		}

File pdcurses/keyname.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..6d02cef)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: keyname.c,v 1.8 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: keyname
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		char *keyname(int key);
	13
	14		char *key_name(wchar_t c);
	15
	16		bool has_key(int key);
	17
	18		Description:
	19		keyname() returns a string corresponding to the argument key.
	20		key may be any key returned by wgetch().
	21
	22		key_name() is the wide-character version. It takes a wchar_t
	23		parameter, but still returns a char *.
	24
	25		has_key() returns TRUE for recognized keys, FALSE otherwise.
	26		This function is an ncurses extension.
	27
	28		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	29		keyname Y - 3.0
	30		key_name Y
	31		has_key - - -
	32
	33		**man-end****************************************************************/
	34
	35		char *keyname(int key)
	36		{
	37		/* Key names must be in exactly the same order as in curses.h */
	38
	39		static char *key_name[] =
	40		{
	41		"KEY_BREAK", "KEY_DOWN", "KEY_UP", "KEY_LEFT", "KEY_RIGHT",
	42		"KEY_HOME", "KEY_BACKSPACE", "KEY_F0", "KEY_F(1)", "KEY_F(2)",
	43		"KEY_F(3)", "KEY_F(4)", "KEY_F(5)", "KEY_F(6)", "KEY_F(7)",
	44		"KEY_F(8)", "KEY_F(9)", "KEY_F(10)", "KEY_F(11)", "KEY_F(12)",
	45		"KEY_F(13)", "KEY_F(14)", "KEY_F(15)", "KEY_F(16)", "KEY_F(17)",
	46		"KEY_F(18)", "KEY_F(19)", "KEY_F(20)", "KEY_F(21)", "KEY_F(22)",
	47		"KEY_F(23)", "KEY_F(24)", "KEY_F(25)", "KEY_F(26)", "KEY_F(27)",
	48		"KEY_F(28)", "KEY_F(29)", "KEY_F(30)", "KEY_F(31)", "KEY_F(32)",
	49		"KEY_F(33)", "KEY_F(34)", "KEY_F(35)", "KEY_F(36)", "KEY_F(37)",
	50		"KEY_F(38)", "KEY_F(39)", "KEY_F(40)", "KEY_F(41)", "KEY_F(42)",
	51		"KEY_F(43)", "KEY_F(44)", "KEY_F(45)", "KEY_F(46)", "KEY_F(47)",
	52		"KEY_F(48)", "KEY_F(49)", "KEY_F(50)", "KEY_F(51)", "KEY_F(52)",
	53		"KEY_F(53)", "KEY_F(54)", "KEY_F(55)", "KEY_F(56)", "KEY_F(57)",
	54		"KEY_F(58)", "KEY_F(59)", "KEY_F(60)", "KEY_F(61)", "KEY_F(62)",
	55		"KEY_F(63)", "KEY_DL", "KEY_IL", "KEY_DC", "KEY_IC", "KEY_EIC",
	56		"KEY_CLEAR", "KEY_EOS", "KEY_EOL", "KEY_SF", "KEY_SR",
	57		"KEY_NPAGE", "KEY_PPAGE", "KEY_STAB", "KEY_CTAB", "KEY_CATAB",
	58		"KEY_ENTER", "KEY_SRESET", "KEY_RESET", "KEY_PRINT", "KEY_LL",
	59		"KEY_ABORT", "KEY_SHELP", "KEY_LHELP", "KEY_BTAB", "KEY_BEG",
	60		"KEY_CANCEL", "KEY_CLOSE", "KEY_COMMAND", "KEY_COPY",
	61		"KEY_CREATE", "KEY_END", "KEY_EXIT", "KEY_FIND", "KEY_HELP",
	62		"KEY_MARK", "KEY_MESSAGE", "KEY_MOVE", "KEY_NEXT", "KEY_OPEN",
	63		"KEY_OPTIONS", "KEY_PREVIOUS", "KEY_REDO", "KEY_REFERENCE",
	64		"KEY_REFRESH", "KEY_REPLACE", "KEY_RESTART", "KEY_RESUME",
	65		"KEY_SAVE", "KEY_SBEG", "KEY_SCANCEL", "KEY_SCOMMAND",
	66		"KEY_SCOPY", "KEY_SCREATE", "KEY_SDC", "KEY_SDL", "KEY_SELECT",
	67		"KEY_SEND", "KEY_SEOL", "KEY_SEXIT", "KEY_SFIND", "KEY_SHOME",
	68		"KEY_SIC", "UNKNOWN KEY", "KEY_SLEFT", "KEY_SMESSAGE",
	69		"KEY_SMOVE", "KEY_SNEXT", "KEY_SOPTIONS", "KEY_SPREVIOUS",
	70		"KEY_SPRINT", "KEY_SREDO", "KEY_SREPLACE", "KEY_SRIGHT",
	71		"KEY_SRSUME", "KEY_SSAVE", "KEY_SSUSPEND", "KEY_SUNDO",
	72		"KEY_SUSPEND", "KEY_UNDO", "ALT_0", "ALT_1", "ALT_2", "ALT_3",
	73		"ALT_4", "ALT_5", "ALT_6", "ALT_7", "ALT_8", "ALT_9", "ALT_A",
	74		"ALT_B", "ALT_C", "ALT_D", "ALT_E", "ALT_F", "ALT_G", "ALT_H",
	75		"ALT_I", "ALT_J", "ALT_K", "ALT_L", "ALT_M", "ALT_N", "ALT_O",
	76		"ALT_P", "ALT_Q", "ALT_R", "ALT_S", "ALT_T", "ALT_U", "ALT_V",
	77		"ALT_W", "ALT_X", "ALT_Y", "ALT_Z", "CTL_LEFT", "CTL_RIGHT",
	78		"CTL_PGUP", "CTL_PGDN", "CTL_HOME", "CTL_END", "KEY_A1",
	79		"KEY_A2", "KEY_A3", "KEY_B1", "KEY_B2", "KEY_B3", "KEY_C1",
	80		"KEY_C2", "KEY_C3", "PADSLASH", "PADENTER", "CTL_PADENTER",
	81		"ALT_PADENTER", "PADSTOP", "PADSTAR", "PADMINUS", "PADPLUS",
	82		"CTL_PADSTOP", "CTL_PADCENTER", "CTL_PADPLUS", "CTL_PADMINUS",
	83		"CTL_PADSLASH", "CTL_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADPLUS", "ALT_PADMINUS",
	84		"ALT_PADSLASH", "ALT_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADSTOP", "CTL_INS",
	85		"ALT_DEL", "ALT_INS", "CTL_UP", "CTL_DOWN", "CTL_TAB",
	86		"ALT_TAB", "ALT_MINUS", "ALT_EQUAL", "ALT_HOME", "ALT_PGUP",
	87		"ALT_PGDN", "ALT_END", "ALT_UP", "ALT_DOWN", "ALT_RIGHT",
	88		"ALT_LEFT", "ALT_ENTER", "ALT_ESC", "ALT_BQUOTE",
	89		"ALT_LBRACKET", "ALT_RBRACKET", "ALT_SEMICOLON", "ALT_FQUOTE",
	90		"ALT_COMMA", "ALT_STOP", "ALT_FSLASH", "ALT_BKSP", "CTL_BKSP",
	91		"PAD0", "CTL_PAD0", "CTL_PAD1", "CTL_PAD2", "CTL_PAD3",
	92		"CTL_PAD4", "CTL_PAD5", "CTL_PAD6", "CTL_PAD7","CTL_PAD8",
	93		"CTL_PAD9", "ALT_PAD0", "ALT_PAD1", "ALT_PAD2", "ALT_PAD3",
	94		"ALT_PAD4", "ALT_PAD5", "ALT_PAD6", "ALT_PAD7", "ALT_PAD8",
	95		"ALT_PAD9", "CTL_DEL", "ALT_BSLASH", "CTL_ENTER",
	96		"SHF_PADENTER", "SHF_PADSLASH", "SHF_PADSTAR", "SHF_PADPLUS",
	97		"SHF_PADMINUS", "SHF_UP", "SHF_DOWN", "SHF_IC", "SHF_DC",
	98		"KEY_MOUSE", "KEY_SHIFT_L", "KEY_SHIFT_R", "KEY_CONTROL_L",
	99		"KEY_CONTROL_R", "KEY_ALT_L", "KEY_ALT_R", "KEY_RESIZE",
	100		"KEY_SUP", "KEY_SDOWN"
	101		};
	102
	103		PDC_LOG(("keyname() - called: key %d\n", key));
	104
	105		if ((key >= 0) && (key < 0x80))
	106		return unctrl((chtype)key);
	107
	108		return has_key(key) ? key_name[key - KEY_MIN] : "UNKNOWN KEY";
	109		}
	110
	111		bool has_key(int key)
	112		{
	113		PDC_LOG(("has_key() - called: key %d\n", key));
	114
	115		return (key >= KEY_MIN && key <= KEY_MAX);
	116		}
	117
	118		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	119		char *key_name(wchar_t c)
	120		{
	121		PDC_LOG(("key_name() - called\n"));
	122
	123		return keyname((int)c);
	124		}
	125		#endif

File pdcurses/mouse.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..1f476dd)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: mouse.c,v 1.45 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: mouse
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int mouse_set(unsigned long mbe);
	13		int mouse_on(unsigned long mbe);
	14		int mouse_off(unsigned long mbe);
	15		int request_mouse_pos(void);
	16		int map_button(unsigned long button);
	17		void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x);
	18		unsigned long getmouse(void);
	19		unsigned long getbmap(void);
	20
	21		int mouseinterval(int wait);
	22		bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	23		bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen);
	24		bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen);
	25		mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask);
	26		int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event);
	27		int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event);
	28
	29		Description:
	30		As of PDCurses 3.0, there are two separate mouse interfaces: the
	31		classic interface, which is based on the undocumented Sys V
	32		mouse functions; and an ncurses-compatible interface. Both are
	33		active at all times, and you can mix and match functions from
	34		each, though it's not recommended. The ncurses interface is
	35		essentially an emulation layer built on top of the classic
	36		interface; it's here to allow easier porting of ncurses apps.
	37
	38		The classic interface: mouse_set(), mouse_on(), mouse_off(),
	39		request_mouse_pos(), map_button(), wmouse_position(),
	40		getmouse(), and getbmap(). An application using this interface
	41		would start by calling mouse_set() or mouse_on() with a non-zero
	42		value, often ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS. Then it would check for a
	43		KEY_MOUSE return from getch(). If found, it would call
	44		request_mouse_pos() to get the current mouse status.
	45
	46		mouse_set(), mouse_on() and mouse_off() are analagous to
	47		attrset(), attron() and attroff(). These functions set the
	48		mouse button events to trap. The button masks used in these
	49		functions are defined in curses.h and can be or'ed together.
	50		They are the group of masks starting with BUTTON1_RELEASED.
	51
	52		request_mouse_pos() requests curses to fill in the Mouse_status
	53		structure with the current state of the mouse.
	54
	55		map_button() enables the specified mouse action to activate the
	56		Soft Label Keys if the action occurs over the area of the screen
	57		where the Soft Label Keys are displayed. The mouse actions are
	58		defined in curses.h in the group that starts with BUTTON_RELEASED.
	59
	60		wmouse_position() determines if the current mouse position is
	61		within the window passed as an argument. If the mouse is
	62		outside the current window, -1 is returned in the y and x
	63		arguments; otherwise the y and x coordinates of the mouse
	64		(relative to the top left corner of the window) are returned in
	65		y and x.
	66
	67		getmouse() returns the current status of the trapped mouse
	68		buttons as set by mouse_set() or mouse_on().
	69
	70		getbmap() returns the current status of the button action used
	71		to map a mouse action to the Soft Label Keys as set by the
	72		map_button() function.
	73
	74		The ncurses interface: mouseinterval(), wenclose(),
	75		wmouse_trafo(), mouse_trafo(), mousemask(), nc_getmouse(), and
	76		ungetmouse(). A typical application using this interface would
	77		start by calling mousemask() with a non-zero value, often
	78		ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS. Then it would check for a KEY_MOUSE return
	79		from getch(). If found, it would call nc_getmouse() to get the
	80		current mouse status.
	81
	82		mouseinterval() sets the timeout for a mouse click. On all
	83		current platforms, PDCurses receives mouse button press and
	84		release events, but must synthesize click events. It does this
	85		by checking whether a release event is queued up after a press
	86		event. If it gets a press event, and there are no more events
	87		waiting, it will wait for the timeout interval, then check again
	88		for a release. A press followed by a release is reported as
	89		BUTTON_CLICKED; otherwise it's passed through as BUTTON_PRESSED.
	90		The default timeout is 150ms; valid values are 0 (no clicks
	91		reported) through 1000ms. In x11, the timeout can also be set
	92		via the clickPeriod resource. The return value from
	93		mouseinterval() is the old timeout. To check the old value
	94		without setting a new one, call it with a parameter of -1. Note
	95		that although there's no classic equivalent for this function
	96		(apart from the clickPeriod resource), the value set applies in
	97		both interfaces.
	98
	99		wenclose() reports whether the given screen-relative y, x
	100		coordinates fall within the given window.
	101
	102		wmouse_trafo() converts between screen-relative and window-
	103		relative coordinates. A to_screen parameter of TRUE means to
	104		convert from window to screen; otherwise the reverse. The
	105		function returns FALSE if the coordinates aren't within the
	106		window, or if any of the parameters are NULL. The coordinates
	107		have been converted when the function returns TRUE.
	108
	109		mouse_trafo() is the stdscr version of wmouse_trafo().
	110
	111		mousemask() is nearly equivalent to mouse_set(), but instead of
	112		OK/ERR, it returns the value of the mask after setting it. (This
	113		isn't necessarily the same value passed in, since the mask could
	114		be altered on some platforms.) And if the second parameter is a
	115		non-null pointer, mousemask() stores the previous mask value
	116		there. Also, since the ncurses interface doesn't work with
	117		PDCurses' BUTTON_MOVED events, mousemask() filters them out.
	118
	119		nc_getmouse() returns the current mouse status in an MEVENT
	120		struct. This is equivalent to ncurses' getmouse(), renamed to
	121		avoid conflict with PDCurses' getmouse(). But if you define
	122		NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION (preferably as 2) before including
	123		curses.h, it defines getmouse() to nc_getmouse(), along with a
	124		few other redefintions needed for compatibility with ncurses
	125		code. nc_getmouse() calls request_mouse_pos(), which (not
	126		getmouse()) is the classic equivalent.
	127
	128		ungetmouse() is the mouse equivalent of ungetch(). However,
	129		PDCurses doesn't maintain a queue of mouse events; only one can
	130		be pushed back, and it can overwrite or be overwritten by real
	131		mouse events.
	132
	133		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	134		mouse_set - - 4.0
	135		mouse_on - - 4.0
	136		mouse_off - - 4.0
	137		request_mouse_pos - - 4.0
	138		map_button - - 4.0
	139		wmouse_position - - 4.0
	140		getmouse - - 4.0
	141		getbmap - - 4.0
	142		mouseinterval - - -
	143		wenclose - - -
	144		wmouse_trafo - - -
	145		mouse_trafo - - -
	146		mousemask - - -
	147		nc_getmouse - - -
	148		ungetmouse - - -
	149
	150		**man-end****************************************************************/
	151
	152		#include <string.h>
	153
	154		static bool ungot = FALSE;
	155
	156		int mouse_set(unsigned long mbe)
	157		{
	158		PDC_LOG(("mouse_set() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
	159
	160		SP->_trap_mbe = mbe;
	161		return PDC_mouse_set();
	162		}
	163
	164		int mouse_on(unsigned long mbe)
	165		{
	166		PDC_LOG(("mouse_on() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
	167
	168		SP->_trap_mbe |= mbe;
	169		return PDC_mouse_set();
	170		}
	171
	172		int mouse_off(unsigned long mbe)
	173		{
	174		PDC_LOG(("mouse_off() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
	175
	176		SP->_trap_mbe &= ~mbe;
	177		return PDC_mouse_set();
	178		}
	179
	180		int map_button(unsigned long button)
	181		{
	182		PDC_LOG(("map_button() - called: button %x\n", button));
	183
	184		/****************** this does nothing at the moment ***************/
	185		SP->_map_mbe_to_key = button;
	186
	187		return OK;
	188		}
	189
	190		int request_mouse_pos(void)
	191		{
	192		PDC_LOG(("request_mouse_pos() - called\n"));
	193
	194		Mouse_status = pdc_mouse_status;
	195
	196		return OK;
	197		}
	198
	199		void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x)
	200		{
	201		PDC_LOG(("wmouse_position() - called\n"));
	202
	203		if (win && wenclose(win, MOUSE_Y_POS, MOUSE_X_POS))
	204		{
	205		if (y)
	206		*y = MOUSE_Y_POS - win->_begy;
	207		if (x)
	208		*x = MOUSE_X_POS - win->_begx;
	209		}
	210		else
	211		{
	212		if (y)
	213		*y = -1;
	214		if (x)
	215		*x = -1;
	216		}
	217		}
	218
	219		unsigned long getmouse(void)
	220		{
	221		PDC_LOG(("getmouse() - called\n"));
	222
	223		return SP->_trap_mbe;
	224		}
	225
	226		unsigned long getbmap(void)
	227		{
	228		PDC_LOG(("getbmap() - called\n"));
	229
	230		return SP->_map_mbe_to_key;
	231		}
	232
	233		/* ncurses mouse interface */
	234
	235		int mouseinterval(int wait)
	236		{
	237		int old_wait;
	238
	239		PDC_LOG(("mouseinterval() - called: %d\n", wait));
	240
	241		old_wait = SP->mouse_wait;
	242
	243		if (wait >= 0 && wait <= 1000)
	244		SP->mouse_wait = wait;
	245
	246		return old_wait;
	247		}
	248
	249		bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
	250		{
	251		PDC_LOG(("wenclose() - called: %p %d %d\n", win, y, x));
	252
	253		return (win && y >= win->_begy && y < win->_begy + win->_maxy
	254		&& x >= win->_begx && x < win->_begx + win->_maxx);
	255		}
	256
	257		bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen)
	258		{
	259		int newy, newx;
	260
	261		PDC_LOG(("wmouse_trafo() - called\n"));
	262
	263		if (!win || !y || !x)
	264		return FALSE;
	265
	266		newy = *y;
	267		newx = *x;
	268
	269		if (to_screen)
	270		{
	271		newy += win->_begy;
	272		newx += win->_begx;
	273
	274		if (!wenclose(win, newy, newx))
	275		return FALSE;
	276		}
	277		else
	278		{
	279		if (wenclose(win, newy, newx))
	280		{
	281		newy -= win->_begy;
	282		newx -= win->_begx;
	283		}
	284		else
	285		return FALSE;
	286		}
	287
	288		*y = newy;
	289		*x = newx;
	290
	291		return TRUE;
	292		}
	293
	294		bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen)
	295		{
	296		PDC_LOG(("mouse_trafo() - called\n"));
	297
	298		return wmouse_trafo(stdscr, y, x, to_screen);
	299		}
	300
	301		mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask)
	302		{
	303		PDC_LOG(("mousemask() - called\n"));
	304
	305		if (oldmask)
	306		*oldmask = SP->_trap_mbe;
	307
	308		/* The ncurses interface doesn't work with our move events, so
	309		filter them here */
	310
	311		mask &= ~(BUTTON1_MOVED | BUTTON2_MOVED | BUTTON3_MOVED);
	312
	313		mouse_set(mask);
	314
	315		return SP->_trap_mbe;
	316		}
	317
	318		int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event)
	319		{
	320		int i;
	321		mmask_t bstate = 0;
	322
	323		PDC_LOG(("nc_getmouse() - called\n"));
	324
	325		if (!event)
	326		return ERR;
	327
	328		ungot = FALSE;
	329
	330		request_mouse_pos();
	331
	332		event->id = 0;
	333
	334		event->x = Mouse_status.x;
	335		event->y = Mouse_status.y;
	336		event->z = 0;
	337
	338		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	339		{
	340		if (Mouse_status.changes & (1 << i))
	341		{
	342		int shf = i * 5;
	343		short button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK;
	344
	345		if (button == BUTTON_RELEASED)
	346		bstate |= (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf);
	347		else if (button == BUTTON_PRESSED)
	348		bstate |= (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf);
	349		else if (button == BUTTON_CLICKED)
	350		bstate |= (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf);
	351		else if (button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
	352		bstate |= (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf);
	353
	354		button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK;
	355
	356		if (button & PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT)
	357		bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT;
	358		if (button & PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL)
	359		bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL;
	360		if (button & PDC_BUTTON_ALT)
	361		bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT;
	362		}
	363		}
	364
	365		if (MOUSE_WHEEL_UP)
	366		bstate |= BUTTON4_PRESSED;
	367		else if (MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN)
	368		bstate |= BUTTON5_PRESSED;
	369
	370		/* extra filter pass -- mainly for button modifiers */
	371
	372		event->bstate = bstate & SP->_trap_mbe;
	373
	374		return OK;
	375		}
	376
	377		int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event)
	378		{
	379		int i;
	380		unsigned long bstate;
	381
	382		PDC_LOG(("ungetmouse() - called\n"));
	383
	384		if (!event || ungot)
	385		return ERR;
	386
	387		ungot = TRUE;
	388
	389		pdc_mouse_status.x = event->x;
	390		pdc_mouse_status.y = event->y;
	391
	392		pdc_mouse_status.changes = 0;
	393		bstate = event->bstate;
	394
	395		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	396		{
	397		int shf = i * 5;
	398		short button = 0;
	399
	400		if (bstate & ((BUTTON1_RELEASED | BUTTON1_PRESSED |
	401		BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED) << shf))
	402		{
	403		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= 1 << i;
	404
	405		if (bstate & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf))
	406		button = BUTTON_PRESSED;
	407		if (bstate & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf))
	408		button = BUTTON_CLICKED;
	409		if (bstate & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf))
	410		button = BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED;
	411
	412		if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT)
	413		button |= PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT;
	414		if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL)
	415		button |= PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL;
	416		if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT)
	417		button |= PDC_BUTTON_ALT;
	418		}
	419
	420		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = button;
	421		}
	422
	423		if (bstate & BUTTON4_PRESSED)
	424		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP;
	425		else if (bstate & BUTTON5_PRESSED)
	426		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN;
	427
	428		return ungetch(KEY_MOUSE);
	429		}

File pdcurses/move.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..30e5908)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: move.c,v 1.28 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: move
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int move(int y, int x);
	13		int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	14
	15		Description:
	16		The cursor associated with the window is moved to the given
	17		location. This does not move the physical cursor of the
	18		terminal until refresh() is called. The position specified is
	19		relative to the upper left corner of the window, which is (0,0).
	20
	21		Return Value:
	22		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	23
	24		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	25		move Y Y Y
	26		wmove Y Y Y
	27
	28		**man-end****************************************************************/
	29
	30		int move(int y, int x)
	31		{
	32		PDC_LOG(("move() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x));
	33
	34		if (!stdscr || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= stdscr->_maxx || y >= stdscr->_maxy)
	35		return ERR;
	36
	37		stdscr->_curx = x;
	38		stdscr->_cury = y;
	39
	40		return OK;
	41		}
	42
	43		int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
	44		{
	45		PDC_LOG(("wmove() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x));
	46
	47		if (!win || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= win->_maxx || y >= win->_maxy)
	48		return ERR;
	49
	50		win->_curx = x;
	51		win->_cury = y;
	52
	53		return OK;
	54		}

File pdcurses/outopts.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..0a8fd2d)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: outopts.c,v 1.39 2008/07/14 12:22:13 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: outopts
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	13		int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	14		void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	15		void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	16		int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	17		int setscrreg(int top, int bot);
	18		int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot);
	19		int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	20
	21		int raw_output(bool bf);
	22
	23		Description:
	24		With clearok(), if bf is TRUE, the next call to wrefresh() with
	25		this window will clear the screen completely and redraw the
	26		entire screen.
	27
	28		immedok(), called with a second argument of TRUE, causes an
	29		automatic wrefresh() every time a change is made to the
	30		specified window.
	31
	32		Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of the
	33		window being refreshed. leaveok() allows the cursor to be
	34		left wherever the update happens to leave it. It's useful
	35		for applications where the cursor is not used, since it reduces
	36		the need for cursor motions. If possible, the cursor is made
	37		invisible when this option is enabled.
	38
	39		wsetscrreg() sets a scrolling region in a window; "top" and
	40		"bot" are the line numbers for the top and bottom margins. If
	41		this option and scrollok() are enabled, any attempt to move off
	42		the bottom margin will cause all lines in the scrolling region
	43		to scroll up one line. setscrreg() is the stdscr version.
	44
	45		idlok() and idcok() do nothing in PDCurses, but are provided for
	46		compatibility with other curses implementations.
	47
	48		raw_output() enables the output of raw characters using the
	49		standard *add* and *ins* curses functions (that is, it disables
	50		translation of control characters).
	51
	52		Return Value:
	53		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	54
	55		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	56		clearok Y Y Y
	57		idlok Y Y Y
	58		idcok Y - 4.0
	59		immedok Y - 4.0
	60		leaveok Y Y Y
	61		setscrreg Y Y Y
	62		wsetscrreg Y Y Y
	63		scrollok Y Y Y
	64		raw_output - - -
	65
	66		**man-end****************************************************************/
	67
	68		int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
	69		{
	70		PDC_LOG(("clearok() - called\n"));
	71
	72		if (!win)
	73		return ERR;
	74
	75		win->_clear = bf;
	76
	77		return OK;
	78		}
	79
	80		int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
	81		{
	82		PDC_LOG(("idlok() - called\n"));
	83
	84		return OK;
	85		}
	86
	87		void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
	88		{
	89		PDC_LOG(("idcok() - called\n"));
	90		}
	91
	92		void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
	93		{
	94		PDC_LOG(("immedok() - called\n"));
	95
	96		if (win)
	97		win->_immed = bf;
	98		}
	99
	100		int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
	101		{
	102		PDC_LOG(("leaveok() - called\n"));
	103
	104		if (!win)
	105		return ERR;
	106
	107		win->_leaveit = bf;
	108
	109		curs_set(!bf);
	110
	111		return OK;
	112		}
	113
	114		int setscrreg(int top, int bottom)
	115		{
	116		PDC_LOG(("setscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom));
	117
	118		return wsetscrreg(stdscr, top, bottom);
	119		}
	120
	121		int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bottom)
	122		{
	123		PDC_LOG(("wsetscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom));
	124
	125		if (win && 0 <= top && top <= win->_cury &&
	126		win->_cury <= bottom && bottom < win->_maxy)
	127		{
	128		win->_tmarg = top;
	129		win->_bmarg = bottom;
	130
	131		return OK;
	132		}
	133		else
	134		return ERR;
	135		}
	136
	137		int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
	138		{
	139		PDC_LOG(("scrollok() - called\n"));
	140
	141		if (!win)
	142		return ERR;
	143
	144		win->_scroll = bf;
	145
	146		return OK;
	147		}
	148
	149		int raw_output(bool bf)
	150		{
	151		PDC_LOG(("raw_output() - called\n"));
	152
	153		SP->raw_out = bf;
	154
	155		return OK;
	156		}

File pdcurses/overlay.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..f9bba50)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: overlay.c,v 1.36 2008/07/14 12:35:23 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: overlay
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
	13		int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
	14		int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr,
	15		int src_tc, int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br,
	16		int dst_bc, bool overlay)
	17
	18		Description:
	19		overlay() and overwrite() copy all the text from src_w into
	20		dst_w. The windows need not be the same size. Those characters
	21		in the source window that intersect with the destination window
	22		are copied, so that the characters appear in the same physical
	23		position on the screen. The difference between the two functions
	24		is that overlay() is non-destructive (blanks are not copied)
	25		while overwrite() is destructive (blanks are copied).
	26
	27		copywin() is similar, but doesn't require that the two windows
	28		overlap. The arguments src_tc and src_tr specify the top left
	29		corner of the region to be copied. dst_tc, dst_tr, dst_br, and
	30		dst_bc specify the region within the destination window to copy
	31		to. The argument "overlay", if TRUE, indicates that the copy is
	32		done non-destructively (as in overlay()); blanks in the source
	33		window are not copied to the destination window. When overlay is
	34		FALSE, blanks are copied.
	35
	36		Return Value:
	37		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	38
	39		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	40		overlay Y Y Y
	41		overwrite Y Y Y
	42		copywin Y - 3.0
	43
	44		**man-end****************************************************************/
	45
	46		/* Thanks to Andreas Otte <venn@@uni-paderborn.de> for the
	47		corrected overlay()/overwrite() behavior. */
	48
	49		static int _copy_win(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr,
	50		int src_tc, int src_br, int src_bc, int dst_tr,
	51		int dst_tc, bool overlay)
	52		{
	53		int col, line, y1, fc, *minchng, *maxchng;
	54		chtype *w1ptr, *w2ptr;
	55
	56		int lc = 0;
	57		int xdiff = src_bc - src_tc;
	58		int ydiff = src_br - src_tr;
	59
	60		if (!src_w || !dst_w)
	61		return ERR;
	62
	63		minchng = dst_w->_firstch;
	64		maxchng = dst_w->_lastch;
	65
	66		for (y1 = 0; y1 < dst_tr; y1++)
	67		{
	68		minchng++;
	69		maxchng++;
	70		}
	71
	72		for (line = 0; line < ydiff; line++)
	73		{
	74		w1ptr = src_w->_y[line + src_tr] + src_tc;
	75		w2ptr = dst_w->_y[line + dst_tr] + dst_tc;
	76
	77		fc = _NO_CHANGE;
	78
	79		for (col = 0; col < xdiff; col++)
	80		{
	81		if ((*w1ptr) != (*w2ptr) &&
	82		!((*w1ptr & A_CHARTEXT) == ' ' && overlay))
	83		{
	84		*w2ptr = *w1ptr;
	85
	86		if (fc == _NO_CHANGE)
	87		fc = col + dst_tc;
	88
	89		lc = col + dst_tc;
	90		}
	91
	92		w1ptr++;
	93		w2ptr++;
	94		}
	95
	96		if (*minchng == _NO_CHANGE)
	97		{
	98		*minchng = fc;
	99		*maxchng = lc;
	100		}
	101		else if (fc != _NO_CHANGE)
	102		{
	103		if (fc < *minchng)
	104		*minchng = fc;
	105		if (lc > *maxchng)
	106		*maxchng = lc;
	107		}
	108
	109		minchng++;
	110		maxchng++;
	111		}
	112
	113		return OK;
	114		}
	115
	116		int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
	117		{
	118		int first_line, first_col, last_line, last_col;
	119		int src_start_x, src_start_y, dst_start_x, dst_start_y;
	120		int xdiff, ydiff;
	121
	122		PDC_LOG(("overlay() - called\n"));
	123
	124		if (!src_w || !dst_w)
	125		return ERR;
	126
	127		first_col = max(dst_w->_begx, src_w->_begx);
	128		first_line = max(dst_w->_begy, src_w->_begy);
	129
	130		last_col = min(src_w->_begx + src_w->_maxx, dst_w->_begx + dst_w->_maxx);
	131		last_line = min(src_w->_begy + src_w->_maxy, dst_w->_begy + dst_w->_maxy);
	132
	133		/* determine the overlapping region of the two windows in real
	134		coordinates */
	135
	136		/* if no overlapping region, do nothing */
	137
	138		if ((last_col < first_col) || (last_line < first_line))
	139		return OK;
	140
	141		/* size of overlapping region */
	142
	143		xdiff = last_col - first_col;
	144		ydiff = last_line - first_line;
	145
	146		if (src_w->_begx <= dst_w->_begx)
	147		{
	148		src_start_x = dst_w->_begx - src_w->_begx;
	149		dst_start_x = 0;
	150		}
	151		else
	152		{
	153		dst_start_x = src_w->_begx - dst_w->_begx;
	154		src_start_x = 0;
	155		}
	156
	157		if (src_w->_begy <= dst_w->_begy)
	158		{
	159		src_start_y = dst_w->_begy - src_w->_begy;
	160		dst_start_y = 0;
	161		}
	162		else
	163		{
	164		dst_start_y = src_w->_begy - dst_w->_begy;
	165		src_start_y = 0;
	166		}
	167
	168		return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_start_y, src_start_x,
	169		src_start_y + ydiff, src_start_x + xdiff,
	170		dst_start_y, dst_start_x, TRUE);
	171		}
	172
	173		int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
	174		{
	175		int first_line, first_col, last_line, last_col;
	176		int src_start_x, src_start_y, dst_start_x, dst_start_y;
	177		int xdiff, ydiff;
	178
	179		PDC_LOG(("overwrite() - called\n"));
	180
	181		if (!src_w || !dst_w)
	182		return ERR;
	183
	184		first_col = max(dst_w->_begx, src_w->_begx);
	185		first_line = max(dst_w->_begy, src_w->_begy);
	186
	187		last_col = min(src_w->_begx + src_w->_maxx, dst_w->_begx + dst_w->_maxx);
	188		last_line = min(src_w->_begy + src_w->_maxy, dst_w->_begy + dst_w->_maxy);
	189
	190		/* determine the overlapping region of the two windows in real
	191		coordinates */
	192
	193		/* if no overlapping region, do nothing */
	194
	195		if ((last_col < first_col) || (last_line < first_line))
	196		return OK;
	197
	198		/* size of overlapping region */
	199
	200		xdiff = last_col - first_col;
	201		ydiff = last_line - first_line;
	202
	203		if (src_w->_begx <= dst_w->_begx)
	204		{
	205		src_start_x = dst_w->_begx - src_w->_begx;
	206		dst_start_x = 0;
	207		}
	208		else
	209		{
	210		dst_start_x = src_w->_begx - dst_w->_begx;
	211		src_start_x = 0;
	212		}
	213
	214		if (src_w->_begy <= dst_w->_begy)
	215		{
	216		src_start_y = dst_w->_begy - src_w->_begy;
	217		dst_start_y = 0;
	218		}
	219		else
	220		{
	221		dst_start_y = src_w->_begy - dst_w->_begy;
	222		src_start_y = 0;
	223		}
	224
	225		return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_start_y, src_start_x,
	226		src_start_y + ydiff, src_start_x + xdiff,
	227		dst_start_y, dst_start_x, FALSE);
	228		}
	229
	230		int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr, int src_tc,
	231		int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br, int dst_bc, int overlay)
	232		{
	233		int src_end_x, src_end_y;
	234		int src_rows, src_cols, dst_rows, dst_cols;
	235		int min_rows, min_cols;
	236
	237		PDC_LOG(("copywin() - called\n"));
	238
	239		if (!src_w || !dst_w || dst_w == curscr || dst_br > dst_w->_maxy
	240		|| dst_bc > dst_w->_maxx || dst_tr < 0 || dst_tc < 0)
	241		return ERR;
	242
	243		src_rows = src_w->_maxy - src_tr;
	244		src_cols = src_w->_maxx - src_tc;
	245		dst_rows = dst_br - dst_tr + 1;
	246		dst_cols = dst_bc - dst_tc + 1;
	247
	248		min_rows = min(src_rows, dst_rows);
	249		min_cols = min(src_cols, dst_cols);
	250
	251		src_end_y = src_tr + min_rows;
	252		src_end_x = src_tc + min_cols;
	253
	254		return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_tr, src_tc, src_end_y, src_end_x,
	255		dst_tr, dst_tc, overlay);
	256		}

File pdcurses/pad.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..ccc5db2)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pad.c,v 1.50 2008/07/14 12:22:13 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: pad
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols);
	13		WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
	14		int begy, int begx);
	15		int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1,
	16		int sy2, int sx2);
	17		int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1,
	18		int sy2, int sx2);
	19		int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch);
	20		int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch);
	21
	22		Description:
	23		A pad is a special kind of window, which is not restricted by
	24		the screen size, and is not necessarily associated with a
	25		particular part of the screen. You can use a pad when you need
	26		a large window, and only a part of the window will be on the
	27		screen at one time. Pads are not refreshed automatically (e.g.,
	28		from scrolling or echoing of input). You can't call wrefresh()
	29		with a pad as an argument; use prefresh() or pnoutrefresh()
	30		instead. Note that these routines require additional parameters
	31		to specify the part of the pad to be displayed, and the location
	32		to use on the screen.
	33
	34		newpad() creates a new pad data structure.
	35
	36		subpad() creates a new sub-pad within a pad, at position (begy,
	37		begx), with dimensions of nlines lines and ncols columns. This
	38		position is relative to the pad, and not to the screen as with
	39		subwin. Changes to either the parent pad or sub-pad will affect
	40		both. When using sub-pads, you may need to call touchwin()
	41		before calling prefresh().
	42
	43		pnoutrefresh() copies the specified pad to the virtual screen.
	44
	45		prefresh() calls pnoutrefresh(), followed by doupdate().
	46
	47		These routines are analogous to wnoutrefresh() and wrefresh().
	48		(py, px) specifies the upper left corner of the part of the pad
	49		to be displayed; (sy1, sx1) and (sy2, sx2) describe the screen
	50		rectangle that will contain the selected part of the pad.
	51
	52		pechochar() is functionally equivalent to addch() followed by
	53		a call to prefresh(), with the last-used coordinates and
	54		dimensions. pecho_wchar() is the wide-character version.
	55
	56		Return Value:
	57		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	58
	59		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	60		newpad Y - Y
	61		subpad Y - Y
	62		prefresh Y - Y
	63		pnoutrefresh Y - Y
	64		pechochar Y - 3.0
	65		pecho_wchar Y
	66
	67		**man-end****************************************************************/
	68
	69		#include <string.h>
	70
	71		/* save values for pechochar() */
	72
	73		static int save_pminrow, save_pmincol;
	74		static int save_sminrow, save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol;
	75
	76		WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols)
	77		{
	78		WINDOW *win;
	79
	80		PDC_LOG(("newpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d\n", nlines, ncols));
	81
	82		if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, -1, -1))
	83		|| !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) )
	84		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	85
	86		werase(win);
	87
	88		win->_flags = _PAD;
	89
	90		/* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call to
	91		prefresh(). */
	92
	93		save_pminrow = 0;
	94		save_pmincol = 0;
	95		save_sminrow = 0;
	96		save_smincol = 0;
	97		save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1;
	98		save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1;
	99
	100		return win;
	101		}
	102
	103		WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
	104		{
	105		WINDOW *win;
	106		int i;
	107		int j = begy;
	108		int k = begx;
	109
	110		PDC_LOG(("subpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n",
	111		nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
	112
	113		if (!orig || !(orig->_flags & _PAD))
	114		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	115
	116		/* make sure window fits inside the original one */
	117
	118		if ((begy < orig->_begy) || (begx < orig->_begx) ||
	119		(begy + nlines) > (orig->_begy + orig->_maxy) ||
	120		(begx + ncols) > (orig->_begx + orig->_maxx))
	121		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	122
	123		if (!nlines)
	124		nlines = orig->_maxy - 1 - j;
	125
	126		if (!ncols)
	127		ncols = orig->_maxx - 1 - k;
	128
	129		if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) )
	130		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	131
	132		/* initialize window variables */
	133
	134		win->_attrs = orig->_attrs;
	135		win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit;
	136		win->_scroll = orig->_scroll;
	137		win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay;
	138		win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad;
	139		win->_parent = orig;
	140
	141		for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
	142		win->_y[i] = (orig->_y[j++]) + k;
	143
	144		win->_flags = _SUBPAD;
	145
	146		/* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call
	147		to prefresh(). */
	148
	149		save_pminrow = 0;
	150		save_pmincol = 0;
	151		save_sminrow = 0;
	152		save_smincol = 0;
	153		save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1;
	154		save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1;
	155
	156		return win;
	157		}
	158
	159		int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2)
	160		{
	161		PDC_LOG(("prefresh() - called\n"));
	162
	163		if (pnoutrefresh(win, py, px, sy1, sx1, sy2, sx2) == ERR)
	164		return ERR;
	165
	166		doupdate();
	167		return OK;
	168		}
	169
	170		int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2)
	171		{
	172		int num_cols;
	173		int sline = sy1;
	174		int pline = py;
	175
	176		PDC_LOG(("pnoutrefresh() - called\n"));
	177
	178		if (!w || !(w->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) || (sy2 >= LINES) || (sy2 >= COLS))
	179		return ERR;
	180
	181		if (py < 0)
	182		py = 0;
	183		if (px < 0)
	184		px = 0;
	185		if (sy1 < 0)
	186		sy1 = 0;
	187		if (sx1 < 0)
	188		sx1 = 0;
	189
	190		if (sy2 < sy1 || sx2 < sx1)
	191		return ERR;
	192
	193		num_cols = min((sx2 - sx1 + 1), (w->_maxx - px));
	194
	195		while (sline <= sy2)
	196		{
	197		if (pline < w->_maxy)
	198		{
	199		memcpy(curscr->_y[sline] + sx1, w->_y[pline] + px,
	200		num_cols * sizeof(chtype));
	201
	202		if ((curscr->_firstch[sline] == _NO_CHANGE)
	203		|| (curscr->_firstch[sline] > sx1))
	204		curscr->_firstch[sline] = sx1;
	205
	206		if (sx2 > curscr->_lastch[sline])
	207		curscr->_lastch[sline] = sx2;
	208
	209		w->_firstch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
	210		w->_lastch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
	211		}
	212
	213		sline++;
	214		pline++;
	215		}
	216
	217		if (w->_clear)
	218		{
	219		w->_clear = FALSE;
	220		curscr->_clear = TRUE;
	221		}
	222
	223		/* position the cursor to the pad's current position if possible --
	224		is the pad current position going to end up displayed? if not,
	225		then don't move the cursor; if so, move it to the correct place */
	226
	227		if (!w->_leaveit && w->_cury >= py && w->_curx >= px &&
	228		w->_cury <= py + (sy2 - sy1) && w->_curx <= px + (sx2 - sx1))
	229		{
	230		curscr->_cury = (w->_cury - py) + sy1;
	231		curscr->_curx = (w->_curx - px) + sx1;
	232		}
	233
	234		return OK;
	235		}
	236
	237		int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch)
	238		{
	239		PDC_LOG(("pechochar() - called\n"));
	240
	241		if (waddch(pad, ch) == ERR)
	242		return ERR;
	243
	244		return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow,
	245		save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol);
	246		}
	247
	248		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	249		int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch)
	250		{
	251		PDC_LOG(("pecho_wchar() - called\n"));
	252
	253		if (!wch || (waddch(pad, *wch) == ERR))
	254		return ERR;
	255
	256		return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow,
	257		save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol);
	258		}
	259		#endif

File pdcurses/panel.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..77028c6)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: panel.c,v 1.8 2008/07/14 12:35:23 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: panel
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan);
	13		int del_panel(PANEL *pan);
	14		int hide_panel(PANEL *pan);
	15		int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx);
	16		PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win);
	17		PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan);
	18		PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan);
	19		int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan);
	20		const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan);
	21		WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan);
	22		int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win);
	23		int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr);
	24		int show_panel(PANEL *pan);
	25		int top_panel(PANEL *pan);
	26		void update_panels(void);
	27
	28		Description:
	29		The panel library is built using the curses library, and any
	30		program using panels routines must call one of the curses
	31		initialization routines such as initscr(). A program using these
	32		routines must be linked with the panels and curses libraries.
	33		The header <panel.h> includes the header <curses.h>.
	34
	35		The panels package gives the applications programmer a way to
	36		have depth relationships between curses windows; a curses window
	37		is associated with every panel. The panels routines allow curses
	38		windows to overlap without making visible the overlapped
	39		portions of underlying windows. The initial curses window,
	40		stdscr, lies beneath all panels. The set of currently visible
	41		panels is the 'deck' of panels.
	42
	43		The panels package allows the applications programmer to create
	44		panels, fetch and set their associated windows, shuffle panels
	45		in the deck, and manipulate panels in other ways.
	46
	47		bottom_panel() places pan at the bottom of the deck. The size,
	48		location and contents of the panel are unchanged.
	49
	50		del_panel() deletes pan, but not its associated winwow.
	51
	52		hide_panel() removes a panel from the deck and thus hides it
	53		from view.
	54
	55		move_panel() moves the curses window associated with pan, so
	56		that its upper lefthand corner is at the supplied coordinates.
	57		(Do not use mvwin() on the window.)
	58
	59		new_panel() creates a new panel associated with win and returns
	60		the panel pointer. The new panel is placed at the top of the
	61		deck.
	62
	63		panel_above() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck above
	64		pan, or NULL if pan is the top panel. If the value of pan passed
	65		is NULL, this function returns a pointer to the bottom panel in
	66		the deck.
	67
	68		panel_below() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck below
	69		pan, or NULL if pan is the bottom panel. If the value of pan
	70		passed is NULL, this function returns a pointer to the top panel
	71		in the deck.
	72
	73		panel_hidden() returns OK if pan is hidden and ERR if it is not.
	74
	75		panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available for
	76		maintaining relevant information. This function returns a
	77		pointer to that information previously set up by
	78		set_panel_userptr().
	79
	80		panel_window() returns a pointer to the curses window associated
	81		with the panel.
	82
	83		replace_panel() replaces the current window of pan with win.
	84
	85		set_panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available
	86		for maintaining relevant information. This function sets the
	87		value of that information.
	88
	89		show_panel() makes a previously hidden panel visible and places
	90		it back in the deck on top.
	91
	92		top_panel() places pan on the top of the deck. The size,
	93		location and contents of the panel are unchanged.
	94
	95		update_panels() refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the
	96		depth relationships between the panels in the deck. The user
	97		must use doupdate() to refresh the physical screen.
	98
	99		Return Value:
	100		Each routine that returns a pointer to an object returns NULL if
	101		an error occurs. Each panel routine that returns an integer,
	102		returns OK if it executes successfully and ERR if it does not.
	103
	104		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	105		bottom_panel - - Y
	106		del_panel - - Y
	107		hide_panel - - Y
	108		move_panel - - Y
	109		new_panel - - Y
	110		panel_above - - Y
	111		panel_below - - Y
	112		panel_hidden - - Y
	113		panel_userptr - - Y
	114		panel_window - - Y
	115		replace_panel - - Y
	116		set_panel_userptr - - Y
	117		show_panel - - Y
	118		top_panel - - Y
	119		update_panels - - Y
	120
	121		Credits:
	122		Original Author - Warren Tucker <wht@n4hgf.mt-park.ga.us>
	123
	124		**man-end****************************************************************/
	125
	126		#include <panel.h>
	127		#include <stdlib.h>
	128
	129		PANEL *_bottom_panel = (PANEL *)0;
	130		PANEL *_top_panel = (PANEL *)0;
	131		PANEL _stdscr_pseudo_panel = { (WINDOW *)0 };
	132
	133		#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
	134
	135		static void dPanel(char *text, PANEL *pan)
	136		{
	137		PDC_LOG(("%s id=%s b=%s a=%s y=%d x=%d", text, pan->user,
	138		pan->below ? pan->below->user : "--",
	139		pan->above ? pan->above->user : "--",
	140		pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx));
	141		}
	142
	143		static void dStack(char *fmt, int num, PANEL *pan)
	144		{
	145		char s80[80];
	146
	147		sprintf(s80, fmt, num, pan);
	148		PDC_LOG(("%s b=%s t=%s", s80, _bottom_panel ? _bottom_panel->user : "--",
	149		_top_panel ? _top_panel->user : "--"));
	150
	151		if (pan)
	152		PDC_LOG(("pan id=%s", pan->user));
	153
	154		pan = _bottom_panel;
	155
	156		while (pan)
	157		{
	158		dPanel("stk", pan);
	159		pan = pan->above;
	160		}
	161		}
	162
	163		/* debugging hook for wnoutrefresh */
	164
	165		static void Wnoutrefresh(PANEL *pan)
	166		{
	167		dPanel("wnoutrefresh", pan);
	168		wnoutrefresh(pan->win);
	169		}
	170
	171		static void Touchpan(PANEL *pan)
	172		{
	173		dPanel("Touchpan", pan);
	174		touchwin(pan->win);
	175		}
	176
	177		static void Touchline(PANEL *pan, int start, int count)
	178		{
	179		char s80[80];
	180
	181		sprintf(s80, "Touchline s=%d c=%d", start, count);
	182		dPanel(s80, pan);
	183		touchline(pan->win, start, count);
	184		}
	185
	186		#else /* PANEL_DEBUG */
	187
	188		#define dPanel(text, pan)
	189		#define dStack(fmt, num, pan)
	190		#define Wnoutrefresh(pan) wnoutrefresh((pan)->win)
	191		#define Touchpan(pan) touchwin((pan)->win)
	192		#define Touchline(pan, start, count) touchline((pan)->win, start, count)
	193
	194		#endif /* PANEL_DEBUG */
	195
	196		static bool _panels_overlapped(PANEL *pan1, PANEL *pan2)
	197		{
	198		if (!pan1 || !pan2)
	199		return FALSE;
	200
	201		return ((pan1->wstarty >= pan2->wstarty && pan1->wstarty < pan2->wendy)
	202		|| (pan2->wstarty >= pan1->wstarty && pan2->wstarty < pan1->wendy))
	203		&& ((pan1->wstartx >= pan2->wstartx && pan1->wstartx < pan2->wendx)
	204		|| (pan2->wstartx >= pan1->wstartx && pan2->wstartx < pan1->wendx));
	205		}
	206
	207		static void _free_obscure(PANEL *pan)
	208		{
	209		PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */
	210		PANELOBS *nobs; /* "next" one */
	211
	212		while (tobs)
	213		{
	214		nobs = tobs->above;
	215		free((char *)tobs);
	216		tobs = nobs;
	217		}
	218		pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
	219		}
	220
	221		static void _override(PANEL *pan, int show)
	222		{
	223		int y;
	224		PANEL *pan2;
	225		PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */
	226
	227		if (show == 1)
	228		Touchpan(pan);
	229		else if (!show)
	230		{
	231		Touchpan(pan);
	232		Touchpan(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel);
	233		}
	234		else if (show == -1)
	235		while (tobs && (tobs->pan != pan))
	236		tobs = tobs->above;
	237
	238		while (tobs)
	239		{
	240		if ((pan2 = tobs->pan) != pan)
	241		for (y = pan->wstarty; y < pan->wendy; y++)
	242		if ((y >= pan2->wstarty) && (y < pan2->wendy) &&
	243		((is_linetouched(pan->win, y - pan->wstarty)) ||
	244		(is_linetouched(stdscr, y))))
	245		Touchline(pan2, y - pan2->wstarty, 1);
	246
	247		tobs = tobs->above;
	248		}
	249		}
	250
	251		static void _calculate_obscure(void)
	252		{
	253		PANEL *pan, *pan2;
	254		PANELOBS *tobs; /* "this" one */
	255		PANELOBS *lobs; /* last one */
	256
	257		pan = _bottom_panel;
	258
	259		while (pan)
	260		{
	261		if (pan->obscure)
	262		_free_obscure(pan);
	263
	264		lobs = (PANELOBS *)0;
	265		pan2 = _bottom_panel;
	266
	267		while (pan2)
	268		{
	269		if (_panels_overlapped(pan, pan2))
	270		{
	271		if ((tobs = malloc(sizeof(PANELOBS))) == NULL)
	272		return;
	273
	274		tobs->pan = pan2;
	275		dPanel("obscured", pan2);
	276		tobs->above = (PANELOBS *)0;
	277
	278		if (lobs)
	279		lobs->above = tobs;
	280		else
	281		pan->obscure = tobs;
	282
	283		lobs = tobs;
	284		}
	285
	286		pan2 = pan2->above;
	287		}
	288
	289		_override(pan, 1);
	290		pan = pan->above;
	291		}
	292		}
	293
	294		/* check to see if panel is in the stack */
	295
	296		static bool _panel_is_linked(const PANEL *pan)
	297		{
	298		PANEL *pan2 = _bottom_panel;
	299
	300		while (pan2)
	301		{
	302		if (pan2 == pan)
	303		return TRUE;
	304
	305		pan2 = pan2->above;
	306		}
	307
	308		return FALSE;
	309		}
	310
	311		/* link panel into stack at top */
	312
	313		static void _panel_link_top(PANEL *pan)
	314		{
	315		#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
	316		dStack("<lt%d>", 1, pan);
	317		if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
	318		return;
	319		#endif
	320		pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
	321		pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
	322
	323		if (_top_panel)
	324		{
	325		_top_panel->above = pan;
	326		pan->below = _top_panel;
	327		}
	328
	329		_top_panel = pan;
	330
	331		if (!_bottom_panel)
	332		_bottom_panel = pan;
	333
	334		_calculate_obscure();
	335		dStack("<lt%d>", 9, pan);
	336		}
	337
	338		/* link panel into stack at bottom */
	339
	340		static void _panel_link_bottom(PANEL *pan)
	341		{
	342		#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
	343		dStack("<lb%d>", 1, pan);
	344		if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
	345		return;
	346		#endif
	347		pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
	348		pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
	349
	350		if (_bottom_panel)
	351		{
	352		_bottom_panel->below = pan;
	353		pan->above = _bottom_panel;
	354		}
	355
	356		_bottom_panel = pan;
	357
	358		if (!_top_panel)
	359		_top_panel = pan;
	360
	361		_calculate_obscure();
	362		dStack("<lb%d>", 9, pan);
	363		}
	364
	365		static void _panel_unlink(PANEL *pan)
	366		{
	367		PANEL *prev;
	368		PANEL *next;
	369
	370		#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
	371		dStack("<u%d>", 1, pan);
	372		if (!_panel_is_linked(pan))
	373		return;
	374		#endif
	375		_override(pan, 0);
	376		_free_obscure(pan);
	377
	378		prev = pan->below;
	379		next = pan->above;
	380
	381		/* if non-zero, we will not update the list head */
	382
	383		if (prev)
	384		{
	385		prev->above = next;
	386		if(next)
	387		next->below = prev;
	388		}
	389		else if (next)
	390		next->below = prev;
	391
	392		if (pan == _bottom_panel)
	393		_bottom_panel = next;
	394
	395		if (pan == _top_panel)
	396		_top_panel = prev;
	397
	398		_calculate_obscure();
	399
	400		pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
	401		pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
	402		dStack("<u%d>", 9, pan);
	403
	404		}
	405
	406		/************************************************************************
	407		* The following are the public functions for the panels library. *
	408		************************************************************************/
	409
	410		int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan)
	411		{
	412		if (!pan)
	413		return ERR;
	414
	415		if (pan == _bottom_panel)
	416		return OK;
	417
	418		if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
	419		hide_panel(pan);
	420
	421		_panel_link_bottom(pan);
	422
	423		return OK;
	424		}
	425
	426		int del_panel(PANEL *pan)
	427		{
	428		if (pan)
	429		{
	430		if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
	431		hide_panel(pan);
	432
	433		free((char *)pan);
	434		return OK;
	435		}
	436
	437		return ERR;
	438		}
	439
	440		int hide_panel(PANEL *pan)
	441		{
	442		if (!pan)
	443		return ERR;
	444
	445		if (!_panel_is_linked(pan))
	446		{
	447		pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
	448		pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
	449		return ERR;
	450		}
	451
	452		_panel_unlink(pan);
	453
	454		return OK;
	455		}
	456
	457		int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx)
	458		{
	459		WINDOW *win;
	460		int maxy, maxx;
	461
	462		if (!pan)
	463		return ERR;
	464
	465		if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
	466		_override(pan, 0);
	467
	468		win = pan->win;
	469
	470		if (mvwin(win, starty, startx) == ERR)
	471		return ERR;
	472
	473		getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
	474		getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
	475		pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
	476		pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
	477
	478		if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
	479		_calculate_obscure();
	480
	481		return OK;
	482		}
	483
	484		PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win)
	485		{
	486		PANEL *pan = malloc(sizeof(PANEL));
	487
	488		if (!_stdscr_pseudo_panel.win)
	489		{
	490		_stdscr_pseudo_panel.win = stdscr;
	491		_stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstarty = 0;
	492		_stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstartx = 0;
	493		_stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendy = LINES;
	494		_stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendx = COLS;
	495		_stdscr_pseudo_panel.user = "stdscr";
	496		_stdscr_pseudo_panel.obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
	497		}
	498
	499		if (pan)
	500		{
	501		int maxy, maxx;
	502
	503		pan->win = win;
	504		pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
	505		pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
	506		getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
	507		getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
	508		pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
	509		pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
	510		#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
	511		pan->user = "new";
	512		#else
	513		pan->user = (char *)0;
	514		#endif
	515		pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
	516		show_panel(pan);
	517		}
	518
	519		return pan;
	520		}
	521
	522		PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan)
	523		{
	524		return pan ? pan->above : _bottom_panel;
	525		}
	526
	527		PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan)
	528		{
	529		return pan ? pan->below : _top_panel;
	530		}
	531
	532		int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan)
	533		{
	534		if (!pan)
	535		return ERR;
	536
	537		return _panel_is_linked(pan) ? ERR : OK;
	538		}
	539
	540		const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan)
	541		{
	542		return pan ? pan->user : NULL;
	543		}
	544
	545		WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan)
	546		{
	547		PDC_LOG(("panel_window() - called\n"));
	548
	549		return pan->win;
	550		}
	551
	552		int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win)
	553		{
	554		int maxy, maxx;
	555
	556		if (!pan)
	557		return ERR;
	558
	559		if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
	560		_override(pan, 0);
	561
	562		pan->win = win;
	563		getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
	564		getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
	565		pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
	566		pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
	567
	568		if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
	569		_calculate_obscure();
	570
	571		return OK;
	572		}
	573
	574		int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr)
	575		{
	576		if (!pan)
	577		return ERR;
	578
	579		pan->user = uptr;
	580		return OK;
	581		}
	582
	583		int show_panel(PANEL *pan)
	584		{
	585		if (!pan)
	586		return ERR;
	587
	588		if (pan == _top_panel)
	589		return OK;
	590
	591		if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
	592		hide_panel(pan);
	593
	594		_panel_link_top(pan);
	595
	596		return OK;
	597		}
	598
	599		int top_panel(PANEL *pan)
	600		{
	601		return show_panel(pan);
	602		}
	603
	604		void update_panels(void)
	605		{
	606		PANEL *pan;
	607
	608		PDC_LOG(("update_panels() - called\n"));
	609
	610		pan = _bottom_panel;
	611
	612		while (pan)
	613		{
	614		_override(pan, -1);
	615		pan = pan->above;
	616		}
	617
	618		if (is_wintouched(stdscr))
	619		Wnoutrefresh(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel);
	620
	621		pan = _bottom_panel;
	622
	623		while (pan)
	624		{
	625		if (is_wintouched(pan->win) || !pan->above)
	626		Wnoutrefresh(pan);
	627
	628		pan = pan->above;
	629		}
	630		}

File pdcurses/printw.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..9be0c5f)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: printw.c,v 1.40 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: printw
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int printw(const char *fmt, ...);
	13		int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
	14		int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
	15		int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt,...);
	16		int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
	17		int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
	18
	19		Description:
	20		The printw() functions add a formatted string to the window at
	21		the current or specified cursor position. The format strings are
	22		the same as used in the standard C library's printf(). (printw()
	23		can be used as a drop-in replacement for printf().)
	24
	25		Return Value:
	26		All functions return the number of characters printed, or
	27		ERR on error.
	28
	29		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	30		printw Y Y Y
	31		wprintw Y Y Y
	32		mvprintw Y Y Y
	33		mvwprintw Y Y Y
	34		vwprintw Y - 4.0
	35		vw_printw Y
	36
	37		**man-end****************************************************************/
	38
	39		#include <string.h>
	40
	41		int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
	42		{
	43		char printbuf[513];
	44		int len;
	45
	46		PDC_LOG(("vwprintw() - called\n"));
	47
	48		#ifdef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
	49		len = vsnprintf(printbuf, 512, fmt, varglist);
	50		#else
	51		len = vsprintf(printbuf, fmt, varglist);
	52		#endif
	53		return (waddstr(win, printbuf) == ERR) ? ERR : len;
	54		}
	55
	56		int printw(const char *fmt, ...)
	57		{
	58		va_list args;
	59		int retval;
	60
	61		PDC_LOG(("printw() - called\n"));
	62
	63		va_start(args, fmt);
	64		retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args);
	65		va_end(args);
	66
	67		return retval;
	68		}
	69
	70		int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...)
	71		{
	72		va_list args;
	73		int retval;
	74
	75		PDC_LOG(("wprintw() - called\n"));
	76
	77		va_start(args, fmt);
	78		retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args);
	79		va_end(args);
	80
	81		return retval;
	82		}
	83
	84		int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
	85		{
	86		va_list args;
	87		int retval;
	88
	89		PDC_LOG(("mvprintw() - called\n"));
	90
	91		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	92		return ERR;
	93
	94		va_start(args, fmt);
	95		retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args);
	96		va_end(args);
	97
	98		return retval;
	99		}
	100
	101		int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
	102		{
	103		va_list args;
	104		int retval;
	105
	106		PDC_LOG(("mvwprintw() - called\n"));
	107
	108		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	109		return ERR;
	110
	111		va_start(args, fmt);
	112		retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args);
	113		va_end(args);
	114
	115		return retval;
	116		}
	117
	118		int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
	119		{
	120		PDC_LOG(("vw_printw() - called\n"));
	121
	122		return vwprintw(win, fmt, varglist);
	123		}

File pdcurses/refresh.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..0b8e1ca)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: refresh.c,v 1.56 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: refresh
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int refresh(void);
	13		int wrefresh(WINDOW *win);
	14		int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win);
	15		int doupdate(void);
	16		int redrawwin(WINDOW *win);
	17		int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);
	18
	19		Description:
	20		wrefresh() copies the named window to the physical terminal
	21		screen, taking into account what is already there in order to
	22		optimize cursor movement. refresh() does the same, using stdscr.
	23		These routines must be called to get any output on the terminal,
	24		as other routines only manipulate data structures. Unless
	25		leaveok() has been enabled, the physical cursor of the terminal
	26		is left at the location of the window's cursor.
	27
	28		wnoutrefresh() and doupdate() allow multiple updates with more
	29		efficiency than wrefresh() alone. wrefresh() works by first
	30		calling wnoutrefresh(), which copies the named window to the
	31		virtual screen. It then calls doupdate(), which compares the
	32		virtual screen to the physical screen and does the actual
	33		update. A series of calls to wrefresh() will result in
	34		alternating calls to wnoutrefresh() and doupdate(), causing
	35		several bursts of output to the screen. By first calling
	36		wnoutrefresh() for each window, it is then possible to call
	37		doupdate() only once.
	38
	39		In PDCurses, redrawwin() is equivalent to touchwin(), and
	40		wredrawln() is the same as touchline(). In some other curses
	41		implementations, there's a subtle distinction, but it has no
	42		meaning in PDCurses.
	43
	44		Return Value:
	45		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	46
	47		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	48		refresh Y Y Y
	49		wrefresh Y Y Y
	50		wnoutrefresh Y Y Y
	51		doupdate Y Y Y
	52		redrawwin Y - 4.0
	53		wredrawln Y - 4.0
	54
	55		**man-end****************************************************************/
	56
	57		#include <string.h>
	58
	59		int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win)
	60		{
	61		int begy, begx; /* window's place on screen */
	62		int i, j;
	63
	64		PDC_LOG(("wnoutrefresh() - called: win=%p\n", win));
	65
	66		if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) )
	67		return ERR;
	68
	69		begy = win->_begy;
	70		begx = win->_begx;
	71
	72		for (i = 0, j = begy; i < win->_maxy; i++, j++)
	73		{
	74		if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE)
	75		{
	76		chtype *src = win->_y[i];
	77		chtype *dest = curscr->_y[j] + begx;
	78
	79		int first = win->_firstch[i]; /* first changed */
	80		int last = win->_lastch[i]; /* last changed */
	81
	82		/* ignore areas on the outside that are marked as changed,
	83		but really aren't */
	84
	85		while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first])
	86		first++;
	87
	88		while (last >= first && src[last] == dest[last])
	89		last--;
	90
	91		/* if any have really changed... */
	92
	93		if (first <= last)
	94		{
	95		memcpy(dest + first, src + first,
	96		(last - first + 1) * sizeof(chtype));
	97
	98		first += begx;
	99		last += begx;
	100
	101		if (first < curscr->_firstch[j] ||
	102		curscr->_firstch[j] == _NO_CHANGE)
	103		curscr->_firstch[j] = first;
	104
	105		if (last > curscr->_lastch[j])
	106		curscr->_lastch[j] = last;
	107		}
	108
	109		win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
	110		}
	111
	112		win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
	113		}
	114
	115		if (win->_clear)
	116		win->_clear = FALSE;
	117
	118		if (!win->_leaveit)
	119		{
	120		curscr->_cury = win->_cury + begy;
	121		curscr->_curx = win->_curx + begx;
	122		}
	123
	124		return OK;
	125		}
	126
	127		int doupdate(void)
	128		{
	129		int y;
	130		bool clearall;
	131
	132		PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - called\n"));
	133
	134		if (!curscr)
	135		return ERR;
	136
	137		if (isendwin()) /* coming back after endwin() called */
	138		{
	139		reset_prog_mode();
	140		clearall = TRUE;
	141		SP->alive = TRUE; /* so isendwin() result is correct */
	142		}
	143		else
	144		clearall = curscr->_clear;
	145
	146		for (y = 0; y < SP->lines; y++)
	147		{
	148		PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - Transforming line %d of %d: %s\n",
	149		y, SP->lines, (curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE) ?
	150		"Yes" : "No"));
	151
	152		if (clearall || curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE)
	153		{
	154		int first, last;
	155
	156		chtype *src = curscr->_y[y];
	157		chtype *dest = pdc_lastscr->_y[y];
	158
	159		if (clearall)
	160		{
	161		first = 0;
	162		last = COLS - 1;
	163		}
	164		else
	165		{
	166		first = curscr->_firstch[y];
	167		last = curscr->_lastch[y];
	168		}
	169
	170		while (first <= last)
	171		{
	172		int len = 0;
	173
	174		/* build up a run of changed cells; if two runs are
	175		separated by a single unchanged cell, ignore the
	176		break */
	177
	178		if (clearall)
	179		len = last - first + 1;
	180		else
	181		while (first + len <= last &&
	182		(src[first + len] != dest[first + len] ||
	183		(len && first + len < last &&
	184		src[first + len + 1] != dest[first + len + 1])
	185		)
	186		)
	187		len++;
	188
	189		/* update the screen, and pdc_lastscr */
	190
	191		if (len)
	192		{
	193		PDC_transform_line(y, first, len, src + first);
	194		memcpy(dest + first, src + first, len * sizeof(chtype));
	195		first += len;
	196		}
	197
	198		/* skip over runs of unchanged cells */
	199
	200		while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first])
	201		first++;
	202		}
	203
	204		curscr->_firstch[y] = _NO_CHANGE;
	205		curscr->_lastch[y] = _NO_CHANGE;
	206		}
	207		}
	208
	209		curscr->_clear = FALSE;
	210
	211		if (SP->visibility)
	212		PDC_gotoyx(curscr->_cury, curscr->_curx);
	213
	214		SP->cursrow = curscr->_cury;
	215		SP->curscol = curscr->_curx;
	216
	217		return OK;
	218		}
	219
	220		int wrefresh(WINDOW *win)
	221		{
	222		bool save_clear;
	223
	224		PDC_LOG(("wrefresh() - called\n"));
	225
	226		if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) )
	227		return ERR;
	228
	229		save_clear = win->_clear;
	230
	231		if (win == curscr)
	232		curscr->_clear = TRUE;
	233		else
	234		wnoutrefresh(win);
	235
	236		if (save_clear && win->_maxy == SP->lines && win->_maxx == SP->cols)
	237		curscr->_clear = TRUE;
	238
	239		return doupdate();
	240		}
	241
	242		int refresh(void)
	243		{
	244		PDC_LOG(("refresh() - called\n"));
	245
	246		return wrefresh(stdscr);
	247		}
	248
	249		int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int start, int num)
	250		{
	251		int i;
	252
	253		PDC_LOG(("wredrawln() - called: win=%p start=%d num=%d\n",
	254		win, start, num));
	255
	256		if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + num > win->_maxy)
	257		return ERR;
	258
	259		for (i = start; i < start + num; i++)
	260		{
	261		win->_firstch[i] = 0;
	262		win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
	263		}
	264
	265		return OK;
	266		}
	267
	268		int redrawwin(WINDOW *win)
	269		{
	270		PDC_LOG(("redrawwin() - called: win=%p\n", win));
	271
	272		if (!win)
	273		return ERR;
	274
	275		return wredrawln(win, 0, win->_maxy);
	276		}

File pdcurses/scanw.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..af2bcb9)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: scanw.c,v 1.42 2008/07/14 12:22:13 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: scanw
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int scanw(const char *fmt, ...);
	13		int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
	14		int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
	15		int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
	16		int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
	17		int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
	18
	19		Description:
	20		These routines correspond to the standard C library's scanf()
	21		family. Each gets a string from the window via wgetnstr(), and
	22		uses the resulting line as input for the scan.
	23
	24		Return Value:
	25		On successful completion, these functions return the number of
	26		items successfully matched. Otherwise they return ERR.
	27
	28		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	29		scanw Y Y Y
	30		wscanw Y Y Y
	31		mvscanw Y Y Y
	32		mvwscanw Y Y Y
	33		vwscanw Y - 4.0
	34		vw_scanw Y
	35
	36		**man-end****************************************************************/
	37
	38		#include <string.h>
	39
	40		#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
	41		# include <stdlib.h>
	42		# include <ctype.h>
	43		# include <limits.h>
	44
	45		static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *, const char *, va_list);
	46
	47		# define vsscanf _pdc_vsscanf
	48		#endif
	49
	50		int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
	51		{
	52		char scanbuf[256];
	53
	54		PDC_LOG(("vwscanw() - called\n"));
	55
	56		if (wgetnstr(win, scanbuf, 255) == ERR)
	57		return ERR;
	58
	59		return vsscanf(scanbuf, fmt, varglist);
	60		}
	61
	62		int scanw(const char *fmt, ...)
	63		{
	64		va_list args;
	65		int retval;
	66
	67		PDC_LOG(("scanw() - called\n"));
	68
	69		va_start(args, fmt);
	70		retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args);
	71		va_end(args);
	72
	73		return retval;
	74		}
	75
	76		int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...)
	77		{
	78		va_list args;
	79		int retval;
	80
	81		PDC_LOG(("wscanw() - called\n"));
	82
	83		va_start(args, fmt);
	84		retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args);
	85		va_end(args);
	86
	87		return retval;
	88		}
	89
	90		int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
	91		{
	92		va_list args;
	93		int retval;
	94
	95		PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n"));
	96
	97		if (move(y, x) == ERR)
	98		return ERR;
	99
	100		va_start(args, fmt);
	101		retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args);
	102		va_end(args);
	103
	104		return retval;
	105		}
	106
	107		int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
	108		{
	109		va_list args;
	110		int retval;
	111
	112		PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n"));
	113
	114		if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
	115		return ERR;
	116
	117		va_start(args, fmt);
	118		retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args);
	119		va_end(args);
	120
	121		return retval;
	122		}
	123
	124		int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
	125		{
	126		PDC_LOG(("vw_scanw() - called\n"));
	127
	128		return vwscanw(win, fmt, varglist);
	129		}
	130
	131		#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
	132
	133		/* _pdc_vsscanf() - Internal routine to parse and format an input
	134		buffer. It scans a series of input fields; each field is formatted
	135		according to a supplied format string and the formatted input is
	136		stored in the variable number of addresses passed. Returns the number
	137		of input fields or EOF on error.
	138
	139		Don't compile this unless required. Some compilers (at least Borland
	140		C++ 3.0) have to link with math libraries due to the use of floats.
	141
	142		Based on vsscanf.c and input.c from emx 0.8f library source,
	143		Copyright (c) 1990-1992 by Eberhard Mattes, who has kindly agreed to
	144		its inclusion in PDCurses. */
	145
	146		#define WHITE(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t' || (x) == '\n')
	147
	148		#define NEXT(x) \
	149		do { \
	150		x = *buf++; \
	151		if (!x) \
	152		return (count ? count : EOF); \
	153		++chars; \
	154		} while (0)
	155
	156		#define UNGETC() \
	157		do { \
	158		--buf; --chars; \
	159		} while (0)
	160
	161		static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list arg_ptr)
	162		{
	163		int count, chars, c, width, radix, d, i;
	164		int *int_ptr;
	165		long *long_ptr;
	166		short *short_ptr;
	167		char *char_ptr;
	168		unsigned char f;
	169		char neg, assign, ok, size;
	170		long n;
	171		char map[256], end;
	172		double dx, dd, *dbl_ptr;
	173		float *flt_ptr;
	174		int exp;
	175		char eneg;
	176
	177		count = 0;
	178		chars = 0;
	179		c = 0;
	180		while ((f = *fmt) != 0)
	181		{
	182		if (WHITE(f))
	183		{
	184		do
	185		{
	186		++fmt;
	187		f = *fmt;
	188		}
	189		while (WHITE(f));
	190		do
	191		{
	192		c = *buf++;
	193		if (!c)
	194		{
	195		if (!f || count)
	196		return count;
	197		else
	198		return EOF;
	199		} else
	200		++chars;
	201		}
	202		while (WHITE(c));
	203		UNGETC();
	204		} else if (f != '%')
	205		{
	206		NEXT(c);
	207		if (c != f)
	208		return count;
	209		++fmt;
	210		} else
	211		{
	212		assign = TRUE;
	213		width = INT_MAX;
	214		char_ptr = NULL;
	215		++fmt;
	216		if (*fmt == '*')
	217		{
	218		assign = FALSE;
	219		++fmt;
	220		}
	221		if (isdigit(*fmt))
	222		{
	223		width = 0;
	224		while (isdigit(*fmt))
	225		width = width * 10 + (*fmt++ - '0');
	226		if (!width)
	227		width = INT_MAX;
	228		}
	229		size = 0;
	230		if (*fmt == 'h' || *fmt == 'l')
	231		size = *fmt++;
	232		f = *fmt;
	233		switch (f)
	234		{
	235		case 'c':
	236		if (width == INT_MAX)
	237		width = 1;
	238		if (assign)
	239		char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *);
	240		while (width > 0)
	241		{
	242		--width;
	243		NEXT(c);
	244		if (assign)
	245		{
	246		*char_ptr++ = (char) c;
	247		++count;
	248		}
	249		}
	250		break;
	251		case '[':
	252		memset(map, 0, 256);
	253		end = 0;
	254		++fmt;
	255		if (*fmt == '^')
	256		{
	257		++fmt;
	258		end = 1;
	259		}
	260		i = 0;
	261		for (;;)
	262		{
	263		f = (unsigned char) *fmt;
	264		switch (f)
	265		{
	266		case 0:
	267		/* avoid skipping past 0 */
	268		--fmt;
	269		NEXT(c);
	270		goto string;
	271		case ']':
	272		if (i > 0)
	273		{
	274		NEXT(c);
	275		goto string;
	276		}
	277		/* no break */
	278		default:
	279		if (fmt[1] == '-' && fmt[2]
	280		&& f < (unsigned char)fmt[2])
	281		{
	282		memset(map + f, 1, (unsigned char)fmt[2] - f);
	283		fmt += 2;
	284		}
	285		else
	286		map[f] = 1;
	287		break;
	288		}
	289		++fmt;
	290		++i;
	291		}
	292		case 's':
	293		memset(map, 0, 256);
	294		map[' '] = 1;
	295		map['\n'] = 1;
	296		map['\r'] = 1;
	297		map['\t'] = 1;
	298		end = 1;
	299		do
	300		{
	301		NEXT(c);
	302		}
	303		while (WHITE(c));
	304		string:
	305		if (assign)
	306		char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *);
	307		while (width > 0 && map[(unsigned char) c] != end)
	308		{
	309		--width;
	310		if (assign)
	311		*char_ptr++ = (char) c;
	312		c = *buf++;
	313		if (!c)
	314		break;
	315		else
	316		++chars;
	317		}
	318		if (assign)
	319		{
	320		*char_ptr = 0;
	321		++count;
	322		}
	323		if (!c)
	324		return count;
	325		else
	326		UNGETC();
	327		break;
	328		case 'f':
	329		case 'e':
	330		case 'E':
	331		case 'g':
	332		case 'G':
	333		neg = ok = FALSE;
	334		dx = 0.0;
	335		do
	336		{
	337		NEXT(c);
	338		}
	339		while (WHITE(c));
	340		if (c == '+')
	341		{
	342		NEXT(c);
	343		--width;
	344		} else if (c == '-')
	345		{
	346		neg = TRUE;
	347		NEXT(c);
	348		--width;
	349		}
	350		while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
	351		{
	352		--width;
	353		dx = dx * 10.0 + (double) (c - '0');
	354		ok = TRUE;
	355		c = *buf++;
	356		if (!c)
	357		break;
	358		else
	359		++chars;
	360		}
	361		if (width > 0 && c == '.')
	362		{
	363		--width;
	364		dd = 10.0;
	365		NEXT(c);
	366		while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
	367		{
	368		--width;
	369		dx += (double) (c - '0') / dd;
	370		dd *= 10.0;
	371		ok = TRUE;
	372		c = *buf++;
	373		if (!c)
	374		break;
	375		else
	376		++chars;
	377		}
	378		}
	379		if (!ok)
	380		return count;
	381		if (width > 0 && (c == 'e' || c == 'E'))
	382		{
	383		eneg = FALSE;
	384		exp = 0;
	385		NEXT(c);
	386		--width;
	387		if (width > 0 && c == '+')
	388		{
	389		NEXT(c);
	390		--width;
	391		} else if (width > 0 && c == '-')
	392		{
	393		eneg = TRUE;
	394		NEXT(c);
	395		--width;
	396		}
	397		if (!(width > 0 && isdigit(c)))
	398		{
	399		UNGETC();
	400		return count;
	401		}
	402		while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
	403		{
	404		--width;
	405		exp = exp * 10 + (c - '0');
	406		c = *buf++;
	407		if (!c)
	408		break;
	409		else
	410		++chars;
	411		}
	412		if (eneg)
	413		exp = -exp;
	414		while (exp > 0)
	415		{
	416		dx *= 10.0;
	417		--exp;
	418		}
	419		while (exp < 0)
	420		{
	421		dx /= 10.0;
	422		++exp;
	423		}
	424		}
	425		if (assign)
	426		{
	427		if (neg)
	428		dx = -dx;
	429		if (size == 'l')
	430		{
	431		dbl_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, double *);
	432		*dbl_ptr = dx;
	433		}
	434		else
	435		{
	436		flt_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, float *);
	437		*flt_ptr = (float)dx;
	438		}
	439		++count;
	440		}
	441		if (!c)
	442		return count;
	443		else
	444		UNGETC();
	445		break;
	446		case 'i':
	447		neg = FALSE;
	448		radix = 10;
	449		do
	450		{
	451		NEXT(c);
	452		}
	453		while (WHITE(c));
	454		if (!(width > 0 && c == '0'))
	455		goto scan_complete_number;
	456		NEXT(c);
	457		--width;
	458		if (width > 0 && (c == 'x' || c == 'X'))
	459		{
	460		NEXT(c);
	461		radix = 16;
	462		--width;
	463		}
	464		else if (width > 0 && (c >= '0' && c <= '7'))
	465		radix = 8;
	466		goto scan_unsigned_number;
	467		case 'd':
	468		case 'u':
	469		case 'o':
	470		case 'x':
	471		case 'X':
	472		do
	473		{
	474		NEXT(c);
	475		}
	476		while (WHITE(c));
	477		switch (f)
	478		{
	479		case 'o':
	480		radix = 8;
	481		break;
	482		case 'x':
	483		case 'X':
	484		radix = 16;
	485		break;
	486		default:
	487		radix = 10;
	488		break;
	489		}
	490		scan_complete_number:
	491		neg = FALSE;
	492		if (width > 0 && c == '+')
	493		{
	494		NEXT(c);
	495		--width;
	496		}
	497		else if (width > 0 && c == '-' && radix == 10)
	498		{
	499		neg = TRUE;
	500		NEXT(c);
	501		--width;
	502		}
	503		scan_unsigned_number:
	504		n = 0;
	505		ok = FALSE;
	506		while (width > 0)
	507		{
	508		--width;
	509		if (isdigit(c))
	510		d = c - '0';
	511		else if (isupper(c))
	512		d = c - 'A' + 10;
	513		else if (islower(c))
	514		d = c - 'a' + 10;
	515		else
	516		break;
	517		if (d < 0 || d >= radix)
	518		break;
	519		ok = TRUE;
	520		n = n * radix + d;
	521		c = *buf++;
	522		if (!c)
	523		break;
	524		else
	525		++chars;
	526		}
	527		if (!ok)
	528		return count;
	529		if (assign)
	530		{
	531		if (neg)
	532		n = -n;
	533		switch (size)
	534		{
	535		case 'h':
	536		short_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, short *);
	537		*short_ptr = (short) n;
	538		break;
	539		case 'l':
	540		long_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, long *);
	541		*long_ptr = (long) n;
	542		break;
	543		default:
	544		int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *);
	545		*int_ptr = (int) n;
	546		}
	547		++count;
	548		}
	549		if (!c)
	550		return count;
	551		else
	552		UNGETC();
	553		break;
	554		case 'n':
	555		if (assign)
	556		{
	557		int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *);
	558		*int_ptr = chars;
	559		++count;
	560		}
	561		break;
	562		default:
	563		if (!f) /* % at end of string */
	564		return count;
	565		NEXT(c);
	566		if (c != f)
	567		return count;
	568		break;
	569		}
	570		++fmt;
	571		}
	572		}
	573		return count;
	574		}
	575		#endif /* HAVE_VSSCANF */

File pdcurses/scr_dump.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..e02046e)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: scr_dump.c,v 1.30 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: scr_dump
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep);
	13		WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep);
	14		int scr_dump(const char *filename);
	15		int scr_init(const char *filename);
	16		int scr_restore(const char *filename);
	17		int scr_set(const char *filename);
	18
	19		Description:
	20		getwin() reads window-related data previously stored in a file
	21		by putwin(). It then creates and initialises a new window using
	22		that data.
	23
	24		putwin() writes all data associated with a window into a file,
	25		using an unspecified format. This information can be retrieved
	26		later using getwin().
	27
	28		scr_dump() writes the current contents of the virtual screen to
	29		the file named by filename in an unspecified format.
	30
	31		scr_restore() function sets the virtual screen to the contents
	32		of the file named by filename, which must have been written
	33		using scr_dump(). The next refresh operation restores the screen
	34		to the way it looked in the dump file.
	35
	36		In PDCurses, scr_init() does nothing, and scr_set() is a synonym
	37		for scr_restore(). Also, scr_dump() and scr_restore() save and
	38		load from curscr. This differs from some other implementations,
	39		where scr_init() works with curscr, and scr_restore() works with
	40		newscr; but the effect should be the same. (PDCurses has no
	41		newscr.)
	42
	43		Return Value:
	44		On successful completion, getwin() returns a pointer to the
	45		window it created. Otherwise, it returns a null pointer. Other
	46		functions return OK or ERR.
	47
	48		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	49		putwin Y
	50		getwin Y
	51		scr_dump Y
	52		scr_init Y
	53		scr_restore Y
	54		scr_set Y
	55
	56		**man-end****************************************************************/
	57
	58		#include <stdlib.h>
	59		#include <string.h>
	60
	61		#define DUMPVER 1 /* Should be updated whenever the WINDOW struct is
	62		changed */
	63
	64		int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep)
	65		{
	66		static const char *marker = "PDC";
	67		static const unsigned char version = DUMPVER;
	68
	69		PDC_LOG(("putwin() - called\n"));
	70
	71		/* write the marker and the WINDOW struct */
	72
	73		if (filep && fwrite(marker, strlen(marker), 1, filep)
	74		&& fwrite(&version, 1, 1, filep)
	75		&& fwrite(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep))
	76		{
	77		int i;
	78
	79		/* write each line */
	80
	81		for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
	82		if (!fwrite(win->_y[i], win->_maxx * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep))
	83		return ERR;
	84
	85		return OK;
	86		}
	87
	88		return ERR;
	89		}
	90
	91		WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep)
	92		{
	93		WINDOW *win;
	94		char marker[4];
	95		int i, nlines, ncols;
	96
	97		PDC_LOG(("getwin() - called\n"));
	98
	99		if ( !(win = malloc(sizeof(WINDOW))) )
	100		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	101
	102		/* check for the marker, and load the WINDOW struct */
	103
	104		if (!filep || !fread(marker, 4, 1, filep) || strncmp(marker, "PDC", 3)
	105		|| marker[3] != DUMPVER || !fread(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep))
	106		{
	107		free(win);
	108		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	109		}
	110
	111		nlines = win->_maxy;
	112		ncols = win->_maxx;
	113
	114		/* allocate the line pointer array */
	115
	116		if ( !(win->_y = malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *))) )
	117		{
	118		free(win);
	119		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	120		}
	121
	122		/* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */
	123
	124		if ( !(win->_firstch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) )
	125		{
	126		free(win->_y);
	127		free(win);
	128		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	129		}
	130
	131		if ( !(win->_lastch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) )
	132		{
	133		free(win->_firstch);
	134		free(win->_y);
	135		free(win);
	136		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	137		}
	138
	139		/* allocate the lines */
	140
	141		if ( !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) )
	142		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	143
	144		/* read them */
	145
	146		for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
	147		{
	148		if (!fread(win->_y[i], ncols * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep))
	149		{
	150		delwin(win);
	151		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	152		}
	153		}
	154
	155		touchwin(win);
	156
	157		return win;
	158		}
	159
	160		int scr_dump(const char *filename)
	161		{
	162		FILE *filep;
	163
	164		PDC_LOG(("scr_dump() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
	165
	166		if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "wb")) != NULL)
	167		{
	168		int result = putwin(curscr, filep);
	169		fclose(filep);
	170		return result;
	171		}
	172
	173		return ERR;
	174		}
	175
	176		int scr_init(const char *filename)
	177		{
	178		PDC_LOG(("scr_init() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
	179
	180		return OK;
	181		}
	182
	183		int scr_restore(const char *filename)
	184		{
	185		FILE *filep;
	186
	187		PDC_LOG(("scr_restore() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
	188
	189		if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "rb")) != NULL)
	190		{
	191		WINDOW *replacement = getwin(filep);
	192		fclose(filep);
	193
	194		if (replacement)
	195		{
	196		int result = overwrite(replacement, curscr);
	197		delwin(replacement);
	198		return result;
	199		}
	200		}
	201
	202		return ERR;
	203		}
	204
	205		int scr_set(const char *filename)
	206		{
	207		PDC_LOG(("scr_set() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
	208
	209		return scr_restore(filename);
	210		}

File pdcurses/scroll.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..c53e295)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: scroll.c,v 1.36 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: scroll
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int scroll(WINDOW *win);
	13		int scrl(int n);
	14		int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n);
	15
	16		Description:
	17		scroll() causes the window to scroll up one line. This involves
	18		moving the lines in the window data strcture.
	19
	20		With a positive n, scrl() and wscrl() scroll the window up n
	21		lines (line i + n becomes i); otherwise they scroll the window
	22		down n lines.
	23
	24		For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via
	25		scrollok(). Note also that scrolling is not allowed if the
	26		supplied window is a pad.
	27
	28		Return Value:
	29		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	30
	31		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	32		scroll Y Y Y
	33		scrl Y - 4.0
	34		wscrl Y - 4.0
	35
	36		**man-end****************************************************************/
	37
	38		int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n)
	39		{
	40		int i, l, dir, start, end;
	41		chtype blank, *temp;
	42
	43		/* Check if window scrolls. Valid for window AND pad */
	44
	45		if (!win || !win->_scroll || !n)
	46		return ERR;
	47
	48		blank = win->_bkgd;
	49
	50		if (n > 0)
	51		{
	52		start = win->_tmarg;
	53		end = win->_bmarg;
	54		dir = 1;
	55		}
	56		else
	57		{
	58		start = win->_bmarg;
	59		end = win->_tmarg;
	60		dir = -1;
	61		}
	62
	63		for (l = 0; l < (n * dir); l++)
	64		{
	65		temp = win->_y[start];
	66
	67		/* re-arrange line pointers */
	68
	69		for (i = start; i != end; i += dir)
	70		win->_y[i] = win->_y[i + dir];
	71
	72		win->_y[end] = temp;
	73
	74		/* make a blank line */
	75
	76		for (i = 0; i < win->_maxx; i++)
	77		*temp++ = blank;
	78		}
	79
	80		touchline(win, win->_tmarg, win->_bmarg - win->_tmarg + 1);
	81
	82		PDC_sync(win);
	83		return OK;
	84		}
	85
	86		int scrl(int n)
	87		{
	88		PDC_LOG(("scrl() - called\n"));
	89
	90		return wscrl(stdscr, n);
	91		}
	92
	93		int scroll(WINDOW *win)
	94		{
	95		PDC_LOG(("scroll() - called\n"));
	96
	97		return wscrl(win, 1);
	98		}

File pdcurses/slk.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..f97f406)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: slk.c,v 1.61 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: slk
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int slk_init(int fmt);
	13		int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify);
	14		int slk_refresh(void);
	15		int slk_noutrefresh(void);
	16		char *slk_label(int labnum);
	17		int slk_clear(void);
	18		int slk_restore(void);
	19		int slk_touch(void);
	20		int slk_attron(const chtype attrs);
	21		int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts);
	22		int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs);
	23		int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts);
	24		int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs);
	25		int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts);
	26		int slk_color(short color_pair);
	27
	28		int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify);
	29
	30		int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x);
	31		void PDC_slk_free(void);
	32		void PDC_slk_initialize(void);
	33
	34		wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum)
	35
	36		Description:
	37		These functions manipulate a window that contain Soft Label Keys
	38		(SLK). To use the SLK functions, a call to slk_init() must be
	39		made BEFORE initscr() or newterm(). slk_init() removes 1 or 2
	40		lines from the useable screen, depending on the format selected.
	41
	42		The line(s) removed from the screen are used as a separate
	43		window, in which SLKs are displayed.
	44
	45		slk_init() requires a single parameter which describes the
	46		format of the SLKs as follows:
	47
	48		0 3-2-3 format
	49		1 4-4 format
	50		2 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension)
	51		3 4-4-4 format with index line (ncurses extension)
	52		2 lines used
	53		55 5-5 format (pdcurses format)
	54
	55		slk_refresh(), slk_noutrefresh() and slk_touch() are analogous
	56		to refresh(), noutrefresh() and touch().
	57
	58		Return Value:
	59		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	60
	61		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	62		slk_init Y - Y
	63		slk_set Y - Y
	64		slk_refresh Y - Y
	65		slk_noutrefresh Y - Y
	66		slk_label Y - Y
	67		slk_clear Y - Y
	68		slk_restore Y - Y
	69		slk_touch Y - Y
	70		slk_attron Y - Y
	71		slk_attrset Y - Y
	72		slk_attroff Y - Y
	73		slk_attr_on Y
	74		slk_attr_set Y
	75		slk_attr_off Y
	76		slk_wset Y
	77		PDC_mouse_in_slk - - -
	78		PDC_slk_free - - -
	79		PDC_slk_initialize - - -
	80		slk_wlabel - - -
	81
	82		**man-end****************************************************************/
	83
	84		#include <stdlib.h>
	85
	86		enum { LABEL_NORMAL = 8, LABEL_EXTENDED = 10, LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED = 12 };
	87
	88		static int label_length = 0;
	89		static int labels = 0;
	90		static int label_fmt = 0;
	91		static int label_line = 0;
	92		static bool hidden = FALSE;
	93
	94		static struct SLK {
	95		chtype label[32];
	96		int len;
	97		int format;
	98		int start_col;
	99		} *slk = (struct SLK *)NULL;
	100
	101		/* slk_init() is the slk initialization routine.
	102		This must be called before initscr().
	103
	104		label_fmt = 0, 1 or 55.
	105		0 = 3-2-3 format
	106		1 = 4 - 4 format
	107		2 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys)
	108		3 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys -
	109		with index line)
	110		55 = 5 - 5 format (extended for PC, 10 function keys) */
	111
	112		int slk_init(int fmt)
	113		{
	114		PDC_LOG(("slk_init() - called\n"));
	115
	116		if (SP)
	117		return ERR;
	118
	119		switch (fmt)
	120		{
	121		case 0: /* 3 - 2 - 3 */
	122		labels = LABEL_NORMAL;
	123		break;
	124
	125		case 1: /* 4 - 4 */
	126		labels = LABEL_NORMAL;
	127		break;
	128
	129		case 2: /* 4 4 4 */
	130		labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED;
	131		break;
	132
	133		case 3: /* 4 4 4 with index */
	134		labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED;
	135		break;
	136
	137		case 55: /* 5 - 5 */
	138		labels = LABEL_EXTENDED;
	139		break;
	140
	141		default:
	142		return ERR;
	143		}
	144
	145		label_fmt = fmt;
	146
	147		slk = calloc(labels, sizeof(struct SLK));
	148
	149		if (!slk)
	150		labels = 0;
	151
	152		return slk ? OK : ERR;
	153		}
	154
	155		/* draw a single button */
	156
	157		static void _drawone(int num)
	158		{
	159		int i, col, slen;
	160
	161		if (hidden)
	162		return;
	163
	164		slen = slk[num].len;
	165
	166		switch (slk[num].format)
	167		{
	168		case 0: /* LEFT */
	169		col = 0;
	170		break;
	171
	172		case 1: /* CENTER */
	173		col = (label_length - slen) / 2;
	174
	175		if (col + slen > label_length)
	176		--col;
	177		break;
	178
	179		default: /* RIGHT */
	180		col = label_length - slen;
	181		}
	182
	183		wmove(SP->slk_winptr, label_line, slk[num].start_col);
	184
	185		for (i = 0; i < label_length; ++i)
	186		waddch(SP->slk_winptr, (i >= col && i < (col + slen)) ?
	187		slk[num].label[i - col] : ' ');
	188		}
	189
	190		/* redraw each button */
	191
	192		static void _redraw(void)
	193		{
	194		int i;
	195
	196		for (i = 0; i < labels; ++i)
	197		_drawone(i);
	198		}
	199
	200		/* slk_set() Used to set a slk label to a string.
	201
	202		labnum = 1 - 8 (or 10) (number of the label)
	203		label = string (8 or 7 bytes total), or NULL
	204		justify = 0 : left, 1 : center, 2 : right */
	205
	206		int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify)
	207		{
	208		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	209		wchar_t wlabel[32];
	210
	211		PDC_mbstowcs(wlabel, label, 31);
	212		return slk_wset(labnum, wlabel, justify);
	213		#else
	214		PDC_LOG(("slk_set() - called\n"));
	215
	216		if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2)
	217		return ERR;
	218
	219		labnum--;
	220
	221		if (!label || !(*label))
	222		{
	223		/* Clear the label */
	224
	225		*slk[labnum].label = 0;
	226		slk[labnum].format = 0;
	227		slk[labnum].len = 0;
	228		}
	229		else
	230		{
	231		int i, j = 0;
	232
	233		/* Skip leading spaces */
	234
	235		while (label[j] == ' ')
	236		j++;
	237
	238		/* Copy it */
	239
	240		for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++)
	241		{
	242		chtype ch = label[i + j];
	243
	244		slk[labnum].label[i] = ch;
	245
	246		if (!ch)
	247		break;
	248		}
	249
	250		/* Drop trailing spaces */
	251
	252		while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == ' '))
	253		i--;
	254
	255		slk[labnum].label[i] = 0;
	256		slk[labnum].format = justify;
	257		slk[labnum].len = i;
	258		}
	259
	260		_drawone(labnum);
	261
	262		return OK;
	263		#endif
	264		}
	265
	266		int slk_refresh(void)
	267		{
	268		PDC_LOG(("slk_refresh() - called\n"));
	269
	270		return (slk_noutrefresh() == ERR) ? ERR : doupdate();
	271		}
	272
	273		int slk_noutrefresh(void)
	274		{
	275		PDC_LOG(("slk_noutrefresh() - called\n"));
	276
	277		return wnoutrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
	278		}
	279
	280		char *slk_label(int labnum)
	281		{
	282		static char temp[33];
	283		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	284		wchar_t *wtemp = slk_wlabel(labnum);
	285
	286		PDC_wcstombs(temp, wtemp, 32);
	287		#else
	288		chtype *p;
	289		int i;
	290
	291		PDC_LOG(("slk_label() - called\n"));
	292
	293		if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels)
	294		return (char *)0;
	295
	296		for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++)
	297		temp[i] = *p++;
	298
	299		temp[i] = '\0';
	300		#endif
	301		return temp;
	302		}
	303
	304		int slk_clear(void)
	305		{
	306		PDC_LOG(("slk_clear() - called\n"));
	307
	308		hidden = TRUE;
	309		werase(SP->slk_winptr);
	310		return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
	311		}
	312
	313		int slk_restore(void)
	314		{
	315		PDC_LOG(("slk_restore() - called\n"));
	316
	317		hidden = FALSE;
	318		_redraw();
	319		return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
	320		}
	321
	322		int slk_touch(void)
	323		{
	324		PDC_LOG(("slk_touch() - called\n"));
	325
	326		return touchwin(SP->slk_winptr);
	327		}
	328
	329		int slk_attron(const chtype attrs)
	330		{
	331		int rc;
	332
	333		PDC_LOG(("slk_attron() - called\n"));
	334
	335		rc = wattron(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
	336		_redraw();
	337
	338		return rc;
	339		}
	340
	341		int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts)
	342		{
	343		PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_on() - called\n"));
	344
	345		return slk_attron(attrs);
	346		}
	347
	348		int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs)
	349		{
	350		int rc;
	351
	352		PDC_LOG(("slk_attroff() - called\n"));
	353
	354		rc = wattroff(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
	355		_redraw();
	356
	357		return rc;
	358		}
	359
	360		int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts)
	361		{
	362		PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_off() - called\n"));
	363
	364		return slk_attroff(attrs);
	365		}
	366
	367		int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs)
	368		{
	369		int rc;
	370
	371		PDC_LOG(("slk_attrset() - called\n"));
	372
	373		rc = wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
	374		_redraw();
	375
	376		return rc;
	377		}
	378
	379		int slk_color(short color_pair)
	380		{
	381		int rc;
	382
	383		PDC_LOG(("slk_color() - called\n"));
	384
	385		rc = wcolor_set(SP->slk_winptr, color_pair, NULL);
	386		_redraw();
	387
	388		return rc;
	389		}
	390
	391		int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
	392		{
	393		PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_set() - called\n"));
	394
	395		return slk_attrset(attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair));
	396		}
	397
	398		static void _slk_calc(void)
	399		{
	400		int i, center, col = 0;
	401		label_length = COLS / labels;
	402
	403		if (label_length > 31)
	404		label_length = 31;
	405
	406		switch (label_fmt)
	407		{
	408		case 0: /* 3 - 2 - 3 F-Key layout */
	409
	410		--label_length;
	411
	412		slk[0].start_col = col;
	413		slk[1].start_col = (col += label_length);
	414		slk[2].start_col = (col += label_length);
	415
	416		center = COLS / 2;
	417
	418		slk[3].start_col = center - label_length + 1;
	419		slk[4].start_col = center + 1;
	420
	421		col = COLS - (label_length * 3) + 1;
	422
	423		slk[5].start_col = col;
	424		slk[6].start_col = (col += label_length);
	425		slk[7].start_col = (col += label_length);
	426		break;
	427
	428		case 1: /* 4 - 4 F-Key layout */
	429
	430		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
	431		{
	432		slk[i].start_col = col;
	433		col += label_length;
	434
	435		if (i == 3)
	436		col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1;
	437		}
	438
	439		break;
	440
	441		case 2: /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout */
	442		case 3: /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout with index */
	443
	444		for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
	445		{
	446		slk[i].start_col = col;
	447		col += label_length;
	448		}
	449
	450		center = COLS/2;
	451
	452		slk[4].start_col = center - (label_length * 2) + 1;
	453		slk[5].start_col = center - label_length - 1;
	454		slk[6].start_col = center + 1;
	455		slk[7].start_col = center + label_length + 1;
	456
	457		col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1;
	458
	459		for (i = 8; i < 12; i++)
	460		{
	461		slk[i].start_col = col;
	462		col += label_length;
	463		}
	464
	465		break;
	466
	467		default: /* 5 - 5 F-Key layout */
	468
	469		for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
	470		{
	471		slk[i].start_col = col;
	472		col += label_length;
	473
	474		if (i == 4)
	475		col = COLS - (label_length * 5) + 1;
	476		}
	477		}
	478
	479		--label_length;
	480
	481		/* make sure labels are all in window */
	482
	483		_redraw();
	484		}
	485
	486		void PDC_slk_initialize(void)
	487		{
	488		if (slk)
	489		{
	490		if (label_fmt == 3)
	491		{
	492		SP->slklines = 2;
	493		label_line = 1;
	494		}
	495		else
	496		SP->slklines = 1;
	497
	498		if (!SP->slk_winptr)
	499		{
	500		if ( !(SP->slk_winptr = newwin(SP->slklines, COLS,
	501		LINES - SP->slklines, 0)) )
	502		return;
	503
	504		wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_REVERSE);
	505		}
	506
	507		_slk_calc();
	508
	509		/* if we have an index line, display it now */
	510
	511		if (label_fmt == 3)
	512		{
	513		chtype save_attr;
	514		int i;
	515
	516		save_attr = SP->slk_winptr->_attrs;
	517		wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_NORMAL);
	518		wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0);
	519		whline(SP->slk_winptr, 0, COLS);
	520
	521		for (i = 0; i < labels; i++)
	522		mvwprintw(SP->slk_winptr, 0, slk[i].start_col, "F%d", i + 1);
	523
	524		SP->slk_winptr->_attrs = save_attr;
	525		}
	526
	527		touchwin(SP->slk_winptr);
	528		}
	529		}
	530
	531		void PDC_slk_free(void)
	532		{
	533		if (slk)
	534		{
	535		if (SP->slk_winptr)
	536		{
	537		delwin(SP->slk_winptr);
	538		SP->slk_winptr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
	539		}
	540
	541		free(slk);
	542		slk = (struct SLK *)NULL;
	543
	544		label_length = 0;
	545		labels = 0;
	546		label_fmt = 0;
	547		label_line = 0;
	548		hidden = FALSE;
	549		}
	550		}
	551
	552		int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x)
	553		{
	554		int i;
	555
	556		PDC_LOG(("PDC_mouse_in_slk() - called: y->%d x->%d\n", y, x));
	557
	558		/* If the line on which the mouse was clicked is NOT the last line
	559		of the screen, we are not interested in it. */
	560
	561		if (!slk || !SP->slk_winptr || (y != SP->slk_winptr->_begy + label_line))
	562		return 0;
	563
	564		for (i = 0; i < labels; i++)
	565		if (x >= slk[i].start_col && x < (slk[i].start_col + label_length))
	566		return i + 1;
	567
	568		return 0;
	569		}
	570
	571		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	572		int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify)
	573		{
	574		PDC_LOG(("slk_wset() - called\n"));
	575
	576		if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2)
	577		return ERR;
	578
	579		labnum--;
	580
	581		if (!label || !(*label))
	582		{
	583		/* Clear the label */
	584
	585		*slk[labnum].label = 0;
	586		slk[labnum].format = 0;
	587		slk[labnum].len = 0;
	588		}
	589		else
	590		{
	591		int i, j = 0;
	592
	593		/* Skip leading spaces */
	594
	595		while (label[j] == L' ')
	596		j++;
	597
	598		/* Copy it */
	599
	600		for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++)
	601		{
	602		chtype ch = label[i + j];
	603
	604		slk[labnum].label[i] = ch;
	605
	606		if (!ch)
	607		break;
	608		}
	609
	610		/* Drop trailing spaces */
	611
	612		while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == L' '))
	613		i--;
	614
	615		slk[labnum].label[i] = 0;
	616		slk[labnum].format = justify;
	617		slk[labnum].len = i;
	618		}
	619
	620		_drawone(labnum);
	621
	622		return OK;
	623		}
	624
	625		wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum)
	626		{
	627		static wchar_t temp[33];
	628		chtype *p;
	629		int i;
	630
	631		PDC_LOG(("slk_wlabel() - called\n"));
	632
	633		if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels)
	634		return (wchar_t *)0;
	635
	636		for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++)
	637		temp[i] = *p++;
	638
	639		temp[i] = '\0';
	640
	641		return temp;
	642		}
	643		#endif

File pdcurses/termattr.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..06e9ee8)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: termattr.c,v 1.54 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: termattr
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int baudrate(void);
	13		char erasechar(void);
	14		bool has_ic(void);
	15		bool has_il(void);
	16		char killchar(void);
	17		char *longname(void);
	18		chtype termattrs(void);
	19		attr_t term_attrs(void);
	20		char *termname(void);
	21
	22		int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch);
	23		int killwchar(wchar_t *ch);
	24
	25		char wordchar(void);
	26
	27		Description:
	28		baudrate() is supposed to return the output speed of the
	29		terminal. In PDCurses, it simply returns INT_MAX.
	30
	31		has_ic and has_il() return TRUE. These functions have meaning in
	32		some other implementations of curses.
	33
	34		erasechar() and killchar() return ^H and ^U, respectively -- the
	35		ERASE and KILL characters. In other curses implementations,
	36		these may vary by terminal type. erasewchar() and killwchar()
	37		are the wide-character versions; they take a pointer to a
	38		location in which to store the character, and return OK or ERR.
	39
	40		longname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a
	41		verbose description of the current terminal. The maximum length
	42		of the string is 128 characters. It is defined only after the
	43		call to initscr() or newterm().
	44
	45		termname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a
	46		short description of the current terminal (14 characters).
	47
	48		termattrs() returns a logical OR of all video attributes
	49		supported by the terminal.
	50
	51		wordchar() is a PDCurses extension of the concept behind the
	52		functions erasechar() and killchar(), returning the "delete
	53		word" character, ^W.
	54
	55		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	56		baudrate Y Y Y
	57		erasechar Y Y Y
	58		has_ic Y Y Y
	59		has_il Y Y Y
	60		killchar Y Y Y
	61		longname Y Y Y
	62		termattrs Y Y Y
	63		termname Y Y Y
	64		erasewchar Y
	65		killwchar Y
	66		term_attrs Y
	67		wordchar - - -
	68
	69		**man-end****************************************************************/
	70
	71		#include <string.h>
	72		#include <limits.h>
	73
	74		int baudrate(void)
	75		{
	76		PDC_LOG(("baudrate() - called\n"));
	77
	78		return INT_MAX;
	79		}
	80
	81		char erasechar(void)
	82		{
	83		PDC_LOG(("erasechar() - called\n"));
	84
	85		return _ECHAR; /* character delete char (^H) */
	86		}
	87
	88		bool has_ic(void)
	89		{
	90		PDC_LOG(("has_ic() - called\n"));
	91
	92		return TRUE;
	93		}
	94
	95		bool has_il(void)
	96		{
	97		PDC_LOG(("has_il() - called\n"));
	98
	99		return TRUE;
	100		}
	101
	102		char killchar(void)
	103		{
	104		PDC_LOG(("killchar() - called\n"));
	105
	106		return _DLCHAR; /* line delete char (^U) */
	107		}
	108
	109		char *longname(void)
	110		{
	111		PDC_LOG(("longname() - called\n"));
	112
	113		return ttytype + 9; /* skip "pdcurses|" */
	114		}
	115
	116		chtype termattrs(void)
	117		{
	118		chtype temp = A_BLINK | A_BOLD | A_INVIS | A_REVERSE | A_UNDERLINE;
	119
	120		/* note: blink is bold background on some platforms */
	121
	122		PDC_LOG(("termattrs() - called\n"));
	123
	124		if (!SP->mono)
	125		temp |= A_COLOR;
	126
	127		return temp;
	128		}
	129
	130		attr_t term_attrs(void)
	131		{
	132		PDC_LOG(("term_attrs() - called\n"));
	133
	134		return WA_BLINK | WA_BOLD | WA_INVIS | WA_LEFT | WA_REVERSE |
	135		WA_RIGHT | WA_UNDERLINE;
	136		}
	137
	138		char *termname(void)
	139		{
	140		PDC_LOG(("termname() - called\n"));
	141
	142		return "pdcurses";
	143		}
	144
	145		char wordchar(void)
	146		{
	147		PDC_LOG(("wordchar() - called\n"));
	148
	149		return _DWCHAR; /* word delete char */
	150		}
	151
	152		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	153		int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch)
	154		{
	155		PDC_LOG(("erasewchar() - called\n"));
	156
	157		if (!ch)
	158		return ERR;
	159
	160		*ch = (wchar_t)_ECHAR;
	161
	162		return OK;
	163		}
	164
	165		int killwchar(wchar_t *ch)
	166		{
	167		PDC_LOG(("killwchar() - called\n"));
	168
	169		if (!ch)
	170		return ERR;
	171
	172		*ch = (wchar_t)_DLCHAR;
	173
	174		return OK;
	175		}
	176		#endif

File pdcurses/terminfo.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..c099ada)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: terminfo.c,v 1.37 2008/07/21 12:29:20 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: terminfo
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
	13		int vidattr(chtype attr);
	14		int vid_attr(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt);
	15		int vidputs(chtype attr, int (*putfunc)(int));
	16		int vid_puts(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt,
	17		int (*putfunc)(int));
	18
	19		int del_curterm(TERMINAL *);
	20		int putp(const char *);
	21		int restartterm(const char *, int, int *);
	22		TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *);
	23		int setterm(const char *term);
	24		int setupterm(const char *, int, int *);
	25		int tgetent(char *, const char *);
	26		int tgetflag(const char *);
	27		int tgetnum(const char *);
	28		char *tgetstr(const char *, char **);
	29		char *tgoto(const char *, int, int);
	30		int tigetflag(const char *);
	31		int tigetnum(const char *);
	32		char *tigetstr(const char *);
	33		char *tparm(const char *,long, long, long, long, long, long,
	34		long, long, long);
	35		int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int));
	36
	37		Description:
	38		mvcur() lets you move the physical cursor without updating any
	39		window cursor positions. It returns OK or ERR.
	40
	41		The rest of these functions are currently implemented as stubs,
	42		returning the appropriate errors and doing nothing else.
	43
	44		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	45		mvcur Y Y Y
	46
	47		**man-end****************************************************************/
	48
	49		#include <term.h>
	50
	51		TERMINAL *cur_term = NULL;
	52
	53		int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol)
	54		{
	55		PDC_LOG(("mvcur() - called: oldrow %d oldcol %d newrow %d newcol %d\n",
	56		oldrow, oldcol, newrow, newcol));
	57
	58		if ((newrow >= LINES) || (newcol >= COLS) || (newrow < 0) || (newcol < 0))
	59		return ERR;
	60
	61		PDC_gotoyx(newrow, newcol);
	62		SP->cursrow = newrow;
	63		SP->curscol = newcol;
	64
	65		return OK;
	66		}
	67
	68		int vidattr(chtype attr)
	69		{
	70		PDC_LOG(("vidattr() - called: attr %d\n", attr));
	71
	72		return ERR;
	73		}
	74
	75		int vid_attr(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt)
	76		{
	77		PDC_LOG(("vid_attr() - called\n"));
	78
	79		return ERR;
	80		}
	81
	82		int vidputs(chtype attr, int (*putfunc)(int))
	83		{
	84		PDC_LOG(("vidputs() - called: attr %d\n", attr));
	85
	86		return ERR;
	87		}
	88
	89		int vid_puts(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt, int (*putfunc)(int))
	90		{
	91		PDC_LOG(("vid_puts() - called\n"));
	92
	93		return ERR;
	94		}
	95
	96		int del_curterm(TERMINAL *oterm)
	97		{
	98		PDC_LOG(("del_curterm() - called\n"));
	99
	100		return ERR;
	101		}
	102
	103		int putp(const char *str)
	104		{
	105		PDC_LOG(("putp() - called: str %s\n", str));
	106
	107		return ERR;
	108		}
	109
	110		int restartterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret)
	111		{
	112		PDC_LOG(("restartterm() - called\n"));
	113
	114		if (errret)
	115		*errret = -1;
	116
	117		return ERR;
	118		}
	119
	120		TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *nterm)
	121		{
	122		PDC_LOG(("set_curterm() - called\n"));
	123
	124		return (TERMINAL *)NULL;
	125		}
	126
	127		int setterm(const char *term)
	128		{
	129		PDC_LOG(("setterm() - called\n"));
	130
	131		return ERR;
	132		}
	133
	134		int setupterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret)
	135		{
	136		PDC_LOG(("setupterm() - called\n"));
	137
	138		if (errret)
	139		*errret = -1;
	140		else
	141		fprintf(stderr, "There is no terminfo database\n");
	142
	143		return ERR;
	144		}
	145
	146		int tgetent(char *bp, const char *name)
	147		{
	148		PDC_LOG(("tgetent() - called: name %s\n", name));
	149
	150		return ERR;
	151		}
	152
	153		int tgetflag(const char *id)
	154		{
	155		PDC_LOG(("tgetflag() - called: id %s\n", id));
	156
	157		return ERR;
	158		}
	159
	160		int tgetnum(const char *id)
	161		{
	162		PDC_LOG(("tgetnum() - called: id %s\n", id));
	163
	164		return ERR;
	165		}
	166
	167		char *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area)
	168		{
	169		PDC_LOG(("tgetstr() - called: id %s\n", id));
	170
	171		return (char *)NULL;
	172		}
	173
	174		char *tgoto(const char *cap, int col, int row)
	175		{
	176		PDC_LOG(("tgoto() - called\n"));
	177
	178		return (char *)NULL;
	179		}
	180
	181		int tigetflag(const char *capname)
	182		{
	183		PDC_LOG(("tigetflag() - called: capname %s\n", capname));
	184
	185		return -1;
	186		}
	187
	188		int tigetnum(const char *capname)
	189		{
	190		PDC_LOG(("tigetnum() - called: capname %s\n", capname));
	191
	192		return -2;
	193		}
	194
	195		char *tigetstr(const char *capname)
	196		{
	197		PDC_LOG(("tigetstr() - called: capname %s\n", capname));
	198
	199		return (char *)(-1);
	200		}
	201
	202		char *tparm(const char *cap, long p1, long p2, long p3, long p4,
	203		long p5, long p6, long p7, long p8, long p9)
	204		{
	205		PDC_LOG(("tparm() - called: cap %s\n", cap));
	206
	207		return (char *)NULL;
	208		}
	209
	210		int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putfunc)(int))
	211		{
	212		PDC_LOG(("tputs() - called\n"));
	213
	214		return ERR;
	215		}

File pdcurses/touch.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..9355aa1)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: touch.c,v 1.29 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: touch
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int touchwin(WINDOW *win);
	13		int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count);
	14		int untouchwin(WINDOW *win);
	15		int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed);
	16		bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line);
	17		bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win);
	18
	19		Description:
	20		touchwin() and touchline() throw away all information about
	21		which parts of the window have been touched, pretending that the
	22		entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes necessary
	23		when using overlapping windows, since a change to one window
	24		will affect the other window, but the records of which lines
	25		have been changed in the other window will not reflect the
	26		change.
	27
	28		untouchwin() marks all lines in the window as unchanged since
	29		the last call to wrefresh().
	30
	31		wtouchln() makes n lines in the window, starting at line y, look
	32		as if they have (changed == 1) or have not (changed == 0) been
	33		changed since the last call to wrefresh().
	34
	35		is_linetouched() returns TRUE if the specified line in the
	36		specified window has been changed since the last call to
	37		wrefresh().
	38
	39		is_wintouched() returns TRUE if the specified window
	40		has been changed since the last call to wrefresh().
	41
	42		Return Value:
	43		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error except
	44		is_wintouched() and is_linetouched().
	45
	46		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	47		touchwin Y Y Y
	48		touchline Y - 3.0
	49		untouchwin Y - 4.0
	50		wtouchln Y Y Y
	51		is_linetouched Y - 4.0
	52		is_wintouched Y - 4.0
	53
	54		**man-end****************************************************************/
	55
	56		int touchwin(WINDOW *win)
	57		{
	58		int i;
	59
	60		PDC_LOG(("touchwin() - called: Win=%x\n", win));
	61
	62		if (!win)
	63		return ERR;
	64
	65		for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
	66		{
	67		win->_firstch[i] = 0;
	68		win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
	69		}
	70
	71		return OK;
	72		}
	73
	74		int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count)
	75		{
	76		int i;
	77
	78		PDC_LOG(("touchline() - called: win=%p start %d count %d\n",
	79		win, start, count));
	80
	81		if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + count > win->_maxy)
	82		return ERR;
	83
	84		for (i = start; i < start + count; i++)
	85		{
	86		win->_firstch[i] = 0;
	87		win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
	88		}
	89
	90		return OK;
	91		}
	92
	93		int untouchwin(WINDOW *win)
	94		{
	95		int i;
	96
	97		PDC_LOG(("untouchwin() - called: win=%p", win));
	98
	99		if (!win)
	100		return ERR;
	101
	102		for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
	103		{
	104		win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
	105		win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
	106		}
	107
	108		return OK;
	109		}
	110
	111		int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed)
	112		{
	113		int i;
	114
	115		PDC_LOG(("wtouchln() - called: win=%p y=%d n=%d changed=%d\n",
	116		win, y, n, changed));
	117
	118		if (!win || y > win->_maxy || y + n > win->_maxy)
	119		return ERR;
	120
	121		for (i = y; i < y + n; i++)
	122		{
	123		if (changed)
	124		{
	125		win->_firstch[i] = 0;
	126		win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
	127		}
	128		else
	129		{
	130		win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
	131		win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
	132		}
	133		}
	134
	135		return OK;
	136		}
	137
	138		bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line)
	139		{
	140		PDC_LOG(("is_linetouched() - called: win=%p line=%d\n", win, line));
	141
	142		if (!win || line > win->_maxy || line < 0)
	143		return FALSE;
	144
	145		return (win->_firstch[line] != _NO_CHANGE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
	146		}
	147
	148		bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win)
	149		{
	150		int i;
	151
	152		PDC_LOG(("is_wintouched() - called: win=%p\n", win));
	153
	154		if (win)
	155		for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
	156		if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE)
	157		return TRUE;
	158
	159		return FALSE;
	160		}

File pdcurses/util.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..f0673fc)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: util.c,v 1.71 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: util
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		char *unctrl(chtype c);
	13		void filter(void);
	14		void use_env(bool x);
	15		int delay_output(int ms);
	16
	17		int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs,
	18		short *color_pair, void *opts);
	19		int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs,
	20		short color_pair, const void *opts);
	21		wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc);
	22
	23		int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n);
	24		size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n);
	25		size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n);
	26
	27		Description:
	28		unctrl() expands the text portion of the chtype c into a
	29		printable string. Control characters are changed to the "^X"
	30		notation; others are passed through. wunctrl() is the wide-
	31		character version of the function.
	32
	33		filter() and use_env() are no-ops in PDCurses.
	34
	35		delay_output() inserts an ms millisecond pause in output.
	36
	37		getcchar() works in two modes: When wch is not NULL, it reads
	38		the cchar_t pointed to by wcval and stores the attributes in
	39		attrs, the color pair in color_pair, and the text in the
	40		wide-character string wch. When wch is NULL, getcchar() merely
	41		returns the number of wide characters in wcval. In either mode,
	42		the opts argument is unused.
	43
	44		setcchar constructs a cchar_t at wcval from the wide-character
	45		text at wch, the attributes in attr and the color pair in
	46		color_pair. The opts argument is unused.
	47
	48		Currently, the length returned by getcchar() is always 1 or 0.
	49		Similarly, setcchar() will only take the first wide character
	50		from wch, and ignore any others that it "should" take (i.e.,
	51		combining characters). Nor will it correctly handle any
	52		character outside the basic multilingual plane (UCS-2).
	53
	54		Return Value:
	55		unctrl() and wunctrl() return NULL on failure. delay_output()
	56		always returns OK.
	57
	58		getcchar() returns the number of wide characters wcval points to
	59		when wch is NULL; when it's not, getcchar() returns OK or ERR.
	60
	61		setcchar() returns OK or ERR.
	62
	63		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	64		unctrl Y Y Y
	65		filter Y - 3.0
	66		use_env Y - 4.0
	67		delay_output Y Y Y
	68		getcchar Y
	69		setcchar Y
	70		wunctrl Y
	71		PDC_mbtowc - - -
	72		PDC_mbstowcs - - -
	73		PDC_wcstombs - - -
	74
	75		**man-end****************************************************************/
	76
	77		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	78		# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
	79		# include <string.h>
	80		# else
	81		# include <stdlib.h>
	82		# endif
	83		#endif
	84
	85		char *unctrl(chtype c)
	86		{
	87		static char strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0};
	88
	89		chtype ic;
	90
	91		PDC_LOG(("unctrl() - called\n"));
	92
	93		ic = c & A_CHARTEXT;
	94
	95		if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f) /* normal characters */
	96		{
	97		strbuf[0] = (char)ic;
	98		strbuf[1] = '\0';
	99		return strbuf;
	100		}
	101
	102		strbuf[0] = '^'; /* '^' prefix */
	103
	104		if (ic == 0x7f) /* 0x7f == DEL */
	105		strbuf[1] = '?';
	106		else /* other control */
	107		strbuf[1] = (char)(ic + '@');
	108
	109		return strbuf;
	110		}
	111
	112		void filter(void)
	113		{
	114		PDC_LOG(("filter() - called\n"));
	115		}
	116
	117		void use_env(bool x)
	118		{
	119		PDC_LOG(("use_env() - called: x %d\n", x));
	120		}
	121
	122		int delay_output(int ms)
	123		{
	124		PDC_LOG(("delay_output() - called: ms %d\n", ms));
	125
	126		return napms(ms);
	127		}
	128
	129		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	130		int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs,
	131		short *color_pair, void *opts)
	132		{
	133		if (!wcval)
	134		return ERR;
	135
	136		if (wch)
	137		{
	138		if (!attrs || !color_pair)
	139		return ERR;
	140
	141		*wch = (*wcval & A_CHARTEXT);
	142		*attrs = (*wcval & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR));
	143		*color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(*wcval & A_COLOR);
	144
	145		if (*wch)
	146		*++wch = L'\0';
	147
	148		return OK;
	149		}
	150		else
	151		return ((*wcval & A_CHARTEXT) != L'\0');
	152		}
	153
	154		int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs,
	155		short color_pair, const void *opts)
	156		{
	157		if (!wcval || !wch)
	158		return ERR;
	159
	160		*wcval = *wch | attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
	161
	162		return OK;
	163		}
	164
	165		wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc)
	166		{
	167		static wchar_t strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0};
	168
	169		cchar_t ic;
	170
	171		PDC_LOG(("wunctrl() - called\n"));
	172
	173		ic = *wc & A_CHARTEXT;
	174
	175		if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f) /* normal characters */
	176		{
	177		strbuf[0] = (wchar_t)ic;
	178		strbuf[1] = L'\0';
	179		return strbuf;
	180		}
	181
	182		strbuf[0] = '^'; /* '^' prefix */
	183
	184		if (ic == 0x7f) /* 0x7f == DEL */
	185		strbuf[1] = '?';
	186		else /* other control */
	187		strbuf[1] = (wchar_t)(ic + '@');
	188
	189		return strbuf;
	190		}
	191
	192		int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n)
	193		{
	194		# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
	195		wchar_t key;
	196		int i = -1;
	197		const unsigned char *string;
	198
	199		if (!s || (n < 1))
	200		return -1;
	201
	202		if (!*s)
	203		return 0;
	204
	205		string = (const unsigned char *)s;
	206
	207		key = string[0];
	208
	209		/* Simplistic UTF-8 decoder -- only does the BMP, minimal validation */
	210
	211		if (key & 0x80)
	212		{
	213		if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
	214		{
	215		if (1 < n)
	216		{
	217		key = ((key & 0x1f) << 6) | (string[1] & 0x3f);
	218		i = 2;
	219		}
	220		}
	221		else if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xe0)
	222		{
	223		if (2 < n)
	224		{
	225		key = ((key & 0x0f) << 12) | ((string[1] & 0x3f) << 6) |
	226		(string[2] & 0x3f);
	227		i = 3;
	228		}
	229		}
	230		}
	231		else
	232		i = 1;
	233
	234		if (i)
	235		*pwc = key;
	236
	237		return i;
	238		# else
	239		return mbtowc(pwc, s, n);
	240		# endif
	241		}
	242
	243		size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
	244		{
	245		# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
	246		size_t i = 0, len;
	247
	248		if (!src || !dest)
	249		return 0;
	250
	251		len = strlen(src);
	252
	253		while (*src && i < n)
	254		{
	255		int retval = PDC_mbtowc(dest + i, src, len);
	256
	257		if (retval < 1)
	258		return -1;
	259
	260		src += retval;
	261		len -= retval;
	262		i++;
	263		}
	264		# else
	265		size_t i = mbstowcs(dest, src, n);
	266		# endif
	267		dest[i] = 0;
	268		return i;
	269		}
	270
	271		size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)
	272		{
	273		# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
	274		size_t i = 0;
	275
	276		if (!src || !dest)
	277		return 0;
	278
	279		while (*src && i < n)
	280		{
	281		chtype code = *src++;
	282
	283		if (code < 0x80)
	284		{
	285		dest[i] = code;
	286		i++;
	287		}
	288		else
	289		if (code < 0x800)
	290		{
	291		dest[i] = ((code & 0x07c0) >> 6) | 0xc0;
	292		dest[i + 1] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80;
	293		i += 2;
	294		}
	295		else
	296		{
	297		dest[i] = ((code & 0xf000) >> 12) | 0xe0;
	298		dest[i + 1] = ((code & 0x0fc0) >> 6) | 0x80;
	299		dest[i + 2] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80;
	300		i += 3;
	301		}
	302		}
	303		# else
	304		size_t i = wcstombs(dest, src, n);
	305		# endif
	306		dest[i] = '\0';
	307		return i;
	308		}
	309		#endif

File pdcurses/window.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..dbfd584)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include <curspriv.h>
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: window.c,v 1.62 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: window
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx);
	13		WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols,
	14		int begy, int begx);
	15		WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols,
	16		int begy, int begx);
	17		WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win);
	18		int delwin(WINDOW *win);
	19		int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
	20		int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx);
	21		int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
	22		void wsyncup(WINDOW *win);
	23		void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win);
	24		void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win);
	25
	26		WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols);
	27		int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols);
	28		WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win);
	29		WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx);
	30		void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win);
	31
	32		Description:
	33		newwin() creates a new window with the given number of lines,
	34		nlines and columns, ncols. The upper left corner of the window
	35		is at line begy, column begx. If nlines is zero, it defaults to
	36		LINES - begy; ncols to COLS - begx. Create a new full-screen
	37		window by calling newwin(0, 0, 0, 0).
	38
	39		delwin() deletes the named window, freeing all associated
	40		memory. In the case of overlapping windows, subwindows should be
	41		deleted before the main window.
	42
	43		mvwin() moves the window so that the upper left-hand corner is
	44		at position (y,x). If the move would cause the window to be off
	45		the screen, it is an error and the window is not moved. Moving
	46		subwindows is allowed.
	47
	48		subwin() creates a new subwindow within a window. The
	49		dimensions of the subwindow are nlines lines and ncols columns.
	50		The subwindow is at position (begy, begx) on the screen. This
	51		position is relative to the screen, and not to the window orig.
	52		Changes made to either window will affect both. When using this
	53		routine, you will often need to call touchwin() before calling
	54		wrefresh().
	55
	56		derwin() is the same as subwin(), except that begy and begx are
	57		relative to the origin of the window orig rather than the
	58		screen. There is no difference between subwindows and derived
	59		windows.
	60
	61		mvderwin() moves a derived window (or subwindow) inside its
	62		parent window. The screen-relative parameters of the window are
	63		not changed. This routine is used to display different parts of
	64		the parent window at the same physical position on the screen.
	65
	66		dupwin() creates an exact duplicate of the window win.
	67
	68		wsyncup() causes a touchwin() of all of the window's parents.
	69
	70		If wsyncok() is called with a second argument of TRUE, this
	71		causes a wsyncup() to be called every time the window is
	72		changed.
	73
	74		wcursyncup() causes the current cursor position of all of a
	75		window's ancestors to reflect the current cursor position of the
	76		current window.
	77
	78		wsyncdown() causes a touchwin() of the current window if any of
	79		its parent's windows have been touched.
	80
	81		resize_window() allows the user to resize an existing window. It
	82		returns the pointer to the new window, or NULL on failure.
	83
	84		wresize() is an ncurses-compatible wrapper for resize_window().
	85		Note that, unlike ncurses, it will NOT process any subwindows of
	86		the window. (However, you still can call it _on_ subwindows.) It
	87		returns OK or ERR.
	88
	89		PDC_makenew() allocates all data for a new WINDOW * except the
	90		actual lines themselves. If it's unable to allocate memory for
	91		the window structure, it will free all allocated memory and
	92		return a NULL pointer.
	93
	94		PDC_makelines() allocates the memory for the lines.
	95
	96		PDC_sync() handles wrefresh() and wsyncup() calls when a window
	97		is changed.
	98
	99		Return Value:
	100		newwin(), subwin(), derwin() and dupwin() return a pointer
	101		to the new window, or NULL on failure. delwin(), mvwin(),
	102		mvderwin() and syncok() return OK or ERR. wsyncup(),
	103		wcursyncup() and wsyncdown() return nothing.
	104
	105		Errors:
	106		It is an error to call resize_window() before calling initscr().
	107		Also, an error will be generated if we fail to create a newly
	108		sized replacement window for curscr, or stdscr. This could
	109		happen when increasing the window size. NOTE: If this happens,
	110		the previously successfully allocated windows are left alone;
	111		i.e., the resize is NOT cancelled for those windows.
	112
	113		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	114		newwin Y Y Y
	115		delwin Y Y Y
	116		mvwin Y Y Y
	117		subwin Y Y Y
	118		derwin Y - Y
	119		mvderwin Y - Y
	120		dupwin Y - 4.0
	121		wsyncup Y - 4.0
	122		syncok Y - 4.0
	123		wcursyncup Y - 4.0
	124		wsyncdown Y - 4.0
	125		resize_window - - -
	126		wresize - - -
	127		PDC_makelines - - -
	128		PDC_makenew - - -
	129		PDC_sync - - -
	130
	131		**man-end****************************************************************/
	132
	133		#include <stdlib.h>
	134
	135		WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
	136		{
	137		WINDOW *win;
	138
	139		PDC_LOG(("PDC_makenew() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n",
	140		nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
	141
	142		/* allocate the window structure itself */
	143
	144		if ((win = calloc(1, sizeof(WINDOW))) == (WINDOW *)NULL)
	145		return win;
	146
	147		/* allocate the line pointer array */
	148
	149		if ((win->_y = malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *))) == NULL)
	150		{
	151		free(win);
	152		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	153		}
	154
	155		/* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */
	156
	157		if ((win->_firstch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) == NULL)
	158		{
	159		free(win->_y);
	160		free(win);
	161		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	162		}
	163
	164		if ((win->_lastch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) == NULL)
	165		{
	166		free(win->_firstch);
	167		free(win->_y);
	168		free(win);
	169		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	170		}
	171
	172		/* initialize window variables */
	173
	174		win->_maxy = nlines; /* real max screen size */
	175		win->_maxx = ncols; /* real max screen size */
	176		win->_begy = begy;
	177		win->_begx = begx;
	178		win->_bkgd = ' '; /* wrs 4/10/93 -- initialize background to blank */
	179		win->_clear = (bool) ((nlines == LINES) && (ncols == COLS));
	180		win->_bmarg = nlines - 1;
	181		win->_parx = win->_pary = -1;
	182
	183		/* init to say window all changed */
	184
	185		touchwin(win);
	186
	187		return win;
	188		}
	189
	190		WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win)
	191		{
	192		int i, j, nlines, ncols;
	193
	194		PDC_LOG(("PDC_makelines() - called: lines %d cols %d\n", nlines, ncols));
	195
	196		if (!win)
	197		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	198
	199		nlines = win->_maxy;
	200		ncols = win->_maxx;
	201
	202		for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
	203		{
	204		if ((win->_y[i] = malloc(ncols * sizeof(chtype))) == NULL)
	205		{
	206		/* if error, free all the data */
	207
	208		for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
	209		free(win->_y[j]);
	210
	211		free(win->_firstch);
	212		free(win->_lastch);
	213		free(win->_y);
	214		free(win);
	215
	216		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	217		}
	218		}
	219
	220		return win;
	221		}
	222
	223		void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win)
	224		{
	225		PDC_LOG(("PDC_sync() - called:\n"));
	226
	227		if (win->_immed)
	228		wrefresh(win);
	229		if (win->_sync)
	230		wsyncup(win);
	231		}
	232
	233		WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
	234		{
	235		WINDOW *win;
	236
	237		PDC_LOG(("newwin() - called:lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n",
	238		nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
	239
	240		if (!nlines)
	241		nlines = LINES - begy;
	242		if (!ncols)
	243		ncols = COLS - begx;
	244
	245		if ( (begy + nlines > SP->lines || begx + ncols > SP->cols)
	246		|| !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx))
	247		|| !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) )
	248		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	249
	250		werase(win);
	251
	252		return win;
	253		}
	254
	255		int delwin(WINDOW *win)
	256		{
	257		int i;
	258
	259		PDC_LOG(("delwin() - called\n"));
	260
	261		if (!win)
	262		return ERR;
	263
	264		/* subwindows use parents' lines */
	265
	266		if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBWIN|_SUBPAD)))
	267		for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
	268		if (win->_y[i])
	269		free(win->_y[i]);
	270
	271		free(win->_firstch);
	272		free(win->_lastch);
	273		free(win->_y);
	274		free(win);
	275
	276		return OK;
	277		}
	278
	279		int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
	280		{
	281		PDC_LOG(("mvwin() - called\n"));
	282
	283		if (!win || (y + win->_maxy > LINES || y < 0)
	284		|| (x + win->_maxx > COLS || x < 0))
	285		return ERR;
	286
	287		win->_begy = y;
	288		win->_begx = x;
	289		touchwin(win);
	290
	291		return OK;
	292		}
	293
	294		WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
	295		{
	296		WINDOW *win;
	297		int i;
	298		int j = begy - orig->_begy;
	299		int k = begx - orig->_begx;
	300
	301		PDC_LOG(("subwin() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n",
	302		nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
	303
	304		/* make sure window fits inside the original one */
	305
	306		if (!orig || (begy < orig->_begy) || (begx < orig->_begx) ||
	307		(begy + nlines) > (orig->_begy + orig->_maxy) ||
	308		(begx + ncols) > (orig->_begx + orig->_maxx))
	309		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	310
	311		if (!nlines)
	312		nlines = orig->_maxy - 1 - j;
	313		if (!ncols)
	314		ncols = orig->_maxx - 1 - k;
	315
	316		if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) )
	317		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	318
	319		/* initialize window variables */
	320
	321		win->_attrs = orig->_attrs;
	322		win->_bkgd = orig->_bkgd;
	323		win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit;
	324		win->_scroll = orig->_scroll;
	325		win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay;
	326		win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad;
	327		win->_immed = orig->_immed;
	328		win->_sync = orig->_sync;
	329		win->_pary = j;
	330		win->_parx = k;
	331		win->_parent = orig;
	332
	333		for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++, j++)
	334		win->_y[i] = orig->_y[j] + k;
	335
	336		win->_flags |= _SUBWIN;
	337
	338		return win;
	339		}
	340
	341		WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
	342		{
	343		return subwin(orig, nlines, ncols, begy + orig->_begy, begx + orig->_begx);
	344		}
	345
	346		int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx)
	347		{
	348		int i, j;
	349		WINDOW *mypar;
	350
	351		if (!win || !(win->_parent))
	352		return ERR;
	353
	354		mypar = win->_parent;
	355
	356		if (pary < 0 || parx < 0 || (pary + win->_maxy) > mypar->_maxy ||
	357		(parx + win->_maxx) > mypar->_maxx)
	358		return ERR;
	359
	360		j = pary;
	361
	362		for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
	363		win->_y[i] = (mypar->_y[j++]) + parx;
	364
	365		win->_pary = pary;
	366		win->_parx = parx;
	367
	368		return OK;
	369		}
	370
	371		WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win)
	372		{
	373		WINDOW *new;
	374		chtype *ptr, *ptr1;
	375		int nlines, ncols, begy, begx, i;
	376
	377		if (!win)
	378		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	379
	380		nlines = win->_maxy;
	381		ncols = win->_maxx;
	382		begy = win->_begy;
	383		begx = win->_begx;
	384
	385		if ( !(new = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx))
	386		|| !(new = PDC_makelines(new)) )
	387		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	388
	389		/* copy the contents of win into new */
	390
	391		for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
	392		{
	393		for (ptr = new->_y[i], ptr1 = win->_y[i];
	394		ptr < new->_y[i] + ncols; ptr++, ptr1++)
	395		*ptr = *ptr1;
	396
	397		new->_firstch[i] = 0;
	398		new->_lastch[i] = ncols - 1;
	399		}
	400
	401		new->_curx = win->_curx;
	402		new->_cury = win->_cury;
	403		new->_maxy = win->_maxy;
	404		new->_maxx = win->_maxx;
	405		new->_begy = win->_begy;
	406		new->_begx = win->_begx;
	407		new->_flags = win->_flags;
	408		new->_attrs = win->_attrs;
	409		new->_clear = win->_clear;
	410		new->_leaveit = win->_leaveit;
	411		new->_scroll = win->_scroll;
	412		new->_nodelay = win->_nodelay;
	413		new->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad;
	414		new->_tmarg = win->_tmarg;
	415		new->_bmarg = win->_bmarg;
	416		new->_parx = win->_parx;
	417		new->_pary = win->_pary;
	418		new->_parent = win->_parent;
	419		new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
	420		new->_flags = win->_flags;
	421
	422		return new;
	423		}
	424
	425		WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols)
	426		{
	427		WINDOW *new;
	428		int i, save_cury, save_curx, new_begy, new_begx;
	429
	430		PDC_LOG(("resize_window() - called: nlines %d ncols %d\n",
	431		nlines, ncols));
	432
	433		if (!win)
	434		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	435
	436		if (win->_flags & _SUBPAD)
	437		{
	438		if ( !(new = subpad(win->_parent, nlines, ncols,
	439		win->_begy, win->_begx)) )
	440		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	441		}
	442		else if (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)
	443		{
	444		if ( !(new = subwin(win->_parent, nlines, ncols,
	445		win->_begy, win->_begx)) )
	446		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	447		}
	448		else
	449		{
	450		if (win == SP->slk_winptr)
	451		{
	452		new_begy = SP->lines - SP->slklines;
	453		new_begx = 0;
	454		}
	455		else
	456		{
	457		new_begy = win->_begy;
	458		new_begx = win->_begx;
	459		}
	460
	461		if ( !(new = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, new_begy, new_begx)) )
	462		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	463		}
	464
	465		save_curx = min(win->_curx, new->_maxx);
	466		save_cury = min(win->_cury, new->_maxy);
	467
	468		if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBPAD|_SUBWIN)))
	469		{
	470		if ( !(new = PDC_makelines(new)) )
	471		return (WINDOW *)NULL;
	472
	473		werase(new);
	474
	475		copywin(win, new, 0, 0, 0, 0, min(win->_maxy, new->_maxy) - 1,
	476		min(win->_maxx, new->_maxx) - 1, FALSE);
	477
	478		for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
	479		if (win->_y[i])
	480		free(win->_y[i]);
	481		}
	482
	483		new->_flags = win->_flags;
	484		new->_attrs = win->_attrs;
	485		new->_clear = win->_clear;
	486		new->_leaveit = win->_leaveit;
	487		new->_scroll = win->_scroll;
	488		new->_nodelay = win->_nodelay;
	489		new->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad;
	490		new->_tmarg = (win->_tmarg > new->_maxy - 1) ? 0 : win->_tmarg;
	491		new->_bmarg = (win->_bmarg == win->_maxy - 1) ?
	492		new->_maxy - 1 : min(win->_bmarg, (new->_maxy - 1));
	493		new->_parent = win->_parent;
	494		new->_immed = win->_immed;
	495		new->_sync = win->_sync;
	496		new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
	497
	498		new->_curx = save_curx;
	499		new->_cury = save_cury;
	500
	501		free(win->_firstch);
	502		free(win->_lastch);
	503		free(win->_y);
	504
	505		*win = *new;
	506		free(new);
	507
	508		return win;
	509		}
	510
	511		int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols)
	512		{
	513		return (resize_window(win, nlines, ncols) ? OK : ERR);
	514		}
	515
	516		void wsyncup(WINDOW *win)
	517		{
	518		WINDOW *tmp;
	519
	520		PDC_LOG(("wsyncup() - called\n"));
	521
	522		for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent)
	523		touchwin(tmp);
	524		}
	525
	526		int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
	527		{
	528		PDC_LOG(("syncok() - called\n"));
	529
	530		if (!win)
	531		return ERR;
	532
	533		win->_sync = bf;
	534
	535		return OK;
	536		}
	537
	538		void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win)
	539		{
	540		WINDOW *tmp;
	541
	542		PDC_LOG(("wcursyncup() - called\n"));
	543
	544		for (tmp = win; tmp && tmp->_parent; tmp = tmp->_parent)
	545		wmove(tmp->_parent, tmp->_pary + tmp->_cury, tmp->_parx + tmp->_curx);
	546		}
	547
	548		void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win)
	549		{
	550		WINDOW *tmp;
	551
	552		PDC_LOG(("wsyncdown() - called\n"));
	553
	554		for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent)
	555		{
	556		if (is_wintouched(tmp))
	557		{
	558		touchwin(win);
	559		break;
	560		}
	561		}
	562		}

File sdl1/Makefile added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..a8393f0)
	1		# Makefile for PDCurses library for SDL
	2
	3		O = o
	4
	5		ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	6		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	7		endif
	8
	9		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/libobjs.mif
	10
	11		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/sdl1
	12
	13		PDCURSES_SDL_H = $(osdir)/pdcsdl.h
	14
	15		SFLAGS = $(shell sdl-config --cflags)
	16		SLIBS = $(shell sdl-config --libs)
	17
	18		# If your system doesn't have these, remove the defines here
	19		SFLAGS += -DHAVE_VSNPRINTF -DHAVE_VSSCANF
	20
	21		ifeq ($(DEBUG),Y)
	22		CFLAGS = -g -Wall -DPDCDEBUG
	23		else
	24		CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall
	25		endif
	26
	27		BUILD = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	28
	29		ifeq ($(shell uname),Darwin)
	30		DEMOFLAGS = -Dmain=SDL_main
	31		endif
	32
	33		LINK = $(CC)
	34		LDFLAGS = $(LIBCURSES) $(SLIBS)
	35		RANLIB = ranlib
	36		LIBCURSES = libpdcurses.a
	37
	38		DEMOS = firework newdemo ptest rain testcurs tuidemo worm xmas \
	39		sdltest
	40
	41		.PHONY: all libs clean demos
	42
	43		all: libs demos
	44
	45		libs: $(LIBCURSES)
	46
	47		clean:
	48		-rm -rf *.o trace $(LIBCURSES) $(DEMOS)
	49
	50		demos: $(DEMOS)
	51		strip $(DEMOS)
	52
	53		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	54		ar rv $@ $?
	55		-$(RANLIB) $@
	56
	57		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	58		$(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_SDL_H)
	59		$(DEMOS) : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H) $(LIBCURSES)
	60		tui.o tuidemo.o : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	61		terminfo.o: $(TERM_HEADER)
	62		panel.o ptest: $(PANEL_HEADER)
	63
	64		$(LIBOBJS) : %.o: $(srcdir)/%.c
	65		$(BUILD) $(SFLAGS) -c $<
	66
	67		$(PDCOBJS) : %.o: $(osdir)/%.c
	68		$(BUILD) $(SFLAGS) -c $<
	69
	70		firework: $(demodir)/firework.c
	71		$(BUILD) $(DEMOFLAGS) -o $@ $< $(LDFLAGS)
	72
	73		newdemo: $(demodir)/newdemo.c
	74		$(BUILD) $(DEMOFLAGS) -o $@ $< $(LDFLAGS)
	75
	76		ptest: $(demodir)/ptest.c
	77		$(BUILD) $(DEMOFLAGS) -o $@ $< $(LDFLAGS)
	78
	79		rain: $(demodir)/rain.c
	80		$(BUILD) $(DEMOFLAGS) -o $@ $< $(LDFLAGS)
	81
	82		testcurs: $(demodir)/testcurs.c
	83		$(BUILD) $(DEMOFLAGS) -o $@ $< $(LDFLAGS)
	84
	85		tuidemo: tuidemo.o tui.o
	86		$(LINK) tui.o tuidemo.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	87
	88		worm: $(demodir)/worm.c
	89		$(BUILD) $(DEMOFLAGS) -o $@ $< $(LDFLAGS)
	90
	91		xmas: $(demodir)/xmas.c
	92		$(BUILD) $(DEMOFLAGS) -o $@ $< $(LDFLAGS)
	93
	94		sdltest: $(osdir)/sdltest.c
	95		$(BUILD) $(DEMOFLAGS) -o $@ $< $(LDFLAGS)
	96
	97		tui.o: $(demodir)/tui.c $(demodir)/tui.h
	98		$(BUILD) -c $(DEMOFLAGS) $(demodir)/tui.c
	99
	100		tuidemo.o: $(demodir)/tuidemo.c
	101		$(BUILD) -c $(DEMOFLAGS) $(demodir)/tuidemo.c

File sdl1/Makefile.mng added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..427edc6)
	1		# Makefile for PDCurses library for SDL
	2
	3		O = o
	4
	5		ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	6		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	7		endif
	8
	9		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/libobjs.mif
	10
	11		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/sdl1
	12
	13		PDCURSES_SDL_H = $(osdir)/pdcsdl.h
	14
	15		ifeq ($(DEBUG),Y)
	16		CFLAGS = -g -Wall -DPDCDEBUG
	17		else
	18		CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall
	19		endif
	20
	21		CC = gcc
	22		BUILD = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	23		LDFLAGS = -mwindows $(LIBCURSES)
	24
	25		BASEDEF = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\exp-base.def
	26
	27		DEFDEPS = $(BASEDEF)
	28
	29		DEFFILE = pdcurses.def
	30
	31		ifeq ($(DLL),Y)
	32		BUILD += -DPDC_DLL_BUILD
	33		LIBEXE = gcc $(DEFFILE)
	34		LIBFLAGS = -Wl,--out-implib,libpdcurses.a -shared -o
	35		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.dll
	36		CLEAN = $(LIBCURSES) *.a $(DEFFILE)
	37		POST = -lSDL
	38		else
	39		LIBEXE = ar
	40		LIBFLAGS = rcv
	41		LIBCURSES = libpdcurses.a
	42		CLEAN = *.a
	43		LDFLAGS += -lSDL
	44		endif
	45
	46		DEMOS += sdltest.exe
	47
	48		.PHONY: all libs clean demos
	49
	50		all: libs demos
	51
	52		libs: $(LIBCURSES)
	53
	54		clean:
	55		-del *.o $(CLEAN) *.exe
	56
	57		demos: $(DEMOS)
	58		strip *.exe
	59
	60		pdcurses.dll: $(DEFFILE)
	61
	62		$(DEFFILE): $(DEFDEPS)
	63		echo LIBRARY pdcurses > $@
	64		echo EXPORTS >> $@
	65		type $(BASEDEF) >> $@
	66		echo pdc_screen >> $@
	67		echo pdc_font >> $@
	68		echo pdc_icon >> $@
	69		echo pdc_back >> $@
	70		echo pdc_sheight >> $@
	71		echo pdc_swidth >> $@
	72		echo pdc_yoffset >> $@
	73		echo pdc_xoffset >> $@
	74
	75		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	76		$(LIBEXE) $(LIBFLAGS) $@ $? $(POST)
	77
	78		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	79		$(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_SDL_H)
	80		$(DEMOS) : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H) $(LIBCURSES)
	81		tui.o tuidemo.o : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	82		terminfo.o: $(TERM_HEADER)
	83		panel.o ptest.exe: $(PANEL_HEADER)
	84
	85		$(LIBOBJS) : %.o: $(srcdir)/%.c
	86		$(BUILD) -c $<
	87
	88		$(PDCOBJS) : %.o: $(osdir)/%.c
	89		$(BUILD) -c $<
	90
	91		firework.exe newdemo.exe rain.exe testcurs.exe worm.exe xmas.exe \
	92		ptest.exe: %.exe: $(demodir)/%.c
	93		$(BUILD) -o $@ $< $(LDFLAGS)
	94
	95		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.o tui.o
	96		$(CC) -o $@ tuidemo.o tui.o $(LDFLAGS)
	97
	98		tui.o: $(demodir)/tui.c $(demodir)/tui.h
	99		$(BUILD) -c $<
	100
	101		tuidemo.o: $(demodir)/tuidemo.c $(demodir)/tui.h
	102		$(BUILD) -c $<
	103
	104		sdltest.exe: $(osdir)/sdltest.c
	105		$(BUILD) -o $@ $< -mwindows $(LIBCURSES) -lmingw32 -lSDLmain -lSDL

File sdl1/README added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..35234d3)
	1		PDCurses for SDL
	2		================
	3
	4		This is a port of PDCurses for SDL.
	5
	6
	7		Building
	8		--------
	9
	10		. On *nix (including Linux and Mac OS X), run "make" in the sdl1
	11		directory. There is no configure script (yet?) for this port. This
	12		assumes a working sdl-config, and GNU make. It builds the library
	13		libpdcurses.a (dynamic lib not implemented).
	14
	15		With MinGW, run "make -f Makefile.mng". This assumes SDL is installed
	16		in the standard directories. The MinGW makefile accepts the optional
	17		parameters "DLL=Y" and "DEBUG=Y", as with the console version. (Wide-
	18		character support is not yet implemented for SDL.) Both makefiles
	19		recognize the optional PDCURSES_SRCDIR environment variable, as with
	20		the console ports. Makefile.mng builds libpdcurses.a, along with
	21		pdcurses.dll, if specified.
	22
	23
	24		Distribution Status
	25		-------------------
	26
	27		The files in this directory are released to the Public Domain.
	28
	29
	30		Acknowledgements
	31		----------------
	32
	33		SDL port was provided by William McBrine <wmcbrine@users.sf.net>

File sdl1/deffont.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..cf9cab1)
	1		/* Default font -- this is simply a 256x128x1 BMP, in #include'able form.
	2		The font is 8x16, code page 437, and is based on the pc8x16s.bdf font
	3		from the vgafonts.tar.gz package, by "Myrlin". */
	4
	5		unsigned char deffont[] =
	6		{
	7		0x42, 0x4d, 0x3e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e,
	8		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x28, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
	9		0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	10		0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x12, 0x0b, 0x00, 0x00, 0x12, 0x0b,
	11		0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	12		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	13		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	14		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	15		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	16		0x00, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	17		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	18		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	19		0x60, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	20		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	21		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60,
	22		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	23		0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	24		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0xf8, 0xc0, 0x6c, 0xfe, 0x70, 0x7c, 0x18,
	25		0x7e, 0x38, 0xee, 0x3c, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x1c, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x7e,
	26		0x7e, 0x18, 0xd8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x00,
	27		0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0x6c, 0xc6, 0xd8, 0x66, 0x18, 0x18,
	28		0x6c, 0x6c, 0x66, 0x00, 0x60, 0x30, 0xc6, 0xfe, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	29		0x18, 0xd8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e,
	30		0x00, 0xd8, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0x6c, 0x60, 0xd8, 0x66, 0x18, 0x3c, 0xc6,
	31		0x6c, 0x66, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x60, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x18,
	32		0xd8, 0x18, 0xdc, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x00,
	33		0xd8, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0x6c, 0x30, 0xd8, 0x66, 0x18, 0x66, 0xc6, 0x6c,
	34		0x66, 0xdb, 0xf3, 0x60, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
	35		0x00, 0x76, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x00, 0xd8,
	36		0xc8, 0xc0, 0x6c, 0x18, 0xd8, 0x66, 0x18, 0x66, 0xc6, 0x6c, 0x66,
	37		0xdb, 0xdb, 0x60, 0xc6, 0xfe, 0x18, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7e,
	38		0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0xec, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xdc,
	39		0xc0, 0x6c, 0x18, 0xd8, 0x66, 0x18, 0x66, 0xfe, 0xc6, 0x3e, 0xdb,
	40		0xdb, 0x7c, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x06, 0x60, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0xdc,
	41		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x36, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x76, 0xce, 0xc0,
	42		0xfe, 0x30, 0x7e, 0x66, 0xdc, 0x66, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x0c, 0x7e, 0x7e,
	43		0x60, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x18, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x76, 0x00,
	44		0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x36, 0x32, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x00,
	45		0x60, 0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0x3c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x00, 0x06, 0x60,
	46		0xc6, 0xfe, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x1b, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00,
	47		0x00, 0x0c, 0x36, 0x18, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xce, 0xc6, 0x00, 0xc6,
	48		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x6c, 0x6c, 0x30, 0x00, 0x03, 0x30, 0x7c,
	49		0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x1b, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x00,
	50		0x0c, 0x36, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xfe, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x00,
	51		0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x38, 0x38, 0x1e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x00,
	52		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0e, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c,
	53		0x36, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	54		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	55		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0f, 0x6c,
	56		0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	57		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	58		0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	59		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00,
	60		0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00,
	61		0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x0f,
	62		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36,
	63		0x00, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00,
	64		0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x00,
	65		0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00,
	66		0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18,
	67		0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00,
	68		0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36,
	69		0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36,
	70		0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	71		0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x36,
	72		0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36,
	73		0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18,
	74		0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00,
	75		0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18,
	76		0x00, 0x18, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18,
	77		0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36,
	78		0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00,
	79		0x18, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00,
	80		0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00,
	81		0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18,
	82		0xff, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x1f, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0xff, 0xff,
	83		0x1f, 0x37, 0x3f, 0x37, 0xff, 0xf7, 0x37, 0xff, 0xf7, 0xff, 0xff,
	84		0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x1f, 0x1f, 0x3f, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf8, 0x1f, 0xff,
	85		0xff, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18,
	86		0x36, 0x30, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00,
	87		0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00,
	88		0xf0, 0x0f, 0xff, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x1f, 0x36,
	89		0x37, 0x3f, 0xf7, 0xff, 0x37, 0xff, 0xf7, 0xff, 0x36, 0xff, 0x00,
	90		0x36, 0x1f, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x36, 0xff, 0x18, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xf0,
	91		0x0f, 0xff, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36,
	92		0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36,
	93		0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x0f,
	94		0xff, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00,
	95		0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36, 0x18,
	96		0x00, 0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0xff,
	97		0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36,
	98		0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00,
	99		0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0xff, 0x18,
	100		0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00,
	101		0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
	102		0x36, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0xff, 0x18, 0x18,
	103		0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36,
	104		0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36,
	105		0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	106		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	107		0x00, 0x00, 0x44, 0xaa, 0x77, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18,
	108		0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	109		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	110		0x00, 0x11, 0x55, 0xdd, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36,
	111		0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	112		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	113		0x44, 0xaa, 0x77, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36,
	114		0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	115		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11,
	116		0x55, 0xdd, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
	117		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x76, 0x18, 0x7c, 0x78, 0x66, 0xc6, 0x00,
	118		0x00, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x3f, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x44, 0xaa,
	119		0x77, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00,
	120		0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0xcc, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0x66, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x00,
	121		0xc6, 0xc0, 0x06, 0x86, 0x9a, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x55, 0xdd,
	122		0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00,
	123		0x00, 0x18, 0xcc, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0x66, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc6,
	124		0xc0, 0x06, 0xdc, 0xce, 0x3c, 0x36, 0xd8, 0x44, 0xaa, 0x77, 0x18,
	125		0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	126		0x18, 0xcc, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0x66, 0xce, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xc0,
	127		0x06, 0x60, 0x66, 0x3c, 0x6c, 0x6c, 0x11, 0x55, 0xdd, 0x18, 0x18,
	128		0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18,
	129		0x7c, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0x66, 0xde, 0x7e, 0x7c, 0x60, 0xc0, 0x06,
	130		0x30, 0x30, 0x18, 0xd8, 0x36, 0x44, 0xaa, 0x77, 0x18, 0xf8, 0xf8,
	131		0xf6, 0xfe, 0xf8, 0xf6, 0x36, 0xf6, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xf8, 0xf8, 0x0c,
	132		0x18, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0x66, 0xfe, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0x18,
	133		0x18, 0x18, 0x6c, 0x6c, 0x11, 0x55, 0xdd, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36,
	134		0x00, 0x18, 0x06, 0x36, 0x06, 0x06, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x78, 0x38,
	135		0x7c, 0xcc, 0x5c, 0xf6, 0x3e, 0x38, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x6c,
	136		0x18, 0x36, 0xd8, 0x44, 0xaa, 0x77, 0x18, 0x18, 0xf8, 0x36, 0x00,
	137		0xf8, 0xf6, 0x36, 0xfe, 0xf6, 0x36, 0xf8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	138		0x00, 0x00, 0xe6, 0x6c, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00,
	139		0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x55, 0xdd, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00,
	140		0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x60, 0x30, 0x60, 0x60,
	141		0xdc, 0xc6, 0x6c, 0x6c, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x62, 0x62, 0x18, 0x00,
	142		0x00, 0x44, 0xaa, 0x77, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36,
	143		0x36, 0x00, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x30, 0x18, 0x30, 0x30, 0x76,
	144		0x00, 0x3c, 0x38, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xe0, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
	145		0x11, 0x55, 0xdd, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36, 0x36,
	146		0x00, 0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x0c, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0xdc,
	147		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x44,
	148		0xaa, 0x77, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00,
	149		0x36, 0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0x00,
	150		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x55,
	151		0xdd, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00, 0x36,
	152		0x36, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	153		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	154		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	155		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	156		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	157		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	158		0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00,
	159		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	160		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	161		0xcc, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	162		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	163		0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18,
	164		0x78, 0x7c, 0x76, 0x76, 0x76, 0x76, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x18,
	165		0x18, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xfc, 0x6e, 0xce, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x78,
	166		0x78, 0x76, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x18, 0xfe, 0x18, 0xc6, 0x70, 0x3c, 0xcc,
	167		0xc2, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xc2, 0xc2, 0xc2, 0x18, 0x18,
	168		0x18, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xd8, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0xcc,
	169		0xce, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x60, 0x7e, 0xcc, 0xd8, 0x66, 0xcc, 0xc0,
	170		0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
	171		0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xd8, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc6,
	172		0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x60, 0x18, 0xcc, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0xcc,
	173		0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xfe,
	174		0xc6, 0xc0, 0x7e, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xc6,
	175		0xc6, 0xc6, 0x60, 0x7e, 0xcc, 0x18, 0xc0, 0xcc, 0xfe, 0x7c, 0x7c,
	176		0x7c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xfe,
	177		0xf0, 0x36, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6,
	178		0xc0, 0x60, 0x18, 0xde, 0x18, 0xc0, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c,
	179		0x0c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc0,
	180		0x36, 0xfe, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc0,
	181		0xf8, 0x3c, 0xcc, 0x7e, 0xc0, 0xcc, 0x7c, 0x78, 0x78, 0x78, 0x78,
	182		0x7c, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x38, 0x38, 0x38, 0x6c, 0x6c, 0xc0, 0xec,
	183		0xcc, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0x60,
	184		0x66, 0xc4, 0x18, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	185		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x38, 0xc0, 0x00, 0xcc,
	186		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x60, 0x66,
	187		0xf8, 0x18, 0x3c, 0xcc, 0x30, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x18, 0x38, 0x00, 0x6c,
	188		0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x66, 0x18, 0x10, 0x10, 0xfc, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x6c,
	189		0x00, 0x18, 0xcc, 0x18, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x62, 0x66, 0xcc,
	190		0x18, 0x00, 0xcc, 0x18, 0x38, 0xcc, 0x30, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x38, 0xc6,
	191		0x30, 0x66, 0x3c, 0x30, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x38, 0xc6,
	192		0x30, 0x78, 0x30, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3c, 0x66, 0xcc, 0x1b,
	193		0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x10, 0x00, 0x60, 0x38, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x60,
	194		0x00, 0x18, 0x60, 0xc6, 0x6c, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x60,
	195		0x30, 0x60, 0x00, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x0e, 0x00,
	196		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	197		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	198		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	199		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	200		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	201		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	202		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	203		0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	204		0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	205		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8c, 0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	206		0x00, 0xc0, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8c,
	207		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	208		0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	209		0xc0, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00,
	210		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0xf8, 0x78, 0x7c, 0x7c,
	211		0x30, 0x7c, 0xcc, 0x18, 0x0c, 0xcc, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0x78, 0xf8,
	212		0x7c, 0xc0, 0x7c, 0x30, 0x78, 0x10, 0x6c, 0xc6, 0x76, 0xfe, 0x0e,
	213		0x18, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc4, 0xcc, 0xc2, 0x30,
	214		0xcc, 0xcc, 0x18, 0x0c, 0xcc, 0x18, 0xd6, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc,
	215		0xc0, 0x86, 0x30, 0xcc, 0x6c, 0xfe, 0x6c, 0xce, 0xc0, 0x18, 0x18,
	216		0x18, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x00, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0x30, 0xcc,
	217		0xcc, 0x18, 0x0c, 0xd8, 0x18, 0xd6, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc0,
	218		0x06, 0x30, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xd6, 0x38, 0xc6, 0x60, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
	219		0x00, 0xc6, 0x00, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0x30, 0xcc, 0xcc,
	220		0x18, 0x0c, 0xf0, 0x18, 0xd6, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0x1c,
	221		0x30, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xd6, 0x38, 0xc6, 0x30, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00,
	222		0xc6, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0xcc, 0xfe, 0x30, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0x18,
	223		0x0c, 0xf0, 0x18, 0xd6, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0x70, 0x30,
	224		0xcc, 0xc6, 0xd6, 0x38, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0xc6,
	225		0x00, 0x0c, 0xcc, 0xc4, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0x78, 0xcc, 0xec, 0x18, 0x0c,
	226		0xd8, 0x18, 0xfe, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xec, 0xc2, 0x30, 0xcc,
	227		0xc6, 0xc6, 0x6c, 0xc6, 0x0c, 0x70, 0x18, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x00,
	228		0x78, 0xf8, 0x78, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x30, 0x7c, 0xd8, 0x38, 0x0c, 0xcc,
	229		0x18, 0xec, 0xb8, 0x78, 0xf8, 0x7c, 0xb8, 0x7c, 0xfc, 0xcc, 0xc6,
	230		0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xfe, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00,
	231		0xc0, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x32, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x18,
	232		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	233		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x10, 0x0c, 0x00, 0xc0,
	234		0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x36, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x18, 0x0c, 0xc0, 0x18, 0x00,
	235		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	236		0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x00,
	237		0x0c, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x18, 0x0c, 0xc0, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00,
	238		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	239		0x00, 0x0e, 0x18, 0x70, 0xdc, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	240		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	241		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	242		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	243		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	244		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	245		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	246		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	247		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	248		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	249		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	250		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	251		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	252		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00,
	253		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	254		0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	255		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	256		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	257		0x7c, 0xc6, 0xfc, 0x3c, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xc0, 0x3e, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x78,
	258		0xc2, 0xfc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0x7c, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x18, 0x7c,
	259		0x10, 0x6c, 0xc6, 0x18, 0xfe, 0x3c, 0x02, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0,
	260		0xc6, 0xc6, 0x66, 0xdc, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0x66, 0xc6, 0x18, 0xcc, 0xc6,
	261		0xc0, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xde, 0xc6, 0x86, 0x18, 0xc6, 0x38,
	262		0xee, 0xc6, 0x18, 0xc0, 0x30, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xc6,
	263		0xc6, 0xc2, 0xce, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x18, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0xc0,
	264		0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xd6, 0xcc, 0x06, 0x18, 0xc6, 0x6c, 0xfe,
	265		0x6c, 0x18, 0xc0, 0x30, 0x0e, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0xde, 0xc6, 0xc6,
	266		0xc0, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x18, 0xcc, 0xd8, 0xc0, 0xc6,
	267		0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0x06, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xd6, 0x7c,
	268		0x18, 0x60, 0x30, 0x1c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0xde, 0xfe, 0xc6, 0xc0,
	269		0xc6, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xde, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x0c, 0xf0, 0xc0, 0xc6, 0xce,
	270		0xc6, 0xc0, 0xc6, 0xd8, 0x0c, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xd6, 0x38, 0x18,
	271		0x30, 0x30, 0x38, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0xde, 0xc6, 0xfc, 0xc0, 0xc6,
	272		0xf8, 0xf8, 0xc0, 0xfe, 0x18, 0x0c, 0xf0, 0xc0, 0xd6, 0xde, 0xc6,
	273		0xfc, 0xc6, 0xfc, 0x38, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xd6, 0x38, 0x3c, 0x18,
	274		0x30, 0x70, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xc6, 0xc0,
	275		0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x0c, 0xd8, 0xc0, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xc6, 0xc6,
	276		0xc6, 0xc6, 0x60, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x66, 0x0c, 0x30,
	277		0xe0, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc6, 0x6c, 0xc6, 0xc2, 0xce, 0xc0, 0xc0,
	278		0xc0, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x0c, 0xcc, 0xc0, 0xfe, 0xf6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6,
	279		0xc6, 0xc0, 0x18, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x6c, 0x66, 0x06, 0x30, 0xc0,
	280		0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x38, 0xc6, 0x66, 0xdc, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0x62,
	281		0xc6, 0x18, 0x0c, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xee, 0xe6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6,
	282		0xc2, 0x7e, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x66, 0x06, 0x30, 0x80, 0x0c,
	283		0xc6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0xfc, 0x3c, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x3c, 0xc6,
	284		0x18, 0x1e, 0xc2, 0xc0, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0xfc, 0x7c,
	285		0x7e, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x66, 0xfe, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x6c,
	286		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	287		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	288		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00,
	289		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	290		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	291		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,
	292		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	293		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	294		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	295		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	296		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	297		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	298		0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	299		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	300		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	301		0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00,
	302		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	303		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x7c,
	304		0x86, 0x76, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x80,
	305		0x38, 0x18, 0xfe, 0x7c, 0x0c, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x30, 0x7c, 0x78, 0x00,
	306		0x30, 0x06, 0x00, 0x60, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x6c, 0xc6, 0xc6,
	307		0xcc, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0xc0, 0x6c,
	308		0x18, 0xc0, 0x86, 0x0c, 0x86, 0xc6, 0x30, 0xc6, 0x8c, 0x18, 0x18,
	309		0x0c, 0x00, 0x30, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x86, 0x60, 0xcc,
	310		0x00, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x66, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0xc6, 0x18,
	311		0xc0, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x06, 0xc6, 0x30, 0xc6, 0x06, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
	312		0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x06, 0x30, 0xcc, 0x00,
	313		0x30, 0x0c, 0x3c, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0xe6, 0x18, 0x60,
	314		0x06, 0x0c, 0x06, 0xc6, 0x30, 0xc6, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x7e,
	315		0x0c, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x06, 0x18, 0xdc, 0x00, 0x30,
	316		0x0c, 0xff, 0x7e, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x00, 0x18, 0xf6, 0x18, 0x30, 0x06,
	317		0xfe, 0x06, 0xe6, 0x18, 0xc6, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, 0x06,
	318		0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x7c, 0x0c, 0x76, 0x00, 0x30, 0x0c,
	319		0x3c, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0xde, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3c, 0xcc,
	320		0xfc, 0xdc, 0x0c, 0x7c, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x18,
	321		0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xc0, 0xc6, 0x38, 0x00, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x66,
	322		0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0xce, 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x6c, 0xc0,
	323		0xc0, 0x06, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7e, 0x18, 0x0c, 0x00,
	324		0x3c, 0x24, 0x6c, 0xc2, 0xc2, 0x6c, 0x60, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00,
	325		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0xc6, 0x78, 0x06, 0x06, 0x3c, 0xc0, 0xc0,
	326		0x06, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x18, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x30, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x3c,
	327		0x66, 0x6c, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x30, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	328		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x38, 0xc6, 0x86, 0x1c, 0xc0, 0x60, 0x06,
	329		0xc6, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x60, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x18, 0x66,
	330		0x00, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x38, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	331		0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x18, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x0c, 0xfe, 0x3c, 0xfe, 0x7c,
	332		0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x00,
	333		0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	334		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	335		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18,
	336		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	337		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	338		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	339		0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	340		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	341		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	342		0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	343		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	344		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	345		0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	346		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	347		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff,
	348		0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	349		0x00, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	350		0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x3c, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00,
	351		0xff, 0x78, 0x18, 0xe0, 0xe6, 0x18, 0x80, 0x02, 0x00, 0x66, 0x1b,
	352		0xc6, 0xfe, 0x7e, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	353		0x00, 0x81, 0xff, 0x38, 0x10, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0xff, 0x3c, 0xc3,
	354		0xcc, 0x18, 0xf0, 0xe7, 0x18, 0xc0, 0x06, 0x18, 0x66, 0x1b, 0x0c,
	355		0xfe, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x10, 0x00,
	356		0x81, 0xff, 0x7c, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x66, 0x99, 0xcc,
	357		0x7e, 0x70, 0x67, 0xdb, 0xe0, 0x0e, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x1b, 0x38, 0xfe,
	358		0x3c, 0x18, 0x7e, 0x18, 0x30, 0xfe, 0x28, 0xfe, 0x38, 0x00, 0x99,
	359		0xe7, 0xfe, 0x7c, 0xe7, 0x7e, 0x3c, 0xc3, 0x42, 0xbd, 0xcc, 0x18,
	360		0x30, 0x63, 0x3c, 0xf0, 0x1e, 0x7e, 0x66, 0x1b, 0x6c, 0xfe, 0x7e,
	361		0x18, 0x18, 0x0c, 0x60, 0xc0, 0x6c, 0x7c, 0x38, 0x00, 0xbd, 0xc3,
	362		0xfe, 0xfe, 0xe7, 0xff, 0x3c, 0xc3, 0x42, 0xbd, 0xcc, 0x3c, 0x30,
	363		0x63, 0xe7, 0xf8, 0x3e, 0x18, 0x66, 0x1b, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18,
	364		0x18, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xc0, 0xfe, 0x7c, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x81, 0xff, 0xfe,
	365		0x7c, 0xe7, 0xff, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x66, 0x99, 0x78, 0x66, 0x30, 0x63,
	366		0x3c, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0x18, 0x66, 0x7b, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
	367		0x0c, 0x60, 0xc0, 0x6c, 0x38, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x81, 0xff, 0xfe, 0x38,
	368		0x3c, 0x7e, 0x00, 0xff, 0x3c, 0xc3, 0x32, 0x66, 0x30, 0x63, 0xdb,
	369		0xf8, 0x3e, 0x18, 0x66, 0xdb, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
	370		0x30, 0x00, 0x28, 0x38, 0xfe, 0x00, 0xa5, 0xdb, 0x6c, 0x10, 0x3c,
	371		0x3c, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0x1a, 0x66, 0x3f, 0x7f, 0x18, 0xf0,
	372		0x1e, 0x7e, 0x66, 0xdb, 0x38, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
	373		0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0xfe, 0x00, 0x81, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18,
	374		0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0x0e, 0x66, 0x33, 0x63, 0x18, 0xe0, 0x0e,
	375		0x3c, 0x66, 0xdb, 0x60, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x3c, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	376		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	377		0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0x1e, 0x3c, 0x3f, 0x7f, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x06, 0x18,
	378		0x66, 0x7f, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	379		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff,
	380		0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00,
	381		0x00, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	382		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00,
	383		0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	384		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
	385		};

File sdl1/deficon.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..7248ab5)
	1		/* The PDCurses logo as #include'able BMP (from ../x11/little_icon.xbm) */
	2
	3		unsigned char deficon[] =
	4		{
	5		0x42, 0x4d, 0xbe, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e,
	6		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x28, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	7		0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	8		0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x13, 0x0b, 0x00, 0x00, 0x13, 0x0b,
	9		0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	10		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
	11		0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xce, 0x6f, 0x9c,
	12		0xe7, 0xb5, 0xaf, 0x6b, 0x5b, 0xbd, 0xaf, 0xeb, 0xfb, 0xbd, 0xaf,
	13		0x98, 0xe7, 0xbd, 0xaf, 0x7b, 0x5f, 0xb5, 0xa5, 0x6b, 0x5b, 0xcd,
	14		0xab, 0x9c, 0xe7, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
	15		0xff, 0xcf, 0x03, 0xff, 0xff, 0xce, 0x03, 0xff, 0xff, 0xcc, 0x73,
	16		0xff, 0xff, 0xcc, 0xf3, 0xff, 0xff, 0xcc, 0xf3, 0xff, 0xff, 0xcc,
	17		0x73, 0xff, 0xff, 0xc6, 0x33, 0xff, 0xff, 0xc3, 0x13, 0xff, 0xff,
	18		0xc1, 0x83, 0xff, 0xff, 0xc8, 0xc3, 0xff, 0xff, 0xcc, 0x63, 0xff,
	19		0xff, 0xce, 0x33, 0xff, 0xff, 0xcf, 0x33, 0xff, 0xff, 0xcf, 0x33,
	20		0xff, 0xff, 0xce, 0x33, 0xff, 0xff, 0xc0, 0x73, 0xff, 0xff, 0xc0,
	21		0xf3, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
	22		0xff, 0xff, 0xff
	23		};

File sdl1/pdcclip.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..203c975)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcsdl.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcclip.c,v 1.6 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#include <stdlib.h>
	8
	9		/*man-start**************************************************************
	10
	11		Name: clipboard
	12
	13		Synopsis:
	14		int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length);
	15		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length);
	16		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents);
	17		int PDC_clearclipboard(void);
	18
	19		Description:
	20		PDC_getclipboard() gets the textual contents of the system's
	21		clipboard. This function returns the contents of the clipboard
	22		in the contents argument. It is the responsibilitiy of the
	23		caller to free the memory returned, via PDC_freeclipboard().
	24		The length of the clipboard contents is returned in the length
	25		argument.
	26
	27		PDC_setclipboard copies the supplied text into the system's
	28		clipboard, emptying the clipboard prior to the copy.
	29
	30		PDC_clearclipboard() clears the internal clipboard.
	31
	32		Return Values:
	33		indicator of success/failure of call.
	34		PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS the call was successful
	35		PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR unable to allocate sufficient memory for
	36		the clipboard contents
	37		PDC_CLIP_EMPTY the clipboard contains no text
	38		PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR no clipboard support
	39
	40		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	41		PDC_getclipboard - - -
	42		PDC_setclipboard - - -
	43		PDC_freeclipboard - - -
	44		PDC_clearclipboard - - -
	45
	46		**man-end****************************************************************/
	47
	48		/* global clipboard contents, should be NULL if none set */
	49
	50		static char *pdc_SDL_clipboard = NULL;
	51
	52		int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length)
	53		{
	54		int len;
	55
	56		PDC_LOG(("PDC_getclipboard() - called\n"));
	57
	58		if (!pdc_SDL_clipboard)
	59		return PDC_CLIP_EMPTY;
	60
	61		len = strlen(pdc_SDL_clipboard);
	62		if ((*contents = malloc(len + 1)) == NULL)
	63		return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
	64
	65		strcpy(*contents, pdc_SDL_clipboard);
	66		*length = len;
	67
	68		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	69		}
	70
	71		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length)
	72		{
	73		PDC_LOG(("PDC_setclipboard() - called\n"));
	74
	75		if (pdc_SDL_clipboard)
	76		{
	77		free(pdc_SDL_clipboard);
	78		pdc_SDL_clipboard = NULL;
	79		}
	80
	81		if (contents)
	82		{
	83		if ((pdc_SDL_clipboard = malloc(length + 1)) == NULL)
	84		return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
	85
	86		strcpy(pdc_SDL_clipboard, contents);
	87		}
	88
	89		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	90		}
	91
	92		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents)
	93		{
	94		PDC_LOG(("PDC_freeclipboard() - called\n"));
	95
	96		/* should we also free empty the system clipboard? probably not */
	97
	98		if (contents)
	99		{
	100		/* NOTE: We free the memory, but we can not set caller's pointer
	101		to NULL, so if caller calls again then will try to access
	102		free'd memory. We 1st overwrite memory with a string so if
	103		caller tries to use free memory they won't get what they
	104		expect & hopefully notice. */
	105
	106		/* memset(contents, 0xFD, strlen(contents)); */
	107
	108		if (strlen(contents) >= strlen("PDCURSES"))
	109		strcpy(contents, "PDCURSES");
	110
	111		free(contents);
	112		}
	113
	114		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	115		}
	116
	117		int PDC_clearclipboard(void)
	118		{
	119		PDC_LOG(("PDC_clearclipboard() - called\n"));
	120
	121		if (pdc_SDL_clipboard)
	122		{
	123		free(pdc_SDL_clipboard);
	124		pdc_SDL_clipboard = NULL;
	125		}
	126
	127		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	128		}

File sdl1/pdcdisp.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..3712e66)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcsdl.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcdisp.c,v 1.35 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#include <stdlib.h>
	8		#include <string.h>
	9
	10		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	11
	12		# define A(x) ((chtype)x | A_ALTCHARSET)
	13
	14		chtype acs_map[128] =
	15		{
	16		A(0), A(1), A(2), A(3), A(4), A(5), A(6), A(7), A(8), A(9),
	17		A(10), A(11), A(12), A(13), A(14), A(15), A(16), A(17), A(18),
	18		A(19), A(20), A(21), A(22), A(23), A(24), A(25), A(26), A(27),
	19		A(28), A(29), A(30), A(31), ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&',
	20		'\'', '(', ')', '*',
	21
	22		A(0x1a), A(0x1b), A(0x18), A(0x19),
	23
	24		'/',
	25
	26		0xdb,
	27
	28		'1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=',
	29		'>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
	30		'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W',
	31		'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_',
	32
	33		A(0x04), 0xb1,
	34
	35		'b', 'c', 'd', 'e',
	36
	37		0xf8, 0xf1, 0xb0, A(0x0f), 0xd9, 0xbf, 0xda, 0xc0, 0xc5, 0x2d,
	38		0x2d, 0xc4, 0x2d, 0x5f, 0xc3, 0xb4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xb3, 0xf3,
	39		0xf2, 0xe3, 0xd8, 0x9c, 0xf9,
	40
	41		A(127)
	42		};
	43
	44		# undef A
	45
	46		#endif
	47
	48		Uint32 pdc_lastupdate = 0;
	49
	50		#define MAXRECT 200 /* maximum number of rects to queue up before
	51		an update is forced; the number was chosen
	52		arbitrarily */
	53
	54		static SDL_Rect uprect[MAXRECT]; /* table of rects to update */
	55		static chtype oldch = (chtype)(-1); /* current attribute */
	56		static int rectcount = 0; /* index into uprect */
	57		static short foregr = -2, backgr = -2; /* current foreground, background */
	58
	59		/* do the real updates on a delay */
	60
	61		void PDC_update_rects(void)
	62		{
	63		if (rectcount)
	64		{
	65		/* if the maximum number of rects has been reached, we're
	66		probably better off doing a full screen update */
	67
	68		if (rectcount == MAXRECT)
	69		SDL_Flip(pdc_screen);
	70		else
	71		SDL_UpdateRects(pdc_screen, rectcount, uprect);
	72
	73		pdc_lastupdate = SDL_GetTicks();
	74		rectcount = 0;
	75		}
	76		}
	77
	78		/* set the font colors to match the chtype's attribute */
	79
	80		static void _set_attr(chtype ch)
	81		{
	82		ch &= (A_COLOR|A_BOLD|A_BLINK|A_REVERSE);
	83
	84		if (oldch != ch)
	85		{
	86		short newfg, newbg;
	87
	88		if (SP->mono)
	89		return;
	90
	91		PDC_pair_content(PAIR_NUMBER(ch), &newfg, &newbg);
	92
	93		newfg |= (ch & A_BOLD) ? 8 : 0;
	94		newbg |= (ch & A_BLINK) ? 8 : 0;
	95
	96		if (ch & A_REVERSE)
	97		{
	98		short tmp = newfg;
	99		newfg = newbg;
	100		newbg = tmp;
	101		}
	102
	103		if (newfg != foregr)
	104		{
	105		SDL_SetPalette(pdc_font, SDL_LOGPAL,
	106		pdc_color + newfg, pdc_flastc, 1);
	107		foregr = newfg;
	108		}
	109
	110		if (newbg != backgr)
	111		{
	112		if (newbg == -1)
	113		SDL_SetColorKey(pdc_font, SDL_SRCCOLORKEY, 0);
	114		else
	115		{
	116		if (backgr == -1)
	117		SDL_SetColorKey(pdc_font, 0, 0);
	118
	119		SDL_SetPalette(pdc_font, SDL_LOGPAL,
	120		pdc_color + newbg, 0, 1);
	121		}
	122
	123		backgr = newbg;
	124		}
	125
	126		oldch = ch;
	127		}
	128		}
	129
	130		/* draw a cursor at (y, x) */
	131
	132		void PDC_gotoyx(int row, int col)
	133		{
	134		SDL_Rect src, dest;
	135		chtype ch;
	136		int oldrow, oldcol;
	137
	138		PDC_LOG(("PDC_gotoyx() - called: row %d col %d from row %d col %d\n",
	139		row, col, SP->cursrow, SP->curscol));
	140
	141		if (SP->mono)
	142		return;
	143
	144		oldrow = SP->cursrow;
	145		oldcol = SP->curscol;
	146
	147		/* clear the old cursor */
	148
	149		PDC_transform_line(oldrow, oldcol, 1, curscr->_y[oldrow] + oldcol);
	150
	151		if (!SP->visibility)
	152		return;
	153
	154		/* draw a new cursor by overprinting the existing character in
	155		reverse, either the full cell (when visibility == 2) or the
	156		lowest quarter of it (when visibility == 1) */
	157
	158		ch = curscr->_y[row][col] ^ A_REVERSE;
	159
	160		_set_attr(ch);
	161
	162		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	163		if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80))
	164		ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f];
	165		#endif
	166		src.h = (SP->visibility == 1) ? pdc_fheight >> 2 : pdc_fheight;
	167		src.w = pdc_fwidth;
	168
	169		dest.y = (row + 1) * pdc_fheight - src.h + pdc_yoffset;
	170		dest.x = col * pdc_fwidth + pdc_xoffset;
	171
	172		src.x = (ch & 0xff) % 32 * pdc_fwidth;
	173		src.y = (ch & 0xff) / 32 * pdc_fheight + (pdc_fheight - src.h);
	174
	175		SDL_BlitSurface(pdc_font, &src, pdc_screen, &dest);
	176
	177		if (oldrow != row || oldcol != col)
	178		{
	179		if (rectcount == MAXRECT)
	180		PDC_update_rects();
	181
	182		uprect[rectcount++] = dest;
	183		}
	184		}
	185
	186		/* handle the A_*LINE attributes */
	187
	188		static void _highlight(SDL_Rect *src, SDL_Rect *dest, chtype ch)
	189		{
	190		short col = SP->line_color;
	191
	192		if (SP->mono)
	193		return;
	194
	195		if (ch & A_UNDERLINE)
	196		{
	197		if (col != -1)
	198		SDL_SetPalette(pdc_font, SDL_LOGPAL,
	199		pdc_color + col, pdc_flastc, 1);
	200
	201		src->x = '_' % 32 * pdc_fwidth;
	202		src->y = '_' / 32 * pdc_fheight;
	203
	204		if (backgr != -1)
	205		SDL_SetColorKey(pdc_font, SDL_SRCCOLORKEY, 0);
	206
	207		SDL_BlitSurface(pdc_font, src, pdc_screen, dest);
	208
	209		if (backgr != -1)
	210		SDL_SetColorKey(pdc_font, 0, 0);
	211
	212		if (col != -1)
	213		SDL_SetPalette(pdc_font, SDL_LOGPAL,
	214		pdc_color + foregr, pdc_flastc, 1);
	215		}
	216
	217		if (ch & (A_LEFTLINE|A_RIGHTLINE))
	218		{
	219		if (col == -1)
	220		col = foregr;
	221
	222		dest->w = 1;
	223
	224		if (ch & A_LEFTLINE)
	225		SDL_FillRect(pdc_screen, dest, pdc_mapped[col]);
	226
	227		if (ch & A_RIGHTLINE)
	228		{
	229		dest->x += pdc_fwidth - 1;
	230		SDL_FillRect(pdc_screen, dest, pdc_mapped[col]);
	231		dest->x -= pdc_fwidth - 1;
	232		}
	233
	234		dest->w = pdc_fwidth;
	235		}
	236		}
	237
	238		/* update the given physical line to look like the corresponding line in
	239		curscr */
	240
	241		void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp)
	242		{
	243		SDL_Rect src, dest, lastrect;
	244		int j;
	245
	246		PDC_LOG(("PDC_transform_line() - called: lineno=%d\n", lineno));
	247
	248		if (rectcount == MAXRECT)
	249		PDC_update_rects();
	250
	251		src.h = pdc_fheight;
	252		src.w = pdc_fwidth;
	253
	254		dest.y = pdc_fheight * lineno + pdc_yoffset;
	255		dest.x = pdc_fwidth * x + pdc_xoffset;
	256		dest.h = pdc_fheight;
	257		dest.w = pdc_fwidth * len;
	258
	259		/* if the previous rect was just above this one, with the same width
	260		and horizontal position, then merge the new one with it instead
	261		of adding a new entry */
	262
	263		if (rectcount)
	264		lastrect = uprect[rectcount - 1];
	265
	266		if (rectcount && lastrect.x == dest.x && lastrect.w == dest.w)
	267		{
	268		if (lastrect.y + lastrect.h == dest.y)
	269		uprect[rectcount - 1].h = lastrect.h + pdc_fheight;
	270		else
	271		if (lastrect.y != dest.y)
	272		uprect[rectcount++] = dest;
	273		}
	274		else
	275		uprect[rectcount++] = dest;
	276
	277		dest.w = pdc_fwidth;
	278
	279		for (j = 0; j < len; j++)
	280		{
	281		chtype ch = srcp[j];
	282
	283		_set_attr(ch);
	284		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	285		if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80))
	286		ch = (ch & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_ALTCHARSET)) | acs_map[ch & 0x7f];
	287		#endif
	288		if (backgr == -1)
	289		SDL_LowerBlit(pdc_tileback, &dest, pdc_screen, &dest);
	290
	291		src.x = (ch & 0xff) % 32 * pdc_fwidth;
	292		src.y = (ch & 0xff) / 32 * pdc_fheight;
	293
	294		SDL_LowerBlit(pdc_font, &src, pdc_screen, &dest);
	295
	296		if (ch & (A_UNDERLINE|A_LEFTLINE|A_RIGHTLINE))
	297		_highlight(&src, &dest, ch);
	298
	299		dest.x += pdc_fwidth;
	300		}
	301		}

File sdl1/pdcgetsc.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..4319235)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcsdl.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcgetsc.c,v 1.8 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/* get the cursor size/shape */
	8
	9		int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void)
	10		{
	11		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_cursor_mode() - called\n"));
	12
	13		return 0;
	14		}
	15
	16		/* return number of screen rows */
	17
	18		int PDC_get_rows(void)
	19		{
	20		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - called\n"));
	21
	22		return pdc_sheight / pdc_fheight;
	23		}
	24
	25		/* return width of screen/viewport */
	26
	27		int PDC_get_columns(void)
	28		{
	29		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - called\n"));
	30
	31		return pdc_swidth / pdc_fwidth;
	32		}

File sdl1/pdckbd.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..56bf1e4)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcsdl.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdckbd.c,v 1.20 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: pdckbd
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void);
	13
	14		Description:
	15		PDC_get_input_fd() returns the file descriptor that PDCurses
	16		reads its input from. It can be used for select().
	17
	18		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	19		PDC_get_input_fd - - -
	20
	21		**man-end****************************************************************/
	22
	23		#include <string.h>
	24
	25		unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers = 0L;
	26
	27		static SDL_Event event;
	28		static SDLKey oldkey;
	29		static MOUSE_STATUS old_mouse_status;
	30
	31		static struct
	32		{
	33		SDLKey keycode;
	34		bool numkeypad;
	35		unsigned short normal;
	36		unsigned short shifted;
	37		unsigned short control;
	38		unsigned short alt;
	39		} key_table[] =
	40		{
	41		/* keycode keypad normal shifted control alt*/
	42		{SDLK_LEFT, FALSE, KEY_LEFT, KEY_SLEFT, CTL_LEFT, ALT_LEFT},
	43		{SDLK_RIGHT, FALSE, KEY_RIGHT, KEY_SRIGHT, CTL_RIGHT, ALT_RIGHT},
	44		{SDLK_UP, FALSE, KEY_UP, KEY_SUP, CTL_UP, ALT_UP},
	45		{SDLK_DOWN, FALSE, KEY_DOWN, KEY_SDOWN, CTL_DOWN, ALT_DOWN},
	46		{SDLK_HOME, FALSE, KEY_HOME, KEY_SHOME, CTL_HOME, ALT_HOME},
	47		{SDLK_END, FALSE, KEY_END, KEY_SEND, CTL_END, ALT_END},
	48		{SDLK_PAGEUP, FALSE, KEY_PPAGE, KEY_SPREVIOUS,CTL_PGUP, ALT_PGUP},
	49		{SDLK_PAGEDOWN,FALSE, KEY_NPAGE, KEY_SNEXT, CTL_PGDN, ALT_PGDN},
	50		{SDLK_INSERT, FALSE, KEY_IC, KEY_SIC, CTL_INS, ALT_INS},
	51		{SDLK_DELETE, FALSE, KEY_DC, KEY_SDC, CTL_DEL, ALT_DEL},
	52		{SDLK_F1, FALSE, KEY_F(1), KEY_F(13), KEY_F(25), KEY_F(37)},
	53		{SDLK_F2, FALSE, KEY_F(2), KEY_F(14), KEY_F(26), KEY_F(38)},
	54		{SDLK_F3, FALSE, KEY_F(3), KEY_F(15), KEY_F(27), KEY_F(39)},
	55		{SDLK_F4, FALSE, KEY_F(4), KEY_F(16), KEY_F(28), KEY_F(40)},
	56		{SDLK_F5, FALSE, KEY_F(5), KEY_F(17), KEY_F(29), KEY_F(41)},
	57		{SDLK_F6, FALSE, KEY_F(6), KEY_F(18), KEY_F(30), KEY_F(42)},
	58		{SDLK_F7, FALSE, KEY_F(7), KEY_F(19), KEY_F(31), KEY_F(43)},
	59		{SDLK_F8, FALSE, KEY_F(8), KEY_F(20), KEY_F(32), KEY_F(44)},
	60		{SDLK_F9, FALSE, KEY_F(9), KEY_F(21), KEY_F(33), KEY_F(45)},
	61		{SDLK_F10, FALSE, KEY_F(10), KEY_F(22), KEY_F(34), KEY_F(46)},
	62		{SDLK_F11, FALSE, KEY_F(11), KEY_F(23), KEY_F(35), KEY_F(47)},
	63		{SDLK_F12, FALSE, KEY_F(12), KEY_F(24), KEY_F(36), KEY_F(48)},
	64		{SDLK_F13, FALSE, KEY_F(13), KEY_F(25), KEY_F(37), KEY_F(49)},
	65		{SDLK_F14, FALSE, KEY_F(14), KEY_F(26), KEY_F(38), KEY_F(50)},
	66		{SDLK_F15, FALSE, KEY_F(15), KEY_F(27), KEY_F(39), KEY_F(51)},
	67		{SDLK_BACKSPACE,FALSE, 0x08, 0x08, CTL_BKSP, ALT_BKSP},
	68		{SDLK_TAB, FALSE, 0x09, KEY_BTAB, CTL_TAB, ALT_TAB},
	69		{SDLK_PRINT, FALSE, KEY_PRINT, KEY_SPRINT, KEY_PRINT, KEY_PRINT},
	70		{SDLK_PAUSE, FALSE, KEY_SUSPEND, KEY_SSUSPEND, KEY_SUSPEND, KEY_SUSPEND},
	71		{SDLK_CLEAR, FALSE, KEY_CLEAR, KEY_CLEAR, KEY_CLEAR, KEY_CLEAR},
	72		{SDLK_BREAK, FALSE, KEY_BREAK, KEY_BREAK, KEY_BREAK, KEY_BREAK},
	73		{SDLK_HELP, FALSE, KEY_HELP, KEY_SHELP, KEY_LHELP, KEY_HELP},
	74		{SDLK_MENU, FALSE, KEY_OPTIONS, KEY_SOPTIONS, KEY_OPTIONS, KEY_OPTIONS},
	75		{SDLK_ESCAPE, FALSE, 0x1B, 0x1B, 0x1B, ALT_ESC},
	76		{SDLK_KP_ENTER,TRUE, PADENTER, PADENTER, CTL_PADENTER,ALT_PADENTER},
	77		{SDLK_KP_PLUS, TRUE, PADPLUS, '+', CTL_PADPLUS, ALT_PADPLUS},
	78		{SDLK_KP_MINUS,TRUE, PADMINUS, '-', CTL_PADMINUS,ALT_PADMINUS},
	79		{SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY,TRUE,PADSTAR, '*', CTL_PADSTAR, ALT_PADSTAR},
	80		{SDLK_KP_DIVIDE,TRUE, PADSLASH, '/', CTL_PADSLASH,ALT_PADSLASH},
	81		{SDLK_KP_PERIOD,TRUE, PADSTOP, '.', CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP},
	82		{SDLK_KP0, TRUE, PAD0, '0', CTL_PAD0, ALT_PAD0},
	83		{SDLK_KP1, TRUE, KEY_C1, '1', CTL_PAD1, ALT_PAD1},
	84		{SDLK_KP2, TRUE, KEY_C2, '2', CTL_PAD2, ALT_PAD2},
	85		{SDLK_KP3, TRUE, KEY_C3, '3', CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3},
	86		{SDLK_KP4, TRUE, KEY_B1, '4', CTL_PAD4, ALT_PAD4},
	87		{SDLK_KP5, TRUE, KEY_B2, '5', CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5},
	88		{SDLK_KP6, TRUE, KEY_B3, '6', CTL_PAD6, ALT_PAD6},
	89		{SDLK_KP7, TRUE, KEY_A1, '7', CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7},
	90		{SDLK_KP8, TRUE, KEY_A2, '8', CTL_PAD8, ALT_PAD8},
	91		{SDLK_KP9, TRUE, KEY_A3, '9', CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9},
	92		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
	93		};
	94
	95		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void)
	96		{
	97		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_input_fd() - called\n"));
	98
	99		return 0L; /* test this */
	100		}
	101
	102		void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on)
	103		{
	104		PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_keyboard_binary() - called\n"));
	105		}
	106
	107		/* check if a key or mouse event is waiting */
	108
	109		bool PDC_check_key(void)
	110		{
	111		Uint32 current = SDL_GetTicks();
	112		int haveevent = SDL_PollEvent(&event);
	113
	114		/* if we have an event, or 30 ms have passed without a screen
	115		update, or the timer has wrapped, update now */
	116
	117		if (haveevent ||
	118		current < pdc_lastupdate || ((current - pdc_lastupdate) > 30))
	119		PDC_update_rects();
	120
	121		return haveevent;
	122		}
	123
	124		static int _process_key_event(void)
	125		{
	126		int i, key = 0;
	127
	128		pdc_key_modifiers = 0L;
	129		SP->key_code = FALSE;
	130
	131		if (event.type == SDL_KEYUP)
	132		{
	133		if (SP->return_key_modifiers && event.key.keysym.sym == oldkey)
	134		{
	135		switch (oldkey)
	136		{
	137		case SDLK_RSHIFT:
	138		return KEY_SHIFT_R;
	139		case SDLK_LSHIFT:
	140		return KEY_SHIFT_L;
	141		case SDLK_RCTRL:
	142		return KEY_CONTROL_R;
	143		case SDLK_LCTRL:
	144		return KEY_CONTROL_L;
	145		case SDLK_RALT:
	146		return KEY_ALT_R;
	147		case SDLK_LALT:
	148		return KEY_ALT_L;
	149		default:
	150		break;
	151		}
	152		}
	153
	154		return -1;
	155		}
	156
	157		oldkey = event.key.keysym.sym;
	158
	159		if (SP->save_key_modifiers)
	160		{
	161		if (event.key.keysym.mod & KMOD_NUM)
	162		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK;
	163
	164		if (event.key.keysym.mod & KMOD_SHIFT)
	165		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT;
	166
	167		if (event.key.keysym.mod & KMOD_CTRL)
	168		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL;
	169
	170		if (event.key.keysym.mod & KMOD_ALT)
	171		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT;
	172		}
	173
	174		for (i = 0; key_table[i].keycode; i++)
	175		{
	176		if (key_table[i].keycode == event.key.keysym.sym)
	177		{
	178		if ((event.key.keysym.mod & KMOD_SHIFT) ||
	179		(key_table[i].numkeypad && (event.key.keysym.mod & KMOD_NUM)))
	180		{
	181		key = key_table[i].shifted;
	182		}
	183		else if (event.key.keysym.mod & KMOD_CTRL)
	184		{
	185		key = key_table[i].control;
	186		}
	187		else if (event.key.keysym.mod & KMOD_ALT)
	188		{
	189		key = key_table[i].alt;
	190		}
	191
	192		/* To get here, we ignore all other modifiers */
	193
	194		else
	195		key = key_table[i].normal;
	196
	197		SP->key_code = (key > 0x100);
	198		break;
	199		}
	200		}
	201
	202		if (!key)
	203		{
	204		key = event.key.keysym.unicode;
	205
	206		if (key > 0x7f)
	207		key = 0;
	208		}
	209
	210		/* Handle ALT letters and numbers */
	211
	212		if (event.key.keysym.mod & KMOD_ALT)
	213		{
	214		if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
	215		{
	216		key += ALT_A - 'A';
	217		SP->key_code = TRUE;
	218		}
	219
	220		if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
	221		{
	222		key += ALT_A - 'a';
	223		SP->key_code = TRUE;
	224		}
	225
	226		if (key >= '0' && key <= '9')
	227		{
	228		key += ALT_0 - '0';
	229		SP->key_code = TRUE;
	230		}
	231		}
	232
	233		return key ? key : -1;
	234		}
	235
	236		static int _process_mouse_event(void)
	237		{
	238		SDLMod keymods;
	239		short shift_flags = 0;
	240
	241		memset(&pdc_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(MOUSE_STATUS));
	242
	243		keymods = SDL_GetModState();
	244
	245		if (keymods & KMOD_SHIFT)
	246		shift_flags |= BUTTON_SHIFT;
	247
	248		if (keymods & KMOD_CTRL)
	249		shift_flags |= BUTTON_CONTROL;
	250
	251		if (keymods & KMOD_ALT)
	252		shift_flags |= BUTTON_ALT;
	253
	254		if (event.type == SDL_MOUSEMOTION)
	255		{
	256		int i;
	257
	258		pdc_mouse_status.x = event.motion.x / pdc_fwidth;
	259		pdc_mouse_status.y = event.motion.y / pdc_fheight;
	260
	261		if (!event.motion.state ||
	262		(pdc_mouse_status.x == old_mouse_status.x &&
	263		pdc_mouse_status.y == old_mouse_status.y))
	264		return -1;
	265
	266		pdc_mouse_status.changes = PDC_MOUSE_MOVED;
	267
	268		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	269		{
	270		if (event.motion.state & SDL_BUTTON(i + 1))
	271		{
	272		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_MOVED | shift_flags;
	273		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i);
	274		}
	275		}
	276		}
	277		else
	278		{
	279		short action = (event.button.state == SDL_PRESSED) ?
	280		BUTTON_PRESSED : BUTTON_RELEASED;
	281		Uint8 btn = event.button.button;
	282
	283		/* handle scroll wheel */
	284
	285		if ((btn == 4 || btn == 5) && action == BUTTON_RELEASED)
	286		{
	287		pdc_mouse_status.x = pdc_mouse_status.y = -1;
	288
	289		pdc_mouse_status.changes = (btn == 5) ?
	290		PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN : PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP;
	291
	292		return KEY_MOUSE;
	293		}
	294
	295		if (btn < 1 || btn > 3)
	296		return -1;
	297
	298		/* check for a click -- a press followed immediately by a release */
	299
	300		if (action == BUTTON_PRESSED && SP->mouse_wait)
	301		{
	302		SDL_Event rel;
	303
	304		napms(SP->mouse_wait);
	305
	306		if (SDL_PollEvent(&rel))
	307		{
	308		if (rel.type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP && rel.button.button == btn)
	309		action = BUTTON_CLICKED;
	310		else
	311		SDL_PushEvent(&rel);
	312		}
	313		}
	314
	315		pdc_mouse_status.x = event.button.x / pdc_fwidth;
	316		pdc_mouse_status.y = event.button.y / pdc_fheight;
	317
	318		btn--;
	319
	320		pdc_mouse_status.button[btn] = action | shift_flags;
	321		pdc_mouse_status.changes = (1 << btn);
	322		}
	323
	324		old_mouse_status = pdc_mouse_status;
	325
	326		return KEY_MOUSE;
	327		}
	328
	329		/* return the next available key or mouse event */
	330
	331		int PDC_get_key(void)
	332		{
	333		switch (event.type)
	334		{
	335		case SDL_QUIT:
	336		exit(1);
	337		case SDL_VIDEORESIZE:
	338		if (pdc_own_screen &&
	339		(event.resize.h / pdc_fheight != LINES ||
	340		event.resize.w / pdc_fwidth != COLS))
	341		{
	342		pdc_sheight = event.resize.h;
	343		pdc_swidth = event.resize.w;
	344
	345		if (!SP->resized)
	346		{
	347		SP->resized = TRUE;
	348		return KEY_RESIZE;
	349		}
	350		}
	351		break;
	352		case SDL_MOUSEMOTION:
	353		SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_ENABLE);
	354		case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP:
	355		case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN:
	356		oldkey = SDLK_SPACE;
	357		if (SP->_trap_mbe)
	358		return _process_mouse_event();
	359		break;
	360		case SDL_KEYUP:
	361		case SDL_KEYDOWN:
	362		PDC_mouse_set();
	363		return _process_key_event();
	364		}
	365
	366		return -1;
	367		}
	368
	369		/* discard any pending keyboard or mouse input -- this is the core
	370		routine for flushinp() */
	371
	372		void PDC_flushinp(void)
	373		{
	374		PDC_LOG(("PDC_flushinp() - called\n"));
	375
	376		while (PDC_check_key());
	377		}
	378
	379		int PDC_mouse_set(void)
	380		{
	381		SDL_ShowCursor(SP->_trap_mbe ? SDL_ENABLE : SDL_DISABLE);
	382
	383		return OK;
	384		}
	385
	386		int PDC_modifiers_set(void)
	387		{
	388		return OK;
	389		}

File sdl1/pdcscrn.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..e422b25)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcsdl.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcscrn.c,v 1.34 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#include <stdlib.h>
	8		#include "deffont.h"
	9		#include "deficon.h"
	10
	11		SDL_Surface *pdc_screen = NULL, *pdc_font = NULL, *pdc_icon = NULL,
	12		*pdc_back = NULL, *pdc_tileback = NULL;
	13		int pdc_sheight = 0, pdc_swidth = 0, pdc_yoffset = 0, pdc_xoffset = 0;
	14
	15		SDL_Color pdc_color[16];
	16		Uint32 pdc_mapped[16];
	17		int pdc_fheight, pdc_fwidth, pdc_flastc;
	18		bool pdc_own_screen;
	19
	20		/* COLOR_PAIR to attribute encoding table. */
	21
	22		static struct {short f, b;} atrtab[PDC_COLOR_PAIRS];
	23
	24		void PDC_retile(void)
	25		{
	26		if (pdc_tileback)
	27		SDL_FreeSurface(pdc_tileback);
	28
	29		pdc_tileback = SDL_DisplayFormat(pdc_screen);
	30
	31		if (pdc_back)
	32		{
	33		SDL_Rect dest;
	34
	35		dest.y = 0;
	36
	37		while (dest.y < pdc_tileback->h)
	38		{
	39		dest.x = 0;
	40
	41		while (dest.x < pdc_tileback->w)
	42		{
	43		SDL_BlitSurface(pdc_back, 0, pdc_tileback, &dest);
	44		dest.x += pdc_back->w;
	45		}
	46
	47		dest.y += pdc_back->h;
	48		}
	49
	50		SDL_BlitSurface(pdc_tileback, 0, pdc_screen, 0);
	51		}
	52		}
	53
	54		void PDC_scr_close(void)
	55		{
	56		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_close() - called\n"));
	57		}
	58
	59		void PDC_scr_free(void)
	60		{
	61		if (SP)
	62		free(SP);
	63		}
	64
	65		/* open the physical screen -- allocate SP, miscellaneous intialization */
	66
	67		int PDC_scr_open(int argc, char **argv)
	68		{
	69		int i;
	70
	71		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - called\n"));
	72
	73		SP = calloc(1, sizeof(SCREEN));
	74
	75		if (!SP)
	76		return ERR;
	77
	78		pdc_own_screen = !pdc_screen;
	79
	80		if (pdc_own_screen)
	81		{
	82		if (SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO|SDL_INIT_TIMER) < 0)
	83		{
	84		fprintf(stderr, "Could not start SDL: %s\n", SDL_GetError());
	85		return ERR;
	86		}
	87
	88		atexit(SDL_Quit);
	89		}
	90
	91		if (!pdc_font)
	92		{
	93		const char *fname = getenv("PDC_FONT");
	94		pdc_font = SDL_LoadBMP(fname ? fname : "pdcfont.bmp");
	95		}
	96
	97		if (!pdc_font)
	98		pdc_font = SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromMem(deffont, sizeof(deffont)), 0);
	99
	100		if (!pdc_font)
	101		{
	102		fprintf(stderr, "Could not load font\n");
	103		return ERR;
	104		}
	105
	106		SP->mono = !pdc_font->format->palette;
	107
	108		if (!SP->mono && !pdc_back)
	109		{
	110		const char *bname = getenv("PDC_BACKGROUND");
	111		pdc_back = SDL_LoadBMP(bname ? bname : "pdcback.bmp");
	112		}
	113
	114		if (!SP->mono && (pdc_back || !pdc_own_screen))
	115		{
	116		SP->orig_attr = TRUE;
	117		SP->orig_fore = COLOR_WHITE;
	118		SP->orig_back = -1;
	119		}
	120		else
	121		SP->orig_attr = FALSE;
	122
	123		pdc_fheight = pdc_font->h / 8;
	124		pdc_fwidth = pdc_font->w / 32;
	125
	126		if (!SP->mono)
	127		pdc_flastc = pdc_font->format->palette->ncolors - 1;
	128
	129		if (pdc_own_screen && !pdc_icon)
	130		{
	131		const char *iname = getenv("PDC_ICON");
	132		pdc_icon = SDL_LoadBMP(iname ? iname : "pdcicon.bmp");
	133
	134		if (!pdc_icon)
	135		pdc_icon = SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromMem(deficon,
	136		sizeof(deficon)), 0);
	137
	138		if (pdc_icon)
	139		SDL_WM_SetIcon(pdc_icon, NULL);
	140		}
	141
	142		if (pdc_own_screen)
	143		{
	144		const char *env = getenv("PDC_LINES");
	145		pdc_sheight = (env ? atoi(env) : 25) * pdc_fheight;
	146
	147		env = getenv("PDC_COLS");
	148		pdc_swidth = (env ? atoi(env) : 80) * pdc_fwidth;
	149
	150		pdc_screen = SDL_SetVideoMode(pdc_swidth, pdc_sheight, 0,
	151		SDL_SWSURFACE|SDL_ANYFORMAT|SDL_RESIZABLE);
	152		}
	153		else
	154		{
	155		if (!pdc_sheight)
	156		pdc_sheight = pdc_screen->h - pdc_yoffset;
	157
	158		if (!pdc_swidth)
	159		pdc_swidth = pdc_screen->w - pdc_xoffset;
	160		}
	161
	162		if (!pdc_screen)
	163		{
	164		fprintf(stderr, "Couldn't create a surface: %s\n", SDL_GetError());
	165		return ERR;
	166		}
	167
	168		if (SP->orig_attr)
	169		PDC_retile();
	170
	171		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
	172		{
	173		pdc_color[i].r = (i & COLOR_RED) ? 0xc0 : 0;
	174		pdc_color[i].g = (i & COLOR_GREEN) ? 0xc0 : 0;
	175		pdc_color[i].b = (i & COLOR_BLUE) ? 0xc0 : 0;
	176
	177		pdc_color[i + 8].r = (i & COLOR_RED) ? 0xff : 0x40;
	178		pdc_color[i + 8].g = (i & COLOR_GREEN) ? 0xff : 0x40;
	179		pdc_color[i + 8].b = (i & COLOR_BLUE) ? 0xff : 0x40;
	180		}
	181
	182		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
	183		pdc_mapped[i] = SDL_MapRGB(pdc_screen->format, pdc_color[i].r,
	184		pdc_color[i].g, pdc_color[i].b);
	185
	186		SDL_EnableUNICODE(1);
	187
	188		PDC_mouse_set();
	189
	190		if (pdc_own_screen)
	191		PDC_set_title(argc ? argv[0] : "PDCurses");
	192
	193		SP->lines = PDC_get_rows();
	194		SP->cols = PDC_get_columns();
	195
	196		SP->mouse_wait = PDC_CLICK_PERIOD;
	197		SP->audible = FALSE;
	198
	199		PDC_reset_prog_mode();
	200
	201		return OK;
	202		}
	203
	204		/* the core of resize_term() */
	205
	206		int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols)
	207		{
	208		if (!pdc_own_screen)
	209		return ERR;
	210
	211		if (nlines && ncols)
	212		{
	213		pdc_sheight = nlines * pdc_fheight;
	214		pdc_swidth = ncols * pdc_fwidth;
	215		}
	216
	217		SDL_FreeSurface(pdc_screen);
	218
	219		pdc_screen = SDL_SetVideoMode(pdc_swidth, pdc_sheight, 0,
	220		SDL_SWSURFACE|SDL_ANYFORMAT|SDL_RESIZABLE);
	221
	222		if (pdc_tileback)
	223		PDC_retile();
	224
	225		SP->resized = FALSE;
	226		SP->cursrow = SP->curscol = 0;
	227
	228		return OK;
	229		}
	230
	231		void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void)
	232		{
	233		PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_prog_mode() - called.\n"));
	234
	235		PDC_flushinp();
	236		SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY, SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL);
	237		}
	238
	239		void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void)
	240		{
	241		PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_shell_mode() - called.\n"));
	242
	243		SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(0, 0);
	244		PDC_flushinp();
	245		}
	246
	247		void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i)
	248		{
	249		}
	250
	251		void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i)
	252		{
	253		}
	254
	255		void PDC_init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg)
	256		{
	257		atrtab[pair].f = fg;
	258		atrtab[pair].b = bg;
	259		}
	260
	261		int PDC_pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg)
	262		{
	263		*fg = atrtab[pair].f;
	264		*bg = atrtab[pair].b;
	265
	266		return OK;
	267		}
	268
	269		bool PDC_can_change_color(void)
	270		{
	271		return TRUE;
	272		}
	273
	274		int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
	275		{
	276		*red = DIVROUND(pdc_color[color].r * 1000, 255);
	277		*green = DIVROUND(pdc_color[color].g * 1000, 255);
	278		*blue = DIVROUND(pdc_color[color].b * 1000, 255);
	279
	280		return OK;
	281		}
	282
	283		int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
	284		{
	285		pdc_color[color].r = DIVROUND(red * 255, 1000);
	286		pdc_color[color].g = DIVROUND(green * 255, 1000);
	287		pdc_color[color].b = DIVROUND(blue * 255, 1000);
	288
	289		pdc_mapped[color] = SDL_MapRGB(pdc_screen->format, pdc_color[color].r,
	290		pdc_color[color].g, pdc_color[color].b);
	291
	292		wrefresh(curscr);
	293
	294		return OK;
	295		}

File sdl1/pdcsdl.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..79df21a)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		/* $Id: pdcsdl.h,v 1.17 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	4
	5		#include <curspriv.h>
	6
	7		#include <SDL/SDL.h>
	8
	9		PDCEX SDL_Surface *pdc_screen, *pdc_font, *pdc_icon, *pdc_back;
	10		PDCEX int pdc_sheight, pdc_swidth, pdc_yoffset, pdc_xoffset;
	11
	12		extern SDL_Surface *pdc_tileback; /* used to regenerate the background
	13		of "transparent" cells */
	14		extern SDL_Color pdc_color[16]; /* colors for font palette */
	15		extern Uint32 pdc_mapped[16]; /* colors for FillRect(), as
	16		used in _highlight() */
	17		extern int pdc_fheight, pdc_fwidth; /* font height and width */
	18		extern int pdc_flastc; /* font palette's last color
	19		(treated as the foreground) */
	20		extern bool pdc_own_screen; /* if pdc_screen was not set
	21		before initscr(), PDCurses is
	22		responsible for (owns) it */
	23		extern Uint32 pdc_lastupdate; /* time of last update, in ticks */
	24
	25		void PDC_update_rects(void);
	26		void PDC_retile(void);

File sdl1/pdcsetsc.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..0df97ab)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcsdl.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcsetsc.c,v 1.7 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: pdcsetsc
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon);
	13		void PDC_set_title(const char *title);
	14
	15		Description:
	16		PDC_set_blink() toggles whether the A_BLINK attribute sets an
	17		actual blink mode (TRUE), or sets the background color to high
	18		intensity (FALSE). The default is platform-dependent (FALSE in
	19		most cases). It returns OK if it could set the state to match
	20		the given parameter, ERR otherwise. Current platforms also
	21		adjust the value of COLORS according to this function -- 16 for
	22		FALSE, and 8 for TRUE.
	23
	24		PDC_set_title() sets the title of the window in which the curses
	25		program is running. This function may not do anything on some
	26		platforms. (Currently it only works in Win32 and X11.)
	27
	28		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	29		PDC_set_blink - - -
	30		PDC_set_title - - -
	31
	32		**man-end****************************************************************/
	33
	34		int PDC_curs_set(int visibility)
	35		{
	36		int ret_vis;
	37
	38		PDC_LOG(("PDC_curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
	39
	40		ret_vis = SP->visibility;
	41
	42		SP->visibility = visibility;
	43
	44		PDC_gotoyx(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol);
	45
	46		return ret_vis;
	47		}
	48
	49		void PDC_set_title(const char *title)
	50		{
	51		PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_title() - called:<%s>\n", title));
	52
	53		SDL_WM_SetCaption(title, title);
	54		}
	55
	56		int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon)
	57		{
	58		if (pdc_color_started)
	59		COLORS = 16;
	60
	61		return blinkon ? ERR : OK;
	62		}

File sdl1/pdcutil.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..b2d8404)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcsdl.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcutil.c,v 1.6 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		void PDC_beep(void)
	8		{
	9		PDC_LOG(("PDC_beep() - called\n"));
	10		}
	11
	12		void PDC_napms(int ms)
	13		{
	14		PDC_LOG(("PDC_napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
	15
	16		PDC_update_rects();
	17		SDL_Delay(ms);
	18		}
	19
	20		const char *PDC_sysname(void)
	21		{
	22		return "SDL";
	23		}

File sdl1/sdltest.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..d39533b)
	1		/* Here's a simple example of combining SDL and PDCurses functionality.
	2		The top portion of the window is devoted to SDL, with a four-line
	3		(assuming the default 8x16 font) stdscr at the bottom.
	4
	5		$Id: sdltest.c,v 1.2 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $
	6		*/
	7
	8		#include <SDL/SDL.h>
	9		#include <curses.h>
	10		#include <stdlib.h>
	11		#include <time.h>
	12
	13		/* You could #include pdcsdl.h, or just add the relevant declarations
	14		here: */
	15
	16		PDCEX SDL_Surface *pdc_screen;
	17		PDCEX int pdc_yoffset;
	18
	19		int main(int argc, char **argv)
	20		{
	21		char inp[60];
	22		int i, j, seed;
	23
	24		seed = time((time_t *)0);
	25		srand(seed);
	26
	27		/* Initialize SDL */
	28
	29		if (SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO) < 0)
	30		exit(1);
	31
	32		atexit(SDL_Quit);
	33
	34		pdc_screen = SDL_SetVideoMode(640, 480, 0, SDL_SWSURFACE|SDL_ANYFORMAT);
	35
	36		/* Initialize PDCurses */
	37
	38		pdc_yoffset = 416; /* 480 - 4 * 16 */
	39
	40		initscr();
	41		start_color();
	42		scrollok(stdscr, TRUE);
	43
	44		PDC_set_title("PDCurses for SDL");
	45
	46		/* Do some SDL stuff */
	47
	48		for (i = 640, j = 416; j; i -= 2, j -= 2)
	49		{
	50		SDL_Rect dest;
	51
	52		dest.x = (640 - i) / 2;
	53		dest.y = (416 - j) / 2;
	54		dest.w = i;
	55		dest.h = j;
	56
	57		SDL_FillRect(pdc_screen, &dest,
	58		SDL_MapRGB(pdc_screen->format, rand() % 256,
	59		rand() % 256, rand() % 256));
	60		}
	61
	62		SDL_UpdateRect(pdc_screen, 0, 0, 640, 416);
	63
	64		/* Do some curses stuff */
	65
	66		init_pair(1, COLOR_WHITE + 8, COLOR_BLUE);
	67		bkgd(COLOR_PAIR(1));
	68
	69		addstr("This is a demo of ");
	70		attron(A_UNDERLINE);
	71		addstr("PDCurses for SDL");
	72		attroff(A_UNDERLINE);
	73		addstr(".\nYour comments here: ");
	74		getnstr(inp, 59);
	75		addstr("Press any key to exit.");
	76
	77		getch();
	78		endwin();
	79
	80		return 0;
	81		}

File term.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..ce6bc4f)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		/* $Id: term.h,v 1.16 2008/07/13 16:08:16 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	4
	5		/* PDCurses doesn't operate with terminfo, but we need these functions for
	6		compatibility, to allow some things (notably, interface libraries for
	7		other languages) to be compiled. Anyone who tries to actually _use_
	8		them will be disappointed, since they only return ERR. */
	9
	10		#ifndef __PDCURSES_TERM_H__
	11		#define __PDCURSES_TERM_H__ 1
	12
	13		#include <curses.h>
	14
	15		#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
	16		extern "C"
	17		{
	18		#endif
	19
	20		typedef struct
	21		{
	22		const char *_termname;
	23		} TERMINAL;
	24
	25		#ifdef PDC_DLL_BUILD
	26		# ifndef CURSES_LIBRARY
	27		__declspec(dllimport) TERMINAL *cur_term;
	28		# else
	29		__declspec(dllexport) extern TERMINAL *cur_term;
	30		# endif
	31		#else
	32		extern TERMINAL *cur_term;
	33		#endif
	34
	35		int del_curterm(TERMINAL *);
	36		int putp(const char *);
	37		int restartterm(const char *, int, int *);
	38		TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *);
	39		int setterm(const char *);
	40		int setupterm(const char *, int, int *);
	41		int tgetent(char *, const char *);
	42		int tgetflag(const char *);
	43		int tgetnum(const char *);
	44		char *tgetstr(const char *, char **);
	45		char *tgoto(const char *, int, int);
	46		int tigetflag(const char *);
	47		int tigetnum(const char *);
	48		char *tigetstr(const char *);
	49		char *tparm(const char *, long, long, long, long, long,
	50		long, long, long, long);
	51		int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int));
	52
	53		#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
	54		}
	55		#endif
	56
	57		#endif /* __PDCURSES_TERM_H__ */

File version.mif added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..9ff7335)
	1		# Version number macros for inclusion from makefiles
	2
	3		VER = 34
	4		VERDOT = 3.4

File watcom.mif added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..023ea37)
	1		# Common elements for the Watcom makefiles
	2
	3		srcdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\pdcurses
	4		demodir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\demos
	5
	6		LIBOBJS = addch.obj addchstr.obj addstr.obj attr.obj beep.obj bkgd.obj &
	7		border.obj clear.obj color.obj delch.obj deleteln.obj deprec.obj &
	8		getch.obj getstr.obj getyx.obj inch.obj inchstr.obj initscr.obj inopts.obj &
	9		insch.obj insstr.obj instr.obj kernel.obj keyname.obj mouse.obj move.obj &
	10		outopts.obj overlay.obj pad.obj panel.obj printw.obj refresh.obj &
	11		scanw.obj scr_dump.obj scroll.obj slk.obj termattr.obj terminfo.obj &
	12		touch.obj util.obj window.obj debug.obj
	13
	14		PDCOBJS = pdcclip.obj pdcdisp.obj pdcgetsc.obj pdckbd.obj pdcscrn.obj &
	15		pdcsetsc.obj pdcutil.obj
	16
	17		DEMOS = testcurs.exe newdemo.exe xmas.exe tuidemo.exe firework.exe &
	18		ptest.exe rain.exe worm.exe
	19
	20		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.lib
	21
	22		LINK = wlink
	23
	24		!ifdef __LOADDLL__
	25		! loaddll wcc wccd
	26		! loaddll wcc386 wccd386
	27		! loaddll wlink wlink
	28		! loaddll wlib wlibd
	29		!endif
	30
	31		all: $(LIBCURSES) $(DEMOS)
	32
	33		clean
	34		-del *.obj
	35		-del *.lib
	36		-del *.exe
	37		-del *.err
	38
	39		demos: $(DEMOS)
	40
	41		.c: $(srcdir);$(osdir);$(demodir)
	42		.c.obj: .autodepend
	43		$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $<
	44
	45		.obj.exe:
	46		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) n $@ f $*.obj l $(LIBCURSES)
	47
	48		testcurs.exe: testcurs.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	49		newdemo.exe: newdemo.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	50		xmas.exe: xmas.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	51		firework.exe: firework.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	52		rain.exe: rain.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	53		worm.exe: worm.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	54		ptest.exe: ptest.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	55
	56		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.obj tui.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	57		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) n $@ f tuidemo.obj f tui.obj l $(LIBCURSES)
	58
	59		dist: .symbolic

File win32/README added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..bfe2ad9)
	1		PDCurses for Win32
	2		==================
	3
	4		This directory contains PDCurses source code files specific to Win32
	5		console mode (Win9x/Me/NT/2k/XP/Vista).
	6
	7
	8		Building
	9		--------
	10
	11		. Choose the appropriate makefile for your compiler:
	12
	13		bccwin32.mak - Borland C++ 4.0.2+
	14		dmcwin32.mak - Digital Mars
	15		gccwin32.mak - Cygnus GNU Compiler
	16		lccwin32.mak - LCC-Win32
	17		mingwin32.mak - MinGW
	18		vcwin32.mak - Microsoft Visual C++ 2.0+
	19		wccwin32.mak - Watcom 10.6+
	20
	21		. Optionally, you can build in a different directory than the platform
	22		directory by setting PDCURSES_SRCDIR to point to the directory where
	23		you unpacked PDCurses, and changing to your target directory:
	24
	25		set PDCURSES_SRCDIR=c:\pdcurses
	26
	27		This won't work with the LCC or Digital Mars makefiles, nor will the
	28		options described below.
	29
	30		. Build it:
	31
	32		make -f makefilename
	33
	34		(For Watcom, use "wmake" instead of "make"; for MSVC, "nmake".) You'll
	35		get the libraries (pdcurses.lib or .a, depending on your compiler; and
	36		panel.lib or .a), the demos (*.exe), and a lot of object files. Note
	37		that the panel library is just a copy of the main library, provided
	38		for convenience; both panel and curses functions are in the main
	39		library.
	40
	41		You can also give the optional parameter "WIDE=Y", to build the
	42		library with wide-character (Unicode) support:
	43
	44		make -f mingwin32.mak WIDE=Y
	45
	46		When built this way, the library is not compatible with Windows 9x,
	47		unless you also link with the Microsoft Layer for Unicode (not
	48		tested).
	49
	50		Another option, "UTF8=Y", makes PDCurses ignore the system locale, and
	51		treat all narrow-character strings as UTF-8. This option has no effect
	52		unless WIDE=Y is also set. Use it to get around the poor support for
	53		UTF-8 in the Win32 console:
	54
	55		make -f mingwin32.mak WIDE=Y UTF8=Y
	56
	57		You can also use the optional parameter "DLL=Y" with Visual C++,
	58		MinGW or Cygwin, to build the library as a DLL:
	59
	60		nmake -f vcwin32.mak WIDE=Y DLL=Y
	61
	62		When you build the library as a Windows DLL, you must always define
	63		PDCURSES_DLL_BUILD when linking against it. (Or, if you only want to
	64		use the DLL, you could add this definition to your curses.h.)
	65
	66
	67		Distribution Status
	68		-------------------
	69
	70		The files in this directory are released to the Public Domain.
	71
	72
	73		Acknowledgements
	74		----------------
	75
	76		Generic Win32 port was provided by Chris Szurgot <szurgot@itribe.net>

File win32/bccwin32.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..229ab4b)
	1		# Borland MAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - Win32 BC++ 4.0+
	2		#
	3		# Usage: make -f [path\]bccwin32.mak [DEBUG=] [WIDE=] [UTF8=] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		O = obj
	9
	10		!ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	11		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	12		!endif
	13
	14		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\version.mif
	15		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\libobjs.mif
	16
	17		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\win32
	18
	19		CC = bcc32 -q
	20
	21		!ifdef DEBUG
	22		CFLAGS = -N -v -y -DPDCDEBUG
	23		!else
	24		CFLAGS = -O
	25		!endif
	26
	27		!ifdef WIDE
	28		WIDEOPT = -DPDC_WIDE
	29		!endif
	30
	31		!ifdef UTF8
	32		UTF8OPT = -DPDC_FORCE_UTF8
	33		!endif
	34
	35		BUILD = $(CC) -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR) -c -Tpe -w32 $(CFLAGS) -w-par \
	36		$(WIDEOPT) $(UTF8OPT)
	37
	38		LIBEXE = tlib /C /E /0 /a
	39
	40		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.lib
	41
	42		all: $(LIBCURSES) $(DEMOS)
	43
	44		clean:
	45		-del *.obj
	46		-del *.lib
	47		-del *.tds
	48		-del *.exe
	49
	50		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	51		-del $@
	52		$(LIBEXE) $@ $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	53		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	54
	55		.autodepend
	56
	57		{$(srcdir)\}.c.obj:
	58		$(BUILD) $<
	59
	60		{$(osdir)\}.c.obj:
	61		$(BUILD) $<
	62
	63		{$(demodir)\}.c.obj:
	64		$(BUILD) $<
	65
	66		.c.obj:
	67		$(BUILD) $<
	68
	69		.obj.exe:
	70		$(CC) -e$@ $** $(LIBCURSES)
	71
	72		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.obj tui.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	73		$(CC) -e$@ $**
	74
	75		tui.obj: $(demodir)\tui.c $(demodir)\tui.h $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	76		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\tui.c
	77
	78		tuidemo.obj: $(demodir)\tuidemo.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	79		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\tuidemo.c
	80
	81		PLATFORM1 = Borland C++ Win32
	82		PLATFORM2 = Borland C/C++ 5.5 for Win32
	83		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)_bcc_w32
	84
	85		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\makedist.mif

File win32/dmcwin32.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..23522cc)
	1		# Makefile for PDCurses library - WIN32 Digital Mars
	2		#
	3		# Usage: make -f dmcwin32.mak [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	9
	10		PDCURSES_CURSES_H = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\curses.h
	11		PDCURSES_CURSPRIV_H = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\curspriv.h
	12		PDCURSES_HEADERS = $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H) $(PDCURSES_CURSPRIV_H)
	13
	14		PANEL_HEADER = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\panel.h
	15		TERM_HEADER = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\term.h
	16
	17		srcdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\pdcurses
	18		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\win32
	19		demodir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\demos
	20
	21		PDCURSES_WIN_H = $(osdir)\pdcwin.h
	22
	23		CC = dmc
	24
	25		CFLAGS = -c -o+space -Nc
	26
	27		CPPFLAGS = -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR) #-DPDC_WIDE -DPDC_FORCE_UTF8
	28
	29		LINK = dmc
	30		LIBEXE = lib
	31
	32		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.lib
	33
	34		BUILD = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS)
	35
	36		DEMOS = testcurs.exe newdemo.exe xmas.exe tuidemo.exe \
	37		firework.exe ptest.exe rain.exe worm.exe
	38
	39		all: $(LIBCURSES) $(DEMOS)
	40
	41		clean:
	42		-del *.obj
	43		-del *.lib
	44		-del *.exe
	45		-del *.map
	46		-del advapi32.def
	47
	48		LIBOBJS = addch.obj addchstr.obj addstr.obj attr.obj beep.obj bkgd.obj \
	49		border.obj clear.obj color.obj delch.obj deleteln.obj deprec.obj getch.obj \
	50		getstr.obj getyx.obj inch.obj inchstr.obj initscr.obj inopts.obj \
	51		insch.obj insstr.obj instr.obj kernel.obj keyname.obj mouse.obj move.obj \
	52		outopts.obj overlay.obj pad.obj panel.obj printw.obj refresh.obj \
	53		scanw.obj scr_dump.obj scroll.obj slk.obj termattr.obj terminfo.obj \
	54		touch.obj util.obj window.obj debug.obj
	55
	56		PDCOBJS = pdcclip.obj pdcdisp.obj pdcgetsc.obj pdckbd.obj pdcscrn.obj \
	57		pdcsetsc.obj pdcutil.obj
	58
	59		DEMOOBJS = testcurs.obj newdemo.obj xmas.obj tuidemo.obj tui.obj \
	60		firework.obj ptest.obj rain.obj worm.obj
	61
	62		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	63		$(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_WIN_H)
	64		panel.obj ptest.obj: $(PANEL_HEADER)
	65		terminfo.obj: $(TERM_HEADER)
	66
	67		$(DEMOOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	68		$(DEMOS) : $(LIBCURSES)
	69
	70		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	71		$(LIBEXE) -c $@ $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	72		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	73
	74		SRCBUILD = $(BUILD) $(srcdir)\$*.c
	75		OSBUILD = $(BUILD) $(osdir)\$*.c
	76		DEMOBUILD = $(LINK) $(CPPFLAGS) -o+space $@ $**
	77
	78		addch.obj: $(srcdir)\addch.c
	79		$(SRCBUILD)
	80
	81		addchstr.obj: $(srcdir)\addchstr.c
	82		$(SRCBUILD)
	83
	84		addstr.obj: $(srcdir)\addstr.c
	85		$(SRCBUILD)
	86
	87		attr.obj: $(srcdir)\attr.c
	88		$(SRCBUILD)
	89
	90		beep.obj: $(srcdir)\beep.c
	91		$(SRCBUILD)
	92
	93		bkgd.obj: $(srcdir)\bkgd.c
	94		$(SRCBUILD)
	95
	96		border.obj: $(srcdir)\border.c
	97		$(SRCBUILD)
	98
	99		clear.obj: $(srcdir)\clear.c
	100		$(SRCBUILD)
	101
	102		color.obj: $(srcdir)\color.c
	103		$(SRCBUILD)
	104
	105		delch.obj: $(srcdir)\delch.c
	106		$(SRCBUILD)
	107
	108		deleteln.obj: $(srcdir)\deleteln.c
	109		$(SRCBUILD)
	110
	111		deprec.obj: $(srcdir)\deprec.c
	112		$(SRCBUILD)
	113
	114		getch.obj: $(srcdir)\getch.c
	115		$(SRCBUILD)
	116
	117		getstr.obj: $(srcdir)\getstr.c
	118		$(SRCBUILD)
	119
	120		getyx.obj: $(srcdir)\getyx.c
	121		$(SRCBUILD)
	122
	123		inch.obj: $(srcdir)\inch.c
	124		$(SRCBUILD)
	125
	126		inchstr.obj: $(srcdir)\inchstr.c
	127		$(SRCBUILD)
	128
	129		initscr.obj: $(srcdir)\initscr.c
	130		$(SRCBUILD)
	131
	132		inopts.obj: $(srcdir)\inopts.c
	133		$(SRCBUILD)
	134
	135		insch.obj: $(srcdir)\insch.c
	136		$(SRCBUILD)
	137
	138		insstr.obj: $(srcdir)\insstr.c
	139		$(SRCBUILD)
	140
	141		instr.obj: $(srcdir)\instr.c
	142		$(SRCBUILD)
	143
	144		kernel.obj: $(srcdir)\kernel.c
	145		$(SRCBUILD)
	146
	147		keyname.obj: $(srcdir)\keyname.c
	148		$(SRCBUILD)
	149
	150		mouse.obj: $(srcdir)\mouse.c
	151		$(SRCBUILD)
	152
	153		move.obj: $(srcdir)\move.c
	154		$(SRCBUILD)
	155
	156		outopts.obj: $(srcdir)\outopts.c
	157		$(SRCBUILD)
	158
	159		overlay.obj: $(srcdir)\overlay.c
	160		$(SRCBUILD)
	161
	162		pad.obj: $(srcdir)\pad.c
	163		$(SRCBUILD)
	164
	165		panel.obj: $(srcdir)\panel.c
	166		$(SRCBUILD)
	167
	168		printw.obj: $(srcdir)\printw.c
	169		$(SRCBUILD)
	170
	171		refresh.obj: $(srcdir)\refresh.c
	172		$(SRCBUILD)
	173
	174		scanw.obj: $(srcdir)\scanw.c
	175		$(SRCBUILD)
	176
	177		scr_dump.obj: $(srcdir)\scr_dump.c
	178		$(SRCBUILD)
	179
	180		scroll.obj: $(srcdir)\scroll.c
	181		$(SRCBUILD)
	182
	183		slk.obj: $(srcdir)\slk.c
	184		$(SRCBUILD)
	185
	186		termattr.obj: $(srcdir)\termattr.c
	187		$(SRCBUILD)
	188
	189		terminfo.obj: $(srcdir)\terminfo.c
	190		$(SRCBUILD)
	191
	192		touch.obj: $(srcdir)\touch.c
	193		$(SRCBUILD)
	194
	195		util.obj: $(srcdir)\util.c
	196		$(SRCBUILD)
	197
	198		window.obj: $(srcdir)\window.c
	199		$(SRCBUILD)
	200
	201		debug.obj: $(srcdir)\debug.c
	202		$(SRCBUILD)
	203
	204		pdcclip.obj: $(osdir)\pdcclip.c
	205		$(OSBUILD)
	206
	207		pdcdisp.obj: $(osdir)\pdcdisp.c
	208		$(OSBUILD)
	209
	210		pdcgetsc.obj: $(osdir)\pdcgetsc.c
	211		$(OSBUILD)
	212
	213		pdckbd.obj: $(osdir)\pdckbd.c
	214		$(OSBUILD)
	215
	216		pdcscrn.obj: $(osdir)\pdcscrn.c
	217		$(OSBUILD)
	218
	219		pdcsetsc.obj: $(osdir)\pdcsetsc.c
	220		$(OSBUILD)
	221
	222		pdcutil.obj: $(osdir)\pdcutil.c
	223		$(OSBUILD)
	224
	225		firework.exe: $(demodir)\firework.c
	226		$(DEMOBUILD)
	227
	228		newdemo.exe: $(demodir)\newdemo.c
	229		$(DEMOBUILD)
	230
	231		ptest.exe: $(demodir)\ptest.c
	232		$(DEMOBUILD)
	233
	234		rain.exe: $(demodir)\rain.c
	235		$(DEMOBUILD)
	236
	237		testcurs.exe: $(demodir)\testcurs.c
	238		$(DEMOBUILD) advapi32.lib
	239
	240		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.obj tui.obj
	241		$(DEMOBUILD)
	242
	243		worm.exe: $(demodir)\worm.c
	244		$(DEMOBUILD)
	245
	246		xmas.exe: $(demodir)\xmas.c
	247		$(DEMOBUILD)
	248
	249		tui.obj: $(demodir)\tui.c $(demodir)\tui.h
	250		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\$*.c
	251
	252		tuidemo.obj: $(demodir)\tuidemo.c
	253		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\$*.c

File win32/gccwin32.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..7504bb3)
	1		# GNU MAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - WIN32 Cygnus GCC
	2		#
	3		# Usage: make -f [path\]gccwin32.mak [DEBUG=Y] [DLL=Y] [WIDE=Y] [UTF8=Y] [tgt]
	4		#
	5		# where tgt can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.a|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		O = o
	9
	10		ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	11		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	12		endif
	13
	14		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/version.mif
	15		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/libobjs.mif
	16
	17		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/win32
	18
	19		PDCURSES_WIN_H = $(osdir)/pdcwin.h
	20
	21		CC = gcc
	22
	23		ifeq ($(DEBUG),Y)
	24		CFLAGS = -g -Wall -DPDCDEBUG
	25		LDFLAGS = -g
	26		else
	27		CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall
	28		LDFLAGS =
	29		endif
	30
	31		CFLAGS += -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	32
	33		BASEDEF = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/exp-base.def
	34		WIDEDEF = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/exp-wide.def
	35
	36		DEFDEPS = $(BASEDEF)
	37
	38		ifeq ($(WIDE),Y)
	39		CFLAGS += -DPDC_WIDE
	40		DEFDEPS += $(WIDEDEF)
	41		endif
	42
	43		ifeq ($(UTF8),Y)
	44		CFLAGS += -DPDC_FORCE_UTF8
	45		endif
	46
	47		DEFFILE = pdcurses.def
	48
	49		LINK = gcc
	50
	51		ifeq ($(DLL),Y)
	52		CFLAGS += -DPDC_DLL_BUILD
	53		LIBEXE = gcc $(DEFFILE)
	54		LIBFLAGS = -Wl,--out-implib,pdcurses.a -shared -o
	55		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.dll
	56		LIBDEPS = $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) $(DEFFILE)
	57		CLEAN = $(LIBCURSES) *.a $(DEFFILE)
	58		else
	59		LIBEXE = ar
	60		LIBFLAGS = rcv
	61		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.a
	62		LIBDEPS = $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	63		CLEAN = *.a
	64		endif
	65
	66		.PHONY: all libs clean demos dist
	67
	68		all: libs demos
	69
	70		libs: $(LIBCURSES)
	71
	72		clean:
	73		-rm -f *.o
	74		-rm -f *.exe
	75		-rm -f $(CLEAN)
	76
	77		demos: $(DEMOS)
	78		strip *.exe
	79
	80		$(DEFFILE): $(DEFDEPS)
	81		echo LIBRARY pdcurses > $@
	82		echo EXPORTS >> $@
	83		cat $(BASEDEF) >> $@
	84		ifeq ($(WIDE),Y)
	85		cat $(WIDEDEF) >> $@
	86		endif
	87
	88		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBDEPS)
	89		$(LIBEXE) $(LIBFLAGS) $@ $?
	90		-cp pdcurses.a panel.a
	91
	92		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	93		$(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_WIN_H)
	94		$(DEMOS) : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H) $(LIBCURSES)
	95		panel.o : $(PANEL_HEADER)
	96		terminfo.o: $(TERM_HEADER)
	97
	98		$(LIBOBJS) : %.o: $(srcdir)/%.c
	99		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
	100
	101		$(PDCOBJS) : %.o: $(osdir)/%.c
	102		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
	103
	104		firework.exe newdemo.exe rain.exe testcurs.exe worm.exe xmas.exe \
	105		ptest.exe: %.exe: $(demodir)/%.c
	106		$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o$@ $< $(LIBCURSES)
	107
	108		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.o tui.o
	109		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) -o$@ tuidemo.o tui.o $(LIBCURSES)
	110
	111		tui.o: $(demodir)/tui.c $(demodir)/tui.h $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	112		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -I$(demodir) -o$@ $<
	113
	114		tuidemo.o: $(demodir)/tuidemo.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	115		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -I$(demodir) -o$@ $<
	116
	117		dist: $(PDCLIBS)
	118		echo PDCurses $(VERDOT) for Cygnus Win32 > file_id.diz
	119		echo ------------------------------------------ >> file_id.diz
	120		echo Public Domain Curses library for >> file_id.diz
	121		echo Cygnus GCC for Win32. >> file_id.diz
	122		echo Source available in PDCURS$(VER).ZIP >> file_id.diz
	123		echo Public Domain. >> file_id.diz
	124		zip -9jX pdc$(VER)_cyg_w32 \
	125		$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/README $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/HISTORY \
	126		$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/curses.h $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/panel.h \
	127		$(LIBCURSES) $(LIBPANEL) file_id.diz
	128		rm file_id.diz

File win32/lccwin32.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..90c1c89)
	1		# Makefile for PDCurses library - WIN32 LCC-Win32
	2		#
	3		# Usage: make -f lccwin32.mak [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	9
	10		PDCURSES_CURSES_H = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\curses.h
	11		PDCURSES_CURSPRIV_H = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\curspriv.h
	12		PDCURSES_HEADERS = $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H) $(PDCURSES_CURSPRIV_H)
	13
	14		PANEL_HEADER = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\panel.h
	15		TERM_HEADER = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\term.h
	16
	17		srcdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\pdcurses
	18		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\win32
	19		demodir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\demos
	20
	21		PDCURSES_WIN_H = $(osdir)\pdcwin.h
	22
	23		CC = lcc
	24
	25		#CFLAGS = -c -g3 -A -ansic
	26		CFLAGS = -c -O -A -ansic
	27
	28		CPPFLAGS = -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR) #-DPDC_WIDE -DPDC_FORCE_UTF8
	29
	30		LINK = lcclnk
	31		LIBEXE = lcclib
	32
	33		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.lib
	34
	35		BUILD = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS)
	36		PDCLIBS = $(LIBCURSES)
	37
	38		DEMOS = testcurs.exe newdemo.exe xmas.exe tuidemo.exe \
	39		firework.exe ptest.exe rain.exe worm.exe
	40
	41		all: $(PDCLIBS) $(DEMOS)
	42
	43		clean:
	44		-del *.obj
	45		-del *.lib
	46		-del *.exe
	47
	48		LIBOBJS = addch.obj addchstr.obj addstr.obj attr.obj beep.obj bkgd.obj \
	49		border.obj clear.obj color.obj delch.obj deleteln.obj deprec.obj getch.obj \
	50		getstr.obj getyx.obj inch.obj inchstr.obj initscr.obj inopts.obj \
	51		insch.obj insstr.obj instr.obj kernel.obj keyname.obj mouse.obj move.obj \
	52		outopts.obj overlay.obj pad.obj panel.obj printw.obj refresh.obj \
	53		scanw.obj scr_dump.obj scroll.obj slk.obj termattr.obj terminfo.obj \
	54		touch.obj util.obj window.obj debug.obj
	55
	56		PDCOBJS = pdcclip.obj pdcdisp.obj pdcgetsc.obj pdckbd.obj pdcscrn.obj \
	57		pdcsetsc.obj pdcutil.obj
	58
	59		DEMOOBJS = testcurs.obj newdemo.obj xmas.obj tuidemo.obj tui.obj \
	60		firework.obj ptest.obj rain.obj worm.obj
	61
	62		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	63		$(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_WIN_H)
	64		panel.obj ptest.obj: $(PANEL_HEADER)
	65		terminfo.obj: $(TERM_HEADER)
	66
	67		$(DEMOOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	68		$(DEMOS) : $(LIBCURSES)
	69
	70		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	71		$(LIBEXE) /out:$@ $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	72		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	73
	74		SRCBUILD = $(BUILD) $(srcdir)\$*.c
	75		OSBUILD = $(BUILD) $(osdir)\$*.c
	76
	77		addch.obj: $(srcdir)\addch.c
	78		$(SRCBUILD)
	79
	80		addchstr.obj: $(srcdir)\addchstr.c
	81		$(SRCBUILD)
	82
	83		addstr.obj: $(srcdir)\addstr.c
	84		$(SRCBUILD)
	85
	86		attr.obj: $(srcdir)\attr.c
	87		$(SRCBUILD)
	88
	89		beep.obj: $(srcdir)\beep.c
	90		$(SRCBUILD)
	91
	92		bkgd.obj: $(srcdir)\bkgd.c
	93		$(SRCBUILD)
	94
	95		border.obj: $(srcdir)\border.c
	96		$(SRCBUILD)
	97
	98		clear.obj: $(srcdir)\clear.c
	99		$(SRCBUILD)
	100
	101		color.obj: $(srcdir)\color.c
	102		$(SRCBUILD)
	103
	104		delch.obj: $(srcdir)\delch.c
	105		$(SRCBUILD)
	106
	107		deleteln.obj: $(srcdir)\deleteln.c
	108		$(SRCBUILD)
	109
	110		deprec.obj: $(srcdir)\deprec.c
	111		$(SRCBUILD)
	112
	113		getch.obj: $(srcdir)\getch.c
	114		$(SRCBUILD)
	115
	116		getstr.obj: $(srcdir)\getstr.c
	117		$(SRCBUILD)
	118
	119		getyx.obj: $(srcdir)\getyx.c
	120		$(SRCBUILD)
	121
	122		inch.obj: $(srcdir)\inch.c
	123		$(SRCBUILD)
	124
	125		inchstr.obj: $(srcdir)\inchstr.c
	126		$(SRCBUILD)
	127
	128		initscr.obj: $(srcdir)\initscr.c
	129		$(SRCBUILD)
	130
	131		inopts.obj: $(srcdir)\inopts.c
	132		$(SRCBUILD)
	133
	134		insch.obj: $(srcdir)\insch.c
	135		$(SRCBUILD)
	136
	137		insstr.obj: $(srcdir)\insstr.c
	138		$(SRCBUILD)
	139
	140		instr.obj: $(srcdir)\instr.c
	141		$(SRCBUILD)
	142
	143		kernel.obj: $(srcdir)\kernel.c
	144		$(SRCBUILD)
	145
	146		keyname.obj: $(srcdir)\keyname.c
	147		$(SRCBUILD)
	148
	149		mouse.obj: $(srcdir)\mouse.c
	150		$(SRCBUILD)
	151
	152		move.obj: $(srcdir)\move.c
	153		$(SRCBUILD)
	154
	155		outopts.obj: $(srcdir)\outopts.c
	156		$(SRCBUILD)
	157
	158		overlay.obj: $(srcdir)\overlay.c
	159		$(SRCBUILD)
	160
	161		pad.obj: $(srcdir)\pad.c
	162		$(SRCBUILD)
	163
	164		panel.obj: $(srcdir)\panel.c
	165		$(SRCBUILD)
	166
	167		printw.obj: $(srcdir)\printw.c
	168		$(SRCBUILD)
	169
	170		refresh.obj: $(srcdir)\refresh.c
	171		$(SRCBUILD)
	172
	173		scanw.obj: $(srcdir)\scanw.c
	174		$(SRCBUILD)
	175
	176		scr_dump.obj: $(srcdir)\scr_dump.c
	177		$(SRCBUILD)
	178
	179		scroll.obj: $(srcdir)\scroll.c
	180		$(SRCBUILD)
	181
	182		slk.obj: $(srcdir)\slk.c
	183		$(SRCBUILD)
	184
	185		termattr.obj: $(srcdir)\termattr.c
	186		$(SRCBUILD)
	187
	188		terminfo.obj: $(srcdir)\terminfo.c
	189		$(SRCBUILD)
	190
	191		touch.obj: $(srcdir)\touch.c
	192		$(SRCBUILD)
	193
	194		util.obj: $(srcdir)\util.c
	195		$(SRCBUILD)
	196
	197		window.obj: $(srcdir)\window.c
	198		$(SRCBUILD)
	199
	200		debug.obj: $(srcdir)\debug.c
	201		$(SRCBUILD)
	202
	203		pdcclip.obj: $(osdir)\pdcclip.c
	204		$(OSBUILD)
	205
	206		pdcdisp.obj: $(osdir)\pdcdisp.c
	207		$(OSBUILD)
	208
	209		pdcgetsc.obj: $(osdir)\pdcgetsc.c
	210		$(OSBUILD)
	211
	212		pdckbd.obj: $(osdir)\pdckbd.c
	213		$(OSBUILD)
	214
	215		pdcscrn.obj: $(osdir)\pdcscrn.c
	216		$(OSBUILD)
	217
	218		pdcsetsc.obj: $(osdir)\pdcsetsc.c
	219		$(OSBUILD)
	220
	221		pdcutil.obj: $(osdir)\pdcutil.c
	222		$(OSBUILD)
	223
	224		firework.exe: firework.obj
	225		$(LINK) -o $@ firework.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	226
	227		newdemo.exe: newdemo.obj
	228		$(LINK) -o $@ newdemo.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	229
	230		ptest.exe: ptest.obj
	231		$(LINK) -o $@ ptest.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	232
	233		rain.exe: rain.obj
	234		$(LINK) -o $@ rain.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	235
	236		testcurs.exe: testcurs.obj
	237		$(LINK) -o $@ testcurs.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	238
	239		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.obj tui.obj
	240		$(LINK) -o $@ tuidemo.obj tui.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	241
	242		worm.exe: worm.obj
	243		$(LINK) -o $@ worm.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	244
	245		xmas.exe: xmas.obj
	246		$(LINK) -o $@ xmas.obj $(LIBCURSES)
	247
	248		firework.obj: $(demodir)\firework.c
	249		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\$*.c
	250
	251		newdemo.obj: $(demodir)\newdemo.c
	252		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\$*.c
	253
	254		ptest.obj: $(demodir)\ptest.c
	255		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\$*.c
	256
	257		rain.obj: $(demodir)\rain.c
	258		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\$*.c
	259
	260		testcurs.obj: $(demodir)\testcurs.c
	261		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\$*.c
	262
	263		tui.obj: $(demodir)\tui.c $(demodir)\tui.h
	264		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\$*.c
	265
	266		tuidemo.obj: $(demodir)\tuidemo.c
	267		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\$*.c
	268
	269		worm.obj: $(demodir)\worm.c
	270		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\$*.c
	271
	272		xmas.obj: $(demodir)\xmas.c
	273		$(BUILD) $(demodir)\$*.c

File win32/mingwin32.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..7fb17e8)
	1		# GNU MAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - WIN32 MinGW GCC
	2		#
	3		# Usage: make -f [path\]mingwin32.mak [DEBUG=Y] [DLL=Y] [WIDE=Y] [UTF8=Y] [tgt]
	4		#
	5		# where tgt can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.a|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		O = o
	9
	10		ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	11		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	12		endif
	13
	14		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/version.mif
	15		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/libobjs.mif
	16
	17		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/win32
	18
	19		PDCURSES_WIN_H = $(osdir)/pdcwin.h
	20
	21		CC = gcc
	22
	23		ifeq ($(DEBUG),Y)
	24		CFLAGS = -g -Wall -DPDCDEBUG
	25		LDFLAGS = -g
	26		else
	27		CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall
	28		LDFLAGS =
	29		endif
	30
	31		CFLAGS += -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	32
	33		BASEDEF = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\exp-base.def
	34		WIDEDEF = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\exp-wide.def
	35
	36		DEFDEPS = $(BASEDEF)
	37
	38		ifeq ($(WIDE),Y)
	39		CFLAGS += -DPDC_WIDE
	40		DEFDEPS += $(WIDEDEF)
	41		endif
	42
	43		ifeq ($(UTF8),Y)
	44		CFLAGS += -DPDC_FORCE_UTF8
	45		endif
	46
	47		DEFFILE = pdcurses.def
	48
	49		LINK = gcc
	50
	51		ifeq ($(DLL),Y)
	52		CFLAGS += -DPDC_DLL_BUILD
	53		LIBEXE = gcc $(DEFFILE)
	54		LIBFLAGS = -Wl,--out-implib,pdcurses.a -shared -o
	55		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.dll
	56		LIBDEPS = $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) $(DEFFILE)
	57		CLEAN = $(LIBCURSES) *.a $(DEFFILE)
	58		else
	59		LIBEXE = ar
	60		LIBFLAGS = rcv
	61		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.a
	62		LIBDEPS = $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	63		CLEAN = *.a
	64		endif
	65
	66		.PHONY: all libs clean demos dist
	67
	68		all: libs demos
	69
	70		libs: $(LIBCURSES)
	71
	72		clean:
	73		-del *.o
	74		-del *.exe
	75		-del $(CLEAN)
	76
	77		demos: $(DEMOS)
	78		strip *.exe
	79
	80		$(DEFFILE): $(DEFDEPS)
	81		echo LIBRARY pdcurses > $@
	82		echo EXPORTS >> $@
	83		type $(BASEDEF) >> $@
	84		ifeq ($(WIDE),Y)
	85		type $(WIDEDEF) >> $@
	86		endif
	87
	88		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBDEPS)
	89		$(LIBEXE) $(LIBFLAGS) $@ $?
	90		-copy pdcurses.a panel.a
	91
	92		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	93		$(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_WIN_H)
	94		$(DEMOS) : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H) $(LIBCURSES)
	95		panel.o : $(PANEL_HEADER)
	96		terminfo.o: $(TERM_HEADER)
	97
	98		$(LIBOBJS) : %.o: $(srcdir)/%.c
	99		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
	100
	101		$(PDCOBJS) : %.o: $(osdir)/%.c
	102		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
	103
	104		firework.exe newdemo.exe rain.exe testcurs.exe worm.exe xmas.exe \
	105		ptest.exe: %.exe: $(demodir)/%.c
	106		$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o$@ $< $(LIBCURSES)
	107
	108		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.o tui.o
	109		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) -o$@ tuidemo.o tui.o $(LIBCURSES)
	110
	111		tui.o: $(demodir)/tui.c $(demodir)/tui.h $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	112		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -I$(demodir) -o$@ $<
	113
	114		tuidemo.o: $(demodir)/tuidemo.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	115		$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -I$(demodir) -o$@ $<
	116
	117		PLATFORM1 = MinGW Win32
	118		PLATFORM2 = MinGW for Win32
	119		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)_ming_w32
	120
	121		include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/makedist.mif

File win32/pdcclip.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..35b6bba)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcwin.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcclip.c,v 1.30 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: clipboard
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length);
	13		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length);
	14		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents);
	15		int PDC_clearclipboard(void);
	16
	17		Description:
	18		PDC_getclipboard() gets the textual contents of the system's
	19		clipboard. This function returns the contents of the clipboard
	20		in the contents argument. It is the responsibilitiy of the
	21		caller to free the memory returned, via PDC_freeclipboard().
	22		The length of the clipboard contents is returned in the length
	23		argument.
	24
	25		PDC_setclipboard copies the supplied text into the system's
	26		clipboard, emptying the clipboard prior to the copy.
	27
	28		PDC_clearclipboard() clears the internal clipboard.
	29
	30		Return Values:
	31		indicator of success/failure of call.
	32		PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS the call was successful
	33		PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR unable to allocate sufficient memory for
	34		the clipboard contents
	35		PDC_CLIP_EMPTY the clipboard contains no text
	36		PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR no clipboard support
	37
	38		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	39		PDC_getclipboard - - -
	40		PDC_setclipboard - - -
	41		PDC_freeclipboard - - -
	42		PDC_clearclipboard - - -
	43
	44		**man-end****************************************************************/
	45
	46		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	47		# define PDC_TEXT CF_UNICODETEXT
	48		#else
	49		# define PDC_TEXT CF_OEMTEXT
	50		#endif
	51
	52		int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length)
	53		{
	54		HANDLE handle;
	55		long len;
	56
	57		PDC_LOG(("PDC_getclipboard() - called\n"));
	58
	59		if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
	60		return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
	61
	62		if ((handle = GetClipboardData(PDC_TEXT)) == NULL)
	63		{
	64		CloseClipboard();
	65		return PDC_CLIP_EMPTY;
	66		}
	67
	68		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	69		len = wcslen((wchar_t *)handle) * 3;
	70		#else
	71		len = strlen((char *)handle);
	72		#endif
	73		*contents = (char *)GlobalAlloc(GMEM_FIXED, len + 1);
	74
	75		if (!*contents)
	76		{
	77		CloseClipboard();
	78		return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
	79		}
	80
	81		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	82		len = PDC_wcstombs((char *)*contents, (wchar_t *)handle, len);
	83		#else
	84		strcpy((char *)*contents, (char *)handle);
	85		#endif
	86		*length = len;
	87		CloseClipboard();
	88
	89		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	90		}
	91
	92		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length)
	93		{
	94		HGLOBAL ptr1;
	95		LPTSTR ptr2;
	96
	97		PDC_LOG(("PDC_setclipboard() - called\n"));
	98
	99		if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
	100		return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
	101
	102		ptr1 = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
	103		(length + 1) * sizeof(TCHAR));
	104
	105		if (!ptr1)
	106		return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
	107
	108		ptr2 = GlobalLock(ptr1);
	109
	110		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	111		PDC_mbstowcs((wchar_t *)ptr2, contents, length);
	112		#else
	113		memcpy((char *)ptr2, contents, length + 1);
	114		#endif
	115		GlobalUnlock(ptr1);
	116		EmptyClipboard();
	117
	118		if (!SetClipboardData(PDC_TEXT, ptr1))
	119		{
	120		GlobalFree(ptr1);
	121		return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
	122		}
	123
	124		CloseClipboard();
	125		GlobalFree(ptr1);
	126
	127		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	128		}
	129
	130		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents)
	131		{
	132		PDC_LOG(("PDC_freeclipboard() - called\n"));
	133
	134		GlobalFree(contents);
	135		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	136		}
	137
	138		int PDC_clearclipboard(void)
	139		{
	140		PDC_LOG(("PDC_clearclipboard() - called\n"));
	141
	142		EmptyClipboard();
	143
	144		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	145		}

File win32/pdcdisp.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..c2ad814)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcwin.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcdisp.c,v 1.47 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#include <stdlib.h>
	8		#include <string.h>
	9
	10		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	11
	12		# define A(x) ((chtype)x | A_ALTCHARSET)
	13
	14		chtype acs_map[128] =
	15		{
	16		A(0), A(1), A(2), A(3), A(4), A(5), A(6), A(7), A(8), A(9), A(10),
	17		A(11), A(12), A(13), A(14), A(15), A(16), A(17), A(18), A(19),
	18		A(20), A(21), A(22), A(23), A(24), A(25), A(26), A(27), A(28),
	19		A(29), A(30), A(31), ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', '\'', '(',
	20		')', '*',
	21
	22		# ifdef PDC_WIDE
	23		0x2192, 0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2193,
	24		# else
	25		A(0x1a), A(0x1b), A(0x18), A(0x19),
	26		# endif
	27
	28		'/',
	29
	30		# ifdef PDC_WIDE
	31		0x2588,
	32		# else
	33		0xdb,
	34		# endif
	35
	36		'1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=',
	37		'>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
	38		'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W',
	39		'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_',
	40
	41		# ifdef PDC_WIDE
	42		0x2666, 0x2592,
	43		# else
	44		A(0x04), 0xb1,
	45		# endif
	46
	47		'b', 'c', 'd', 'e',
	48
	49		# ifdef PDC_WIDE
	50		0x00b0, 0x00b1, 0x2591, 0x00a4, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514,
	51		0x253c, 0x23ba, 0x23bb, 0x2500, 0x23bc, 0x23bd, 0x251c, 0x2524,
	52		0x2534, 0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03c0, 0x2260, 0x00a3,
	53		0x00b7,
	54		# else
	55		0xf8, 0xf1, 0xb0, A(0x0f), 0xd9, 0xbf, 0xda, 0xc0, 0xc5, 0x2d, 0x2d,
	56		0xc4, 0x2d, 0x5f, 0xc3, 0xb4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xb3, 0xf3, 0xf2, 0xe3,
	57		0xd8, 0x9c, 0xf9,
	58		# endif
	59
	60		A(127)
	61		};
	62
	63		# undef A
	64
	65		#endif
	66
	67		/* position hardware cursor at (y, x) */
	68
	69		void PDC_gotoyx(int row, int col)
	70		{
	71		COORD coord;
	72
	73		PDC_LOG(("PDC_gotoyx() - called: row %d col %d from row %d col %d\n",
	74		row, col, SP->cursrow, SP->curscol));
	75
	76		coord.X = col;
	77		coord.Y = row;
	78
	79		SetConsoleCursorPosition(pdc_con_out, coord);
	80		}
	81
	82		/* update the given physical line to look like the corresponding line in
	83		curscr */
	84
	85		void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp)
	86		{
	87		CHAR_INFO ci[512];
	88		int j;
	89		COORD bufSize, bufPos;
	90		SMALL_RECT sr;
	91
	92		PDC_LOG(("PDC_transform_line() - called: lineno=%d\n", lineno));
	93
	94		bufPos.X = bufPos.Y = 0;
	95
	96		bufSize.X = len;
	97		bufSize.Y = 1;
	98
	99		sr.Top = lineno;
	100		sr.Bottom = lineno;
	101		sr.Left = x;
	102		sr.Right = x + len - 1;
	103
	104		for (j = 0; j < len; j++)
	105		{
	106		chtype ch = srcp[j];
	107
	108		ci[j].Attributes = pdc_atrtab[ch >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT];
	109		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	110		if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80))
	111		ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f];
	112		#endif
	113		ci[j].Char.UnicodeChar = ch & A_CHARTEXT;
	114		}
	115
	116		WriteConsoleOutput(pdc_con_out, ci, bufSize, bufPos, &sr);
	117		}

File win32/pdcgetsc.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..15f0dc5)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcwin.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcgetsc.c,v 1.36 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/* get the cursor size/shape */
	8
	9		int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void)
	10		{
	11		CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO ci;
	12
	13		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_cursor_mode() - called\n"));
	14
	15		GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &ci);
	16
	17		return ci.dwSize;
	18		}
	19
	20		/* return number of screen rows */
	21
	22		int PDC_get_rows(void)
	23		{
	24		CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr;
	25
	26		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - called\n"));
	27
	28		GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr);
	29
	30		return scr.srWindow.Bottom - scr.srWindow.Top + 1;
	31		}
	32
	33		/* return number of buffer rows */
	34
	35		int PDC_get_buffer_rows(void)
	36		{
	37		CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr;
	38
	39		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_buffer_rows() - called\n"));
	40
	41		GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr);
	42
	43		return scr.dwSize.Y;
	44		}
	45
	46		/* return width of screen/viewport */
	47
	48		int PDC_get_columns(void)
	49		{
	50		CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr;
	51
	52		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - called\n"));
	53
	54		GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr);
	55
	56		return scr.srWindow.Right - scr.srWindow.Left + 1;
	57		}

File win32/pdckbd.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..1c5b05b)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcwin.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdckbd.c,v 1.115 2008/07/20 20:12:04 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: pdckbd
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void);
	13
	14		Description:
	15		PDC_get_input_fd() returns the file descriptor that PDCurses
	16		reads its input from. It can be used for select().
	17
	18		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	19		PDC_get_input_fd - - -
	20
	21		**man-end****************************************************************/
	22
	23		unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers = 0L;
	24
	25		/* These variables are used to store information about the next
	26		Input Event. */
	27
	28		static INPUT_RECORD save_ip;
	29		static MOUSE_STATUS old_mouse_status;
	30		static DWORD event_count = 0;
	31		static SHORT left_key;
	32		static int key_count = 0;
	33		static int save_press = 0;
	34
	35		#define KEV save_ip.Event.KeyEvent
	36		#define MEV save_ip.Event.MouseEvent
	37
	38		/************************************************************************
	39		* Table for key code translation of function keys in keypad mode *
	40		* These values are for strict IBM keyboard compatibles only *
	41		************************************************************************/
	42
	43		typedef struct
	44		{
	45		unsigned short normal;
	46		unsigned short shift;
	47		unsigned short control;
	48		unsigned short alt;
	49		unsigned short extended;
	50		} KPTAB;
	51
	52		static KPTAB kptab[] =
	53		{
	54		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 0 */
	55		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 1 VK_LBUTTON */
	56		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 2 VK_RBUTTON */
	57		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 3 VK_CANCEL */
	58		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 4 VK_MBUTTON */
	59		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 5 */
	60		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 6 */
	61		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 7 */
	62		{0x08, 0x08, 0x7F, ALT_BKSP, 0 }, /* 8 VK_BACK */
	63		{0x09, KEY_BTAB, CTL_TAB, ALT_TAB, 999 }, /* 9 VK_TAB */
	64		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 10 */
	65		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 11 */
	66		{KEY_B2, 0x35, CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5, 0 }, /* 12 VK_CLEAR */
	67		{0x0D, 0x0D, CTL_ENTER, ALT_ENTER, 1 }, /* 13 VK_RETURN */
	68		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 14 */
	69		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 15 */
	70		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 16 VK_SHIFT HANDLED SEPARATELY */
	71		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 17 VK_CONTROL HANDLED SEPARATELY */
	72		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 18 VK_MENU HANDLED SEPARATELY */
	73		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 19 VK_PAUSE */
	74		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 20 VK_CAPITAL HANDLED SEPARATELY */
	75		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 21 VK_HANGUL */
	76		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 22 */
	77		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 23 VK_JUNJA */
	78		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 24 VK_FINAL */
	79		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 25 VK_HANJA */
	80		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 26 */
	81		{0x1B, 0x1B, 0x1B, ALT_ESC, 0 }, /* 27 VK_ESCAPE */
	82		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 28 VK_CONVERT */
	83		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 29 VK_NONCONVERT */
	84		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 30 VK_ACCEPT */
	85		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 31 VK_MODECHANGE */
	86		{0x20, 0x20, 0x20, 0x20, 0 }, /* 32 VK_SPACE */
	87		{KEY_A3, 0x39, CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9, 3 }, /* 33 VK_PRIOR */
	88		{KEY_C3, 0x33, CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3, 4 }, /* 34 VK_NEXT */
	89		{KEY_C1, 0x31, CTL_PAD1, ALT_PAD1, 5 }, /* 35 VK_END */
	90		{KEY_A1, 0x37, CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7, 6 }, /* 36 VK_HOME */
	91		{KEY_B1, 0x34, CTL_PAD4, ALT_PAD4, 7 }, /* 37 VK_LEFT */
	92		{KEY_A2, 0x38, CTL_PAD8, ALT_PAD8, 8 }, /* 38 VK_UP */
	93		{KEY_B3, 0x36, CTL_PAD6, ALT_PAD6, 9 }, /* 39 VK_RIGHT */
	94		{KEY_C2, 0x32, CTL_PAD2, ALT_PAD2, 10 }, /* 40 VK_DOWN */
	95		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 41 VK_SELECT */
	96		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 42 VK_PRINT */
	97		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 43 VK_EXECUTE */
	98		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 44 VK_SNAPSHOT*/
	99		{PAD0, 0x30, CTL_PAD0, ALT_PAD0, 11 }, /* 45 VK_INSERT */
	100		{PADSTOP, 0x2E, CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP,12 }, /* 46 VK_DELETE */
	101		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 47 VK_HELP */
	102		{0x30, 0x29, 0, ALT_0, 0 }, /* 48 */
	103		{0x31, 0x21, 0, ALT_1, 0 }, /* 49 */
	104		{0x32, 0x40, 0, ALT_2, 0 }, /* 50 */
	105		{0x33, 0x23, 0, ALT_3, 0 }, /* 51 */
	106		{0x34, 0x24, 0, ALT_4, 0 }, /* 52 */
	107		{0x35, 0x25, 0, ALT_5, 0 }, /* 53 */
	108		{0x36, 0x5E, 0, ALT_6, 0 }, /* 54 */
	109		{0x37, 0x26, 0, ALT_7, 0 }, /* 55 */
	110		{0x38, 0x2A, 0, ALT_8, 0 }, /* 56 */
	111		{0x39, 0x28, 0, ALT_9, 0 }, /* 57 */
	112		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 58 */
	113		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 59 */
	114		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 60 */
	115		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 61 */
	116		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 62 */
	117		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 63 */
	118		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 64 */
	119		{0x61, 0x41, 0x01, ALT_A, 0 }, /* 65 */
	120		{0x62, 0x42, 0x02, ALT_B, 0 }, /* 66 */
	121		{0x63, 0x43, 0x03, ALT_C, 0 }, /* 67 */
	122		{0x64, 0x44, 0x04, ALT_D, 0 }, /* 68 */
	123		{0x65, 0x45, 0x05, ALT_E, 0 }, /* 69 */
	124		{0x66, 0x46, 0x06, ALT_F, 0 }, /* 70 */
	125		{0x67, 0x47, 0x07, ALT_G, 0 }, /* 71 */
	126		{0x68, 0x48, 0x08, ALT_H, 0 }, /* 72 */
	127		{0x69, 0x49, 0x09, ALT_I, 0 }, /* 73 */
	128		{0x6A, 0x4A, 0x0A, ALT_J, 0 }, /* 74 */
	129		{0x6B, 0x4B, 0x0B, ALT_K, 0 }, /* 75 */
	130		{0x6C, 0x4C, 0x0C, ALT_L, 0 }, /* 76 */
	131		{0x6D, 0x4D, 0x0D, ALT_M, 0 }, /* 77 */
	132		{0x6E, 0x4E, 0x0E, ALT_N, 0 }, /* 78 */
	133		{0x6F, 0x4F, 0x0F, ALT_O, 0 }, /* 79 */
	134		{0x70, 0x50, 0x10, ALT_P, 0 }, /* 80 */
	135		{0x71, 0x51, 0x11, ALT_Q, 0 }, /* 81 */
	136		{0x72, 0x52, 0x12, ALT_R, 0 }, /* 82 */
	137		{0x73, 0x53, 0x13, ALT_S, 0 }, /* 83 */
	138		{0x74, 0x54, 0x14, ALT_T, 0 }, /* 84 */
	139		{0x75, 0x55, 0x15, ALT_U, 0 }, /* 85 */
	140		{0x76, 0x56, 0x16, ALT_V, 0 }, /* 86 */
	141		{0x77, 0x57, 0x17, ALT_W, 0 }, /* 87 */
	142		{0x78, 0x58, 0x18, ALT_X, 0 }, /* 88 */
	143		{0x79, 0x59, 0x19, ALT_Y, 0 }, /* 89 */
	144		{0x7A, 0x5A, 0x1A, ALT_Z, 0 }, /* 90 */
	145		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 91 VK_LWIN */
	146		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 92 VK_RWIN */
	147		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 93 VK_APPS */
	148		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 94 */
	149		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 95 */
	150		{0x30, 0, CTL_PAD0, ALT_PAD0, 0 }, /* 96 VK_NUMPAD0 */
	151		{0x31, 0, CTL_PAD1, ALT_PAD1, 0 }, /* 97 VK_NUMPAD1 */
	152		{0x32, 0, CTL_PAD2, ALT_PAD2, 0 }, /* 98 VK_NUMPAD2 */
	153		{0x33, 0, CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3, 0 }, /* 99 VK_NUMPAD3 */
	154		{0x34, 0, CTL_PAD4, ALT_PAD4, 0 }, /* 100 VK_NUMPAD4 */
	155		{0x35, 0, CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5, 0 }, /* 101 VK_NUMPAD5 */
	156		{0x36, 0, CTL_PAD6, ALT_PAD6, 0 }, /* 102 VK_NUMPAD6 */
	157		{0x37, 0, CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7, 0 }, /* 103 VK_NUMPAD7 */
	158		{0x38, 0, CTL_PAD8, ALT_PAD8, 0 }, /* 104 VK_NUMPAD8 */
	159		{0x39, 0, CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9, 0 }, /* 105 VK_NUMPAD9 */
	160		{PADSTAR, SHF_PADSTAR,CTL_PADSTAR, ALT_PADSTAR,999 }, /* 106 VK_MULTIPLY*/
	161		{PADPLUS, SHF_PADPLUS,CTL_PADPLUS, ALT_PADPLUS,999 }, /* 107 VK_ADD */
	162		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 108 VK_SEPARATOR */
	163		{PADMINUS, SHF_PADMINUS,CTL_PADMINUS,ALT_PADMINUS,999}, /* 109 VK_SUBTRACT*/
	164		{0x2E, 0, CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP,0 }, /* 110 VK_DECIMAL */
	165		{PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH,CTL_PADSLASH,ALT_PADSLASH,2 }, /* 111 VK_DIVIDE */
	166		{KEY_F(1), KEY_F(13), KEY_F(25), KEY_F(37), 0 }, /* 112 VK_F1 */
	167		{KEY_F(2), KEY_F(14), KEY_F(26), KEY_F(38), 0 }, /* 113 VK_F2 */
	168		{KEY_F(3), KEY_F(15), KEY_F(27), KEY_F(39), 0 }, /* 114 VK_F3 */
	169		{KEY_F(4), KEY_F(16), KEY_F(28), KEY_F(40), 0 }, /* 115 VK_F4 */
	170		{KEY_F(5), KEY_F(17), KEY_F(29), KEY_F(41), 0 }, /* 116 VK_F5 */
	171		{KEY_F(6), KEY_F(18), KEY_F(30), KEY_F(42), 0 }, /* 117 VK_F6 */
	172		{KEY_F(7), KEY_F(19), KEY_F(31), KEY_F(43), 0 }, /* 118 VK_F7 */
	173		{KEY_F(8), KEY_F(20), KEY_F(32), KEY_F(44), 0 }, /* 119 VK_F8 */
	174		{KEY_F(9), KEY_F(21), KEY_F(33), KEY_F(45), 0 }, /* 120 VK_F9 */
	175		{KEY_F(10), KEY_F(22), KEY_F(34), KEY_F(46), 0 }, /* 121 VK_F10 */
	176		{KEY_F(11), KEY_F(23), KEY_F(35), KEY_F(47), 0 }, /* 122 VK_F11 */
	177		{KEY_F(12), KEY_F(24), KEY_F(36), KEY_F(48), 0 }, /* 123 VK_F12 */
	178
	179		/* 124 through 218 */
	180
	181		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	182		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	183		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	184		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	185		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	186		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	187		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	188		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	189		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	190		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	191		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	192		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	193		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	194		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	195		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	196		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	197		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	198		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	199		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	200		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	201		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	202		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	203		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	204		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	205
	206		{0x5B, 0x7B, 0x1B, ALT_LBRACKET,0 }, /* 219 */
	207		{0x5C, 0x7C, 0x1C, ALT_BSLASH, 0 }, /* 220 */
	208		{0x5D, 0x7D, 0x1D, ALT_RBRACKET,0 }, /* 221 */
	209		{0, 0, 0x27, ALT_FQUOTE, 0 }, /* 222 */
	210		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 223 */
	211		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 224 */
	212		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } /* 225 */
	213		};
	214
	215		static KPTAB ext_kptab[] =
	216		{
	217		{0, 0, 0, 0, }, /* MUST BE EMPTY */
	218		{PADENTER, SHF_PADENTER, CTL_PADENTER, ALT_PADENTER}, /* 13 */
	219		{PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH, CTL_PADSLASH, ALT_PADSLASH}, /* 111 */
	220		{KEY_PPAGE, KEY_SPREVIOUS, CTL_PGUP, ALT_PGUP }, /* 33 */
	221		{KEY_NPAGE, KEY_SNEXT, CTL_PGDN, ALT_PGDN }, /* 34 */
	222		{KEY_END, KEY_SEND, CTL_END, ALT_END }, /* 35 */
	223		{KEY_HOME, KEY_SHOME, CTL_HOME, ALT_HOME }, /* 36 */
	224		{KEY_LEFT, KEY_SLEFT, CTL_LEFT, ALT_LEFT }, /* 37 */
	225		{KEY_UP, KEY_SUP, CTL_UP, ALT_UP }, /* 38 */
	226		{KEY_RIGHT, KEY_SRIGHT, CTL_RIGHT, ALT_RIGHT }, /* 39 */
	227		{KEY_DOWN, KEY_SDOWN, CTL_DOWN, ALT_DOWN }, /* 40 */
	228		{KEY_IC, KEY_SIC, CTL_INS, ALT_INS }, /* 45 */
	229		{KEY_DC, KEY_SDC, CTL_DEL, ALT_DEL }, /* 46 */
	230		{PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH, CTL_PADSLASH, ALT_PADSLASH}, /* 191 */
	231		};
	232
	233		/* End of kptab[] */
	234
	235		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void)
	236		{
	237		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_input_fd() - called\n"));
	238
	239		return 0L;
	240		}
	241
	242		void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on)
	243		{
	244		PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_keyboard_binary() - called\n"));
	245		}
	246
	247		/* check if a key or mouse event is waiting */
	248
	249		bool PDC_check_key(void)
	250		{
	251		if (key_count > 0)
	252		return TRUE;
	253
	254		GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(pdc_con_in, &event_count);
	255
	256		return (event_count != 0);
	257		}
	258
	259		/* _get_key_count returns 0 if save_ip doesn't contain an event which
	260		should be passed back to the user. This function filters "useless"
	261		events.
	262
	263		The function returns the number of keys waiting. This may be > 1
	264		if the repetition of real keys pressed so far are > 1.
	265
	266		Returns 0 on NUMLOCK, CAPSLOCK, SCROLLLOCK.
	267
	268		Returns 1 for SHIFT, ALT, CTRL only if no other key has been pressed
	269		in between, and SP->return_key_modifiers is set; these are returned
	270		on keyup.
	271
	272		Normal keys are returned on keydown only. The number of repetitions
	273		are returned. Dead keys (diacritics) are omitted. See below for a
	274		description.
	275		*/
	276
	277		static int _get_key_count(void)
	278		{
	279		int num_keys = 0, vk;
	280
	281		PDC_LOG(("_get_key_count() - called\n"));
	282
	283		vk = KEV.wVirtualKeyCode;
	284
	285		if (KEV.bKeyDown)
	286		{
	287		/* key down */
	288
	289		save_press = 0;
	290
	291		if (vk == VK_CAPITAL || vk == VK_NUMLOCK || vk == VK_SCROLL)
	292		{
	293		/* throw away these modifiers */
	294		}
	295		else if (vk == VK_SHIFT || vk == VK_CONTROL || vk == VK_MENU)
	296		{
	297		/* These keys are returned on keyup only. */
	298
	299		save_press = vk;
	300		switch (vk)
	301		{
	302		case VK_SHIFT:
	303		left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LSHIFT);
	304		break;
	305		case VK_CONTROL:
	306		left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LCONTROL);
	307		break;
	308		case VK_MENU:
	309		left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LMENU);
	310		}
	311		}
	312		else
	313		{
	314		/* Check for diacritics. These are dead keys. Some locales
	315		have modified characters like umlaut-a, which is an "a"
	316		with two dots on it. In some locales you have to press a
	317		special key (the dead key) immediately followed by the
	318		"a" to get a composed umlaut-a. The special key may have
	319		a normal meaning with different modifiers. */
	320
	321		if (KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar || !(MapVirtualKey(vk, 2) & 0x80000000))
	322		num_keys = KEV.wRepeatCount;
	323		}
	324		}
	325		else
	326		{
	327		/* key up */
	328
	329		/* Only modifier keys or the results of ALT-numpad entry are
	330		returned on keyup */
	331
	332		if ((vk == VK_MENU && KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar) ||
	333		((vk == VK_SHIFT || vk == VK_CONTROL || vk == VK_MENU) &&
	334		vk == save_press))
	335		{
	336		save_press = 0;
	337		num_keys = 1;
	338		}
	339		}
	340
	341		PDC_LOG(("_get_key_count() - returning: num_keys %d\n", num_keys));
	342
	343		return num_keys;
	344		}
	345
	346		/* _process_key_event returns -1 if the key in save_ip should be
	347		ignored. Otherwise it returns the keycode which should be returned
	348		by PDC_get_key(). save_ip must be a key event.
	349
	350		CTRL-ALT support has been disabled, when is it emitted plainly? */
	351
	352		static int _process_key_event(void)
	353		{
	354		int key = (unsigned short)KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar;
	355		WORD vk = KEV.wVirtualKeyCode;
	356		DWORD state = KEV.dwControlKeyState;
	357
	358		int idx;
	359		BOOL enhanced;
	360
	361		SP->key_code = TRUE;
	362
	363		/* Save the key modifiers if required. Do this first to allow to
	364		detect e.g. a pressed CTRL key after a hit of NUMLOCK. */
	365
	366		if (SP->save_key_modifiers)
	367		{
	368		if (state & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
	369		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT;
	370
	371		if (state & SHIFT_PRESSED)
	372		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT;
	373
	374		if (state & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED))
	375		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL;
	376
	377		if (state & NUMLOCK_ON)
	378		pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK;
	379		}
	380
	381		/* Handle modifier keys hit by themselves */
	382
	383		switch (vk)
	384		{
	385		case VK_SHIFT: /* shift */
	386		if (!SP->return_key_modifiers)
	387		return -1;
	388
	389		return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_SHIFT_L : KEY_SHIFT_R;
	390
	391		case VK_CONTROL: /* control */
	392		if (!SP->return_key_modifiers)
	393		return -1;
	394
	395		return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_CONTROL_L : KEY_CONTROL_R;
	396
	397		case VK_MENU: /* alt */
	398		if (!key)
	399		{
	400		if (!SP->return_key_modifiers)
	401		return -1;
	402
	403		return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_ALT_L : KEY_ALT_R;
	404		}
	405		}
	406
	407		/* The system may emit Ascii or Unicode characters depending on
	408		whether ReadConsoleInputA or ReadConsoleInputW is used.
	409
	410		Normally, if key != 0 then the system did the translation
	411		successfully. But this is not true for LEFT_ALT (different to
	412		RIGHT_ALT). In case of LEFT_ALT we can get key != 0. So
	413		check for this first. */
	414
	415		if (key && ( !(state & LEFT_ALT_PRESSED) ||
	416		(state & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED) ))
	417		{
	418		/* This code should catch all keys returning a printable
	419		character. Characters above 0x7F should be returned as
	420		positive codes. But if'ndef NUMKEYPAD we have to return
	421		extended keycodes for keypad codes. */
	422
	423		#ifndef NUMKEYPAD
	424		if (kptab[vk].extended == 0)
	425		#endif
	426		{
	427		SP->key_code = FALSE;
	428		return key;
	429		}
	430		}
	431
	432		/* This case happens if a functional key has been entered. */
	433
	434		if ((state & ENHANCED_KEY) && (kptab[vk].extended != 999))
	435		{
	436		enhanced = TRUE;
	437		idx = kptab[vk].extended;
	438		}
	439		else
	440		{
	441		enhanced = FALSE;
	442		idx = vk;
	443		}
	444
	445		if (state & SHIFT_PRESSED)
	446		key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].shift : kptab[idx].shift;
	447
	448		else if (state & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED))
	449		key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].control : kptab[idx].control;
	450
	451		else if (state & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
	452		key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].alt : kptab[idx].alt;
	453
	454		else
	455		key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].normal : kptab[idx].normal;
	456
	457		if (key < KEY_CODE_YES)
	458		SP->key_code = FALSE;
	459
	460		return key;
	461		}
	462
	463		static int _process_mouse_event(void)
	464		{
	465		static const DWORD button_mask[] = {1, 4, 2};
	466		short action, shift_flags = 0;
	467		int i;
	468
	469		save_press = 0;
	470		SP->key_code = TRUE;
	471
	472		memset(&pdc_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(MOUSE_STATUS));
	473
	474		/* Handle scroll wheel */
	475
	476		if (MEV.dwEventFlags == 4)
	477		{
	478		pdc_mouse_status.changes = (MEV.dwButtonState & 0xFF000000) ?
	479		PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN : PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP;
	480
	481		pdc_mouse_status.x = -1;
	482		pdc_mouse_status.y = -1;
	483
	484		memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status));
	485
	486		return KEY_MOUSE;
	487		}
	488
	489		action = (MEV.dwEventFlags == 2) ? BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED :
	490		((MEV.dwEventFlags == 1) ? BUTTON_MOVED : BUTTON_PRESSED);
	491
	492		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	493		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] =
	494		(MEV.dwButtonState & button_mask[i]) ? action : 0;
	495
	496		if (action == BUTTON_PRESSED && MEV.dwButtonState & 7 && SP->mouse_wait)
	497		{
	498		/* Check for a click -- a PRESS followed immediately by a release */
	499
	500		if (!event_count)
	501		{
	502		napms(SP->mouse_wait);
	503
	504		GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(pdc_con_in, &event_count);
	505		}
	506
	507		if (event_count)
	508		{
	509		INPUT_RECORD ip;
	510		DWORD count;
	511		bool have_click = FALSE;
	512
	513		PeekConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &ip, 1, &count);
	514
	515		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	516		{
	517		if (pdc_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_PRESSED &&
	518		!(ip.Event.MouseEvent.dwButtonState & button_mask[i]))
	519		{
	520		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_CLICKED;
	521		have_click = TRUE;
	522		}
	523		}
	524
	525		/* If a click was found, throw out the event */
	526
	527		if (have_click)
	528		ReadConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &ip, 1, &count);
	529		}
	530		}
	531
	532		pdc_mouse_status.x = MEV.dwMousePosition.X;
	533		pdc_mouse_status.y = MEV.dwMousePosition.Y;
	534
	535		pdc_mouse_status.changes = 0;
	536
	537		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	538		{
	539		if (old_mouse_status.button[i] != pdc_mouse_status.button[i])
	540		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i);
	541
	542		if (pdc_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_MOVED)
	543		{
	544		/* Discard non-moved "moves" */
	545
	546		if (pdc_mouse_status.x == old_mouse_status.x &&
	547		pdc_mouse_status.y == old_mouse_status.y)
	548		return -1;
	549
	550		/* Motion events always flag the button as changed */
	551
	552		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i);
	553		pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED;
	554		break;
	555		}
	556		}
	557
	558		old_mouse_status = pdc_mouse_status;
	559
	560		/* Treat click events as release events for comparison purposes */
	561
	562		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	563		{
	564		if (old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_CLICKED ||
	565		old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
	566		old_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_RELEASED;
	567		}
	568
	569		/* Check for SHIFT/CONTROL/ALT */
	570
	571		if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
	572		shift_flags |= BUTTON_ALT;
	573
	574		if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED))
	575		shift_flags |= BUTTON_CONTROL;
	576
	577		if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & SHIFT_PRESSED)
	578		shift_flags |= BUTTON_SHIFT;
	579
	580		if (shift_flags)
	581		{
	582		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
	583		{
	584		if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & (1 << i))
	585		pdc_mouse_status.button[i] |= shift_flags;
	586		}
	587		}
	588
	589		return KEY_MOUSE;
	590		}
	591
	592		/* return the next available key or mouse event */
	593
	594		int PDC_get_key(void)
	595		{
	596		pdc_key_modifiers = 0L;
	597
	598		if (!key_count)
	599		{
	600		DWORD count;
	601
	602		ReadConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &save_ip, 1, &count);
	603		event_count--;
	604
	605		if (save_ip.EventType == MOUSE_EVENT)
	606		key_count = 1;
	607		else if (save_ip.EventType == KEY_EVENT)
	608		key_count = _get_key_count();
	609		}
	610
	611		if (key_count)
	612		{
	613		key_count--;
	614
	615		switch (save_ip.EventType)
	616		{
	617		case KEY_EVENT:
	618		return _process_key_event();
	619
	620		case MOUSE_EVENT:
	621		return _process_mouse_event();
	622		}
	623		}
	624
	625		return -1;
	626		}
	627
	628		/* discard any pending keyboard or mouse input -- this is the core
	629		routine for flushinp() */
	630
	631		void PDC_flushinp(void)
	632		{
	633		PDC_LOG(("PDC_flushinp() - called\n"));
	634
	635		FlushConsoleInputBuffer(pdc_con_in);
	636		}
	637
	638		int PDC_mouse_set(void)
	639		{
	640		/* If turning on mouse input: Set ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT, and clear
	641		all other flags, including the extended flags;
	642		If turning off the mouse: Set QuickEdit Mode to the status it
	643		had on startup, and clear all other flags */
	644
	645		SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, SP->_trap_mbe ?
	646		(ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT|0x0080) : (pdc_quick_edit|0x0080));
	647
	648		memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status));
	649
	650		return OK;
	651		}
	652
	653		int PDC_modifiers_set(void)
	654		{
	655		return OK;
	656		}

File win32/pdcscrn.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..b48ddaa)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcwin.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcscrn.c,v 1.92 2008/07/20 20:12:04 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	8		# define PDC_OFFSET 32
	9		#else
	10		# define PDC_OFFSET 8
	11		#endif
	12
	13		/* COLOR_PAIR to attribute encoding table. */
	14
	15		unsigned char *pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL;
	16
	17		HANDLE pdc_con_out = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
	18		HANDLE pdc_con_in = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
	19
	20		DWORD pdc_quick_edit;
	21
	22		static short curstoreal[16], realtocurs[16] =
	23		{
	24		COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_RED,
	25		COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK + 8,
	26		COLOR_BLUE + 8, COLOR_GREEN + 8, COLOR_CYAN + 8, COLOR_RED + 8,
	27		COLOR_MAGENTA + 8, COLOR_YELLOW + 8, COLOR_WHITE + 8
	28		};
	29
	30		enum { PDC_RESTORE_NONE, PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER, PDC_RESTORE_WINDOW };
	31
	32		/* Struct for storing console registry keys, and for use with the
	33		undocumented WM_SETCONSOLEINFO message. Originally by James Brown,
	34		www.catch22.net. */
	35
	36		static struct
	37		{
	38		ULONG Length;
	39		COORD ScreenBufferSize;
	40		COORD WindowSize;
	41		ULONG WindowPosX;
	42		ULONG WindowPosY;
	43
	44		COORD FontSize;
	45		ULONG FontFamily;
	46		ULONG FontWeight;
	47		WCHAR FaceName[32];
	48
	49		ULONG CursorSize;
	50		ULONG FullScreen;
	51		ULONG QuickEdit;
	52		ULONG AutoPosition;
	53		ULONG InsertMode;
	54
	55		USHORT ScreenColors;
	56		USHORT PopupColors;
	57		ULONG HistoryNoDup;
	58		ULONG HistoryBufferSize;
	59		ULONG NumberOfHistoryBuffers;
	60
	61		COLORREF ColorTable[16];
	62
	63		ULONG CodePage;
	64		HWND Hwnd;
	65
	66		WCHAR ConsoleTitle[0x100];
	67		} console_info;
	68
	69		static CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO orig_scr;
	70
	71		static CHAR_INFO *ci_save = NULL;
	72		static DWORD old_console_mode = 0;
	73
	74		static bool is_nt;
	75
	76		static HWND _find_console_handle(void)
	77		{
	78		TCHAR orgtitle[1024], temptitle[1024];
	79		HWND wnd;
	80
	81		GetConsoleTitle(orgtitle, 1024);
	82
	83		wsprintf(temptitle, TEXT("%d/%d"), GetTickCount(), GetCurrentProcessId());
	84		SetConsoleTitle(temptitle);
	85
	86		Sleep(40);
	87
	88		wnd = FindWindow(NULL, temptitle);
	89
	90		SetConsoleTitle(orgtitle);
	91
	92		return wnd;
	93		}
	94
	95		/* Undocumented console message */
	96
	97		#define WM_SETCONSOLEINFO (WM_USER + 201)
	98
	99		/* Wrapper around WM_SETCONSOLEINFO. We need to create the necessary
	100		section (file-mapping) object in the context of the process which
	101		owns the console, before posting the message. Originally by JB. */
	102
	103		static void _set_console_info(void)
	104		{
	105		CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
	106		CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci;
	107		DWORD dwConsoleOwnerPid;
	108		HANDLE hProcess;
	109		HANDLE hSection, hDupSection;
	110		PVOID ptrView;
	111
	112		/* Each-time initialization for console_info */
	113
	114		GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci);
	115		console_info.CursorSize = cci.dwSize;
	116
	117		GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &csbi);
	118		console_info.ScreenBufferSize = csbi.dwSize;
	119
	120		console_info.WindowSize.X = csbi.srWindow.Right - csbi.srWindow.Left + 1;
	121		console_info.WindowSize.Y = csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1;
	122
	123		console_info.WindowPosX = csbi.srWindow.Left;
	124		console_info.WindowPosY = csbi.srWindow.Top;
	125
	126		/* Open the process which "owns" the console */
	127
	128		GetWindowThreadProcessId(console_info.Hwnd, &dwConsoleOwnerPid);
	129
	130		hProcess = OpenProcess(PROCESS_ALL_ACCESS, FALSE, dwConsoleOwnerPid);
	131
	132		/* Create a SECTION object backed by page-file, then map a view of
	133		this section into the owner process so we can write the contents
	134		of the CONSOLE_INFO buffer into it */
	135
	136		hSection = CreateFileMapping(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, 0, PAGE_READWRITE,
	137		0, sizeof(console_info), 0);
	138
	139		/* Copy our console structure into the section-object */
	140
	141		ptrView = MapViewOfFile(hSection, FILE_MAP_WRITE|FILE_MAP_READ,
	142		0, 0, sizeof(console_info));
	143
	144		memcpy(ptrView, &console_info, sizeof(console_info));
	145
	146		UnmapViewOfFile(ptrView);
	147
	148		/* Map the memory into owner process */
	149
	150		DuplicateHandle(GetCurrentProcess(), hSection, hProcess, &hDupSection,
	151		0, FALSE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
	152
	153		/* Send console window the "update" message */
	154
	155		SendMessage(console_info.Hwnd, WM_SETCONSOLEINFO, (WPARAM)hDupSection, 0);
	156
	157		CloseHandle(hSection);
	158		CloseHandle(hProcess);
	159		}
	160
	161		/* One-time initialization for console_info -- color table and font info
	162		from the registry; other values from functions. */
	163
	164		static void _init_console_info(void)
	165		{
	166		DWORD scrnmode, len;
	167		HKEY reghnd;
	168		int i;
	169
	170		console_info.Hwnd = _find_console_handle();
	171		console_info.Length = sizeof(console_info);
	172
	173		GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &scrnmode);
	174		console_info.QuickEdit = !!(scrnmode & 0x0040);
	175		console_info.InsertMode = !!(scrnmode & 0x0020);
	176
	177		console_info.FullScreen = FALSE;
	178		console_info.AutoPosition = 0x10000;
	179		console_info.ScreenColors = SP->orig_back << 4 | SP->orig_fore;
	180		console_info.PopupColors = 0xf5;
	181
	182		console_info.HistoryNoDup = FALSE;
	183		console_info.HistoryBufferSize = 50;
	184		console_info.NumberOfHistoryBuffers = 4;
	185
	186		console_info.CodePage = GetConsoleOutputCP();
	187
	188		RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, TEXT("Console"), 0,
	189		KEY_QUERY_VALUE, &reghnd);
	190
	191		len = sizeof(DWORD);
	192
	193		/* Default color table */
	194
	195		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
	196		{
	197		char tname[13];
	198
	199		sprintf(tname, "ColorTable%02d", i);
	200		RegQueryValueExA(reghnd, tname, NULL, NULL,
	201		(LPBYTE)(&(console_info.ColorTable[i])), &len);
	202		}
	203
	204		/* Font info */
	205
	206		RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontSize"), NULL, NULL,
	207		(LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontSize), &len);
	208		RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontFamily"), NULL, NULL,
	209		(LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontFamily), &len);
	210		RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontWeight"), NULL, NULL,
	211		(LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontWeight), &len);
	212
	213		len = sizeof(WCHAR) * 32;
	214		RegQueryValueExW(reghnd, L"FaceName", NULL, NULL,
	215		(LPBYTE)(console_info.FaceName), &len);
	216
	217		RegCloseKey(reghnd);
	218		}
	219
	220		/* close the physical screen -- may restore the screen to its state
	221		before PDC_scr_open(); miscellaneous cleanup */
	222
	223		void PDC_scr_close(void)
	224		{
	225		COORD origin;
	226		SMALL_RECT rect;
	227
	228		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_close() - called\n"));
	229
	230		PDC_reset_shell_mode();
	231
	232		if (SP->_restore != PDC_RESTORE_NONE)
	233		{
	234		if (SP->_restore == PDC_RESTORE_WINDOW)
	235		{
	236		rect.Top = orig_scr.srWindow.Top;
	237		rect.Left = orig_scr.srWindow.Left;
	238		rect.Bottom = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom;
	239		rect.Right = orig_scr.srWindow.Right;
	240		}
	241		else /* PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER */
	242		{
	243		rect.Top = rect.Left = 0;
	244		rect.Bottom = orig_scr.dwSize.Y - 1;
	245		rect.Right = orig_scr.dwSize.X - 1;
	246		}
	247
	248		origin.X = origin.Y = 0;
	249
	250		if (!WriteConsoleOutput(pdc_con_out, ci_save, orig_scr.dwSize,
	251		origin, &rect))
	252		return;
	253		}
	254
	255		if (SP->visibility != 1)
	256		curs_set(1);
	257
	258		/* Position cursor to the bottom left of the screen. */
	259
	260		PDC_gotoyx(PDC_get_buffer_rows() - 2, 0);
	261		}
	262
	263		void PDC_scr_free(void)
	264		{
	265		if (SP)
	266		free(SP);
	267		if (pdc_atrtab)
	268		free(pdc_atrtab);
	269
	270		pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL;
	271		}
	272
	273		/* open the physical screen -- allocate SP, miscellaneous intialization,
	274		and may save the existing screen for later restoration */
	275
	276		int PDC_scr_open(int argc, char **argv)
	277		{
	278		COORD bufsize, origin;
	279		SMALL_RECT rect;
	280		const char *str;
	281		CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
	282		int i;
	283
	284		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - called\n"));
	285
	286		SP = calloc(1, sizeof(SCREEN));
	287		pdc_atrtab = calloc(PDC_COLOR_PAIRS * PDC_OFFSET, 1);
	288
	289		if (!SP || !pdc_atrtab)
	290		return ERR;
	291
	292		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
	293		curstoreal[realtocurs[i]] = i;
	294
	295		pdc_con_out = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
	296		pdc_con_in = GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE);
	297
	298		if (GetFileType(pdc_con_in) != FILE_TYPE_CHAR)
	299		{
	300		fprintf(stderr, "\nRedirection is not supported.\n");
	301		exit(1);
	302		}
	303
	304		is_nt = !(GetVersion() & 0x80000000);
	305
	306		GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &csbi);
	307		GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &orig_scr);
	308		GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &old_console_mode);
	309
	310		/* preserve QuickEdit Mode setting for use in PDC_mouse_set() when
	311		the mouse is not enabled -- other console input settings are
	312		cleared */
	313
	314		pdc_quick_edit = old_console_mode & 0x0040;
	315
	316		SP->lines = (str = getenv("LINES")) ? atoi(str) : PDC_get_rows();
	317		SP->cols = (str = getenv("COLS")) ? atoi(str) : PDC_get_columns();
	318
	319		SP->mouse_wait = PDC_CLICK_PERIOD;
	320		SP->audible = TRUE;
	321
	322		if (SP->lines < 2 || SP->lines > csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.Y)
	323		{
	324		fprintf(stderr, "LINES value must be >= 2 and <= %d: got %d\n",
	325		csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.Y, SP->lines);
	326
	327		return ERR;
	328		}
	329
	330		if (SP->cols < 2 || SP->cols > csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.X)
	331		{
	332		fprintf(stderr, "COLS value must be >= 2 and <= %d: got %d\n",
	333		csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.X, SP->cols);
	334
	335		return ERR;
	336		}
	337
	338		SP->orig_fore = csbi.wAttributes & 0x0f;
	339		SP->orig_back = (csbi.wAttributes & 0xf0) >> 4;
	340
	341		SP->orig_attr = TRUE;
	342
	343		SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_NONE;
	344
	345		if (getenv("PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN"))
	346		{
	347		/* Attempt to save the complete console buffer */
	348
	349		ci_save = malloc(orig_scr.dwSize.X * orig_scr.dwSize.Y *
	350		sizeof(CHAR_INFO));
	351
	352		if (!ci_save)
	353		{
	354		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - malloc failure (1)\n"));
	355
	356		return ERR;
	357		}
	358
	359		bufsize.X = orig_scr.dwSize.X;
	360		bufsize.Y = orig_scr.dwSize.Y;
	361
	362		origin.X = origin.Y = 0;
	363
	364		rect.Top = rect.Left = 0;
	365		rect.Bottom = orig_scr.dwSize.Y - 1;
	366		rect.Right = orig_scr.dwSize.X - 1;
	367
	368		if (!ReadConsoleOutput(pdc_con_out, ci_save, bufsize, origin, &rect))
	369		{
	370		/* We can't save the complete buffer, so try and save just
	371		the displayed window */
	372
	373		free(ci_save);
	374		ci_save = NULL;
	375
	376		bufsize.X = orig_scr.srWindow.Right - orig_scr.srWindow.Left + 1;
	377		bufsize.Y = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom - orig_scr.srWindow.Top + 1;
	378
	379		ci_save = malloc(bufsize.X * bufsize.Y * sizeof(CHAR_INFO));
	380
	381		if (!ci_save)
	382		{
	383		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - malloc failure (2)\n"));
	384
	385		return ERR;
	386		}
	387
	388		origin.X = origin.Y = 0;
	389
	390		rect.Top = orig_scr.srWindow.Top;
	391		rect.Left = orig_scr.srWindow.Left;
	392		rect.Bottom = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom;
	393		rect.Right = orig_scr.srWindow.Right;
	394
	395		if (!ReadConsoleOutput(pdc_con_out, ci_save, bufsize,
	396		origin, &rect))
	397		{
	398		#ifdef PDCDEBUG
	399		CHAR LastError[256];
	400
	401		FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM, NULL,
	402		GetLastError(), MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL,
	403		SUBLANG_DEFAULT), LastError, 256, NULL);
	404
	405		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - %s\n", LastError));
	406		#endif
	407		free(ci_save);
	408		ci_save = NULL;
	409
	410		return ERR;
	411		}
	412
	413		SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_WINDOW;
	414		}
	415		else
	416		SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER;
	417		}
	418
	419		SP->_preserve = (getenv("PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN") != NULL);
	420
	421		PDC_reset_prog_mode();
	422
	423		SP->mono = FALSE;
	424
	425		return OK;
	426		}
	427
	428		/* Calls SetConsoleWindowInfo with the given parameters, but fits them
	429		if a scoll bar shrinks the maximum possible value. The rectangle
	430		must at least fit in a half-sized window. */
	431
	432		static BOOL _fit_console_window(HANDLE con_out, CONST SMALL_RECT *rect)
	433		{
	434		SMALL_RECT run;
	435		SHORT mx, my;
	436
	437		if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, rect))
	438		return TRUE;
	439
	440		run = *rect;
	441		run.Right /= 2;
	442		run.Bottom /= 2;
	443
	444		mx = run.Right;
	445		my = run.Bottom;
	446
	447		if (!SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run))
	448		return FALSE;
	449
	450		for (run.Right = rect->Right; run.Right >= mx; run.Right--)
	451		if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run))
	452		break;
	453
	454		if (run.Right < mx)
	455		return FALSE;
	456
	457		for (run.Bottom = rect->Bottom; run.Bottom >= my; run.Bottom--)
	458		if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run))
	459		return TRUE;
	460
	461		return FALSE;
	462		}
	463
	464		/* the core of resize_term() */
	465
	466		int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols)
	467		{
	468		SMALL_RECT rect;
	469		COORD size, max;
	470
	471		if (nlines < 2 || ncols < 2)
	472		return ERR;
	473
	474		max = GetLargestConsoleWindowSize(pdc_con_out);
	475
	476		rect.Left = rect.Top = 0;
	477		rect.Right = ncols - 1;
	478
	479		if (rect.Right > max.X)
	480		rect.Right = max.X;
	481
	482		rect.Bottom = nlines - 1;
	483
	484		if (rect.Bottom > max.Y)
	485		rect.Bottom = max.Y;
	486
	487		size.X = rect.Right + 1;
	488		size.Y = rect.Bottom + 1;
	489
	490		_fit_console_window(pdc_con_out, &rect);
	491		SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, size);
	492		_fit_console_window(pdc_con_out, &rect);
	493		SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, size);
	494		SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out);
	495
	496		return OK;
	497		}
	498
	499		void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void)
	500		{
	501		PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_prog_mode() - called.\n"));
	502
	503		if (is_nt)
	504		{
	505		COORD bufsize;
	506		SMALL_RECT rect;
	507
	508		bufsize.X = orig_scr.srWindow.Right - orig_scr.srWindow.Left + 1;
	509		bufsize.Y = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom - orig_scr.srWindow.Top + 1;
	510
	511		rect.Top = rect.Left = 0;
	512		rect.Bottom = bufsize.Y - 1;
	513		rect.Right = bufsize.X - 1;
	514
	515		SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, bufsize);
	516		SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &rect);
	517		SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, bufsize);
	518		SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out);
	519		}
	520
	521		PDC_mouse_set();
	522		}
	523
	524		void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void)
	525		{
	526		PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_shell_mode() - called.\n"));
	527
	528		if (is_nt)
	529		{
	530		SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, orig_scr.dwSize);
	531		SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &orig_scr.srWindow);
	532		SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, orig_scr.dwSize);
	533		SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &orig_scr.srWindow);
	534		SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out);
	535		}
	536
	537		SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, old_console_mode);
	538		}
	539
	540		void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i)
	541		{
	542		}
	543
	544		void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i)
	545		{
	546		}
	547
	548		void PDC_init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg)
	549		{
	550		unsigned char att, temp_bg;
	551		chtype i;
	552
	553		fg = curstoreal[fg];
	554		bg = curstoreal[bg];
	555
	556		for (i = 0; i < PDC_OFFSET; i++)
	557		{
	558		att = fg | (bg << 4);
	559
	560		if (i & (A_REVERSE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	561		att = bg | (fg << 4);
	562		if (i & (A_UNDERLINE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	563		att = 1;
	564		if (i & (A_INVIS >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	565		{
	566		temp_bg = att >> 4;
	567		att = temp_bg << 4 | temp_bg;
	568		}
	569		if (i & (A_BOLD >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	570		att |= 8;
	571		if (i & (A_BLINK >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
	572		att |= 128;
	573
	574		pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET + i] = att;
	575		}
	576		}
	577
	578		int PDC_pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg)
	579		{
	580		*fg = realtocurs[pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0x0F];
	581		*bg = realtocurs[(pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0xF0) >> 4];
	582
	583		return OK;
	584		}
	585
	586		bool PDC_can_change_color(void)
	587		{
	588		return is_nt;
	589		}
	590
	591		int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
	592		{
	593		DWORD col;
	594
	595		if (!console_info.Hwnd)
	596		_init_console_info();
	597
	598		col = console_info.ColorTable[curstoreal[color]];
	599
	600		*red = DIVROUND(GetRValue(col) * 1000, 255);
	601		*green = DIVROUND(GetGValue(col) * 1000, 255);
	602		*blue = DIVROUND(GetBValue(col) * 1000, 255);
	603
	604		return OK;
	605		}
	606
	607		int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
	608		{
	609		if (!console_info.Hwnd)
	610		_init_console_info();
	611
	612		console_info.ColorTable[curstoreal[color]] =
	613		RGB(DIVROUND(red * 255, 1000),
	614		DIVROUND(green * 255, 1000),
	615		DIVROUND(blue * 255, 1000));
	616
	617		_set_console_info();
	618
	619		return OK;
	620		}

File win32/pdcsetsc.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..cfb1231)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcwin.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcsetsc.c,v 1.40 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: pdcsetsc
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon);
	13		void PDC_set_title(const char *title);
	14
	15		Description:
	16		PDC_set_blink() toggles whether the A_BLINK attribute sets an
	17		actual blink mode (TRUE), or sets the background color to high
	18		intensity (FALSE). The default is platform-dependent (FALSE in
	19		most cases). It returns OK if it could set the state to match
	20		the given parameter, ERR otherwise. Current platforms also
	21		adjust the value of COLORS according to this function -- 16 for
	22		FALSE, and 8 for TRUE.
	23
	24		PDC_set_title() sets the title of the window in which the curses
	25		program is running. This function may not do anything on some
	26		platforms. (Currently it only works in Win32 and X11.)
	27
	28		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	29		PDC_set_blink - - -
	30		PDC_set_title - - -
	31
	32		**man-end****************************************************************/
	33
	34		int PDC_curs_set(int visibility)
	35		{
	36		CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci;
	37		int ret_vis;
	38
	39		PDC_LOG(("PDC_curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
	40
	41		ret_vis = SP->visibility;
	42
	43		if (GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci) == FALSE)
	44		return ERR;
	45
	46		switch(visibility)
	47		{
	48		case 0: /* invisible */
	49		cci.bVisible = FALSE;
	50		break;
	51		case 2: /* highly visible */
	52		cci.bVisible = TRUE;
	53		cci.dwSize = 95;
	54		break;
	55		default: /* normal visibility */
	56		cci.bVisible = TRUE;
	57		cci.dwSize = SP->orig_cursor;
	58		break;
	59		}
	60
	61		if (SetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci) == FALSE)
	62		return ERR;
	63
	64		SP->visibility = visibility;
	65		return ret_vis;
	66		}
	67
	68		void PDC_set_title(const char *title)
	69		{
	70		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	71		wchar_t wtitle[512];
	72		#endif
	73		PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_title() - called:<%s>\n", title));
	74
	75		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	76		PDC_mbstowcs(wtitle, title, 511);
	77		SetConsoleTitleW(wtitle);
	78		#else
	79		SetConsoleTitleA(title);
	80		#endif
	81		}
	82
	83		int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon)
	84		{
	85		if (pdc_color_started)
	86		COLORS = 16;
	87
	88		return blinkon ? ERR : OK;
	89		}

File win32/pdcurses.ico added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..53a6dde)

File win32/pdcurses.rc added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..1b8bba4)
	1		#include "winver.h"
	2
	3		1 VERSIONINFO
	4		FILEVERSION 3,4,0,0
	5		PRODUCTVERSION 3,4,0,0
	6		FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL
	7		FILEFLAGS 0x0L
	8		FILEOS VOS_UNKNOWN
	9		FILETYPE VFT_DLL
	10		FILESUBTYPE 0x0L
	11		BEGIN
	12		BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
	13		BEGIN
	14		BLOCK "040904b0"
	15		BEGIN
	16		VALUE "Maintainer", "William McBrine\0"
	17		VALUE "FileDescription", "Public Domain Curses\0"
	18		VALUE "FileVersion", "3.4.0\0"
	19		VALUE "InternalName", "PDCurses\0"
	20		VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Public Domain\0"
	21		VALUE "OriginalFilename", "PDCURSES.DLL\0"
	22		VALUE "ProductName", "Public Domain Curses Library\0"
	23		VALUE "ProductVersion", "3.4.0\0"
	24		END
	25		END
	26		END
	27
	28		1 ICON DISCARDABLE "PDCURSES.ico"

File win32/pdcutil.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..f7be019)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcwin.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcutil.c,v 1.14 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		void PDC_beep(void)
	8		{
	9		PDC_LOG(("PDC_beep() - called\n"));
	10
	11		/* MessageBeep(MB_OK); */
	12		MessageBeep(0XFFFFFFFF);
	13		}
	14
	15		void PDC_napms(int ms)
	16		{
	17		PDC_LOG(("PDC_napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
	18
	19		Sleep(ms);
	20		}
	21
	22		const char *PDC_sysname(void)
	23		{
	24		return "Win32";
	25		}

File win32/pdcwin.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..bb3396f)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		/* $Id: pdcwin.h,v 1.6 2008/07/13 06:36:32 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	4
	5		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	6		# define UNICODE
	7		#endif
	8
	9		#include <windows.h>
	10		#undef MOUSE_MOVED
	11		#include <curspriv.h>
	12
	13		extern unsigned char *pdc_atrtab;
	14		extern HANDLE pdc_con_out, pdc_con_in;
	15		extern DWORD pdc_quick_edit;
	16
	17		extern int PDC_get_buffer_rows(void);

File win32/vcwin32.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..b8dc404)
	1		# Visual C++ NMakefile for PDCurses library - Win32 VC++ 2.0+
	2		#
	3		# Usage: nmake -f [path\]vcwin32.mak [DEBUG=] [DLL=] [WIDE=] [UTF8=] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		O = obj
	9
	10		!ifndef PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	11		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	12		!endif
	13
	14		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\version.mif
	15		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\libobjs.mif
	16
	17		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\win32
	18
	19		PDCURSES_WIN_H = $(osdir)\pdcwin.h
	20
	21		CC = cl.exe -nologo
	22
	23		!ifdef DEBUG
	24		CFLAGS = -Z7 -DPDCDEBUG
	25		LDFLAGS = -debug -pdb:none
	26		!else
	27		CFLAGS = -O1
	28		LDFLAGS =
	29		!endif
	30
	31		BASEDEF = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\exp-base.def
	32		WIDEDEF = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\exp-wide.def
	33
	34		DEFDEPS = $(BASEDEF)
	35
	36		!ifdef WIDE
	37		WIDEOPT = -DPDC_WIDE
	38		DEFDEPS = $(DEFDEPS) $(WIDEDEF)
	39		!endif
	40
	41		!ifdef UTF8
	42		UTF8OPT = -DPDC_FORCE_UTF8
	43		!endif
	44
	45		DEFFILE = pdcurses.def
	46		SHL_LD = link $(LDFLAGS) /NOLOGO /DLL /OUT:pdcurses.dll /DEF:$(DEFFILE)
	47
	48		LINK = link.exe -nologo
	49
	50		CCLIBS = user32.lib advapi32.lib
	51		# may need to add msvcrt.lib for VC 2.x, VC 5.0 doesn't want it
	52		#CCLIBS = msvcrt.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib
	53
	54		LIBEXE = lib -nologo
	55
	56		LIBCURSES = pdcurses.lib
	57		CURSESDLL = pdcurses.dll
	58
	59		!ifdef DLL
	60		DLLOPT = -DPDC_DLL_BUILD
	61		PDCLIBS = $(CURSESDLL)
	62		!else
	63		PDCLIBS = $(LIBCURSES)
	64		!endif
	65
	66		BUILD = $(CC) -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR) -c $(CFLAGS) $(DLLOPT) \
	67		$(WIDEOPT) $(UTF8OPT)
	68
	69		all: $(PDCLIBS) $(DEMOS)
	70
	71		clean:
	72		-del *.obj
	73		-del *.lib
	74		-del *.exe
	75		-del *.dll
	76		-del *.exp
	77		-del *.res
	78		-del *.def
	79
	80		DEMOOBJS = $(DEMOS:.exe=.obj) tui.obj
	81
	82		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	83		$(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_WIN_H)
	84		$(DEMOOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	85		$(DEMOS) : $(LIBCURSES)
	86		panel.obj : $(PANEL_HEADER)
	87		terminfo.obj: $(TERM_HEADER)
	88
	89		!ifndef DLL
	90		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	91		$(LIBEXE) -out:$@ $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	92		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	93		!endif
	94
	95		$(DEFFILE) : $(DEFDEPS)
	96		echo LIBRARY pdcurses > $(DEFFILE)
	97		echo EXPORTS >> $(DEFFILE)
	98		type $(BASEDEF) >> $(DEFFILE)
	99		!ifdef WIDE
	100		type $(WIDEDEF) >> $(DEFFILE)
	101		!endif
	102
	103		$(CURSESDLL) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) $(DEFFILE) pdcurses.obj
	104		$(SHL_LD) $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) pdcurses.obj $(CCLIBS)
	105		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	106
	107		pdcurses.res pdcurses.obj: $(osdir)\pdcurses.rc $(osdir)\pdcurses.ico
	108		rc /r /fopdcurses.res $(osdir)\pdcurses.rc
	109		cvtres /MACHINE:IX86 /NOLOGO /OUT:pdcurses.obj pdcurses.res
	110
	111		{$(srcdir)\}.c{}.obj::
	112		$(BUILD) $<
	113
	114		{$(osdir)\}.c{}.obj::
	115		$(BUILD) $<
	116
	117		{$(demodir)\}.c{}.obj::
	118		$(BUILD) $<
	119
	120		.obj.exe:
	121		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $< $(LIBCURSES) $(CCLIBS)
	122
	123		tuidemo.exe: tuidemo.obj tui.obj
	124		$(LINK) $(LDFLAGS) $*.obj tui.obj $(LIBCURSES) $(CCLIBS)
	125
	126		tui.obj: $(demodir)\tui.c $(demodir)\tui.h
	127		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\tui.c
	128
	129		tuidemo.obj: $(demodir)\tuidemo.c
	130		$(BUILD) -I$(demodir) $(demodir)\tuidemo.c
	131
	132		PLATFORM1 = Visual C++
	133		PLATFORM2 = Microsoft Visual C/C++ for Win32
	134		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)_vc_w32
	135
	136		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\makedist.mif

File win32/wccwin32.mak added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..1363897)
	1		# Watcom WMAKE Makefile for PDCurses library - Win32 Watcom C/C++ 10.6+
	2		#
	3		# Usage: wmake -f [win32\]wccwin32.mak [DEBUG=Y] [WIDE=Y] [UTF8=Y] [target]
	4		#
	5		# where target can be any of:
	6		# [all|demos|pdcurses.lib|testcurs.exe...]
	7
	8		!ifdef %PDCURSES_SRCDIR
	9		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = $(%PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	10		!else
	11		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	12		!endif
	13
	14		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\version.mif
	15
	16		osdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\win32
	17
	18		CC = wcc386
	19		TARGET = nt
	20
	21		CFLAGS = /ei /zq /wx /i=$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	22
	23		!ifeq DEBUG Y
	24		CFLAGS += /d2 /DPDCDEBUG
	25		LDFLAGS = D W A op q sys $(TARGET)
	26		!else
	27		CFLAGS += /oneatx
	28		LDFLAGS = op q sys $(TARGET)
	29		!endif
	30
	31		!ifeq WIDE Y
	32		CFLAGS += /DPDC_WIDE
	33		!endif
	34
	35		!ifeq UTF8 Y
	36		CFLAGS += /DPDC_FORCE_UTF8
	37		!endif
	38
	39		LIBEXE = wlib /q /n /t
	40
	41		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\watcom.mif
	42
	43		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	44		$(LIBEXE) $@ $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	45		-copy $(LIBCURSES) panel.lib
	46
	47		PLATFORM1 = Watcom C++ Win32
	48		PLATFORM2 = Open Watcom 1.6 for Win32
	49		ARCNAME = pdc$(VER)_wcc_w32
	50
	51		!include $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)\makedist.mif

File x11/Makefile.aix.in added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..0fe5db7)
	1		# Makefile for PDCurses library for AIX/X11
	2
	3		SHELL = @SHELL@
	4		THIS = Makefile
	5
	6		@SET_MAKE@
	7
	8		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	9
	10		osdir = .
	11		srcdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/pdcurses
	12
	13		PDCURSES_CONFIG_H =$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/config.h
	14		PDCURSES_CURSES_H =$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/curses.h
	15		PDCURSES_CURSPRIV_H =$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/curspriv.h
	16		PDCURSES_HEADERS =$(PDCURSES_CONFIG_H) $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H) \
	17		$(PDCURSES_CURSPRIV_H)
	18		PDCURSES_X11_H =$(osdir)/pdcx11.h
	19
	20		MH_EXTRA_LIBS = @MH_EXTRA_LIBS@
	21
	22		CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ @DYN_COMP@
	23
	24		CPPFLAGS = @DEFS@ -DXCURSES @SYS_DEFS@ -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	25
	26		BUILD = @CC@ -c $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) @MH_XINC_DIR@
	27
	28		LINK = @CC@
	29		LDFLAGS =
	30
	31		LIBCURSES = libXCurses.a
	32
	33		all : $(LIBCURSES)
	34
	35		install :
	36		echo Does nothing at the moment
	37
	38		clean :
	39		-rm -rf *.o *.sho trace $(LIBCURSES)
	40
	41		distclean: clean
	42		-rm -f Makefile
	43
	44		mostlyclean: clean
	45
	46		realclean: distclean
	47
	48		LIBOBJS = addch.o addchstr.o addstr.o attr.o beep.o bkgd.o border.o \
	49		clear.o color.o delch.o deleteln.o deprec.o getch.o getstr.o getyx.o \
	50		inch.o inchstr.o initscr.o inopts.o insch.o insstr.o instr.o kernel.o \
	51		keyname.o mouse.o move.o outopts.o overlay.o pad.o panel.o printw.o \
	52		refresh.o scanw.o scr_dump.o scroll.o slk.o termattr.o terminfo.o \
	53		touch.o util.o window.o debug.o
	54
	55		PDCOBJS = pdcclip.o pdcdisp.o pdcgetsc.o pdckbd.o pdcscrn.o pdcsetsc.o \
	56		pdcutil.o pdcx11.o x11.o sb.o ScrollBox.o
	57
	58		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) curses.exp
	59		ld -bnoentry -bM:SRE -bE:curses.exp $(MH_LIBS) $(MH_EXTRA_LIBS) \
	60		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) -o $@
	61
	62		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	63		$(PDCOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_X11_H)
	64		terminfo.o: $(TERM_HEADER)
	65
	66		curses.exp: ../exp-base.def
	67		cat ../exp-base.def > curses.exp
	68		echo Xinitscr >> curses.exp
	69		echo XCursesExit >> curses.exp
	70		echo sb_init >> curses.exp
	71		echo sb_set_horz >> curses.exp
	72		echo sb_set_vert >> curses.exp
	73		echo sb_get_horz >> curses.exp
	74		echo sb_get_vert >> curses.exp
	75		echo sb_refresh >> curses.exp
	76
	77		addch.o: $(srcdir)/addch.c
	78		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/addch.c
	79
	80		addchstr.o: $(srcdir)/addchstr.c
	81		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/addchstr.c
	82
	83		addstr.o: $(srcdir)/addstr.c
	84		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/addstr.c
	85
	86		attr.o: $(srcdir)/attr.c
	87		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/attr.c
	88
	89		beep.o: $(srcdir)/beep.c
	90		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/beep.c
	91
	92		bkgd.o: $(srcdir)/bkgd.c
	93		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/bkgd.c
	94
	95		border.o: $(srcdir)/border.c
	96		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/border.c
	97
	98		clear.o: $(srcdir)/clear.c
	99		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/clear.c
	100
	101		color.o: $(srcdir)/color.c
	102		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/color.c
	103
	104		delch.o: $(srcdir)/delch.c
	105		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/delch.c
	106
	107		deleteln.o: $(srcdir)/deleteln.c
	108		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/deleteln.c
	109
	110		deprec.o: $(srcdir)/deprec.c
	111		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/deprec.c
	112
	113		getch.o: $(srcdir)/getch.c
	114		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/getch.c
	115
	116		getstr.o: $(srcdir)/getstr.c
	117		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/getstr.c
	118
	119		getyx.o: $(srcdir)/getyx.c
	120		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/getyx.c
	121
	122		inch.o: $(srcdir)/inch.c
	123		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/inch.c
	124
	125		inchstr.o: $(srcdir)/inchstr.c
	126		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/inchstr.c
	127
	128		initscr.o: $(srcdir)/initscr.c
	129		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/initscr.c
	130
	131		inopts.o: $(srcdir)/inopts.c
	132		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/inopts.c
	133
	134		insch.o: $(srcdir)/insch.c
	135		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/insch.c
	136
	137		insstr.o: $(srcdir)/insstr.c
	138		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/insstr.c
	139
	140		instr.o: $(srcdir)/instr.c
	141		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/instr.c
	142
	143		kernel.o: $(srcdir)/kernel.c
	144		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/kernel.c
	145
	146		keyname.o: $(srcdir)/keyname.c
	147		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/keyname.c
	148
	149		mouse.o: $(srcdir)/mouse.c
	150		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/mouse.c
	151
	152		move.o: $(srcdir)/move.c
	153		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/move.c
	154
	155		outopts.o: $(srcdir)/outopts.c
	156		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/outopts.c
	157
	158		overlay.o: $(srcdir)/overlay.c
	159		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/overlay.c
	160
	161		pad.o: $(srcdir)/pad.c
	162		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/pad.c
	163
	164		panel.o: $(srcdir)/panel.c $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/panel.h
	165		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/panel.c
	166
	167		printw.o: $(srcdir)/printw.c
	168		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/printw.c
	169
	170		refresh.o: $(srcdir)/refresh.c
	171		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/refresh.c
	172
	173		scanw.o: $(srcdir)/scanw.c
	174		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/scanw.c
	175
	176		scr_dump.o: $(srcdir)/scr_dump.c
	177		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/scr_dump.c
	178
	179		scroll.o: $(srcdir)/scroll.c
	180		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/scroll.c
	181
	182		slk.o: $(srcdir)/slk.c
	183		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/slk.c
	184
	185		termattr.o: $(srcdir)/termattr.c
	186		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/termattr.c
	187
	188		terminfo.o: $(srcdir)/terminfo.c
	189		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/terminfo.c
	190
	191		touch.o: $(srcdir)/touch.c
	192		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/touch.c
	193
	194		util.o: $(srcdir)/util.c
	195		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/util.c
	196
	197		window.o: $(srcdir)/window.c
	198		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/window.c
	199
	200		debug.o: $(srcdir)/debug.c
	201		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/debug.c
	202
	203		pdcclip.o: $(osdir)/pdcclip.c
	204		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcclip.c
	205
	206		pdcdisp.o: $(osdir)/pdcdisp.c
	207		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcdisp.c
	208
	209		pdcgetsc.o: $(osdir)/pdcgetsc.c
	210		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcgetsc.c
	211
	212		pdckbd.o: $(osdir)/pdckbd.c
	213		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdckbd.c
	214
	215		pdcscrn.o: $(osdir)/pdcscrn.c
	216		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcscrn.c
	217
	218		pdcsetsc.o: $(osdir)/pdcsetsc.c
	219		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcsetsc.c
	220
	221		pdcutil.o: $(osdir)/pdcutil.c
	222		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcutil.c
	223
	224		pdcx11.o: $(osdir)/pdcx11.c
	225		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcx11.c
	226
	227		ScrollBox.o: $(osdir)/ScrollBox.c
	228		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/ScrollBox.c
	229
	230		sb.o: $(osdir)/sb.c
	231		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/sb.c
	232
	233		x11.o: $(osdir)/x11.c
	234		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/x11.c

File x11/Makefile.in added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..d23a214)
	1		# Makefile for PDCurses library for X11
	2
	3		SHELL = @SHELL@
	4		THIS = Makefile
	5
	6		@SET_MAKE@
	7
	8		PDCURSES_SRCDIR = ..
	9
	10		osdir = .
	11		srcdir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/pdcurses
	12		demodir = $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/demos
	13
	14		PDCURSES_CONFIG_H =$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/config.h
	15		PDCURSES_CURSES_H =$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/curses.h
	16		PDCURSES_CURSPRIV_H =$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/curspriv.h
	17		PDCURSES_HEADERS =$(PDCURSES_CONFIG_H) $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H) \
	18		$(PDCURSES_CURSPRIV_H)
	19		PDCURSES_X11_H =$(osdir)/pdcx11.h
	20
	21		SHLPRE = @SHLPRE@
	22		SHLPST = @SHLPST@
	23		LD_RXLIB1 = @LD_RXLIB1@
	24		LD_RXLIB2 = @MH_XLIBS@ @MH_EXTRA_LIBS@ -lc
	25
	26		CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
	27
	28		CPPFLAGS = @DEFS@ -DXCURSES @SYS_DEFS@ -I$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)
	29
	30		BUILD = @CC@ -c $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) @MH_XINC_DIR@
	31		DYN_BUILD = @O2SAVE@ $(BUILD) @DYN_COMP@ @CC2O@
	32
	33		LINK = @PURIFY@ @CC@
	34		#LDFLAGS = $(LIB_DEPS) @LDFLAGS@ @LIBS@ @MH_XLIBS@ @MH_EXTRA_LIBS@
	35		LDFLAGS = $(LIBCURSES) @LDFLAGS@ @LIBS@ @MH_XLIBS@ @MH_EXTRA_LIBS@
	36
	37		RANLIB = @RANLIB@
	38
	39		LIBCURSES = libXCurses.a
	40
	41		LIB_DEPS = -L$(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/x11 -lXCurses
	42
	43		PDCLIBS = $(LIBCURSES) @SHL_TARGETS@
	44
	45		DEMOS = firework newdemo ptest rain testcurs tuidemo worm xmas
	46		DEMOOBJS = firework.o newdemo.o ptest.o rain.o testcurs.o tui.o \
	47		tuidemo.o worm.o xmas.o
	48
	49		SHLFILE = XCurses
	50
	51		all: $(PDCLIBS) $(DEMOS)
	52
	53		install:
	54		echo Does nothing at the moment
	55
	56		clean:
	57		-rm -rf *.o *.sho trace $(PDCLIBS) $(DEMOS)
	58
	59		demos: $(DEMOS)
	60
	61		distclean: clean
	62		-rm -f Makefile
	63
	64		mostlyclean: clean
	65
	66		realclean: distclean
	67
	68		LIBOBJS = addch.o addchstr.o addstr.o attr.o beep.o bkgd.o border.o \
	69		clear.o color.o delch.o deleteln.o deprec.o getch.o getstr.o getyx.o \
	70		inch.o inchstr.o initscr.o inopts.o insch.o insstr.o instr.o kernel.o \
	71		keyname.o mouse.o move.o outopts.o overlay.o pad.o panel.o printw.o \
	72		refresh.o scanw.o scr_dump.o scroll.o slk.o termattr.o terminfo.o \
	73		touch.o util.o window.o debug.o
	74
	75		PDCOBJS = pdcclip.o pdcdisp.o pdcgetsc.o pdckbd.o pdcscrn.o pdcsetsc.o \
	76		pdcutil.o pdcx11.o x11.o sb.o ScrollBox.o
	77
	78		LIBSHOBJS = $(LIBOBJS:.o=.sho)
	79		PDCSHOBJS = $(PDCOBJS:.o=.sho)
	80
	81		SHOFILES = $(LIBSHOBJS) $(PDCSHOBJS)
	82
	83		$(LIBCURSES) : $(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS)
	84		ar rv $@ $?
	85		-$(RANLIB) $@
	86
	87		$(SHLPRE)$(SHLFILE)$(SHLPST) : $(SHOFILES)
	88		$(LD_RXLIB1) -o $@ $(SHOFILES) $(LD_RXLIB2)
	89
	90		$(LIBOBJS) $(PDCOBJS) $(SHOFILES) : $(PDCURSES_HEADERS)
	91		$(PDCOBJS) $(PDCSHOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_X11_H)
	92		$(DEMOOBJS) : $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	93		$(DEMOS) : $(LIBCURSES)
	94		terminfo.o terminfo.sho: $(TERM_HEADER)
	95
	96		addch.o: $(srcdir)/addch.c
	97		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/addch.c
	98
	99		addchstr.o: $(srcdir)/addchstr.c
	100		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/addchstr.c
	101
	102		addstr.o: $(srcdir)/addstr.c
	103		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/addstr.c
	104
	105		attr.o: $(srcdir)/attr.c
	106		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/attr.c
	107
	108		beep.o: $(srcdir)/beep.c
	109		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/beep.c
	110
	111		bkgd.o: $(srcdir)/bkgd.c
	112		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/bkgd.c
	113
	114		border.o: $(srcdir)/border.c
	115		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/border.c
	116
	117		clear.o: $(srcdir)/clear.c
	118		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/clear.c
	119
	120		color.o: $(srcdir)/color.c
	121		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/color.c
	122
	123		delch.o: $(srcdir)/delch.c
	124		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/delch.c
	125
	126		deleteln.o: $(srcdir)/deleteln.c
	127		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/deleteln.c
	128
	129		deprec.o: $(srcdir)/deprec.c
	130		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/deprec.c
	131
	132		getch.o: $(srcdir)/getch.c
	133		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/getch.c
	134
	135		getstr.o: $(srcdir)/getstr.c
	136		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/getstr.c
	137
	138		getyx.o: $(srcdir)/getyx.c
	139		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/getyx.c
	140
	141		inch.o: $(srcdir)/inch.c
	142		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/inch.c
	143
	144		inchstr.o: $(srcdir)/inchstr.c
	145		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/inchstr.c
	146
	147		initscr.o: $(srcdir)/initscr.c
	148		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/initscr.c
	149
	150		inopts.o: $(srcdir)/inopts.c
	151		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/inopts.c
	152
	153		insch.o: $(srcdir)/insch.c
	154		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/insch.c
	155
	156		insstr.o: $(srcdir)/insstr.c
	157		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/insstr.c
	158
	159		instr.o: $(srcdir)/instr.c
	160		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/instr.c
	161
	162		kernel.o: $(srcdir)/kernel.c
	163		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/kernel.c
	164
	165		keyname.o: $(srcdir)/keyname.c
	166		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/keyname.c
	167
	168		mouse.o: $(srcdir)/mouse.c
	169		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/mouse.c
	170
	171		move.o: $(srcdir)/move.c
	172		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/move.c
	173
	174		outopts.o: $(srcdir)/outopts.c
	175		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/outopts.c
	176
	177		overlay.o: $(srcdir)/overlay.c
	178		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/overlay.c
	179
	180		pad.o: $(srcdir)/pad.c
	181		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/pad.c
	182
	183		panel.o: $(srcdir)/panel.c $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/panel.h
	184		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/panel.c
	185
	186		printw.o: $(srcdir)/printw.c
	187		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/printw.c
	188
	189		refresh.o: $(srcdir)/refresh.c
	190		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/refresh.c
	191
	192		scanw.o: $(srcdir)/scanw.c
	193		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/scanw.c
	194
	195		scr_dump.o: $(srcdir)/scr_dump.c
	196		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/scr_dump.c
	197
	198		scroll.o: $(srcdir)/scroll.c
	199		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/scroll.c
	200
	201		slk.o: $(srcdir)/slk.c
	202		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/slk.c
	203
	204		termattr.o: $(srcdir)/termattr.c
	205		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/termattr.c
	206
	207		terminfo.o: $(srcdir)/terminfo.c
	208		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/terminfo.c
	209
	210		touch.o: $(srcdir)/touch.c
	211		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/touch.c
	212
	213		util.o: $(srcdir)/util.c
	214		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/util.c
	215
	216		window.o: $(srcdir)/window.c
	217		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/window.c
	218
	219		debug.o: $(srcdir)/debug.c
	220		$(BUILD) $(srcdir)/debug.c
	221
	222		pdcclip.o: $(osdir)/pdcclip.c
	223		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcclip.c
	224
	225		pdcdisp.o: $(osdir)/pdcdisp.c
	226		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcdisp.c
	227
	228		pdcgetsc.o: $(osdir)/pdcgetsc.c
	229		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcgetsc.c
	230
	231		pdckbd.o: $(osdir)/pdckbd.c
	232		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdckbd.c
	233
	234		pdcscrn.o: $(osdir)/pdcscrn.c
	235		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcscrn.c
	236
	237		pdcsetsc.o: $(osdir)/pdcsetsc.c
	238		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcsetsc.c
	239
	240		pdcutil.o: $(osdir)/pdcutil.c
	241		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcutil.c
	242
	243		pdcx11.o: $(osdir)/pdcx11.c
	244		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcx11.c
	245
	246		ScrollBox.o: $(osdir)/ScrollBox.c
	247		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/ScrollBox.c
	248
	249		sb.o: $(osdir)/sb.c
	250		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/sb.c
	251
	252		x11.o: $(osdir)/x11.c
	253		$(BUILD) $(osdir)/x11.c
	254
	255		addch.sho: $(srcdir)/addch.c
	256		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/addch.c
	257		@SAVE2O@
	258
	259		addchstr.sho: $(srcdir)/addchstr.c
	260		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/addchstr.c
	261		@SAVE2O@
	262
	263		addstr.sho: $(srcdir)/addstr.c
	264		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/addstr.c
	265		@SAVE2O@
	266
	267		attr.sho: $(srcdir)/attr.c
	268		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/attr.c
	269		@SAVE2O@
	270
	271		beep.sho: $(srcdir)/beep.c
	272		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/beep.c
	273		@SAVE2O@
	274
	275		bkgd.sho: $(srcdir)/bkgd.c
	276		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/bkgd.c
	277		@SAVE2O@
	278
	279		border.sho: $(srcdir)/border.c
	280		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/border.c
	281		@SAVE2O@
	282
	283		clear.sho: $(srcdir)/clear.c
	284		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/clear.c
	285		@SAVE2O@
	286
	287		color.sho: $(srcdir)/color.c
	288		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/color.c
	289		@SAVE2O@
	290
	291		delch.sho: $(srcdir)/delch.c
	292		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/delch.c
	293		@SAVE2O@
	294
	295		deleteln.sho: $(srcdir)/deleteln.c
	296		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/deleteln.c
	297		@SAVE2O@
	298
	299		deprec.sho: $(srcdir)/deprec.c
	300		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/deprec.c
	301		@SAVE2O@
	302
	303		getch.sho: $(srcdir)/getch.c
	304		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/getch.c
	305		@SAVE2O@
	306
	307		getstr.sho: $(srcdir)/getstr.c
	308		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/getstr.c
	309		@SAVE2O@
	310
	311		getyx.sho: $(srcdir)/getyx.c
	312		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/getyx.c
	313		@SAVE2O@
	314
	315		inch.sho: $(srcdir)/inch.c
	316		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/inch.c
	317		@SAVE2O@
	318
	319		inchstr.sho: $(srcdir)/inchstr.c
	320		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/inchstr.c
	321		@SAVE2O@
	322
	323		initscr.sho: $(srcdir)/initscr.c
	324		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/initscr.c
	325		@SAVE2O@
	326
	327		inopts.sho: $(srcdir)/inopts.c
	328		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/inopts.c
	329		@SAVE2O@
	330
	331		insch.sho: $(srcdir)/insch.c
	332		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/insch.c
	333		@SAVE2O@
	334
	335		insstr.sho: $(srcdir)/insstr.c
	336		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/insstr.c
	337		@SAVE2O@
	338
	339		instr.sho: $(srcdir)/instr.c
	340		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/instr.c
	341		@SAVE2O@
	342
	343		kernel.sho: $(srcdir)/kernel.c
	344		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/kernel.c
	345		@SAVE2O@
	346
	347		keyname.sho: $(srcdir)/keyname.c
	348		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/keyname.c
	349		@SAVE2O@
	350
	351		mouse.sho: $(srcdir)/mouse.c
	352		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/mouse.c
	353		@SAVE2O@
	354
	355		move.sho: $(srcdir)/move.c
	356		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/move.c
	357		@SAVE2O@
	358
	359		outopts.sho: $(srcdir)/outopts.c
	360		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/outopts.c
	361		@SAVE2O@
	362
	363		overlay.sho: $(srcdir)/overlay.c
	364		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/overlay.c
	365		@SAVE2O@
	366
	367		pad.sho: $(srcdir)/pad.c
	368		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/pad.c
	369		@SAVE2O@
	370
	371		panel.sho: $(srcdir)/panel.c $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/panel.h
	372		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/panel.c
	373		@SAVE2O@
	374
	375		printw.sho: $(srcdir)/printw.c
	376		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/printw.c
	377		@SAVE2O@
	378
	379		refresh.sho: $(srcdir)/refresh.c
	380		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/refresh.c
	381		@SAVE2O@
	382
	383		scanw.sho: $(srcdir)/scanw.c
	384		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/scanw.c
	385		@SAVE2O@
	386
	387		scr_dump.sho: $(srcdir)/scr_dump.c
	388		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/scr_dump.c
	389		@SAVE2O@
	390
	391		scroll.sho: $(srcdir)/scroll.c
	392		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/scroll.c
	393		@SAVE2O@
	394
	395		slk.sho: $(srcdir)/slk.c
	396		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/slk.c
	397		@SAVE2O@
	398
	399		termattr.sho: $(srcdir)/termattr.c
	400		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/termattr.c
	401		@SAVE2O@
	402
	403		terminfo.sho: $(srcdir)/terminfo.c
	404		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/terminfo.c
	405		@SAVE2O@
	406
	407		touch.sho: $(srcdir)/touch.c
	408		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/touch.c
	409		@SAVE2O@
	410
	411		util.sho: $(srcdir)/util.c
	412		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/util.c
	413		@SAVE2O@
	414
	415		window.sho: $(srcdir)/window.c
	416		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/window.c
	417		@SAVE2O@
	418
	419		debug.sho: $(srcdir)/debug.c
	420		$(DYN_BUILD) $(srcdir)/debug.c
	421		@SAVE2O@
	422
	423		pdcclip.sho: $(osdir)/pdcclip.c
	424		$(DYN_BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcclip.c
	425		@SAVE2O@
	426
	427		pdcdisp.sho: $(osdir)/pdcdisp.c
	428		$(DYN_BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcdisp.c
	429		@SAVE2O@
	430
	431		pdcgetsc.sho: $(osdir)/pdcgetsc.c
	432		$(DYN_BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcgetsc.c
	433		@SAVE2O@
	434
	435		pdckbd.sho: $(osdir)/pdckbd.c
	436		$(DYN_BUILD) $(osdir)/pdckbd.c
	437		@SAVE2O@
	438
	439		pdcscrn.sho: $(osdir)/pdcscrn.c
	440		$(DYN_BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcscrn.c
	441		@SAVE2O@
	442
	443		pdcsetsc.sho: $(osdir)/pdcsetsc.c
	444		$(DYN_BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcsetsc.c
	445		@SAVE2O@
	446
	447		pdcutil.sho: $(osdir)/pdcutil.c
	448		$(DYN_BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcutil.c
	449		@SAVE2O@
	450
	451		pdcx11.sho: $(osdir)/pdcx11.c
	452		$(DYN_BUILD) $(osdir)/pdcx11.c
	453		@SAVE2O@
	454
	455		ScrollBox.sho: $(osdir)/ScrollBox.c
	456		$(DYN_BUILD) $(osdir)/ScrollBox.c
	457		@SAVE2O@
	458
	459		sb.sho: $(osdir)/sb.c
	460		$(DYN_BUILD) $(osdir)/sb.c
	461		@SAVE2O@
	462
	463		x11.sho: $(osdir)/x11.c
	464		$(DYN_BUILD) $(osdir)/x11.c
	465		@SAVE2O@
	466
	467		firework: firework.o
	468		$(LINK) firework.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	469
	470		newdemo: newdemo.o
	471		$(LINK) newdemo.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	472
	473		ptest: ptest.o
	474		$(LINK) ptest.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	475
	476		rain: rain.o
	477		$(LINK) rain.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	478
	479		testcurs: testcurs.o
	480		$(LINK) testcurs.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	481
	482		tuidemo: tuidemo.o tui.o
	483		$(LINK) tui.o tuidemo.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	484
	485		worm: worm.o
	486		$(LINK) worm.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	487
	488		xmas: xmas.o
	489		$(LINK) xmas.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	490
	491		firework.o: $(demodir)/firework.c
	492		$(BUILD) $(demodir)/firework.c
	493
	494		newdemo.o: $(demodir)/newdemo.c
	495		$(BUILD) $(demodir)/newdemo.c
	496
	497		ptest.o: $(demodir)/ptest.c $(PDCURSES_SRCDIR)/panel.h
	498		$(BUILD) $(demodir)/ptest.c
	499
	500		rain.o: $(demodir)/rain.c
	501		$(BUILD) $(demodir)/rain.c
	502
	503		testcurs.o: $(demodir)/testcurs.c
	504		$(BUILD) $(demodir)/testcurs.c
	505
	506		tui.o: $(demodir)/tui.c $(demodir)/tui.h
	507		$(BUILD) $(demodir)/tui.c
	508
	509		tuidemo.o: $(demodir)/tuidemo.c
	510		$(BUILD) $(demodir)/tuidemo.c
	511
	512		worm.o: $(demodir)/worm.c
	513		$(BUILD) $(demodir)/worm.c
	514
	515		xmas.o: $(demodir)/xmas.c
	516		$(BUILD) $(demodir)/xmas.c
	517
	518		# This section provides for compiling and linking the
	519		# ncurses test programs.
	520
	521		ncurses_testdir = $(HOME)/ncurses-5.6/test
	522
	523		NCURSES_TESTS = bs gdc hanoi knight tclock ncurses
	524
	525		ncurses_tests: $(NCURSES_TESTS)
	526
	527		ncurses_clean:
	528		-rm -f *.o trace $(NCURSES_TESTS)
	529
	530		NCFLAGS = -I. -I$(ncurses_testdir)
	531
	532		bs: bs.o $(LIBCURSES)
	533		$(LINK) bs.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	534
	535		gdc: gdc.o $(LIBCURSES)
	536		$(LINK) gdc.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	537
	538		hanoi: hanoi.o $(LIBCURSES)
	539		$(LINK) hanoi.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	540
	541		knight: knight.o $(LIBCURSES)
	542		$(LINK) knight.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	543
	544		tclock: tclock.o $(LIBCURSES)
	545		$(LINK) tclock.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS) -lm
	546
	547		view: view.o $(LIBCURSES)
	548		$(LINK) view.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	549
	550		ncurses: ncurses.o $(LIBCURSES)
	551		$(LINK) ncurses.o -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
	552
	553		bs.o: $(ncurses_testdir)/bs.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	554		$(BUILD) $(NCFLAGS) $(ncurses_testdir)/bs.c
	555
	556		gdc.o: $(ncurses_testdir)/gdc.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	557		$(BUILD) $(NCFLAGS) $(ncurses_testdir)/gdc.c
	558
	559		hanoi.o: $(ncurses_testdir)/hanoi.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	560		$(BUILD) $(NCFLAGS) $(ncurses_testdir)/hanoi.c
	561
	562		knight.o: $(ncurses_testdir)/knight.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	563		$(BUILD) $(NCFLAGS) $(ncurses_testdir)/knight.c
	564
	565		tclock.o: $(ncurses_testdir)/tclock.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	566		$(BUILD) $(NCFLAGS) $(ncurses_testdir)/tclock.c
	567
	568		view.o: $(ncurses_testdir)/view.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	569		$(BUILD) $(NCFLAGS) $(ncurses_testdir)/view.c
	570
	571		ncurses.o: $(ncurses_testdir)/ncurses.c $(PDCURSES_CURSES_H)
	572		$(BUILD) $(NCFLAGS) $(ncurses_testdir)/ncurses.c

File x11/README added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..37b45d0)
	1		PDCurses for X11
	2		================
	3
	4		This is a port of PDCurses for X11, aka XCurses. It is designed to
	5		allow existing curses programs to be re-compiled with PDCurses,
	6		resulting in native X11 programs.
	7
	8
	9		Building
	10		--------
	11
	12		. Run "./configure" in the top-level directory.
	13
	14		To build the wide-character version of the library, specify
	15		"--enable-widec" as a parameter. To use X Input Methods, add
	16		"--enable-xim". I recommend these options, but I haven't yet made
	17		them the defaults, for the sake of backwards compatibility and due to
	18		their new and relatively untested status.
	19
	20		If your system is lacking in UTF-8 support, you can force the use of
	21		UTF-8 instead of the system locale via "--enable-force-utf8". This is
	22		generally more useful in Windows.
	23
	24		If configure can't find your X include files or X libraries, you can
	25		specify the paths with the arguments "--x-includes=inc_path" and/or
	26		"--x-libraries=lib_path".
	27
	28		By default, the library and demo programs are built with the optimizer
	29		switch -O2. You can turn this off, and turn on debugging (-g), by
	30		adding "--with-debug" to the configure command.
	31
	32		. Run "make". This should build libXCurses and all the demo programs.
	33
	34		. Optionally, run "make install". curses.h and panel.h will be renamed
	35		when installed (to xcurses.h and xpanel.h), to avoid conflicts with
	36		any existing curses installations. Unrenamed copies of curses.h and
	37		panel.h are installed in (by default) /usr/local/include/xcurses.
	38
	39		libXpanel is just a symlink to libXCurses. Both curses and panel
	40		functions are in the main library.
	41
	42
	43		Distribution Status
	44		-------------------
	45
	46		As of April 13, 2006, the files in this directory are released to the
	47		Public Domain, except for ScrollBox*, which are under essentially the
	48		MIT X License.
	49
	50
	51		To be Done
	52		----------
	53
	54		- have newterm() create a new X window
	55
	56		- provide a command line parsing function to enable X command line
	57		arguments to be parsed and stripped from the arguments passed back
	58		to the calling procedure.
	59
	60
	61		Acknowledgements
	62		----------------
	63
	64		X11 port was provided by Mark Hessling <mark@rexx.org>

File x11/ScrollBox.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..48ea38f)
	1		/*
	2		* Copyright 1989 O'Reilly and Associates, Inc.
	3
	4		The X Consortium, and any party obtaining a copy of these files from
	5		the X Consortium, directly or indirectly, is granted, free of charge, a
	6		full and unrestricted irrevocable, world-wide, paid up, royalty-free,
	7		nonexclusive right and license to deal in this software and
	8		documentation files (the "Software"), including without limitation the
	9		rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
	10		and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons who receive
	11		copies from any such party to do so. This license includes without
	12		limitation a license to do the foregoing actions under any patents of
	13		the party supplying this software to the X Consortium.
	14
	15		$Id: ScrollBox.c,v 1.15 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $
	16		*/
	17
	18		/* ScrollBox.c - scrollBox composite widget */
	19
	20		#include <X11/IntrinsicP.h>
	21		#include <X11/StringDefs.h>
	22		#include <X11/Shell.h>
	23
	24		#include "x11/ScrollBoxP.h"
	25
	26		#include <stdio.h>
	27
	28		#define INITIAL_WIDTH 300
	29		#define INITIAL_HEIGHT 300
	30
	31		/************************************************************************
	32		* *
	33		* scrollBox Resources *
	34		* *
	35		************************************************************************/
	36
	37		static XtResource resources[] =
	38		{
	39		{ XtNhSpace, XtCHSpace, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
	40		XtOffset(ScrollBoxWidget, scrollBox.h_space),
	41		XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)4 },
	42		{ XtNvSpace, XtCVSpace, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
	43		XtOffset(ScrollBoxWidget, scrollBox.v_space),
	44		XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)4 },
	45		{ XtNheightInc, XtCHeightInc, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
	46		XtOffset(ScrollBoxWidget, scrollBox.increment_height),
	47		XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)13 },
	48		{ XtNwidthInc, XtCWidthInc, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
	49		XtOffset(ScrollBoxWidget, scrollBox.increment_width),
	50		XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)7 },
	51		};
	52
	53		/************************************************************************
	54		* *
	55		* Full class record constant *
	56		* *
	57		************************************************************************/
	58
	59		static void Initialize(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
	60		static void Resize(Widget);
	61		static Boolean SetValues(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
	62		static void ChangeManaged(Widget);
	63		static XtGeometryResult QueryGeometry(Widget, XtWidgetGeometry *,
	64		XtWidgetGeometry *);
	65		static XtGeometryResult GeometryManager(Widget, XtWidgetGeometry *,
	66		XtWidgetGeometry *);
	67		static void RefigureLocations(Widget);
	68
	69		ScrollBoxClassRec scrollBoxClassRec = {
	70		{
	71		/* core_class fields */
	72		/* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &compositeClassRec,
	73		/* class_name */ "scrollBox",
	74		/* widget_size */ sizeof(ScrollBoxRec),
	75		/* class_initialize */ NULL,
	76		/* class_part_init */ NULL,
	77		/* class_inited */ FALSE,
	78		/* initialize */ Initialize,
	79		/* initialize_hook */ NULL,
	80		/* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
	81		/* actions */ NULL,
	82		/* num_actions */ 0,
	83		/* resources */ resources,
	84		/* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources),
	85		/* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
	86		/* compress_motion */ TRUE,
	87		/* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
	88		/* compress_enterleave */ TRUE,
	89		/* visible_interest */ FALSE,
	90		/* destroy */ NULL,
	91		/* resize */ Resize,
	92		/* expose */ NULL,
	93		/* set_values */ SetValues,
	94		/* set_values_hook */ NULL,
	95		/* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
	96		/* get_values_hook */ NULL,
	97		/* accept_focus */ NULL,
	98		/* version */ XtVersion,
	99		/* callback_private */ NULL,
	100		/* tm_table */ NULL,
	101		/* query_geometry */ QueryGeometry,
	102		/* display_accelerator */ XtInheritDisplayAccelerator,
	103		/* extension */ NULL
	104		},{
	105		/* composite_class fields */
	106		/* geometry_manager */ GeometryManager,
	107		/* change_managed */ ChangeManaged,
	108		/* insert_child */ XtInheritInsertChild,
	109		/* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
	110		/* extension */ NULL
	111		},{
	112		/* scrollBox class fields */
	113		/* empty */ 0,
	114		}
	115		};
	116
	117		WidgetClass scrollBoxWidgetClass = (WidgetClass)&scrollBoxClassRec;
	118
	119
	120		/************************************************************************
	121		* *
	122		* Private Routines *
	123		* *
	124		************************************************************************/
	125
	126		/* Do a layout, either actually assigning positions, or just
	127		calculating size. */
	128
	129		static void DoLayout(Widget w, Boolean doit)
	130		{
	131		ScrollBoxWidget sbw = (ScrollBoxWidget)w;
	132		Widget wmain, vscroll, hscroll, child;
	133		Dimension mw, mh; /* main window */
	134		Dimension vh; /* vertical scrollbar length (height) */
	135		Dimension hw; /* horizontal scrollbar length (width) */
	136		Position vx;
	137		Position hy;
	138		Cardinal i;
	139
	140		if (sbw->composite.num_children != 3)
	141		XtAppError(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w),
	142		"ScrollBox: must manage exactly three widgets.");
	143
	144		for (i = 0; i < sbw->composite.num_children; i++)
	145		{
	146		child = sbw->composite.children[i];
	147
	148		if (!XtIsManaged(child))
	149		XtAppError(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w),
	150		"ScrollBox: all three widgets must be managed.");
	151		}
	152
	153		/* Child one is the main window, two is the vertical scrollbar,
	154		and three is the horizontal scrollbar. */
	155
	156		wmain = sbw->composite.children[0];
	157		vscroll = sbw->composite.children[1];
	158		hscroll = sbw->composite.children[2];
	159
	160		/* Size all three widgets so that space is fully utilized. */
	161
	162		mw = sbw->core.width - (2 * sbw->scrollBox.h_space) -
	163		vscroll->core.width - (2 * vscroll->core.border_width) -
	164		(2 * wmain->core.border_width);
	165
	166		mh = sbw->core.height - (2 * sbw->scrollBox.v_space) -
	167		hscroll->core.height - (2 * hscroll->core.border_width) -
	168		(2 * wmain->core.border_width);
	169
	170		/* Force the main window to be sized to the appropriate increment. */
	171
	172		mw = (mw / sbw->scrollBox.increment_width) *
	173		sbw->scrollBox.increment_width;
	174
	175		mh = ((mh / sbw->scrollBox.increment_height) *
	176		sbw->scrollBox.increment_height) +
	177		sbw->scrollBox.increment_height;
	178
	179		vx = wmain->core.x + mw + sbw->scrollBox.h_space +
	180		wmain->core.border_width + vscroll->core.border_width;
	181
	182		hy = wmain->core.y + mh + sbw->scrollBox.v_space +
	183		wmain->core.border_width + hscroll->core.border_width;
	184
	185		vh = mh; /* scrollbars are always same length as main window */
	186		hw = mw;
	187
	188		if (doit)
	189		{
	190		XtResizeWidget(wmain, mw, mh, 1);
	191
	192		XtResizeWidget(vscroll, vscroll->core.width, vh, 1);
	193		XtMoveWidget(vscroll, vx, vscroll->core.y);
	194
	195		XtResizeWidget(hscroll, hw, hscroll->core.height, 1);
	196		XtMoveWidget(hscroll, hscroll->core.x, hy);
	197		}
	198		}
	199
	200		static XtGeometryResult GeometryManager(Widget w, XtWidgetGeometry *request,
	201		XtWidgetGeometry *reply)
	202		{
	203		XtWidgetGeometry allowed;
	204
	205		if (request->request_mode & ~(XtCWQueryOnly | CWWidth | CWHeight))
	206		return XtGeometryNo;
	207
	208		if (request->request_mode & CWWidth)
	209		allowed.width = request->width;
	210		else
	211		allowed.width = w->core.width;
	212
	213		if (request->request_mode & CWHeight)
	214		allowed.height = request->height;
	215		else
	216		allowed.height = w->core.height;
	217
	218		if (allowed.width == w->core.width && allowed.height == w->core.height)
	219		return XtGeometryNo;
	220
	221		if (!(request->request_mode & XtCWQueryOnly))
	222		RefigureLocations(w);
	223
	224		return XtGeometryYes;
	225		}
	226
	227		static void RefigureLocations(Widget w)
	228		{
	229		DoLayout(w, False);
	230		}
	231
	232		/* Calculate preferred size. We can't just use the current sizes
	233		of the children, because that calculation would always end up with
	234		our current size. Could query each child, and use that size to
	235		recalculate a size for us, then if it ends up being larger than width
	236		and height passed in, accept bounding box. However, we know our
	237		children and they don't have any particular preferred geometry,
	238		except the bigger the better. Therefore, if the parent suggested a
	239		size, we'll take it. */
	240
	241		static XtGeometryResult QueryGeometry(Widget w, XtWidgetGeometry *request,
	242		XtWidgetGeometry *reply_return)
	243		{
	244		XtGeometryResult result=XtGeometryNo;
	245
	246		request->request_mode &= CWWidth | CWHeight;
	247
	248		/* parent isn't going to change w or h, so nothing to re-compute */
	249
	250		if (request->request_mode == 0)
	251		return XtGeometryYes;
	252
	253		/* if proposed size is large enough, accept it. Otherwise, suggest
	254		our arbitrary initial size. */
	255
	256		if (request->request_mode & CWHeight)
	257		{
	258		if (request->height < INITIAL_HEIGHT)
	259		{
	260		result = XtGeometryAlmost;
	261		reply_return->height = INITIAL_HEIGHT;
	262		reply_return->request_mode &= CWHeight;
	263		}
	264		else
	265		result = XtGeometryYes;
	266		}
	267
	268		if (request->request_mode & CWWidth)
	269		{
	270		if (request->width < INITIAL_WIDTH)
	271		{
	272		result = XtGeometryAlmost;
	273		reply_return->width = INITIAL_WIDTH;
	274		reply_return->request_mode &= CWWidth;
	275		}
	276		else
	277		result = XtGeometryYes;
	278		}
	279
	280		return result;
	281		}
	282
	283		/* Actually layout the scrollBox */
	284
	285		static void Resize(Widget w)
	286		{
	287		DoLayout(w, True);
	288		}
	289
	290		static void ChangeManaged(Widget w)
	291		{
	292		DoLayout(w, True);
	293		}
	294
	295		static void Initialize(Widget request, Widget new,
	296		ArgList args, Cardinal *num_args)
	297		{
	298		ScrollBoxWidget newsbw = (ScrollBoxWidget)new;
	299
	300		if (newsbw->core.width == 0)
	301		newsbw->core.width = INITIAL_WIDTH;
	302
	303		if (newsbw->core.height == 0)
	304		newsbw->core.height = INITIAL_HEIGHT;
	305
	306		}
	307
	308		static Boolean SetValues(Widget current, Widget request, Widget new,
	309		ArgList args, Cardinal *num_args)
	310		{
	311		ScrollBoxWidget sbwcurrent = (ScrollBoxWidget)current;
	312		ScrollBoxWidget sbwnew = (ScrollBoxWidget)new;
	313
	314		/* need to relayout if h_space or v_space change */
	315
	316		if ((sbwnew->scrollBox.h_space != sbwcurrent->scrollBox.h_space) ||
	317		(sbwnew->scrollBox.v_space != sbwcurrent->scrollBox.v_space))
	318		DoLayout(new, True);
	319
	320		return False;
	321		}

File x11/ScrollBox.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..5825862)
	1		/*
	2		* Copyright 1989 O'Reilly and Associates, Inc.
	3
	4		The X Consortium, and any party obtaining a copy of these files from
	5		the X Consortium, directly or indirectly, is granted, free of charge, a
	6		full and unrestricted irrevocable, world-wide, paid up, royalty-free,
	7		nonexclusive right and license to deal in this software and
	8		documentation files (the "Software"), including without limitation the
	9		rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
	10		and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons who receive
	11		copies from any such party to do so. This license includes without
	12		limitation a license to do the foregoing actions under any patents of
	13		the party supplying this software to the X Consortium.
	14
	15		$Id: ScrollBox.h,v 1.4 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $
	16		*/
	17
	18		#ifndef _XORAscrollBox_h
	19		#define _XORAscrollBox_h
	20
	21		/************************************************************************
	22		* *
	23		* scrollBox Widget (subclass of CompositeClass) *
	24		* *
	25		************************************************************************/
	26
	27		/* Parameters:
	28
	29		Name Class RepType Default Value
	30		---- ----- ------- -------------
	31		background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground
	32		border BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground
	33		borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1
	34		destroyCallback Callback Pointer NULL
	35		hSpace HSpace Dimension 4
	36		height Height Dimension 0
	37		mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManaged Boolean True
	38		vSpace VSpace Dimension 4
	39		width Width Dimension 0
	40		x Position Position 0
	41		y Position Position 0
	42
	43		*/
	44
	45
	46		/* Class record constants */
	47
	48		extern WidgetClass scrollBoxWidgetClass;
	49
	50		typedef struct _ScrollBoxClassRec *ScrollBoxWidgetClass;
	51		typedef struct _ScrollBoxRec *ScrollBoxWidget;
	52
	53		#endif /* _XORAscrollBox_h */

File x11/ScrollBoxP.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..069666d)
	1		/*
	2		* Copyright 1989 O'Reilly and Associates, Inc.
	3
	4		The X Consortium, and any party obtaining a copy of these files from
	5		the X Consortium, directly or indirectly, is granted, free of charge, a
	6		full and unrestricted irrevocable, world-wide, paid up, royalty-free,
	7		nonexclusive right and license to deal in this software and
	8		documentation files (the "Software"), including without limitation the
	9		rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
	10		and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons who receive
	11		copies from any such party to do so. This license includes without
	12		limitation a license to do the foregoing actions under any patents of
	13		the party supplying this software to the X Consortium.
	14
	15		$Id: ScrollBoxP.h,v 1.5 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $
	16		*/
	17
	18		/*
	19		* scrollBoxP.h - Private definitions for scrollBox widget
	20		*
	21		*/
	22
	23		#ifndef _XORAscrollBoxP_h
	24		#define _XORAscrollBoxP_h
	25
	26		/************************************************************************
	27		* *
	28		* scrollBox Widget Private Data *
	29		* *
	30		************************************************************************/
	31
	32		#include "x11/ScrollBox.h"
	33
	34		#include <X11/CompositeP.h>
	35
	36		/* New fields for the scrollBox widget class record */
	37		typedef struct _ScrollBoxClass {
	38		int empty;
	39		} ScrollBoxClassPart;
	40
	41		/* Full class record declaration */
	42		typedef struct _ScrollBoxClassRec {
	43		CoreClassPart core_class;
	44		CompositeClassPart composite_class;
	45		ScrollBoxClassPart scrollBox_class;
	46		} ScrollBoxClassRec;
	47
	48		extern ScrollBoxClassRec scrollBoxClassRec;
	49
	50		/* New fields for the scrollBox widget record */
	51		typedef struct {
	52		Dimension h_space, v_space;
	53		Dimension preferred_width, preferred_height;
	54		Dimension last_query_width, last_query_height;
	55		Dimension increment_width, increment_height;
	56		XtGeometryMask last_query_mode;
	57		} ScrollBoxPart;
	58
	59
	60		/************************************************************************
	61		* *
	62		* Full instance record declaration *
	63		* *
	64		************************************************************************/
	65
	66		typedef struct _ScrollBoxRec {
	67		CorePart core;
	68		CompositePart composite;
	69		ScrollBoxPart scrollBox;
	70		} ScrollBoxRec;
	71
	72		#endif /* _XORAscrollBoxP_h */

File x11/big_icon.xbm added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..04b98a5)
	1		#define big_icon_width 64
	2		#define big_icon_height 64
	3		static unsigned char big_icon_bits[] = {
	4		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	5		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	6		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	7		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	8		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff,
	9		0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xc1, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
	10		0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xc3, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff,
	11		0xc3, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xc0, 0xc7, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
	12		0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x80, 0xc7, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x80,
	13		0xc7, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x80, 0xc7, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
	14		0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x80, 0xc7, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xc0,
	15		0xc7, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xe0, 0xc3, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
	16		0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xf0, 0xe3, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xf8,
	17		0xf1, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
	18		0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x7e, 0xfc, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x3f,
	19		0xfe, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x1f, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
	20		0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x8f, 0xdf, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xc7,
	21		0xcf, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xe3, 0xc7, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
	22		0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xf1, 0xc3, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xf0,
	23		0xc1, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
	24		0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x78, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x78,
	25		0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x78, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
	26		0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x78, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xf8,
	27		0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xf0, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
	28		0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xf0, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xe0,
	29		0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00,
	30		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	31		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	32		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x23, 0x50, 0x1e,
	33		0x7c, 0xf0, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x60, 0x26, 0x50, 0x33, 0xc6, 0x98, 0x31, 0x06,
	34		0x30, 0x2c, 0xd0, 0x61, 0x83, 0x0d, 0x1b, 0x0c, 0x10, 0x28, 0xd0, 0x40,
	35		0x01, 0x05, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x10, 0x20, 0x50, 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x0a, 0x08,
	36		0x10, 0x20, 0x50, 0x00, 0x03, 0x04, 0x1a, 0x00, 0x10, 0x20, 0x50, 0x00,
	37		0x06, 0x04, 0x32, 0x00, 0x10, 0x20, 0x50, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xfc, 0xe3, 0x03,
	38		0x10, 0x20, 0x50, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x04, 0x00, 0x06, 0x10, 0x20, 0x50, 0x00,
	39		0x80, 0x05, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x10, 0x20, 0x50, 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x0a, 0x08,
	40		0x10, 0x28, 0x50, 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x30, 0x6c, 0x58, 0x00,
	41		0x83, 0x0d, 0x1b, 0x0c, 0x60, 0xc6, 0x4c, 0x00, 0xc6, 0x98, 0x31, 0x06,
	42		0xc0, 0x83, 0x47, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xf0, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	43		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	44		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	45		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	46		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

File x11/compose.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..12b85fa)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		/* $Id: compose.h,v 1.3 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	4
	5		/* Tables and variables for the built-in compose key system. This file
	6		is not included when PDCurses is built with XIM support. */
	7
	8		#define MAX_COMPOSE_CHARS 14
	9		#define MAX_COMPOSE_PRE 60
	10
	11		static const char *compose_chars =
	12		"`'~^,/\"AaPpSs!?0123CcRr-_<>Xx.=Yy |EeIiOoUu+NnLlgDd:*TtMmVv";
	13
	14		/*
	15		` : À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
	16		' : ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý ´
	17		~ : Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ
	18		^ : Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û ° ¹ ² ³
	19		, : ¸ Ç ç ¸
	20		/ : Ø ø µ µ
	21		" : ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ ¨
	22		A : Æ À Á Ã Â Å Å Ã Â ª
	23		a : æ à á ã â å å ã â ª
	24		P : Þ ¶ ¶
	25		p : þ ¶ ¶
	26		S : § § § º ª
	27		s : ß § ª ¹ ² ³ º §
	28		! : ¡ ¡
	29		? : ¿ ¿
	30		0 : ° °
	31		1 : ¹ ½ ¼ ¹
	32		2 : ² ²
	33		3 : ³ ¾ ³
	34		C : © Ç ¢ ¢
	35		c : ¢ © ç ¢ ¢
	36		R : ®
	37		r : ®
	38		- : ­ ± ¬ ­ ¯ ÷
	39		_ : ¯ ¯
	40		< : «
	41		> : «
	42		X : ¤ ×
	43		x : × ¤ ×
	44		. : · · ·
	45		= : ¥ ¥
	46		Y : ¥ Ý ¥
	47		y : ¥ ý ÿ ¥ ¥
	48		:
	49		| : ¦ ¢ ¦ Þ þ ¦ £
	50		E : È É Ê Ë Ê
	51		e : è é ê ë ê
	52		I : Ì Í Î Ï Î
	53		i : ì í î ï î
	54		O : Ò Ó Ô Õ Ö Ø © ® Õ Ô Å å
	55		o : ° Å å ¤ õ ò ó ô õ ö ø ô º
	56		U : Ù Ú Û Ü Û
	57		u : ù ú û ü µ û
	58		+ : ±
	59		N : Ñ Ñ ¬
	60		n : ñ ñ ¬
	61		L : £ £ £
	62		l : £ £ £
	63		g : ¤
	64		D : ° Ð
	65		d : ° ð
	66		: : ÷
	67		* : µ µ å Å
	68		T : Þ
	69		t : þ
	70		M : ×
	71		m : ×
	72		V : ¦
	73		v : ¦
	74		*/
	75
	76		static const char compose_lookups[MAX_COMPOSE_PRE][MAX_COMPOSE_CHARS] =
	77		{
	78		/* ` */ {'A','E','I','O','U','a','e','i','o','u', 0, 0, 0, 0},
	79		/* ' */ {' ','A','E','I','O','U','Y','a','e','i','o','u','y', 39},
	80		/* ~ */ {'A','N','O','a','n','o', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	81		/* ^ */ {'A','E','I','O','U','a','e','i','o','u','0','1','2','3'},
	82		/* , */ {' ','C','c',',', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	83		/* / */ {'O','o','u','U', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	84		/* " */ {' ','A','E','I','O','U','a','e','i','o','u','y','\"', 0},
	85		/* A */ {'E','`', 39,'~','^','"','o','*','-','>','_', 0, 0, 0},
	86		/* a */ {'e','`', 39,'~','^','"','o','*','-','>','_', 0, 0, 0},
	87		/* P */ {' ','G','!', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	88		/* p */ {' ','g','!', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	89		/* S */ {'S','!','O','0','A', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	90		/* s */ {'s','!','a','1','2','3','0','o', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	91		/* ! */ {' ','!', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	92		/* ? */ {' ','?', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	93		/* 0 */ {'^','*', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	94		/* 1 */ {' ','2','4','^', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	95		/* 2 */ {' ','^', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	96		/* 3 */ {' ','4','^', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	97		/* C */ {'O',',','$','|', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	98		/* c */ {'|','o',',','/','$', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	99		/* R */ {'O', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	100		/* r */ {'o', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	101		/* - */ {' ','+',',','-','^',':', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	102		/* _ */ {'_','^', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	103		/* < */ {'<', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	104		/* > */ {'>', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	105		/* X */ {'O','X', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	106		/* x */ {' ','o','x', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	107		/* . */ {' ','^','.', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	108		/* = */ {'Y','y', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	109		/* Y */ {'=', 39,'-', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	110		/* y */ {'=', 39,'"','$','-', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	111		/* */ {' ', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	112		/* | */ {' ','c','|','P','p','^','-', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	113		/* E */ {'`', 39,'^','"','>', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	114		/* e */ {'`', 39,'^','"','>', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	115		/* I */ {'`', 39,'^','"','>', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	116		/* i */ {'`', 39,'^','"','>', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	117		/* O */ {'`', 39,'^','~','"','/','C','R','-','>','A','a', 0, 0},
	118		/* o */ {' ','A','a','x','-','`', 39,'^','~','"','/','>','_', 0},
	119		/* U */ {'`', 39,'^','"','>', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	120		/* u */ {'`', 39,'^','"',' ','>', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	121		/* + */ {'-', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	122		/* N */ {'~','-','O', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	123		/* n */ {'~','-','o', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	124		/* L */ {'$','=','-', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	125		/* l */ {'$','=','-', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	126		/* g */ {'$', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	127		/* D */ {'E','-', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	128		/* d */ {'e','-', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	129		/* : */ {'-', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	130		/* * */ {'m','M','a','A', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	131		/* T */ {'H', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	132		/* t */ {'h', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	133		/* M */ {'U', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	134		/* m */ {'u', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	135		/* V */ {'B', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	136		/* v */ {'b', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	137		};
	138
	139		static const unsigned char compose_keys[MAX_COMPOSE_PRE][MAX_COMPOSE_CHARS] =
	140		{
	141		/* ` */ {192,200,204,210,217,224,232,236,242,249, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	142		/* ' */ {180,193,201,205,211,218,221,225,233,237,243,250,253,180},
	143		/* ~ */ {195,209,213,227,241,245, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	144		/* ^ */ {194,202,206,212,219,226,234,238,244,251,176,185,178,179},
	145		/* , */ {184,199,231,184, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	146		/* / */ {216,248,181,181, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	147		/* " */ {168,196,203,207,214,220,228,235,239,246,252,255,168, 0},
	148		/* A */ {198,192,193,195,194,196,197,197,195,194,170, 0, 0, 0},
	149		/* a */ {230,224,225,227,226,228,229,229,227,226,170, 0, 0, 0},
	150		/* P */ {222,182,182, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	151		/* p */ {254,182,182, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	152		/* S */ {167,167,167,186,170, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	153		/* s */ {223,167,170,185,178,179,186,167, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	154		/* ! */ {161,161, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	155		/* ? */ {191,191, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	156		/* 0 */ {176,176, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	157		/* 1 */ {185,189,188,185, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	158		/* 2 */ {178,178, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	159		/* 3 */ {179,190,179, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	160		/* C */ {169,199,162,162, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	161		/* c */ {162,169,231,162,162, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	162		/* R */ {174, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	163		/* r */ {174, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	164		/* - */ {173,177,172,173,175,247, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	165		/* _ */ {175,175, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	166		/* < */ {171, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	167		/* > */ {187, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	168		/* X */ {164,215, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	169		/* x */ {215,164,215, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	170		/* . */ {183,183,183, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	171		/* = */ {165,165, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	172		/* Y */ {165,221,165, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	173		/* y */ {165,253,255,165,165, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	174		/* */ {160, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	175		/* | */ {166,162,166,222,254,166,163, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	176		/* E */ {200,201,202,203,202, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	177		/* e */ {232,233,234,235,234, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	178		/* I */ {204,205,206,207,206, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	179		/* i */ {236,237,238,239,238, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	180		/* O */ {210,211,212,213,214,216,169,174,213,212,197,229, 0, 0},
	181		/* o */ {176,197,229,164,245,242,243,244,245,246,248,244,186, 0},
	182		/* U */ {217,218,219,220,219, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	183		/* u */ {249,250,251,252,181,251, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	184		/* + */ {177, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	185		/* N */ {209,209,172, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	186		/* n */ {241,241,172, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	187		/* L */ {163,163,163, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	188		/* l */ {163,163,163, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	189		/* g */ {164, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	190		/* D */ {176,208, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	191		/* d */ {176,240, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	192		/* : */ {247, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	193		/* * */ {181,181,229,197, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	194		/* T */ {222, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	195		/* t */ {254, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	196		/* M */ {215, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	197		/* u */ {215, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	198		/* V */ {166, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	199		/* v */ {166, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
	200		};
	201
	202		static KeySym compose_key = 0;
	203		static int compose_mask = 0;

File x11/little_icon.xbm added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..d3e777e)
	1		#define little_icon_width 32
	2		#define little_icon_height 32
	3		static unsigned char little_icon_bits[] = {
	4		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	5		0x00, 0xfc, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x31, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8c, 0x33, 0x00,
	6		0x00, 0x0c, 0x33, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x33, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8c, 0x33, 0x00,
	7		0x00, 0xcc, 0x39, 0x00, 0x00, 0xec, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x3e, 0x00,
	8		0x00, 0x3c, 0x37, 0x00, 0x00, 0x9c, 0x33, 0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0x31, 0x00,
	9		0x00, 0xcc, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0x31, 0x00,
	10		0x00, 0x8c, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	11		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x2a, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x52, 0x5a, 0x29, 0x25,
	12		0x42, 0x0a, 0x21, 0x05, 0x42, 0x0a, 0xe6, 0x18, 0x42, 0x0a, 0x28, 0x20,
	13		0x52, 0x0a, 0x29, 0x25, 0x8c, 0x09, 0xc6, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
	14		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };

File x11/ncurses_cfg.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..4257118)
	1		/* $Id: ncurses_cfg.h,v 1.8 2006/12/28 01:02:03 wmcbrine Exp $
	2		*
	3		* This file is only used with the ncurses test programs.
	4		*
	5		* Have ncurses-5.6 unpacked in your $(HOME) (you don't need to build
	6		* it), or edit ncurses_testdir appropriately in the Makefile. Configure
	7		* and build PDCurses for X11. (Sorry, other ports won't work yet.)
	8		* Change to this directory, and:
	9		*
	10		* "make ncurses_tests" to start.
	11		* "make ncurses_clean" when you're done.
	12		*
	13		* Builds: bs gdc hanoi knight tclock ncurses
	14		*/
	15
	16		#define NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION 2
	17
	18		#include "../config.h"
	19		#include <curses.h>
	20
	21		#define ExitProgram exit
	22
	23		#define HAVE_CURSES_VERSION 1
	24		#define HAVE_GETBEGX 1
	25		#define HAVE_GETCURX 1
	26		#define HAVE_GETMAXX 1
	27		#define HAVE_GETNSTR 1
	28		#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
	29		#define HAVE_GETWIN 1
	30		#define HAVE_LIBPANEL 1
	31		#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
	32		#define HAVE_NAPMS 1
	33		#define HAVE_PANEL_H 1
	34		#define HAVE_PUTWIN 1
	35		#define HAVE_SLK_COLOR 1
	36		#define HAVE_SLK_INIT 1
	37		#define HAVE_WRESIZE 1
	38
	39		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	40		# define USE_WIDEC_SUPPORT 1
	41		#endif
	42
	43		/* Fool ncurses.c so it gives us all the tests, and doesn't redefine
	44		ACS_ chars
	45		*/
	46
	47		#define NCURSES_VERSION PDCURSES

File x11/pdcclip.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..1a3ce92)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcx11.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcclip.c,v 1.35 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#include <stdlib.h>
	8
	9		/*man-start**************************************************************
	10
	11		Name: clipboard
	12
	13		Synopsis:
	14		int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length);
	15		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length);
	16		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents);
	17		int PDC_clearclipboard(void);
	18
	19		Description:
	20		PDC_getclipboard() gets the textual contents of the system's
	21		clipboard. This function returns the contents of the clipboard
	22		in the contents argument. It is the responsibilitiy of the
	23		caller to free the memory returned, via PDC_freeclipboard().
	24		The length of the clipboard contents is returned in the length
	25		argument.
	26
	27		PDC_setclipboard copies the supplied text into the system's
	28		clipboard, emptying the clipboard prior to the copy.
	29
	30		PDC_clearclipboard() clears the internal clipboard.
	31
	32		Return Values:
	33		indicator of success/failure of call.
	34		PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS the call was successful
	35		PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR unable to allocate sufficient memory for
	36		the clipboard contents
	37		PDC_CLIP_EMPTY the clipboard contains no text
	38		PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR no clipboard support
	39
	40		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	41		PDC_getclipboard - - -
	42		PDC_setclipboard - - -
	43		PDC_freeclipboard - - -
	44		PDC_clearclipboard - - -
	45
	46		**man-end****************************************************************/
	47
	48		int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length)
	49		{
	50		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	51		wchar_t *wcontents;
	52		#endif
	53		int result = 0;
	54		int len;
	55
	56		PDC_LOG(("PDC_getclipboard() - called\n"));
	57
	58		XCursesInstructAndWait(CURSES_GET_SELECTION);
	59
	60		if (XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, &result, sizeof(int)) < 0)
	61		XCursesExitCursesProcess(5, "exiting from PDC_getclipboard");
	62
	63		if (result == PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS)
	64		{
	65		if (XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, &len, sizeof(int)) < 0)
	66		XCursesExitCursesProcess(5, "exiting from PDC_getclipboard");
	67		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	68		wcontents = malloc((len + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t));
	69		*contents = malloc(len * 3 + 1);
	70
	71		if (!wcontents || !*contents)
	72		#else
	73		*contents = malloc(len + 1);
	74
	75		if (!*contents)
	76		#endif
	77		XCursesExitCursesProcess(6, "exiting from PDC_getclipboard - "
	78		"synchronization error");
	79
	80		if (len)
	81		{
	82		if (XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock,
	83		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	84		wcontents, len * sizeof(wchar_t)) < 0)
	85		#else
	86		*contents, len) < 0)
	87		#endif
	88		XCursesExitCursesProcess(5, "exiting from PDC_getclipboard");
	89		}
	90
	91		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	92		wcontents[len] = 0;
	93		len = PDC_wcstombs(*contents, wcontents, len * 3);
	94		free(wcontents);
	95		#endif
	96		(*contents)[len] = '\0';
	97		*length = len;
	98		}
	99
	100		return result;
	101		}
	102
	103		int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length)
	104		{
	105		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	106		wchar_t *wcontents;
	107		#endif
	108		int rc;
	109
	110		PDC_LOG(("PDC_setclipboard() - called\n"));
	111
	112		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	113		wcontents = malloc((length + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t));
	114		if (!wcontents)
	115		return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
	116
	117		length = PDC_mbstowcs(wcontents, contents, length);
	118		#endif
	119		XCursesInstruct(CURSES_SET_SELECTION);
	120
	121		/* Write, then wait for X to do its stuff; expect return code. */
	122
	123		if (XC_write_socket(xc_display_sock, &length, sizeof(long)) >= 0)
	124		{
	125		if (XC_write_socket(xc_display_sock,
	126		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	127		wcontents, length * sizeof(wchar_t)) >= 0)
	128		{
	129		free(wcontents);
	130		#else
	131		contents, length) >= 0)
	132		{
	133		#endif
	134		if (XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, &rc, sizeof(int)) >= 0)
	135		return rc;
	136		}
	137		}
	138
	139		XCursesExitCursesProcess(5, "exiting from PDC_setclipboard");
	140
	141		return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR; /* not reached */
	142		}
	143
	144		int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents)
	145		{
	146		PDC_LOG(("PDC_freeclipboard() - called\n"));
	147
	148		free(contents);
	149		return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	150		}
	151
	152		int PDC_clearclipboard(void)
	153		{
	154		int rc;
	155		long len = 0;
	156
	157		PDC_LOG(("PDC_clearclipboard() - called\n"));
	158
	159		XCursesInstruct(CURSES_CLEAR_SELECTION);
	160
	161		/* Write, then wait for X to do its stuff; expect return code. */
	162
	163		if (XC_write_socket(xc_display_sock, &len, sizeof(long)) >= 0)
	164		if (XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, &rc, sizeof(int)) >= 0)
	165		return rc;
	166
	167		XCursesExitCursesProcess(5, "exiting from PDC_clearclipboard");
	168
	169		return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR; /* not reached */
	170		}

File x11/pdcdisp.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..3700edb)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcx11.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcdisp.c,v 1.46 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#include <string.h>
	8
	9		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	10
	11		# define A(x) ((chtype)x | A_ALTCHARSET)
	12
	13		chtype acs_map[128] =
	14		{
	15		A(0), A(1), A(2), A(3), A(4), A(5), A(6), A(7), A(8), A(9), A(10),
	16		A(11), A(12), A(13), A(14), A(15), A(16), A(17), A(18), A(19),
	17		A(20), A(21), A(22), A(23), A(24), A(25), A(26), A(27), A(28),
	18		A(29), A(30), A(31), ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', '\'', '(',
	19		')', '*',
	20
	21		# ifdef PDC_WIDE
	22		0x2192, 0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2193,
	23		# else
	24		'>', '<', '^', 'v',
	25		# endif
	26
	27		'/',
	28
	29		# ifdef PDC_WIDE
	30		0x2588,
	31		# else
	32		A(0),
	33		# endif
	34
	35		'1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=',
	36		'>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
	37		'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W',
	38		'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_',
	39
	40		# ifdef PDC_WIDE
	41		0x2666, 0x2592,
	42		# else
	43		A(1), A(2),
	44		# endif
	45
	46		'b', 'c', 'd', 'e',
	47
	48		# ifdef PDC_WIDE
	49		0x00b0, 0x00b1, 0x2591, 0x00a4, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514,
	50		0x253c, 0x23ba, 0x23bb, 0x2500, 0x23bc, 0x23bd, 0x251c, 0x2524,
	51		0x2534, 0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03c0, 0x2260, 0x00a3,
	52		0x00b7,
	53		# else
	54		A(7), A(8), '#', 0xa4, A(11), A(12), A(13), A(14), A(15), A(16),
	55		A(17), A(18), A(19), A(20), A(21), A(22), A(23), A(24), A(25),
	56		A(26), A(27), A(28), A(29), A(30), 0xb7,
	57		# endif
	58
	59		A(127)
	60		};
	61
	62		# undef A
	63
	64		#endif
	65
	66		int PDC_display_cursor(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol,
	67		int visibility)
	68		{
	69		char buf[30];
	70		int idx, pos;
	71
	72		PDC_LOG(("%s:PDC_display_cursor() - called: NEW row %d col %d, vis %d\n",
	73		XCLOGMSG, newrow, newcol, visibility));
	74
	75		if (visibility == -1)
	76		{
	77		/* Only send the CURSES_DISPLAY_CURSOR message, no data */
	78
	79		idx = CURSES_DISPLAY_CURSOR;
	80		memcpy(buf, &idx, sizeof(int));
	81		idx = sizeof(int);
	82		}
	83		else
	84		{
	85		idx = CURSES_CURSOR;
	86		memcpy(buf, &idx, sizeof(int));
	87
	88		idx = sizeof(int);
	89		pos = oldrow + (oldcol << 8);
	90		memcpy(buf + idx, &pos, sizeof(int));
	91
	92		idx += sizeof(int);
	93		pos = newrow + (newcol << 8);
	94		memcpy(buf + idx, &pos, sizeof(int));
	95
	96		idx += sizeof(int);
	97		}
	98
	99		if (XC_write_socket(xc_display_sock, buf, idx) < 0)
	100		XCursesExitCursesProcess(1, "exiting from PDC_display_cursor");
	101
	102		return OK;
	103		}
	104
	105		/* position hardware cursor at (y, x) */
	106
	107		void PDC_gotoyx(int row, int col)
	108		{
	109		PDC_LOG(("PDC_gotoyx() - called: row %d col %d\n", row, col));
	110
	111		PDC_display_cursor(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol, row, col, SP->visibility);
	112		}
	113
	114		/* update the given physical line to look like the corresponding line in
	115		curscr */
	116
	117		void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp)
	118		{
	119		PDC_LOG(("PDC_transform_line() - called: line %d\n", lineno));
	120
	121		XC_get_line_lock(lineno);
	122
	123		memcpy(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_Y_OFF(lineno) + (x * sizeof(chtype)), srcp,
	124		len * sizeof(chtype));
	125
	126		*(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_START_OFF + lineno) = x;
	127		*(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_LENGTH_OFF + lineno) = len;
	128
	129		XC_release_line_lock(lineno);
	130
	131		XCursesInstructAndWait(CURSES_REFRESH);
	132		}

File x11/pdcgetsc.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..8f7c0ad)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcx11.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcgetsc.c,v 1.26 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/* return width of screen/viewport */
	8
	9		int PDC_get_columns(void)
	10		{
	11		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - called\n"));
	12
	13		return XCursesCOLS;
	14		}
	15
	16		/* get the cursor size/shape */
	17
	18		int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void)
	19		{
	20		return 0;
	21		}
	22
	23		/* return number of screen rows */
	24
	25		int PDC_get_rows(void)
	26		{
	27		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - called\n"));
	28
	29		return XCursesLINES;
	30		}

File x11/pdckbd.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..30c37a8)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcx11.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdckbd.c,v 1.62 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: pdckbd
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void);
	13
	14		Description:
	15		PDC_get_input_fd() returns the file descriptor that PDCurses
	16		reads its input from. It can be used for select().
	17
	18		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	19		PDC_get_input_fd - - -
	20
	21		**man-end****************************************************************/
	22
	23		/* check if a key or mouse event is waiting */
	24
	25		bool PDC_check_key(void)
	26		{
	27		struct timeval socket_timeout = {0};
	28		int s;
	29
	30		/* Is something ready to be read on the socket ? Must be a key. */
	31
	32		FD_ZERO(&xc_readfds);
	33		FD_SET(xc_key_sock, &xc_readfds);
	34
	35		if ((s = select(FD_SETSIZE, (FD_SET_CAST)&xc_readfds, NULL,
	36		NULL, &socket_timeout)) < 0)
	37		XCursesExitCursesProcess(3, "child - exiting from "
	38		"PDC_check_key select failed");
	39
	40		PDC_LOG(("%s:PDC_check_key() - returning %s\n", XCLOGMSG,
	41		s ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"));
	42
	43		return !!s;
	44		}
	45
	46		/* return the next available key or mouse event */
	47
	48		int PDC_get_key(void)
	49		{
	50		unsigned long newkey = 0;
	51		int key = 0;
	52
	53		if (XC_read_socket(xc_key_sock, &newkey, sizeof(unsigned long)) < 0)
	54		XCursesExitCursesProcess(2, "exiting from PDC_get_key");
	55
	56		pdc_key_modifiers = (newkey >> 24) & 0xFF;
	57		key = (int)(newkey & 0x00FFFFFF);
	58
	59		if (key == KEY_MOUSE && SP->key_code)
	60		{
	61		if (XC_read_socket(xc_key_sock, &pdc_mouse_status,
	62		sizeof(MOUSE_STATUS)) < 0)
	63		XCursesExitCursesProcess(2, "exiting from PDC_get_key");
	64		}
	65
	66		PDC_LOG(("%s:PDC_get_key() - key %d returned\n", XCLOGMSG, key));
	67
	68		return key;
	69		}
	70
	71		unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void)
	72		{
	73		PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_input_fd() - called\n"));
	74
	75		return xc_key_sock;
	76		}
	77
	78		void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on)
	79		{
	80		PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_keyboard_binary() - called\n"));
	81		}
	82
	83		/* discard any pending keyboard or mouse input -- this is the core
	84		routine for flushinp() */
	85
	86		void PDC_flushinp(void)
	87		{
	88		PDC_LOG(("PDC_flushinp() - called\n"));
	89
	90		while (PDC_check_key())
	91		PDC_get_key();
	92		}
	93
	94		int PDC_mouse_set(void)
	95		{
	96		return OK;
	97		}
	98
	99		int PDC_modifiers_set(void)
	100		{
	101		return OK;
	102		}

File x11/pdcscrn.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..07b1a04)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcx11.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcscrn.c,v 1.55 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/* COLOR_PAIR to attribute encoding table. */
	8
	9		short *xc_atrtab = (short *)NULL;
	10
	11		/* close the physical screen */
	12
	13		void PDC_scr_close(void)
	14		{
	15		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_close() - called\n"));
	16		}
	17
	18		void PDC_scr_free(void)
	19		{
	20		XCursesExit();
	21
	22		xc_atrtab = (short *)NULL;
	23		}
	24
	25		/* open the physical screen -- allocate SP, miscellaneous intialization */
	26
	27		int PDC_scr_open(int argc, char **argv)
	28		{
	29		extern bool sb_started;
	30
	31		PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - called\n"));
	32
	33		if ((XCursesInitscr(argc, argv) == ERR) || !SP)
	34		return ERR;
	35
	36		SP->cursrow = SP->curscol = 0;
	37		SP->orig_attr = FALSE;
	38		SP->sb_on = sb_started;
	39		SP->sb_total_y = 0;
	40		SP->sb_viewport_y = 0;
	41		SP->sb_cur_y = 0;
	42		SP->sb_total_x = 0;
	43		SP->sb_viewport_x = 0;
	44		SP->sb_cur_x = 0;
	45
	46		return OK;
	47		}
	48
	49		/* the core of resize_term() */
	50
	51		int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols)
	52		{
	53		PDC_LOG(("PDC_resize_screen() - called. Lines: %d Cols: %d\n",
	54		nlines, ncols));
	55
	56		if (nlines || ncols || !SP->resized)
	57		return ERR;
	58
	59		shmdt((char *)Xcurscr);
	60		XCursesInstructAndWait(CURSES_RESIZE);
	61
	62		if ((shmid_Xcurscr = shmget(shmkey_Xcurscr,
	63		SP->XcurscrSize + XCURSESSHMMIN, 0700)) < 0)
	64		{
	65		perror("Cannot allocate shared memory for curscr");
	66		kill(xc_otherpid, SIGKILL);
	67		return ERR;
	68		}
	69
	70		XCursesLINES = SP->lines;
	71		XCursesCOLS = SP->cols;
	72
	73		PDC_LOG(("%s:shmid_Xcurscr %d shmkey_Xcurscr %d SP->lines %d "
	74		"SP->cols %d\n", XCLOGMSG, shmid_Xcurscr,
	75		shmkey_Xcurscr, SP->lines, SP->cols));
	76
	77		Xcurscr = (unsigned char*)shmat(shmid_Xcurscr, 0, 0);
	78		xc_atrtab = (short *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_ATRTAB_OFF);
	79
	80		SP->resized = FALSE;
	81
	82		return OK;
	83		}
	84
	85		void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void)
	86		{
	87		PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_prog_mode() - called.\n"));
	88		}
	89
	90		void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void)
	91		{
	92		PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_shell_mode() - called.\n"));
	93		}
	94
	95		void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i)
	96		{
	97		}
	98
	99		void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i)
	100		{
	101		}
	102
	103		void PDC_init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg)
	104		{
	105		xc_atrtab[pair * 2] = fg;
	106		xc_atrtab[pair * 2 + 1] = bg;
	107		}
	108
	109		int PDC_pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg)
	110		{
	111		*fg = xc_atrtab[pair * 2];
	112		*bg = xc_atrtab[pair * 2 + 1];
	113
	114		return OK;
	115		}
	116
	117		bool PDC_can_change_color(void)
	118		{
	119		return TRUE;
	120		}
	121
	122		int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
	123		{
	124		XColor *tmp = (XColor *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_XCOLOR_OFF);
	125
	126		tmp->pixel = color;
	127
	128		XCursesInstructAndWait(CURSES_GET_COLOR);
	129
	130		*red = ((double)(tmp->red) * 1000 / 65535) + 0.5;
	131		*green = ((double)(tmp->green) * 1000 / 65535) + 0.5;
	132		*blue = ((double)(tmp->blue) * 1000 / 65535) + 0.5;
	133
	134		return OK;
	135		}
	136
	137		int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
	138		{
	139		XColor *tmp = (XColor *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_XCOLOR_OFF);
	140
	141		tmp->pixel = color;
	142
	143		tmp->red = ((double)red * 65535 / 1000) + 0.5;
	144		tmp->green = ((double)green * 65535 / 1000) + 0.5;
	145		tmp->blue = ((double)blue * 65535 / 1000) + 0.5;
	146
	147		XCursesInstructAndWait(CURSES_SET_COLOR);
	148
	149		return OK;
	150		}

File x11/pdcsetsc.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..395060e)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcx11.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcsetsc.c,v 1.33 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#include <string.h>
	8
	9		/*man-start**************************************************************
	10
	11		Name: pdcsetsc
	12
	13		Synopsis:
	14		int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon);
	15		void PDC_set_title(const char *title);
	16
	17		Description:
	18		PDC_set_blink() toggles whether the A_BLINK attribute sets an
	19		actual blink mode (TRUE), or sets the background color to high
	20		intensity (FALSE). The default is platform-dependent (FALSE in
	21		most cases). It returns OK if it could set the state to match
	22		the given parameter, ERR otherwise. Current platforms also
	23		adjust the value of COLORS according to this function -- 16 for
	24		FALSE, and 8 for TRUE.
	25
	26		PDC_set_title() sets the title of the window in which the curses
	27		program is running. This function may not do anything on some
	28		platforms. (Currently it only works in Win32 and X11.)
	29
	30		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	31		PDC_set_blink - - -
	32		PDC_set_title - - -
	33
	34		**man-end****************************************************************/
	35
	36		int PDC_curs_set(int visibility)
	37		{
	38		int ret_vis = SP->visibility;
	39
	40		PDC_LOG(("PDC_curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
	41
	42		if (visibility != -1)
	43		SP->visibility = visibility;
	44
	45		PDC_display_cursor(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol, SP->cursrow,
	46		SP->curscol, visibility);
	47
	48		return ret_vis;
	49		}
	50
	51		void PDC_set_title(const char *title)
	52		{
	53		int len;
	54
	55		PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_title() - called:<%s>\n", title));
	56
	57		len = strlen(title) + 1; /* write nul character */
	58
	59		XCursesInstruct(CURSES_TITLE);
	60
	61		if (XC_write_display_socket_int(len) >= 0)
	62		if (XC_write_socket(xc_display_sock, title, len) >= 0)
	63		return;
	64
	65		XCursesExitCursesProcess(1, "exiting from PDC_set_title");
	66		}
	67
	68		int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon)
	69		{
	70		if (pdc_color_started)
	71		COLORS = 16;
	72
	73		return blinkon ? ERR : OK;
	74		}

File x11/pdcutil.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..5b5109f)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcx11.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcutil.c,v 1.10 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#if defined(HAVE_POLL) && !defined(HAVE_USLEEP)
	8		# include <poll.h>
	9		#endif
	10
	11		void PDC_beep(void)
	12		{
	13		PDC_LOG(("PDC_beep() - called\n"));
	14
	15		XCursesInstruct(CURSES_BELL);
	16		}
	17
	18		void PDC_napms(int ms)
	19		{
	20		PDC_LOG(("PDC_napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
	21
	22		#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP)
	23
	24		usleep(1000 * ms);
	25
	26		#elif defined(HAVE_POLL)
	27		{
	28		struct pollfd fd;
	29		fd.fd = -1;
	30		fd.events = 0;
	31		poll(&fd, 1, ms);
	32		}
	33		#endif
	34		}
	35
	36		const char *PDC_sysname(void)
	37		{
	38		return "X11";
	39		}

File x11/pdcx11.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..1e8d0d1)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcx11.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: pdcx11.c,v 1.96 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#include <errno.h>
	8		#include <stdlib.h>
	9
	10		/*** Functions that are called by both processes ***/
	11
	12		unsigned char *Xcurscr;
	13
	14		int XCursesProcess = 1;
	15		int shmidSP;
	16		int shmid_Xcurscr;
	17		int shmkeySP;
	18		int shmkey_Xcurscr;
	19		int xc_otherpid;
	20		int XCursesLINES = 24;
	21		int XCursesCOLS = 80;
	22		int xc_display_sock;
	23		int xc_key_sock;
	24		int xc_display_sockets[2];
	25		int xc_key_sockets[2];
	26		int xc_exit_sock;
	27
	28		fd_set xc_readfds;
	29
	30		static void _dummy_function(void)
	31		{
	32		}
	33
	34		void XC_get_line_lock(int row)
	35		{
	36		/* loop until we can write to the line -- Patch by:
	37		Georg Fuchs, georg.fuchs@rz.uni-regensburg.de */
	38
	39		while (*(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_FLAG_OFF + row))
	40		_dummy_function();
	41
	42		*(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_FLAG_OFF + row) = 1;
	43		}
	44
	45		void XC_release_line_lock(int row)
	46		{
	47		*(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_FLAG_OFF + row) = 0;
	48		}
	49
	50		int XC_write_socket(int sock_num, const void *buf, int len)
	51		{
	52		int start = 0, rc;
	53
	54		PDC_LOG(("%s:XC_write_socket called: sock_num %d len %d\n",
	55		XCLOGMSG, sock_num, len));
	56
	57		#ifdef MOUSE_DEBUG
	58		if (sock_num == xc_key_sock)
	59		printf("%s:XC_write_socket(key) len: %d\n", XCLOGMSG, len);
	60		#endif
	61		while (1)
	62		{
	63		rc = write(sock_num, buf + start, len);
	64
	65		if (rc < 0 || rc == len)
	66		return rc;
	67
	68		len -= rc;
	69		start = rc;
	70		}
	71		}
	72
	73		int XC_read_socket(int sock_num, void *buf, int len)
	74		{
	75		int start = 0, length = len, rc;
	76
	77		PDC_LOG(("%s:XC_read_socket called: sock_num %d len %d\n",
	78		XCLOGMSG, sock_num, len));
	79
	80		while (1)
	81		{
	82		rc = read(sock_num, buf + start, length);
	83
	84		#ifdef MOUSE_DEBUG
	85		if (sock_num == xc_key_sock)
	86		printf("%s:XC_read_socket(key) rc %d errno %d "
	87		"resized: %d\n", XCLOGMSG, rc, errno, SP->resized);
	88		#endif
	89		if (rc < 0 && sock_num == xc_key_sock && errno == EINTR
	90		&& SP->resized != FALSE)
	91		{
	92		MOUSE_LOG(("%s:continuing\n", XCLOGMSG));
	93
	94		rc = 0;
	95
	96		if (SP->resized > 1)
	97		SP->resized = TRUE;
	98		else
	99		SP->resized = FALSE;
	100
	101		memcpy(buf, &rc, sizeof(int));
	102
	103		return 0;
	104		}
	105
	106		if (rc <= 0 || rc == length)
	107		return rc;
	108
	109		length -= rc;
	110		start = rc;
	111		}
	112		}
	113
	114		int XC_write_display_socket_int(int x)
	115		{
	116		return XC_write_socket(xc_display_sock, &x, sizeof(int));
	117		}
	118
	119		#ifdef PDCDEBUG
	120		void XC_say(const char *msg)
	121		{
	122		PDC_LOG(("%s:%s", XCLOGMSG, msg));
	123		}
	124		#endif
	125
	126		/*** Functions that are called by the "curses" process ***/
	127
	128		int XCursesInstruct(int flag)
	129		{
	130		PDC_LOG(("%s:XCursesInstruct() - called flag %d\n", XCLOGMSG, flag));
	131
	132		/* Send a request to X */
	133
	134		if (XC_write_display_socket_int(flag) < 0)
	135		XCursesExitCursesProcess(4, "exiting from XCursesInstruct");
	136
	137		return OK;
	138		}
	139
	140		int XCursesInstructAndWait(int flag)
	141		{
	142		int result;
	143
	144		XC_LOG(("XCursesInstructAndWait() - called\n"));
	145
	146		/* tell X we want to do something */
	147
	148		XCursesInstruct(flag);
	149
	150		/* wait for X to say the refresh has occurred*/
	151
	152		if (XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, &result, sizeof(int)) < 0)
	153		XCursesExitCursesProcess(5, "exiting from XCursesInstructAndWait");
	154
	155		if (result != CURSES_CONTINUE)
	156		XCursesExitCursesProcess(6, "exiting from XCursesInstructAndWait"
	157		" - synchronization error");
	158
	159		return OK;
	160		}
	161
	162		static int _setup_curses(void)
	163		{
	164		int wait_value;
	165
	166		XC_LOG(("_setup_curses called\n"));
	167
	168		close(xc_display_sockets[1]);
	169		close(xc_key_sockets[1]);
	170
	171		xc_display_sock = xc_display_sockets[0];
	172		xc_key_sock = xc_key_sockets[0];
	173
	174		FD_ZERO(&xc_readfds);
	175
	176		XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, &wait_value, sizeof(int));
	177
	178		if (wait_value != CURSES_CHILD)
	179		return ERR;
	180
	181		/* Set LINES and COLS now so that the size of the shared memory
	182		segment can be allocated */
	183
	184		if ((shmidSP = shmget(shmkeySP, sizeof(SCREEN) + XCURSESSHMMIN, 0700)) < 0)
	185		{
	186		perror("Cannot allocate shared memory for SCREEN");
	187		kill(xc_otherpid, SIGKILL);
	188		return ERR;
	189		}
	190
	191		SP = (SCREEN*)shmat(shmidSP, 0, 0);
	192
	193		XCursesLINES = SP->lines;
	194		LINES = XCursesLINES - SP->linesrippedoff - SP->slklines;
	195		XCursesCOLS = COLS = SP->cols;
	196
	197		if ((shmid_Xcurscr = shmget(shmkey_Xcurscr,
	198		SP->XcurscrSize + XCURSESSHMMIN, 0700)) < 0)
	199		{
	200		perror("Cannot allocate shared memory for curscr");
	201		kill(xc_otherpid, SIGKILL);
	202		return ERR;
	203		}
	204
	205		PDC_LOG(("%s:shmid_Xcurscr %d shmkey_Xcurscr %d LINES %d COLS %d\n",
	206		XCLOGMSG, shmid_Xcurscr, shmkey_Xcurscr, LINES, COLS));
	207
	208		Xcurscr = (unsigned char *)shmat(shmid_Xcurscr, 0, 0);
	209		xc_atrtab = (short *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_ATRTAB_OFF);
	210
	211		XC_LOG(("cursesprocess exiting from Xinitscr\n"));
	212
	213		/* Always trap SIGWINCH if the C library supports SIGWINCH */
	214
	215		XCursesSetSignal(SIGWINCH, XCursesSigwinchHandler);
	216
	217		atexit(XCursesExit);
	218
	219		return OK;
	220		}
	221
	222		int XCursesInitscr(int argc, char *argv[])
	223		{
	224		int pid, rc;
	225
	226		XC_LOG(("XCursesInitscr() - called\n"));
	227
	228		shmkeySP = getpid();
	229
	230		if (socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, xc_display_sockets) < 0)
	231		{
	232		fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: cannot create display socketpair\n");
	233		return ERR;
	234		}
	235
	236		if (socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, xc_key_sockets) < 0)
	237		{
	238		fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: cannot create key socketpair\n");
	239		return ERR;
	240		}
	241
	242		pid = fork();
	243
	244		switch(pid)
	245		{
	246		case -1:
	247		fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: cannot fork()\n");
	248		return ERR;
	249		break;
	250
	251		case 0: /* child */
	252		shmkey_Xcurscr = getpid();
	253		#ifdef XISPARENT
	254		XCursesProcess = 0;
	255		rc = _setup_curses();
	256		#else
	257		XCursesProcess = 1;
	258		xc_otherpid = getppid();
	259		rc = XCursesSetupX(argc, argv);
	260		#endif
	261		break;
	262
	263		default: /* parent */
	264		shmkey_Xcurscr = pid;
	265		#ifdef XISPARENT
	266		XCursesProcess = 1;
	267		xc_otherpid = pid;
	268		rc = XCursesSetupX(argc, argv);
	269		#else
	270		XCursesProcess = 0;
	271		rc = _setup_curses();
	272		#endif
	273		}
	274
	275		return rc;
	276		}
	277
	278		static void _cleanup_curses_process(int rc)
	279		{
	280		PDC_LOG(("%s:_cleanup_curses_process() - called: %d\n", XCLOGMSG, rc));
	281
	282		shutdown(xc_display_sock, 2);
	283		close(xc_display_sock);
	284
	285		shutdown(xc_key_sock, 2);
	286		close(xc_key_sock);
	287
	288		shmdt((char *)SP);
	289		shmdt((char *)Xcurscr);
	290
	291		if (rc)
	292		_exit(rc);
	293		}
	294
	295		void XCursesExitCursesProcess(int rc, char *msg)
	296		{
	297		PDC_LOG(("%s:XCursesExitCursesProcess() - called: %d %s\n",
	298		XCLOGMSG, rc, msg));
	299
	300		endwin();
	301		_cleanup_curses_process(rc);
	302		}
	303
	304		void XCursesExit(void)
	305		{
	306		static bool called = FALSE;
	307
	308		XC_LOG(("XCursesExit() - called\n"));
	309
	310		if (FALSE == called)
	311		{
	312		XCursesInstruct(CURSES_EXIT);
	313		_cleanup_curses_process(0);
	314
	315		called = TRUE;
	316		}
	317		}

File x11/pdcx11.h added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..0b66c88)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		/* $Id: pdcx11.h,v 1.64 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $ */
	4
	5		#include <curspriv.h>
	6
	7		#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
	8		# include <unistd.h>
	9		#endif
	10
	11		#include <signal.h>
	12		#include <ctype.h>
	13		#include <pwd.h>
	14
	15		#include <sys/types.h>
	16		#include <sys/socket.h>
	17		#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
	18		# include <fcntl.h>
	19		#endif
	20		#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
	21		# include <sys/select.h> /* AIX needs this for FD_ZERO etc macros */
	22		#endif
	23		#include <sys/ipc.h>
	24		#include <sys/shm.h>
	25
	26		#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
	27		# include <sys/time.h>
	28		# include <time.h>
	29		#else
	30		# ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
	31		# include <sys/time.h>
	32		# else
	33		# include <time.h>
	34		# endif
	35		#endif
	36
	37		#include <Intrinsic.h>
	38		#include <StringDefs.h>
	39		#include <Shell.h>
	40
	41		#ifdef USE_XAW3D
	42		# include <Xaw3d/Box.h>
	43		# include <Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
	44		#elif defined(USE_NEXTAW)
	45		# include <neXtaw/Box.h>
	46		# include <neXtaw/Scrollbar.h>
	47		#else
	48		# include <Xaw/Box.h>
	49		# include <Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
	50		#endif
	51		#include "x11/ScrollBox.h"
	52
	53		#include "Xmu/StdSel.h"
	54		#include "Xmu/Atoms.h"
	55
	56		#include <keysym.h>
	57		#include <Xatom.h>
	58
	59		#define XCURSCR_Y_SIZE (XCursesLINES * XCursesCOLS * sizeof(chtype))
	60		#define XCURSCR_FLAG_SIZE (XCursesLINES * sizeof(int))
	61		#define XCURSCR_START_SIZE (XCursesLINES * sizeof(int))
	62		#define XCURSCR_LENGTH_SIZE (XCursesLINES * sizeof(int))
	63		#define XCURSCR_ATRTAB_SIZE (PDC_COLOR_PAIRS * 2 * sizeof(short))
	64		#define XCURSCR_SIZE (XCURSCR_FLAG_SIZE + XCURSCR_START_SIZE + \
	65		XCURSCR_LENGTH_SIZE + XCURSCR_Y_SIZE + XCURSCR_ATRTAB_SIZE + \
	66		sizeof(XColor))
	67
	68		#define XCURSCR_Y_OFF(y) ((y) * XCursesCOLS * sizeof(chtype))
	69		#define XCURSCR_FLAG_OFF (XCURSCR_Y_OFF(0) + XCURSCR_Y_SIZE)
	70		#define XCURSCR_START_OFF (XCURSCR_FLAG_OFF + XCURSCR_FLAG_SIZE)
	71		#define XCURSCR_LENGTH_OFF (XCURSCR_START_OFF + XCURSCR_START_SIZE)
	72		#define XCURSCR_ATRTAB_OFF (XCURSCR_LENGTH_OFF + XCURSCR_LENGTH_SIZE)
	73		#define XCURSCR_XCOLOR_OFF (XCURSCR_ATRTAB_OFF + XCURSCR_ATRTAB_SIZE)
	74
	75		typedef struct
	76		{
	77		int lines;
	78		int cols;
	79		Pixel cursorColor;
	80		Pixel colorBlack;
	81		Pixel colorRed;
	82		Pixel colorGreen;
	83		Pixel colorYellow;
	84		Pixel colorBlue;
	85		Pixel colorMagenta;
	86		Pixel colorCyan;
	87		Pixel colorWhite;
	88		Pixel colorBoldBlack;
	89		Pixel colorBoldRed;
	90		Pixel colorBoldGreen;
	91		Pixel colorBoldYellow;
	92		Pixel colorBoldBlue;
	93		Pixel colorBoldMagenta;
	94		Pixel colorBoldCyan;
	95		Pixel colorBoldWhite;
	96		Pixel pointerForeColor;
	97		Pixel pointerBackColor;
	98		XFontStruct *normalFont;
	99		XFontStruct *italicFont;
	100		char *bitmap;
	101		#ifdef HAVE_XPM_H
	102		char *pixmap;
	103		#endif
	104		char *composeKey;
	105		Cursor pointer;
	106		int shmmin;
	107		int borderWidth;
	108		int borderColor;
	109		int clickPeriod;
	110		int doubleClickPeriod;
	111		int scrollbarWidth;
	112		int cursorBlinkRate;
	113		char *textCursor;
	114		} XCursesAppData;
	115
	116		extern XCursesAppData xc_app_data;
	117
	118		#define XCURSESSHMMIN xc_app_data.shmmin
	119
	120		#define XCLOGMSG (XCursesProcess ? " X" : "CURSES")
	121
	122		void XC_get_line_lock(int);
	123		void XC_release_line_lock(int);
	124
	125		int PDC_display_cursor(int, int, int, int, int);
	126
	127		void XCursesExitCursesProcess(int, char *);
	128		int XCursesInstruct(int);
	129		int XCursesInstructAndWait(int);
	130		int XCursesInitscr(int, char **);
	131
	132		int XC_write_socket(int, const void *, int);
	133		int XC_read_socket(int, void *, int);
	134		int XC_write_display_socket_int(int);
	135
	136		int XCursesSetupX(int argc, char *argv[]);
	137		RETSIGTYPE XCursesSigwinchHandler(int signo);
	138
	139		#ifdef _HPUX_SOURCE
	140		# define FD_SET_CAST int *
	141		#else
	142		# define FD_SET_CAST fd_set *
	143		#endif
	144
	145		extern fd_set xc_readfds;
	146
	147		extern unsigned char *Xcurscr;
	148		extern int XCursesProcess;
	149		extern int shmidSP;
	150		extern int shmid_Xcurscr;
	151		extern int shmkeySP;
	152		extern int shmkey_Xcurscr;
	153		extern int xc_otherpid;
	154		extern int XCursesLINES;
	155		extern int XCursesCOLS;
	156		extern int xc_display_sock;
	157		extern int xc_key_sock;
	158		extern int xc_display_sockets[2];
	159		extern int xc_key_sockets[2];
	160		extern int xc_exit_sock;
	161
	162		typedef RETSIGTYPE (*signal_handler)();
	163
	164		signal_handler XCursesSetSignal(int, signal_handler);
	165
	166		#ifdef PDCDEBUG
	167		void XC_say(const char *msg);
	168		# define XC_LOG(x) XC_say x
	169		#else
	170		# define XC_LOG(x)
	171		#endif
	172
	173		#ifdef MOUSE_DEBUG
	174		# define MOUSE_LOG(x) printf x
	175		#else
	176		# define MOUSE_LOG(x)
	177		#endif
	178
	179		enum
	180		{
	181		CURSES_CLEAR_SELECTION, CURSES_DISPLAY_CURSOR, CURSES_SET_SELECTION,
	182		CURSES_GET_SELECTION, CURSES_TITLE, CURSES_REFRESH_SCROLLBAR,
	183		CURSES_RESIZE, CURSES_BELL, CURSES_CONTINUE, CURSES_CURSOR,
	184		CURSES_CHILD, CURSES_REFRESH, CURSES_GET_COLOR, CURSES_SET_COLOR,
	185		CURSES_EXIT
	186		};
	187
	188		extern short *xc_atrtab;

File x11/sb.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..a34f502)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcx11.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: sb.c,v 1.27 2008/07/14 04:24:52 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		/*man-start**************************************************************
	8
	9		Name: sb
	10
	11		Synopsis:
	12		int sb_init(void)
	13		int sb_set_horz(int total, int viewport, int cur)
	14		int sb_set_vert(int total, int viewport, int cur)
	15		int sb_get_horz(int *total, int *viewport, int *cur)
	16		int sb_get_vert(int *total, int *viewport, int *cur)
	17		int sb_refresh(void);
	18
	19		Description:
	20		These functions manipulate the scrollbar.
	21
	22		Return Value:
	23		All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
	24
	25		Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
	26		sb_init - - -
	27		sb_set_horz - - -
	28		sb_set_vert - - -
	29		sb_get_horz - - -
	30		sb_get_vert - - -
	31		sb_refresh - - -
	32
	33		**man-end****************************************************************/
	34
	35		bool sb_started = FALSE;
	36
	37		/* sb_init() is the sb initialization routine.
	38		This must be called before initscr(). */
	39
	40		int sb_init(void)
	41		{
	42		PDC_LOG(("sb_init() - called\n"));
	43
	44		if (SP)
	45		return ERR;
	46
	47		sb_started = TRUE;
	48
	49		return OK;
	50		}
	51
	52		/* sb_set_horz() - Used to set horizontal scrollbar.
	53
	54		total = total number of columns
	55		viewport = size of viewport in columns
	56		cur = current column in total */
	57
	58		int sb_set_horz(int total, int viewport, int cur)
	59		{
	60		PDC_LOG(("sb_set_horz() - called: total %d viewport %d cur %d\n",
	61		total, viewport, cur));
	62
	63		if (!SP)
	64		return ERR;
	65
	66		SP->sb_total_x = total;
	67		SP->sb_viewport_x = viewport;
	68		SP->sb_cur_x = cur;
	69
	70		return OK;
	71		}
	72
	73		/* sb_set_vert() - Used to set vertical scrollbar.
	74
	75		total = total number of columns on line
	76		viewport = size of viewport in columns
	77		cur = current column in total */
	78
	79		int sb_set_vert(int total, int viewport, int cur)
	80		{
	81		PDC_LOG(("sb_set_vert() - called: total %d viewport %d cur %d\n",
	82		total, viewport, cur));
	83
	84		if (!SP)
	85		return ERR;
	86
	87		SP->sb_total_y = total;
	88		SP->sb_viewport_y = viewport;
	89		SP->sb_cur_y = cur;
	90
	91		return OK;
	92		}
	93
	94		/* sb_get_horz() - Used to get horizontal scrollbar.
	95
	96		total = total number of lines
	97		viewport = size of viewport in lines
	98		cur = current line in total */
	99
	100		int sb_get_horz(int *total, int *viewport, int *cur)
	101		{
	102		PDC_LOG(("sb_get_horz() - called\n"));
	103
	104		if (!SP)
	105		return ERR;
	106
	107		if (total)
	108		*total = SP->sb_total_x;
	109		if (viewport)
	110		*viewport = SP->sb_viewport_x;
	111		if (cur)
	112		*cur = SP->sb_cur_x;
	113
	114		return OK;
	115		}
	116
	117		/* sb_get_vert() - Used to get vertical scrollbar.
	118
	119		total = total number of lines
	120		viewport = size of viewport in lines
	121		cur = current line in total */
	122
	123		int sb_get_vert(int *total, int *viewport, int *cur)
	124		{
	125		PDC_LOG(("sb_get_vert() - called\n"));
	126
	127		if (!SP)
	128		return ERR;
	129
	130		if (total)
	131		*total = SP->sb_total_y;
	132		if (viewport)
	133		*viewport = SP->sb_viewport_y;
	134		if (cur)
	135		*cur = SP->sb_cur_y;
	136
	137		return OK;
	138		}
	139
	140		/* sb_refresh() - Used to draw the scrollbars. */
	141
	142		int sb_refresh(void)
	143		{
	144		PDC_LOG(("sb_refresh() - called\n"));
	145
	146		if (!SP)
	147		return ERR;
	148
	149		XCursesInstruct(CURSES_REFRESH_SCROLLBAR);
	150
	151		return OK;
	152		}
	153

File x11/x11.c added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..97d4498)
	1		/* Public Domain Curses */
	2
	3		#include "pdcx11.h"
	4
	5		RCSID("$Id: x11.c,v 1.94 2008/07/14 04:33:26 wmcbrine Exp $")
	6
	7		#ifdef HAVE_DECKEYSYM_H
	8		# include <DECkeysym.h>
	9		#endif
	10
	11		#ifdef HAVE_SUNKEYSYM_H
	12		# include <Sunkeysym.h>
	13		#endif
	14
	15		#ifdef HAVE_XPM_H
	16		# include <xpm.h>
	17		#endif
	18
	19		#if defined PDC_XIM
	20		# include <Xlocale.h>
	21		#endif
	22
	23		#include <stdlib.h>
	24		#include <string.h>
	25
	26		#ifndef XPOINTER_TYPEDEFED
	27		typedef char * XPointer;
	28		#endif
	29
	30		#ifndef MAX_PATH
	31		# define MAX_PATH 256
	32		#endif
	33
	34		XCursesAppData xc_app_data;
	35
	36		#if NeedWidePrototypes
	37		# define PDC_SCROLLBAR_TYPE double
	38		#else
	39		# define PDC_SCROLLBAR_TYPE float
	40		#endif
	41
	42		#define MAX_COLORS 16 /* maximum of "normal" colors */
	43		#define COLOR_CURSOR MAX_COLORS /* color of cursor */
	44		#define COLOR_BORDER MAX_COLORS + 1 /* color of border */
	45
	46		#define XCURSESDISPLAY (XtDisplay(drawing))
	47		#define XCURSESWIN (XtWindow(drawing))
	48
	49		/* Default icons for XCurses applications. */
	50
	51		#include "big_icon.xbm"
	52		#include "little_icon.xbm"
	53
	54		static void _selection_off(void);
	55		static void _display_cursor(int, int, int, int);
	56		static void _redraw_cursor(void);
	57		static void _exit_process(int, int, char *);
	58		static void _send_key_to_curses(unsigned long, MOUSE_STATUS *, bool);
	59
	60		static void XCursesButton(Widget, XEvent *, String *, Cardinal *);
	61		static void XCursesHandleString(Widget, XEvent *, String *, Cardinal *);
	62		static void XCursesKeyPress(Widget, XEvent *, String *, Cardinal *);
	63		static void XCursesPasteSelection(Widget, XButtonEvent *);
	64
	65		static struct
	66		{
	67		KeySym keycode;
	68		bool numkeypad;
	69		unsigned short normal;
	70		unsigned short shifted;
	71		unsigned short control;
	72		unsigned short alt;
	73		} key_table[] =
	74		{
	75		/* keycode keypad normal shifted control alt*/
	76		{XK_Left, FALSE, KEY_LEFT, KEY_SLEFT, CTL_LEFT, ALT_LEFT},
	77		{XK_Right, FALSE, KEY_RIGHT, KEY_SRIGHT, CTL_RIGHT, ALT_RIGHT},
	78		{XK_Up, FALSE, KEY_UP, KEY_SUP, CTL_UP, ALT_UP},
	79		{XK_Down, FALSE, KEY_DOWN, KEY_SDOWN, CTL_DOWN, ALT_DOWN},
	80		{XK_Home, FALSE, KEY_HOME, KEY_SHOME, CTL_HOME, ALT_HOME},
	81		/* Sun Type 4 keyboard */
	82		{XK_R7, FALSE, KEY_HOME, KEY_SHOME, CTL_HOME, ALT_HOME},
	83		{XK_End, FALSE, KEY_END, KEY_SEND, CTL_END, ALT_END},
	84		/* Sun Type 4 keyboard */
	85		{XK_R13, FALSE, KEY_END, KEY_SEND, CTL_END, ALT_END},
	86		{XK_Prior, FALSE, KEY_PPAGE, KEY_SPREVIOUS,CTL_PGUP, ALT_PGUP},
	87		/* Sun Type 4 keyboard */
	88		{XK_R9, FALSE, KEY_PPAGE, KEY_SPREVIOUS,CTL_PGUP, ALT_PGUP},
	89		{XK_Next, FALSE, KEY_NPAGE, KEY_SNEXT, CTL_PGDN, ALT_PGDN},
	90		/* Sun Type 4 keyboard */
	91		{XK_R15, FALSE, KEY_NPAGE, KEY_SNEXT, CTL_PGDN, ALT_PGDN},
	92		{XK_Insert, FALSE, KEY_IC, KEY_SIC, CTL_INS, ALT_INS},
	93		{XK_Delete, FALSE, KEY_DC, KEY_SDC, CTL_DEL, ALT_DEL},
	94		{XK_F1, FALSE, KEY_F(1), KEY_F(13), KEY_F(25), KEY_F(37)},
	95		{XK_F2, FALSE, KEY_F(2), KEY_F(14), KEY_F(26), KEY_F(38)},
	96		{XK_F3, FALSE, KEY_F(3), KEY_F(15), KEY_F(27), KEY_F(39)},
	97		{XK_F4, FALSE, KEY_F(4), KEY_F(16), KEY_F(28), KEY_F(40)},
	98		{XK_F5, FALSE, KEY_F(5), KEY_F(17), KEY_F(29), KEY_F(41)},
	99		{XK_F6, FALSE, KEY_F(6), KEY_F(18), KEY_F(30), KEY_F(42)},
	100		{XK_F7, FALSE, KEY_F(7), KEY_F(19), KEY_F(31), KEY_F(43)},
	101		{XK_F8, FALSE, KEY_F(8), KEY_F(20), KEY_F(32), KEY_F(44)},
	102		{XK_F9, FALSE, KEY_F(9), KEY_F(21), KEY_F(33), KEY_F(45)},
	103		{XK_F10, FALSE, KEY_F(10), KEY_F(22), KEY_F(34), KEY_F(46)},
	104		{XK_F11, FALSE, KEY_F(11), KEY_F(23), KEY_F(35), KEY_F(47)},
	105		{XK_F12, FALSE, KEY_F(12), KEY_F(24), KEY_F(36), KEY_F(48)},
	106		{XK_F13, FALSE, KEY_F(13), KEY_F(25), KEY_F(37), KEY_F(49)},
	107		{XK_F14, FALSE, KEY_F(14), KEY_F(26), KEY_F(38), KEY_F(50)},
	108		{XK_F15, FALSE, KEY_F(15), KEY_F(27), KEY_F(39), KEY_F(51)},
	109		{XK_F16, FALSE, KEY_F(16), KEY_F(28), KEY_F(40), KEY_F(52)},
	110		{XK_F17, FALSE, KEY_F(17), KEY_F(29), KEY_F(41), KEY_F(53)},
	111		{XK_F18, FALSE, KEY_F(18), KEY_F(30), KEY_F(42), KEY_F(54)},
	112		{XK_F19, FALSE, KEY_F(19), KEY_F(31), KEY_F(43), KEY_F(55)},
	113		{XK_F20, FALSE, KEY_F(20), KEY_F(32), KEY_F(44), KEY_F(56)},
	114		{XK_BackSpace, FALSE, 0x08, 0x08, CTL_BKSP, ALT_BKSP},
	115		{XK_Tab, FALSE, 0x09, KEY_BTAB, CTL_TAB, ALT_TAB},
	116		{XK_Select, FALSE, KEY_SELECT, KEY_SELECT, KEY_SELECT, KEY_SELECT},
	117		{XK_Print, FALSE, KEY_PRINT, KEY_SPRINT, KEY_PRINT, KEY_PRINT},
	118		{XK_Find, FALSE, KEY_FIND, KEY_SFIND, KEY_FIND, KEY_FIND},
	119		{XK_Pause, FALSE, KEY_SUSPEND, KEY_SSUSPEND, KEY_SUSPEND, KEY_SUSPEND},
	120		{XK_Clear, FALSE, KEY_CLEAR, KEY_CLEAR, KEY_CLEAR, KEY_CLEAR},
	121		{XK_Cancel, FALSE, KEY_CANCEL, KEY_SCANCEL, KEY_CANCEL, KEY_CANCEL},
	122		{XK_Break, FALSE, KEY_BREAK, KEY_BREAK, KEY_BREAK, KEY_BREAK},
	123		{XK_Help, FALSE, KEY_HELP, KEY_SHELP, KEY_LHELP, KEY_HELP},
	124		{XK_L4, FALSE, KEY_UNDO, KEY_SUNDO, KEY_UNDO, KEY_UNDO},
	125		{XK_L6, FALSE, KEY_COPY, KEY_SCOPY, KEY_COPY, KEY_COPY},
	126		{XK_L9, FALSE, KEY_FIND, KEY_SFIND, KEY_FIND, KEY_FIND},
	127		{XK_Menu, FALSE, KEY_OPTIONS, KEY_SOPTIONS, KEY_OPTIONS, KEY_OPTIONS},
	128		#ifdef HAVE_SUNKEYSYM_H
	129		{SunXK_F36, FALSE, KEY_F(41), KEY_F(43), KEY_F(45), KEY_F(47)},
	130		{SunXK_F37, FALSE, KEY_F(42), KEY_F(44), KEY_F(46), KEY_F(48)},
	131		#endif
	132		#ifdef HAVE_DECKEYSYM_H
	133		{DXK_Remove, FALSE, KEY_DC, KEY_SDC, CTL_DEL, ALT_DEL},
	134		#endif
	135		{XK_Escape, FALSE, 0x1B, 0x1B, 0x1B, ALT_ESC},
	136		{XK_KP_Enter, TRUE, PADENTER, PADENTER, CTL_PADENTER,ALT_PADENTER},
	137		{XK_KP_Add, TRUE, PADPLUS, '+', CTL_PADPLUS, ALT_PADPLUS},
	138		{XK_KP_Subtract,TRUE, PADMINUS, '-', CTL_PADMINUS,ALT_PADMINUS},
	139		{XK_KP_Multiply,TRUE, PADSTAR, '*', CTL_PADSTAR, ALT_PADSTAR},
	140		/* Sun Type 4 keyboard */
	141		{XK_R6, TRUE, PADSTAR, '*', CTL_PADSTAR, ALT_PADSTAR},
	142		{XK_KP_Divide, TRUE, PADSLASH, '/', CTL_PADSLASH,ALT_PADSLASH},
	143		/* Sun Type 4 keyboard */
	144		{XK_R5, TRUE, PADSLASH, '/', CTL_PADSLASH,ALT_PADSLASH},
	145		{XK_KP_Decimal,TRUE, PADSTOP, '.', CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP},
	146		{XK_KP_0, TRUE, PAD0, '0', CTL_PAD0, ALT_PAD0},
	147		{XK_KP_1, TRUE, KEY_C1, '1', CTL_PAD1, ALT_PAD1},
	148		{XK_KP_2, TRUE, KEY_C2, '2', CTL_PAD2, ALT_PAD2},
	149		{XK_KP_3, TRUE, KEY_C3, '3', CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3},
	150		{XK_KP_4, TRUE, KEY_B1, '4', CTL_PAD4, ALT_PAD4},
	151		{XK_KP_5, TRUE, KEY_B2, '5', CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5},
	152		/* Sun Type 4 keyboard */
	153		{XK_R11, TRUE, KEY_B2, '5', CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5},
	154		{XK_KP_6, TRUE, KEY_B3, '6', CTL_PAD6, ALT_PAD6},
	155		{XK_KP_7, TRUE, KEY_A1, '7', CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7},
	156		{XK_KP_8, TRUE, KEY_A2, '8', CTL_PAD8, ALT_PAD8},
	157		{XK_KP_9, TRUE, KEY_A3, '9', CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9},
	158		/* the following added to support Sun Type 5 keyboards */
	159		{XK_F21, FALSE, KEY_SUSPEND, KEY_SSUSPEND, KEY_SUSPEND, KEY_SUSPEND},
	160		{XK_F22, FALSE, KEY_PRINT, KEY_SPRINT, KEY_PRINT, KEY_PRINT},
	161		{XK_F24, TRUE, PADMINUS, '-', CTL_PADMINUS,ALT_PADMINUS},
	162		/* Sun Type 4 keyboard */
	163		{XK_F25, TRUE, PADSLASH, '/', CTL_PADSLASH,ALT_PADSLASH},
	164		/* Sun Type 4 keyboard */
	165		{XK_F26, TRUE, PADSTAR, '*', CTL_PADSTAR, ALT_PADSTAR},
	166		{XK_F27, TRUE, KEY_A1, '7', CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7},
	167		{XK_F29, TRUE, KEY_A3, '9', CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9},
	168		{XK_F31, TRUE, KEY_B2, '5', CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5},
	169		{XK_F35, TRUE, KEY_C3, '3', CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3},
	170		#ifdef HAVE_XK_KP_DELETE
	171		{XK_KP_Delete, TRUE, PADSTOP, '.', CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP},
	172		#endif
	173		#ifdef HAVE_XK_KP_INSERT
	174		{XK_KP_Insert, TRUE, PAD0, '0', CTL_PAD0, ALT_PAD0},
	175		#endif
	176		#ifdef HAVE_XK_KP_END
	177		{XK_KP_End, TRUE, KEY_C1, '1', CTL_PAD1, ALT_PAD1},
	178		#endif
	179		#ifdef HAVE_XK_KP_DOWN
	180		{XK_KP_Down, TRUE, KEY_C2, '2', CTL_PAD2, ALT_PAD2},
	181		#endif
	182		#ifdef HAVE_XK_KP_NEXT
	183		{XK_KP_Next, TRUE, KEY_C3, '3', CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3},
	184		#endif
	185		#ifdef HAVE_XK_KP_LEFT
	186		{XK_KP_Left, TRUE, KEY_B1, '4', CTL_PAD4, ALT_PAD4},
	187		#endif
	188		#ifdef HAVE_XK_KP_BEGIN
	189		{XK_KP_Begin, TRUE, KEY_B2, '5', CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5},
	190		#endif
	191		#ifdef HAVE_XK_KP_RIGHT
	192		{XK_KP_Right, TRUE, KEY_B3, '6', CTL_PAD6, ALT_PAD6},
	193		#endif
	194		#ifdef HAVE_XK_KP_HOME
	195		{XK_KP_Home, TRUE, KEY_A1, '7', CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7},
	196		#endif
	197		#ifdef HAVE_XK_KP_UP
	198		{XK_KP_Up, TRUE, KEY_A2, '8', CTL_PAD8, ALT_PAD8},
	199		#endif
	200		#ifdef HAVE_XK_KP_PRIOR
	201		{XK_KP_Prior, TRUE, KEY_A3, '9', CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9},
	202		#endif
	203		{0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
	204		};
	205
	206		#ifndef PDC_XIM
	207		# include "compose.h"
	208		#endif
	209
	210		#define BITMAPDEPTH 1
	211
	212		unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers = 0L;
	213
	214		static GC normal_gc, block_cursor_gc, rect_cursor_gc, italic_gc, border_gc;
	215		static int font_height, font_width, font_ascent, font_descent,
	216		window_width, window_height;
	217		static int resize_window_width = 0, resize_window_height = 0;
	218		static char *bitmap_file = NULL;
	219		#ifdef HAVE_XPM_H
	220		static char *pixmap_file = NULL;
	221		#endif
	222		static KeySym keysym = 0;
	223
	224		static int state_mask[8] =
	225		{
	226		ShiftMask,
	227		LockMask,
	228		ControlMask,
	229		Mod1Mask,
	230		Mod2Mask,
	231		Mod3Mask,
	232		Mod4Mask,
	233		Mod5Mask
	234		};
	235
	236		static Atom wm_atom[2];
	237		static String class_name = "XCurses";
	238		static XtAppContext app_context;
	239		static Widget topLevel, drawing, scrollBox, scrollVert, scrollHoriz;
	240		static int received_map_notify = 0;
	241		static bool mouse_selection = FALSE;
	242		static chtype *tmpsel = NULL;
	243		static unsigned long tmpsel_length = 0;
	244		static int selection_start_x = 0, selection_start_y = 0,
	245		selection_end_x = 0, selection_end_y = 0;
	246		static Pixmap icon_bitmap;
	247		#ifdef HAVE_XPM_H
	248		static Pixmap icon_pixmap;
	249		static Pixmap icon_pixmap_mask;
	250		#endif
	251		static bool visible_cursor = FALSE;
	252		static bool window_entered = TRUE;
	253		static char *program_name;
	254
	255		/* Macros just for app_resources */
	256
	257		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	258		# define DEFFONT "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-200-75-75-c-100-iso10646-1"
	259		#else
	260		# define DEFFONT "7x13"
	261		#endif
	262
	263		#define APPDATAOFF(n) XtOffsetOf(XCursesAppData, n)
	264
	265		#define RINT(name1, name2, value) { \
	266		#name1, #name2, XtRInt, \
	267		sizeof(int), APPDATAOFF(name1), XtRImmediate, \
	268		(XtPointer)value \
	269		}
	270
	271		#define RPIXEL(name1, name2, value) { \
	272		#name1, #name2, XtRPixel, \
	273		sizeof(Pixel), APPDATAOFF(name1), XtRString, \
	274		(XtPointer)#value \
	275		}
	276
	277		#define RCOLOR(name, value) RPIXEL(color##name, Color##name, value)
	278
	279
	280		#define RSTRINGP(name1, name2, param) { \
	281		#name1, #name2, XtRString, \
	282		MAX_PATH, APPDATAOFF(name1), XtRString, (XtPointer)param \
	283		}
	284
	285		#define RSTRING(name1, name2) RSTRINGP(name1, name2, "")
	286
	287		#define RFONT(name1, name2, value) { \
	288		#name1, #name2, XtRFontStruct, \
	289		sizeof(XFontStruct), APPDATAOFF(name1), XtRString, \
	290		(XtPointer)value \
	291		}
	292
	293		#define RCURSOR(name1, name2, value) { \
	294		#name1, #name2, XtRCursor, \
	295		sizeof(Cursor), APPDATAOFF(name1), XtRString, \
	296		(XtPointer)#value \
	297		}
	298
	299		static XtResource app_resources[] =
	300		{
	301		RINT(lines, Lines, 24),
	302		RINT(cols, Cols, 80),
	303
	304		RPIXEL(cursorColor, CursorColor, Red),
	305
	306		RCOLOR(Black, Black),
	307		RCOLOR(Red, red3),
	308		RCOLOR(Green, green3),
	309		RCOLOR(Yellow, yellow3),
	310		RCOLOR(Blue, blue3),
	311		RCOLOR(Magenta, magenta3),
	312		RCOLOR(Cyan, cyan3),
	313		RCOLOR(White, Grey),
	314
	315		RCOLOR(BoldBlack, grey40),
	316		RCOLOR(BoldRed, red1),
	317		RCOLOR(BoldGreen, green1),
	318		RCOLOR(BoldYellow, yellow1),
	319		RCOLOR(BoldBlue, blue1),
	320		RCOLOR(BoldMagenta, magenta1),
	321		RCOLOR(BoldCyan, cyan1),
	322		RCOLOR(BoldWhite, White),
	323
	324		RFONT(normalFont, NormalFont, DEFFONT),
	325		RFONT(italicFont, ItalicFont, DEFFONT),
	326
	327		RSTRING(bitmap, Bitmap),
	328		#ifdef HAVE_XPM_H
	329		RSTRING(pixmap, Pixmap),
	330		#endif
	331		RSTRINGP(composeKey, ComposeKey, "Multi_key"),
	332
	333		RCURSOR(pointer, Pointer, xterm),
	334
	335		RPIXEL(pointerForeColor, PointerForeColor, Black),
	336		RPIXEL(pointerBackColor, PointerBackColor, White),
	337
	338		RINT(shmmin, Shmmin, 0),
	339		RINT(borderWidth, BorderWidth, 0),
	340
	341		RPIXEL(borderColor, BorderColor, Black),
	342
	343		RINT(doubleClickPeriod, DoubleClickPeriod, (PDC_CLICK_PERIOD * 2)),
	344		RINT(clickPeriod, ClickPeriod, PDC_CLICK_PERIOD),
	345		RINT(scrollbarWidth, ScrollbarWidth, 15),
	346		RINT(cursorBlinkRate, CursorBlinkRate, 0),
	347
	348		RSTRING(textCursor, TextCursor)
	349		};
	350
	351		#undef RCURSOR
	352		#undef RFONT
	353		#undef RSTRING
	354		#undef RCOLOR
	355		#undef RPIXEL
	356		#undef RINT
	357		#undef APPDATAOFF
	358		#undef DEFFONT
	359
	360		/* Macros for options */
	361
	362		#define COPT(name) {"-" #name, "*" #name, XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}
	363		#define CCOLOR(name) COPT(color##name)
	364
	365		static XrmOptionDescRec options[] =
	366		{
	367		COPT(lines), COPT(cols), COPT(normalFont), COPT(italicFont),
	368		COPT(bitmap),
	369		#ifdef HAVE_XPM_H
	370		COPT(pixmap),
	371		#endif
	372		COPT(pointer), COPT(shmmin), COPT(composeKey), COPT(clickPeriod),
	373		COPT(doubleClickPeriod), COPT(scrollbarWidth),
	374		COPT(pointerForeColor), COPT(pointerBackColor),
	375		COPT(cursorBlinkRate), COPT(cursorColor), COPT(textCursor),
	376
	377		CCOLOR(Black), CCOLOR(Red), CCOLOR(Green), CCOLOR(Yellow),
	378		CCOLOR(Blue), CCOLOR(Magenta), CCOLOR(Cyan), CCOLOR(White),
	379
	380		CCOLOR(BoldBlack), CCOLOR(BoldRed), CCOLOR(BoldGreen),
	381		CCOLOR(BoldYellow), CCOLOR(BoldBlue), CCOLOR(BoldMagenta),
	382		CCOLOR(BoldCyan), CCOLOR(BoldWhite)
	383		};
	384
	385		#undef CCOLOR
	386		#undef COPT
	387
	388		static XtActionsRec action_table[] =
	389		{
	390		{"XCursesButton", (XtActionProc)XCursesButton},
	391		{"XCursesKeyPress", (XtActionProc)XCursesKeyPress},
	392		{"XCursesPasteSelection", (XtActionProc)XCursesPasteSelection},
	393		{"string", (XtActionProc)XCursesHandleString}
	394		};
	395
	396		static bool after_first_curses_request = FALSE;
	397		static Pixel colors[MAX_COLORS + 2];
	398		static bool vertical_cursor = FALSE;
	399
	400		#ifdef PDC_XIM
	401		static XIM Xim = NULL;
	402		static XIC Xic = NULL;
	403		#endif
	404
	405		static const char *default_translations =
	406		{
	407		"<Key>: XCursesKeyPress() \n" \
	408		"<KeyUp>: XCursesKeyPress() \n" \
	409		"<BtnDown>: XCursesButton() \n" \
	410		"<BtnUp>: XCursesButton() \n" \
	411		"<BtnMotion>: XCursesButton()"
	412		};
	413
	414		static int _to_utf8(char *outcode, chtype code)
	415		{
	416		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	417		if (code & A_ALTCHARSET && !(code & 0xff80))
	418		code = acs_map[code & 0x7f];
	419		#endif
	420		code &= A_CHARTEXT;
	421
	422		if (code < 0x80)
	423		{
	424		outcode[0] = code;
	425		return 1;
	426		}
	427		else
	428		if (code < 0x800)
	429		{
	430		outcode[0] = ((code & 0x07c0) >> 6) | 0xc0;
	431		outcode[1] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80;
	432		return 2;
	433		}
	434		else
	435		{
	436		outcode[0] = ((code & 0xf000) >> 12) | 0xe0;
	437		outcode[1] = ((code & 0x0fc0) >> 6) | 0x80;
	438		outcode[2] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80;
	439		return 3;
	440		}
	441		}
	442
	443		static int _from_utf8(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n)
	444		{
	445		wchar_t key;
	446		int i = -1;
	447		const unsigned char *string;
	448
	449		if (!s || (n < 1))
	450		return -1;
	451
	452		if (!*s)
	453		return 0;
	454
	455		string = (const unsigned char *)s;
	456
	457		key = string[0];
	458
	459		/* Simplistic UTF-8 decoder -- only does the BMP, minimal validation */
	460
	461		if (key & 0x80)
	462		{
	463		if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
	464		{
	465		if (1 < n)
	466		{
	467		key = ((key & 0x1f) << 6) | (string[1] & 0x3f);
	468		i = 2;
	469		}
	470		}
	471		else if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xe0)
	472		{
	473		if (2 < n)
	474		{
	475		key = ((key & 0x0f) << 12) |
	476		((string[1] & 0x3f) << 6) | (string[2] & 0x3f);
	477		i = 3;
	478		}
	479		}
	480		}
	481		else
	482		i = 1;
	483
	484		if (i)
	485		*pwc = key;
	486
	487		return i;
	488		}
	489
	490		#ifndef X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
	491		static Atom XA_UTF8_STRING(Display *dpy)
	492		{
	493		static AtomPtr p = NULL;
	494
	495		if (!p)
	496		p = XmuMakeAtom("UTF8_STRING");
	497
	498		return XmuInternAtom(dpy, p);
	499		}
	500		#endif
	501
	502		signal_handler XCursesSetSignal(int signo, signal_handler action)
	503		{
	504		#if defined(SA_INTERRUPT) || defined(SA_RESTART)
	505		struct sigaction sigact, osigact;
	506
	507		sigact.sa_handler = action;
	508
	509		sigact.sa_flags =
	510		# ifdef SA_INTERRUPT
	511		# ifdef SA_RESTART
	512		SA_INTERRUPT | SA_RESTART;
	513		# else
	514		SA_INTERRUPT;
	515		# endif
	516		# else /* must be SA_RESTART */
	517		SA_RESTART;
	518		# endif
	519		sigemptyset(&sigact.sa_mask);
	520
	521		if (sigaction(signo, &sigact, &osigact))
	522		return SIG_ERR;
	523
	524		return osigact.sa_handler;
	525
	526		#else /* not SA_INTERRUPT or SA_RESTART, use plain signal */
	527		return signal(signo, action);
	528		#endif
	529		}
	530
	531		RETSIGTYPE XCursesSigwinchHandler(int signo)
	532		{
	533		PDC_LOG(("%s:XCursesSigwinchHandler() - called: SIGNO: %d\n",
	534		XCLOGMSG, signo));
	535
	536		/* Patch by: Georg Fuchs, georg.fuchs@rz.uni-regensburg.de
	537		02-Feb-1999 */
	538
	539		SP->resized += 1;
	540
	541		/* Always trap SIGWINCH if the C library supports SIGWINCH */
	542
	543		#ifdef SIGWINCH
	544		XCursesSetSignal(SIGWINCH, XCursesSigwinchHandler);
	545		#endif
	546		}
	547
	548		/* Convert character positions x and y to pixel positions, stored in
	549		xpos and ypos */
	550
	551		static void _make_xy(int x, int y, int *xpos, int *ypos)
	552		{
	553		*xpos = (x * font_width) + xc_app_data.borderWidth;
	554		*ypos = xc_app_data.normalFont->ascent + (y * font_height) +
	555		xc_app_data.borderWidth;
	556		}
	557
	558		/* Output a block of characters with common attributes */
	559
	560		static int _new_packet(chtype attr, bool rev, int len, int col, int row,
	561		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	562		XChar2b *text)
	563		#else
	564		char *text)
	565		#endif
	566		{
	567		GC gc;
	568		int xpos, ypos;
	569		short fore, back;
	570
	571		PDC_pair_content(PAIR_NUMBER(attr), &fore, &back);
	572
	573		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	574		text[len].byte1 = text[len].byte2 = 0;
	575		#else
	576		text[len] = '\0';
	577		#endif
	578
	579		/* Specify the color table offsets */
	580
	581		fore |= (attr & A_BOLD) ? 8 : 0;
	582		back |= (attr & A_BLINK) ? 8 : 0;
	583
	584		/* Reverse flag = highlighted selection XOR A_REVERSE set */
	585
	586		rev ^= !!(attr & A_REVERSE);
	587
	588		/* Determine which GC to use - normal or italic */
	589
	590		gc = (attr & A_ITALIC) ? italic_gc : normal_gc;
	591
	592		/* Draw it */
	593
	594		XSetForeground(XCURSESDISPLAY, gc, colors[rev ? back : fore]);
	595		XSetBackground(XCURSESDISPLAY, gc, colors[rev ? fore : back]);
	596
	597		_make_xy(col, row, &xpos, &ypos);
	598
	599		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	600		XDrawImageString16(
	601		#else
	602		XDrawImageString(
	603		#endif
	604		XCURSESDISPLAY, XCURSESWIN, gc, xpos, ypos, text, len);
	605
	606		/* Underline, etc. */
	607
	608		if (attr & (A_LEFTLINE|A_RIGHTLINE|A_UNDERLINE))
	609		{
	610		int k;
	611
	612		if (SP->line_color != -1)
	613		XSetForeground(XCURSESDISPLAY, gc, colors[SP->line_color]);
	614
	615		if (attr & A_UNDERLINE) /* UNDER */
	616		XDrawLine(XCURSESDISPLAY, XCURSESWIN, gc,
	617		xpos, ypos + 1, xpos + font_width * len, ypos + 1);
	618
	619		if (attr & A_LEFTLINE) /* LEFT */
	620		for (k = 0; k < len; k++)
	621		{
	622		int x = xpos + font_width * k - 1;
	623		XDrawLine(XCURSESDISPLAY, XCURSESWIN, gc,
	624		x, ypos - font_ascent, x, ypos + font_descent);
	625		}
	626
	627		if (attr & A_RIGHTLINE) /* RIGHT */
	628		for (k = 0; k < len; k++)
	629		{
	630		int x = xpos + font_width * (k + 1) - 1;
	631		XDrawLine(XCURSESDISPLAY, XCURSESWIN, gc,
	632		x, ypos - font_ascent, x, ypos + font_descent);
	633		}
	634		}
	635
	636		PDC_LOG(("%s:_new_packet() - row: %d col: %d "
	637		"num_cols: %d fore: %d back: %d text:<%s>\n",
	638		XCLOGMSG, row, col, len, fore, back, text));
	639
	640		return OK;
	641		}
	642
	643		/* The core display routine -- update one line of text */
	644
	645		static int _display_text(const chtype *ch, int row, int col,
	646		int num_cols, bool highlight)
	647		{
	648		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	649		XChar2b text[513];
	650		#else
	651		char text[513];
	652		#endif
	653		chtype old_attr, attr;
	654		int i, j;
	655
	656		PDC_LOG(("%s:_display_text() - called: row: %d col: %d "
	657		"num_cols: %d\n", XCLOGMSG, row, col, num_cols));
	658
	659		if (!num_cols)
	660		return OK;
	661
	662		old_attr = *ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
	663
	664		for (i = 0, j = 0; j < num_cols; j++)
	665		{
	666		chtype curr = ch[j];
	667
	668		attr = curr & A_ATTRIBUTES;
	669
	670		#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
	671		if (attr & A_ALTCHARSET && !(curr & 0xff80))
	672		{
	673		attr ^= A_ALTCHARSET;
	674		curr = acs_map[curr & 0x7f];
	675		}
	676		#endif
	677
	678		#ifndef PDC_WIDE
	679		/* Special handling for ACS_BLOCK */
	680
	681		if (!(curr & A_CHARTEXT))
	682		{
	683		curr |= ' ';
	684		attr ^= A_REVERSE;
	685		}
	686		#endif
	687		if (attr != old_attr)
	688		{
	689		if (_new_packet(old_attr, highlight, i, col, row, text) == ERR)
	690		return ERR;
	691
	692		old_attr = attr;
	693		col += i;
	694		i = 0;
	695		}
	696
	697		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	698		text[i].byte1 = (curr & 0xff00) >> 8;
	699		text[i++].byte2 = curr & 0x00ff;
	700		#else
	701		text[i++] = curr & 0xff;
	702		#endif
	703		}
	704
	705		return _new_packet(old_attr, highlight, i, col, row, text);
	706		}
	707
	708		static void _get_gc(GC *gc, XFontStruct *font_info, int fore, int back)
	709		{
	710		XGCValues values;
	711
	712		/* Create default Graphics Context */
	713
	714		*gc = XCreateGC(XCURSESDISPLAY, XCURSESWIN, 0L, &values);
	715
	716		/* specify font */
	717
	718		XSetFont(XCURSESDISPLAY, *gc, font_info->fid);
	719
	720		XSetForeground(XCURSESDISPLAY, *gc, colors[fore]);
	721		XSetBackground(XCURSESDISPLAY, *gc, colors[back]);
	722		}
	723
	724		static void _initialize_colors(void)
	725		{
	726		colors[COLOR_BLACK] = xc_app_data.colorBlack;
	727		colors[COLOR_RED] = xc_app_data.colorRed;
	728		colors[COLOR_GREEN] = xc_app_data.colorGreen;
	729		colors[COLOR_YELLOW] = xc_app_data.colorYellow;
	730		colors[COLOR_BLUE] = xc_app_data.colorBlue;
	731		colors[COLOR_MAGENTA] = xc_app_data.colorMagenta;
	732		colors[COLOR_CYAN] = xc_app_data.colorCyan;
	733		colors[COLOR_WHITE] = xc_app_data.colorWhite;
	734
	735		colors[COLOR_BLACK + 8] = xc_app_data.colorBoldBlack;
	736		colors[COLOR_RED + 8] = xc_app_data.colorBoldRed;
	737		colors[COLOR_GREEN + 8] = xc_app_data.colorBoldGreen;
	738		colors[COLOR_YELLOW + 8] = xc_app_data.colorBoldYellow;
	739		colors[COLOR_BLUE + 8] = xc_app_data.colorBoldBlue;
	740		colors[COLOR_MAGENTA + 8] = xc_app_data.colorBoldMagenta;
	741		colors[COLOR_CYAN + 8] = xc_app_data.colorBoldCyan;
	742		colors[COLOR_WHITE + 8] = xc_app_data.colorBoldWhite;
	743
	744		colors[COLOR_CURSOR] = xc_app_data.cursorColor;
	745		colors[COLOR_BORDER] = xc_app_data.borderColor;
	746		}
	747
	748		static void _refresh_scrollbar(void)
	749		{
	750		XC_LOG(("_refresh_scrollbar() - called\n"));
	751
	752		if (SP->sb_on)
	753		{
	754		PDC_SCROLLBAR_TYPE total_y = SP->sb_total_y;
	755		PDC_SCROLLBAR_TYPE total_x = SP->sb_total_x;
	756
	757		if (total_y)
	758		XawScrollbarSetThumb(scrollVert,
	759		(PDC_SCROLLBAR_TYPE)(SP->sb_cur_y) / total_y,
	760		(PDC_SCROLLBAR_TYPE)(SP->sb_viewport_y) / total_y);
	761
	762		if (total_x)
	763		XawScrollbarSetThumb(scrollHoriz,
	764		(PDC_SCROLLBAR_TYPE)(SP->sb_cur_x) / total_x,
	765		(PDC_SCROLLBAR_TYPE)(SP->sb_viewport_x) / total_x);
	766		}
	767		}
	768
	769		static void _set_cursor_color(chtype *ch, short *fore, short *back)
	770		{
	771		int attr;
	772		short f, b;
	773
	774		attr = PAIR_NUMBER(*ch);
	775
	776		if (attr)
	777		{
	778		PDC_pair_content(attr, &f, &b);
	779		*fore = 7 - (f % 8);
	780		*back = 7 - (b % 8);
	781		}
	782		else
	783		{
	784		if (*ch & A_REVERSE)
	785		{
	786		*back = COLOR_BLACK;
	787		*fore = COLOR_WHITE;
	788		}
	789		else
	790		{
	791		*back = COLOR_WHITE;
	792		*fore = COLOR_BLACK;
	793		}
	794		}
	795		}
	796
	797		static void _get_icon(void)
	798		{
	799		XIconSize *icon_size;
	800		int size_count = 0;
	801		Status rc;
	802		unsigned char *bitmap_bits = NULL;
	803		unsigned icon_bitmap_width = 0, icon_bitmap_height = 0,
	804		file_bitmap_width = 0, file_bitmap_height = 0;
	805
	806		XC_LOG(("_get_icon() - called\n"));
	807
	808		icon_size = XAllocIconSize();
	809
	810		rc = XGetIconSizes(XtDisplay(topLevel),
	811		RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreen(topLevel)),
	812		&icon_size, &size_count);
	813
	814		/* if the WM can advise on icon sizes... */
	815
	816		if (rc && size_count)
	817		{
	818		int i, max_height = 0, max_width = 0;
	819
	820		PDC_LOG(("%s:size_count: %d rc: %d\n", XCLOGMSG, size_count, rc));
	821
	822		for (i = 0; i < size_count; i++)
	823		{
	824		if (icon_size[i].max_width > max_width)
	825		max_width = icon_size[i].max_width;
	826		if (icon_size[i].max_height > max_height)
	827		max_height = icon_size[i].max_height;
	828
	829		PDC_LOG(("%s:min: %d %d\n", XCLOGMSG,
	830		icon_size[i].min_width, icon_size[i].min_height));
	831
	832		PDC_LOG(("%s:max: %d %d\n", XCLOGMSG,
	833		icon_size[i].max_width, icon_size[i].max_height));
	834
	835		PDC_LOG(("%s:inc: %d %d\n", XCLOGMSG,
	836		icon_size[i].width_inc, icon_size[i].height_inc));
	837		}
	838
	839		if (max_width >= big_icon_width && max_height >= big_icon_height)
	840		{
	841		icon_bitmap_width = big_icon_width;
	842		icon_bitmap_height = big_icon_height;
	843		bitmap_bits = (unsigned char *)big_icon_bits;
	844		}
	845		else
	846		{
	847		icon_bitmap_width = little_icon_width;
	848		icon_bitmap_height = little_icon_height;
	849		bitmap_bits = (unsigned char *)little_icon_bits;
	850		}
	851
	852		}
	853		else /* use small icon */
	854		{
	855		icon_bitmap_width = little_icon_width;
	856		icon_bitmap_height = little_icon_height;
	857		bitmap_bits = (unsigned char *)little_icon_bits;
	858		}
	859
	860		XFree(icon_size);
	861
	862		#ifdef HAVE_XPM_H
	863		if (xc_app_data.pixmap && xc_app_data.pixmap[0]) /* supplied pixmap */
	864		{
	865		XpmReadFileToPixmap(XtDisplay(topLevel),
	866		RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreen(topLevel)),
	867		(char *)xc_app_data.pixmap,
	868		&icon_pixmap, &icon_pixmap_mask, NULL);
	869		return;
	870		}
	871		#endif
	872
	873		if (xc_app_data.bitmap && xc_app_data.bitmap[0]) /* supplied bitmap */
	874		{
	875		int x_hot = 0, y_hot = 0;
	876
	877		rc = XReadBitmapFile(XtDisplay(topLevel),
	878		RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreen(topLevel)),
	879		(char *)xc_app_data.bitmap,
	880		&file_bitmap_width, &file_bitmap_height,
	881		&icon_bitmap, &x_hot, &y_hot);
	882
	883		switch(rc)
	884		{
	885		case BitmapOpenFailed:
	886		fprintf(stderr, "bitmap file %s: not found\n",
	887		xc_app_data.bitmap);
	888		break;
	889		case BitmapFileInvalid:
	890		fprintf(stderr, "bitmap file %s: contents invalid\n",
	891		xc_app_data.bitmap);
	892		break;
	893		default:
	894		return;
	895		}
	896		}
	897
	898		icon_bitmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(XtDisplay(topLevel),
	899		RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreen(topLevel)),
	900		(char *)bitmap_bits, icon_bitmap_width, icon_bitmap_height);
	901		}
	902
	903		static void _draw_border(void)
	904		{
	905		/* Draw the border if required */
	906
	907		if (xc_app_data.borderWidth)
	908		XDrawRectangle(XCURSESDISPLAY, XCURSESWIN, border_gc,
	909		xc_app_data.borderWidth / 2,
	910		xc_app_data.borderWidth / 2,
	911		window_width - xc_app_data.borderWidth,
	912		window_height - xc_app_data.borderWidth);
	913		}
	914
	915		/* Redraw the entire screen */
	916
	917		static void _display_screen(void)
	918		{
	919		int row;
	920
	921		XC_LOG(("_display_screen() - called\n"));
	922
	923		for (row = 0; row < XCursesLINES; row++)
	924		{
	925		XC_get_line_lock(row);
	926
	927		_display_text((const chtype *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_Y_OFF(row)),
	928		row, 0, COLS, FALSE);
	929
	930		XC_release_line_lock(row);
	931		}
	932
	933		_redraw_cursor();
	934		_draw_border();
	935		}
	936
	937		/* Draw changed portions of the screen */
	938
	939		static void _refresh_screen(void)
	940		{
	941		int row, start_col, num_cols;
	942
	943		XC_LOG(("_refresh_screen() - called\n"));
	944
	945		for (row = 0; row < XCursesLINES; row++)
	946		{
	947		num_cols = (int)*(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_LENGTH_OFF + row);
	948
	949		if (num_cols)
	950		{
	951		XC_get_line_lock(row);
	952
	953		start_col = (int)*(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_START_OFF + row);
	954
	955		_display_text((const chtype *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_Y_OFF(row) +
	956		(start_col * sizeof(chtype))), row, start_col,
	957		num_cols, FALSE);
	958
	959		*(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_LENGTH_OFF + row) = 0;
	960
	961		XC_release_line_lock(row);
	962		}
	963		}
	964
	965		if (mouse_selection)
	966		_selection_off();
	967		}
	968
	969		static void _handle_expose(Widget w, XtPointer client_data, XEvent *event,
	970		Boolean *unused)
	971		{
	972		XC_LOG(("_handle_expose() - called\n"));
	973
	974		/* ignore all Exposes except last */
	975
	976		if (event->xexpose.count)
	977		return;
	978
	979		if (after_first_curses_request && received_map_notify)
	980		_display_screen();
	981		}
	982
	983		static void _handle_nonmaskable(Widget w, XtPointer client_data, XEvent *event,
	984		Boolean *unused)
	985		{
	986		XClientMessageEvent *client_event = (XClientMessageEvent *)event;
	987
	988		PDC_LOG(("%s:_handle_nonmaskable called: xc_otherpid %d event %d\n",
	989		XCLOGMSG, xc_otherpid, event->type));
	990
	991		if (event->type == ClientMessage)
	992		{
	993		XC_LOG(("ClientMessage received\n"));
	994
	995		/* This code used to include handling of WM_SAVE_YOURSELF, but
	996		it resulted in continual failure of THE on my Toshiba laptop.
	997		Removed on 3-3-2001. Now only exits on WM_DELETE_WINDOW. */
	998
	999		if ((Atom)client_event->data.s[0] == wm_atom[0])
	1000		_exit_process(0, SIGKILL, "");
	1001		}
	1002		}
	1003
	1004		static void XCursesKeyPress(Widget w, XEvent *event, String *params,
	1005		Cardinal *nparams)
	1006		{
	1007		enum { STATE_NORMAL, STATE_COMPOSE, STATE_CHAR };
	1008
	1009		#ifdef PDC_XIM
	1010		Status status;
	1011		wchar_t buffer[120];
	1012		#else
	1013		unsigned char buffer[120];
	1014		XComposeStatus compose;
	1015		static int compose_state = STATE_NORMAL;
	1016		static int compose_index = 0;
	1017		int char_idx = 0;
	1018		#endif
	1019		unsigned long key = 0;
	1020		int buflen = 40;
	1021		int i, count;
	1022		unsigned long modifier = 0;
	1023		bool key_code = FALSE;
	1024
	1025		XC_LOG(("XCursesKeyPress() - called\n"));
	1026
	1027		/* Handle modifier keys first; ignore other KeyReleases */
	1028
	1029		if (event->type == KeyRelease)
	1030		{
	1031		/* The keysym value was set by a previous call to this function
	1032		with a KeyPress event (or reset by the mouse event handler) */
	1033
	1034		if (SP->return_key_modifiers &&
	1035		#ifndef PDC_XIM
	1036		keysym != compose_key &&
	1037		#endif
	1038		IsModifierKey(keysym))
	1039		{
	1040		switch (keysym) {
	1041		case XK_Shift_L:
	1042		key = KEY_SHIFT_L;
	1043		break;
	1044		case XK_Shift_R:
	1045		key = KEY_SHIFT_R;
	1046		break;
	1047		case XK_Control_L:
	1048		key = KEY_CONTROL_L;
	1049		break;
	1050		case XK_Control_R:
	1051		key = KEY_CONTROL_R;
	1052		break;
	1053		case XK_Alt_L:
	1054		key = KEY_ALT_L;
	1055		break;
	1056		case XK_Alt_R:
	1057		key = KEY_ALT_R;
	1058		}
	1059
	1060		if (key)
	1061		_send_key_to_curses(key, NULL, TRUE);
	1062		}
	1063
	1064		return;
	1065		}
	1066
	1067		buffer[0] = '\0';
	1068
	1069		#ifdef PDC_XIM
	1070		count = XwcLookupString(Xic, &(event->xkey), buffer, buflen,
	1071		&keysym, &status);
	1072		#else
	1073		count = XLookupString(&(event->xkey), (char *)buffer, buflen,
	1074		&keysym, &compose);
	1075		#endif
	1076
	1077		/* translate keysym into curses key code */
	1078
	1079		PDC_LOG(("%s:Key mask: %x\n", XCLOGMSG, event->xkey.state));
	1080
	1081		#ifdef PDCDEBUG
	1082		for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
	1083		PDC_debug("%s:Keysym %x %d\n", XCLOGMSG,
	1084		XKeycodeToKeysym(XCURSESDISPLAY, event->xkey.keycode, i), i);
	1085		#endif
	1086
	1087		#ifndef PDC_XIM
	1088
	1089		/* Check if the key just pressed is the user-specified compose
	1090		key; if it is, set the compose state and exit. */
	1091
	1092		if (keysym == compose_key)
	1093		{
	1094		chtype *ch;
	1095		int xpos, ypos, save_visibility = SP->visibility;
	1096		short fore = 0, back = 0;
	1097
	1098		/* Change the shape of the cursor to an outline rectangle to
	1099		indicate we are in "compose" status */
	1100
	1101		SP->visibility = 0;
	1102
	1103		_redraw_cursor();
	1104
	1105		SP->visibility = save_visibility;
	1106		_make_xy(SP->curscol, SP->cursrow, &xpos, &ypos);
	1107
	1108		ch = (chtype *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_Y_OFF(SP->cursrow) +
	1109		(SP->curscol * sizeof(chtype)));
	1110
	1111		_set_cursor_color(ch, &fore, &back);
	1112
	1113		XSetForeground(XCURSESDISPLAY, rect_cursor_gc, colors[back]);
	1114
	1115		XDrawRectangle(XCURSESDISPLAY, XCURSESWIN, rect_cursor_gc,
	1116		xpos + 1, ypos - font_height +
	1117		xc_app_data.normalFont->descent + 1,
	1118		font_width - 2, font_height - 2);
	1119
	1120		compose_state = STATE_COMPOSE;
	1121		return;
	1122		}
	1123
	1124		switch (compose_state)
	1125		{
	1126		case STATE_COMPOSE:
	1127		if (IsModifierKey(keysym))
	1128		return;
	1129
	1130		if (event->xkey.state & compose_mask)
	1131		{
	1132		compose_state = STATE_NORMAL;
	1133		_redraw_cursor();
	1134		break;
	1135		}
	1136
	1137		if (buffer[0] && count == 1)
	1138		key = buffer[0];
	1139
	1140		compose_index = -1;
	1141
	1142		for (i = 0; i < (int)strlen(compose_chars); i++)
	1143		if (compose_chars[i] == key)
	1144		{
	1145		compose_index = i;
	1146		break;
	1147		}
	1148
	1149		if (compose_index == -1)
	1150		{
	1151		compose_state = STATE_NORMAL;
	1152		compose_index = 0;
	1153		_redraw_cursor();
	1154		break;
	1155		}
	1156
	1157		compose_state = STATE_CHAR;
	1158		return;
	1159
	1160		case STATE_CHAR:
	1161		if (IsModifierKey(keysym))
	1162		return;
	1163
	1164		if (event->xkey.state & compose_mask)
	1165		{
	1166		compose_state = STATE_NORMAL;
	1167		_redraw_cursor();
	1168		break;
	1169		}
	1170
	1171		if (buffer[0] && count == 1)
	1172		key = buffer[0];
	1173
	1174		char_idx = -1;
	1175
	1176		for (i = 0; i < MAX_COMPOSE_CHARS; i++)
	1177		if (compose_lookups[compose_index][i] == key)
	1178		{
	1179		char_idx = i;
	1180		break;
	1181		}
	1182
	1183		if (char_idx == -1)
	1184		{
	1185		compose_state = STATE_NORMAL;
	1186		compose_index = 0;
	1187		_redraw_cursor();
	1188		break;
	1189		}
	1190
	1191		_send_key_to_curses(compose_keys[compose_index][char_idx],
	1192		NULL, FALSE);
	1193
	1194		compose_state = STATE_NORMAL;
	1195		compose_index = 0;
	1196
	1197		_redraw_cursor();
	1198
	1199		return;
	1200		}
	1201
	1202		#endif /* PDC_XIM */
	1203
	1204		/* To get here we are procesing "normal" keys */
	1205
	1206		PDC_LOG(("%s:Keysym %x %d\n", XCLOGMSG,
	1207		XKeycodeToKeysym(XCURSESDISPLAY, event->xkey.keycode, key), key));
	1208
	1209		if (SP->save_key_modifiers)
	1210		{
	1211		/* 0x10: usually, numlock modifier */
	1212
	1213		if (event->xkey.state & Mod2Mask)
	1214		modifier |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK;
	1215
	1216		/* 0x01: shift modifier */
	1217
	1218		if (event->xkey.state & ShiftMask)
	1219		modifier |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT;
	1220
	1221		/* 0x04: control modifier */
	1222
	1223		if (event->xkey.state & ControlMask)
	1224		modifier |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL;
	1225
	1226		/* 0x08: usually, alt modifier */
	1227
	1228		if (event->xkey.state & Mod1Mask)
	1229		modifier |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT;
	1230		}
	1231
	1232		for (i = 0; key_table[i].keycode; i++)
	1233		{
	1234		if (key_table[i].keycode == keysym)
	1235		{
	1236		PDC_LOG(("%s:State %x\n", XCLOGMSG, event->xkey.state));
	1237
	1238		/* ControlMask: 0x04: control modifier
	1239		Mod1Mask: 0x08: usually, alt modifier
	1240		Mod2Mask: 0x10: usually, numlock modifier
	1241		ShiftMask: 0x01: shift modifier */
	1242
	1243		if ((event->xkey.state & ShiftMask) ||
	1244		(key_table[i].numkeypad &&
	1245		(event->xkey.state & Mod2Mask)))
	1246		{
	1247		key = key_table[i].shifted;
	1248		}
	1249		else if (event->xkey.state & ControlMask)
	1250		{
	1251		key = key_table[i].control;
	1252		}
	1253		else if (event->xkey.state & Mod1Mask)
	1254		{
	1255		key = key_table[i].alt;
	1256		}
	1257
	1258		/* To get here, we ignore all other modifiers */
	1259
	1260		else
	1261		key = key_table[i].normal;
	1262
	1263		key_code = (key > 0x100);
	1264		break;
	1265		}
	1266		}
	1267
	1268		if (!key && buffer[0] && count == 1)
	1269		key = buffer[0];
	1270
	1271		PDC_LOG(("%s:Key: %s pressed - %x Mod: %x\n", XCLOGMSG,
	1272		XKeysymToString(keysym), key, event->xkey.state));
	1273
	1274		/* Handle ALT letters and numbers */
	1275
	1276		if (event->xkey.state == Mod1Mask)
	1277		{
	1278		if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
	1279		{
	1280		key += ALT_A - 'A';
	1281		key_code = TRUE;
	1282		}
	1283
	1284		if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
	1285		{
	1286		key += ALT_A - 'a';
	1287		key_code = TRUE;
	1288		}
	1289
	1290		if (key >= '0' && key <= '9')
	1291		{
	1292		key += ALT_0 - '0';
	1293		key_code = TRUE;
	1294		}
	1295		}
	1296
	1297		/* After all that, send the key back to the application if is
	1298		NOT zero. */
	1299
	1300		if (key)
	1301		{
	1302		key |= (modifier << 24);
	1303
	1304		_send_key_to_curses(key, NULL, key_code);
	1305		}
	1306		}
	1307
	1308		static void XCursesHandleString(Widget w, XEvent *event, String *params,
	1309		Cardinal *nparams)
	1310		{
	1311		unsigned char *ptr;
	1312
	1313		if (*nparams != 1)
	1314		return;
	1315
	1316		ptr = (unsigned char *)*params;
	1317
	1318		if (ptr[0] == '0' && ptr[1] == 'x' && ptr[2] != '\0')
	1319		{
	1320		unsigned char c;
	1321		unsigned long total = 0;
	1322
	1323		for (ptr += 2; (c = tolower(*ptr)); ptr++)
	1324		{
	1325		total <<= 4;
	1326
	1327		if (c >= '0' && c <= '9')
	1328		total += c - '0';
	1329		else
	1330		if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
	1331		total += c - ('a' - 10);
	1332		else
	1333		break;
	1334		}
	1335
	1336		if (c == '\0')
	1337		_send_key_to_curses(total, NULL, FALSE);
	1338		}
	1339		else
	1340		for (; *ptr; ptr++)
	1341		_send_key_to_curses((unsigned long)*ptr, NULL, FALSE);
	1342		}
	1343
	1344		static void _paste_string(Widget w, XtPointer data, Atom *selection, Atom *type,
	1345		XtPointer value, unsigned long *length, int *format)
	1346		{
	1347		unsigned long i, key;
	1348		unsigned char *string = value;
	1349
	1350		XC_LOG(("_paste_string() - called\n"));
	1351
	1352		if (!*type || !*length || !string)
	1353		return;
	1354
	1355		for (i = 0; string[i] && (i < (*length)); i++)
	1356		{
	1357		key = string[i];
	1358
	1359		if (key == 10) /* new line - convert to ^M */
	1360		key = 13;
	1361
	1362		_send_key_to_curses(key, NULL, FALSE);
	1363		}
	1364
	1365		XtFree(value);
	1366		}
	1367
	1368		static void _paste_utf8(Widget w, XtPointer event, Atom *selection, Atom *type,
	1369		XtPointer value, unsigned long *length, int *format)
	1370		{
	1371		wchar_t key;
	1372		size_t i = 0, len;
	1373		char *string = value;
	1374
	1375		XC_LOG(("_paste_utf8() - called\n"));
	1376
	1377		if (!*type || !*length)
	1378		{
	1379		XtGetSelectionValue(w, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING, _paste_string,
	1380		event, ((XButtonEvent *)event)->time);
	1381		return;
	1382		}
	1383
	1384		len = *length;
	1385
	1386		if (!string)
	1387		return;
	1388
	1389		while (string[i] && (i < len))
	1390		{
	1391		int retval = _from_utf8(&key, string + i, len - i);
	1392
	1393		if (retval < 1)
	1394		return;
	1395
	1396		if (key == 10) /* new line - convert to ^M */
	1397		key = 13;
	1398
	1399		_send_key_to_curses(key, NULL, FALSE);
	1400
	1401		i += retval;
	1402		}
	1403
	1404		XtFree(value);
	1405		}
	1406
	1407		static void XCursesPasteSelection(Widget w, XButtonEvent *button_event)
	1408		{
	1409		XC_LOG(("XCursesPasteSelection() - called\n"));
	1410
	1411		XtGetSelectionValue(w, XA_PRIMARY, XA_UTF8_STRING(XtDisplay(w)),
	1412		_paste_utf8, (XtPointer)button_event,
	1413		button_event->time);
	1414		}
	1415
	1416		static Boolean _convert_proc(Widget w, Atom *selection, Atom *target,
	1417		Atom *type_return, XtPointer *value_return,
	1418		unsigned long *length_return, int *format_return)
	1419		{
	1420		XC_LOG(("_convert_proc() - called\n"));
	1421
	1422		if (*target == XA_TARGETS(XtDisplay(topLevel)))
	1423		{
	1424		XSelectionRequestEvent *req = XtGetSelectionRequest(w,
	1425		*selection, (XtRequestId)NULL);
	1426
	1427		Atom *targetP;
	1428		XPointer std_targets;
	1429		unsigned long std_length;
	1430
	1431		XmuConvertStandardSelection(topLevel, req->time, selection,
	1432		target, type_return, &std_targets,
	1433		&std_length, format_return);
	1434
	1435		*length_return = std_length + 2;
	1436		*value_return = XtMalloc(sizeof(Atom) * (*length_return));
	1437
	1438		targetP = *(Atom**)value_return;
	1439		*targetP++ = XA_STRING;
	1440		*targetP++ = XA_UTF8_STRING(XtDisplay(topLevel));
	1441
	1442		memmove((void *)targetP, (const void *)std_targets,
	1443		sizeof(Atom) * std_length);
	1444
	1445		XtFree((char *)std_targets);
	1446		*type_return = XA_ATOM;
	1447		*format_return = sizeof(Atom) * 8;
	1448
	1449		return True;
	1450		}
	1451		else if (*target == XA_UTF8_STRING(XtDisplay(topLevel)) ||
	1452		*target == XA_STRING)
	1453		{
	1454		bool utf8 = !(*target == XA_STRING);
	1455		char *data = XtMalloc(tmpsel_length * 3 + 1);
	1456		chtype *tmp = tmpsel;
	1457		int ret_length = 0;
	1458
	1459		if (utf8)
	1460		{
	1461		while (*tmp)
	1462		ret_length += _to_utf8(data + ret_length, *tmp++);
	1463		}
	1464		else
	1465		while (*tmp)
	1466		data[ret_length++] = *tmp++ & 0xff;
	1467
	1468		data[ret_length++] = '\0';
	1469
	1470		*value_return = data;
	1471		*length_return = ret_length;
	1472		*format_return = 8;
	1473		*type_return = *target;
	1474
	1475		return True;
	1476		}
	1477		else
	1478		return XmuConvertStandardSelection(topLevel, CurrentTime,
	1479		selection, target, type_return, (XPointer*)value_return,
	1480		length_return, format_return);
	1481		}
	1482
	1483		static void _lose_ownership(Widget w, Atom *type)
	1484		{
	1485		XC_LOG(("_lose_ownership() - called\n"));
	1486
	1487		if (tmpsel)
	1488		free(tmpsel);
	1489
	1490		tmpsel = NULL;
	1491		tmpsel_length = 0;
	1492		_selection_off();
	1493		}
	1494
	1495		static void _show_selection(int start_x, int start_y, int end_x, int end_y,
	1496		bool highlight)
	1497		{
	1498		int i, num_cols, start_col, row;
	1499
	1500		PDC_LOG(("%s:_show_selection() - called StartX: %d StartY: %d "
	1501		"EndX: %d EndY: %d Highlight: %d\n", XCLOGMSG,
	1502		start_x, start_y, end_x, end_y, highlight));
	1503
	1504		for (i = 0; i < end_y - start_y + 1; i++)
	1505		{
	1506		if (start_y == end_y) /* only one line */
	1507		{
	1508		start_col = start_x;
	1509		num_cols = end_x - start_x + 1;
	1510		row = start_y;
	1511		}
	1512		else if (!i) /* first line */
	1513		{
	1514		start_col = start_x;
	1515		num_cols = COLS - start_x;
	1516		row = start_y;
	1517		}
	1518		else if (start_y + i == end_y) /* last line */
	1519		{
	1520		start_col = 0;
	1521		num_cols = end_x + 1;
	1522		row = end_y;
	1523		}
	1524		else /* full line */
	1525		{
	1526		start_col = 0;
	1527		num_cols = COLS;
	1528		row = start_y + i;
	1529		}
	1530
	1531		XC_get_line_lock(row);
	1532
	1533		_display_text((const chtype *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_Y_OFF(row) +
	1534		(start_col * sizeof(chtype))), row, start_col,
	1535		num_cols, highlight);
	1536
	1537		XC_release_line_lock(row);
	1538		}
	1539		}
	1540
	1541		static void _selection_off(void)
	1542		{
	1543		XC_LOG(("_selection_off() - called\n"));
	1544
	1545		_display_screen();
	1546
	1547		selection_start_x = selection_start_y = selection_end_x =
	1548		selection_end_y = 0;
	1549
	1550		mouse_selection = FALSE;
	1551		}
	1552
	1553		static void _selection_on(int x, int y)
	1554		{
	1555		XC_LOG(("_selection_on() - called\n"));
	1556
	1557		selection_start_x = selection_end_x = x;
	1558		selection_start_y = selection_end_y = y;
	1559		}
	1560
	1561		static void _selection_extend(int x, int y)
	1562		{
	1563		int temp, current_start, current_end, current_start_x,
	1564		current_end_x, current_start_y, current_end_y, new_start,
	1565		new_end, new_start_x, new_end_x, new_start_y, new_end_y;
	1566
	1567		XC_LOG(("_selection_extend() - called\n"));
	1568
	1569		mouse_selection = TRUE;
	1570
	1571		/* convert x/y coordinates into start/stop */
	1572
	1573		current_start = (selection_start_y * COLS) + selection_start_x;
	1574		current_end = (selection_end_y * COLS) + selection_end_x;
	1575
	1576		if (current_start > current_end)
	1577		{
	1578		current_start_x = selection_end_x;
	1579		current_start_y = selection_end_y;
	1580		current_end_x = selection_start_x;
	1581		current_end_y = selection_start_y;
	1582		temp = current_start;
	1583		current_start = current_end;
	1584		current_end = temp;
	1585		}
	1586		else
	1587		{
	1588		current_end_x = selection_end_x;
	1589		current_end_y = selection_end_y;
	1590		current_start_x = selection_start_x;
	1591		current_start_y = selection_start_y;
	1592		}
	1593
	1594		/* Now we have the current selection as a linear expression.
	1595		Convert the new position to a linear expression. */
	1596
	1597		selection_end_x = x;
	1598		selection_end_y = y;
	1599
	1600		/* convert x/y coordinates into start/stop */
	1601
	1602		new_start = (selection_start_y * COLS) + selection_start_x;
	1603		new_end = (selection_end_y * COLS) + selection_end_x;
	1604
	1605		if (new_start > new_end)
	1606		{
	1607		new_start_x = selection_end_x;
	1608		new_start_y = selection_end_y;
	1609		new_end_x = selection_start_x;
	1610		new_end_y = selection_start_y;
	1611		temp = new_start;
	1612		new_start = new_end;
	1613		new_end = temp;
	1614		}
	1615		else
	1616		{
	1617		new_end_x = selection_end_x;
	1618		new_end_y = selection_end_y;
	1619		new_start_x = selection_start_x;
	1620		new_start_y = selection_start_y;
	1621		}
	1622
	1623		if (new_end > current_end)
	1624		_show_selection(current_end_x, current_end_y, new_end_x,
	1625		new_end_y, TRUE);
	1626		else if (new_end < current_end)
	1627		_show_selection(new_end_x, new_end_y, current_end_x,
	1628		current_end_y, FALSE);
	1629		else if (new_start < current_start)
	1630		_show_selection(new_start_x, new_start_y, current_start_x,
	1631		current_start_y, TRUE);
	1632		else if (new_start > current_start)
	1633		_show_selection(current_start_x, current_start_y,
	1634		new_start_x, new_start_y, FALSE);
	1635		else
	1636		_show_selection(current_start_x, current_start_y,
	1637		new_start_x, new_start_y, TRUE);
	1638		}
	1639
	1640		static void _selection_set(void)
	1641		{
	1642		int i, j, start, end, start_x, end_x, start_y, end_y, num_cols,
	1643		start_col, row, num_chars, ch, last_nonblank, length, newlen;
	1644		chtype *ptr = NULL;
	1645
	1646		XC_LOG(("_selection_set() - called\n"));
	1647
	1648		/* convert x/y coordinates into start/stop */
	1649
	1650		start = (selection_start_y * COLS) + selection_start_x;
	1651		end = (selection_end_y * COLS) + selection_end_x;
	1652
	1653		if (start == end)
	1654		{
	1655		if (tmpsel)
	1656		free(tmpsel);
	1657
	1658		tmpsel = NULL;
	1659		tmpsel_length = 0;
	1660
	1661		return;
	1662		}
	1663
	1664		if (start > end)
	1665		{
	1666		start_x = selection_end_x;
	1667		start_y = selection_end_y;
	1668		end_x = selection_start_x;
	1669		end_y = selection_start_y;
	1670		length = start - end + 1;
	1671		}
	1672		else
	1673		{
	1674		end_x = selection_end_x;
	1675		end_y = selection_end_y;
	1676		start_x = selection_start_x;
	1677		start_y = selection_start_y;
	1678		length = end - start + 1;
	1679		}
	1680
	1681		newlen = length + end_y - start_y + 2;
	1682
	1683		if (length > (int)tmpsel_length)
	1684		{
	1685		if (!tmpsel_length)
	1686		tmpsel = malloc(newlen * sizeof(chtype));
	1687		else
	1688		tmpsel = realloc(tmpsel, newlen * sizeof(chtype));
	1689		}
	1690
	1691		if (!tmpsel)
	1692		{
	1693		tmpsel_length = 0;
	1694		return;
	1695		}
	1696
	1697		tmpsel_length = length;
	1698		num_chars = 0;
	1699
	1700		for (i = 0; i < end_y - start_y + 1; i++)
	1701		{
	1702
	1703		if (start_y == end_y) /* only one line */
	1704		{
	1705		start_col = start_x;
	1706		num_cols = end_x - start_x + 1;
	1707		row = start_y;
	1708		}
	1709		else if (!i) /* first line */
	1710		{
	1711		start_col = start_x;
	1712		num_cols = COLS - start_x;
	1713		row = start_y;
	1714		}
	1715		else if (start_y + i == end_y) /* last line */
	1716		{
	1717		start_col = 0;
	1718		num_cols = end_x + 1;
	1719		row = end_y;
	1720		}
	1721		else /* full line */
	1722		{
	1723		start_col = 0;
	1724		num_cols = COLS;
	1725		row = start_y + i;
	1726		}
	1727
	1728		XC_get_line_lock(row);
	1729
	1730		ptr = (chtype *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_Y_OFF(row) +
	1731		start_col * sizeof(chtype));
	1732
	1733		if (i < end_y - start_y)
	1734		{
	1735		last_nonblank = 0;
	1736
	1737		for (j = 0; j < num_cols; j++)
	1738		{
	1739		ch = (int)(ptr[j] & A_CHARTEXT);
	1740		if (ch != (int)' ')
	1741		last_nonblank = j;
	1742		}
	1743		}
	1744		else
	1745		last_nonblank = num_cols - 1;
	1746
	1747		for (j = 0; j <= last_nonblank; j++)
	1748		tmpsel[num_chars++] = ptr[j];
	1749
	1750		XC_release_line_lock(row);
	1751
	1752		if (i < end_y - start_y)
	1753		tmpsel[num_chars++] = '\n';
	1754		}
	1755
	1756		tmpsel[num_chars] = '\0';
	1757		tmpsel_length = num_chars;
	1758		}
	1759
	1760		static void _display_cursor(int old_row, int old_x, int new_row, int new_x)
	1761		{
	1762		int xpos, ypos, i;
	1763		chtype *ch;
	1764		short fore = 0, back = 0;
	1765
	1766		PDC_LOG(("%s:_display_cursor() - draw char at row: %d col %d\n",
	1767		XCLOGMSG, old_row, old_x));
	1768
	1769		/* if the cursor position is outside the boundary of the screen,
	1770		ignore the request */
	1771
	1772		if (old_row >= XCursesLINES || old_x >= COLS ||
	1773		new_row >= XCursesLINES || new_x >= COLS)
	1774		return;
	1775
	1776		/* display the character at the current cursor position */
	1777
	1778		PDC_LOG(("%s:_display_cursor() - draw char at row: %d col %d\n",
	1779		XCLOGMSG, old_row, old_x));
	1780
	1781		_display_text((const chtype *)(Xcurscr + (XCURSCR_Y_OFF(old_row) +
	1782		(old_x * sizeof(chtype)))), old_row, old_x, 1, FALSE);
	1783
	1784		/* display the cursor at the new cursor position */
	1785
	1786		if (!SP->visibility)
	1787		return; /* cursor not displayed, no more to do */
	1788
	1789		_make_xy(new_x, new_row, &xpos, &ypos);
	1790
	1791		ch = (chtype *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_Y_OFF(new_row) + new_x * sizeof(chtype));
	1792
	1793		_set_cursor_color(ch, &fore, &back);
	1794
	1795		if (vertical_cursor)
	1796		{
	1797		XSetForeground(XCURSESDISPLAY, rect_cursor_gc, colors[back]);
	1798
	1799		for (i = 1; i <= SP->visibility; i++)
	1800		XDrawLine(XCURSESDISPLAY, XCURSESWIN, rect_cursor_gc,
	1801		xpos + i, ypos - xc_app_data.normalFont->ascent,
	1802		xpos + i, ypos - xc_app_data.normalFont->ascent +
	1803		font_height - 1);
	1804		}
	1805		else
	1806		{
	1807		if (SP->visibility == 1)
	1808		{
	1809		/* cursor visibility normal */
	1810
	1811		XSetForeground(XCURSESDISPLAY, rect_cursor_gc, colors[back]);
	1812
	1813		for (i = 0; i < xc_app_data.normalFont->descent + 2; i++)
	1814		XDrawLine(XCURSESDISPLAY, XCURSESWIN, rect_cursor_gc,
	1815		xpos, ypos - 2 + i, xpos + font_width, ypos - 2 + i);
	1816		}
	1817		else
	1818		{
	1819		/* cursor visibility high */
	1820		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	1821		XChar2b buf[2];
	1822
	1823		buf[0].byte1 = (*ch & 0xff00) >> 8;
	1824		buf[0].byte2 = *ch & 0x00ff;
	1825
	1826		buf[1].byte1 = buf[1].byte2 = 0;
	1827		#else
	1828		char buf[2];
	1829
	1830		buf[0] = *ch & 0xff;
	1831		buf[1] = '\0';
	1832		#endif
	1833		XSetForeground(XCURSESDISPLAY, block_cursor_gc, colors[fore]);
	1834		XSetBackground(XCURSESDISPLAY, block_cursor_gc, colors[back]);
	1835		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	1836		XDrawImageString16(
	1837		#else
	1838		XDrawImageString(
	1839		#endif
	1840		XCURSESDISPLAY, XCURSESWIN, block_cursor_gc,
	1841		xpos, ypos, buf, 1);
	1842		}
	1843		}
	1844
	1845		PDC_LOG(("%s:_display_cursor() - draw cursor at row %d col %d\n",
	1846		XCLOGMSG, new_row, new_x));
	1847		}
	1848
	1849		static void _redraw_cursor(void)
	1850		{
	1851		_display_cursor(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol, SP->cursrow, SP->curscol);
	1852		}
	1853
	1854		static void _handle_enter_leave(Widget w, XtPointer client_data,
	1855		XEvent *event, Boolean *unused)
	1856		{
	1857		XC_LOG(("_handle_enter_leave called\n"));
	1858
	1859		switch(event->type)
	1860		{
	1861		case EnterNotify:
	1862		XC_LOG(("EnterNotify received\n"));
	1863
	1864		window_entered = TRUE;
	1865		break;
	1866
	1867		case LeaveNotify:
	1868		XC_LOG(("LeaveNotify received\n"));
	1869
	1870		window_entered = FALSE;
	1871
	1872		/* Display the cursor so it stays on while the window is
	1873		not current */
	1874
	1875		_redraw_cursor();
	1876		break;
	1877
	1878		default:
	1879		PDC_LOG(("%s:_handle_enter_leave - unknown event %d\n",
	1880		XCLOGMSG, event->type));
	1881		}
	1882		}
	1883
	1884		static void _send_key_to_curses(unsigned long key, MOUSE_STATUS *ms,
	1885		bool key_code)
	1886		{
	1887		PDC_LOG(("%s:_send_key_to_curses() - called: sending %d\n",
	1888		XCLOGMSG, key));
	1889
	1890		SP->key_code = key_code;
	1891
	1892		if (XC_write_socket(xc_key_sock, &key, sizeof(unsigned long)) < 0)
	1893		_exit_process(1, SIGKILL, "exiting from _send_key_to_curses");
	1894
	1895		if (ms)
	1896		{
	1897		MOUSE_LOG(("%s:writing mouse stuff\n", XCLOGMSG));
	1898
	1899		if (XC_write_socket(xc_key_sock, ms, sizeof(MOUSE_STATUS)) < 0)
	1900		_exit_process(1, SIGKILL, "exiting from _send_key_to_curses");
	1901		}
	1902		}
	1903
	1904		static void _blink_cursor(XtPointer unused, XtIntervalId *id)
	1905		{
	1906		XC_LOG(("_blink_cursor() - called:\n"));
	1907
	1908		if (window_entered)
	1909		{
	1910		if (visible_cursor)
	1911		{
	1912		/* Cursor currently ON, turn it off */
	1913
	1914		int save_visibility = SP->visibility;
	1915		SP->visibility = 0;
	1916		_redraw_cursor();
	1917		SP->visibility = save_visibility;
	1918		visible_cursor = FALSE;
	1919		}
	1920		else
	1921		{
	1922		/* Cursor currently OFF, turn it on */
	1923
	1924		_redraw_cursor();
	1925		visible_cursor = TRUE;
	1926		}
	1927		}
	1928
	1929		XtAppAddTimeOut(app_context, xc_app_data.cursorBlinkRate,
	1930		_blink_cursor, NULL);
	1931		}
	1932
	1933		static void XCursesButton(Widget w, XEvent *event, String *params,
	1934		Cardinal *nparams)
	1935		{
	1936		int button_no;
	1937		static int last_button_no = 0;
	1938		static Time last_button_press_time = 0;
	1939		MOUSE_STATUS save_mouse_status;
	1940		bool send_key = TRUE;
	1941		static bool remove_release;
	1942		static bool handle_real_release;
	1943
	1944		XC_LOG(("XCursesButton() - called\n"));
	1945
	1946		keysym = 0; /* suppress any modifier key return */
	1947
	1948		save_mouse_status = Mouse_status;
	1949		button_no = event->xbutton.button;
	1950
	1951		/* It appears that under X11R6 (at least on Linux), that an
	1952		event_type of ButtonMotion does not include the mouse button in
	1953		the event. The following code is designed to cater for this
	1954		situation. */
	1955
	1956		if (!button_no)
	1957		button_no = last_button_no;
	1958
	1959		last_button_no = button_no;
	1960
	1961		Mouse_status.changes = 0;
	1962
	1963		switch(event->type)
	1964		{
	1965		case ButtonPress:
	1966		/* Handle button 4 and 5, which are normally mapped to the wheel
	1967		mouse scroll up and down */
	1968
	1969		if (button_no == 4 || button_no == 5)
	1970		{
	1971		/* Send the KEY_MOUSE to curses program */
	1972
	1973		memset(&Mouse_status, 0, sizeof(Mouse_status));
	1974
	1975		Mouse_status.changes = (button_no == 5) ?
	1976		PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN : PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP;
	1977
	1978		MOUSE_X_POS = MOUSE_Y_POS = -1;
	1979		_send_key_to_curses(KEY_MOUSE, &Mouse_status, TRUE);
	1980		remove_release = TRUE;
	1981
	1982		return;
	1983		}
	1984
	1985		if (button_no == 2 &&
	1986		(!SP->_trap_mbe || (event->xbutton.state & ShiftMask)))
	1987		{
	1988		XCursesPasteSelection(drawing, (XButtonEvent *)event);
	1989		remove_release = TRUE;
	1990
	1991		return;
	1992		}
	1993
	1994		remove_release = False;
	1995		handle_real_release = False;
	1996
	1997		MOUSE_LOG(("\nButtonPress\n"));
	1998
	1999		if ((event->xbutton.time - last_button_press_time) <
	2000		xc_app_data.doubleClickPeriod)
	2001		{
	2002		MOUSE_X_POS = save_mouse_status.x;
	2003		MOUSE_Y_POS = save_mouse_status.y;
	2004		BUTTON_STATUS(button_no) = BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED;
	2005
	2006		_selection_off();
	2007		remove_release = True;
	2008		}
	2009		else
	2010		{
	2011		napms(SP->mouse_wait);
	2012		event->type = ButtonRelease;
	2013		XSendEvent(event->xbutton.display, event->xbutton.window,
	2014		True, 0, event);
	2015		last_button_press_time = event->xbutton.time;
	2016
	2017		return;
	2018		}
	2019
	2020		last_button_press_time = event->xbutton.time;
	2021		break;
	2022
	2023		case MotionNotify:
	2024		MOUSE_LOG(("\nMotionNotify: y: %d x: %d Width: %d "
	2025		"Height: %d\n", event->xbutton.y, event->xbutton.x,
	2026		font_width, font_height));
	2027
	2028		MOUSE_X_POS = (event->xbutton.x - xc_app_data.borderWidth) /
	2029		font_width;
	2030		MOUSE_Y_POS = (event->xbutton.y - xc_app_data.borderWidth) /
	2031		font_height;
	2032
	2033		if (button_no == 1 &&
	2034		(!SP->_trap_mbe || (event->xbutton.state & ShiftMask)))
	2035		{
	2036		_selection_extend(MOUSE_X_POS, MOUSE_Y_POS);
	2037		send_key = FALSE;
	2038		}
	2039		else
	2040		_selection_off();
	2041
	2042		/* Throw away mouse movements if they are in the same character
	2043		position as the last mouse event, or if we are currently in
	2044		the middle of a double click event. */
	2045
	2046		if ((MOUSE_X_POS == save_mouse_status.x &&
	2047		MOUSE_Y_POS == save_mouse_status.y) ||
	2048		save_mouse_status.button[button_no - 1] == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
	2049		{
	2050		send_key = FALSE;
	2051		break;
	2052		}
	2053
	2054		Mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED;
	2055		break;
	2056
	2057		case ButtonRelease:
	2058		if (remove_release)
	2059		{
	2060		MOUSE_LOG(("Release at: %ld - removed\n", event->xbutton.time));
	2061		return;
	2062		}
	2063		else
	2064		{
	2065		MOUSE_X_POS = (event->xbutton.x - xc_app_data.borderWidth) /
	2066		font_width;
	2067		MOUSE_Y_POS = (event->xbutton.y - xc_app_data.borderWidth) /
	2068		font_height;
	2069
	2070		if (!handle_real_release)
	2071		{
	2072		if ((event->xbutton.time - last_button_press_time) <
	2073		SP->mouse_wait &&
	2074		(event->xbutton.time != last_button_press_time))
	2075		{
	2076		/* The "real" release was shorter than usleep() time;
	2077		therefore generate a click event */
	2078
	2079		MOUSE_LOG(("Release at: %ld - click\n",
	2080		event->xbutton.time));
	2081
	2082		BUTTON_STATUS(button_no) = BUTTON_CLICKED;
	2083
	2084		if (button_no == 1 && mouse_selection &&
	2085		(!SP->_trap_mbe || (event->xbutton.state & ShiftMask)))
	2086		{
	2087		send_key = FALSE;
	2088
	2089		if (XtOwnSelection(topLevel, XA_PRIMARY,
	2090		event->xbutton.time, _convert_proc,
	2091		_lose_ownership, NULL) == False)
	2092		_selection_off();
	2093		}
	2094		else
	2095		_selection_off();
	2096
	2097		/* Ensure the "pseudo" release event is ignored */
	2098
	2099		remove_release = True;
	2100		handle_real_release = False;
	2101		break;
	2102		}
	2103		else
	2104		{
	2105		/* Button release longer than usleep() time;
	2106		therefore generate a press and wait for the real
	2107		release to occur later. */
	2108
	2109		MOUSE_LOG(("Generated Release at: %ld - "
	2110		"press & release\n", event->xbutton.time));
	2111
	2112		BUTTON_STATUS(button_no) = BUTTON_PRESSED;
	2113
	2114		if (button_no == 1 &&
	2115		(!SP->_trap_mbe || (event->xbutton.state & ShiftMask)))
	2116		{
	2117		_selection_off();
	2118		_selection_on(MOUSE_X_POS, MOUSE_Y_POS);
	2119		}
	2120
	2121		handle_real_release = True;
	2122		break;
	2123		}
	2124		}
	2125		else
	2126		{
	2127		MOUSE_LOG(("Release at: %ld - released\n",
	2128		event->xbutton.time));
	2129		}
	2130		}
	2131
	2132		MOUSE_LOG(("\nButtonRelease\n"));
	2133
	2134		BUTTON_STATUS(button_no) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
	2135
	2136		if (button_no == 1 && mouse_selection &&
	2137		(!SP->_trap_mbe || (event->xbutton.state & ShiftMask)))
	2138		{
	2139		send_key = FALSE;
	2140
	2141		if (XtOwnSelection(topLevel, XA_PRIMARY,
	2142		event->xbutton.time, _convert_proc,
	2143		_lose_ownership, NULL) == False)
	2144		_selection_off();
	2145
	2146		_selection_set();
	2147		}
	2148		else
	2149		_selection_off();
	2150
	2151		break;
	2152		}
	2153
	2154		/* Set up the mouse status fields in preparation for sending */
	2155
	2156		Mouse_status.changes |= 1 << (button_no - 1);
	2157
	2158		if (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED &&
	2159		BUTTON_STATUS(button_no) == BUTTON_PRESSED)
	2160		BUTTON_STATUS(button_no) = BUTTON_MOVED;
	2161
	2162		if (event->xbutton.state & ShiftMask)
	2163		BUTTON_STATUS(button_no) |= BUTTON_SHIFT;
	2164		if (event->xbutton.state & ControlMask)
	2165		BUTTON_STATUS(button_no) |= BUTTON_CONTROL;
	2166		if (event->xbutton.state & Mod1Mask)
	2167		BUTTON_STATUS(button_no) |= BUTTON_ALT;
	2168
	2169		/* If we are ignoring the event, or the mouse position is outside
	2170		the bounds of the screen (because of the border), return here */
	2171
	2172		MOUSE_LOG(("Button: %d x: %d y: %d Button status: %x "
	2173		"Mouse status: %x\n", button_no, MOUSE_X_POS, MOUSE_Y_POS,
	2174		BUTTON_STATUS(button_no), Mouse_status.changes));
	2175
	2176		MOUSE_LOG(("Send: %d Button1: %x Button2: %x Button3: %x %d %d\n",
	2177		send_key, BUTTON_STATUS(1), BUTTON_STATUS(2),
	2178		BUTTON_STATUS(3), XCursesLINES, XCursesCOLS));
	2179
	2180		if (!send_key || MOUSE_X_POS < 0 || MOUSE_X_POS >= XCursesCOLS ||
	2181		MOUSE_Y_POS < 0 || MOUSE_Y_POS >= XCursesLINES)
	2182		return;
	2183
	2184		/* Send the KEY_MOUSE to curses program */
	2185
	2186		_send_key_to_curses(KEY_MOUSE, &Mouse_status, TRUE);
	2187		}
	2188
	2189		static void _scroll_up_down(Widget w, XtPointer client_data,
	2190		XtPointer call_data)
	2191		{
	2192		int pixels = (long) call_data;
	2193		int total_y = SP->sb_total_y * font_height;
	2194		int viewport_y = SP->sb_viewport_y * font_height;
	2195		int cur_y = SP->sb_cur_y * font_height;
	2196
	2197		/* When pixels is negative, right button pressed, move data down,
	2198		thumb moves up. Otherwise, left button pressed, pixels positive,
	2199		move data up, thumb down. */
	2200
	2201		cur_y += pixels;
	2202
	2203		/* limit panning to size of overall */
	2204
	2205		if (cur_y < 0)
	2206		cur_y = 0;
	2207		else
	2208		if (cur_y > (total_y - viewport_y))
	2209		cur_y = total_y - viewport_y;
	2210
	2211		SP->sb_cur_y = cur_y / font_height;
	2212
	2213		XawScrollbarSetThumb(w, (double)((double)cur_y / (double)total_y),
	2214		(double)((double)viewport_y / (double)total_y));
	2215
	2216		/* Send a key: if pixels negative, send KEY_SCROLL_DOWN */
	2217
	2218		_send_key_to_curses(KEY_SF, NULL, TRUE);
	2219		}
	2220
	2221		static void _scroll_left_right(Widget w, XtPointer client_data,
	2222		XtPointer call_data)
	2223		{
	2224		int pixels = (long) call_data;
	2225		int total_x = SP->sb_total_x * font_width;
	2226		int viewport_x = SP->sb_viewport_x * font_width;
	2227		int cur_x = SP->sb_cur_x * font_width;
	2228
	2229		cur_x += pixels;
	2230
	2231		/* limit panning to size of overall */
	2232
	2233		if (cur_x < 0)
	2234		cur_x = 0;
	2235		else
	2236		if (cur_x > (total_x - viewport_x))
	2237		cur_x = total_x - viewport_x;
	2238
	2239		SP->sb_cur_x = cur_x / font_width;
	2240
	2241		XawScrollbarSetThumb(w, (double)((double)cur_x / (double)total_x),
	2242		(double)((double)viewport_x / (double)total_x));
	2243
	2244		_send_key_to_curses(KEY_SR, NULL, TRUE);
	2245		}
	2246
	2247		static void _thumb_up_down(Widget w, XtPointer client_data,
	2248		XtPointer call_data)
	2249		{
	2250		double percent = *(double *) call_data;
	2251		double total_y = (double)SP->sb_total_y;
	2252		double viewport_y = (double)SP->sb_viewport_y;
	2253		int cur_y = SP->sb_cur_y;
	2254
	2255		/* If the size of the viewport is > overall area simply return,
	2256		as no scrolling is permitted. */
	2257
	2258		if (SP->sb_viewport_y >= SP->sb_total_y)
	2259		return;
	2260
	2261		if ((SP->sb_cur_y = (int)((double)total_y * percent)) >=
	2262		(total_y - viewport_y))
	2263		SP->sb_cur_y = total_y - viewport_y;
	2264
	2265		XawScrollbarSetThumb(w, (double)(cur_y / total_y),
	2266		(double)(viewport_y / total_y));
	2267
	2268		_send_key_to_curses(KEY_SF, NULL, TRUE);
	2269		}
	2270
	2271		static void _thumb_left_right(Widget w, XtPointer client_data,
	2272		XtPointer call_data)
	2273		{
	2274		double percent = *(double *) call_data;
	2275		double total_x = (double)SP->sb_total_x;
	2276		double viewport_x = (double)SP->sb_viewport_x;
	2277		int cur_x = SP->sb_cur_x;
	2278
	2279		if (SP->sb_viewport_x >= SP->sb_total_x)
	2280		return;
	2281
	2282		if ((SP->sb_cur_x = (int)((float)total_x * percent)) >=
	2283		(total_x - viewport_x))
	2284		SP->sb_cur_x = total_x - viewport_x;
	2285
	2286		XawScrollbarSetThumb(w, (double)(cur_x / total_x),
	2287		(double)(viewport_x / total_x));
	2288
	2289		_send_key_to_curses(KEY_SR, NULL, TRUE);
	2290		}
	2291
	2292		static void _exit_process(int rc, int sig, char *msg)
	2293		{
	2294		if (rc || sig)
	2295		fprintf(stderr, "%s:_exit_process() - called: rc:%d sig:%d <%s>\n",
	2296		XCLOGMSG, rc, sig, msg);
	2297
	2298		shmdt((char *)SP);
	2299		shmdt((char *)Xcurscr);
	2300		shmctl(shmidSP, IPC_RMID, 0);
	2301		shmctl(shmid_Xcurscr, IPC_RMID, 0);
	2302
	2303		if (bitmap_file)
	2304		{
	2305		XFreePixmap(XCURSESDISPLAY, icon_bitmap);
	2306		free(bitmap_file);
	2307		}
	2308
	2309		#ifdef HAVE_XPM_H
	2310		if (pixmap_file)
	2311		{
	2312		XFreePixmap(XCURSESDISPLAY, icon_pixmap);
	2313		XFreePixmap(XCURSESDISPLAY, icon_pixmap_mask);
	2314		free(pixmap_file);
	2315		}
	2316		#endif
	2317		XFreeGC(XCURSESDISPLAY, normal_gc);
	2318		XFreeGC(XCURSESDISPLAY, italic_gc);
	2319		XFreeGC(XCURSESDISPLAY, block_cursor_gc);
	2320		XFreeGC(XCURSESDISPLAY, rect_cursor_gc);
	2321		XFreeGC(XCURSESDISPLAY, border_gc);
	2322		#ifdef PDC_XIM
	2323		XDestroyIC(Xic);
	2324		#endif
	2325
	2326		shutdown(xc_display_sock, 2);
	2327		close(xc_display_sock);
	2328
	2329		shutdown(xc_exit_sock, 2);
	2330		close(xc_exit_sock);
	2331
	2332		shutdown(xc_key_sock, 2);
	2333		close(xc_key_sock);
	2334
	2335		if (sig)
	2336		kill(xc_otherpid, sig); /* to kill parent process */
	2337
	2338		_exit(rc);
	2339		}
	2340
	2341		static void _resize(void)
	2342		{
	2343		short save_atrtab[PDC_COLOR_PAIRS * 2];
	2344
	2345		after_first_curses_request = FALSE;
	2346
	2347		SP->lines = XCursesLINES = ((resize_window_height -
	2348		(2 * xc_app_data.borderWidth)) / font_height);
	2349
	2350		LINES = XCursesLINES - SP->linesrippedoff - SP->slklines;
	2351
	2352		SP->cols = COLS = XCursesCOLS = ((resize_window_width -
	2353		(2 * xc_app_data.borderWidth)) / font_width);
	2354
	2355		window_width = resize_window_width;
	2356		window_height = resize_window_height;
	2357		visible_cursor = TRUE;
	2358
	2359		_draw_border();
	2360
	2361		/* Detach and drop the current shared memory segment and create and
	2362		attach to a new segment */
	2363
	2364		memcpy(save_atrtab, xc_atrtab, sizeof(save_atrtab));
	2365
	2366		SP->XcurscrSize = XCURSCR_SIZE;
	2367		shmdt((char *)Xcurscr);
	2368		shmctl(shmid_Xcurscr, IPC_RMID, 0);
	2369
	2370		if ((shmid_Xcurscr = shmget(shmkey_Xcurscr,
	2371		SP->XcurscrSize + XCURSESSHMMIN, 0700 | IPC_CREAT)) < 0)
	2372		{
	2373		perror("Cannot allocate shared memory for curscr");
	2374
	2375		_exit_process(4, SIGKILL, "exiting from _process_curses_requests");
	2376		}
	2377
	2378		Xcurscr = (unsigned char*)shmat(shmid_Xcurscr, 0, 0);
	2379		memset(Xcurscr, 0, SP->XcurscrSize);
	2380		xc_atrtab = (short *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_ATRTAB_OFF);
	2381		memcpy(xc_atrtab, save_atrtab, sizeof(save_atrtab));
	2382		}
	2383
	2384		/* For PDC_set_title() */
	2385
	2386		static void _set_title(void)
	2387		{
	2388		char title[1024]; /* big enough for window title */
	2389		int pos;
	2390
	2391		if ((XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, &pos, sizeof(int)) < 0) ||
	2392		(XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, title, pos) < 0))
	2393		{
	2394		_exit_process(5, SIGKILL, "exiting from _set_title");
	2395		}
	2396
	2397		XtVaSetValues(topLevel, XtNtitle, title, NULL);
	2398		}
	2399
	2400		/* For color_content() */
	2401
	2402		static void _get_color(void)
	2403		{
	2404		XColor *tmp = (XColor *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_XCOLOR_OFF);
	2405		int index = tmp->pixel;
	2406		Colormap cmap = DefaultColormap(XCURSESDISPLAY,
	2407		DefaultScreen(XCURSESDISPLAY));
	2408
	2409		if (index < 0 || index >= MAX_COLORS)
	2410		_exit_process(4, SIGKILL, "exiting from _get_color");
	2411
	2412		tmp->pixel = colors[index];
	2413		XQueryColor(XCURSESDISPLAY, cmap, tmp);
	2414		}
	2415
	2416		/* For init_color() */
	2417
	2418		static void _set_color(void)
	2419		{
	2420		XColor *tmp = (XColor *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_XCOLOR_OFF);
	2421		int index = tmp->pixel;
	2422		Colormap cmap = DefaultColormap(XCURSESDISPLAY,
	2423		DefaultScreen(XCURSESDISPLAY));
	2424
	2425		if (index < 0 || index >= MAX_COLORS)
	2426		_exit_process(4, SIGKILL, "exiting from _set_color");
	2427
	2428		if (XAllocColor(XCURSESDISPLAY, cmap, tmp))
	2429		{
	2430		XFreeColors(XCURSESDISPLAY, cmap, colors + index, 1, 0);
	2431		colors[index] = tmp->pixel;
	2432
	2433		_display_screen();
	2434		}
	2435		}
	2436
	2437		/* For PDC_getclipboard() */
	2438
	2439		static void _get_selection(Widget w, XtPointer data, Atom *selection,
	2440		Atom *type, XtPointer value,
	2441		unsigned long *length, int *format)
	2442		{
	2443		unsigned char *src = value;
	2444		int pos, len = *length;
	2445
	2446		XC_LOG(("_get_selection() - called\n"));
	2447
	2448		if (!value && !len)
	2449		{
	2450		if (XC_write_display_socket_int(PDC_CLIP_EMPTY) < 0)
	2451		_exit_process(4, SIGKILL, "exiting from _get_selection");
	2452		}
	2453		else
	2454		{
	2455		/* Here all is OK, send PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS, then length, then
	2456		contents */
	2457
	2458		if (XC_write_display_socket_int(PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS) < 0)
	2459		_exit_process(4, SIGKILL, "exiting from _get_selection");
	2460
	2461		if (XC_write_display_socket_int(len) < 0)
	2462		_exit_process(4, SIGKILL, "exiting from _get_selection");
	2463
	2464		for (pos = 0; pos < len; pos++)
	2465		{
	2466		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	2467		wchar_t c;
	2468		#else
	2469		unsigned char c;
	2470		#endif
	2471		c = *src++;
	2472
	2473		if (XC_write_socket(xc_display_sock, &c, sizeof(c)) < 0)
	2474		_exit_process(4, SIGKILL, "exiting from _get_selection");
	2475		}
	2476		}
	2477		}
	2478
	2479		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	2480		static void _get_selection_utf8(Widget w, XtPointer data, Atom *selection,
	2481		Atom *type, XtPointer value,
	2482		unsigned long *length, int *format)
	2483		{
	2484		int len = *length;
	2485
	2486		XC_LOG(("_get_selection_utf8() - called\n"));
	2487
	2488		if (!*type || !*length)
	2489		{
	2490		XtGetSelectionValue(w, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING, _get_selection,
	2491		(XtPointer)NULL, 0);
	2492		return;
	2493		}
	2494
	2495		if (!value && !len)
	2496		{
	2497		if (XC_write_display_socket_int(PDC_CLIP_EMPTY) >= 0)
	2498		return;
	2499		}
	2500		else
	2501		{
	2502		wchar_t *wcontents = malloc((len + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t));
	2503		char *src = value;
	2504		int i = 0;
	2505
	2506		while (*src && i < (*length))
	2507		{
	2508		int retval = _from_utf8(wcontents + i, src, len);
	2509
	2510		src += retval;
	2511		len -= retval;
	2512		i++;
	2513		}
	2514
	2515		wcontents[i] = 0;
	2516		len = i;
	2517
	2518		/* Here all is OK, send PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS, then length, then
	2519		contents */
	2520
	2521		if (XC_write_display_socket_int(PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS) >= 0)
	2522		if (XC_write_display_socket_int(len) >= 0)
	2523		if (XC_write_socket(xc_display_sock,
	2524		wcontents, len * sizeof(wchar_t)) >= 0)
	2525		{
	2526		free(wcontents);
	2527		return;
	2528		}
	2529		}
	2530
	2531		_exit_process(4, SIGKILL, "exiting from _get_selection_utf8");
	2532		}
	2533		#endif
	2534
	2535		/* For PDC_setclipboard() */
	2536
	2537		static void _set_selection(void)
	2538		{
	2539		long length, pos;
	2540		int status;
	2541
	2542		if (XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, &length, sizeof(long)) < 0)
	2543		_exit_process(5, SIGKILL, "exiting from _set_selection");
	2544
	2545		if (length > (long)tmpsel_length)
	2546		{
	2547		if (!tmpsel_length)
	2548		tmpsel = malloc((length + 1) * sizeof(chtype));
	2549		else
	2550		tmpsel = realloc(tmpsel, (length + 1) * sizeof(chtype));
	2551		}
	2552
	2553		if (!tmpsel)
	2554		if (XC_write_display_socket_int(PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR) < 0)
	2555		_exit_process(4, SIGKILL, "exiting from _set_selection");
	2556
	2557		for (pos = 0; pos < length; pos++)
	2558		{
	2559		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	2560		wchar_t c;
	2561		#else
	2562		unsigned char c;
	2563		#endif
	2564		if (XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, &c, sizeof(c)) < 0)
	2565		_exit_process(5, SIGKILL, "exiting from _set_selection");
	2566
	2567		tmpsel[pos] = c;
	2568		}
	2569
	2570		tmpsel_length = length;
	2571		tmpsel[length] = 0;
	2572
	2573		if (XtOwnSelection(topLevel, XA_PRIMARY, CurrentTime,
	2574		_convert_proc, _lose_ownership, NULL) == False)
	2575		{
	2576		status = PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
	2577		free(tmpsel);
	2578		tmpsel = NULL;
	2579		tmpsel_length = 0;
	2580		}
	2581		else
	2582		status = PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
	2583
	2584		_selection_off();
	2585
	2586		if (XC_write_display_socket_int(status) < 0)
	2587		_exit_process(4, SIGKILL, "exiting from _set_selection");
	2588		}
	2589
	2590		/* The curses process is waiting; tell it to continue */
	2591
	2592		static void _resume_curses(void)
	2593		{
	2594		if (XC_write_display_socket_int(CURSES_CONTINUE) < 0)
	2595		_exit_process(4, SIGKILL, "exiting from _process_curses_requests");
	2596		}
	2597
	2598		/* The curses process sent us a message */
	2599
	2600		static void _process_curses_requests(XtPointer client_data, int *fid,
	2601		XtInputId *id)
	2602		{
	2603		struct timeval socket_timeout = {0};
	2604		int s;
	2605		int old_row, new_row;
	2606		int old_x, new_x;
	2607		int pos, num_cols;
	2608
	2609		char buf[12]; /* big enough for 2 integers */
	2610
	2611		XC_LOG(("_process_curses_requests() - called\n"));
	2612
	2613		if (!received_map_notify)
	2614		return;
	2615
	2616		FD_ZERO(&xc_readfds);
	2617		FD_SET(xc_display_sock, &xc_readfds);
	2618
	2619		if ((s = select(FD_SETSIZE, (FD_SET_CAST)&xc_readfds, NULL,
	2620		NULL, &socket_timeout)) < 0)
	2621		_exit_process(2, SIGKILL, "exiting from _process_curses_requests"
	2622		" - select failed");
	2623
	2624		if (!s) /* no requests pending - should never happen! */
	2625		return;
	2626
	2627		if (FD_ISSET(xc_display_sock, &xc_readfds))
	2628		{
	2629		/* read first integer to determine total message has been
	2630		received */
	2631
	2632		XC_LOG(("_process_curses_requests() - before XC_read_socket()\n"));
	2633
	2634		if (XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, &num_cols, sizeof(int)) < 0)
	2635		_exit_process(3, SIGKILL, "exiting from _process_curses_requests"
	2636		" - first read");
	2637
	2638		XC_LOG(("_process_curses_requests() - after XC_read_socket()\n"));
	2639
	2640		after_first_curses_request = TRUE;
	2641
	2642		switch(num_cols)
	2643		{
	2644		case CURSES_EXIT: /* request from curses to stop */
	2645		XC_LOG(("CURSES_EXIT received from child\n"));
	2646		_exit_process(0, 0, "XCursesProcess requested to exit by child");
	2647		break;
	2648
	2649		case CURSES_BELL:
	2650		XC_LOG(("CURSES_BELL received from child\n"));
	2651		XBell(XCURSESDISPLAY, 50);
	2652		break;
	2653
	2654		/* request from curses to confirm completion of display */
	2655
	2656		case CURSES_REFRESH:
	2657		XC_LOG(("CURSES_REFRESH received from child\n"));
	2658		_refresh_screen();
	2659		_resume_curses();
	2660		break;
	2661
	2662		case CURSES_REFRESH_SCROLLBAR:
	2663		_refresh_scrollbar();
	2664		break;
	2665
	2666		case CURSES_CURSOR:
	2667		XC_LOG(("CURSES_CURSOR received from child\n"));
	2668
	2669		if (XC_read_socket(xc_display_sock, buf, sizeof(int) * 2) < 0)
	2670		_exit_process(5, SIGKILL, "exiting from CURSES_CURSOR "
	2671		"_process_curses_requests");
	2672
	2673		memcpy(&pos, buf, sizeof(int));
	2674		old_row = pos & 0xFF;
	2675		old_x = pos >> 8;
	2676
	2677		memcpy(&pos, buf + sizeof(int), sizeof(int));
	2678		new_row = pos & 0xFF;
	2679		new_x = pos >> 8;
	2680
	2681		visible_cursor = TRUE;
	2682		_display_cursor(old_row, old_x, new_row, new_x);
	2683		break;
	2684
	2685		case CURSES_DISPLAY_CURSOR:
	2686		XC_LOG(("CURSES_DISPLAY_CURSOR received from child. Vis now: "));
	2687		XC_LOG((visible_cursor ? "1\n" : "0\n"));
	2688
	2689		/* If the window is not active, ignore this command. The
	2690		cursor will stay solid. */
	2691
	2692		if (window_entered)
	2693		{
	2694		if (visible_cursor)
	2695		{
	2696		/* Cursor currently ON, turn it off */
	2697
	2698		int save_visibility = SP->visibility;
	2699		SP->visibility = 0;
	2700		_redraw_cursor();
	2701		SP->visibility = save_visibility;
	2702		visible_cursor = FALSE;
	2703		}
	2704		else
	2705		{
	2706		/* Cursor currently OFF, turn it on */
	2707
	2708		_redraw_cursor();
	2709		visible_cursor = TRUE;
	2710		}
	2711		}
	2712
	2713		break;
	2714
	2715		case CURSES_TITLE:
	2716		XC_LOG(("CURSES_TITLE received from child\n"));
	2717		_set_title();
	2718		break;
	2719
	2720		case CURSES_RESIZE:
	2721		XC_LOG(("CURSES_RESIZE received from child\n"));
	2722		_resize();
	2723		_resume_curses();
	2724		break;
	2725
	2726		case CURSES_GET_SELECTION:
	2727		XC_LOG(("CURSES_GET_SELECTION received from child\n"));
	2728
	2729		_resume_curses();
	2730
	2731		XtGetSelectionValue(topLevel, XA_PRIMARY,
	2732		#ifdef PDC_WIDE
	2733		XA_UTF8_STRING(XtDisplay(topLevel)),
	2734		_get_selection_utf8,
	2735		#else
	2736		XA_STRING, _get_selection,
	2737		#endif
	2738		(XtPointer)NULL, 0);
	2739
	2740		break;
	2741
	2742		case CURSES_SET_SELECTION:
	2743		XC_LOG(("CURSES_SET_SELECTION received from child\n"));
	2744		_set_selection();
	2745		break;
	2746
	2747		case CURSES_CLEAR_SELECTION:
	2748		XC_LOG(("CURSES_CLEAR_SELECTION received from child\n"));
	2749		_resume_curses();
	2750		_selection_off();
	2751		break;
	2752
	2753		case CURSES_GET_COLOR:
	2754		XC_LOG(("CURSES_GET_COLOR recieved from child\n"));
	2755		_get_color();
	2756		_resume_curses();
	2757		break;
	2758
	2759		case CURSES_SET_COLOR:
	2760		XC_LOG(("CURSES_SET_COLOR recieved from child\n"));
	2761		_set_color();
	2762		_resume_curses();
	2763		break;
	2764
	2765		default:
	2766		PDC_LOG(("%s:Unknown request %d\n", XCLOGMSG, num_cols));
	2767		}
	2768		}
	2769		}
	2770
	2771		static void _handle_structure_notify(Widget w, XtPointer client_data,
	2772		XEvent *event, Boolean *unused)
	2773		{
	2774		XC_LOG(("_handle_structure_notify() - called\n"));
	2775
	2776		switch(event->type)
	2777		{
	2778		case ConfigureNotify:
	2779		XC_LOG(("ConfigureNotify received\n"));
	2780
	2781		/* Window has been resized, change width and height to send to
	2782		place_text and place_graphics in next Expose. Also will need
	2783		to kill (SIGWINCH) curses process if screen size changes. */
	2784
	2785		resize_window_width = event->xconfigure.width;
	2786		resize_window_height = event->xconfigure.height;
	2787
	2788		after_first_curses_request = FALSE;
	2789
	2790		#ifdef SIGWINCH
	2791		SP->resized = 1;
	2792
	2793		kill(xc_otherpid, SIGWINCH);
	2794		#endif
	2795		_send_key_to_curses(KEY_RESIZE, NULL, TRUE);
	2796		break;
	2797
	2798		case MapNotify:
	2799		XC_LOG(("MapNotify received\n"));
	2800
	2801		received_map_notify = 1;
	2802
	2803		_draw_border();
	2804		break;
	2805
	2806		default:
	2807		PDC_LOG(("%s:_handle_structure_notify - unknown event %d\n",
	2808		XCLOGMSG, event->type));
	2809		}
	2810		}
	2811
	2812		static RETSIGTYPE _handle_signals(int signo)
	2813		{
	2814		int flag = CURSES_EXIT;
	2815
	2816		PDC_LOG(("%s:_handle_signals() - called: %d\n", XCLOGMSG, signo));
	2817
	2818		/* Patch by: Georg Fuchs */
	2819
	2820		XCursesSetSignal(signo, _handle_signals);
	2821
	2822		#ifdef SIGTSTP
	2823		if (signo == SIGTSTP)
	2824		{
	2825		pause();
	2826		return;
	2827		}
	2828		#endif
	2829		#ifdef SIGCONT
	2830		if (signo == SIGCONT)
	2831		return;
	2832		#endif
	2833		#ifdef SIGCLD
	2834		if (signo == SIGCLD)
	2835		return;
	2836		#endif
	2837		#ifdef SIGTTIN
	2838		if (signo == SIGTTIN)
	2839		return;
	2840		#endif
	2841		#ifdef SIGWINCH
	2842		if (signo == SIGWINCH)
	2843		return;
	2844		#endif
	2845
	2846		/* End of patch by: Georg Fuchs */
	2847
	2848		XCursesSetSignal(signo, SIG_IGN);
	2849
	2850		/* Send a CURSES_EXIT to myself */
	2851
	2852		if (XC_write_socket(xc_exit_sock, &flag, sizeof(int)) < 0)
	2853		_exit_process(7, signo, "exiting from _handle_signals");
	2854		}
	2855
	2856		#ifdef PDC_XIM
	2857		static void _dummy_handler(Widget w, XtPointer client_data,
	2858		XEvent *event, Boolean *unused)
	2859		{
	2860		}
	2861		#endif
	2862
	2863		int XCursesSetupX(int argc, char *argv[])
	2864		{
	2865		char *myargv[] = {"PDCurses", NULL};
	2866		extern bool sb_started;
	2867
	2868		int italic_font_valid;
	2869		XColor pointerforecolor, pointerbackcolor;
	2870		XrmValue rmfrom, rmto;
	2871		int i = 0;
	2872		int minwidth, minheight;
	2873
	2874		XC_LOG(("XCursesSetupX called\n"));
	2875
	2876		if (!argv)
	2877		{
	2878		argv = myargv;
	2879		argc = 1;
	2880		}
	2881
	2882		program_name = argv[0];
	2883
	2884		/* Keep open the 'write' end of the socket so the XCurses process
	2885		can send a CURSES_EXIT to itself from within the signal handler */
	2886
	2887		xc_exit_sock = xc_display_sockets[0];
	2888		xc_display_sock = xc_display_sockets[1];
	2889
	2890		close(xc_key_sockets[0]);
	2891		xc_key_sock = xc_key_sockets[1];
	2892
	2893		/* Trap all signals when XCurses is the child process, but only if
	2894		they haven't already been ignored by the application. */
	2895
	2896		for (i = 0; i < PDC_MAX_SIGNALS; i++)
	2897		if (XCursesSetSignal(i, _handle_signals) == SIG_IGN)
	2898		XCursesSetSignal(i, SIG_IGN);
	2899
	2900		/* Start defining X Toolkit things */
	2901
	2902		#if XtSpecificationRelease > 4
	2903		XtSetLanguageProc(NULL, (XtLanguageProc)NULL, NULL);
	2904		#endif
	2905
	2906		/* Exit if no DISPLAY variable set */
	2907
	2908		if (!getenv("DISPLAY"))
	2909		{
	2910		fprintf(stderr, "Error: no DISPLAY variable set\n");
	2911		kill(xc_otherpid, SIGKILL);
	2912		return ERR;
	2913		}
	2914
	2915		/* Initialise the top level widget */
	2916
	2917		topLevel = XtVaAppInitialize(&app_context, class_name, options,
	2918		XtNumber(options), &argc, argv, NULL, NULL);
	2919
	2920		XtVaGetApplicationResources(topLevel, &xc_app_data, app_resources,
	2921		XtNumber(app_resources), NULL);
	2922
	2923		/* Check application resource values here */
	2924
	2925		font_width = xc_app_data.normalFont->max_bounds.rbearing -
	2926		xc_app_data.normalFont->min_bounds.lbearing;
	2927
	2928		font_height = xc_app_data.normalFont->max_bounds.ascent +
	2929		xc_app_data.normalFont->max_bounds.descent;
	2930
	2931		font_ascent = xc_app_data.normalFont->max_bounds.ascent;
	2932		font_descent = xc_app_data.normalFont->max_bounds.descent;
	2933
	2934		/* Check that the italic font and normal fonts are the same size */
	2935		/* This appears backwards */
	2936
	2937		italic_font_valid = font_width !=
	2938		xc_app_data.italicFont->max_bounds.rbearing -
	2939		xc_app_data.italicFont->min_bounds.lbearing ||
	2940		font_height !=
	2941		xc_app_data.italicFont->max_bounds.ascent +
	2942		xc_app_data.italicFont->max_bounds.descent;
	2943
	2944		/* Calculate size of display window */
	2945
	2946		XCursesCOLS = xc_app_data.cols;
	2947		XCursesLINES = xc_app_data.lines;
	2948
	2949		window_width = font_width * XCursesCOLS +
	2950		2 * xc_app_data.borderWidth;
	2951
	2952		window_height = font_height * XCursesLINES +
	2953		2 * xc_app_data.borderWidth;
	2954
	2955		minwidth = font_width * 2 + xc_app_data.borderWidth * 2;
	2956		minheight = font_height * 2 + xc_app_data.borderWidth * 2;
	2957
	2958		/* Set up the icon for the application; the default is an internal
	2959		one for PDCurses. Then set various application level resources. */
	2960
	2961		_get_icon();
	2962
	2963		#ifdef HAVE_XPM_H
	2964		if (xc_app_data.pixmap && xc_app_data.pixmap[0])
	2965		XtVaSetValues(topLevel, XtNminWidth, minwidth, XtNminHeight,
	2966		minheight, XtNbaseWidth, xc_app_data.borderWidth * 2,
	2967		XtNbaseHeight, xc_app_data.borderWidth * 2,
	2968		XtNiconPixmap, icon_pixmap,
	2969		XtNiconMask, icon_pixmap_mask, NULL);
	2970		else
	2971		#endif
	2972		XtVaSetValues(topLevel, XtNminWidth, minwidth, XtNminHeight,
	2973		minheight, XtNbaseWidth, xc_app_data.borderWidth * 2,
	2974		XtNbaseHeight, xc_app_data.borderWidth * 2,
	2975		XtNiconPixmap, icon_bitmap, NULL);
	2976
	2977		/* Create a BOX widget in which to draw */
	2978
	2979		if (xc_app_data.scrollbarWidth && sb_started)
	2980		{
	2981		scrollBox = XtVaCreateManagedWidget(program_name,
	2982		scrollBoxWidgetClass, topLevel, XtNwidth,
	2983		window_width + xc_app_data.scrollbarWidth,
	2984		XtNheight, window_height + xc_app_data.scrollbarWidth,
	2985		XtNwidthInc, font_width, XtNheightInc, font_height, NULL);
	2986
	2987		drawing = XtVaCreateManagedWidget(program_name,
	2988		boxWidgetClass, scrollBox, XtNwidth,
	2989		window_width, XtNheight, window_height, XtNwidthInc,
	2990		font_width, XtNheightInc, font_height, NULL);
	2991
	2992		scrollVert = XtVaCreateManagedWidget("scrollVert",
	2993		scrollbarWidgetClass, scrollBox, XtNorientation,
	2994		XtorientVertical, XtNheight, window_height, XtNwidth,
	2995		xc_app_data.scrollbarWidth, NULL);
	2996
	2997		XtAddCallback(scrollVert, XtNscrollProc, _scroll_up_down, drawing);
	2998		XtAddCallback(scrollVert, XtNjumpProc, _thumb_up_down, drawing);
	2999
	3000		scrollHoriz = XtVaCreateManagedWidget("scrollHoriz",
	3001		scrollbarWidgetClass, scrollBox, XtNorientation,
	3002		XtorientHorizontal, XtNwidth, window_width, XtNheight,
	3003		xc_app_data.scrollbarWidth, NULL);
	3004
	3005		XtAddCallback(scrollHoriz, XtNscrollProc, _scroll_left_right, drawing);
	3006		XtAddCallback(scrollHoriz, XtNjumpProc, _thumb_left_right, drawing);
	3007		}
	3008		else
	3009		{
	3010		drawing = XtVaCreateManagedWidget(program_name, boxWidgetClass,
	3011		topLevel, XtNwidth, window_width, XtNheight, window_height,
	3012		XtNwidthInc, font_width, XtNheightInc, font_height, NULL);
	3013
	3014		XtVaSetValues(topLevel, XtNwidthInc, font_width, XtNheightInc,
	3015		font_height, NULL);
	3016		}
	3017
	3018		/* Process any default translations */
	3019
	3020		XtAugmentTranslations(drawing,
	3021		XtParseTranslationTable(default_translations));
	3022		XtAppAddActions(app_context, action_table, XtNumber(action_table));
	3023
	3024		/* Process the supplied colors */
	3025
	3026		_initialize_colors();
	3027
	3028		/* Determine text cursor alignment from resources */
	3029
	3030		if (!strcmp(xc_app_data.textCursor, "vertical"))
	3031		vertical_cursor = TRUE;
	3032
	3033		/* Now have LINES and COLS. Set these in the shared SP so the curses
	3034		program can find them. */
	3035
	3036		LINES = XCursesLINES;
	3037		COLS = XCursesCOLS;
	3038
	3039		if ((shmidSP = shmget(shmkeySP, sizeof(SCREEN) + XCURSESSHMMIN,
	3040		0700 | IPC_CREAT)) < 0)
	3041		{
	3042		perror("Cannot allocate shared memory for SCREEN");
	3043		kill(xc_otherpid, SIGKILL);
	3044		return ERR;
	3045		}
	3046
	3047		SP = (SCREEN*)shmat(shmidSP, 0, 0);
	3048		memset(SP, 0, sizeof(SCREEN));
	3049		SP->XcurscrSize = XCURSCR_SIZE;
	3050		SP->lines = XCursesLINES;
	3051		SP->cols = XCursesCOLS;
	3052
	3053		SP->mouse_wait = xc_app_data.clickPeriod;
	3054		SP->audible = TRUE;
	3055
	3056		PDC_LOG(("%s:SHM size for curscr %d\n", XCLOGMSG, SP->XcurscrSize));
	3057
	3058		if ((shmid_Xcurscr = shmget(shmkey_Xcurscr, SP->XcurscrSize +
	3059		XCURSESSHMMIN, 0700 | IPC_CREAT)) < 0)
	3060		{
	3061		perror("Cannot allocate shared memory for curscr");
	3062		kill(xc_otherpid, SIGKILL);
	3063		shmdt((char *)SP);
	3064		shmctl(shmidSP, IPC_RMID, 0);
	3065		return ERR;
	3066		}
	3067
	3068		Xcurscr = (unsigned char *)shmat(shmid_Xcurscr, 0, 0);
	3069		memset(Xcurscr, 0, SP->XcurscrSize);
	3070		xc_atrtab = (short *)(Xcurscr + XCURSCR_ATRTAB_OFF);
	3071
	3072		PDC_LOG(("%s:shmid_Xcurscr %d shmkey_Xcurscr %d LINES %d COLS %d\n",
	3073		XCLOGMSG, shmid_Xcurscr, shmkey_Xcurscr, LINES, COLS));
	3074
	3075		/* Add Event handlers to the drawing widget */
	3076
	3077		XtAddEventHandler(drawing, ExposureMask, False, _handle_expose, NULL);
	3078		XtAddEventHandler(drawing, StructureNotifyMask, False,
	3079		_handle_structure_notify, NULL);
	3080		XtAddEventHandler(drawing, EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask, False,
	3081		_handle_enter_leave, NULL);
	3082		XtAddEventHandler(topLevel, 0, True, _handle_nonmaskable, NULL);
	3083
	3084		/* Add input handler from xc_display_sock (requests from curses
	3085		program) */
	3086
	3087		XtAppAddInput(app_context, xc_display_sock, (XtPointer)XtInputReadMask,
	3088		_process_curses_requests, NULL);
	3089
	3090		/* If there is a cursorBlink resource, start the Timeout event */
	3091
	3092		if (xc_app_data.cursorBlinkRate)
	3093		XtAppAddTimeOut(app_context, xc_app_data.cursorBlinkRate,
	3094		_blink_cursor, NULL);
	3095
	3096		/* Leave telling the curses process that it can start to here so
	3097		that when the curses process makes a request, the Xcurses
	3098		process can service the request. */
	3099
	3100		XC_write_display_socket_int(CURSES_CHILD);
	3101
	3102		XtRealizeWidget(topLevel);
	3103
	3104		/* Handle trapping of the WM_DELETE_WINDOW property */
	3105
	3106		wm_atom[0] = XInternAtom(XtDisplay(topLevel), "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False);
	3107
	3108		XSetWMProtocols(XtDisplay(topLevel), XtWindow(topLevel), wm_atom, 1);
	3109
	3110		/* Create the Graphics Context for drawing. This MUST be done AFTER
	3111		the associated widget has been realized. */
	3112
	3113		XC_LOG(("before _get_gc\n"));
	3114
	3115		_get_gc(&normal_gc, xc_app_data.normalFont, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
	3116
	3117		_get_gc(&italic_gc, italic_font_valid ? xc_app_data.italicFont :
	3118		xc_app_data.normalFont, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
	3119
	3120		_get_gc(&block_cursor_gc, xc_app_data.normalFont,
	3121		COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_CURSOR);
	3122
	3123		_get_gc(&rect_cursor_gc, xc_app_data.normalFont,
	3124		COLOR_CURSOR, COLOR_BLACK);
	3125
	3126		_get_gc(&border_gc, xc_app_data.normalFont, COLOR_BORDER, COLOR_BLACK);
	3127
	3128		XSetLineAttributes(XCURSESDISPLAY, rect_cursor_gc, 2,
	3129		LineSolid, CapButt, JoinMiter);
	3130
	3131		XSetLineAttributes(XCURSESDISPLAY, border_gc, xc_app_data.borderWidth,
	3132		LineSolid, CapButt, JoinMiter);
	3133
	3134		/* Set the cursor for the application */
	3135
	3136		XDefineCursor(XCURSESDISPLAY, XCURSESWIN, xc_app_data.pointer);
	3137		rmfrom.size = sizeof(Pixel);
	3138		rmto.size = sizeof(XColor);
	3139
	3140		rmto.addr = (XPointer)&pointerforecolor;
	3141		rmfrom.addr = (XPointer)&(xc_app_data.pointerForeColor);
	3142		XtConvertAndStore(drawing, XtRPixel, &rmfrom, XtRColor, &rmto);
	3143
	3144		rmfrom.size = sizeof(Pixel);
	3145		rmto.size = sizeof(XColor);
	3146
	3147		rmfrom.addr = (XPointer)&(xc_app_data.pointerBackColor);
	3148		rmto.addr = (XPointer)&pointerbackcolor;
	3149		XtConvertAndStore(drawing, XtRPixel, &rmfrom, XtRColor, &rmto);
	3150
	3151		XRecolorCursor(XCURSESDISPLAY, xc_app_data.pointer,
	3152		&pointerforecolor, &pointerbackcolor);
	3153
	3154		#ifndef PDC_XIM
	3155
	3156		/* Convert the supplied compose key to a Keysym */
	3157
	3158		compose_key = XStringToKeysym(xc_app_data.composeKey);
	3159
	3160		if (compose_key && IsModifierKey(compose_key))
	3161		{
	3162		int i, j;
	3163		KeyCode *kcp;
	3164		XModifierKeymap *map;
	3165		KeyCode compose_keycode = XKeysymToKeycode(XCURSESDISPLAY, compose_key);
	3166
	3167		map = XGetModifierMapping(XCURSESDISPLAY);
	3168		kcp = map->modifiermap;
	3169
	3170		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
	3171		{
	3172		for (j = 0; j < map->max_keypermod; j++, kcp++)
	3173		{
	3174		if (!*kcp)
	3175		continue;
	3176
	3177		if (compose_keycode == *kcp)
	3178		{
	3179		compose_mask = state_mask[i];
	3180		break;
	3181		}
	3182		}
	3183
	3184		if (compose_mask)
	3185		break;
	3186		}
	3187
	3188		XFreeModifiermap(map);
	3189		}
	3190
	3191		#else
	3192		Xim = XOpenIM(XCURSESDISPLAY, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	3193
	3194		if (Xim)
	3195		{
	3196		Xic = XCreateIC(Xim, XNInputStyle,
	3197		XIMPreeditNothing | XIMStatusNothing,
	3198		XNClientWindow, XCURSESWIN, NULL);
	3199		}
	3200
	3201		if (Xic)
	3202		{
	3203		long im_event_mask;
	3204
	3205		XGetICValues(Xic, XNFilterEvents, &im_event_mask, NULL);
	3206		if (im_event_mask)
	3207		XtAddEventHandler(drawing, im_event_mask, False,
	3208		_dummy_handler, NULL);
	3209
	3210		XSetICFocus(Xic);
	3211		}
	3212		else
	3213		{
	3214		perror("ERROR: Cannot create input context");
	3215		kill(xc_otherpid, SIGKILL);
	3216		shmdt((char *)SP);
	3217		shmdt((char *)Xcurscr);
	3218		shmctl(shmidSP, IPC_RMID, 0);
	3219		shmctl(shmid_Xcurscr, IPC_RMID, 0);
	3220		return ERR;
	3221		}
	3222
	3223		#endif
	3224
	3225		/* Wait for events */
	3226
	3227		XtAppMainLoop(app_context);
	3228		return OK; /* won't get here */
	3229		}

File x11/xcurses-config.in added (mode: 100644) (index 0000000..55b4704)
	1		#! /bin/sh
	2		#
	3		# The idea to this kind of setup info script was stolen from numerous
	4		# other packages, such as neon, libxml and gnome.
	5		#
	6		# $Id: xcurses-config.in,v 1.6 2007/11/07 23:33:07 wmcbrine Exp $
	7		#
	8
	9		verdot=3.4
	10
	11		prefix=@prefix@
	12		exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
	13		includedir=@includedir@/xcurses
	14
	15		usage()
	16		{
	17		echo "Usage: xcurses-config [OPTION]"
	18		echo ""
	19		echo "Available values for OPTION include:"
	20		echo ""
	21		echo " --help display this help and exit"
	22		echo " --cflags pre-processor and compiler flags"
	23		echo " [-I$includedir]"
	24		echo " --libs library linking information"
	25		echo " [-L$prefix/lib -lXCurses @LDFLAGS@ @MH_XLIBS@ @MH_EXTRA_LIBS@"
	26		echo " --prefix PDCurses install prefix"
	27		echo " [$prefix]"
	28		echo " --version output version information"
	29		echo " [$verdot]"
	30		exit $1
	31		}
	32
	33		if test $# -eq 0; then
	34		usage 1
	35		fi
	36
	37		while test $# -gt 0; do
	38		case "$1" in
	39		# this deals with options in the style
	40		# --option=value and extracts the value part
	41		# [not currently used]
	42		-*=*) value=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
	43		*) value= ;;
	44		esac
	45
	46		case "$1" in
	47		--prefix)
	48		echo $prefix
	49		;;
	50
	51		--version)
	52		echo $verdot
	53		exit 0
	54		;;
	55
	56		--help)
	57		usage 0
	58		;;
	59
	60		--cflags)
	61		echo -I$includedir
	62		;;
	63
	64		--libs)
	65		echo -L$prefix/lib -lXCurses @LDFLAGS@ @MH_XLIBS@ @MH_EXTRA_LIBS@
	66		;;
	67
	68		*)
	69		usage
	70		exit 1
	71		;;
	72		esac
	73		shift
	74		done
	75
	76		exit 0